oe peated

If

meh
+ eetekd hae
rant Ve tite
{ hare “a
Thiet te ald

seve led Nets
RULER eten BOYCE
at 4 ‘| eheret {Pinta ee
as done las

HEA Tho fom
"4 does dels

SST RMGE RR
«) eit ifite elena

i ‘aifett
ane

e inl,
didlelaigngiants

any thle
ia }2 dane Thiate le
a‘@t init J

ne
tieigiety ig!
late ts rid inant .
‘en th
eles trabat ey
(etal ay tay
Liter eta yt
shi ed Peim Sa: Hs his
alanis af ‘a! ai dgg
iqiajatalal
rela Witiaierel 116
Materstertd

i a eosin tere
Midi te ls:
+ iniei ielet
waite | a “le
Wilts

5 *
%; i 4 Ty {
aia BiG aie tas '
= Tele le ip
abet
aie BAL ely
‘*

qietet!
‘
dates te\aie

dante hs
ranaet nee he

ace?
ear er
4 &s¢
Olea ta tg rs huece lee
ieee eae

{tigre

that ath
uh lel

atte

sty

hdd anata? Paves
ny

van
Wer Data te leieh
SU Cier an gig roa

ee
She tet

elit MAL 49 Ve

¢ Aa

Naigte een, vite

‘ui?

faeteteldss 5
et Ye!
athe ate
la telatg titan
eters eharel
Weld let gi

ea
Sere i
a
ee
ae :
cree tal
scant ie

ci
iti ea -

oS

—
.

M4 ae

Petit ig'y x

aid hasatasnts “

a e

i ieee,

Mats i
van, sith Ph
at +)
oe

Hat Felts,

. ae
fe a i
ete

a ie

stietaat!
i rast te
te tense As

ve
seiotates
‘ Skis

ie

it)
ich {int \

pt 8
had oe 4

ah
Mi

a
=
We RCH
“ tants
tte

ead

ia

+ latins

‘ vty
¥

4 aie ;

a9 fy ke i 4G

Mea

Ree

+6

' Ae te hie
‘ ie i set iaty
Fights

be
=
f=

at i isi
i ft
it bie
ee if ., ‘

ts

ea
outa

=

———

Wet ie sete -

he
“hs

ets
3

int ec
Lae i H ate eh \ i
bonntts
Pehvtee acy

ch
ah

sagt
H

Hay

bey

4 fy i
ala
Hae nit: in
tae

Mab On
Bene)

VAY ae ethene

et Va th Bt

Cita
nf i 44 sae le
PALE OS Bera

ib ath i)
ea
is aa i
oo none
ne nt ie
ea S Pet y al

Mg DT GE EA LA TE COOL aT ee le 2 : & a 3 Ds OBR aR ARERR OTM ES es

/ i
x y
i
~
ey
oo
{
we e
i {
1
\

THE
PROCHEDINGS

OF THE

TINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

NEW SOUTH WALES.

ee

(SHMCOND SEHRIFES.)

VOR. SS.

WITH FIFTY-EIGHT PLATES.

Bon TELE YEAR 1895.

Spdnep :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY

: BY
F,. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREET,

AND
POLD BY THE SOCIETY,

1896.

SYDNEY :
F. CUNNINGHAME AND CO., PRINTERS,

PITT STREET.

ZAM HSON aS

LIBRARY

CONTENTS OF VOL. X.

(SECOND SERIES.)

PART I.

(Issued September 9th, 1895.)

On a new Species of Enteropneusta (Ptychodera australiensis) from
the Coast of New South Wales. By Jas. P. Hitt, Demonstrator
of Biology, University of Sydney. (Plates 1.-v1II.)

‘On a Platypus Embryo from the Intra-uterine Egg. By Jas. P. Hitt,
Demonstrator of Biology, and C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc. (Lond.),
Demonstrator of Physiology, in the University of Sydney.
(Plates Ix.-XIII.) ... if a bl ss Aue vit -

A Review of the Fossil Jaws of the Macropodide in the Queensland
Museum. By C. W. De Vis, M.A., Corresponding Member.
(Plates XIV.-XVIII. ) hie ss ia ue

Presidential Address. By Professor T. W. E. Davin, B.A., F.G.S.

Description of a Flycatcher, presumably new. By C. W. De Vis,
M.A., Corresponding Member... ce ee Ja 2

On the Specific Identity of the Australian Peripatus, usually pupposed
to be P. leuckarti, Sanger. By J. J. FLETCHER ... . ate

Description of Peripatus oviparus. By ArtHuR DeEnDy, D.Sc., Pro-

fessor of Biology in the Canterbury College, University of New

Zealand

Notes on the Sub-Family Brachyscelince, with Descriptions of New

Species. Partiv. By Watter W. Froceatr. (Plate xrx.) ...

On a Fiddler (Trygonorhina fasciata), with abnormal Pectoral Fins.
By Jas. P. Hrtt, Demonstrator of Biology, in the University of
Sydney. (Plate xx.) as ay, nas

‘Office-bearers and Council for 1895
Donations |

Notes and Exhibits ...

PAGE

%

ve CONTENTS.
PART AL
(Issued November 18th, 1895.)
PAGE
Oological Notes. By ALrrep J. Nortu, F.L.S., Australian Museum,
Sydney ... shi a ae om aL yas Bs scale, ee

Note on the Correct Habitat of Patella (Scutellastra) kermadecensis,
Pilsbry. By T. F. CHEESEMAN, F.L.S., Curator of the Auckland

Museum. (Communicated by the Secretary) oe yee a
Descriptions of New Species of Australian Coleoptera. Partii. By
ARTHUR M. LEA ee ae Ads me = ig wa Ee
~On two new Genera and Species of Fishes from Australia. By J.
DoveLas OaiLBy. (Communicated by the Secretary) ee ie eu)
Life-Histories of Australian Coleoptera. Part iii, By WALTER W.
FROoGGATT... we Bee a oe ie ft Ne ais 45
A Giant Acacia from the Brunswick River. By J. H. Marpsn, F.L.S.
(Plate xxI.) Se i ie ES ake is ee Nee

Descriptions of some new Araneide of New South Wales. No. 5.
By W. J. Ratnspow. (Plates xXII.-xXxull.)... aids it fe BEF

Notes on the Methods of Fertilisation of the Goodeniacew. Part ii.
By Auex. G. HamiIttTon. (Plate xxiv.) ... = die w. «861

On a new fossil Mammal allied to Hypsiprymnus, but resembling in
some points the Plagiaulacide. By Rospert Broom, M.B.,
C.M., B.Sc.: ,[Title.].- 22 oy ih a oo ie iret OLS

On some new or hitherto little known Land Shells from New Guinea
or adjacent Islands. By C. F. Ancry, Administrateur-Adjoint,
Dra-el-Mizan, Algeria. (Plate xxvi1.) (Communicated by C.
Hedley) ... ie fs neh SP ae SG wi nga pee

Plants of New South Wales Illustrated. No. viii. Acacia lanigera,
A. Cunn. By R. T. Baker, F.L.S. Assistant Curator, Techno- *
logical Museum, Sydney. (Plate xxvil.) .. ae ae aeeeee

Description of a new Species of Acacia from New South Wales. By
J. H. Maren, F.L.S., and R. T. Baker, F.L.S. (Platexxvi.) 385

Elections and Announcements a is nhs fy von 211, 343
Donations oes Se ioe ar fe we ibe ae 211, 343
Notes and Exhibits ... Re ae se a OAs ae bun 2, eae

CONTENTS. Ve
PARE. ELE.
(Issued January 31st, 1896.)
PAGE
Anthropological Notes. By Ricup. Hetms. (Communicated by the
Secretary). (Plates XXIX.-xXX.) ; 387
Australian Termitide. Parti. By Water W. FrRoGGAtTT .. . 415
Meliola amphitricha, Fries. By D. McALPIne. (Communicated by
J. A. Maiden). (Plate xxx1. Figs. 1-5) ah won) 439
Notes on Uromyces amygdali, Cooke: A Synonym of Puccinia pruni,
Pers., (Prune Rust). By D. McALpine.. (Communicated by J.
H. Maiden). (Plates xxxt. [lower division], XXXII.. XXXIII.)... 440
Puccinia on Groundsel, with Trimorphic Teleutospores. By D.
MCALPINE. (Communicated by J. H. Maiden). (Plates xxxIv.-
XXXVI. ) Ae : : : : 461
On a New Species of Mleocarpus fron Nano ee cone Tynes
By J. H. Maripen, F.L.8., and R. T. Barker, F.L.8S. (Plate
MEXVIL) : ; <F oa ... 469
~New Species of Cone from ite Saas Tdlaade, By J. BRazirr,
F.L.S., C.M.Z.S. : oF i vee ea ee
On the Homology of the Palatine : of the Medunatan cone
illary. By R. Broom, M.B., C.M., B.Sc. 477
The Silurian Trilobites of New Sout Wales, with Reieenoull, to
those of other Parts cf Australia. By R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR.,
Curator of the Australian Museum-—-and JoHN MITCHELL, Public
School, Narellan. Partiii. The Phacopide. (Plates xxxvill.-
i!) d d3% i ue ; ae bat ... 486
Botanical Notes from the Technological Meee ot By J. H. Marpey,
Felis, and K.-T’ Baker, ¥.L.S:« No. iv... (Plates: xLt.-x.ir.).:. 512
Catalogue of the Described Coleoptera of Australia. Supplement,
Part I. Cicindelide and Carabide. By George MASTERS. *
Elections and Announcements obs a ws aa a 411, 474
Donations A eee ae a a Ben a es 411, 474
Notes and Exhibits ... Me a i ce ie ye 409, 472
PART LV:
(Issued April 29th, 1896 )
PAGE
Notes on Cicadas. By Water W. Froqeatt.. by 2 526
On the Dates rot Publication of the Early Volumes of the Sotiaty’ S
Proceedings. By J. J. FLETCHER 533

~-

* Issued separately as a Supplement to the Part (the pagination of the Catalogue being

continued).

Vi. CONTENTS.

PART. IV. (continued ).

PA
Description of a Tree Creeper, presumably new. By C. W. DE Vis, .

M.A., Corr. Member. [Title] .. 536
The Grey Guin of the North Coast Districts ( nile propinqua,

sp.nov.) By Hrnry Drang, M.A, F.L.S., and J. H. Marpen,

F.L.S. 4\(Plate nnn.) ic, ag 541
Jottings from the Biological Te of sydiey Uaveaee By

Professor WitLtiAm A. HaswrEtu, M.A., D.Sc. No. 18.—Note

on Certain Points in the Arrangement and Structure of the

Tentaculiferous Lobes in Nautilus pompilius (Plate xLv1it.) 544
On the Occurrence of Diatomaceous Earth at the Warrumbungle

Mountains, N.S.W. By Professor T. W. EpgkwortH Davip,

BLA. 8.6.5.5, [£itle] 548
On some Developments of the Mammalian Prenasal Cartilage. By R.

Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Plate xiv.) : ie vs OOD
On a small Fossil Marsupial with large Grooved Premolars. By R.

Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Plates xxv. and xiv.) A eater 5)
On a small Fossil Marsupial allied to Petaurus.. By R. Broom,

M.D., .B.Se. (Plate xiv1:) 568
On the Organ of Jacobson in an Australian Bat & (Mingplern) By

R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc. (Plate x.vizi.) ey o71
Note on the Period of Gestation in Lchidna. By R. Broom, M. D.,

B.Sc. 576
Preliminary Note on the Occurrence of a Placental Connection in

Perameles obesula, and on the Fcetal Membranes of certain

Macropods. By Jas. P. H1~L, Demonstrator of Biology in the

University of Sydney. (Plate xix.) : 578
Descriptions of some New Species of Plants from New South Wales.

By J. H. Matpen, F.L.S., and R. T. Baker, F.L.8. (Plates

ys DIE) se eR : : uae ett 2, O08
Observations on the Eucalypts of New South Wales. Part i.—By

Henry Deane, M.A., F.L.S., and J. H. Martpen, F.L.S.

(Plates LIV. -LVII. ) oF 596
Stray Notes on Papuan ig. By C. Hepuey, F.L.S.

(Plate Lv1Iil. ) ake ns ay LOLS
Presidential Address. By Henry Drange, M.A., F.L.S. ©... 619
Office-bearers and Council for 1896 668
Elections and Announcements and Donations ... th 522, 538, 551

Notes and Exhibits ... ie ae a ns .. 519, 537, 549,

618

CORRIGEN DA.

Page 78, in the last two lines—read O. frenata and P. penicillata.
Page 84, line 27—znsert m.1 between mp.4 and m. 2

Page 85, line 15—add ; of the entire series of cheek teeth 98°5 (1).
Page 87, line 26—/or premolars read the left premolar.

Page 88, line 4—/for A second example, hinder portion, &c., read A second
example—Hinder portion, &c.

Page 89, line 15—for orcas read oreas.

Page 93, line 4—after young add Cast of portion of a right maxilla with
m,? m.* (10223); adult. |

Page 94, line 5—The word but at the end of the line should have been
omitted,

Page 99, lines 17, 29 and 31—for P.4 read in each case P.4
Page 100, line 2—for P.4 read P.4
Page 107, line 35—for lightly read slightly.

Page 467, line 18—for Puccini pruni read Puccinia pruni.

Lis? OF VPaZA TS!
VOR GIS

(SECOND SERIES).

Plates 1.-v111.—Ptychodera australiensis, Hill.

Plates 1x.-x111.—Platypus Embryo from the Intra-uterine Egg.

Plates x1v.-xvi1.—Fossil Jaws of the Macropodide.

Plate x1x.—Brachyscelid Galls.

Plate xx.—Trygonorhina fasciata with abnormal Pectoral Fins.

Plate xx1.—Acacia Bakeri, Maiden.

Plates xxiI.-xx111.—Australian Spiders (Nephila Fletcheri, N. Edwardsi,
and WN. ventricosa). ‘

Plate xx1v.—Fertilisation of the Goodeniacee.

Plates xxv. and xtv.—A Fossil Marsupial (Burramys parvus, Broom).

Plate xxvi.— New Land Shells from New Guinea.

Plate xxv11.—Acacia lanigera, A. Cunn.

Plate xxvil1.—Acacia pumila, Maiden et Baker.

Plate xx1x.—Aboriginal Stone Implements.

Plate xxx.—Aboriginal Grave.

Plate xxx1. (upper division)—Meliola amphitricha, Fries.

Plate xxx. (lower division)-xxx111.—Prune Rust (Puccinia prunt, Pers.)

Plates XXXIV.-XxxvI.—Puccinia on Groundsel.

Plate xxxvil.—Hleocarpus Baeuerlent, Maiden et Baker.

Plates XXXVIII.-xL.—Silurian Trilobites of New South Wales.

Plates xLi.-xLit.—Piptocalyx Moorei, Oliv., and Cryptocarya microneura,
Meissn.

Plate xui1.—Hucalyptus propingua, Deane et Maiden.

Plate xtiv.—The Prenasal Cartilage of certain Mammals.

Plates xiv. and xxv.—A Fossil Marsupial (Burramys parvus, Broom).

Plate xivi.—Palwopetaurus elegans, Brown.

Plate xtvir.—The Organ of Jacobson in Miniopterus.

Plate xitvi1.—Tentaculiferous Lobes of Nautilus pompilius.

Plate xt1x.—Fetal Bandicoot (Perameles obesula) showing a Placental
Connection.

Plate £.-Lim1.—New Species of Plants from New South Wales.

Plates Ltv.-LVv1I.—EKucalypts of New South Wales.

Plate tvi1.—Papuan Carving and Basket.

PROCHEDINGS

OF THE

meee NE AN SOCIETY

OF

faa TT SOU Let WALES.

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 2817H, 1894, Continued.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA (?P7TYCHO-
DERA AUSTRALIENSIS) FROM THE COAST
OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

By Jas. P. Hitt, Demonstrator oF Brotocy, UNIvErsitTy oF
SYDNEY.

(Plates 1.-v111.)

In a preliminary note communicated to this Society in Septem-
ber of last year I recorded the discovery of a species of Enterop-
neust at two widely separated localities on the coast of New South
Wales, viz., at the ocean beach nearly opposite that part of
Broken Bay known as Creel Bay, and also at Jervis Bay. Since
the publication of the preliminary note I have found the same
species on the beach nearly opposite Newport, N.S.W., and it may
thus be looked for along the whole coast line of New South
Wales. An examination of the form has shown that it is a new
species belonging to the genus Ptychodera, and since it is the first

2 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

recorded from Australia, I propose for it the specific name
australvensis.

The publication of Spengel’s beautiful Monograph on the
Enteropneusta* has rendered it unnecessary for me to enter into
details of histology and the like, and also I do not propose, in
this paper, to enter into the much discussed question of the
affinities of the group. In the description, then, only points of
specific difference are insisted on. I have adopted, generally, the
terms proposed by Spengel, and my indebtedness to his mono-
graph will be readily apparent from the sequel.

The species occurs in considerable abundance in a rocky corner
of the ocean beach nearly opposite Creel Bay and a little to the
south of the well known Hole in the Wall. Since the discovery
of the species there in August of last year I have made two
subsequent expeditions to the locality for further supplies of
material, once in January and again in May of this year, and
only on my last visit did I succeed in finding sexually mature
individuals, so that the breeding season may, approximately, be
given as the end of autumn.

During my visit to the locality I was very kindly accommodated
by Mr. Chas. Hastie, of Creel Bay, and I must here take the
opportunity of expressing my thanks to him for this kindness,
and also to his family for much help in collecting specimens.
Further, I must again acknowledge my indebtedness to Herr W.
Musmann for much assistance with the literature.

MopeE oF OCCURRENCE AND EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

Like the other species of the genus Ptychodera, Pt. australiensis
is littoral and confined to very shallow water. It is found, at low
water, most abundantly in the loose gravelly sand at the bottom
of the shallow pools, and especially in such sheltered situations as
the gravelly sand under and around the large stones occupying
the area included between high tide and half tide marks, very
few specimens (if any) being found close to the low water mark.

* Fauna und Flora des Golfes von Neapel. xvii. Monographie : Enterop-
neusten, von Dr. J. W. Spengel.

BY JAS. P. HILL. Bs

The largest specimen found during my last collecting trip in
May was a sexually mature male, measuring, in the living condi-
tion and when only very moderately extended, about 12 cm. in
length with a breadth in the tail region of 7°25mm. In August
of last year, I found another large specimen which measured in
the contracted condition about 18cm. In the fully extended
condition, this specimen, now in the teaching collection of the
Biological Department of Sydney University, reached a length of
over 25cm. The majority of the animals were, however, very
much shorter and thinner. They are capable of very considerable
extension; for example, one specimen whose tail region had a
transverse breadth of only 1°75 mm. reached in the fully extended
condition a length of 11-7 cm.

-Proboscis : The proboscis is relatively short like that of Pt.
minuta and Pt. sarniensis. It varies in shape and length during
life; when the animal is progressing it is more or less elongated,
and when at rest generally somewhat egg-shaped, the latter being
the shape it almost invariably takes when the animals are
preserved in chrom-osmic acid. The proboscis of the first large
specimen referred to above had a length of about 10 mm. in the
living condition.

Collar: In the living animals the surface of the collar is smooth
and in them, as well as in preserved specimens, it can readily be
divided into the five characteristic regions (fig. 1). The first region
includes slightly more than the anterior half of the collar, and is
formed by the anterior free part of the latter. It spreads out
anteriorly, investing the neck and base of the proboscis like a
frill with margins crinkled as well during life as in preserved
specimens. Behind the frill-ike anterior region the collar is
strongly contracted to form a well marked circular groove-—the
second region [figs. 1 and 15 (2)|—the anterior margin of which
lies immediately above the mouth aperture. This groove is
slightly more marked on the ventral side than on the dorsal.

The groove is followed by a prominent circular cushion of a
lighter colour forming the third region [figs. 1 and 15 (3)]. Behind

4 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

this is found the typical ring furrow forming the fourth region
[figs. 1 and 15 (4)], and this is separated from the trunk by a
narrow projecting circular rim—the fifth region—which forms the
posterior boundary of the collar, and is somewhat wider than the
succeeding trunk section. The collar may reach a length of |
9mm. with a transverse breadth in the third region of 9mm.
also, so that in the living animal the collar may be said to be
about as broad as long, but in preserved specimens the transverse
breadth, owing to the strong contraction of the longitudinal collar
musculature, considerably exceeds the length, and also the ventral
length slightly exceeds the dorsal.

Trunk.

(1) Branchiogenital Region; This regionmayreach a length
of from 36 to 40mm. and a breadth of 7mm. P#. australiensis
is especially characterised by the great development of the genital
wings—the duplications of the dorso-lateral regions of the body in
which the gonads are situated—and in this respect the species is

to be associated with Pt. aperta, clavigera, gigas, and aurantiaca,

in Spengel’s provisional genus Z’awroglossus. The anterior ends
of the wings are continuous with the posterior rim of the collar,
and immediately behind the latter their free edges may either
slightly overlap each other or they may be infolded, and the wings
then are in contact in the median line by their outer surfaces.
The wings continue posteriorly in this condition and reach their
‘maximum size somewhat posterior to the gill region. This con-
dition is retained, in a slightly varying degree in different
individuals, to within a short distance of the most anterior
liver sacs, which are more or less completely hidden from view by
the wings. Beyond this point the wings decrease rapidly in size
and form two ridges lying at first laterally to the liver sacs but
which are finally covered by the outer overhanging ends of the
larger liver sacs (fig. 24, gew.), and which disappear altogether in
the posterior part of the hepatic region.

When the wings have the position just described no part of
the gill area is visible externally, and the most anterior small liver

BY? JAG: 7. P)” HG. 5

sacs are also concealed from view. The gonads in sexually
mature animals are found in the wings almost immediately behind
the posterior rim of the collar, and they extend in the ridges far
into the hepatic region. In sexually mature individuals the gonads
may distend the genital wings to such a degree that they stand
out almost horizontally to the body (fig. 23, gw.) and leave the
gill area exposed, but the usual condition is the one first described
where the gill area is completely concealed.

The gill area may reach a length of 15 mm., and is thus
relatively very short. It is broadest just behind the collar, and
narrows slightly posteriorly; laterally it is bounded by two longi-
tudinal grooves which become gradually shallower posteriorly and
terminate at the end of the gill area. Into these the gill pores
open.

(2) Hepatic Region. varies in length according to the
size and age of the animal. In one of my largest preserved
specimens it measured over 20 mm. in length with about 50 liver
sacs on each side. The number of sacs averages between 40 and
50 on each side, but there may be as many as 60. In fully
extended animals the liver sacs present a distinctly paired
arrangement in two longitudinal rows. They begin as small
elevations in contact with each other, and covered by the genital
wings; posteriorly they gradually increase in size, and attain
their maximum development just beyond the point where the
genital wings are reduced to ridges. Behind this the sacs
gradually decrease in size to the posterior end of the region,
finally being represented by two rows of small tubercles which
become gradually reduced until they disappear altogether. Each
sac arises by a narrow base which widens out into an antero-
posteriorly compressed end, which in the region of the larger sacs
overhangs the reduced genital wings. The form of the sac in this
region is shown in fig. 24, hep.

Variation tn Hepatic Region. The sacs are
usually in close contact with each other by their anterior and
posterior faces, but occasionally some of the ceca present the

6 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

appearance as if they were pressed out of position and overhang
the sides of the body more than the others, giving the rows.
a slightly irregular appearance. I have also met with two
specimens in which as a further result of displacement two
rows of alternating sacs were formed on each side in the middle
part of the hepatic region. Both these specimens had _ lost
the whole of the body anterior to the liver sacs, and a new
proboscis was in course of formation at the anterior end of the
hepatic region. In a third specimen the sacs were normal in
arrangement up to the larger sacs, but the succeeding sacs
presented a very irregular appearance, forming two lateral masses,
composed of irregularly arranged sacs, on either side of the dorsal
median line, and not showing the alternation of the sacs seen in
the other two specimens. It might be that this irregularity is
the result of regeneration of the posterior part of the body.

(3) Zatl Regton: varies greatly in length in different
individuals, but is usually about three times as long as the hepatic
region. Its outline varies according as it is empty or full of
sand; in the former case it is flattened, and in the latter more or
less tubular.

The median dorsal line in preserved specimens is occupied by a
dark ridge extending to the posterior end of the body, and
marking the position of the dorsal nerve stem; on the ventral side
the ventral nerve stem occupies the bottom of a shallow longitu-
dinal groove. The tail region in this species is especially
characterised by the presence of two dorsally situated longitudinal
epidermal stripes (fig. 2) running parallel with the dorsal nerve
stem and at a short distance from it. Appearing in the hepatic
region just external to the posterior small liver sacs they extend
over about the anterior two-thirds of the tail region, and are
situated immediately above the ciliated grooves of the intestine.
The epidermal stripes can be distinctly seen not only in preserved
specimens but also in the living animal. Indeed, I observed and
figured them in the latter before I knew of the existence of the
two ciliated grooves in the intestine. The two epidermal stripes
appear as two longitudinal interruptions of the island-like groups

BY JAS. P. HILL. i
of epidermal gland cells. The groups occupying the dorsal surface
of the body extend between the upper margin of the epidermal
stripe and the dorsal median line, while those occupying the
ventro-lateral regions of the body terminate on its lower margin.
According to Spengel, a similar epidermal stripe exists in Pt.
minuta, but in correspondence with the single ciliated groove on
the left side, only on that side, so that the presence of two
epidermal stripes in Pt. australiensis may be taken as a character
of specific value.

Behind the termination of the epidermal stripes the tail region
becomes gradually somewhat narrower to its posterior end, in
which is situated the terminal anus of varying outline.

Colouration: The sexually mature males and females can
very easily be distinguished from each other by their different
colouration. In both sexes the proboscis is of a light yellow
colour, while the collar is of a slightly deeper yellow. In the
males the testes are of a very deep yellow colour, or less frequently
in some individuals of a deep orange. In the females the ovaries
are of a very light yellow or almost whitish colour. The females
are on the whole of a lighter colour than the males.

The most anterior liver sacs are of a brownish colour which
passes posteriorly into slaty green, and this again into a deep
brown in the region of the larger ceca, this brown colour being
retained more or less completely in preserved specimens, while the
other sacs lose their colour entirely. Posteriorly the sacs again
assume a slaty green tinge. The tail region is whitish in colour
and its walls transparent, readily allowing the sand particles in
the intestine to show through.

This species is destitute of any odour. Incidentally it may be
here mentioned that a large proportion of the individuals of this
species are infested by a parasitic Copepod belonging to the genus
Ives of Mayer,* but whether it is identical with the single
member of the genus hitherto described, Ives balanoglossi, IT am

* Hin neuer parasitischer Copepode. Mitth. Zool. Stn. Neap. Bd. i. p.
515.

8 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

as yet in doubt. The large female with its attendant small males
is usually found in a very prominent tubular enlargment of a part
of the free edge of one of the genital wings.

ANATOMY.

Proboscis: The epidermis of the proboscis (fig. 5, ep.) is some-
what thicker than in the case of Pé. minuta measuring *11 mm.
It is separated from the underlying musculature by the limiting
membrane, composed of two layers, the outer attached to the
nerve fibre layer of the epidermis, the inner to the circular
muscular layer. Between these two layers run the capillaries of
the vascular net of the proboscis (fig. 5, cnp.). Below the limiting
membrane is the thin layer of circular muscle fibres, also some-
what thicker than in the case of Pt. minuta, viz., (023mm. The
circular muscular layer gradually becomes thinner towards the
neck of the proboscis, and finally thins out altogether. The
delicate membrane limiting the circular muscular layer internally
can readily be recognised especially in horizontal sections. On
the inner side of the membrane, and at a little distance from it,
there is an irregular cell layer, the nuclei of which are very
distinct in hematoxylin preparations.

From the outer side of this limiting membrane there pass

through the circular muscular layer numerous fine fibres to the

inner layer of the limiting membrane of the proboscis, while on
its inner side the fibres of the longitudinal musculature are
inserted. |

The fibres of the longitudinal musculature are related in their
mode of origin from the proboscis base and in their course from
there exactly as in Pé. minuta, and they show the same separation
in preserved specimens into radial masses (fig. 5, dm.). The
muscle fibres are embedded in a very fine connective tissue which
anterior to the proboscis organs occupies the central region of the
proboscis, muscle fibres being there absent. The connective tissue
here presents a spongy appearance with a few very small nuclei
situated in the course of the connecting strands or in the angles
between the meshes. The splanchnic epithelium of the proboscis

ee

BYPASS) PA leds 9

ccelom (figs 4, 6, 7, 8, sp.) is related exactly as in the described
species. It appears, in my preparations, when it comes to he
directly on the sides of the proboscis gut as a deeply staining
layer with dark staining nuclei in its middle region (fig. 7, sp.),
the cell bodies of which are not recognisable. On the surface of
the glomerulus it presents essentially the same appearance of a
deeply staining granular layer with numerous dark staining nuclei
on its inner face (fig. 6, sp.).

On the outer side of the splanchnic epithelium there is a layer
of tissue of a spongy appearance (figs. 6 and 7, ct.) which is
directly continuous both above and below with the fine connective
tissue of the proboscis ccelom (fig. 4, ct.). This layer corresponds
to the characteristic layer described by Spengel* on the surface
of the glomerulus in Pt. sarniensis, and which he considers as
the inner limiting layer of the connective tissue of the proboscis.
Round the central proboscis organs there is always in sections, as
in the described species, a space free from connective tissue and
representing the proboscis ccelom (figs. 5 and 8, pbc.). Posteriorly
towards the proboscis neck the proboscis ccelom is divided, as in
the other species, on the dorsal side through the heart bladder
into two dorsal proboscis pockets (fig. 9, ¢p.), and on the ventral
side through the ventral septum into two smaller ventral pro-
boscis pockets (fig. 9, vp.). The ventral septum (figs. 3-5, 8, vps.)
has in this species anterior and posterior free edges which run
obliquely backwards, while its dorsal and ventral edges are
attached to the proboscis gut and the outer wall of the proboscis
respectively so that the septum is here four-sided and not
triangular as in Pt. minutia. In its structure it is essentially
similar to that of Pt. minuta. It consists of a central membrane
carrying blood vessels, on either side of which there is a layer ot
muscle fibres—the ventral portion of the fibres of the dorso-ventral
muscle plate; on the dorsal side, the fibres of the same plate can
be distinctly recognised on the lateral walls of the heart bladder,
below the splanchnic epithelium (figs. 3 and 5, dsc.).

* Loc. cit. p. 101.

10 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

The splanchnic epithelium continues on the surface of the
ventral septum which, as Spengel has shown, represents a median
fold of the ventral proboscis wall, and is connected at intervals
with the limiting membrane of the epidermis. The two ventral
proboscis pockets separated from each other by the ventral septum
are usually filled by a loose connective tissue; however, in some
cases, a distinct space bounded by this tissue may appear (fig. 12,
vp.) Behind the posterior free edge of the septum the ventral
pockets unite to form the ventral unpaired portion of the proboscis
coelom.

Exceptionally two folds may arise from the limiting membrane
of the epidermis to form the proboscis septum; the two folds
enclosing a median pocket between them unite with each other
along the mid-ventral line of the proboscis gut. Further pos-
teriorly the point of union of the two folds gradually passes
ventrally until the median pocket is obliterated, and the septum
assumes the normal condition. On the dorsal side the two
proboscis pockets separated by the heart biadder are in different
individuals of this species very varied in their relations. The
proboscis pore may be single or double, and occupy a median
position or it may be single and situated on the right side of the
median line.

(a) In the majority of individuals the proboscis pore occupies a
median position (fig. 12, y.) and it may then be formed in three
ways—,1) The two dorsal proboscis pockets may unite with each
other behind the heart bladder to form a single median proboscis
canal which opens by the median proboscis pore; (2) the left
pocket alone may form a proboscis canal, the right ending blindly;
(3) the right pocket may form the canal, the left ending blindly.

(b) There may be two proboscis pores, the two dorsal pockets
giving rise to two proboscis canals (fig. 10, pe.) which both open
to the exterior (fig. 11, p.).

(c) The proboscis pore may be single and open on the right
side; in this case the left pocket ends blindly while the right
continues posteriorly, taking an almost median position above the

BY JAS. P.- HILL. LT}

heart bladder to form the proboscis canal which opens on the
right side.

With regard to the behaviour of the dorsal proboscis pockets,
Pt. australiensis appears to be the most variable of all the
Enteropneusts hitherto described.

Notochord (Hichel-darm of Spengel): In shape the notochord
of this species essentially resembles that of Pt. manuta. Imme-
diately anterior to the point of opening of the lumen of the
notochord into the mouth or throat cavity, its narrow neck portion
is dorso-ventrally compressed, with a convex dorsal wall and a
concave thin ventral wall composed of a single layer of low
columnar cells resting on the proboscis skeleton (fig. 16, div.).
Anteriorly in the region of the proboscis neck the neck portion of
the notochord is not so much dorso-ventrally compressed, but
somewhat higher and with a more or less triangular lumen. The
dorsal wall of the neck portion of the notochord is very much
thicker than the ventral and is composed of long narrow epithelial
cells which radiate outwards from the lumen and have central
generally narrow rod-like nuclei. Between these elongated cells
there occur numerous clear oval bladders which Spengel well
regards as the secretory holders of gland cells. Some appear quite
empty, others again show a network in their interior similar to
that in the epidermal mucous glands and which stains in the same
diffuse manner. They thus conform, as Spengel has shown, to the
structure of the ‘“‘goblet cells;’ on the ventral side where the wall
is composed of a single layer of columnar cells, these gland cells
are entirely absent. The neck portion of the notochord is thus
distinetly epithelial in character.

Anteriorly the dorsal wall increases considerably in thickness,
while the cells of the ventral wall lose their distinctly columnar
quality. They become longer and narrower, gland cells appear
between them, and they finally pass over into the chorda-like
tissue forming the wall of the ventral blind sac of the notochord.
The lumen of the notochord extends obliquely downwards into
the ventral blind sac (fig. 14), then in this the lumen extends

2p) ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

transversely outwards, reducing the lateral walls of the blind sae
to a thin layer, while the hind and middle portions of the wall
are somewhat thicker, as in Pt. minuta. From the transverse
lumen of the blind sac there passes forwards laterally a short horn
on each side (fig. 9, /b.); a section passing through the proboscis
neck just anterior to the passing down of the ventral blind sac
lumen thus shows three cavities in the notochord (fig. 9), two ventro-
lateral belonging to the horns of the ventral blind sac lumen and
a median situated near to the dorsal side of the notochord, the
main notochordal lumen now considerably reduced in size and with
numerous gland cells opening into it. Anteriorly the lumen
comes to occupy a more nearly central position (fig. 8, dv.); it
finally becomes reduced to a narrow slit (fig. 4, dev.), which can
be traced to a slightly varying distance from the apex of the
notochord (fig. 14, dzv.). The lumen varies somewhat in position
and shape in different individuals, being in some situated nearer
the dorsal side, in others nearer the ventral side of the notochord;
its outline also varies—it may be circular or form a narrow
vertical or horizontal cleft. The lumen in this species has on the
whole a more median position than in Pé. minuta, and con-
sequently the dorsal and ventral walls are more nearly equal in
thickness. In fig. 14 the lumen of the notochord is represented
somewhat diagrammatically as a continuous wide canal, but as in
Pt. nunuta it is interrupted by occasional bridges of tissue, and
also as in that species the dorsal wall of the lumen is smooth,
while into the ventral there project short processes of the lumen
(fig. 14, dev.). With the exception of the anterior part of the
lumen numerous gland cells open into it, testifying to the epithe-
lial nature of the whole structure. Numerous gland cells exist in
the dorsal wall of the neck portion of the notochord and they
extend for a considerable distance into the head region, being
specially abundant round the part of the lumen situated just
anterior to the point of origin of the ventral blind sac lumen.
The lumen is, in some preparations, almost filled up by a diffusely
staining network, apparently derived from the secretion of the
gland cells opening into it. Numerous elongated cells, between

BY JAS. P. HILE. 13

which the gland cells are situated, radiate outwards from the
lumen. They have elongated, rod-like nuclei situated at about
their middle region, and on the dorsal side their outer ends come
into connection with processes from an irregular layer with
rounded nuclei situated immediately below the limiting membrane
of the notochord. On the ventral side the passing over of these
distinct epithelial cells into the chorda-like tissue can be distinctly
recognised (figs. 9 and 12, dv.).

In correspondence with the widely diverging legs of the proboscis
skeleton the opening of the proboscis gut lumen into the mouth
cavity, at first narrow, becomes eventually a very wide transverse
opening, in the anterior part of the mouth cavity. I have also
encountered in the proboscis gut the yellow granules which
Spengel regards as excretions.

Proboscis Skeleton: it consists, as in the described
species, of a main body, a keel-like ventral portion, and two
posterior diverging legs (fig. 13). The anterior portion of the
body is formed by the funnel-like “end plate” which invests the
ventro-lateral regions of the ventral blind sac of the notochord.
The lateral edges of this plate extend somewhat in front of the
ventral, so that they appear first in sections as two thin plates
investing the lateral faces of the blind sac (fig. 9, eps.). The
anterior “end plate” gradually narrows posteriorly, its dorsal
edges unite with each other in the median line, and it passes into
the body proper. By the union of the dorsal edges of the “end
plate” there is sometimes formed a blind canal continuing for a
short distance into the body proper, and occupied by a prolonga-
tion of the ‘“ chorda-like tissue” of the hind wall of the ventral
blind sac. The “keel” first appears at a short distance behind
the anterior edge of the “end plate” in the form of a small
V-shaped structure with widely divaricated legs. It is separated
from the end plate by a thin band of “chondroid tissue.” Then
gradually the ventral apex of the keel thickens and gives rise to
a distinct ventrally projecting tooth-like portion, the keel now
having in section the form of a Y (fig. 10, kps.). The “ body”
has at first a semilunar outline, with the flat side immediately

14 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

adjoining the ventral wall of the neck of the notochord and the
curved side above the divaricated legs of the Y-shaped “ keel.” —
At this point there passes in the ‘“ chondroid tissue ” between the
“body ” and “keel” a vessel connecting the two efferent proboscis
vessels (fig. 10, cv.) Immediately behind this vessel the ‘“ body ”
becomes triangular in outline and its apex gradually approaches
and finally fuses with the median portion of the “keel” between
its divaricated legs which now give rise to two lateral ‘ wings.”
Anterior to and at the point of fusion the body is much stouter
than the keel, the “‘ wings” of the latter only projecting a very
little beyond the lateral surfaces of the body, but posterior to this
the body gradually decreases in breadth and also in height, while
the keel thickens greatly, forming in transverse sections much the
bigger half of the whole structure. The “wings” of the “keel ”
at the same time reach a greater lateral extension and form two
distinct lateral projections below the middle region of the body
when the entire skeleton is viewed from above (fig. 13). Poste-
riorly the wings become gradually smaller and finally disappear,
while the body becomes reduced to a narrow somewhat convex
plate separated from the keel by two small vertical half moon-
shaped masses with their convex faces touching each other.
These are the first indications of the two “legs,” and for them
Spengel adopts Bateson’s term “nuclei.” After the first appear-
ance of the “nuclei” the keel gradually becomes reduced in size,
the “nuclei” at the same time becoming larger and more distinct.
The place where the “nuclei” first touch in the middle line corre-
sponds, as Spengel has shown, to the most anterior point the
opening of the notochordal lumen into the mouth cavity has
occupied. In transverse section the proboscis skeleton has, just
after the proboscis neck has fused with the collar, a triangular
shape, but gradually as the “keel” is reduced in size and the
“nuclei” become larger and more distinct, the shape becomes
quadrangular and the skeleton then consists of a dorsal plate,
representing a continuation of the “ body” and derived from the
notochord, a middle portion formed by the two semilunar
“nuclei” derived from the throat epithelium, and a ventral plate

BY JAS) PY Fibs 15

thicker in the middle—the continuation of the “ keel””—derived
also from the throat epithelium as the opening of the notochordal
lumen gradually moved posteriorly (fig. 16, /ps'.). Towards the
posterior end of the skeleton the ‘‘keel” disappears entirely, the
two “nuclei” separate from each other ventrally, and the
epithelium of the throat extends up into the cleft between them.
The continuation of the body lying above the nuclei then thins
out, and the “nuclei” separate completely from each other, giving
rise to the “legs” proper which lie under a fold of the throat
epithelium. The “legs” may pass out at once almost transversely,
or they may diverge more gradually in different individuals.
They terminate considerably in front of the middle region of the
collar.

The proboscis skeleton is composed of a cuticular substance
which shows in this species a very distinct stratification, indicat-
ing the mode of origin of the mass by the deposition of successive
layers, and the direction of these layers indicates very clearly
from what source they are derived. As Spengel has shown, the
‘‘end plate” is derived from the ventral blind sac of the notochord,
while the “body” is derived from the neck of the same. The
“keel” on the other hand is formed from the epidermis of the
proboscis neck, and its posterior continuation from the epithelium
of the throat.

In this species the “end plate” and the anterior portion of the
“body ” are separated from the keel by chondroid tissue, and the
direction of the lines of stratification in these parts indicates
clearly enough their distinct origin. The relations of the skeleton
to the limiting membranes are essentially those of the described
species. The body passes over at its edges into the limiting
membrane of the notochord, while the wings of the keel pass
over into that of the epidermis.

In the proboscis skeleton of this species there occur a few
small oval cells with non-staining cell bodies and deeply staining
small nuclei. They are situated between the layers of stratifica-
tion. Such cells occur in the proboscis skeleton of Pt. clavigera,
gigas and aurantiaca, and with Spengel I believe they are cells

16 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

which have become enclosed during the formation of the skeleton,
and not cells which have immigrated later.

“ Chondroid tissue”: As in the genus Ptychodera generally the
‘“‘ chondroid tissue ” of the proboscis neck is not greatly developed,
and the cell strands appearing generally in transverse sections as
small isolated masses are derived as Spengel has shown mainly
from the epithelium of the proboscis pockets. As in Pt. clavigera
a band of “ chondroid tissue” continuous with the lateral tissue
is present between the “end plate” and “keel” of the proboscis
skeleton. The cell strands of this ventral portion are very richly
developed, and are derived from the epithelial cells lining the ventral
proboscis pockets and behind the posterior edge of the proboscis
septum from the continuation of the same epithelial cells lining
the ventral unpaired portion of the proboscis ccelom.

Heart-bladder : The heart-bladder is esentially similar in its
general relations to that of Pt. minutia. Tt is a completely closed
sac, having no connection either with the vascular system or with
the proboscis celom. On its lateral walls the muscle fibres
belonging to the dorso-ventral muscle plate are very well marked
(fig. 5, dsc.), but as in the other species of the genus they do not
possess a musculature of their own. On the ventral wall there is
present as in the described species a very distinct single layer of
transverse muscle fibres which, so far as I have observed, are
entirely confined to this wall. In this species the ventral wall of
the heart-bladder is infolded into the cavity of the bladder in a
very characteristic manner. In its posterior part the central
blood space of the proboscis is a transverse cleft between the
ventral wall of the heart-bladder and the proboscis gut just as in
the species previously described, and varies in size according as it
is filled with blood or empty. In its anterior region, however,
the ventral wall of the heart-bladder is infolded into the cavity
of the bladder along the median line so as to give rise to a tubular
cavity which communicates with the central blood space by a
narrow longitudinal slit (fig. 4, zvew.). Then posteriorly to the
infolding by the gradual receding of the two edges of the slit, the

BY. JAS. P. HILE. L7

tubular cavity merges gradually into that of the central blood
space. Anteriorly, however, the anterior end of the tubular
infolding projects towards the end of the heart-bladder as a short
free blind sac which extends into the cavity of the heart-bladder
beyond the anterior end of the longitudinal] slit placing the
tubular cavity in communication with the proper cavity of the
central blood space. Consequently in a series of transverse
section this free end first appears as an apparently isolated cavity
with muscular walls lying in the cavity of the heart-bladder and
quite independent of its ventral wall (fig. 3, cvw.).

The only parallel for this condition in other Enteropneusts
appears to exist in Balanog/ossus canadensis, which, according to
Spengel, possesses a similar infolding of the heart-bladder wall,
although it is still more complicated in other respects.

According to Spengel the ventral wall of the heart-bladder
serves to furnish the central blood space with the musculature by
whose contraction the blood is forced out of the central blood
space into the sinuses of the glomerulus, and thence into the
efferent proboscis vessels. We have therefore to regard this
infolding of the ventral heart-bladder wall into a tube free
anteriorly, inasmuch as it increases the power of that wall, as a
special modification to ensure the better performance of its pro-
pelling function. I have found this condition so frequently in
this species that it may be taken as a character of specific value.

In the interior of the heart-bladder a space exists in its greater
extent (figs. 3, 4, 5 and 14, 4), but at its anterior and posterior
ends the cavity is obliterated by a cellular tissue. Anteriorly
this tissue has the appearance of a spongy connective tissue with
numerous nuclei in its connecting strands, and I have not been
able to observe in this any distinction into two portions, one
derived from the dorsal, the other from the ventral wall, such as
Spengel describes for Pt. minuta. An irregular cavity appears
in the dorsal part of this mass, a short distance behind the anterior
end of the heart-bladder, and the loose tissue below it gradually
becomes reduced in size passing into an irregular layer of
endothelial cells on the ventral wall of the heart-bladder. These

B

18 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

cells do not form in this species, so far as I have observed, a
definite layer, but are irregularly disposed (figs. 4 and 5), and
very frequently some of them are of an elongated form with one
end attached to the heart-bladder wall. The portion of the
anterior cell mass above the cavity continues as a narrow strand
occupying the apex of the cavity of the heart-bladder, and limited
from it by a very tender membrane (fig. 5). This dorsal strand
of tissue passes on either side into the flattened endothelium
which lines the lateral walls of the heart-bladder. The rounded
nuclei of this endothelium can be readily recognised, placed at
fairly regular intervals from each other, but the cell bodies are
not distinct in my preparations. As the heart-bladder decreases
in size posteriorly the cells of the dorsal strand unite with
processes from the irregular endothelial cells of the ventral wall,
and eventually the posterior part of the cavity is filled up as in Pt.
minuta by a mass of tissue denser than that of the anterior end
(fig. 9, h.), and through which there pass between the lateral
walls of the heart-bladder fine transverse fibres which Spengel
regards as muscular.

Yellow granules may sometimes be observed in the cellular
tissue in the heart-bladder.

Glomerulus: The glomerulus will be dealt with in connection
with the vascular system, and I need only mention here one point
in connection with it. Lying on the splanchnic epithelium and
internal to it between the glomerulus vessels I have observed, in
some individuals of this species though not in all the series I
have examined, some bundles of parallel muscular fibres (fig. 6,
glm.). They very often have the appearance of being inserted
into the tender membrane forming the walls of the vessels of the
net at the periphery of the glomerulus. ‘The fibres also frequently
project beyond the outer surface of the splanchnic epithelium,
and readily give one the impression that they were during life
continuous with similar bundles which le at the inner edges of
the radial masses bounding the space surrounding the proboscis
organs, and from which they are separated only by a very narrow
interval. These muscular fibres in the glomerulus of this species

BY? JAS? Paeauns 19

appear to correspond to the fibres Spengel has observed in
Balanoglossus canadensis and B. kunffert, and which he regards
as having been carried in, by the infolding of the splanchnic
epithelium.

Collar: The epidermis of the collar can, hike that of the other
species of Ptychodera, be divided into five zones (fig. 15 [1-5]).
Of these the first formed by the anterior free rim of the collar is
the largest; the second occupies the region of the circular groove;
the third, that of the circular projecting cushion; the fourth, the
bottom of the typical ring furrow; while the fifth is formed by
the narrow projecting rim forming the posterior boundary of the
collar. The second and fourth zones are similarly constituted;
they stain darkly with hematoxylin, and as in Pt. menuta they
contain in their whole depth numerous gland cells; the remaining
zones contain gland cells only in their outer regions, and stain of
a lighter colour.

Collar musculature - Itis in this species in its general relaticns
essentially similar to that of 1’. munuta.

In the outer wall of the anterior part of the collar there is the
usual external layer of longitudinal muscle fibres (figs. 14, 16, /fw.)
which spring in the posterior part of the collar between the
longitudinal muscle bundles of the inner wall. Internal to these
there is the layer of circular fibres which terminate at the
beginning of the second epidermal zone (figs. 14, 16, ¢/w.). The
longitudinal muscles of the inner wall of the collar springing from
the region of the collar trunk-septum are, as in Pt. minuta,
separated in the posterior part of the collar into distinct bundles
by radial fibres passing between the outer and inner walls of the
collar. ‘The ventro-lateral bundles terminate behind the circular
vessel fold of the collar, while those more dorsally situated pass
towards the neck of the proboscis, and are inserted, as in Pt.
minuta, mainly into the boundary membrane of the notochord
(fig. 16, a/m’.; fig. 11, cep.). The dorsal portion of the longitudinal
musculature extends, in the posterior region of the collar, round the
lateral surfaces of the perihzemal spaces, and partly on to the dorsal

20 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

surface of the collar cord. Anterior to the circular vessel fold
there occurs a fairly thick band of muscle fibres which arise from
the sides of the proboscis skeleton, and surround the mouth
aperture circularly, and from this layer there pass up the longi-
tudinal fibres of the fore wall of the collar (fig. 14, z/w.). The
radial fibres passing between the fore and outer walls of the
anterior margin of the collar have the usual intercrossing arrange-
ment (fig. 14, 7f:).

The extensions of the trunk ccelom into the collar—the peri-
are related essentially as in

hemal and peripharyngeal spaces
the known species of Ptychodera. As in Pt. sarniensis and aperta,
the perihemal spaces, with the exception of their anterior portions
which are situated entirely below the collar cord (fig. 16, phs.),
enclose between them a groove in which the ventral two-thirds of
the collar cord is situated (figs. 17 and 18, phs.). The greater
portion of their cavities is occupied by the longitudinal muscu-
lature of the dorsal wall, which is inserted anteriorly in greater
part into the boundary membrane of the epidermis behind the
proboscis canal. On the ventral wall of each space there is a
single layer of longitudinal fibres, while between dorsal and
ventral walls there pass radial fibres. The peripharyngeal space
(figs. 17, 18, pps.) is related exactly as in Pt. minuta. As in that
species, there pass across the circular fibres which it contains
numerous connecting strands between its inner and outer limiting
membranes. Anteriorly it terminates on the dorsal side about on
a level with the opening of the notochordal lumen into the throat
(fig. 14, pps.), while ventro-laterally it terminates along the point

of origin of the circular vessel fold.

Collar Coelom.: In the anterior part of the collar the spongy
connective tissue containing radial muscle fibres fills up the coelom
almost completely, but posteriorly where the fibres are arranged
in the form of radial strands there remain between adjacent
strands spaces free from connective tissue just as in Pt. minuta
(fig. 18, cw). Ventrally a longitudinal space exists, into which
the ventral vessel fold projects, and on the dorsal side, just

7.

BY JAS! Pi HILL. oy

anterior to the internal openings of the collar canals, two distinct
spaces exist.

With regard to the division of the collar ccelom into two halves,
considerable variation exists in this species. Dorsal and ventral
septa may be entirely absent, the two side halves of the cclom
then standing, as in Balanoglossus kupffert according to Spengel,
in open communication.

The dorsal septum when present differs from the normal
condition in Pé. minuta with regard to its relation to the “roots.”
In that species, according to Spengel, the dorsal septum only exists
in the posterior part of the collar; two “roots” are situated
anterior to it, and its anterior free edge always appears to corre-
spond to one of the “‘roots.” In this species the septum may arise
in the anterior region of the collar and in front of the most
anterior root as a fold projecting from the dorsal surface of the
collar cord and with a free anterior edge, and which reaches the
outer wall where the first “root” fuses with the collar epidermis.
The septum then passes between the remaining “roots” to the
posterior end of the collar. Over part of its course it may be
interrupted: the ventral connection with the dorsal surface of the
cord is lost, the septum at the point of interruption appearing as
a free fold projecting from the inner surface of the outer collar
wall. Further, in other individuals the front edge of the septum
may coincide with either the first or the second “root.”

As to the ventral septum (fig. 19, vcs.) when present, it exists
only in the most posterior part of the collar and there only for a
very short distance. It may be present when the dorsal is absent.
In fig. 18 a section passing just anterior to the ventral septum is
represented. The vessel fold (s/v.) arising from the subepidermic
collar capillaries exists only for a short distance in the posterior
region of the collar, and is not always so distinct as in the series
from which this section is taken; posteriorly it unites with one of
the longitudinal vessel folds to give rise to the ventral septum
(fig. 19, ves.). The collar canals and the collar-trunk septum are
related in this species exactly as in Pt. menuta.

bo
bo

ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

Nerve Cord of Collar: The collar nerve cord (figs. 16, 17, 18,
enc.) varies in shape in transverse sections in different individuals

and in different parts of the same individual, from band-shaped to.
almost circular. In its general features the cord of this species.

agrees with that of Pt. munuta as described by Spengel. An
axial canal is not present in the cellular part of the cord, and
the “cord hollows” are not so numerous as in that species. Two
lateral longitudinal rows of ‘‘cord hollows” exist, while smaller,
less regularly arranged hollows may be present in the central
region. The entire number of hollows appearing in one section
is seldom greater than four. These ‘cord hollows” are related to
each other exactly as in /’t. menzta.

I have never observed an anterior insinking of the epidermis
into the cellular part of the cord to form an anterior epidermal
pocket, but a very short and narrow epidermal pocket may exist
at the posterior end of the cord.

As in all other known species of the genus, the fibrous layer of

the cord completely surrounds the cellular portion.

With regard to the histology of the cellular part of the cord, I
have never been able to observe in any of my preparations the
giant ganglion cells described and figured by Spengel. I can
clearly distinguish, however, large granular nuclei, rounded or
oval in form, and with distinct nucleoli, which belong probably to
what Spengel regards as the proper nerve cells. They occur
especially above the ventral portion of the nerve fibre layer and
also in the middle region of the cord and below the thin dorsal
portion of the fibre layer. Round these nuclei there may some-
times be seen an ill-defined little staining cell body, apparently
branching.

The “stalked cells,” with their elongated, deeply staining,
narrow nuclei can also be readily distinguished. They radiate
outwards from the thin cuticular lining of the “cord hollows,”
and their fibre-like ends penetrate the nerve fibre layer. Also
there occur throughout the cellular part of the cord, but especially

above the ventral portion of the nerve fibre layer, numerous

deeply staining rounded nuclei, with ill-defined cell bodies.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 23

In the nerve fibre layer, below the cellular part of the cord,
nuclei are found, with small oval non-staining cell bodies which
are produced at either end into fibre-like processes. Clear oval
spaces also occur in the fibrous layer, but I have not been able to
convince myself that these form continuous tubes, and they never
possess any protoplasmic remains in their interior such as Spengel
describes for the processes passing into the fibrous layer from the
giant ganglion cells. These spaces appear to be simply lacune
between the ramifying fibres composing the fibrous layer.

Roots : In this species the most anterior “root” may arise from
the anterior region, 7.c., in front of the middle point of the collar
cord, contrary to Spengel’s statement that the roots always spring
from its middle or posterior end. Generally, however, the first
root is situated about the middle region of the cord. The roots
vary in number from one to four, the latter number being the
usual one. In one series five roots arose from the collar cord, but
I was unable to find the dorsal point of union of the fifth with
the epidermis. As in the described species, the roots vary greatly
in direction; sometimes they pass straight between the collar cord
and the epidermis, but generally they take an oblique course,
forwards or backwards, to their point of union with the epidermis.
In one series the first two roots fused with each other midway
between the collar cord and epidermis, while in another series
two of the roots arose from the collar cord by a short common
stem. Hach root consists as in the described species of an outer
limiting membrane carrying blood vessels, and continuous at the
one end with the limiting membrane of the dorsal cord, at the
other with the limiting membrane of the epidermis. Internal to
this is a thin fibre layer continuous ventrally with the nerve fibre
layer of the collar cord. The interior of the root presents a
varylng appearance at different parts; in some sections, and
especially in those of the first root, a distinct central cavity may
exist limited by a delicate membrane from which processes radiate
outwards. These processes apparently belong to cells, the nuclei
of which are situated just internal to the fibrous layer, the whole
structure recalling the appearance of the stalked cells radiating

24 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

from the ‘“ cord hollows.” I have never been able to trace these
hollows in the roots as continuous canals throughout the whole
length of even the first “root,” and am convinced that in none of
the “roots” of this species does a continuous canal exist such as
Spengel describes for the first “roots” in Pt. minuta, clavigera,
aperta, and bahamensis. Similar though smaller hollows may
exist in the ‘“ roots” succeeding the first, but just as in the first
“root” the hollows do not stand in continuous connection, but
are interrupted by anastomosing strands or in some cases by
branching cells with large nuclei. I have likewise never observed
the “collar hollows ” to pass into the roots.

The roots end dorsally just as Spengel describes (fig. 16, 77t.).
The outer limiting membrane and the fibrous layer of the root
unite with the similar layers of the epidermis; while the cellular
tissue of the root projects in a cone-like mass between the epidermal
cells, the apex of the cone reaching to within a short distance from
the outer surface. The apex of this cone-like mass of tissue is
composed of a network of fine strands enclosing clear spaces, and
with a few very small nuclei in the angles where the strands meet.
Below this clear tissue and continuous with it, there occur more
deeply staining branched cells which are directly continuous with
the central tissue of the “roots.”

Nerve Stems of Trunk: These are related exactly as in the
described species, and the circular commissure placing the fibrous
layer of the collar cord in connection with that of the ventral stem
can be readily seen in horizontal sections occupying the deep
groove between collar and trunk. The cells covering the circular
fibre ring are entirely destitute of gland cells, and consequently
are sharply marked off from the adjacent epidermal cells.

The dorsal stem in the branchial region is situated somewhat
below the level of the adjacent epidermis (fig. 20, dnv.), but
posterior to this region it forms a distinct ridge. The ventral
stem, on the other hand, occupies over its whole extent the bottom
of a shallow longitudinal groove (figs. 20, 24, vn.). The fibrous
layer of the dorsal stem is, as in Pt. minuta, somewhat triangular
in transverse section; it is thickest in the middle, and laterally

vic: | haces

BY JAS? P. HILL. 25

tapers off gradually into the fibrous layer of the epidermis. That
of the ventral stem is more band-lke in form, and laterally passes
over suddenly into the epidermic fibrous layer. In the cellular
portion of the dorsal stem gland cells are comparatively few in
number, while they are altogether wanting in the ventral. Of
the two stems the ventral is the more strongly developed, and
towards the posterior end of the body it remains more distinct
than the dorsal.

In my preparations, and especially in the ventral cord, the
‘stalked cells” of Spengel can readily be distinguished. They
are elongated fibre-like cells with generally long deeply staining
nuclei. These cells are specially developed at the lateral margins
of the ventral stem. Their fibre-like basal processes traverse the
fibrous layer, while their outer ends converge towards the middle
line of the stem, thus enclosing a central space largely occupied by
the nerve cells. The nuclei of these latter are easily distinguish-
able by their large size and rounded appearance; they do not stain
very deeply, possess distinct nucleoli, and exactly resemble
the nuclei of the nerve cells in the collar cord. The nerve cells
lie immediately adjacent to the fibrous layer, and this fibrous
layer as well of the collar cord as of the trunk nerve stems is to
be regarded, according to Spengel, as made up of the ramified and
interlaced processes of these nerve cells. Here, as in the collar
cord, I have never succeeded in observing the giant ganglion cells.

Trunk.

(1) Branchial region: As in all known species of
Ptychodera there is below the epidermis a delicate layer of
circular muscle fibres, in this species only a single fibre in thick-
ness. The longitudinal musculature internal to this is strongly
developed and as in the described species is interrupted dorsally
and ventrally by the vessel stems. The longitudinal musculature
of the outer wall of the genital wings is considerably stronger
than that of the inner wall. The latter is interrupted in the
region of the sub-median lines in whose course the openings of
the ducts of the gonads are situated. Numerous radial fibres

26 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

pass from the limiting membrane of the epidermis through the
muscular layers to be inserted into the ventro-lateral portions of
the walls of the cesophagus and into the lateral regions of the gill
pockets. Laterad of the cesophagus a free space is left as in the
described species, and this contains in sections a coagulated fluid
in which cells are embedded. The two halves of the trunk ccelom
are completely separated from each other ventrally by the ventral
vessel which extends between the limiting membrane of the
epidermis and that of the gut. On the dorsal side the dorsal
vessel may occupy the whole height of the mesentery or only its
dorsal half.

Gut Canal of Branchial region: As in all the known species of
the genus Ptychodera the gut canal in this region is separated
into two passages—a dorsal or branchial canal (fig. 20, gg.) and a
ventral or cesophagus (fig. 20, w.). They communicate with each
other by a narrower or wider cleft according as the two limiting
cushions (fig. 20, /c.) are approximated to or remote from each
other. Except for the much greater development of the genital
wings in this species, a transverse section through its branchial
region (fig. 20) agrees almost exactly with a similar section of
Pt. ninuta. The gill skeleton is composed of three-pronged forks
which are related just as in Pé. minuwla; the number of “ Synap-
tikels” (fig. 20, sn.) varies from seven to ten.

The epibranchial stripe forming the median dorsal boundary of
the branchial canal is composed of numerous relatively very long
and narrow cells ; and its middle region does not stain so deeply
as the lateral regions in which gland cells are situated. The
lateral regions pass over opposite the “gill tongues” into the high
epithelium (fig. 21, gtb.) of the “tongue back” (the inner wall of
the tongue next the gut canal). The gland cells are specially
abundant in the middle region of the epithelium of the “tongue
back,” and not placed nearer its front face as in Pt. minuta. This
epithelium passes over into the narrow strand of “intermediate
epithelium” (fig. 21, zes.) composed of small non-ciliated cells
which furnishes the low epithelial covering of the “Synaptikels.”
The lateral walls of the tongue and of the gill pocket are lined

Lo

BY JAS. P. HILL. 7
by a layer of columnar cells with long cilia just as in the described
species, and the ‘tongue floor” composed of cells poor in proto-
plasm is also, as in them, infolded into the cavity of the “tongue.”
This cavity (fig. 21, géc.) Just as in Pt. minuta is lined by an
irregular peritoneal layer, and also contains fibres which stretch
across between its opposite walls at a short distance below the
“tongue back.”

The gill pores (fig. 20, gp.) are narrow slits slightly obliquely
placed, which open into the longitudinal grooves bounding the
‘oll area” laterally, and as in the described species the longi-
tudinal muscles lying laterally to the pores give off fine bundles
which pass between adjacent pores to join the longitudinal
muscles on the inner side of the gill pores.

The anterior ends of the gill rows project for some distance
into the posterior region of the throat (fig. 18, ag.), but owing to
the oblique direction of the most anterior gills the posterior rim
of the collar forming the so-called “operculum” of Bateson covers
at most only the first gill pore. The conditions are essentially
the same as in /’t. clavigera since the genital wings do not possess
free anterior edges, but are united with the hind edges of the
collar, thus enclosing between them and the “gill area” the space
for which Spengel adopts the term “atrium.” It is into the
narrow anterior projection of this space below the posterior edge
of the collar that the first gill pore opens.

The number of gills varies according to the age of the animal,
since new ones are being continually formed during life at the
hind end of the gill region. As in Pt. minuta the number of
gills never appears to exceed 40 pairs, but in the majority of
individuals the number is very much less than this. The gill gut
is not closed blindly behind as in Pt. minuta, but passes directly
over into the gut of the succeeding genital region.

(2) Post-branchial region.—Genital region : The mus-
culature and the dorsal and ventral vessel stems are essentially
related as in the branchial region. The wall of the gut (fig. 23, 7.)
in this region is usually folded, and lies at a varying distance,
usually small, from the longitudinal musculature, and there pass

28 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

from its ventro-lateral region to the limiting membrane of the
epidermis numerous radial fibres. The trunk ccelom represented
in the branchial region by the spaces situated laterally to the
cesophagus is here considerably reduced and represented by
irregular spaces.

The lateral septa (figs. 22, 23, Js.) are related essentially as in
the described Ptychodera species. In the middle of the genital
region the septa are of considerable breadth, and pass between
the dorsal corner of the gut and the submedian line, which is
here situated at about the middle of the internal face of each of
the genital wings (fig. 23, /s.). Anteriorly the point of attach-
ment of the septum to the gut gradually passes medianly (fig. 22,
ls.) until at the level of the last developing gill pocket it passes
over to the skin, to which it is then attached at both ends. In
the branchial region the ventral point of attachment of the
septum gradually approaches the lateral, which always remains at
the submedian line until the two unite. Posteriorly to the
middle of the genital region the submedian line gradually passes
down from the mid-region of the inner face of the genital wing,
and takes a position close to its base, and at the same time the
septa are reduced gradually in breadth and finally end with a free
edge in the anterior portion of the hepatic region. The lateral
septa thus separate off from the main trunk ccelom two dorsal
chambers which anteriorly end blindly in the posterior part of the
branchial region, while posteriorly they communicate with the
main trunk celom by their narrow openings. These dorsal
chambers Spengel regards as blind-sac-like outgrowths of the
trunk ccelom arising in the anterior part of the hepatic region.

Gonads: The gonads begin in the “genital wings” immediately
behind the posterior rim of the collar and continue for a con-
siderable distance into the hepatic region. As distinguished from
Pt. minuta, in which the gonads are simple unbranched sacs, they
are in this species, in correspondence with the greatly developed
“oenital wings,” much branched, and are here more complexly
branched than is usually the case in 7t. clavigera. As in these
species, only primary gonads and primary genital pores exist. In

BY JAS! PP. BIEL. 29

the branchial region, as is characteristic of the genus Ptychodera,
the gonads only exist laterally to the gill pores, and consist of
dorsal and ventral gonad branches which are each again sub-
divided into lesser lobes: the dorsal usually into two long lobes
which occupy the uppermost portion of the cavity of the genital
wings, the ventral into a number (3-4) of shorter and smaller
lobes.

In the genital region proper, as in Pé. c/avigera, each gonad
consists of three main branches: (1) a dorsal (figs. 22, 23, dyb.)
occupying, as in the branchial region, the dorsal part of the cavity
of the “genital wings,” and divided into two long lobes or in some
cases into two long lobes and one short one; (2) a ventro-lateral
branch situated on the outer side of the lateral septum, between
it and the outer body wall, and also subdivided into two lesser
lobes (figs. 22, 23, rgb.); (3) a median lateral branch occupying
the cavity of the dorsal chamber of the trunk ccelom, enclosed by
the lateral septum and extending in it above the gut towards the
median dorsal line (figs. 22, 23, my.). This median ventral
branch is also subdivided into two. In this species, then, there
are in connection with each genital pore at least six lesser
branches. In fig. 23, a section from about the middle of the
genital region is represented which has passed through one of the
genital pores (gap.) filled up by a mass of spermatozoa. The
specimen from a series of which this section is taken was preserved
while in the act of extruding the ripe spermatozoa in the form of
whitish filmy masses.

Structure of Gonads: According to Spengel the wall of the

gonads consists of three layers—an outer peritoneal layer, a middle
limiting membrane and an inner germ layer. The outer peritoneal
layer is in my preparations very indistinct, and represented by
some small flattened nucleated cells more or less remote from
each other and closely applied to the middle limiting membrane.
In the latter there is situated a well marked blood sinus. I have
never been able to observe a layer of longitudinal muscles in the
wall of the gonads in this species. Also, I have not been able to

distinguish the germ layer as a distinct layer, but certain small

30 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

rounded cells lying irregularly internal to the limiting membrane
in young gonads doubtless belong to it. In the young gonads
there is present a distinct central cavity filled up in some cases by
a deeply staining homogeneous substance. As in the other species
of Ptychodera, the gonads contain large numbers of rounded or
cubical masses of a peculiar substance which in the sexually
immature animals fills up the gonads almost completely. It is
found in the young gonads, both male and female, but it persists
for a much longer time in the case of the ovaries than in the
testes. Even in the mature ovaries traces of it remain, while in
the mature testes no trace of it is left. Spengel regards this
substance as nutritive in function, and the presence of the
abundant deutoplasm in the ova readily accounts for its greater
persistence in the ovaries.

The ova of this species are essentially similar to those of PP.
minuta. They average about ;, mm. in diameter, and
possess very abundant granular deutoplasm. The germinal
vesicle is very large, and contains a spongy nucleoplasm in which
there is situated one large nucleolus and several smaller masses.
The ripe ovum is invested in a thick egg membrane attached to
which there may be a few very small flattened nuclei apparently
representing the follicular layer. The heads of the ripe sperma-
tozoa are somewhat ovoid or rounded in form, and the flagellum
is very long and slender (fig. 26).

Hepatic region: With the exception of the presence of two
ciliated bands in the gut, Spengel’s description of this region in
Pt. minuta apples generally to that of this species. The liver
sacs (fig. 24, hen.) communicate with the gut by narrow transverse
clefts bounded by anterior and posterior lips. The wall. of the
gut 1s thrown into obliquely transverse folds which are interrupted
on the dorsal side by the two longitudinal grooves, while a well
marked furrow occupies the median dorsal region of the gut.

The liver sacs are lined by a layer of close-set long narrow cells
with long nuclei in a row near their base (fig. 24, ehep.). The
cells contain numerous yellowish-brown granules, which also occur
less abundantly in the somewhat shorter but otherwise similar

bi ha eae

BY SAS: P) HILL: 31

cells lining the gut. The cells of the liver gut possess distinct
cilia, and in accurate sections through its lining epithelium which
are met but seldom, the outer surfaces of the cells form a sinuous
line, and no vacuoles are visible in them, so that, as Spengel
remarks, the vesicles he has observed in them are probably the
result of the action of reagents. On the outer side of the epithe-
lium of the liver sacs and the gut wall there is a rich system of
capillary vessels. As in other species of Ptychodera, except /t.
minuta and sarniensis, two ciliated grooves are present in this
species, and they show the usual structure. Hach consists of a
special ciliated band of long columnar cells sunk below the level
of the gut epithelium and bounded on its dorsal or median side
by a projecting conical mass composed of elongated cells, the
“covering pad.”

The ciliated grooves extend for a considerable distance into the
genital region proper, and they are there situated somewhat below
the points of attachment of the lateral septa to the gut wall, and
are separated from the epidermis by the thick layer of longitudinal
musculature. Posteriorly, about the middle of the hepatic region
where the liver sacs are largest, the genital wings are reduced to
mere ridges, overhung by the outwardly extended ends of the liver
sacs. In fig. 24, the left half of a section about the middle of the
hepatic region is represented, and the ciliated groove (cgr.) is seen
to lie just below the outer wall of the reduced genital wing (gw.)
and now quite close to the epidermis, being separated from it only
by a thin layer of the longitudinal musculature which becomes
thinner just at this point. The genital wings can be traced as
mere elevations of the epidermis below which the ciliated grooves
are situated to near the posterior end of the hepatic region.

Hind Body: The course of the ciliated grooves behind the
hepatic region is marked externally by two longitudinal epidermal
stripes which, commencing laterally to the posterior small liver
sacs, extend over the anterior two-thirds of the hind-body region.
The hind body can thus be divided into an anterior abdominal
region characterised by the presence of the two epidermal stripes

32 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

and the underlying ciliated grooves, and into a posterior caudal
region.

In the abdominal region the ciliated grooves may be situated
directly under the epidermal stripes or may be remote from it by
a short distance, but always the portion of the longitudinal
musculature between them is somewhat thinner than elsewhere.
The cells of the epidermal stripes usually stain darker, and are
somewhat lower than the adjacent cells, and in one case where the
groove was situated immediately under the epidermal stripe there
existed what appeared to be a special differentiation of the cells
of the latter in the form of a small mass of cells with rounded
nuclei and distinct nucleoli. In other respects the abdominal
region of this species closely agrees with that of Pt. mznuta. The
wall of the gut in this region (fig. 25, 2.) is thrown into numerous
somewhat irregular transverse folds, and it becomesfurther removed
from the longitudinal musculature so that the ccelom is very much
more distinct than in the liver region and, as there, divided into
two distinct halves only, however, in the anterior part of the
region. The band-like cellular mass which Spengel has found in
Pt. minuta and sarniensis in connection with the dorsal vessel and
lying along the dorsal median line of the gut also exists in this
species. It has here the form of a low band of cells of varying
height lying as in the described species between the two lamellee
of the boundary membrane of the gut and not limited laterally.
Between the dorsal vessel and the cellular mass there passes a
short mesentery, and by the separation of, this into two lamellee
the cavity of the dorsal vessel comes into direct connection with
the cellular mass. At these points the cells of the mass are not
closely packed, and have a branching character exactly like the
endothelial cells of the dorsal vessel with which they seem to be
continuous.

The caudal region of the hind body is essentially similar to that
of Pt. minuta. As in the posterior part of the abdominal region,
the two halves of the cceelom here stand in connection below the
dorsal vessel. On the ventral side the ventral vessel disappears
as a distinct structure at the beginning of this region, while the

ciate f he: eeliall

BY JAS. P. HILL. 33:

dorsal vessel retains its lumen to near the posterior end of the
body.

As Spengel has found in Pt. minuta, the place of the ventral
vessel is taken by the keel-shaped process of the gut epithelium.
As in Pt. minuta, a very delicate musculature is found on the gut
in this region, and as in that species a distinct sphincter derived
from the circular musculature exists round the anus.

Vascular System.—Dorsai vessel: In the post-branchial
region the dorsal vessel is related essentially as in Pé. minuta.
It can be traced as a vessel with a distinct lumen to near the
posterior end of the body; it appears, however, to end as a, solid
structure at its extreme posterior end just as in Pt. minuta. In
the branchial region the dorsal vessel may occupy the whole of
the mesentery or only its dorsal portion. Between the perihemal
spaces the dorsal vessel usually occupies the whole extent of the
partition wall, but just as in Pt. minuta it may only occupy the
dorsal half of it, and the ventral part of the wall may then either
persist as a low wall of partition below the vessel, or it may
disappear entirely and place the two perihzmal spaces in com-
munication.

At the anterior end of the perihzemal spaces, the dorsal vessel
opens, as in the described species, into a lacuna (figs. 11, 12, 14,
cl.) between the organs in the proboscis neck and which stands in
connection with the central blood space of the proboscis by a
narrow cleft. From the lacuna there passes away dorsally a vessel
(fig. 10, oav.), the afferent skin vessel, which Spengel regards as
carrying blood to the capillary net of the proboscis. Where two
proboscis canals are present it passes between them (fig. 10);
where there is only one canal, along one side of that. It then
passes into the limiting membrane and runs in that anteriorly for
a Short distance, finally dividing as in the described species into
two branches which divide up again to form the capillary net of
the proboscis.

Proboscis glomerulus: The glomerulus of this species essentially

resembles that of Pt. minuta. It covers the anterior ends of the
Cc

34 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

heart bladder and the proboscis gut, but just behind the anterior
ends of these it becomes limited to two lateral masses lying on the
heart bladder and the notochord, and to a small median portion
on the dorsal side of the heart bladder. This median portion
which stands in connection with the lateral portions by vessels on
the walls of the heart bladder posteriorly gives rise to two or
three large longitudinal vessels which finally unite to form one
main vessel (fig. 3, mgl.) which passes obliquely backwards and
upwards along the dorsal edge of the heart bladder (fig. 5, esv.),
and comes into connection with the capillary net of the proboscis.
Ventrally, also, the lateral masses stand in connection with the
capillary net by a network of vessels in the ventral septum of the
proboscis. According to Spengel, these vessels, dorsal and ventral,
probably act as the efferent skin vessels, 7.¢., they probably convey
the blood from the capillary net of the proboscis to the glomerulus.
The glomerulus vessels themselves are similar in their relations to
those of Pt. minuta. As Spengel has shown, these vessels
represent a honeycomb-like system. As in that species corre-
sponding to the floor of the honeycomb there is a sinus on the
lateral walls of the heart bladder which communicates with the
central blood space by narrow clefts. From the sinus there
radiate outwards vessels which, in longitudinal vertical sections,
are readily seen to be connected in a net-like manner, and at the
periphery of the glomerulus they give rise to a network of much
larger vessels (figs. 3, 4, 5, 6, gl.). The latter opens into a
longitudinal vessel occupying the ventral corner of each half of
the glomerulus, and which in this species can be traced to near
the anterior end of each half of the glomerulus (figs. 3, 4, 5, epv.).
These vessels Spengel terms the efferent proboscis vessels, and
according to him they arise at the posterior end of the glomerulus.
In this species they certainly become distinct at the posterior end
of the glomerulus (fig. 8, epv.), but they can be followed up from
here as distinct vessels lying in the ventral corner of each half
of the glomerulus to near its anterior end.

From a comparative study of the glomerulus, and from its
histology, Spengel is led to regard the glomerulus as a system of

BY JAS. P. HILL. 35

infoldings of the splanchnic epithelium, the spaces between these
infoldings being filled with blood and representing the glomerulus
vessels. For this view speaks the arrangement of the nuclei
which occur more or less regularly along the course of the vessels.
Round the nuclei an oval non-staining cell body can frequently
be recognised, and they can in some places, as Spengel has
observed, pass directly over into the splanchnic epithelium.
Efferent Proboscis Vessels: The efferent proboscis vessels after
they leave the glomerulus are essentially similar in their course
and disposition to those of Pt. minuta. However, as Koehler* has
found in /’t. sarniensis, the two efferent proboscis vessels are
connected with each other in the proboscis neck by a well-marked
vessel (figs. 10, 14, cv.) which passes, in the “chondroid tissue”
occupying the space between the anterior portion of the “keel” of
the proboscis skeleton and the posterior portion of the “end plate.”
IT have met this connecting vessel not only in transverse series,
but also in both vertical and horizontal longitudinal series, and
there can, in my opinion, be no doubt as to its existence in this
species. Spengel, however, asserts that the efferent proboscis
vessels ‘‘never stand in connection with each other,” and believes
“Koehler has been apparently deceived through the intense
colouration with carmine of certain parts of the skeleton which
thereby become very similar to the blood fluid.”+ <A series of
transverse sections through an individual of the species under
consideration, whose vessels were richly filled with coagulated
blood, leaves me in no doubt on the matter, and the appearance
presented by the vessel as seen in two adjacent sections is
represented in fig. 10 (cv.). The specimen was stained with
cochineal in 70% alcohol with the result that the coagulated blood
stained a much deeper tint than the proboscis skeleton, allowing
the two to be very easily distinguished, and moreover the
coagulated blood in the connecting vessel could be distinctly seen
to pass over at both ends into that in the efferent proboscis

* Contribution al’ étude des Entéropneustes. Internat. Monatsschrift
f. Anat. u. Histologie, Bd. iii. 1886, p. 174

1 L0G, Cit., pe 630.

36 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

vessels. Further, the ‘‘keel” and “body” of the proboscis skeleton
are at this point quite distinct from each other and separated by
the narrow ventral band of ‘“chondroid tissue,” and there is
certainly no median prolongation anteriorly from the point of
fusion of the “body” and “keel” of the proboscis skeleton which
takes place just behind the connecting vessel, and which could be
mistaken for the vessel in question.

We may then take it as characteristic of Pt. australiensis, at
least, that the efferent proboscis vessels are united by a connect-
ing vessel passing in the “chondroid tissue” between the “body”
and “keel” of the proboscis skeleton.

Further, in this species the capillary net of the proboscis comes
directly into connection with the efferent proboscis vessels in
the proboscis neck, and indeed anteriorly to the connecting vessel.
In sections through the proboscis neck, in the region of the
ventral blind sac, vessels are found in the here commencing
‘“‘chondroid tissue” which, as Spengel has shown, is simply the
thickened limiting membrane of this region into which cellular
strands derived mainly from the proboscis pockets have penetrated.
Some of these vessels enter the efferent proboscis vessels (fig. 9),
and they thus serve to place the capillary net of the proboscis
directly in connection with the efferent proboscis vessels, while
the dorsal and ventral efferent skin vessels, since they return the
blood first to the glomerulus, do so indirectly.

Vessels of Collar: The efferent proboscis vessels are continued
into the collar, and are related there essentially as in the
described species of Ptychodera. They appear on their entrance
into the collar as clefts in the limiting membrane on either side
of the proboscis skeleton, and have at first a longitudinal direc-
tion. Very soon they diverge outwards in a fold of the limiting
membrane and finally pass downwards round the mouth cavity in
a fold of the limiting membrane of the inner wall of the collar—
the circular vessel fold. Their dorsal portions are formed of
single vessels (fig. 16, cve.) which ventro-laterally give rise to two
capillary nets (fig. 17, cve'.) which unite in the mid-ventral line of
the anterior part of the collar to form the longitudinal ventral

BY TNS Pe Hb: 37

vessels of the collar, formed by folds of the outer limiting mem-
brane of the peripharyngeal space.

The circular vessels stand in direct connection as in the
described species with the capillary net in the outer limiting
membrane of the peripharyngeal space, and also anterior to the
line of termination of the latter with the capillary vessels below
the epithelium immediately surrounding the mouth aperture.

The ventral longitudinal vessels generally consist in this species
of two distinct folds which may be secondarily branched (fig. 18,
lvc.). The longitudinal vessels may, however, be represented by
a single simple or much branched fold, or of three or four distinct
folds.

As in the described species the ventral longitudinal vessel folds
open at their posterior ends into a lacuna in the collar-trunk
septum, into which the circular vessel passing in the septum
immediately below the circular nerve ring opens laterally, and
from which the ventral longitudinal vessel of the trunk takes its
origin.

Capillary System of Collar is related essentially as in the
described species. On the dorsal side, the vessels in the limiting
membranes of the “roots” placing the outer and inner capillary
nets in connection are strongly developed (fig. 15). Ventrally, in
the hind half of the collar by the formation of a longitudinal fold
of the limiting membrane of the epidermis, a median longitudinal
subepidermic vessel (fig. 18, s/v.) may in some cases be formed
opposite the ventral longitudinal plexus. Posteriorly, the former
fuses with one of the folds of the latter, and the capillary net of
the inner collar wall is thus brought on the ventral side into
direct connection with that of the outer. In some individuals,
however, the ventral mesentery may be entirely absent, and no
such connection established.

The capillary net surrounding the dorsal cord is in this species
strongly developed, and especially on its dorsal side (figs. 15 and
17) well-marked vessels (fig. 17) pass off, from the dorsal side of
the dorsal vessel, in the limiting membrane between the perihemal
spaces and the collar cord. These laterally pass upwards in the

38 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

limiting membrane of the collar cord to form the capillary net on
on its dorsal surface, and branches also pass downwards in the
boundary membrane laterally to the perihzemal spaces and come
into direct connection with the capillary net of the inner wall of
the collar. Very few vessels leave the ventral side of the dorsal
vessel in this species, and the capillary net of the inner wall of
the collar thus appears to stand mainly in connection with vessels
derived from the dorsal side of the dorsal vessel, in common with
the capillary net of the collar cord.

Ventral Vessel of Trunk: The ventral vessel is related exactly
as in Pt. minuta. It does not extend so far posteriorly as the
dorsal, but disappears at the point of origin of the keel-shaped
process of the gut.

Lateral Vessels: The lateral vessels are essentially similar to
those of the described species. In the branchial region they
occupy the usual position just below the submedian lines (fig. 20,
llv.). Then when the lateral septa appear, they run in these (fig.
22, dlv.). Towards the ends of the septa the vessels gradually
pass downwards towards the point of attachment of the septa to
the gut, and then behind the termination of the septa they con-
tinue as free vessels lying in the interior of the now greatly
reduced genital wings (fig. 24, d/v.) and which finally about the
middle of the hepatic region pass over into the gut capillaries.
In this part of their course the vessels possess, as in the other
species, circular muscle fibres in their walls, and also from the
latter there radiate outwards fine fibres (fig. 24, llv.), probably
functioning as expansors.

Gill Vessels: My observations on this very complicated set of
vessels confirm, so far as they go, those of Spengel. The afferent
gill vessels arising from the dorsal vessel vary according as the
dorsal vessel occupies the whole of the mesentery or only its
dorsal half. In the former case the afferent vessels pass off
directly from the ventral side of the dorsal vessel; in the latter
they diverge outwards and downwards from its ventral side, the
mesentery being apparently absent at this point. The afferent

BY JAS. P. HILL. 39

vessels arise from the dorsal vessel opposite the gill tongues. Hach,
according to Spengel, divides soon after its origin into two vessels
—one of which passes into the tongue and divides again to form
the two vessels running along the tongue prongs, the other passes
to the gill septum in front of the tongue which received the first
vessel, and probably becomes continuous with the septal vessel. I
have not been able to make out from my preparations the above
described connections to my complete satisfaction. Hach of the
afferent vessels seems to stand in connection with a vessel lying
just above the line of attachment of the gill tongue, and this
vessel extends on to the dorsal edge of the succeeding septum, and
is situated just above the dorsal end of the gillskeleton. Through
this vessel there is doubtless established the connection between
the blood flowing in the gill tongues and that in the septa.

The vessels in the tongue are exactly as described by Spengel.
In transverse sections through the branchial region the capillary
net in the tongue situated immediately below the peritoneal
covering of the tongue cavity (fig. 20, ent.) can be distinctly seen,
and especially in horizontal sections the larger vessels of the net,
viz., the large vessel situated immediately under the epithelium of
the “tongue back” and the two smaller vessels along the inner
side of each tongue prong (fig. 21, ¢p.) can be distinctly recognised
(fig. 21). In each of the gill septa the septal vessels (figs. 20, 21,
vgs.) can readily be made out running just external to the septal
prong (spr.). At their ventral ends the septal vessels stand in
connection with the “limiting vessel” below the boundary cushion
between the branchial canal and the cesophagus, and this ‘“limit-
ing vessel” stands in the usual connection with the capillary net
on the wall of the cesophagus.

Though none of my preparations show a distinct capillary net
in the gill septa, in some I have observed small branches passing
from the septal vessel, and these probably represent part of the
capillary net Spengel has found so richly developed in the gill
septa of Pf. sarniensis.

40 ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Reference Letters.

ag. Projections of the anterior ends of the gill rows into the throat.
av. Afferent skin vessels of proboscis. bps. Body of proboscis skeleton.
by. Limiting vessel of branchial region. cbs. Central blood space of pro-
boscis. ccp. Prolongations of collar coelom into the proboscis neck. c/w.
Circular musculature of outer wall of anterior rim of collar. cyr. Ciliated
8roove. ch. ‘‘ Chondroid tissue.” ciw. Capillary net of inner wall of collar.
cl. Cleft into which dorsal vessel opens. cm. Circular musculature of pro-
boscis. cnc. Collar cord. cnp. Capillary net of proboscis. cnt. Capillary
net of gill tongue. cw. Collar celom. ca’. Parts of collar celom into
which collar pores open. cp. Covering pad. ct. Inner Jayer of connective
tissue of proboscis on the splanchnic epithelium. cv. Vessel connecting the
two efferent probgscis vessels in the proboscis neck. cvc. Dorsal
portion of circular vessel fold of collar. cvc’. Ventral plexus of circular
vessel fold of collar. dgb. Dorsal gonad branches. div. Notochord.
dn. Dorsal nerve stem of trunk. dp. Dorsal probuscis pockets. dsc.
Fibres of dorso-ventral muscle plate. dv. Dorsal vessel of trunk. ehep.
Epithelium of liver sac. ep. Epidermis. epb. Epibranchial strand. eps.
“‘Knd plate” of proboscis skeleton. epth. Epithelium of throat. epv.
Etfferent proboscis vessels. esv. Efferent proboscis skin vessels on front
edge of heart bladder. g.Gonads. gap. Genital aperture. gc. Gill cleft.
gg. Branchial canal. g/. Glomerulus. glm. Muscle fibres of glomerulus.
gp. Gill pore. gs. Gill septum. gt. Gill tongue. gtb. Epithelium of gill
tongue back. gtc. Gilltongue cavity. gw. Genital wings. h. Heart bladder.
hep Cavity of liver sac. 7. Intestine. zes. Intermediate epithelial stripe
of gill tongue. fw. Musculature of fore wall of anterior rim of collar.
ilm. Inner longitudinal musculature of collar. im’. Portion of same passing
to the proboscis base. ivw. Infolding of ventral wall of heart bladder.
ivw’, Anterior projection of the same into the cavity of heart bladder.
kps. ‘‘ Keel” of proboscis skeleton. /b. Anterior horn of blind sac lumen.
lbs. Ventral blind sac of notochord. lc. Limiting cushions between
branchial canal and cesophagus. (fw. Longitudinal musculature of outer
wall of anterior rim of collar. div. Lateral longitudinal vessel. /m. Longi-
tudinal musculature of proboscis. dmt. Longitudinal musculature of trunk.
lmv. Longitudinal musculature of ventral wall of perihzmal spaces. Ips,
“‘ Legs” of proboseis skeleton. Jps’. ‘‘ Nuclei” of proboscis skeleton.
ls. Lateral septa of trunk. Jvc. Longitudinal ventral vessel folds of inner
wall of collar. mg. Median gonad branches. mgl. Vessel passing from the
median dorsal portion of the glomerulus. xf. Nerve fibre layer. nrg.
Nerve fibre ring of proboscis neck. oav. Dorsal prolongation of the blood
cleft in proboscis neck to form the afferent skin vessels. «. Gisophagus.

BY JAS. P. HIBL. 4]

ol. Opening of lumen of notochord into the throat. . Proboscis pore.
pbc. Proboscis cavity. pc. Proboscis canal. phs. Perihemal spaces. pps.
Peripharyngeal space. vf. Radial fibres passing between the outer and
fore walls of anterior rim of collar. rt. ‘‘ Roots.” scn. Subepidermic
capillary net of collar. slv. Median longitudinal vessel of the subepidermic
capillary net in the posterior ventral part of the collar. sn. ‘‘ Synaptikel.”’
sp. Splanchnic epithelium of proboscis celom. spr. Septal prong of gill
skeleton. thh. Throat or mouth cavity. tp. Tongue prongs of gill skeleton.
tre. Trunk celom. vcs. Ventral collar septum. vgb. Ventral gonad
branches. vgs. Septal vessel. vn. Ventral nerve stem. vp. Ventral pro-
boscis pockets. «tps. Ventral septum of proboscis. vv. Ventral vessel of
trunk. vw. Ventral wall of heart bladder.

PTYCHODERA AUSTRALIENSIS.
Plate I,

Fig. 1.—Enlarged dorsal view of a small preserved specimen.

Fig. 2.—Dorsal view of a portion of the abdominal region showing the two
epidermal stripes. (x 3.)

Fig. 3.—Central part of a transverse section of the proboscis passing
through the anterior free projection of the infolded ventral
wall of the heart bladder. Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc.

Fig. 4.—Transverse section slightly posterior to fig. 3, but from another
series especially showing the infolding of the ventral heart
bladder wall. Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc.

Plate 11.

Fig. 5.—Transverse section passing through about the middle region of
the proboscis organs. Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc.

Fig. 6.—Portion of glomerulus in transverse section. Zeiss D., oc. 1.,
cam. luc.

Fig. 7.—Transverse section of the splanchnic epithelium on the notochord.
Zeiss D., oc. 1., cam. luc.

Plate 11,

Fig. 8.—Transverse section through the beginning of the proboscis neck.
Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc. ,

Fig. 9.—Transverse section of proboscis neck posterior to fig. 8 and pass-
ing through the ventral blind sac of the notochord. Zeiss A.,
oc. 1., cam. luc.

Fig. 10.—Transverse section of proboscis neck passing through the pro-
boscis canals and the connecting vessel between the efferent
proboscis vessels. Zeiss A., oc. 2., cam. luc.

42

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

ON A NEW SPECIES OF ENTEROPNEUSTA.

Plate Iv.

11.—Transverse section of proboscis neck of an individual with two
proboscis pores. Zeiss A., oc. 2., cam. luc.

12.—Similar section of an individual with a single median proboscis
pore. Zeiss A., oc. 2., cam. luc.

13.—Dorsal view of proboscis skeleton. (x about 30).

14. —Vertical longitudinal section (nearly median) through the point
of union of the proboscis neck with the collar. Zeiss A
(without lowest lens), oc. 1., cam. luc.

Plate v.

15.—Vertical longitudinal section through the dorsal region of collar
Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc.

16.—Dorsal median portion of a transverse section through the anterior
region of collar. Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc.

Plate v1.

17.—Transverse section through the collar passing through the opening
of the notochord into the throat and through the circular
vessel fold. Zeiss A (without lowest lens), oc. 1., cam. lue.

18.—Transverse section through the posterior region of collar. Zeiss
A (without lowest lens), oc. 1., cam. luc.

Plate vit.

19.—Transverse section of ventral part of collar slightly posterior to
fig. 18, showing the ventral septum. Zeiss A., oc. 1., cam. luc.

20.—Transverse section (slightly oblique) through the branchial region
of a sexually immature individual. Zeiss A (without lowest
lens), oc. 1., cam. luc.

21.—Section of a single gill from a vertical longitudinal series. Zeiss
C., oc. 1., cam. luc.

22.—Transverse section of a sexually immature individual, just behind
the branchial region. Zeiss A (without lowest lens), oc. 1.,
cam. luc.

Plate vit.

23. —Transverse section through the genital region of a sexually mature
male, passing through a genital pore. Zeiss A (without
lowest lens), oc. 1., cam. lue.

24.—Transverse section through the hepatic region. Zeiss A., oc. 1.,
cam. luce.

25.—Transverse section through the abdominal region showing the two
ciliated bands. Zeiss A., oc. l., cam. luc.

26.—Ripe spermatozoa. Zeiss D., oc. 4., cam. luc.

43

ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO FROM THE INTRA-
UTERINE EGG.

By Jas. P. Hitt, Demonstrator oF BroLoay, AND C. J. Marrin,
M.B., B.Sc. (Lonp.), DEMONSTRATOR OF PHYSIOLOGY, IN
THE UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY.

(Plates 1x.-X11. )

Introduction.

The following paper is based on the examination of two embryos
taken from the intra-uterine eggs of a Platypus. Beyond the facts
that Monotremes are oviparous and the ovum is meroblastic the
material collected by Caldwell in 1884 has afforded us very little
information, and we have thought that a description of a
Platypus embryo of this stage may not be unwelcome to
zoologists. In this paper we necessarily confine ourselves to a
description of the structure of the embryo lying before us. Next
year, now that we know the exact breeding season of Platypus
in certain convenient localities in New South Wales, we shall
endeavour to obtain the stages intermediate between the earliest
we now possess and the embryo described in this paper.

The female from the left uterus of which the two eggs were
taken was shot on lst October of this year. The general external
characters of the egg have already been sufficiently accurately
described.* The eggs were both exactly of the same size and
spheroidal in shape. The egg shell is, as Caldwell described, of
an opaque white colour and quite soft, presenting a general
resemblance to the shell of a lizard’s egg.

The eggs measured 18 mm. in their long and 13°5 mm. in their
short diameter. They are thus somewhat larger than the eggs
secured by Caldwell, who gives the measurements of the egg when

* Caldwell, Phil. Trans. 1887, p. 473.

44 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

laid as 15mm. by 12mm. Three other females were shot on the
same date, and these had obviously just laid their eggs, as
evidenced by the emptiness and large size of the left uterus and
by the presence and condition of corpora lutea in the ovary.
Moreover, the mammary glands in all four females were of
approximately the same size. The tubules were arranged in a
fan-like fashion, radiating outwards from the, at this stage, very
small bare area of the ventral abdominal wall, and measured 5 cm.
in length. f

From the size of these eggs as compared with Caldwell’s, and
from the condition of the other three females shot on the same
date, we may reasonably conclude that they were just ready to be
laid.

The only other recorded measurements besides Caldwell’s of the
size of the Platypus eggs when laid are contained in a paper by
Geoffroy St. Hilaire published in 1829.* The eggs, ‘nine im
number, were found lying on a rough nest in a small burrow on
the banks of the River Hawkesbury, N.S.W., and measured
12 inches (84 mm.) long by § of an inch(19 mm.) broad. The
eggs here described were probably not those of Platypus at all:
as St. Hilaire himself afterwards pointed out, they could not on
account of their size pass through the pelvis, and he then came to
the conclusion that in Platypus the eggs must be hatched inside !

The eggs were opened immediately after the animal was shot
and their contents preserved in picro-sulphuric acid. The embryos
were stained with borax-carmine, imbedded in paraffin and cut
into serial sections with the Cambridge microtome.

To our friend, Prof. J. T. Wilson, we are indebted not only for
many valuable suggestions but for much kindly criticism during
the course of our work, and we desire here to tender him our
sincere thanks. We have also to thank Messrs. Shewen and
Grant, assistants in the Physiological Laboratory, for much assist-
ance in the preparation of the photo-micrograph accompanying
this paper.

* Ann. des Sc. Nat. T. xviii. p. 162.

oe:

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 45.

General Description of the Embryo us seen in Surface View.

On opening the egg, the embryo was found lying on the surface
of a thin-walled vesicle, with its long axis corresponding to the
long diameter of the egg. It extended over the surface of the
vesicle almost from pole to pole. The vesicle completely filled
the interior of the shell. It contained a thin whitish transparent
fluid of an albuminous nature which was precipitated in picro-
sulphuric acid. Immediately below the wall of the vesicle there
appeared a thin layer of yolk granules which was somewhat
increased over a small area at the ant-embryonic pole. The
embryo measured 19 mm. from the anterior end of the medullary
plate to the extreme posterior end of the primitive streak. This
hinder point of measurement is 1-5 mm. behind the blastopore.
A photo-micrograph of the embryo from the dorsal side magnified
54 diameters is shown in Pl. 1x. Outside the elongated and
somewhat fiddle-shaped contour of the embryo is seen a lighter
more transparent zone (PI. 1x. am. a.) corresponding to the amniotic
area of other mammals. In the fresh condition no trace of a
vascular area was visible, though in the hardened blastoderm
developing vessels were indicated by a mottling both in and
around the amniotic area. Immediately in front of the anterior
end of the embryo there was to be seen a lighter area—the
proamnion—(PIl. 1x., pra.) into which the mesoderm had not yet
extended. The antero-lateral portions of the embryo were almost
entirely occupied by two sharply limited patches situated one on
either side of the anterior region of the medullary plate, opposite
the position of the future first and second cerebral vesicles. The
outer contours of these head plates are posteriorly in line with
the forward continuations of the outer borders of the proto-
vertebral zones of mesoderm. The outer margins of these head
plates mark the lateral limits of a very considerable mesodermal
thickening in this region, and we may for convenience of descrip-
tion term them the head plates of mesoderm. Their relations to
the general mesoderm will be described later.

The commencing separation of the embryo from the vesicle is
indicated by the presence of a sulcus, the so-called head-fold, which

46 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

passes back for a distance of approximately -17 mm. below the
anterior end of the medullary plate and thus separates the latter
from the underlying proamnion. This sulcus we must suppose
has arisen as in other forms by the forward growth of the anterior
end of the medullary plate over this bilaminar portion of the
blastoderm.

Lateral and tail folds are not yet developed.

The medullary plate is still flat with the exception that along
its mesial line a definite groove (the “‘ Riickenfurche’”’) is developed.
Medullary folds are absent throughout except in the region of the
future fore-brain.

In the head region the three future cerebral vesicles are
indicated by widenings of the medullary plate. The first is
separated from the second by a well marked constriction, while a
less marked constriction situated somewhat anterior to the
posterior margins of the mesodermal head plates separates the
second from the third.

The upgrowths of the medullary folds in the lateral regions of
the fore-brain are very apparent in the photo-micrograph as two
dark lines (PI. 1x., md.f.). The continuation of these lines across
the front of the medullary plate is produced by the thickening and
duplication of the medullary plate at the head fold (Pl. x1,
figs. 15 and 16 cp.).

The medullary plate in the region of the hind-brain is especially
characterised by the presence on each side of four oblong meta-
merically arranged opaque masses extending from the outer edges
of the medullary plate to within a short distance of the mesial
line. These, as will be shown later, are local thickenings of the
medullary plate, and are therefore true neuromeres. The neuro-
meres are arranged in bilaterally symmetrical pairs, and adjacent
ones are separated from each other by well marked transverse
constrictions. The first pair (Pl. 1x., »'.) are situated entirely in
front of the auditory plates. They are narrow and transversely
elongated. The second pair are not so distinct, and do not extend
quite so far mesially as the first. The third pair are very distinct
and somewhat broader than the first. They are directed slightly

erie

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 44.

backwards. The fourth pair are much less distinct than the
others, and in surface view are not so sharply limited from the
medullary plate. ;

In the anterior region of the mid-brain, a pair of neuromeres
(Pl. 1x., N.) occur, but they are much less distinct than those of the
hind-brain, appearing merely as local thickenings of the medullary
plate in that region, without any accompanying constrictions.

Opposite the second and third neuromeres of the hind-brain
there is on each side a somewhat triangular thickened patch of
ectoderm—the auditory plate (Pl. 1x., aud.). The mesoderm in
the region of the auditory plates is very thin, hence they stand
out very distinctly. The anterior margin of each plate is on a
level with the front edge of the second neuromere; indeed the
greater portion of the plate is situated opposite this neuromere.
Each plate is roughly triangular in shape, with the base of the
triangle adjoining the medullary plate, and with a deep bay in
the middle of its posterior margin.

The hind-brain region narrows gradually posteriorly and passes
into the medullary plate of the future spinal cord. The medullary
plate widens out towards the posterior end of the embryo into a
well marked sinus rhomboidalis which completely surrounds the
primitive streak. The primitive streak is just visible in the photo-
micrograph (Pl. 1x., pr. s.) as a faint linear thickening enclosing
a whitish axial line—the primitive groove—at the posterior
end of the embryo. The anterior end of the primitive streak
exhibits a distinct thickening, to one side of which the blastopore
(Pl. 1x., b/.) is situated. This thickening is continued forwards
as the head process of the mesoderm which passes into the hinder
end of the notochord. The notochord is very distinct in the
photo-micrograph as the longitudinal line running along the
middle of the medullary plate. At its anterior end it broadens
out, and terminates about the middle of the future fore-brain.

The bilateral Anlagen of the heart are very noticeable in surface
view (PI. ix., /.a.) as two tubular-looking structures lying external
to the auditory plates, and extending backwards from them along
the outer edges of the forward extensions of the lateral zones of

48 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

mesoderm, nearly up to the first somite. They are thus situated
in greater part opposite the hind-brain region.

In the trunk region, on either side of and extending below the
medullary plate there are seventeen pairs of somites: the first pair
situated relatively far back with regard to the auditory plates,
and separated by a considerable space from the last neuromere.
The anterior somites are square in shape with their borders at
right angles to the axial line. They become successively broader
and shorter towards the posterior end of the embryo, where they
are placed obliquely to its long axis.

On each side just external to the outer edges of the somites
(with the exception of the first three) and between them and the
_ lateral zone of mesoderm there occurs a narrow intermediate
zone containing the Anlage of the Wolffian body (Pl. 1x., w.6.).
Beginning as a faint line opposite the fourth somite, it becomes
more distinct opposite the seventh, and from thence backwards as
far as the fifteenth somite it exhibits an irregular linear thicken-
ing. Over this posterior part of its course the Wolffian duct
occurs as a distinct structure. Behind the fifteenth somite the
intermediate cell mass extends backwards as a narrow strip some-
what beyond the last somite.

Caldwell* compared the Platypus embryo from an egg just laid
to a chick of about 36 hrs., but beyond the number of somites
being about the same in both, there is hardly any other point of
comparison. In a chick of this age the medullary groove is
closed right down to the sinus rhomboidalis, the head is covered
by the amnion, the three cerebral vesicles and the optic vesicles
are well developed, the heart is formed and already bent, the
vascular area differentiated and the blood circulating; whereas in
the Platypus embryo at about the time of laying, the medullary
plate is practically flat, vascular area and amnion are non-existent,
while the heart is represented by two lateral Anlagen at the
periphery of the anterior extensions of the lateral plates of
mesoderm.

* Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. Vol. xviii. 1884, p. 120.

af te ieee ee

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 49

In fact we are not acquainted with any embryo which reaches
the dimensions mentioned above and is possessed of such a number
(17 pairs) of somites and which yet remains, with the exception
of a slight head fold, absolutely flat.

Selenka’s* figure (fig. 1 Taf. xxi.) of a three days’ Didelphys
embryo does however present considerable points of resemblance to
the Platypus embryo under consideration, though it is very much
smaller (4-5 mm.) and possesses only fourteen somites.

In both embryos the medullary plates are practically flat,
double heart Anlagen are present, and head fold formed. The
appearance of the anterior end of the medullary plate of the three
days’ Opossum closely resembles that of the Platypus embryo; and
further, in the region of the future mid-brain the same lateral
mesodermal thickenings occur (vide Selenka’s fig. 4, Taf. xx. y.) as
we have described above, though in the Opossum they are not so
marked as in our embryo. According to Selenka these mesoder-
mal thickenings ‘“‘gehéren offenbar zur Urwirbelplatte des Kopfes.”

In the Opossum embryo neither the Wolffian body nor the
auditory plates are indicated, nor are there any neuromeres
described. It however seems highly probable to us that the
structures situated in the region of the hind-brain which Selenka
regards as the anterior five somites are in reality not somites at
all but true neuromeres. A comparison of his fig. 4, Taf. xx.,
which represents a slightly younger embryo, with the above-
mentioned figure renders this view still more lkely. In his
figures the structures regarded as the anterior five somites extend
inwards from the edges of the medullary plate to within a short
distance of the mesial line, and in surface view appear related
essentially as are the neuromeres in our embryo; while the
remaining somites of the trunk, instead of ending on a level with
the edges of the medullary plate, extend out beyond them.

Further, his transverse section (fig. 3, Taf. xxi.) through the
region of the hind-brain and passing through one. of these
supposed somites shows no mesodermal differentiation which could

* Studien tiber Entwick. der Thier. iv. Lief. i Abt.
D

50 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

give rise to the appearance seen in surface view. The mesoderm
extends out as a continuous plate of uniform thickness beyond the
edge of the medullary plate, whereas the medullary plate itself
shows a very noticeable thickening as compared with that of the
other sections figured.

The marked retardation in the formation of the medullary folds
and in the folding off of the embryo is one of the most character-
istic features of the embryo at this stage. This may be due, as
suggested by our friend Prof. J. T. Wilson, to the mechanical
effect of the rapid imbibition by the ovum of nutritive fluid
secreted by the uterine glands.

The mature ovarian ovum, according to Caldwell,* measures
only 2°5 to 3mm. in diameter. After the entrance of the ovum
into the Fallopian tube the shell membrane and proalbumen are
added externally to the vitelline membrane, and at the same time
the ovum is increasing in size by the absorption of fluid. The
youngest stages in our possession are eggs in which segmentation
has advanced to some extent ; they measure 5 mm. in diameter,
and possess a distinct and resistent shell membrane separated
from the vitelline membrane by a thin layer of proalbumen. As
development proceeds this layer of proalbumen is soon wholly
absorbed, and in the eggs under consideration the blastodermic
vesicle tightly distended with fluid fitted closely around the inner
surface of the fully formed shell, the vitelline membrane being no
longer recognisable. During the rapid imbibition of fluid by the
blastodermic vesicle, and the consequent increase in size of the
whole ovum, the wall of the vesicle including the embryonal area
is closely pressed against the surrounding vitelline and _ shell
membranes. It therefore seems reasonable to suppose that under
such conditions, only those structural features of the embryo are -
produced which do not involve any upgrowths of the wall of the
vesicle. Once the definite shell is fully formed around the egg
and no possibility exists of its obtaining a further supply of
maternal nutritive material, the normal development of bodily

* Phil. Trans. 1887.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. Bf

form by folding of the blastoderm is enabled to occur by the
embryo making room for itself, so to speak, by the using up of
the fluid contents of the vesicle.

Against the view here put forward, it may be urged that in
certain other forms there is a similar rapid increase in size of the
blastodermic vesicle by the absorption of fluid, and yet there is
no retardation in development. In Didelphys, for example, the
blastodermic vesicle, according to Selenka, increases in one day
from a diameter of 6mm. to one of 15 mm., and at the end of this
time the embryo is folded off, the medullary groove is closed and
the amniotic folds developed. All these processes can, however,
easily occur on an expanding blastodermic vesicle lying naked in
the cavity of the uterus and devoid of any such mechanical
obstacle as would be presented by the presence of a resistent shell
membrane.

Ectoderm.

The ectoderm forms a continuous covering for the whole of the
blastodermic vesicle. It consists, except in the regions to be
subsequently mentioned, of a single layer of polygonal cells. Over
the greater portion of the embryonic area the cells are much
flattened, while in the head region of the embryo and in the
extra-embryonic region of the wall of the vesicle they appear
cubical in section.

Medullary plate.—The medullary plate is, as already
mentioned, still practically flat. Medullary folds are only present
in the anterior region of the future fore-brain ; their appearance
in this region is probably to be associated with the very early
appearance of the optic grooves. The plate consists of elongated
cells, the nuclei of which are situated at different levels simulating
the appearance of several layers of cells. The lateral portions of
the plate are thickest, and are connected by a median much
thinner portion which sends down a _ keel-shaped process in
some parts to meet the notochord. Along the median portion of
the plate there runs a distinct groove—the “ Ruckenfurche.”
Beginning as a shallow groove slightly behind the anterior end of

D2 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

the medullary plate, it gradually becomes deeper posteriorly,
attaining its maximum depth just anterior to the lst pair of
somites, where it is distinctly V-shaped (fig. 7, d. fr.). Behind
this point it gradually becomes shallower again until in the region
of the 8th somite the medullary plate is almost flat, and much
thinner than anteriorly (figs. 9 and 10, md. p.). Posterior to the
somites the plate gradually increases in breadth to form the sinus
rhomboidalis which invests the primitive streak. The extreme
anterior end of the medullary plate is quite flat, destitute of a
median groove, and separated from the underlying proamnion by
the head fold. It therefore consists of two layers, a thicker
upper and a thinner lower layer, separated from each other by a
narrow space (figs. 1, 15 and 16).

Immediately behind the anterior end of the medullary plate its
margins become upturned to form the medullary folds which are
conspicuous in the photo-micrograph as the two dark lines on
either side of the future fore-brain. A transverse section through
the middle region of the fore-brain is shown in fig. 2. In the
middle of the section is a well-marked groove (d. fr.) separated by
elevations of the medullary plate from two lateral grooves (op. gr.)
bounded externally by the medullary folds which curve slightly
inwards above the grooves. The median groove will form the
future first cerebral vesicle, while the lateral grooves we regard as
the Anlagen of the future optic vesicles. Heape* figures a section
very similar to our fig. 2 through the optic grooves of the Mole
(Stage F.), and comments on their very early appearance, while
the medullary groove is still widely open. Posteriorly each optic
groove deepens, becomes somewhat V-shaped in section, and at
the same time its floor thickens, eventually forming a hollow out-
growth which arises from the bottom of the groove and proceeds
outwards and downwards (fig. 3). An appearance similar to this
has not been described, so far as we are aware, for any other
embryo, and from the evidence at our disposal it would be rash
to speculate too far as to its probable significance. The whole

* Quart. Jour. Micros. Science, Vol. xxvii. 1887, fig. 16, Pl. x1.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 53

appearance somewhat suggests a precocious formation of the
secondary optic cup, but whether this is so or not can only be
settled by the examination of older stages. We are convinced,
however, from the examination of serial transverse sections
through the region in question, that the appearance is not caused
by any artificial folding. Longitudinal sections of our second
embryo also exhibit a series of appearances contradicting such an
interpretation.

Neuromeres.—aAs already mentioned four distinct pairs of
neuromeres are present in the hind-brain and a less marked pair
in the anterior region of the mid-brain. The mid-brain neuro-
meres are not so distinctly marked off from the medullary plate
as those of the hind-brain. It is, however, obvious in longitudinal
section as a distinct local thickening of the medullary plate (fig.
16, N.) corresponding to the region marked N in the photo-micro-
graph.

In longitudinal section the neuromeres exhibit the character-
istic arc-shaped form originally described by Orr* in the Lizard
(Anolis), and afterwards by McClure} in the Chick, in Amblystoma
and Anolis, and by Waterst in the Cod.

The neuromeres in the hind-brain of Platypus exhibit very
closely the characters described by Orr for those of the hind-brain
of the Lizard. Jt must, however, be remembered that in the
embryo Lizard, to which Orr’s description applies, the medullary
canal is closed, while in the Platypus embryo the medullary plate
is still flat, so that the outer surface of the medullary canal of the
Lizard corresponds to the undersurface of the medullary plate in
our embryo, and his inner surface to our upper surface.

Each neuromere as seen in longitudinal section (fig. 16, N.) is
formed by an arc-shaped bulging on the under side of the
medullary plate. Adjacent neuromeres are separated from each
other by well-marked constrictions on the under side of the

* Orr, Journ. Morphology, Vol. i, 1887, Pl. x11. fig. 5.
+ McClure, Journ. Morphology, Vol iv. p. 35-56.
t Waters, Quart. Journ, Micros. Science, Vol. xxxiii. p. 457-472.

54 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

medullary plate, while on the upper side, opposite the constric-
tions, there are slight transverse ridges.

The elongated cells of which each neuromere is composed are
distinct from those of its neighbours. The cells are arranged
radially from the upper surface of the neuromere, and their nuclei
are slightly more numerous just below that surface (fig. 18). In
the hind-brain of the lizard, on the other hand, according to Orr,
the nuclei are more numerous towards the outer surface of the
neuromere, 2.e., towards the undersurface in the medullary plate
stage.

In transverse sections the first neuromere of the hind-brain
appears as a thickening of the medullary plate with two bulgings
on its ventral side—a smaller one situated near the middle of each
half of the medullary plate, and a larger one at the outer edge of
the plate [fig. 19 (2)]. The outer bulging projects considerably
beyond the lateral margins of the medullary plate in the inter-
neuromeric region.

The second neuromere [fig. 19 (4)] is less marked than the first,
but also possesses mesial and lateral bulgings. The third
neuromere [fig. 19 (6)] is on surface view the most distinct of the
four. It possesses a single large bulging at its outer edge. The
fourth neuromere [fig. 19 (8)] is the least distinct; it possesses,
like the first and second, two enlargements of which the lateral
one is the larger (fig. 17). Immediately behind the fourth pair of
neuromeres of the hind-brain the medullary plate is thickened, but
the thickenings are not limited behind by constrictions, and for
the present we leave it an open question whether these are to be
regarded as a fifth pair of neuromeres or not.

Neuromeres in the fore-brain were not observed. All that we
can definitely say at present, then, is that in the head region of
the Platypus embryo of this stage a single pair of neuromeres exist
in the mid-brain and four distinct pairs in the hind-brain. As
Locy* has observed in Squalus acanthias, and Amblystoma, so in
Platypus the neuromeric segmentation appears very early, indeed

* Anat. Anz. ix. Bd. p. 393-415.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 55

before the formation of the medullary folds. The same observer
has also insisted on the fact that the neuromeric segmentation is
primitively ectodermic and entirely independent of any meso-
dermic segmentation—a view with which the conditions in
Platypus are in complete agreement.

Auditory plates: The auditory plates are situated laterally to
the neuromeric region of the hind-brain, their anterior edges being
on a level with those of the second pair of neuromeres. Each
consists of a thickening of the ectoderm which is distinctly
grooved longitudinally (fig. 6, auwd.). The appearance of the
auditory plates in Platypus while the medullary plate is still flat
is noteworthy.

Cranial ganglia are not yet developed. However, in the
interval between the third and fourth pairs of neuromeres and
opposite the posterior portions of the auditory plates there occurs
on each side a distinct downgrowth of the ectoderm just external
to the outer edge of the medullary plate. This downgrowth is
similar to the “Zwischenrinne” described by His* in 1879. Beard,7
Rabl,{ Chiurugi,§ and others have observed a similar structure,
but do not regard it as concerned with the development of the
cranial ganglia, Goronowitsch,|| indeed, being of the opinion that
it is an artificial production of the paraffin bath.

There remains to be noticed a longitudinal strand of cells on
each side lying close beneath the ectoderm just external to the
edge of the medullary plate and passing slightly inwards below
its outer margin (figs. 8 and 9, /e.). The strands are found in the
trunk region of the embryo extending from the first pair of somites
anteriorly to about the fourteenth pair posteriorly. They are
much larger and more distinct anteriorly. Whether these strands
are ectodermal in their origin and ganglionic in their significance

* His, Untersuchungen tiber die erste Anlage des Wirbelthierleibes—
Leipzig.
+ Beard, Quart. Journ. Micros. Sc. Vol. xxix.
Rabl, Morphol. Jahrb. Bd. xv.
§ Chiurugi, Arch. Ital. de Biologie, Bd. xv.
|| Goronowitsch, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xx. Heft 2, p. 201.

D6 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

could not with certainty be determined at this stage. They
exhibit no cellular connection with their surroundings and may
possibly represent the detached neural crest (‘‘Zwischenstrang”) of
which no other representative is present.

Entoderm.

The entoderm of the embryonic area presents no very special
features. Itis a single layer of flattened cells, the nuclei of which
are fairly close. Laterally the cells become more elongated and
the nuclei consequently are further apart. Here and there in the
embryonic area these flattened entodermal cells are interspersed
with large cells distended by the presence in their interior of
several yolk spheres (cf fig. 22, vit. ent.). Further out these yolk-
containing cells become more numerous and eventually form the
entire inner lining of the blastodermic vesicle. Their structure is
described later in connection with that of the vesicle. The only
differentiation of the embryonic entoderm is found in the region
of the future pharynx. The cells lying just internal to the amnio-
cardial vesicles have assumed a cubical shape, and form a narrow
thickened band on each side extending back to the region of the
heart Anlagen (fig. 5, ent. ph.). These two bands represent the
pharyngeal entoderm of this region.

Notochord.: The notochord in surface view is seen to
terminate about the middle of the future fore-brain, and sections
through this region show that the notochord is here represented
by a thickening of the entoderm forming a median band with
which the mesoderm is continuous laterally. Many of the cells
in this anterior region of the notochord exhibit mitotic division
(fig. 14, nch.). This median thickening as traced back becomes
more marked and more sharply limited laterally though it is not
yet distinct from the entoderm. It is in contact above and for
some distance behind this point with the keel-shaped process of
the medullary plate. Then just posterior to this the notochord
becomes distinct as a small rounded mass closely connected with
the entoderm below and in contact with the keel-shaped process
of the medullary plate above (fig. 4). Then, from about the

BY JAS. P.: HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 57

middle region of the mid-brain up to a short distance in front of
the tirst somite, the notochord lies below the keel of the medullary
plate and is connected with the entoderm by a thin cellular
filament (fig. 5). Somewhat anterior to the first somite the
notochord becomes entirely free from the entoderm, and continues
in this condition to its posterior end where it passes into the head
process of the primitive streak. The notochord increases in size
somewhat after becoming entirely free from the entoderm. It is
then distinctly rod-shaped, while anteriorly it is somewhat oval in
section.

The notochord is relatively of very small size in Platypus.
Heape* has also noticed a similar condition in the Mole, and he
regards it as due to the very early appearance of the nervous
system.

Mesuoderm.

The mesoderm is at this stage established as two lateral wings
distinct from the ectoderm and entoderm except at certain regions
in the axial line, viz.:—At the anterior flattened-out end of the
notochord, in front of the blastopore in the region of the head
process, and behind the blastopore in the region of the primitive
streak. As already mentioned in the description of the surface
view of the embryo, the mesoderm lying on either side of the
anterior end of the embryo forms two sharply limited plates to
which we have given the name of mesodermal head plates as dis-
tinguished from the mesoderm of the rest of the body.

The head plates of mesoderm (PI. 1x., h.p. mes.) are lateral
thickenings on either side of the future fore- and mid-brains, and
show no signs of segmentation. Their outer contours are directly
continuous with the forward continuation of the outer boundaries
of the protovertebral zones of mesoderm. Their very distinct
posterior boundary is not due to the entire disappearance of
mesoderm at this point, but to a very marked thinning of the
same.

* Quart. Journ. Micros. Science, Vol. xxvii. 1887, p. 139.

58 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

A transverse section through the middle region of the head
plate is shown in fig. 4. Here, below the medullary plate, the
mesoderm exists in the form of scattered stellate cells, while
laterally to the outer edges of the medullary plate the cells are
more numerous and more closely packed, especially immediately
below the ectoderm and at the outer rim of the head plate. This
thickened rim marks the outer contour of each plate as seen in
surface view. Beyond this rim the mesoderm is divided by the
development of a ccelom into two layers, an upper thin layer of
flattened somatic mesoderm cells and a lower thicker layer of some-
what cubical splanchnic mesoderm cells. The narrow ccelomic
spaces thus enclosed when traced posteriorly are found to be the
most anterior parts of the body cavity, and for them we adopt
Minot’s* term amnio-cardial vesicles.

The amnio-cardial vesicles extend forwards as two horns beyond
the anterior end of the embryo. They converge towards the
median line without, however, uniting, and practically limit a
small area (the proamnion) in which mesoderm is absent. The
proamnion is of very small extent and lies immediately in front
of and below the anterior end of the medullary plate (figs. 1 and
15, pra.). Behind the posterior limits of the head plates the
mesoderm becomes reduced to a very thin layer, and is absent
altogether over a limited area just anterior to the outermost
portion of each auditory plate (fig. 5), and here ectoderm and
entoderm come into contact as in the proamnial region. The thin
areas of mesoderm behind the head plates are very obvious in the
photo-micrograph as the lighter areas in the middle of which the
auditory plates are situated. These thin areas are wholly confined
to the forward continuations of the protovertebral zones of meso-
derm. Externally to the thin areas are the forward extensions
of the lateral trunk zones of mesoderm, along the outer edges of
which are situated the symmetrical heart Anlagen.

The mesoderm in the hind-brain region is entirely destitute of
segmentation. It consists, below the medullary plate, of scattered

* Human Embyology, 1892, p. 198.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND GC. J. MARTIN. 59

stellate cells which become somewhat more compact below the
ectoderm and immediately external to the edges of the medullary
plate. The outer margin of this more compact portion of the
mesoderm corresponds to the outer limit of the forward prolonga-
tion of the protovertebral zone of mesoderm, and is visible in
the photo-micrograph as the dark contour bounding this area.
Beyond this line the mesoderm is split into the somatic and
splanchnic layers. The somatic layer is composed of a single
layer of cells and is closely applied below the ectoderm; the
splanchnic layer is thicker, especially where it is inbulged over
the heart endothelium (figs. 5 and 6, sp/.). The two layers unite
again into a single layer a little way external to the lateral heart
Anlage. The lateral extension of the unsplit mesoderm beyond
the heart Anlage is, however, very small, so that the lateral
extent of the cclom practically corresponds in this region with
the lateral extent of the mesoderm. from this point backwards
the mesoderm gradually extends more and more outwards until it
reaches its maximum extension opposite the posterior end of the
embryo.

Behind the heart Anlagen proper the somatic layer of mesoderm
becomes very much thicker than the splanchnic (figs. 7, 8, 10 and
12), and it continues in this condition to the posterior end of the
embryo. At the same time the two layers become more closely
applied to each other and the ccelom is reduced to a narrow cleft.

Just over the venous trunks leading to the heart Anlagen the
two layers are unsplit, thus dividing the celom into amore mesial
and a more lateral portion.

The splitting of the more mesially situated part of the lateral
mesoderm becomes more indistinct posteriorly, so that opposite
the anterior somites the mesial part of the ventral ccelom is largely
obliterated and there exists external to the somites a mass of
unsplit mesoderm (fig. 8).

The par-axial mesoderm immediately in front of the first pair
of somites, though not transversely limited in front as a distinct
segment, has essentially the same appearance in section as that of
the first somite. It forms on each side a distinct and compact

60 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

plate lying close below the ectoderm immediately external to the
edge of the medullary plate. Beneath it there exist looser stellate
cells which are continuous with it at both ends (fig. 7, mes. am.).

Mesodermic somites: The appearance of the seventeen pairs of
somites as seen in surface view has already been described. With
the exception of the first three and the last three the somites are
practically identical. In transverse sections (figs. 8 and 9, m.s.)
they present an oblong form compressed dorso-ventrally and
extend some distance beneath the medullary plate. They possess
in their whole breadth very distinct myotomic cavities bounded
by dorsal and ventral walls composed of somewhat stellate cells.
The cavity is sometimes interrupted by strands of cells passing
between the two walls.

The ventral walls of the first three pairs of somites have
become converted into stellate mesenchyme cells, and in the first
at least the myotomic cavity is no longer distinguishable (fig. 7).
Their dorsal walls form a somewhat arched plate of closely
compacted cells.

The last three pairs of somites do not possess well marked
cavities. They consist of about two layers of cells connected by
cellular bridges (fig. 10, m.s.).

Lateral trunk mesoderm and ventral celom: The lateral meso-
derm appears directly continuous with the first three somites,
without any intermediate cell mass, while from the 4th onwards
a distinct intermediate cell mass is present between the two (figs.
8 and 9).

Except opposite the posterior somites the cleavage of the lateral
mesoderm does not extend right up to the somites, the ccelom
only appearing some distance out. The splanchnic layer is only
one cell thick, while the main portion of the mesoderm continues
out as a thick somatic layer. This gradually thins as it passes
out, becomes reduced to a single layer of cells, and ultimately
fuses with the splanchnic layer to constitute a single mesodermal
layer marginally.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 61

The dark area in the photo-micrograph just external to the
somites is the optical expression of this thick somatic layer of
mesoderm. The outer limit of the dark area marks the place
where the latter becomes reduced to a single layer.

The ventral ccelom is, in the region of the lst somite and just
anterior to it, coextensive with the thickened portion of the
somatic mesoderm seen in surface view, while posteriorly it
extends out beyond the point where the latter becomes thin.
Further back still the ccelom gradually becomes reduced in extent
until in the region of the 9th to the 13th somites the mesoderm
is no longer split (fig. 9, mes.).

Opposite the 14th or 15th somites the mesoderm again becomes
split, the celom extending close up to the intermediate cell mass
(fig. 10).

Behind the somites the protovertebral zones of mesoderm are
directly continuous with the lateral plates, while the splitting of
the mesoderm does not occur until some distance out (fig. 12).

The mesoderm continues some distance beyond the hinder end
of the primitive streak, and here the ccelomic cavities gradually
extend inwards towards the mesial line and fuse with each other,
so that the coelom forms a continuous space. In this region the
tail fold of the amnion will probably be developed.

Primitive streak : In surface view the notochord is seen to
become gradually thicker at its posterior end and to terminate
finally in a distinct longitudinal thickening situated about the
middle of the sinus rhomboidalis. The continuation forwards of
this enlargement to join the notochord is the head process of the
primitive streak, while behind it is the primitive streak itself,
just visible in the photo-micrograph as a whitish line.

Sections through the primitive streak show that mesodermal
cells are being rapidly proliferated off from the ectoderm forming
the floor of the primitive groove along its whole extent, and that
the lateral wings of mesoderm are directly continuous with this
axial streak of cells (figs. 12, 13, and 24). At the anterior end
of the primitive groove ectoderm, mesoderm and entoderm are
fused together in the axial line (figs. 23 and 24) and form the

62 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

enlargement already referred to which projects as an elongated
eminence composed of rounded cells at the anterior end of the
primitive groove (figs. 11 and 23). In the hollow at one side of
this eminence the blastopore (6/.) is situated. The blastopore
leads into the blastoporic canal which runs forwards in the head
process for a distance of 16 mm., and opens by a lateral
opening into the cavity of the blastodermic vesicle (fig. 21,
bl. op.). The inner opening of the blastoporic canal appears
as a break in the entoderm. The walls of the canal are
wholly composed of mesoderm. The lumen of the blastoporic
canal is not a single one, but is divided up by bridges of
cells into two or three smaller canals (fig. 22, bl. c.). A similar
duplication of the canal has been observed by Kolliker* in
the rabbit, by Bonnett in the sheep, by Zumstein{ in the chick,
and by Spee§ in the guinea-pig; hence the latter observer regards
it as probably of general occurrence in the formation of the
chorda in mammals.

The head process runs forwards from the front end of the
primitive streak, distinct from the ectoderm though closely applied
below it. Laterally it is continuous at intervals with the meso-
derm, while below it exhibits traces of cellular connection with
the entoderm. This connection with the entoderm is interesting
in view of the observations of Carius|| that the head process is
free at first and only subsequently unites with the entoderm.
Just anteriorly to the inner opening of the blastoporic canal the
head process is connected with the ectoderm by a narrow median
strand exhibiting a similar appearance to that shown by Graf
Spee{l for the guinea-pig. Two small lumina at this stage not
continuous with the blastoporic canal occur in the head process
just anterior to the inner opening of the canal (fig. 20, nch. ¢.),

* Sitzungsber. Phys-med. Gesellschaft in Wiirzburg. 1883.
+ His’s Archiv. 1884.
+ Mesoderm. 8vo, Bern, 1887.
§ Anat. Anz. ii. Jahrg. 1888.
|| Svo. Marburg, 1888.
{7 Anat. Anz. 1888, p. 319 (et fig. 2).

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 63

while a short distance further forward a single distinct lumen
occurs, but it is confined to one section. Apparently we have
here to do with the last traces of the notochordal canal.

The head process diminishes in thickness anteriorly and finally
passes into the posterior end of the notochord.

Wolffian duct and body: The appearance of the Anlagen of the
Wolffian duct and body has already been described in surface
view. In sections of its anterior region from the 4th to the 7th
somites the united Anlagen of the Wolffian duct and body appear
as a solid cord of cells projecting from the intermediate cell mass.
The greater part of the cord lies free between the outer edges of
the somites and the lateral mesoderm, while its dorsal surface
approaches within a short distance of the ectoderm (fig. 8, w. 6.).
As the cord is traced backwards it is found to become gradually
constricted in its middle region, while its dorsal portion broadens
out, until it becomes somewhat dumb-bell-shaped in form. Its
basal portion is now very distinctly connected with the lateral
mesoderm on its outer side. On its inner side, however, the
connection with the somites is not now so well marked, and in
places this connection is completely lost. At about the level of
the 6th somite the constriction of the middle region of the cord
is much more marked, and it here consists of a ventral larger
rounded mass connected by a narrow isthmus with a dorsal much
thinner flattened band. The upper portion is the Anlage of the
Wolffian duct, while the lower is the Anlage of the Wolffian
tubules. Then, by the gradual disappearance of the connecting
isthmus the mass comes to consist of a dorsal band-like Wolffian
duct Anlage (fig. 25, w.a.), united at its mid-region to the under-
lying Anlage of the tubules (w.¢.). Finally, opposite the 7th
somite the narrow connection between the duct Anlage and the
Anlage of the tubules is lost altogether, and the two become
separate (fig. 26).

The outer edges of the duct Anlage lie close below the ectoderm
which, just over the duct, is very thin and delicate, and with very
few nuclei as compared with the rest of the ectoderm. Very

64 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

often it is broken in the process of section cutting—a feature
Martin* has also met with in the case of the rabbit (cf. his fig. 7
A-D. Taf. vii. in this respect with our figs. 25 and 26).

The Wolffian duct Anlage is now distinct not only from the
somites and lateral mesoderm, but also from the Anlage of the
tubules. However, it does again become connected with the
tubule Anlage, and also with the lateral mesoderm at its outer
edge, over a very short distance. The Anlage of the tubules
consists of a somewhat rounded mass in transverse section, with
its cells arranged in a radial manner round its somewhat clearer
centre. In this in some sections a distinct lumen occurs (fig. 26,
w.t.) The tubule Anlage is now only distinctly connected with the
lateral mesoderm, the connection with the somites being lost more
or less completely. Some sections indeed (fig. 26) show the
tubule Anlage as an isolated rounded mass, below which passes
a thin layer of loose cells of the intermediate cell mass.

The duct varies somewhat in width in different sections, and
this gives rise to the irregular linear thickening previously
mentioned as seen in surface view. As it is traced to its distal
end the duct is found to be become gradually reduced to a thin
flat plate somewhat thicker in the middle and thinning off
laterally, and separated by a very small interval from the over-
lying thin area of the ectoderm. At the same time the Anlage of
the tubule becomes reduced in size and its differentiation from the
rest of the intermediate cell mass largely disappears, though it is
still distinguishable as a compact mass of rounded cells forming a
projection from the loose cells of the mass.

In its posterior region the outer edges of the now very thin
Wolffian duct curve slightly upwards towards the ectoderm, and
thus the entire Anlage has here a somewhat arc-shaped appearance.
The duct is here of considerable width, though not more than two
cellsin thickness in its middle region. Finally, with the upturned
edges of the Anlage, the ectoderm becomes continuous by means
of fine but very distinct strands (fig. 27, w.d.), and there is thus

* Archiv f. Anat. 1888.

' BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 65

enclosed between the two a small space. Behind the point where
the connection of the edges of the Wolffian duct with the
ectoderm is first seen, the duct rapidly becomes reduced in size
and approaches closer to the ectoderm (fig. 28, w.d).

Finally it is reduced to a single cell, which passes directly over
into the ectoderm (fig. 29, w.d.).

From these observed facts we are inclined to believe that the
Wolffian duct in Platypus has an ectodermal origin. We cannot
assert this dogmatically from the examination of one stage; yet
the balance of evidence is in favour of this view, and indeed from
the facts at our disposal it is the only view we can put forward.

The duct certainly does not grow backwards by proliferation
from its posterior end as Martin states to be the case in the
rabbit, for as opposed to the condition in that animal, where
according to Martin the Wolffian duct at its extreme posterior
end is thicker than just anterior to that point, in Platypus the duct
gradually becomes thinner posteriorly, and as we have described,
passes directly over into the ectoderm. Nor can the duct grow
backwards by the addition of cells from the mesoderm, for as we
have shown the Wolftian duct is quite distinct posteriorly from the
Anlage of the tubules and from the adjacent mesoderm. We are
therefore inclined to believe that the Wolffian duct in Platypus
grows backwards by separation or delamination of cells from the
ectoderm.

Just as the differentiation of the Anlage of the Wolffian duct
from the ectoderm is lost as it is traced’ posteriorly, so the
differentiation of the Anlage of the tubules from the intermediate
cell mass is also lost. The Anlage of the tubules can, however,
be traced behind the termination of the Wolttan duct as a narrow
strand of rounded cells readily distinguishable from the looser
branching cells of the rest of the intermediate cell mass. The
relations of the Anlage of the tubules to the intermediate cell
mass in Platypus is thus essentially the same as Martin has
described for the rabbit.

E

66 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

In its topographical relations the Wolffian duct in Platypus
agrees with the conditions described by Meyer* in man, where
according to him the proximal part of the duct leads back from
the mesoderm while its distal portion is connected with the
ectoderm. Both Meyer and Martin agree in describing the
proximal part of the duct as mesodermal in origin, but as to this
we are not in a position to speak with certainty. However, in
Platypus the proximal part of the united Anlagen of the Wolffian
duct and tubules is related essentially as Martin describes for the
corresponding portion in the rabbit, and it might well be that as
in that animal the proximal portion of the Wolffian duct Anlage
arises from the intermediate cell mass in common with the
Anlagen of the Wolffian tubules.

Vascular System.

Heart Anlagen. The symmetrically placed heart Anlagen have
already been described in surface view as situated in greater part
opposite the hind-brain region. Sections, however, show that
their anterior ends extend somewhat beyond the posterior limits
of the head plates of mesoblast, and we may therefore look upon
these head plates as the regions in which the future aortic arches
will be developed.

The heart Anlagen at this stage in Platypus are essentially
similar to those of a rabbit of about nine days.

As the amnio-cardial vesicles are traced from their anterior
ends backwards, they gradually increase in lateral extent, and at
the same time towards the posterior limits of the head plates the
thick splanchnic layer of mesoderm separates from the entoderm.
In the space thus formed on each side, rounded vasifactive cells
appear. Posteriorly these vasifactive cells have formed the
vascular endothelium of the anterior cardiac region, and this lies
in the gutter-like groove—open towards the entoderm—formed
by the inbulging of the thick splanchnic mesoderm into the amnio-
cardial celom. Hach heart Anlage consists anteriorly of several

* Arch. f. Mikr. Anat. Bd. 36, 1890.

eer

BY JAS. P. HILL AND ©. J: MARTIN. 67

(2-3) endothelial tubes (fig. 5, Aé. end ) which about the middle
region of the Anlage unite into a single tube (fig. 6, At. end.).
Traces of a septum are, however, still present in the single tube,
showing that it has arisen, as Rabl* has observed, by the fusion
of at least two smaller ones. On the ventral wall of the single
endothelial tube there is a distinct cell mass projecting into the
cavity of the same (fig. 6): 1t apparently represents the ventral
part of the septum above mentioned. The endothelial wall is
separated by a considerable space from the (splanchnic) meso-
dermal wall of the heart Anlage. In the middle region of the
Anlage the latter exists in the shape of a semi-tubular canal open
ventrally (fig. 6, sp/.), while both in front and behind the groove
becomes shallower and more closely applied to the somatic
mesoderm.

Posteriorly, at the same time the endothelial tube is reduced in
size and is continued backwards as the Anlage of the sinus
venosus and omphalo-meseraic vein, and with this other endothelial
tubes unite. Near its posterior end each venous Anlage consists
of one or two small vessels which disappear finally just anterior
to the first somite.

Endothelial vessels have already begun to appear in other parts
of the embryonic region, ¢.g., in the mesodermal head plate and
especially where that underlies the medullary plate (figs. 3, 4, 5
and 6). These are not yet connected with the anterior prolonga-
tions of the heart Anlage, nor do they appear to contain blood
corpuscles. It is worthy of note that the endothelial vessels may
also occur in the somatic mesoderm, between it and the ectoderm.
Bonnett has also observed vessels in the somatic mesoderm in the
sheep, but according to him they soon disappear. As already
mentioned, a vascular area was not visible in the fresh condition,
but sections reveal the presence of vasifactive cells and actual
vessels in the extra-embryonic region (figs. 10, 12, 30, vas. c., b.v.).

Both the vessels and the vasifactive cells become more numerous
opposite the posterior end of the embryo. The vessels exist in

* Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xv. p. 226.
+ His’s Archiv. 1889, p. 56.

68 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

the form of endothelial tubes which may enclose a number of
vasifactive cells.

The vasifactive cells constituting blood islands occur in great
numbers opposite the posterior region of the embryo between the
more compact superficial layer of mesoderm and the entoderm
(figs. 12, 30, vas. c.). In the mesial portion of this region the
vasifactive cells appear to be differentiating to form vessels,
while further out they occur in larger or smaller undifferentiated
blood islands. The vasifactive cells possess each a large rounded
nucleus with a very thin surrounding layer of protoplasm (fig. 30,
vas. C.).

Structure of Blastodermic Vesicle.

The oval vesicle on which the embryo lies is comparable at this
stage to a typical mammalian blastodermic vesicle, and forms in
some respects a striking connecting link between the conditions
obtaining in the Sauropsida and in the Placental Mammals.

The for the most part flattened ectoderm cells of the embryonic
area pass into the more cubical cells forming the outer layer of
the wall of the vesicle. Both ectoderm and entoderm form
perfectly continuous layers all round the vesicle (fig. 32).

The vesicle, as already described, contained a thin albuminous
fluid, while below its thin wall there existed a layer of yolk
spheres. Sections and preparations of the wall of the vesicle
mounted whole show that these yolk spheres are all intracellular.
They are contained in large cells—vitelline entoderm cells—which,
as has been already stated, are sparsely present among the
flattened entoderm cells of the embryonic area, and immediately
outside this are more abundant; while throughout the rest of the
non-embryonic portion of the vesicle they constitute the entire
inner entodermic lining of the latter.

The vitelline entoderm cells are of great size and are almost
entirely occupied by large yolk spheres (figs. 30-33, vat. ent.).
Each cell contains a large nucleus rendered somewhat irregular
by internal compression by the yolk spheres. The nucleus is
generally situated on the side of the cell next the ectoderm (fig.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. 69

33). The greater part of the chromatin of the nucleus is con-
tracted into a star-shaped mass in the centre, while smaller
particles of chromatin occur sparsely around this.

The mesoderm extends round from a quarter to a half of the
circumference of the vesicle in the posterior region of the embryo.
The lateral extension of the mesoderm diminishes gradually as
one proceeds forwards, so that in the region of the heart Anlagen
it extends only a short distance laterally to them, while in the
region of the head plates of mesoderm the amnio-cardial vesicles
form its outermost limit. In front of the embryo beyond the
point where the amnio-cardial vesicles converge to limit the pro-
amnion, mesoderm is entirely absent.

Beyond the ceelom there extends out a layer of flattened meso-
dermal cells between which and the vitelline entoderm is a layer
of numerous rounded vasifactive cells (fig. 30, cas.c.). Further
out these two mesodermal layers are continued into a layer of some-
what spindle-shaped cells with large rounded nuclei which forms
the outermost portion of the extra-embryonic mesoderm (fig. 31,
mes.). It 1s from the relatively very early great lateral extension
of the mesoderm and from the presence of a very distinct. yolk-
containing eAtoderm that we regard the vesicle of the Platypus
embryo of this stage as transitional between the yolk sac of
Sauropsida and the typical mammalian blastodermic vesicle.

In the Sauropsida it is only after most of the yolk has been
absorbed that the yolk sac is completely lined by discrete ento-
dermal cells; in the higher mammalia, on the other hand, in the
absence of yolk, the entoderm—the homologue of the yolk mass

of Sauropsida—is very early able to completely enclose the cavity
of the blastodermic vesicle—the homologue of the yolk sac cavity
of Sauropsida. The ovarian ovum of the Platypus is as is well
known a typical yolk-laden egg, yet at this stage the embryo,
instead of overlying a mass of unsegmented yolk, lies on the
surface of a two-layered vesicle contaiming fluid, which is only
distinguishable from a typical mammalian blastodermic vesicle
through the fact that instead of having a yolk-free entoderm, it

possesses an entoderm composed of large yolk-containing cells.

70 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Reference Letters.

am. @. Amniotic area. amc. v. Amnio-cardial vesicle. aud. Auditory
plate. 6/. Blastopore. 0b/. c. Blastoporic canal. b/.op. Internal opening
of blastoporic canal. b.v. Blood vessels cw. Ceelom. d. fr. Median
sulcus of medullary plate (‘‘ Riickenfurche”’). ect. Ectoderm. ent. Ento-
derm. ent. ph. Pharyngeal entoderm. h.a. Heart Anlage. h. pr. Head
process of primitive streak. hp. mes. Head plate of mesoblast. At end.
Heart endothelium. J/e. Longitudinal strand of cells lying just external to
~ the edges of medullary plate. m.s. Somite. m.s.c. Cavity of somite.
md. f. Medullary fold. md. p. Medullary plate. mes. Mesoderm. mes.
ax, Paraxial mesoderm in front of Ist somite. mes. /. Lateral mesoderm.
N. Neuromere of mid-brain. 2’-n.*” Neuromeres of hind-brain. ach.
Notochord. nch.c. Remains of notochordal canal. op. gr. Optic groove.
pra. Proamnion, pv. g. Primitive groove. pr. s. Primitive streak. som.
Somatic mesoderm. sp/. Splanchnic mesoderm. vas. c. Vasifactive cells.
vit. ent. Vitelline entoderm. w. b. Anlage of Wolffian body. w. d. Anlage
of Wolffian duct. w. ¢. Anlage of Wolffian tubules.

Plate 1x.

Photo-micrograph of Platypus embryo from the egg just ready to be laid.

From the dorsal surface. (x 553.) ‘

Plates x.-xiit.

The positions of the sections from which figs. 1-13 are drawn are indicated
in the photo-micrograph by corresponding numbers.

All the drawings were made with a Zeiss’ camera lucida.

Plate xX.

Fig. 1.—Transverse section through the anterior end of the medullary plate,
showing its separation from the vesicle, the proamnion (pra.)
underlying it and the amnio-cardial vesicles (ame. v.) laterally.
(x 70.)

Fig. 2.—Transverse section of the middle region of the future fore-brain
passing through the commencement of the optic groove (op. q7.).
The median sulcus (d. fr.) will form the future medullary groove
proper. (x 70.)

Fig. 3.—Transverse section slightly posterior to fig. 2 showing the hollow
outgrowth from the floor of the optic groove. (x 70.)

BY JAS. P. HILL AND CG. J. MARTIN. 71

Fig. 4,—Transverse section passing through about the middle region of the
head plate of mesoderm (hp. mes.). The amnio-cardial vesicles
(amc. c. v.) form its outer limit. (x 70.)

Fig. 5.—Transverse section between the posterior limit of the head plate of
mesoderm and the auditory plate. The section passes through
the anterior end of the lateral heart Anlage—the endothelium
(ht. end.) of which here consists of two tubes. Mesially to the
heart Anlage the pharyngeal entoderm (ent. ph.) is visible.
Mesially to the latter the mesoderm is interrupted over a small
area. (x 70.)

Fig. 6.—Transverse section through the middle of the lateral heart Anlage.
The endothelium here forms a single tube, though traces of a
septum are still visible in it. The (splanchnic) mesodermal wall
(spl.) of the heart has here a semitubular shape. The section
also passes through the 3rd neuromere of the hind-brain (7'”.)
apparent as a thickening of the medullary plate and through the
grooved auditory plate (auwd.). (x 70.)

Fig. 7.—Transverse section through the region immediately in front of the
lst somite. The paraxial mesoderm (mes. ax.) here exists in the °
torm of an arched plate, below which are numerous stellate cells.
The lateral mesoderm is not completely split, the ccelom being
represented by several interrupted spaces. The median sulcus
(Riickenfurche) (d. fr.) of the medullary plate is here very
marked and the notochord is now quite free from the entoderm.
(<4, 70;)

Plate xt.

Fig. 8.—Transverse section through the 6th somite. The somite somewhat
oblong in section, is seen to extend mesially below the medullary
plate and to possess a very distinct cavity (m.s.c.). The somite
is separated from the lateral mesoderm by the Anlage of the
Wolffian body (w. b.) Ventrally the latter is distinctly connected
with the lateral mesoderm, while the connection with the somite
is not so distinct. The lateral mesoderin splits some distance out
into a thick somatic layer (som.) and a thin splanchnic layer
(spi.). The longitudinal strand of cells (/e.) immediately
external to the edge of the medullary plate and passing inwards
below it is also visible. (x 70.)

Fig. 9.—Trausverse section through the 7th somite. In this section the
Anlage of the Wolffian duct (w. d.) is seen to be distinct from
the ,Anlage of the tubule (w. ¢.) underlying it. The latter is

12 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO,

more or less distinct both feom the somite and the lateral meso-
derm. The lateral mesoderm is not split, the ventral ccelom
being absent in this region. The other relations are the same as
in fig.*8._ (x. 70.)

Fig. 10.—Transverse section passing through both the 16th and 17th
somites owing to their oblique direction. The somites in this
region no longer possess distinct cavities—they consist of an
upper and lower layer connected with each other by processes of
the cells. Between the somites and the lateral mesoderm there
is present the Anlagen of the Wolffian tubules in the form of a
strand of cells (w. ¢.) slightly projecting from the intermediate
cell mass. The celom (cw.) is of great lateral extent, and
numerous endothelial vessels (b. v.) are visible in the outer part
of the section. (x 70.)

Fig. 11.—Transverse section through the blastopore (b/.) which is situated |
to one side of a longitudinal eminence at the anterior end of the
primitive groove (cf. also fig. 23). The mesoderm is unsplit for
a considerable distance out. (x 70)

Fig. 12.—Transverse section through the primitive groove (pr. g.) slightly
behind fig. 11. (x 70.)

Fig. 13.—Transverse section through the hinder region of the primitive
streak:(pr. s.). (x 70.)

Fig. 14.—Median portion of fig. 2 more highly magnified. The section
passes through the anterior end of the notochord where it
spreads out and is represented by an axial thickening of the
entoderm. With this thickening the mesoblast is continuous
laterally. (x 280.)

Fig. 15.—Longitudinal section of anterior end of embryo passing through
the optic groove (op. gr.) and the head fold. (x 180.)

Fig, 16.—Longitudinal section of anterior region of the embryo, passing to
one side of the median line, especially to show the mid-brain
neuromere (V.) and the four hind-brain neuromeres (n/-1-).
(x 70.)

Plate XII.

Fig. 17.—Transverse section through the anterior portion of the 4th
neuromere showing the mesial and lateral bulgings on its under
side—the lateral one much the larger of the two and projecting
outwards. (x 180.)

Fig. 18.—Longitudinal section through the 3rd and parts of the 2nd and 4th
neuromeres especially to show their arc-shaped form. (x 280.)

sac aaa

F ig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

BY JAS. P. HILL AND C. J. MARTIN. Pa

19 (1-9).—Series of transverse sections through the neuromeric region
of the hind-brain. Sections 2, 4,6 and 8 pass through the
neuromeres (n/-n’-), while 1, 3, 5,7 and 9 show the normal
thickuess of the medullary plate in front of and between the
neuromeres. (x 7U.)

20.—Transverse section through the anterior portion of the head
process of the primitive streak. Three sections in front of the
internal opening of the blastoporic canal. The lumina (ch. c.)
in the head process represent the last traces of the chorda-canal.
(x 340.)

. 21.--Transverse section through the internal opening of the blastoporic

canal (bl. op ) into the cavity of the vesicle. (x 340.)

. 22.—Transverse section through the head process of the primitive

streak (h. pr.) - 9 sections behind fig. 21. The blastoporic canal
is represented by three lumina (b/.c.). The head process (h. pr.)
is distinct from the ectoderm, but shows traces of cellular con-
nection with the entoderm. It is more or less continuous with
the mesoderm laterally. (‘x 340.)

23.—Transverse section through the blastopore (b/.). It opens to one
side of a longitudinal projection at the front end of the primitive
groove Ectoderm, mesoderm and entoderm are fused with each
other in the axialline. (x 340.)

Plate x1mt.

. 24.—Transverse section through the anterior end of the primitive

groove (pr. g.) immediately behind fig. 24. As in that fig. the
three germinal layers are continuous with each other axially.

(x 340.)

25.—Transverse section through the united Anlagen of the Wolffian
duct and tubule in the region of the 7th somite. The Wolffian
duct Anlage (w. d.) is semilunar in form and is connected at the
middle of its ventral side with the tubule Anlage (w.¢.). The
latter possesses a small lumen and is distinct from the somite
(m. s.), but connected with the lateral mesoderm (mes. l.),
(x 340.)

26.—Transverse section through the Anlagen of the Wolftian duct and
tubule some distance behind fig. 25. The Wolffian duct Anlage
(w. d.) now exists as a flattened band overlying and distinct from
the rounded tubule Anlage. Its outer edges are closely
approximated to the ectoderm which immediately over t

74 ON A PLATYPUS EMBRYO.

Anlage of the duct is very delicate, and, as in the preceding

figure, has been broken in the process of section cutting. The

tubule Anlage is rounded in shape, and consists of radiating cells

surrounding a small lumen. It is now free from both the somite
- and the lateral mesoderm. (x 340.) .

Figs. 27, 28 and 29 represent three successive sections through the posterior
end of the Anlage of the Wolffian duct. As compared with fig.
26, the Wolffian duct Anlage in fig. 27 is now considerably
smaller and thinner, and is connected at its outer edges with the
ectoderm. In fig. 28 the Anlage is still more reduced in size,
consisting of a single layer of cells, while in fig. 29 it is reduced
to a single cell, connected at both ends with the ectoderm.
Behind the section from which fig. 29 is drawn there is no longer
any trace of the Wolffian duct Anlage. The Anlage of the
tubule in fig. 27 appears as a rounded projection of the inter-
mediate cell mass, with radially arranged cells, but in figs. 28
and 29 this radial arrangement is lost, and the Anlage appears
as a slight elevation of the mass. (x 340.)

Fig. 30.—Transverse section through the wall of the blastodermic vesicle
some distance beyond the amniotic area, showing the ectoderm
(ect.), vitelline entoderm (vit. ent.) and mesoderm. The latter
consists of a layer of cells below which occur numerous
vasifactive cells (vas. c.) (x 320.)

Fig. 31.—Transverse section of the wall of blastodermic vesicle some
distance further out than fig. 30. The mesoderm here consists
of a single layer of spindle-shaped cells, while vasifactive cells
have almost entirely disappeared, (x 320.)

Fig, 832.—Transverse section of wall of blastodermic vesicle at the ant-
embryonic pole. Ectoderm and vitelline entoderm are alone
present. (x 200.)

Fj

ry

g. 33.—Vitelline entoderm cells of blastodermic vesicle drawn as seen
through the ectoderm. They are filled up almost entirely by
yolk spheres; their large and somewhat irregular nuclei are
generally situated on the outer sides of the cells next the
ectoderm. (x 200.)

A REVIEW OF THE FOSSIL JAWS OF THE JWACRKO-
PODIDA IN THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM.

By C. W. De Vis, M.A., CorrESPONDING MEMBER.

(Plates XIv.-XVIIL.)

The motive to the present inquiry was a desire to ascertain
whether additional light might not be thrown on an interesting
portion of the Nototherian fauna by the large number of Macro-
podine jaws, rescued from time to time from the drifts of the
Darling Downs, which have been reduced to specific order. It
was a task attempted some years ago, and promptly laid aside:
partly on account of the uncertainty attaching to the identitica-
tion of specimens with the types described and figured by Owen:
partly in view of the existence of species unknown to that
author and the necessity of giving them maturer consideration:
partly in the desire to gather a larger body of illustrative
material: partly in the hope that when the Volume of the British
Museum Catalogue of Fossil Marsupials should be published the
labour of determination would be greatly eased. As that hope
has been in a measure realised, and as once fertile sources of
accumulation have temporarily ceased to be productive, the local
investigator, though still compelled to trust very much to his own
material and his own judgment, ventures upon the work.

Preparatory to the examination of so considerable a number
(over eleven hundred) of dissociated jaws and portions of jaws,
wherein specific differences are obscured by that general resem-
blance in molar form which pervades their several groups, it
seemed judicious to ascertain, as far as possible, the nature and
range of the variations, individual and specific, in living Macropods
which are exemplified by the fossil jaws notwithstanding their
imperfections. Provision has therefore been made of skulls of
several kinds of Kangaroos and Wallabies in number sufficient to

76 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

yield reliable -estimates of dimensional extremes and averages
within the species, and accurate views of the extent of likeness
and difference in form and size maintained among themselves by
the species. Information of this kind has been obtained from
479 skulls, namely, of Wacropus giganteus 80, MW. rufus 9, M.
robustus 39, Halmaturus parry 55, H. agilis 29, EF. dorsalis 88,
H. ruficollis 50, H. coment 9, H. thetidis 19, H. witcoar 2, ZF.
stigmaticus 3, H. walabatus 8, MH. browni 1, Onychogale frenata 4,
Petrogale penicllata 70, Dendrolagus lumholtzi 3. Furnished
with this instruction and with a resolution to be chary of assuming
anything of a fossil which may not: be predicated of a similar
living species, it may be possible to thread the maze before us
with more contidence in the progress made than would be per-
missible were the clues less frequent.

Since the mutilations to which the fossil remains have been
subjected diminish in number the available points of comparison
between them and recent jaws, those data only have been asked
from the latter which are given with more or less constancy by
the former.

As to measurements, the following are those which have been
found the most useful in practice. The length of the full series
of cheek-teeth and its width as represented by that of m?®, the
molar most frequently preserved in the fossil state: the length of
the premolars, permanent and deciduous: the external length of
the mandible from the edge of the masseteric fossa to that of
incisive outlet: its internal length from the edge of the intermas-
seteric foramen to the symphysis: its vertical height, anteriorly
at the fore end of the tooth m1, and posteriorly immediately
behind m*: and the thickness of the bone below m*. Of less
frequent service are the length from the hinder end of the sym-
physis to the incisive outlet, the length of the diastema, that of
the basiocranial axis, the breadth of the palate, and the height of
the alveolar process behind the orbit.

The following tables, which may be of some use to others
engaged in similar work, are summaries of the measurements
taken under the headings which seemed most important. An

BYaC. WW. DEY VIS. rye

intention to throw the sexes into separate tables was abandoned
when it was found that although the mean size is less in the
female than in the male, individual exceptions are so frequent
and pronounced that such separation would afford no guidance in
an attempt to discriminate between the sexes of the fossils.

All measurements are in millimetres.

LENGTH OF CHEEK TEETH.

ADULT MANDIBLE, ADULT MAXILLA.
Least. Great- aie Mean. Least. Great- Ra Mean.
ite sured. est. sured.
M. giganteus.. Nes we ne SOO aS Le OO Titi. cer aore
i rovustus —... a een Meee ape COO Tee OOLO aie cee othe O
» rufus ie : cs Le os
A, parryi PaaO ea. lL Ol. Looe Way Sas elas AG) oo 3900
5, agilis BOLO hao Oi Los vas OO ON 40'S a 4h! ee 8 4877.
mrnnnauanise 1 s.34°5 ....40°O ....+2-.- 37°2.|| 37:0... 42°0 ..; +3 |... 38°8
,, dorsalis Ope oe COU ae O eso Orn oie) ae Ly .a00 2
» ruficollis Fe OE NON Oss) bass O48 ||-00 On... 40°73. 14. 88°F
5, wilcoxr OOO cap olO Zero Orllisl oo et Ole tic moive Olio
5, stigmaticus ... rae Seth edd gee ne Le ol6
», coxent Se OO ae Oo 1.5004 | 2002 a OesO >} te)
,, thetidis me 29:0) 00") 22 4-5, 30°2.1('29°0). 2 3-0 4 ., 302
O. frenata PS Oana OM bo a COPOUILeo .oanno4 ole. 2 an BOP L
PepuMienieid ..25°0... ol) ... 17 ... 30°0 || 27° ... 84:5... 17... 32°6

WIDTH OF FORE LOBE OF M.3

LOWER. UPPER.
mergrouniens si 09... 89... 440000 Tb. 77s. 102 4) 87
», robustus 2 O80 ieee wis Onli Olen. co Otte ef ce Oc 0
9, MILF AES BRE OCUM cOsO vas gi ae Oe Mee un boars.) Sores LO ed
H. parryi MOU. O09. OOm eo RO ne owe (Osh COO pea oO
5, agilis POM ee slo Oneal ley less rosy. LOM ee ges
eer OM Sages 20 Oli fal... Ol aay word Poles, O20 bo . . T8
., dorsalis NA Oe OLO! ec 4b ce OMIM MOLOL ss) sf SOs, (Ou aes OSE
,, thetidis ea Aer et LOS) eae Onietoriee (G5). TOR Leh :9
5» Covent aoe. Oro Tee HALOe Or Oede. e Or Orso lamers BOCS
5, ruficollis PR eee ce de See GRse le Ocoee O70! so, Gat eal thao
5, wileoxt VEO. 4°6 Dea Onl Os De Ours. | ie ment VOLO
me omiavicus.... 4-J ou. 459 oo 2 AB BO 6h 2 60
O. frenata ee alee ee OS: Sine aes SA a On POCOlses- 2 lhe Or
pepenicuae i:, 4°5°..: B'S... (44 2... 4°91 S56) 6-8... 41°... 65

78 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

LENGTH OF P.4
LOWER. UPPER.

M. guganteus
5, robustus
»» TUSUS
A. parryt
yy agelis

,, ualabatus
», dorsalis
,», thetidis
5, coxent

> ruficollis
5, wilcoxt
5, Stigmaticus ...
O. frenata

P. penicillata

wo
—

OPO TROR
HN AAWWDRHWSSH ow
COD NASHEWODD «1
0

Hw Gornwner--16
RKOnDnOnk ec
Jo)

- :
STE PITIAMAMD MW OND I

EPNSSaKROUNNWMHG

On WMIBMARMA®HMN

~J
CURD ATH OD CLOT ATT ot
WHROSOKNMWNH BAS
WAN ANIAIMNTIBHwMA Oo
mw AamMomn~TMH-+T1e

ary
AD
=

CO br
a
i

ANTERIOR DEPTH. POSTERIOR DEPTH.

Mivgugonteis: Oc 20°2)* 26:08. Bae ve 28D ad, eae
robustus EOI Ree ONO tmnt he rnee ws DO a3, mate

sty OT) de ch ne Neate

20° +550 7:

rufus 20:0... 266 5.79
H. parryi BO oe, SD OF One elena.
]
1

agilis UNG eo Gee 2 «a

Ve fed feed tet fed fed fd fed fed fed feet AY)
NOK K KAGWISASNY
jad
on
CO

0
8
7
5)
” 5
SP ULEMUGCUS tt Ao bm Noa | 13 ; saceth e
,, dorsalis os L207 e220 40 oa 1 POU Sree
», thetidis 1 40°0 1..,13°5 2.2203... 2178)|| 10°45 aoe ee
55 Cowent rare Pl a Sapa ws ee Sane te ar PACT 0) EL
someupicolliss 3:2) VASO VO 4 2s Lota: 20°02 2G er
v9 ULCO LL tee a DZS NED Cog ae, neds at LCOS | la DED a Oe
5 SEIGUNALICUS «2 LO°OR eet Oras tae alin |G) . N24, Pe
5, Drownt See ee Ores : a
SO) nines f 9 L180 Oia
‘Oia: 8 . 13°9

O. frenata oe!
P. penicillata, ... 12:0=.. 1

eae)

Ns

THICKNESS.

Mergaganieus. ... 4117 A618. hone 44:
SE MOOUSLUS ML LO 2s ad eM Oe aul ae
» rufus sje led Ole. a eo Grd cre ee aed Lice
HA. parryi we lOl 120M oO Salle
5, agilrs Ge OlOSE iT 2 SS tea
5) earabalus ! .., ; ;

,, dorsalis
5, thetidis
5» coxent

», ruficollis
55 wilcoar ua
», stigmaticus ...
5, Vrowne
», Jrenata Be
», penicillata ...

a

S® SKkSSS6H
ise)
bo
—

MIS TOA
AWAIT DW CIWS
AOMDASOSMNEOM

Orcs W OStH WO OL
— — :
oO & MmoOnwoOre bo

ae

BY C. W. DE VIS. 79

EXTERNAL LENGTH. INTERNAL LENGTH.
Number Number
Least. are exam- Mean. Least. eeu exam- Mean.
i ined. : ined
M. giganteus .:. 86°0 ...104°7... 27 ...97°66 || 62°3 ... 76°1 ... 27 ... 66°5
Penanwetisn foo ...89'O.., 4 ...838-55 573... J16.... 4 ....67°5
» rufus BeOS 6 uO. ee, OLS NGBcO) kerk. Qo 10°68
H. parryi —... 611... 73:1... 16... 66°2 |] 49-4... 56°6 ... 16 ... 53°6
‘is GULIS POorte 10° Os Le o.. 6957 || 38:0 7.4674. 2. -13. ...'42°0
,, ualabatus He Me OGite oe anc OOD 46S cb 4eR Bon ag e7
», dorsalis OO ONO a... 20 nO IP42°07 0. Ol Sr 20s 28) 46:0
,, thetidis AD Et NAG OL A aa 4G oe ALO.) Ae Og a

ior: |. 42°92... 48:2... 6 ... 44-5 1134-5 ... 38-8... 6... 36:5

meeupearis) ¥:). GOO ... 70°38... 14°...65°1 || 45°6 .:. 56°7 2... 14... 512
memeowrn | 0 ...44°5 ... 48°0 ... 2... 462 || 39-3... 410... 2... 40°2
,, ,stigmaticus ... ie eine Cl uh AG he Hama aieaenes 15 Ja 1
O. frenata AU are es Oo ak Oil DOr On OO el. Oils Oo 4:
epenrowiand... 42°2...52°4.. 18... 47°7 || 85°35 ... 45°8 2... 17... 39'8

With respect to form and structure, attention has necessarily
been paid to the shape and sculpture of the several premolars and
to their periods of rise and fall in terms of the posterior molars:
to the shape, properties and accessory furniture of the true molars:
and to the form of the lower contour line of the mandible.
Occasionally it has been found useful to notice the shape and
direction of the lower incisor, the condition of the symphysis, the
level of the inlet of the dental canal, the position of the internal
orifice of the lachrymal canal, and status of the anteorbital
foramen.

A jaw is accounted adolescent in which appears the first trace
of wear on the hind lobe of the penultimate molar; it is supposed
to be adu/t when the same state of wear obtains in the last molavr.

When the posterior surface of an upper molar is excavated
vertically and the inner lip of the semifuniculate gorge resulting
is raised, this lip in the antecedent teeth appears as an adpressed
Sold.

The term link is retained for the longitudinal ridge linking
together the several lobes, or the front lobes and their respective
talons; va/ley is a term convenient in use to indicate the hollows
which are constant between the lobes and frequent on the talons.

The qualification elongate applied to molars imphes that those
of the lower jaw are on the average one half longer than broad,
or thereabouts. |

80 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID.F,

With one exception the whole of the fossils have been collected
at various points on the Darling Downs.

On the ground that “the characters by which Kangaroos and
Wallabies are separated from each other are neither sufficiently
constant nor important to found generic distinction upon,” we are
invited by Mr. Thomas to forego the admitted benefit of keeping
them apart. The ease and certainty with which the unlearned
bushman distinguishes between Wallabies and Kangaroos by their
build, gait, and habits, are derived from a kind of evidence to
which we are not accustomed to pay much heed, but—that apart
——it appears to the writer that in the behaviour of the premolar
we have a distinguishing character of sufficient constancy and
importance for our purpose. It is rare to meet with an aged
wallaby’s jaw with fewer than the whole five cheek teeth in place
at once. It is equally rare to find even a recently adult kangaroo
jaw with all the cheek teeth together in place. In the one a
strong progressive movement of the substance of the jaw carries
forward all the teeth, and, unhindered by any fixed impediment
on the brink of the diastemal declivity, hurries them over it: in
the other the hinder teeth, propelled with far less force against
the immovable barrier set up by the premolar, are kept on duty
throughout life, or, if an anterior molar ever be lost, it is so by
lateral out-thrust or decay 77 setu. The comparative unimportance
of the premolar function in J/acropus, expressed in the feebleness
and short duration of these teeth, especially of the so-called per-
manent tooth, and its high functional value in //a/maturus, in
which the latter is better developed than the deciduous tooth and
is to old age one of the best preserved of the grinders, point to
physiological differences between the two groups important
enough to render the constant transiency or permanency of the
premolars a good diagnostic character.

Allowing then the practical convenience of recognising the
genus Halmaturus to outweigh a theoretical reason which seems to
him to lack foundation, the writer proposes to retain that genus
for the present.

BY ©. W. DE VIS. 81

PALORCHESTES, Owen.
Palorchestes, Owen, I.* 1874, p. 797.

Molars with talons anteriorly and posteriorly; the anterior of
the upper and the posterior of the lower the longer; mid valleys
of the upper closed on the inner, or on both sides, by a raised
basal rim. Lower molars elongate; their links continuous with
the outer angles of the lobes. Anterior upper molars with vertical
ridges and folds. Upper premolar triangular, nearly equilateral,
transversely bicuspid, with a talon fore and aft; lower oblong,
unicuspid, with a long posterior talon which is strongly linked to
the lobe. Vascular foramen present in the mandible. Lower
incisors procumbent, spatulate. Middle pair of upper incisiors
smallest.

Key to the species.
Size larger; cheek-teeth over 110-0 in length,
anterior talon of p* short; lobe of p* indented

MER MUSUORIORI Ys 00. irc glssiddetsevecdyee cvs: azael
Size smaller, cheek-teeth below 100-0 in length,
anterior talon of p* produced; lobe of p* exca-

DEO UMLETOsPOSUCTIOLLY. 20.6 eco ac scene cece bdeses parvus

PALORCHESTES AZAEL, Owen.

P. azael, Owen, I. 1874, p. 798; Lydekker, IV. p. 237;
Ktheridge, V. p. 186.

P. crassus, Owen, VIII. Vol. xi. p. 7, 1880.

Anterior talon of upper premolar in the half worn state indis-
tinct. The lobe of the lower premolar indented on the posterior
surface near the inner side of the link; its area of abrasion sub-
quadrate, extended longitudinally. Size large.

* Numbers like this after authors’ names refer to the bibliographical list

at the end of the paper.
F

82 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

Dimensions.

Mandibular. —The length of the first three cheek-teeth is 66:1,
of the preniolar 17-0, of m.* 29:5, of p.°, mip: 4m) ee oe
The width of m.* is 19-0. The anterior depth of the mandible is
61:5; the thickness 33:5.

Maxulary.—From figure and cast. The entire length of the
cheek-teeth is from 117-5 to 122°5, the premolar diameters 18-0
x 18°0, m.1 m.? are 55:5, m.® 31:8: The widtiv@remewiecaum
20:5 to 23:1. The breadth of the palate is from 100-0 to 103-2.

The lower molars are proportionately narrow, but not more so
than in the existing Macropods, MW. gigantews, H. agilis, and H.
ruficolles.

Form of teeth.

Maxillary.—The premolar p.* (Pl. x1v. fig. 5) is an almost
regular equilateral triangle with convex sides and angles. From
a narrow basal rim or talon, which however seems to be restricted
to the inner side, the fore end of the crown slopes gently upwards
to the horizontally abraded surface of the two cusps. Of these
the smaller is placed over the intero-posterior angle, the larger
over the middle of the outer side of the base. The cusps are
defined by a deep indent between their posterior surfaces, anteri-
orly by a depression in the inclined plane in front. The posterior
basal talon runs from the outer angle to the middle of the hinder
surface of the inner cusp. Opposite the posterior indent the
talon is long, but behind the outer cusp where it is feebly linked
to the middle of the base of that cusp, short.

Molars.—In these as they appear in the cast the anterior basal
talons and their linking ridges are distinct, but in the anterior
teeth appear chiefly on the inner side, the posterior talons appear-
ing only on the outer; but on the free surface of m.* (Pl. xiv. fig.
6) the hinder talon is seen to extend round to the inner end of
the base and to send upwards a strong linking ridge towards the
inner end of the crest of the lobe before it. The mesial links run
from centre to centre of the lobes which cross the line of the
teeth at an oblique angle. The indications afforded by the cast

BY C. W. DE VIS. 83

are confirmed and additional information afforded by the anterior
molars of a young individual (PI. xiv. fig. 3) in the comparatively
unworn state which preceded the eruption of p.*. The anterior
talon of m.! is long and broad and its outer valley is subdivided
by a second fore link. The mesial valley is closed on the inner
side by a raised basal rim and subdivided by a low linking ridge.
A broad tapering fold rises upon the face of the fore lobe flanking
the outer valley and a feebler one on the opposed face of the hind
lobe. The posterior talon is very short, but, like the anterior,
continuous from side to side; from its inner third a broad tapering
fold or link rises obliquely upwards on the lobe to the inner end
of its crest. M.? has no secondary fore link and no folds rising
from the outer mid valley, but in other respects repeats the
characters of m.'. In both teeth the inner side of the front
talon is broader and deeper than the outer, hence its more per-
sistent. appearance in old age.

Mandibular. P.* (PL. xiv. fig. 4). The fore end of the lobe
has on its inner side a shallow indent terminating below in a
small ledge which represents an anterior basal talon. The hori-
zontal surface of abrasion is almost wholly on the inner side of
the central line. The link connecting the lobe with the basal
talon is wide and elevated. There is a feeble impression behind
the middle of the outer surface of the crown.

P.? (Pl. xiv. fig. 1) is oblong with a large basal talon simu-
lating a posterior lobe; this is linked to the lobe proper, but the
link is on the outer side ill-defined. Fore end of lobe so impressed
on each side as to give it the appearance of possessing a_ basal
talon with a high linking ridge. Crown suddenly dilated over the
intero-posterior angle, where a transverse field of dentine shows
the part of the tooth in earliest use.

Molars.—(P1. xiv. fig. 2). With strongly linked basal talons
fore and aft, the mesial and anterior links descending forwards

from the outer angles of the lobe yield surfaces of abrasion peculiar
in pattern.

84 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID,

Succession of teeth.

The two anterior true molars are still but little affected by
wear when p.* has reached a forward stage of incubation, and in
the lower jaw p.® is still in position and little worn when the
hind lobe of m.? is well advanced and its fore lobe nearly in use.
The upper premolar and last molar are half worn down simultane-
ously, m.’ being at the same time reduced almost to a shell.
From these data it would seem that the anterior true molars
rapidly develop in the young jaw; that the upper premolar
probably rises simultaneously with m.*, and that it persists to an

advanced period of life.

The immediate affinities of Palorchestes are with Halmaturus
rather than with Macropus.

Examples—arine.

Maxillary.—aA cast of the palato-maxillary region of the skull
with all the cheek-teeth; original in the Australian Museum. Like
the cast, which has the same history and is numbered M. 2573 in
the British Museum Catalogue, it is inscribed “ Macropus,” and
is without any doubt from the same mould—Portion of a right

maxilla of a young example with m.', m.? and the crypt of p.*
—-An isolated m.*, an isolated m.°, and an isolated m.?.

Mandibular.—Portion of a left ramus, with p.4, m.?, m.?,
aged, vascular foramen distinct—A. left ramus with m.? perfect
and remains of m.? and m.?, adult, vascular foramen distinct—
Part of an isolated m.*——Associated rami of a young mandible
with 1.1, p.?, mp.*, m.”, from the Peak Downs.

PALORCHESTES PARVUS, N.S.

Constantly smaller than P. azael, the cheek teeth measuring
less than 100-0. Upper fourth premolar with a distinct anterior
talon, lobe of the lower fourth premolar deeply emarginated on
the posterior surface of the inner side, its area of abrasion narrow, |
angular, and extended transversely.

S)

oy

BY C. W. DE VIS.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The length of the entire series of cheek-teeth is
94-7 (1); of the series of true molars 80-0 (1); of the last three
molars 58°3 (1); of the last two 39-4 and 41-6 (2); of the last
22 Nyame 1 (2);-of m.?, m.® 37-0 (1); of m.3 22-1 (Uy; ole nas 2
20-2 (1); of the premolar 15-0 (1); of mp.* 18-5 (1). The width
of m.® is from 12°3 to 14:2 (7). The anterior depth is 40°6 and
48-3 (2); the posterior from 35-4 to 49-0 (10); the thickness from
2 te 20-9 (10).

Maaillary.—The length of the first four cheek-teeth is 55:9 (1);
of the first two molars 37:6 (2); of the last two 37:9 (1); of m.!
mlcawand. 21-5.(2);.of m.? 19°7 (1);:of. m.? 20-5 and 21:1, (2).
The width of m.* is from 15°8 to 16°6 (3). The length of the
premolar is 15-0 (1).

The mean widths of m.?, upper and lower, are to each other as
13. 16:2, agreeing very nearly with those in H. agilis, H. ulabatus,
H. stugmaticus, and O. frenata.

No gradations in size connect this species, which is rather
numerously represented, with P. azael, to which it stands in much
the same relation as does S. otuel to S. goliah; its inferiority in
this respect is therefore characteristic. Not only so, but the
differences between two of its dimensions and the corresponding
dimensions in P. azae/ transcend the range of individual variation
in size which on the testimony of living Macropods can be allowed
within a species. The mean widths of m.* in the two are 13 and
18, or an excess in the latter approaching one-half of the former.
The greatest living difference is found in P. penzcillata, where it
amounts to a third only; in H. dorsalis and H. wilcoxi it is still
less. Again, the mean anterior depth of the mandible in P.
parvus 44°4 is in P. azael increased by more than one-half, and
this far exceeds the nearest living approach to it which occurs in
H. dorsalis where it is considerably less than one-half. Finally,
the premolars of P. parvus are relatively much larger than those
of P. azael.

86 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA

Form.

Maaillary.—Premolar (Pl. xiv. fig. 8). The anterior talon is
well developed. Commencing about the middle of the inner side
and passing round the fore end, where it gives off a short but
distinct linking ridge, it extends on the outer side, but is there
interrupted by a fracture of that side of the crown. The inner
cusp is defined by a sharp impression on the sloping anterior
surface, and posteriorly by a slight vertical indent between it and
the outer cusp. The hinder surface of both cusps descends
vertically to the low and narrow posterior talon.

Molars.—In a slightly worn tooth exemplified by m.? (Pl. x1v.
fig. 7) the anterior talon is on the inner side of the fore link
subdivided by a lofty but narrow vertical ridge; corresponding to
this an oblique fold on the hinder surface of the fore lobe descends
to the mid valley, making a sharp angle at its junction with the
mid link; this again is opposed by a faint ridge on the anterior
face of the hinder lobe, and is repeated in a similar oblique fold
on the hinder face of the hind lobe. On the outer side of the
latter is a very strong ridge or fold rising from the outer third of
the basal talon to the outer end of the crest of the lobe. The
mid valleys are closed at each end by a raised basal rim. In
worn teeth the more or less abraded remains of the stronger of
the several vertical folds are pretty constantly recognisable. The
well developed talons fore and aft and the lateral basal rims give
a quadrate, self-contained appearance to the teeth, which is
retained to the last.

Mandibulary.—Premolar (Pl. xtv. fig. 9). The mner side of the
fore end of the crown presents a broad groove, ending below in a
tumid rim, simulating or representing a basal talon; the posterior
surface of the lobe internal to the link is excavated, and the sur-
face of wear encroached upon fore and aft is rendered narrow
and angular, while it slopes obliquely inwards and rearwards.
The hinder talon is long and concave on the inner side, but on
the outer half it is nearly filled by the broad linking ridge, which
rising upon it ascends with an inward curve upon the extero-
posterior surface of the lobe.

BY C. W. DE VIS. 87

Molars.—The anterior talons are very short, the posterior
moderately long and connected with their lobes by strong linking
ridges. The fore and mid links run from the outer end of the
crest of the lobes to the middle of the fore lobe and anterior
talon respectively. The lobes are set obliquely to the line of the
teeth, and this obliquity combined with the continuity of the end
of one lobe with the middle of the next confers upon the series a
facies peculiar to the genus.

Upper incisors.—(PI. xiv. fig. 10.) The arch formed by the series
is broad and flat; the teeth increase in breadth from the central
pair outwards, but in the figure the relative width of the outer
pair has not been duly represented by the artist.

Successton of teeth.

Of this nothing is known, except that the premolar is retained
to old age.
| HLaeamples —twenty-sia.

VMaxillary.—A left maxilla with the first four cheek-teeth
somewhat mutilated; aged; traces of the vertical ridges remaining
—Part of a left maxilla with m.!, m.?; adult; vertical ridge
distinct—A right maxilla showing the palate lobe entire; teeth
m.? m.*; aged; teeth worn to the base—Part of a right maxilla
with m.?,m.*; aged; teeth worn to the base—Fragment of a right
maxilla with m.*, adult—Fragment of a right maxilla with m.?
—An isolated m.1, young—Part of an isolated m.?.—Greater

part of the base of a skull with all the teeth but the premolars
well preserved.

Mandibulary.—A. left ramus with all the cheek-teeth; adult;
vascular foramen large—A left ramus with all the molars, adult
—Hinder half of a left ramus with m.*, m.*, m.*—-Hinder half
of a right ramus with m.*, m.*; aged; vascular foramen—Hinder
half of a right ramus with m.*, m.*; aged; vascular foramen—
Part of a left ramus with m.*; aging; vascular foramen—Part of
a left ramus with m.*, m.®; adult—Hinder half of a right ramus

with m.*, m.* imperfect- -Fragment of a left ramus with part of

88 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID-#,

m.1—A right ramus, teeth destroyed; vascular foramen—Part of
a left ramus, teeth destroyed-—Isolated tooth, mp.*—Isolated
tooth, m.*—-Isolated tooth, m.*—-A second example, hinder
portion of a left ramus, with m.*; m,*; aged.

STHENURUS, Owen.

Sthenurus, Owen, J. 1874, p. 264; Lydekker, IV. p. 231.
Protemnodon, Owen, partim—Owen, J. 1874, p. 274.

Procoptodon, Owen,— Owen, [. 1874, p. 788; Lydekker, IV. p.
233.

An amalgamation of Procoptodon with Sthenurus is demanded
by their verisimilitude of tooth sculpture, and by the occurrence
of forms of transition between the two. Owen’s reference of the
maxilla of Protemnodon anak to S. atlas has been accounted for

by Mr. Lydekker (/.c. p. 231).

Lower permanent premolar with an obliquely disrupted lobe
forming the posterior moiety of the outer side, the cleft occupied
by sinuous and papillary folds. Upper permanent premolar with
a broad ledge on the inner side, its cavity traversed by erect
folds. Molars short, with ascending tapering, spreading folds
incumbent on their surfaces; posterior basal margins tumid but
rarely forming distinct talons, mandibular symphysis generally
anchylosed; lower incisors generally small, laterally compressed
and much less incumbent than in other Macropods. A vascular
foramen on the outer side of the mandible beneath one of the
posterior molars. Posterior orifice of dental canal generally above
the level of the teeth. Palate with large vacuities.

The vascular orifice is in S. goliah frequently minute, penetrating
the bone at the end of a delicate superficial groove; occasionally
in this species it appears to be obsolete. Outside the genera
Palorchestes and Sthenurus it has been observed in but two
instances, in one Macropus and in one Halmaturus.

BY C. W. DE VIS. &9

Key to the species.
Longitudinal links of molars elevated, with lateral
processes.
Cheek-teeth from 82°5 upwards; hinder surface of

molars with few but strong vertical folds ......... goliah

Cheek-teeth from 76:0 downwards; hinder surface
of molars with numerous fine vertical ridges.... otwel
Longitudinal links of molars nearly or quite obsolete.
Length of first three cheek-teeth 55-0; links rudi-
mentary; incumbent folds strong and numerous pales
Length of first three cheek-teeth from 42-0 down-
wards; links feeble; incumbent folds feeble.
Incisor elevated, compressed; symphysis anchy-
Hoseduimeanct DIS Chick. i5.2.ssaleeungaleds os « orcas
Incisior procumbent, spatulate; symphysis
laxcemmamorole Slender’... ..0.g.c.4894..6fi4es.00 5s atlas

STHENURUS GOLIAH, Owen.
Procoptodon goliah, Ow.; Owen, XXIII. p. 59; Lydekker, IV.
p. 234.

P. rapha, Ow.; Owen, I. 1874, p. 788; Lydekker, IV. p. 234;
Etheridge, V. p. 190.

P. pusvo, Ow., partum; Owen, I. 1874, p. 788; Etheridge, V. p.
190.

P. goliath, Etheridge, V. p. 190.
Macropus yoliah, Owen, XXIII. p. 259.
M. rapha, Flower, TX. part ii. p. 721.
Molars with thick lobes, rounded angles, subrectilinear crests

and (except as to the upper talons) elevated links. Inner aspect
of links and lobes with strong folds, the largest and most constant

90 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

of them being the outer one on the intero-anterior face of the hind
lobe in the lower and intero-posterior face of the fore lobe of the
upper teeth. Hinder surface of molars with strong ascending
folds, one or two on the lower, two or three on the upper (Pl. xv.
figs. 8-9). Upper premolar short with a broad ledge, not extend-
ing beyond the posterior three-fifths of its inner side; its cavity
traversed by a longitudinal sinuous ridge. Lower premolar sub-
triangular with a group of sinuous folds within the posterior cleft.

Dimensions.

Mandible.—The entire series of cheek-teeth varies from 82°5 to
93-7 (6); —p.*, m.*, m:?; m.? measure. 68°0"(1)) mis, im: ame
(2); m.?, m.? 34-2 (1); m.?, m.?, m.* from 58°1 to 65-5 (2); m.* 22-2
(1); mp.* 13-4 (1). The premolar is from 12°5 to 14:5 (5). The
width of m.* ranges from 15-0 to 19-8 (10); its length being from
18-4 to 21:5 (10). The anterior depth of the mandible is from
50-0 to 60-0 (7); the posterior depth from 37-0 to 52°5 (6); the
thickness from 34:7 to 42°5 (7). The entire length fore and aft
is 147-5 (1).

Maxilla.—The molars m.*, m.*?,m.* measure together 51:5 (1);
m.?, m.® from 38-5 to 42:1 (2); p.2, mp.*, m+, m.? 465 (1) an
immature premolar has diameters 12:0 x 9:4; the milk premolar
is 9-2 in length.

With one exception all these dimensions come well within the
allowable limits of range in a species. The width of the teeth
differs to an extent which is nearly a third of its minimum; this
is sensibly greater than in the three living species which show the
greatest latitude in this respect—JL giganteus, H. agilis, and H.
ruficollis—but the difference is too small to stand as a lone
objection to the fusion of S. rapha with S. goliah.

Form of teeth.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xv. fig. 7.) Generally triangular, with
rounded sides and angles, rarely an irregular suboval. Outer
surface of crown impressed at its anterior two-fifths or thereabouts,

BY, Cu“W.’ DE VIS, 91

the hinder with a narrow groove near the inner angle. In the
young tooth the impression and groove are the terminal limits of
an oblique superficial cleft separating the extero-posterior angle
from the rest of the tooth, which cleft is traversed and beset by
enamel folds and processes; in teeth reduced to a horizontal
surface these processes appear in section as a group of sinuous
folds occupying most of the centre of the hinder portion of the
tooth, and surrounded on the outer side by a long crescentic band
of dentine. Diameters 12:7 x 11.1.

Molars.—(P1. xv. fig. 9). The edge of the anterior talon is on
the inner side double. From the inner side of both links low
vertical folds descend to the valleys. Two or three strong vertical
folds project from each face of the inner half of the fore lobe, a
single fold from the anterior face of the hind lobe; a strong
tapering fold rises upon the centre of the posterior surface of that
lobe. The links are lofty and sharp.

Maaillary.—P.* (Pl. xv. fig. 6). Extracted from its crypt in
a forward stage of growth is irregular oblong, with convex angles,
diameters 11:9 x 9-0. Outer side nearly straight, inner with a
cleep impression at its anterior two-fifths. Fore end sloping, with
oblique folds. Intero-posterior region of crown much dilated, its
surface depressed, concave; its edges at each end rising upon the
side of the main lobe, and its posterior surface separated from
that of the lobe by a wide cleft which does not descend to the
base. The concavity of the ledge is traversed longitudinally by
a single sinuous ridge-like fold. On the hinder half of the outer
side of the crown tapering ridges ascend to the crest.

P.® (Pl. xv. fig. 5) much mutilated and worn down to a field of
dentine surrounding a patch of enamel, on the surface of which
sinuous enamel folds still appear in section. The inner side of
the crown is impressed at its anterior fourth. Diameters 8:5 ~x

ise and fall of teeth.

On this point the limited number of specimens afford sparse
information. In the upper jaw the penultimate molar appears to

92 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID.#,

assume its full functions with the change of the premolars. In
the lower the permanent premolar wears down rapidly during the
earlier part of its career; all its asperities have disappeared
before the hind lobe of m.* is affected by use. Masticatory work
is afterwards done principally by the posterior grinders, as the
premolar is but little more reduced in height, though the last molar
is that of an aged individual.

ELxamples—twenty-two.

Mandibular.—The associated rami of a mandible with all the
cheek-teeth perfect, the incisiors and left ascending process
wanting; adult—An adult left ramus with all the cheek-teeth
perfect, vascular orifice minute—Alveolar region of a left ramus
with all the cheek-teeth, several of them imperfect; aged—Two
right rami with all the cheek-teeth perfect; foramen small;
adolescent---Cast of a right ramus with all the cheek-teeth but
p.*

ramus with all the molars and the fangs of the premolar; foramen

, some imperfect; vascular orifice moderate; adult-—A_ left

small; adult—A left ramus with the first three molars well
preserved; foramen small; adult—A right ramus with part of the
ascending process and the last three molars; foramen large; aged
—Cast of a portion of a left ramus with m.?, m* well preserved;
the originals of this and 10223 being in the Australian Museum—
Alveolar portion of a right ramus with the first three molars and
fangs of the premolar; foramen small; adult—Fragment of a right
ramus with the last two molars and the premolar well preserved;
adult—Fragment of a left ramus with part of m.*; adult—Frag-
ment of a right ramus with m.* (10518); adult—An isolated tooth
m.” (11118); adult—Outer wall of hinder half of a left ramus (A.
9454).

Maxillary.—A left maxilla with the jugal process and the teeth
m.*, m.*, m.! (part) and fangs of p.*; no trace of palatal process
(10224); adult—A left maxilla with jugal process and the teeth
m.?, m.?; no palatal process (10529); adult—Part of a right
maxilla with the last three molars; no palatal process (10595);

BY OC. W. DE VIS. 93

adult—A right maxilla with jugal process and teeth p.*, mp.‘,
m.’, m.*; p.* (extracted); palatal vacuity commencing at mp.‘

(11120); young.

STHENURUS OTUEL, Owen.

Procoptodon otue/, Owen, I. 1874, p. 784; Lydekker, IV. p. 236.
Procoptodon pusio, Owen, partim; Owen, IT. p. 455.
Pachysiagon otuel, Owen, I. 1874, p. 784.

Lower molars with numerous attenuated ridges on the posterior
surface; otherwise not differing from those of SS, yo/iah in structure,
but inferior in size. Lower premolar elongate-ovate with one or
two oblique folds within the cleft.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The length of the full series of cheek-teeth varies
fromoo;o) to 10:0 (5); m.?, m.®;m.* measure 51-0 (bis); m.1, m.?
34:2; mp.* 13:4. The premolar is from 9:3 to 9:9 (2). The
width of m.® ranges from 12-0 to 14-4. The anterior depth of the
mandible is from 38°5 to 41:5 (2); its thickness from 28°6 to 32:5
(5). The diastema is 36°6 (1), the symphysis 65-6 (1).

The differences between the mean dimensions in this species
and S. goliah afford in themselves no good reason for keeping
them apart; they are all easily paralleled in modern species; but
the difference between the greatest width of the teeth in S. goliah
and the least in S. ofwel is much greater than in any recent
Macropod, and on this dimensional ground the present species
would safely rest were the structural modifications exhibited by
it less weighty than they are.

Form.

Mandibular.—In the molars the longitudinal links and vertical
processes subsidiary to them do not specifically differ in number
or disposition from those of S. goliah; the slender ridges wrinkling
the hinder surfaces sometimes tend to fuse towards the middle of
the base into a short rib.

94 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID A,

The lower premolar (Pl. xvz. fig. 1) before eruption simulates
remarkably well the ledged upper tooth in several Macropods.
The intero-posterior ledge-like cusp occupying half of the outer
side is separated from the lobe posteriorly by a wide cleft, but
within which a larger and a smaller oblique fold ascend on the
inner side of the cusp; anteriorly the cusp joins the lobe by the
incurving of its sharp edge, and anterior to this transverse sepi-
ment are two cavities separated by a deep rib which ascending to
the crest meets a corresponding one on the inner side of the
crown, and with it forms a pronounced denticle on the crest. In
the worn tooth (Pl. xvr. fig. 4) the structure is still recognisable.

Hxamples —eleven.

Mandibular.—An adolescent right ramus with all the cheek-
teeth and with the incisor nearly entire (11126); accessory pro-
cesses well marked—A right ramus with all the cheek-teeth but
p-* perfect (11119); remains of the accessory processes distinct;
aged—The associated rami of an aging mandible (8876), with the
greater part of the ascending limbs; accessory processes as before
—Portion of a right ramus with the last three molars (8873),
adolescent— Alveolar portion of a right ramus with all the teeth
mutilated but m.", m.? (10409); processes nearly obsolete from
wear; aged—Portion of a right ramus with the last three molars
(10597); processes very distinct; adult—An adolescent right
ramus with incisor and all the cheek-teeth but m.*, which has
been broken off (11132); processes as before—A right ramus from
a suckler with mp.* and m.? in its crypt; the exposed socket
of the incisor showing that it was procumbent (10226); the
processes on mp.* well marked—Fragment of a left ramus with
m.*, m.’, and part of m.* (10596); processes as before; young—
Both rami of an aged example all the teeth absent but the last
three molars of the left side (11306).

STHENURUS PALES, N.S.

Longitudinal links reduced to a tumescence on the floor of the
mid valley and adjacent base of the fore lobe. Posterior basal

sis acdal

BY C: W. DE VIS. 95

rim forming a rather distinct talon with a rudimentary link rising
upon the lobe. Incumbent folds on the face of the lobes well
marked. Ledge of upper premolar distinct and continuous fore
and aft, a subsidiary cusp on the hinder end of the outer side of
the crown. Size large, about equal to that of S. golah.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The first three true molars are together 56-0 in
length; the premolar 18:0. The width of m.® is 18:0. The
thickness of the mandible is not less than 27:5.

Maxulary.—The premolar is 21:0 x 14-1 in one example; 19:6
x f9-0rm-other.

Form of teeth.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xv. fig. 3). Elongate-ovate, diameters
18:0 x 8-2, structurally similar to that of S. goliah, but differing
from it in form and size, and in the latter character agreeing with
the upper premolar (10214 the type of the species). On the
inner surface of the crown of this tooth are six distinct ribs, five
of which form denticulations on the crest; these are not present
in 8. goliah.

Molars.—-(Pl. xv. fig. 1). The lobes of the molars are remark-
ably thin and flat or even a little concave on the posterior surface
their crests perfectly straight and their angles sharp. The
incumbent folds are much the more numerous on the anterior
lobes, the outermost of them being the largest and forming by its
repetition a regular series in the line of the teeth. The hinder
surfaces of the lobes are faintly sculptured into numerous obscure
folds. In size the molars agree with those of S. goliah.

Mazxillary.—P* (Pl. xv. fig. 2). Hlongate-ovate with the angles
rounded and tumid; diameters 22:0 x 15:0. Crest central;
mesial region of outer side of crown with a few vertical ribs.
Inner side of crown a rectangular ledge from end to end connected
with the lobe by numerous transverse ribs. To the end of the
outer side of the crown is attached, as in the deciduous tooth of

96 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

M. giganteus, a distinct cusp separated from the lobe before and
behind by clefts, but connected with it by an apical link.

Lxamples—four.

Mandibular.—The alveolar longitudinal moiety of a right ramus
with the first three molars, of which each is somewhat imperfect,
and the core of the premolar (8868); the vascular foramen is
well marked; the portion of the socket of the incisor preserved is
directed upwards at an angle of about 45°--A left premolar
(10216); unworn.

Maxillary.—A left premolar (10214), unworn—A_ second
example (10215); shorter and subtriangular rather than ovate, a
little worn but well characterised.

STHENURUS OREAS, Ns.

Longitudinal links of lower molars low but distinct, continuous
with the outermost of the incumbent folds which are fewer than,
but as broad as, in S. pales; posterior basal rim bulging but not
forming a talon. Mandible thick, symphysis anchylosed, incisor
highly inclined, posterior dental orifice level with the teeth.
Upper molars with rudimentary mid links continuous with the
innermost and largest of the incumbent folds which resemble
those of the lower teeth but are on each face of the lobes; outer
mid valley closed by a marginal fold proceeding from the outer
end of each lobe (PI. xvi. fig. 8). Upper premolar very like that
of S. pales, but wants the subsidiary cusp.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The full series of cheek-teeth is 62-2 in length
(1); the entire molar series 58-0 (1); the first three molars 41-5
(1); m.? 14°6 (1); the premolar 11:9 (2). The width of m.® is
from 12-1 to 13-2 (4). The anterior depth of the mandible is
34-2, the posterior 35-5, the thickness from 22:5 to 25-8 (2).

Maaxillary.—The first three cheek-teeth measure 42:0; the first
three true molars 40-2 in length; m.?, m.° from 27:2 to 27:6;

ecsauluiil

by

BY C. W. DE VIS. 97

m”, m.* 30°6; and m.? 15:0. The width of m.® is from 12:3 to
S93).

In dimensions of length this species does not much exceed S.
atlas, but the thickness of the mandible due to its external con-
vexity, which commences at the incisive outlet, combines with its
symphysial anchylosis and the erection of its incisor to connect
it with the larger species.

In dental sculpture it is also scarcely to be distinguished from
S. atlas; yet here again affinity with S. goliah and otwel is shown
by the incumbent fold which represents the anterior link sending
a lateral process outwards and downwards.

LHxamples—nine.

Mandibular.—Associated rami of an adult mandible with all
the cheek-teeth (11204); vascular foramen large; type—A left
ramus with all the molars, tooth-sculpture not so well marked as
in the preceding (8841); adult—-Portion of a left ramus with the
teeth m.’, m.”, m.°; adult; tooth-sculpture much abraded;
vascular foramen large (8830)—Portion of a right ramus with
m.® and part of m.”; adolescent (8842); tooth-sculpture very
distinct; vascular foramen large.

Maxillary.—Portion of a right maxilla with the first three
molars; tooth-sculpture well marked (10262)—Portion of a left
maxilla with m.°, m.* (8055); adult; sculpture abraded —Portion
of -a right maxilla with m.?, m.? (8046); sculpture almost
obliterated—Fragment of a right maxilla with m.* (8069); adult;
sculpture distinct—Portion of a left maxilla with the premolar
and m.+, m.° all in fine condition, and exactly fitting the mandible

11204.

STHENURUS ATLAS, Owen; Owen, XXII. ii. p. 359.
Macropus atlas, Owen (/.c. ).
Protemnodon anak, Owen, partim, Owen, I. 1874, p. 275.

Dental sculpture nearly as in the preceding species, but the

linking fold less distinct in the mid valley. Mandible thin, flat
G |

98 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID#,

exteriorly, increasing in depth posteriorly. Lower contour line
straight or arched upwards. JIncisor proclivous, spatulate.
Symphysis lax.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The full series of cheek-teeth is from 55:8 to
58°6 in length (2); the first three molars 30-1 to 31°6 (2); the
premolar 12-1 x 6:8 to 12°8 x 7 (2). The width of m.® is from
8-9 to 10:5. The anterior depth is from 26-1 to 28-5 (4); the
posterior from 29-0 to 32-7 (4); the thickness from 14°8 to 15°6
(4).

Form.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvi. fig. 9). This tooth as exemplified

by the anterior two-thirds of tts crown in a mandibular fragment —

is structurally similar to its successor p.*, but the extero-posterior
complicated region of the crown is not evidently marked off by an
oblique cleft. On the outer surface of this region there is a
distinct trace of an outstanding cusp corresponding to that in p.*

of S. pales.

Molars.—Mr. Lydekker’s statement that in Sthenurus there are
no “vertical folds” must be understood to refer only to the lateral
processes of the longitudinal links, as the latter exist in S. goliah
and S. otwel. Of the presence in the type of the genus of tapering
folds lying upon the anterior surface of the lobes as we have seen
them in all the species now referred to it there is no doubt; there
is indeed evidence of the fact in the figure of m.* in IT. Pl. 82, tig.
9, though no mention of it is made by Owen. In the mutilated
tooth now figured (PI. xvr. fig. 11) from a mandible having the
characteristic premolar rising into place the incumbent folds are

well marked fully in the hind lobe and by their bases in the |

broken fore lobe.*

* Complication of structure is more frequently found in the anterior
molars than in the posterior; nay, even the fore lobe of the last molar
rather than in the hind. It is therefore unsafe to pronounce teeth free
from folds unless the young jaw is found without them, or to neglect the
slightest trace of such folds which may remain in worn teeth.

babys ae

BY Cy We ODE: ‘VIS. 99

Examples—fire.

Mandibular. left ramus with all the cheek-teeth in place;
incumbent folds on m.* distinct, on the other teeth almost
obliterated by old age (10607); vascular foramen large—A left
ramus with all the cheek-teeth (10726); distinct relics of the folds
on the posterior molars; vascular orifice large; aging—A right
ramus with the first three molars, sockets of p.* and m.*; folds
distinct on all the teeth (8831); vascular orifice large; adolescent
—A left ramus with all the cheek-teeth but the last; the rising
premolar exposed (10233); vascular orifice moderate; young—A
fragment of a left ramus with the anterior portion of the milk

premolar.
Key to fossil Halmature.

Width of m.* 7-6 and upwards.
P.* with a large intero-posterior dilatation; lobes
Wee LOUGS sa be ee ean NO i A Nessa vunceus
P.* with no large intero-posterior dilatation

Crown of p-* with an anterior lobe partially

Omvided, off... 2... RSS A To gt Dees eo GE RED thor
“Crown of p.* without anterior lobe partially
divided off
Size larger; length of m.1, m.”, m.* 32:0 or up-
S20). |S aps a Aad Nae A UR A eer Were anak

Size smaller; length of m.1, m.?, m.° 23°5
Intero-anterior surfaces of lobes smooth...... dryas

Intero-anterior surfaces of lobes with ac-
CESSORV MOFOCESSES a,c fete Monet te eet soci: odin
Width of m.* 6:5 or less.
P.* with a large intero-posterior cusp; crests of
BUM AES | SURAT SMU Ee as tine aah Us ce dilecatecaideiatey otal ac endra

P.* with a smaller intero-posterior cusp; fore
valley of anterior molars with an accessory

100 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID,

P.* with no large intero-posterior cusp.
Molar crests rectilinear, with sharp angles and
feeble links aoyn 0k Uo. Jo. sea, secs os oe vishnu

Molar crests curvilinear, with rounded angles
and! strong limltss e500 Sela u, 0. ao cooper’

N.B.—As the lower jaw of H. minor, Ow., is unknown, its
place in the above scheme remains to be ascertained.

HALMATURUS VINCEUS, N.S.

Upper molars with a group of tapering folds in relief on the
extero-posterior face of each lobe, with the fore link nearly or
quite obsolete and the mid link feeble. Lower molars with a
vertical plate and folds in relief on the intero-anterior face of the
lobes and with a posterior basal protuberance which is sometimes
a distinct talon. Upper premolar broadly ledged posteriorly,
narrowly in front. Lower premolar cuneiform in front much
dilated intero-posteriorly, J-shaped.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—tIn adults the entire series of cheek-teeth ranges
in length from 58 to 64:1 (5); the first four 45-3 (1); the first
three from 29°5 to 31:8; the first two 20°6 (1). The premolar
from 11-0 to 15-6 (8); the last four molars from 48-5 to 49-4 (3);
the last three from 34:0 to 38-0 (3); the last two from 25:5 to
29:8 (3); m.* from 13-1 to. 14°5°>(2)37m:*, m.?; m4 Grom, Jo ane
34:0 (3); m.*, m.? 23-2 (1); m.? from 10-7 to 11°2°(2)5 m.* from
12:4 to 13:1 (3); m.?, m.? from 23-7 to 25:6. The width of m.*
is from 9°8 to 13-0 (31).

In young, p.*, m.’, m.”, m.® measure from 38:0 to 42:0; mp.+,
m.', m.? from 32°5 to 33:0; m.° from 13-0 to 15:5 (5).

The anterior depth of the mandible varies from 22-5 to 32°6 (13);
the posterior from 21:0 to 32-4 (17); the thickness from 15-1 to
25:0 (23).

Maxillary.—The length of the full series of cheek-teeth is from
60-0 to 64:2 (3); of the first three 37:5 (1); of the true molars
47-5 (1); of the last three molars from 31:9 to 37-0.

BY .C. We DE .VIS, LO

Though the lower teeth are in proportion to the upper unusually
broad, being scarcely a tenth narrower, the presence of similar
accessory processes on corresponding parts of the masticatory
surfaces assures us that in this instance molars of the upper and
lower jaws are correctly referred one to the other.

Form.

Masxillary.—P.* in the maiden state unknown. The worn
tooth (Pl. xvi. fig. 12) is irregularly subtriangular, attenuated at
the fore end, its ledge much dilated posteriorly, but narrow at its
anterior junction with the lobe, and without traces of transverse
ridges. Crest subcentral in front, over exterior fourth behind.
Mesial three-fifths of outer surface impressed, deeply at its posterior
end: impressed surface with about four low vertical ribs; inner
surface with traces of numerous narrow vertical ribs. On the
intero-posterior angle remains of a cusp. Diameters 14:7: 7:6;
13:4:7°6. The tooth is equal in length to m.*.

P.? unknown.

Molars.— (Pl. xvi. fig. 14). With one or more short broad
flame-like folds on the posterior face of each lobe within the
hollow triangle contained by the descending edges of the lobe;
not infrequently the folds become plates which running together
enclose the lower part of the inner half of the triangular space.
The hind lobe of m.* has no distinct processes. Traces of the
folds are persistent in well worn teeth with varying distinctness.

Mandibulary.—P.* (Pl. xvi. fig. 13) elongate, narrow anteriorly,
suddenly widening posteriorly; mesial diameters 11:5 x 4:3; 11-0
x 4:0; 11-1 x 5.4. Crest central, posteriorly curving down-
wards to the intero-posterior angle. Outer side of crown straight
or slightly convex, with a more or less distinct mesial impression
bearing about three vertical ribs; inner side conchoidal posteriorly
with three strong ribs; anterior cusp more or less expanded and
well defined.

P.’ is irregular, subelongate, tapering slowly to a pointed
fore end. Crest on the inner side anteriorly, on the outer

102 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID,

posteriorly, where it makes an open curve to the apex of a large
intero-posterior cusp; outer surface of crown with a short im-
pression faintly marking the limit of an anterior cusp; inner
surface concave longitudinally, with two or three moderately
strong ribs; in one example a deep depression between the
extero-posterior angle of the lobe and its crest demarcating a sort
of basal talon. Diameters 8:4 : 4:0.

Molars.—(PI1. xvi. fig. 15). At the point in which each obliquely
descending revolute edge of a lobe becomes a longitudinal link
there are one or two more or less compressed processes rising
within the inner side of the link; these either ascend upon the
face of the lobe or stand out from it, and sometimes by confluence
and extension upward and inward simulate on that side the
oblique edge of the other side. These or traces of them are
constant whenever the tooth is not too far gone in wear. The
posterior talonal protuberance is also constant and occasionally
rises obliquely on to the base of the inner side of the tooth.

fise and fall of teeth.

No precise information as to the relative periods of change of
teeth can be gathered from the examples at present available for
study.

Examples— seventy-six.

Mandibular.—Of adults: Five rami with the full series of
cheek-teeth—Thirty-five rami or portions thereof with teeth in
greater or lessnumber. Of young: Four rami with p.° and three
following teeth— Eight without the deciduous premolar.

Maxillary.—Three maxille with all the cheek-teeth—One with
all the true molars—Five with sundry teeth and a young maxilla
with mp.*,m.1,m.?. Of fourteen supplementary—all are clearly
identifiable by the characters peculiar to the species.

HALMATURUS THOR, N.S.

Molars with crests subrectilinear, lobes moderately thick,
angles rather rounded and links feeble.

BY ©. W. DE VIS. 103

Lower premolar elongate, bicuspidate, without intero-posterior
cusp. Molars smooth or with accessory plates, without posterior
groove or basal talon. Lower contour line of mandible a gentle
curve throughout.

Dimensions.

Mandibular..—The full series of true molars is 39:0 in length
when aged 1); the first four cheek-teeth measure 38-0 (1); the
first three 28°6 (1); the last three 30°5 (1); the last two 22-5 and
23°5 (2). The premolar 7:5 and &-0 (2). The width of m.® is
from 7‘7 to 8-4 (6). The anterior depth is from 20°2 to 23-5 (4);
the posterior from 18-4 to 22-0 (5); the thickness from 10-1 (aged)
to 14:1 (5). The external length is 92:0; the internal 72:0.

Though the thickness of the mandible has the same range as in
H. agilis, which of modern wallabies has the stoutest underjaw,
its length and depth are comparable with those of the kangaroos
only. This is also the case with the length of the cheek-teeth,
which may be estimated at 50-0 in young adults, and with the
width of the molars, but from the kangaroos it is at once
distinguished by the structure both of premolar and molars.

form.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvir. fig. 1) elongate, narrow, diameters
8-0 x 34, bicuspid; crest a little to the inner side, deeply notched
at its anterior two-fifths. Anterior cusp a well defined strongly
compressed cone separated from the longer posterior part of the
lobe by a deep gooove descending upon each side of the crown
nearly to the base and by the notch in the crest; a slight incras-
sation of the crown over the intero-posterior angle does not affect
the general parallelism of the sides. Equal in length to m.?.

Molars.—(Pl. xvit. fig. 2). These show a tendency to develop a
single erect compressed process at the bottom of the inner mid
valley—.e., a rudiment of an accessory link similar to that in the
upper teeth of Palorchestes and M. pan (infra). This process
oceurs in two examples.

104 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID.#,

hise and fall of teeth.

The permanent premolar has risen to the crowns of its prede-
cessors as the fore lobe of m.* has pierced the gum, the hind lobe
of m.°, having then its edge bevelled off by wear; but it may be
also fully in place and distinctly worn at an earlier period, in
which the hind lobe of m.? is almost untouched by wear. It
remains in function at least till the last molar is well worn down.

Hxamples—nine.

Mandibular.—An adolescent right ramus with the first four
cheek-teeth—An aged left ramus with base of incisor and the
posterior true molars—An adult right ramus with all the true
molars, m.? worn to the base—An adult right ramus with the
last three molars in fine preservation—An adolescent right ramus
with the last two molars well preserved—A right adolescent
ramus with the first three true molars and p.* exposed from above
in its crypt, and fragments of a right adolescent ramus with the
first three cheek-teeth.

The species is well characterised by the form of its premolar in
conjunction with a size superior to that of modern wallabies.

HaALMATURUS ANAK, Owen, VI. Vol. xv. p. 185, 1859

Protemnodon anak, Owen, partim, I. 1874, p. 275.
P. og, Owen, I. 1874, p. 377.

P. rechus, Owen, I. 1874, p. 281.

P. mimas, Owen, I. 1874, p. 278.

P. anteus, Owen, I. II. p. 448.

Sthenurus atlas, Owen, partim, J. 1874, p. 265.

S. brehus, Owen, I. 1874, p. 272.

Macropus mimas, Flower, TX. pt. 2, p. 720.

M. brehus, Lydekker, IV. p. 207.

M. rechus, Owen, J. 1874, p. 281; Lydekker, IV. p. 212.
M. anak, Lydekker, TV. 214.

BY C. W. DE VIS. 105

Molars smooth, with rectilinear crests, feeble links and sharp
angles; upper molars without distinct anterior links, lower
seldom without posterior talons. Premolars about as long as the
lower last molar. Upper premolar with a long transversely
ribbed ledge; lower without intero-posterior cusp.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—In adults : The length of the full series of cheek-
teeth ranges from 60:2 to 82°3 (54); of the first four from 48-2 to
60-0 (16); of the first three from 32:1 to 41:2 (10); of the first
two from 22:2 to 27:4 (7); of the premolar from 14:0 to 18-2 (74);
of the last four molars from 48:2 to 56:0 (11); of the last three
from 40-3 to 53:0 (16); of the last two from 26°5 to 33-7 (19); of
miro 14 °5>t0) 19-0 (9)> of m.1,m.?, m.? from 37:0 to 45°6 (7);
of m.1, m.? from 21-5 to 28°6 (16); of m.?. m.? from 25:4 to 31:0
VCleof m.* from 9:2 to 13:3 (9); of m.? ‘from 12-5 to 18-3 (11);
of m.® from 12:2 to 15-0 (5).

in youne:) The length of p.°, mp.*, m.*, m.”, m.® is from 54:1
tov02e2 (3), Of p.°, mp.~, m.+, m.* from 42:0 to 51-0 (7); of p.%,
mp.*, m.? from 28:4 to 32°8 (5); of p.®, mp.* from 18-0 to 20°9
io) ob p.2-trom. 8-5 to 11-2 (23); of mp.*, m.7, m.?, m.* 57:8 (1);
of mp.*, m.?, m.* from 33°6 to 35-2 (4); of mp.*, m.? from 20-0
moe (10): of mp.*. 10-2 (1).

The width of m.*® in adults is from 10-0 to 13°6 (118). The
anterior depth of the mandible is from 22-0 to 45-0 (82); of the
posterior from 18-0 to 40-4 (72); the thickness from 13:6 to 23:5
(89); the external length is from 100-0 to 155 0 (13); the internal
from 67:5 to 113-5 (11); the symphysis from 32-5 to 57-0 (15);
the diastema from 31:1 to 57-0 (15).

Maaillary.—tIn adults: The length of the entire series of cheek-
teeth is from 65:1 to 85°5 (17); of the first four 66°5 (1); of the
first three from 38:5 to 45-5; of the first two from 24:6 to 27-1 (3);
of the premolar from 14:4 to 20-4 (33); of the last four molars
from 50°5 to 67:5 (8); of the last three from 40-0 to 51-5 (12); of
the last two from 30:1 to 37-0 (9); of the first three true molars

106 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

from 33:1 to 39-9 (5); of the first two from 21°5 to 27:4 (7); of
m.?, m.? from 28-0 to 34:1 (11); of m.? 17 (1); of m.® from 17-0
to 18:4 (6); and of m.* 16°6 (1). The breadth of the palate is
from 66:0 to 68:5 (2).

In young: p.°, mp.*, m.? range from 28°6 to 37:0 (3); mp.*,
m2, m2 41-7 tom4-4)

The proportionate mean widths of m.* above and below are

11°8 and 13:6.

The degree of variation in the length of the cheek-teeth found
in this species is less than that shown by ZH. ruficollis; and the
premolar has a more restricted range of length than in most of
the larger existing wallabies. On the other hand, the width of
the teeth and the depth of the mandible have a somewhat greater
range of measurement than in living species, and in thickness the
ramus is decidedly more variable. But as in all the dimensions,
the extremes are reached by insensible gradations, excess even in
the width cf the teeth must be considered a peculiarity of the
species and one probably related to its inordinate vigour as shewn
in its fecundity. It is quite the most abundant Macropod of its
period.

As no one of the several species added by Owen to the type of
his genus Protemnodon has a destinctive character other than a
supposed differentiation in size, Lydekker has taken a step in the
right direction in reducing their number to three—brehus, rechus
and auak. With a fuller supply of material he would no doubt
have felt perfectly safe in referring all the fossils of the Protem-
nodont series to the single species anak. The essential unity of
the species is shown not merely by graduation of difference affect-
ing each part of each of three hundred and thirty individuals
alike, but by that disproportionate difference between ‘the parts
which renders it impossible to lay down interspecific lines of
demarcation anywhere. Detailed measurements of thirty-four
entire mandibles of brehws, r@chus and anak, and a careful com-
parison of their differences with those observed in the measurement
of recent species fail to show that there is any sufficient reason
for regarding them as distinct species. Constant differences of
form there are none.

BY C. W. DE VIS. 107

Form.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvii. fig. 6) as it appears in a worn con-
dition is elongate with mesial diameters 178: 56, oblong tectiform,
obtusely pointed in front and not dilated posteriorly. Crest
central, nearly level, obtusely serrated. The mesial two-thirds of
the crown compressed, but more deeply on the outer side, the
surface of which has corrugations with much fainter ribs in the
intervals; the inner surface similarly corrugated. Anterior cusp
distinctly detined by the mesial compression, its point low and
obtuse. Over the intero-posterior angle the crown is more tumid
than over the outer angle.

The tooth varies much in proportions and other respects. The
diameters may become 161: 72 and the intero-posterior part of the
crown so tumid as to cause the inner surface of the crown to be
concave longitudinally, the tooth being then distinctly broader at
its hinder end. The number, strength and disposition of the
corrugations are all subject to variation, and frequently under
stress of wear disappear altogether.

P.? (PL xvu. fig. 5) in its maiden state is irregularly oblong,
with mesial diameters 103 :51; its basal contour is arched on the
outer side, nearly straight on the inner, its fore end obtusely
pointed. Crest with tive low obtuse cusps, subcentral, curving on
to the intero-posterior angle, which is sufficiently tumid to render

the crown vertically concave on that side. Crown compressed,
with three ribs on the outer and two on tbe inner side, the outer
ribs graduated in length posteriorly. Anterior cusp moderately
distinct.

This tooth also varies in shape, proportions and corrugation.
The intero-posterior angle may dilate sufficiently to render the
general form subtriangular, the mesial diameters may vary to 106:
66, 89: 86, the ribs may be fewer in number or become indefinite.
Under wear the ribs quickly vanish.

Molars.—(PI\. xvi. fig. 9). The longitudinal linking ridges are

weak, the lobes but lghtly convex posteriorly. Posterior
basal talons are generally present as erect plates, raised rims or a

108 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID®,

mere, but decided, bulging of the base. The hind lobe of m* is
in the mean of ten examples narrower than the fore lobe in the
ratio 11: 12.

The contour of the mandible forward of the hinder molars is
nearly straight. The upward curve beneath the anterior molars,
always faint, is occasionally reversed and a continuous curve
produced from the inflected angle to the symphysis.

Maaillary.—P.* (Pl. xvit. fig. 8). In a tooth recently come into
position the general form is an isosceles triangle with the inner
side irregular and the angles rounded. Diameters 191: 100.
crest subcentral, parallel with the outer side of the base. Mesial
two-fifths of the outer side of the crown deeply impressed, with
three strong vertical folds rising to the crest. Ledge occupying
mesial two-thirds of the inner side of the crown, with a raised
basal rim commencing at the hinder end of the anterior cusp;
within the rim the ledge is deeply concave and is traversed by
four ribs ascending on the lobe to the crest. Intero-posterior cusp
wide, joined to the side of the lobe; behind it to the outer side a
deep transversely elongate pit, which is enclosed behind by the
posterior surface of the lobe.

By contraction of the intero-posterior cusp the form may become
regularly oblong, the tooth being then scarcely broader behind
and its diameter 178:75, or the like form may result from a
dilatation of the fore end of the basal rim to an equality with the |
extent of the intero-posterior angle; the tooth in this case may
present a gibbosity near the fore end of the inner side. The ribs
of the outer side of the crown may be reduced to two in number.
The basal rim of the inner side is generally broken up into from
two to five tubercles, usually one at the base of each vertical rib.

P.® (Pl. xvi. fig. 7) in a fresh condition is irregularly sub-
triangular, with the fore end rounded. Mesial diameter 133: 77.
Crest well to the outer side of the central line, parallel with the
outer side of the base. Mesial half of the outer side of the crown
impressed, with two strong vertical folds. Ledge as in p.* but
gradually dilating as it nears the intero-posterior cusp, which is

BY ©. W. DE VIS. 109

wide, joined by a rib to the lobe and separated from it posteriorly
by a deep excavation. In a much worn tooth the basal rim may
be almost entire and the diameters 125: 76.

Molars.—(PI. xvu. fig. 10): Fore link obsolete or nearly so, and
mid link weak; lobes but slightly convex anteriorly. The base of
the posterior concavity of m.* is enclosed by the descending inner
edge; an adpressed fold is therefore seen on the hinder surface of
the anterior molars. The difference between the widths of the
lobes of m.* is greater than in the lower tooth; their ratio is 13-5
to 12°5.

Examples— three hundred and twenty-nine.

Mandibular.—Of adults: Thirty-four rami with all the cheek-
teeth, most of them with the incisor in place—One hundred and
fifty-three rami or parts thereof with fewer than all the cheek-
teeth.

Of young: Twenty-four rami with p.* and some of the follow-
ing teeth—Sixteen rami without p.”.

Manxillary.—Of adults: Seventeen maxille with all the cheek-
teeth, five of them being each a part of a cranium more or less
entire—Seventy-six maxille or parts thereof with teeth in greater
or less number.

Of young: Nine maxille with various teeth.

HALMATURUS DRYAS, Ns.

Molars with the upper fore link well developed. Upper pre-
molar with a narrow ledge tubercular, but not transversely ribbed.
Lower premolars, both permanent and deciduous, like those of
H. anak. Size inferior.

Dimensions.

Type maxillary.

Maaxillary.—tIn adults: The length of the entire series of cheek-
teeth is 54:9 (1); of the first four 46°2 (1); of the true molar
series 47°5 (1); of the first three 29-6 (1); of the premolar from
11:5 to 15:0 (3). The width of m.* is from 9-9 to 10:3 (5).

Mandibular.—tIn adults: The full series of cheek-teeth ranges
from 52-7 to 58-5 (3); the first four are 35-5 (1); the first three

110 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

vary from 28:3 to 29:1 (3); the first two are 19-5 (1); the pre-
molar measures from 10:0 to 13:0 (8). The true molar series
ranges from 40-0 to 48:1 (8); the last three from 34:3 to 41:1 (9);
the last two from 23-8 to 28-6 (12); the first. three from 29-4 to
38:1 (5); the first two from 20°5 to 22-6 (4); m.?, m.? are 2771
(1); m.2.13°0 (1); m.* is from 13-2 to 14:4 (7). he gadth ot
m.*® is from 8-0 to 10°5 (37). The anterior depth of the mandible
varies from 22-0 to 30:0 (20); the posterior from 19:4 to 29-9 (21);
the thickness from 12:7 to 18°8 (31).

It will be apparent from these measurements that though their
maxima overlap in some cases the minima of H. anak the
differences between their minima and the maxima of the other
are far too great to be ascribed to the elasticity of a single species
even were all the teeth indistinguishable. The existence of a
dwarfed variety of (7. anak conterminous and contemporaneous
with it is too unlikely to be worth considering.

The probability that upper and lower jaws are in this case
rightly associated rests on the grounds of corresponding size and
premolar structure.

Lorm.

Mandibular.—The premolar p.* (Pl. xvir. fig. 12) as extracted
from its chamber in an advanced stage of growth is an elongate-
ovate symmetrical tooth with a cuneiform crown and diameters
10:7: 4:4. The crown is compressed as to its mesial two-thirds,
more deeply on the inner side. Three mesial ribs on each side
form serrations on the crest which is central. There is no
dilatation or tumidity of the intero-posterior angle, but the end of
the crest inclines slightly inwards. In the worn state these teeth
can be distinguished from old teeth of H. anak only by their size.

The deciduous premolar p.® (PI. xvir. fig. 11) is very similar to
that of H. anak, convex on the outer, nearly straight on the inner
side, with a slightly developed intero-posterior cusp which renders
the inner side somewhat concave posteriorly. Diameters 7:0 x
one:

Maaxlary.—The premolar p.* (Pl. xvir. fig. 13) is elongate-

-

triangular, with diameters 13 x 7:8 (basal). Crest central

BY C. W. DE VIS. Hl

anteriorly, parallel with outer side and not incurved posteriorly.
A largely dilated intero-posterior cusp linked to the lobe apically,
separated from it by a wide cleft posteriorly. Ledge very narrow
within a broadly tubercular basal rim which extends to the
anterior fifth. Mesial two-thirds of the outer side impressed,
with three strong short ribs, decreasing in length rearwards.

Molars.—(Pl. xvit. figs. 14-15). Mandibulary, with a narrow
basal ridge posteriorly; hind lobe of m.* distinctly the narrower.

Examples—seventy-three.

Maxillary.—Four adults.
Mandibular.—F ifty-six adults, thirteen young.

HALMATURUS ODIN, 0s.

Lower premolar unilobate, mesially corrugated, expanded but
not developing a cusp on intero-posterior angle. Molars with an
accessory process in relief on intero-anterior surface of lobes and
with basal talons. Lower contour line undulated.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The full series of cheek-teeth measures 46°7 in
length (1); the first four 37-0 (1); the first two true molars 18-6
(1); the last molar 12-4 (1); the premolar from 8:0 to 8-7 (3);
m.* 10°8 (1). The width of m.? 7:6 and 8-1 (2). The anterior
depth is from 19:2 to 24-1 (3); the posterior from 16:1 to 23°8
(3); the thickness from 11'5 to 12:5 (3).

form.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvi. fig. 16) elongate; diameters 8:0 x
4:0, gradually widening from the pointed fore end. Crest central;
anterior and posterior cusps defined by a mesial compression of
the crown, which has on each side three distinct and two obscure
short ribs. Crest curving on to a small but distinct dilatation of

the crown over the intero-posterior angle. Profile of fore end of
crown gibbous.

14-2 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID#,

Molars.—({Pl. xvu. fig. 17). From the intero-anterior angle of
each lobe a low fold descends obliquely to or towards the middle
of the anterior base of the lobe, and on the triangular face of the
lobe lies a small ascending fold similar to those in Sthenurus.
Previous knowledge of these folds is required for the recognition
of traces of them left in the aging mandible. The basal talon is
a distinct ledge-like protuberance.

Lxamples—six or eight.

An adolescent right ramus with the first four cheek-teeth, the
type—A right aging ramus with all the cheek-teeth—P.* in a
fragment of a right adolescent ramus—M.* in a portion of an aged
left ramus—Part of an adult left ramus with m.1, m.2—And a
portion of a young left ramus with m.”. To these may be added
two maxillary fossils which perchance belong to the species.

HALMATURUS INDRA, 0.58.

Molars with crests moderately curved, angles subrotund, and
links feeble. The lower permanent premolar subtriangular, with
a large intero-posterior cusp; the deciduous short, broad, convex
exteriorly. Molars smooth, without posterior groove or distinct
talon.

Dimensions.

Mandibuiar.—Young: P.*, mp.* m.? measure 23°1; p.? 6°4;
p.* immature 7°7.
The long dimension of the teeth is the same as in //. cooperv.

Form.

Mandibular.—P.* (extracted) (Pl. xvi. fig. 19), subtriangular,
with a large intero-posterior cusp, separated from the posterior
surface of the lobe by a broad vertical groove. Outer surface of
crown impressed and bearing a low broad mesial rib; anterior end
of crown with:a horizontal groove between base and lobe. Crest
central, not curving inwards posteriorly.

P.3 (Pl. xvir. fig. 18) short, broad, basal outline biconvex,
diameters 6°4 x 4:5. Crest towards the inner and flatter side.

BY C. W. DE VIS. £13

Crown mesially compressed, with a distinct mesial rib on each
side. Basal rim on each side tumid, subnodular, especially on
outer side, obscurely continuous round fore end.

Molars.—(P1. xvi. fig. 20). Links high but narrow; on the outer
side of the posterior base of m.' a rudimentary ledge-like talon.

Sufficiently distinguished by the premolars from all other species
recent and extinct.

HALMATURUS SIVA, N.S.

Molars with curved crests, rounded angles and strong links.

Lower premolar unilobate, narrow; intero-posterior dilatation
moderate, consisting apparently of two flat folds tapering off
above into vertical ribs; anterior cusp small and ill-defined.

Molars smooth, with long anterior talons, and without posterior
groove or basal talon. The inner valley of the anterior talon
subdivided by an accessory link in the two anterior molars.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The full set of adult cheek-teeth is 40°6 in
length; the first three molars 24:4 and 24:9; the last three 28:8;
the first two 17-2; the premolar 7:1. The width of m.? is from
6:2 to 6-4 (4). The anterior depth of the mandible is from 18-0
to 23:0 (4); the posterior from 12:9 to 18:1 (4); the thickness
from 11:3 to 12-0 (3).

In general size it agrees with the larger wallabies of the
present day.

form.

P.* (Pl. xvii. fig. 21) diameters 7-1 x 2-7; crest over inner edge
anteriorly, nearly level, curving inwards posteriorly; anterior
cusp scarcely differentiated from the rest of the crown by a slight
mesial impression on the inner side; posterior to this the inner
side is rendered more concave by two successive folds ending
above in sharp plaits.

Molars.—(Pl. xvit. figs.

2
length nearly a third that of
H

2-23). The anterior talons are in
the entire tooth.

114 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID#,

Luxamples—eleven.

A right adult ramus (11181) with all the cheek-teeth but m.*—
A second with all the cheek-teeth older, and a third with all the
true molars aged—A left adult ramus with the last three
molars—Two rami with the anterior three true molars—A
fragment of a ramus with m.!, m.?..-_A young ramus with the
last three molars, and a second with the last two—A maxilla
with the last three molars is also referable to this species.

The type, 11181, could in the absence of the premolar be
mistaken without any difficulty for a mandible of H. agilis, but
in addition to the dental differences apparent on comparing it
critically with mandibles of H. agilis of the same age, we may
add that the diastema is much longer, and the anterior dental
foramen further forward than in any example of the recent
wallaby. :

HALMATURUS VISHNU, 0.8.

Molars with rectilinear crests, sharp angles and feeble links.
Lower premolar unilobate, cuneiform, coarsely ribbed. Molars
smooth. Anterior portion of lower mandibular contour straight.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The length of the full series of cheek-teeth is
44-3; the true molars are from 33:4 to 35°6 in length (3); the last
three 28:0; the last two 18°6 and 21-9 (2); the first three 23:5;
the first two from 15-1 to 17-4 (4); m:? 9°0; mp.*, ma50 me 74
and 23-4 (2); the premolar p.* 9-2 and 9:6 (2). The width of
m.® is from 6°5 to 7:6 (8). The anterior depth is from 18:0 to
20-0 (4); the posterior from 15-4 to 16°5 (4); its thickness from
10:1 to 12:2 (7); its internal length 58:0.

The length of the dental series is surpassed by that of the
kangaroos only, and is approached most nearly by that of JH.
agilis among the wallabies. In this latter species we find a
maximum length of 43:5 with a mean of scarcely 40-0. But from
Li. agilis the extinct species is better distinguished by the length
of the premolar, 9°2 minimum against a maximum of 8:1 in the

BY C. W. DE VIS. thd

living species; by the greater width of the molars, that of m.”
averaging 7:1 against 6-4 in H/. agilis; by its much feebler inter-
lobular links; and by the straightness of the lower edge of the
mandible. The same characters serve to separate it from /.
ualabatus, which approaches it somewhat more nearly in the
length of the premolar, but recedes further from it in the total
length of the cheek-teeth. With no other recent species is it
comparable as to the dimensions of teeth, though in the depth
and thickness of the mandible it is occasionally exceeded by all
the larger-sized modern wallabies.

Form.

Mandibular.— P.* (Pl. xvit. fig. 3) subelongate, oblong, cuneiform,
diameters 9°6 x 4:4, sides parallel, fore end obtusely pointed.
Crest a little-to the inner side, with obtuse denticulations corres-
ponding to coarse but indistinct corrugations on either side of the
mesially compressed crown. A faintly marked nodular basal rim
on either side is continuous round the fore end. In a second
example with diameters 9:2 x 4:6 the mesial compression of the
crown is stronger, and the crest curves slightly over to the intero-
posterior angle, rendering the inner side of that end of the crown
subconchoidal. Length equal to or rather less than that of m.*.

Mandible elongate, shallow, nearly straight from the posterior
molar forward.

Molars (Pl. xvii. fig. 4) without accessory folds; with or without
a rudimentary talon; links narrow and low.

Persistence of teeth,

The permanent premolar though much worn is still in the
horizontal line of the molars, and shows no sign of ejection when
the last molar has been some time in use; in another instance the
roots of the broken tooth are in place, though m.* is much worn.

Hxamples—siateen.

These consist of two adult mandibular rami with all the cheek-
teeth, the premolar of one of them being imperfect; of three with

116 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID#,

all the true molars; nine with sundry molars, and two young
rami with mp.*, m.1, m.?.

HALMATURUS COOPERI, Ow.

Molars with curved crests, rounded angles and strong links.

Lower premolars elongate, narrow, tumid on intero-posterior
angle, but developing there no cusp; crest tridentate. Molars
smooth without groove or basal talon posteriorly. Upper pre-
molar ledged, with an intero-posterior cusp; molars smooth with
adpressed folds posteriorly. Lower mandibular contour undula-
tory. Palate entire. '

Dimensions.

Mandibulav.—The full series of cheek-teeth measures in adults
from 38:6 to 42-5 (3); in adolescents from 44:4 to 50-7 (3). The
true molars vary from 34:0 to 39°5 (5); m.?, m.%, m.* from 28°5
to 33:6 (9), but in an adolescent tooth reach 35:7; m.?, m.* are
from 20:5 to 25.0 (7); m* from 11:8 to 12 8 (4). The first four
cheek-teeth range /from 29:3 to 37-0 (15); the first three from
29°3 to 38:4 (4). The premolar varies from 7:0 to 9°6 (6). The
width of m.* ranges from 6°5 to 8°5, doubtfully to 9°6 (54). The
anterior depth in adults is from 17:5 to 27:3 (17); in adolescents
17 6 to 23:5 (17); the posterior in adults from 17-4 to 26:6 (18);
in adolescents from 15:0 to 21:5 (6). The external length is from
65:7 to 78:0 in adults (3). The internal from 53:2 to 66-7 (6);
the thickness from 11:4 to 16-2 (23). In the young the first
three cheek-teeth are 23-1 and 24:0 (2); mp.*, m.1 16-0; m.! 9-9;
m.1,m.?,m.° 26°6 and 29°5; m.1,m.? from 17-0 to 21-6 (4 )5 ame?
m.® from 20:0 to 22°8 (5); m.® from 10-1 to 12°5 (4); p.? 6°8 and
Tal (2):

Maxillary.—The entire set of cheek-teeth is 50°2; m.1, m ?
23°0; m.7,.m.® 23:3; and p.* 10:5. Width efm:? 970:

Form.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvi. fig. 25) irregularly ovate, diameters
8:5 x 3:1; crest subcentral, tridentate. Crown mesially com-
pressed; the compression defining an anterior cusp. Mesial cusp

ane aan os

BY C. W. DE VIS. 117

small, formed by the coincidence of a rib in the middle of the
compression on either side. Sides nearly parallel; fore end
acuminate; intero-posterior angle a little expanded, but not bearing
a distinct cusp. About as long as m.?.

P.3 (Pl. xvit. fig. 24) diameters 7:4 x37, otherwise differing
little from p.*.

Molars.—(P1. xvu. fig. 26). Subelongate, diameters of m.® 11:2
O20.

Masxiliury.—P.* (Pl. xvit. fig. 28) elongate, pointed anteriorly,
diameters 10°5 x 5:0. Ledge very narrow, continued to the fore
end of the crown; an intero-posterior cusp connected with the lobe
apically and separated from it posteriorly by a deep vertical
gorge, crest tridentate; outer surface of crown mesially impressed,
the impression strongly defining an anterior cusp. Median cusp
connected with basal rim of ledge by a vertical rib.

Molars.—(P1\. xvit. fig. 27). Subquadrate; diameters of m.® 11:5
x 9:5; the posterior hollow of m.* nearly closed in at the base

by an elevated lip which on anterior teeth forms the adpressed
fold.
Rise and fall of teeth.

Mandibular.— The permanent premolar is ejecting its predeces-
sor just before the hind lobe of m.* comes into use; it is retained
at least till the hind lobe of m.* is half worn down, and its per-
sistence causes m.? to be thrust out of the line of the teeth or
reduced to a mere shell. As Owen observes, this retention of the
anterior cheek-teeth 1s inconsistent with the dental flux of a true
Macropus.

Lxeamples—seventy-three.

Mandibular.—Adults thirty-one; adolescents nineteen; young
twenty.

Maxiilary.—One adult cranium with all the cheek-teeth; two
portions of young maxille.

This, the most abundant of the species with teeth similar in
size and form to those of the type of Owen’s H. cooperi, is the

118 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

most likely to have yielded that fossil, and is identified with it on
that account alone; if in error, the fault must le with the
describer of an object not susceptible of sufficient description.

HALMATURUS MINOR, Ow.

Sthenurus minor, Owen, VII. 1877, p. 353.
Macropus minor, Lydekker, IV. p. 218.

But seven examples of this species have been found; one is a
maxilla in the same stage of growth as the type showing p.’,
mp.*, m.?, m.2, and p.* exposed in its crypt. The premolars are
similar to those figured by Owen. The other examples are an
isolated p.*; a young maxilla with m.' m.? m® and the premolar
ready to emerge; two adult rami with all the true molars and
one young ramus with all the cheek-teeth, but with these unfit
for description. (PI. xvuit. figs. 1-2).

HALMATURUS sp.

Molars with rectilinear crests, sharp angles and feeble links.

Lower premolar elongate, apparently with an intero-posterior

cusp. Molars without posterior grooves or distinct talon.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The length of the full series of true molars is
28°7; the premolar between 8°5 and 9-0 (estimated). The width
of m.® is 58. The anterior depth of the mandible is 17-0; the
posterior the same; the thickness 11-6.

The length of the molar series being greater than the extreme
length in //. dorsalis and all wailabies inferior to it in size, while
its width is much less than the least in //. agelis and ualabatis,
and the length of the premolar greatly exceeding that in Z.
ruficollis and M. parryi, and even those of H. agilis and ualabatus,
it is clear that this mandible is not referable to any known
species. ;

In the only example extant the premolar is imperfect in length,
and both it and the molars have been so long in wear as to

<a =eas —

BY C. W. DE VIS. 119

destroy any diagnostic features which may have existed in earlier
life. It is worse than idle to confer on such a fossil names which
cannot with certainty be extended to others.

HALMATURUS sp.

A portion of a right mandibular ramus of an aged individual
with the last three and major part of the first true molars. The
estimated length of the molar series is 34°); the last three teeth
measure 27:1. The width of the series at m.* is 7-1. The mid
depth of the mandible is 18:5; its thickness 10-9.

The width of the teeth falls within the range of that in 7H.
agilis, ualabatus and ruficollis. The depth of the mandible would
allow it to be referred either to agilis or ruficollis, its thickness
to either of the large wallabies or to A/. parryi. But the species
is readily distinguished from A. ualabatus, to which, among
modern kinds, it has the greatest resemblance by the greater
length and width of the anterior talon, which forms a much
larger portion of the whole than in the recent tooth. In conse-
quence of this amplification of the talon the tooth is elongated;
selecting a mandible of H. walabatus of the same age as the fossil,
and with teeth of the same width, we find that the length of the
series of true molars in the fossil is a tenth greater than in the
living species, the talons being on the average a millimetre longer.

Until the premolar is known the species may be left unnamed.

HALMATURUS sp.

Molars with rather straight crests, subrotund angles, and
moderately strong links; without posterior groove or talon;
smooth.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The last three cheek-teeth measure 25:1 in
length. The width of m.® is 5°9. Posterior depth 14:8; thick-
ness 11:0.

So far as 1t goes the fossil corresponds in size with H. dorsalis,
and it is without any distinct marks of differentiation from that
species; but as it is equally without characters, apart from

120 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID,

dimensions, which demand its identification with HY. dorsalis, and
as dimensions alone are a good servant but a bad master it would
be a very rash step to announce on the evidence of this imperfect
mandible the geological antiquity of the common scrub wallaby.

HALMATURUS sp.

Molars with curved crests, rounded angles and strong links;
smooth. Lower molars with an incipient posterior groove, but
no talon.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—The last two molars are 16-0 in length. The
width of m.? 5:4. Thickness 8:7.

These dimensions have no counterpart among known species.

EHxeamoples.

A portion of an adult left ramus with m.?, m.*—-A portion of
a young right maxilla with mp.* (part), m.1, m.” may be pro-
visionally referred to the same species.

HALMATURUS Sp.

The anterior portion of a young ramus with m.? and relics of
m.?, the molars with rectilinear crests, angular lobes and feeble
links, and the length of m.* barely 6’0 is insufficient for determi-

nation.
MACROPUS MAGISTER, N.S.

M. titan, Owen, partim—Owen, XXII. Vol. ii. p. 360; II. Pl. 82,
figs. 17-18; Lydekker, IV. p. 225; Etheridge, V. 183.

The validity of a new name for the paramount species among
the kangaroos of the Nototherian Period depends on the proof to
be adduced that the fossils referred by Owen to his species, J.
titan, are by no means identical with it. The name J. titan was
given by its author to a species represented by a portion of a
young mandible with a single perfect tooth, m.? (m.* of IT. Pl.
82, figs. 17, 18). With such straitened means of recognising the
species in other examples it might have been supposed necessary

BY C. W. DE VIS. gO |

for safe determination that these or some one of them should have
the corresponding tooth at least in fair accordance with that of
the type tooth as to shape and proportions. According to the
“improved figure” of the type tooth (/.c.) its diameters are 14:5
and 11; in adult life its length would be still less in proportion
to its breadth. But in the adult mandibles identified with it by
their describer the diameters of this tooth are respectively 14 and
9-5, 15 and 9, 15-7 and 10, yielding as a mean ratio 14°9 and
9:5; whereas, to maintain the typical proportions of even the
young tooth, the respective widths should be 10°6, 11-4 and 12-6,
or in the mean 11.5. This difference in proportions is quite
obvious to the eye, and so far exceeds the latitude in this respect
taken by modern kangaroos as to be entirely prohibitory of the
accepted identification. In no one of scores of specimens whose
specific co-identity has been ascertained by tracing them through
every phase of dentition, and whose identity with the supposed
co-types of MW. tetan is beyond question, does the tooth show any
tendency to exchange its normal elongate form for the compara-
tively square shape notable in M. titan. The mean ratio of
length to breadth deduced from ten adult examples taken at
random is 14:5: 9, and if we take mandibles equal in age with
the WM. titan type the difference is of course still more evident; in
the young m.” the diameters are 14:8 and 8:8. A further proof
of non-identity is the absence of a vertical groove from the hinder
surface of the tooth in M. titan. This groove is present in the
mandibles considered co-specific by Owen, and is invariably so in
locally preserved examples.

Finally, the form and extent of the anterior talon of WV.
titan are very different from those of J/. mayzster at the same
age; that of MM. tetan is a semioval with a short minor
diameter; that of JZ magister is much longer, has straight con-
verging sides and a short’ straight anterior edge. On _ these
grounds Owen’s identification of his Queensland examples of M.
titan with his Wellington Valley type must be disallowed. It
was a judgment, be it observed, delivered ex cathedra without
reason assigned,

122 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID 4A,

Molars smooth, elongate, with curvilinear crests, thick lobes,
rounded angles and strong, directly longitudinal links. Base of
revolute inner edge of hinder surface of upper molars elevated,
forming an adpressed fold on the corresponding part of the
anterior teeth; a vertical groove on the hinder surface of the
lower molars. Upper premolar bilobate, with a small intero-
posterior cusp; lower premolar bilobate, with a large intero-
posterior cusp nearly confluent with the hinder lobe.

Dimensions.

Mandibular.—<Adults : The entire series of cheek-teeth is 56°6
and 60°8 in length (2); the premolar from 6-4 to 7-6 (3). The
series of true molars from 51:8 to 59:3 (8); the last three from
40:0 to 50-5 (33); the last two from 28-1 to 36°5 (39); m.* from
16-2 to 20-0 (26); the first three 35-7 and 38-5 (2); m.”, m.® from
2671 to 28°5 (3); m.? from 13-7 to 16°7 (5); mm? trom Sige ce
17-6 (8); m.115-4(1). The width of m.* is from 9-0 to 11-6 (91).
The anterior depth of the mandible is from 29°6 to 44:0 (60); the
posterior from 26°6 to 41 (75); the thickness from 15-6 to 24:0
(76). The external length varies from 127-0 to 142-0 (6); the-
internal from 80-0 to 98-0 (20); the diastema from 61-0 to 70-0
(5); the symphysis from 56-0 to 69-0 (5).

Adolescents: The first four cheek-teeth are 53-0 (1); the series
of true molars 60:0 (1); the first three molars from 40°2 to 48-4
(7); the first two 27:3 (1); m.? is 15:6 (1); m.* 16:2 and 19-0 (2);
m.*, m.® from 27-5 to 34:0 (11); m.° from 16-0 tol ly 2 (e)o mae
m.* from 29°0 to 35:0 (5); the premolar from 7:2 to 8°6 (3). The
width of m.® is from 9:1 to 11:3 (33).

Young: P.?, mp.*, m.? measure from 29:9 to 32°5 (7); mp.*,
m.?, m.* from 35:2 to 43°5 (7); mp.*, m.?, m.?, m.® from 45-0 to
50-0 (4); mp.*, m.? from 22°1 to 29:1 (15); m.?, m.* from 28°0 to
31:5-(4); p.°, mp.* from 18-9 to 19°6 (6); ump. * from) 10>, Teahieg
(3); m.? from 10-5 to 13-2 (8); m.? from 13-6 to 14:4%@) m2
from 15-5 to 16-0 (3); the premolar p.* from 7:1 to 9-0 (16).

Maxillary.—Adults: The full extent of the cheek-teeth is from
62°5 to 65.7 (4); of the true molars from 54:0 to 60:6 (12); of the

BY C.’W: DE VIS. 123

last three molars from 41-5 to 45-0 (3); of the last two from 31°2
to 34:1 (7); m.* is 15-5 and 16°9 (2); the premolar from 9:0 to
10-5 (5); the first four cheek-teeth from 43:7 to 46°7 (2); the first
three molars from 40-0 to 45.0 (3); m2, m.*® from 30-1 to 32:0 (6);
m.°* from 15-6 to 17-6 (6); m.? 12°6 (bis.).

Wounec*t.*; mp.*, m.', m.?, m.° are 56°7 and 63°5 (2); p.°,
mpi, m2) m.” 45-2 and 45-4 (2); p.3, mp.*, m." are 35°5 (1);
eae 20:4 (1); p.° from 9-0 to 10-0 (6); mp.*, m.*, m.? from
Soe eeyee (3); mp.*, m1 26:5 (1); m.7, m.? 25°8 and 27:7 (2);
m.? from 14-2 to 16-4 (3).

The widths of the lower and upper teeth are as 13 to 14; in
M. giganieus the ratio is 7:8; in M. robustus 19:20; in most
other recent species the difference is much greater than in JM.
giganteus.

In mandibular dimensions M/. mayister has no special relation
to either of the recent kangaroos. Though the length of its
cheek-teeth is but little more than a fourth greater, the mean
width of the series at m.* is more than twice as great, while the
thickness of the mandible and its depth are only about one-half
greater than in JZ. giganteus, robustus and rufus. In range of
depth it somewhat exceeds the greatest attained by a recent
species, H. dorsalis, to wit.

Form.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvii. fig. 12) 1s short, with mesial diame-
ters 7:°0:3°5. Anterior lobe the shorter, longitudinally com-
pressed, lancet-shaped; the posterior single, or with its anterior
two-fifths forming a subdivision obscurely'defined by a vertical
groove on the outer side, and a notch in the crest. Crest curving
without interruption on to the intero-posterior cusp, which is only
separated from the lobe by a shallow vertical groove on the upper
mesial part of the posterior surface, and forms with it anteriorly
a concave intero-posterior face.

P.? (PL. xvi. fig. 11) is short, with mesial diameters 8-9 : 4°5,
similar to p.* in structure, but larger in size. The anterior lobe
is relatively larger; the intero-posterior cusp is higher than the

194 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID A,

hinder lobe, compressed, acuminate and separated from the lobe
by a deep notch both superiorly and posteriorly.

The vertical groove on the hinder surface of the molars is
sometimes double; frequently its base is enclosed by an elevated
rim which may bulge outward and convert the groove into a deep _
pocket.

Maxillary.—P.* (Pl. xvut. fig. 14) has a general resemblance to
the lower premolar, but the anterior lobe is much shorter and lower
than the posterior, the long compressed blade of which bears low
down on its intero-posterior surface a small trihedral pointed cusp.
On the intero-anterior base of the fore lobe is a tumid margin a,
representing perhaps the last trace of an inner ledge. Mesial
diameters 10°5 x 4-7.

P.? (Pl. xvuit. fig. 13) is almost equally bilobed; the maiden state
of its surface is not exemplified, but from vestiges left in the worn
tooth it may be safely said to have had a ledge running the whole
length of its inner side and terminating in an intero-posterior
cusp; the hinder lobe is furnished with a well developed extero-
posterior cusp (a, Pl. xviii. fig. 15), a feature which occurs in the
recent JM. giganteus, but in one other instance only among
extinct Macropods in Sthenurus.

Examp'es—two hundred and eighty-three.

The collection embraces 134 adults, 40 adolescents, and 47
young mandibles—47 adult and 15 young maxille, besides
isolated teeth in large number. The identity of young specimens
has in the great majority of instances been established by extrac-
tion of the permanent premolars from their crypts.

It may be observed that Owen’s J/. titan, from the Wellington
Caves, has not been recognised among the fossils of the Darling
Downs.

MACROPUS PAN, Ns.

Molars elongate with curved crests, rounded angles and strong
links. Anterior upper molars with the outer midvalley divided
by a vertical plate; all with an adpressed fold posteriorly. Lower

BY C. W. DE VIS. ps)

molars with a vertical groove posteriorly. Upper premolars
unilobate with an internal ledge and _ intero-posterior cusp.
Lower premolar unilobate, with an intero-posterior cusp. Size
somewhat larger than J/. magister.

The types of the species are the maxillaries alone; there is at
present no direct evidence showing that the mandibles are rightly

associated with them.
Dimensions.

Maxillary.—Adult and adolescent: The first four cheek-teeth
are in length 55:0 and 55:5 (2). The true molar series is 53°6
- and 61:5 (2); the last three molars 44:5 to 55-0 (4); the last two
36°0 (1); the last 19-2 (1); the first three 41°3 (1); m.?, m.° from
3071 to 37-1 (5); p.* is from 11-0 to 12°3 (3). The width of m.?
is from 11-7 to 13-6 (14).

Young: The series mp.*, m.', m.? is 40-0 (1).

Mandibular.—Adult and adolescent: The cheek series varies
in length from 61-0 to 70-0 (2); the last three from 42°7 to 54-0
(4). The first four cheek-teeth are 52:2 in length, the first
two true molars from 26°8 to 29°6 (3); the last two from
30°0 to 39°5; the first three are 45:6 (1); m.? m.? are 35-2 (1);
me 12-0 and 12°5 (2); m.* from 16°9 to 17-4 (3); m.° from 17:5
to 20-0 (8); m.* from 18-7 to 20°5; p.* from 8:0 to 10-0 (4). The
width of m.? is from 8-9 to 12°6 (24). The anterior depth of the
mandible varies from 24°6 to 46:2 (13); the posterior from 23:5 to
36°6; its thickness from 15°8 to 25-1 (27). The latter measure-
ments much exceed the greatest amount of difference in living
species, and clearly indicate a confusion of two distinct species,
but the means of distinguishing these otherwise than by size are

as yet wanting.
Form.
Maalary.—P.* (Pl. xviu. fig. 8). Obovate with diameters 11-0
and 6°6. Crest oblique, parallel with the outer side, notched at
anterior third. An intero-posterior cusp a, separated from the

lobe apically by a notch, posteriorly by a broad groove descending
half way to the base, is connected with the fore end of the crown

126 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID,

by a raised tubercular basal rim enclosing a concave ledge. Outer
surface of crown impressed at anterior third, the impression
defining the outer edge of an anterior cusp 6; on the posterior
half of the impression are two very distinct vertical ribs. In a

maxilla which seems to belong to this species the premolar (PI. _

XVIII. fig. 8) is elongate obovate, with diameters 12°3 and 5-7 and
a little contracted at the anterior third. The intero-posterior
tubercle is more entirely separated from the lobe; and the whole
tooth has a facies different from that of the preceding tooth, which
may be taken as the type of the species. Yet as m.! in this
maxilla has relics of the sepiment in its outer midvalley, and as
the variation in the premolar may be paralleled among recent
species, there is not at present sufficient ground for referring it to
a separate species.

&

Molars (Pl. xvut. fig. 10).—The posterior molars differ in no
respect from those of J/. magister save in somewhat superior size;
m.* most frequently shows a vertical fold descending from the
middle of the hinder surface of the fore lobe external to the mid-
link, and meeting its fellow of the opposite side at the bottom of
the valley 6; or as in the type specimen forming there an erect
plate. In m.' this fold forms a more complete sepiment a from
lobe to lobe; it is constant in occurrence, and traces of it are
visible as long as the lobes persist. It is not a little remarkable
that this one of the structural characters of Palorchestes should
reappear in a species of Macropus.

Mandibular.—P.* (Pl. xvi. fig. 7) ovate, with the sides mesially
contracted, and with diameters 8:0 and 4:0. Crest mesial; a very
small intero-posterior cusp separated from the lobe apically and
posteriorly; inner side of crown somewhat concave in front of the
cusp, outer rather concave with one or two obscure'‘ribs about the
middle. The cusp disappears under wear. A series of four young
teeth extracted from their crypts at an early stage of growth or
exposed from above shows that the tooth in its growth undergoes
considerable change of form. At the earliest phase observed it
resembles in shape the end of a cold chisel with a dent on each

a

BY C) Wi DE. Vic: Ny

side of the middle of its edge, the mid-point being the termination
of a rib on the outer side; the intero-posterior cusp 1s as yet
obscurely defined; in a somewhat older example the crown is
thickened and rounded at each end, two ribs appear on the outer
side, and the intero-posterior cusp is more distinct; when near
emergence the tooth gains greater robustness, and the cusp
becomes exserted from the lobe.

Molars (Pl. xvi. fig. 9) undistinguishable from those of JM.
magister.

The undulation of the lower contour line of the mandible is

well marked.
Rise and fall of teeth.

Of this little is known; p.* is newly arisen, and p.* is not
entirely up when the hind lobe of m.3 is coming into use; by the
time that the hind lobe of m.* gets into wear, p.t is moderately
worn and procumbent, whence we may infer that it is thrust out
soon afterwards while still serviceable.

Exam ples—fifty-four.

These include besides the young maxilla forming the type—
Four adult maxille; two with premolars, and all with m.! among
the teeth preserved; twelve others in which m.? shows its cha-
racteristic more or less perfectly; one with m.?, m.*; one with m.°;
and one with m.* referred. to the species merely on account of
similarity of size.

In four adolescent mandibles the well-preserved premolars
alone effectually prevent the molars behind them being ascribed
to M. magister, as they might otherwise have been on seemingly
sufficient grounds, and well illustrate the folly of positively
identifying kangaroo mandibles by molars only. Twenty-seven
others are provisionally determined by the dimensions of the

teeth.
MAcROPUS FAUNUS, DLs.

Molars with curved crests, rounded angles and strong links.
Upper premolar tricuspid, without ledge on the inner side, but
with an intero-posterior member simulating the corresponding

128 FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODID A,

portion of the true molars. Molars smooth. Lower premolar
tricuspid. Palate entire. Size large.

Dimensions.

Maxillary.—Length of the cheek-teeth 70°5 (estimated), of the
first four 55:5 (1); of p+ 11-0 (1). Width of m.* I2potapde2.2
(2).

Mandibular.—Length of the cheek-teeth 57:0 to 62°6 (2); of
p.* 7:0, 7:2 and 8:0 (3); of p.*, m? 18:0 (1): Widtheorsmamas
to 10-1 (2); anterior depth 25:8 and 29-0 (3); posterior 28-0 and
29:0 (2). Thickness 19-7 and 21:0 (2). Internal length 82:0.

Form.

Maxillary.—P.* (Pl. xvut. fig. 4) irregularly elongate-ovate,
tricuspid; the mesial cusp the shortest, cuneiform; the anterior
a compressed cone. The large inner portion of the posterior cusp
is fused with the outer; its posterior base folds backwards and
outwards behind the base of the outer portion so that the posterior
surface of the tooth has a remarkable resemblance to that of the
molars of the kangaroos. The inner ledge is represented by a
low basal tubercle opposite the interval between the anterior and
mesial cusp. Diameters 11:0 and 4:6.

Molars (Pl. xvi. fig. 5) not distinguishable in form from those
of WM. magister and pan.

Mandibular.—P* (Pl. xvii. fig. 3). Diameters 8-0 and 3:4.
Tricuspid, elongate-ovate. Crest parallel with outer side, curving
inwards posteriorly; mesial cusp the shortest, cuneiform. Crown
tumid on intero-posterior angle but not developing a distinct cusp.

Molars (Pl. xvu. fig. 6) as in WM. magister and pan.

Lower contour line of mandible undulatory.
Rise and fall of teeth.

The mandibular premolar is procumbent on the verge of the
diastema when the hind lobe of m.* is just showing effects of

wear.

BY ©. W. DE VIS. 129

Haeamples—six.

The type maxilla with p.+, m.1, m.?, m.?—-A portion of a left
maxilla with m.*, m.* (provisional)—A mandible with all the
cheek-teeth and a portion of a second with p.*, m.1—A pair of
mandibles, one with all the cheek-teeth, the other lacking only
the premolar.

The close similarity in form between the upper and lower
premolars strongly suggests their co-specific origin. The molars
accompanying them could not without them be dissociated from
those of the other great kangaroos.

SYNAPTODON, de Vis.
Synaptodon, de Vis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland, Vol. v., p. 159.
Molars distant at base, in contact by faceted projections
(talons) fore and aft.
SYNAPTODON A:voRUM, de Vis (J.c.).

Dimensions of a molar 9:0 x 5:0; space between the teeth
nearly equal to the length of the fore lobe.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.
I. PHILOSOPHICAL TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Il. Owen, R., Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct
Mammals of Australia, 1877.

—— Descriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Fossil
Organic Remains of Mammalia and Aves contained in the
Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, 1845.

IV, Lypexxker, R., Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British
Museum, Part 5, 1887.

V. ETHERIDGE, R., Junr., Catalogue of Australian Fossils, 1878.
VIL. PROCEEDINGS OF THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

VII. PRockEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.
I

FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

. TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

. FLtower, W. H., Cat. Vert. Anim. in the Museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons of London.

. Gray, J. R., List Spec. Mam. British Museum.

. SHAw, G., Naturalist’s Miscellany.

. ——-— General Zoology.

Desmarest, A. G., Mammalogie.

. InLicEr, C., Prodromus.
. SCHREBER, K., Saiugethiere,
XVI.
DOVAd:
XVIII.
. Grey, Sir G., Australia.
. GouLp, J., Monograph of the Macropodide.

ZIMMERMAN, KH. A., Spec. Zool. Geol.
LrEssoN ET GARNOT, Voyage de la Coquille.

GRIFFITH, E., Avimal Kingdom.

. CHARLESWORTH, E., Magazine of Natural History.

MrrcHELt, Sir T., Three Expeditions into Australia, 2nd ed., 1838.

. WATERHOUSE, G. R., Mammalia.
PROCEEDINGS OF LINNEAN Society oF NEw SoutH WALES.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate x1v.

Palorchestes azael, Ow.

Fig. 1—Lower deciduous premolar.
Fig. 2—First lower true molar—young.
Fig. 3—Anterior upper molars—young.
Fig. 4—Lower permanent premolar.
Fig. 5—Upper permanent premolar.
Fig. 6—-Last upper molar.

Palorchestes parvus.

Fig. 7—First upper molar—young.
Fig. 8—Upper molar series.

Fig. 9—Lower molar series.

Fig. 10— Upper incisors.

ati | oe

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

BY C. W. DE VIS.

Plate xv.
Sthenurus pales.

1—First three lower molars.

2—Upper premolar.

3—Lower premolar.

4—Hinder surface of third lower molar.

Sthenurus goltah, Ow.

5—Upper deciduous premolar—imperfect.
6— Upper permanent premolar in crypt.
7—Lower permanent premolar.
8—Hinder surface of first upper molar.
9—Hinder surface of last upper molar.

Plate xvi.

Sthenurus otuel, Ow.

1—Lower permanent premolar.
2—Lower third molar.
3—Upper permanent premolar.
4—Upper third molar.

Sthenurus oreas.

5—Lower permanent premolar.
6— Lower third molar.
7—Upper permaneut premolar.
8-—Upper third molar.

Sthenurus atlas.

9— Lower deciduous premolar—-imperfect.

10—Lower permanent premolar.
11—Last lower molar— imperfect.

Halmaturus vinceus.

12—Upper permanent premolar.
13
14—Upper third molar.
15—Lower third molar.

Lower permanent premolar.

P Plate xvii.
Halmaturus thor.

1—Lower permanent premolar.
2—Lower third molar.

131

132

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig,
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

FOSSIL JAWS OF MACROPODIDA,

Halmaturus vishna.

3—Lower permanent premolar.
4—Lower third molar.

Falmaturus anak, Ow.

5—Lower deciduous premolar.
6—Lower permanent premolar.
7—Upper deciduous premolar.
8—Upper permanent premolar.
9—Lower third molar.
10—Upper third molar.

Falmaturus dryas.

11—Lower deciduous premolar.
12—Lower permanent premolar.
13—Upper permanent premolar.
14—Lower third molar.

15— Upper third molar.

Halmaturus odin.

16—Lower permanent premolar.
17—Lower third molar.

Halmaturus indra.

18—Lower deciduous premolar.
19—Lower permanent premolar.
20—Lower first molar.

Halmaturus siva.

21—Lower permanent premolar.
22—Lower third molar.
23— Upper third molar.

Halmaturus cooperi, Ow.

24—Lower deciduous premolar.
25—Lower permanent premolar.
26— Lower third molar.
27—Upper third molar.
28—Upper permanent premolar.

— 3 Nes ee

BY ©. W. DE VIS. 3a

Plate XVIII.
Halmaturus minor, Ow.

Fig. l—Lower permanent premolar.
Fig. 2—Lower third molar.

Macropus faunus.

Fig. 3—Lower permanent premolar.
Fig. 4—Upper permanent premolar.
Fig. 5—Upper third molar.
Fig. 6—Lower third molar.

Macropus pan.
Fig. 7—Lower permanent premolar.
Fig. 8—Upper permanent premolar.
Fig. 9—Lower third molar.
Fig. 10—Upper third molar.

Macropus magister.

Fig. 11—Lower deciduous premolar.
Fig. 12—Lower permanent premolar.
Fig. 13—Upper deciduous premolar.
Fig. 14—Upper permanent premolar.
Fig. 15—Lower third molar.
Fig. 16—Upper third molar.

CORRIGENDA.

Page 78, in the last two lines—read O. frenata and P. penicillata.

Page 84, line 27—nsert m.! between mp.‘ and m.?

Page 85, line 15—add ; of the entire series of cheek teeth 98°5 (1).

Page 87, line 26—/for premolars read the left premolar.

Page 88, line 4—/for A second example, hinder portion, &c., read A second
example-—Hinder portion, &c.

Page 89, line 15—for orcas read oreas.

Page 93, line 4—after young add Cast of portion of a right maxilla with
m.° m.* (10223); adult.

Page 94, line 5—the word but at the end of the line should have been
omitted.

Page 99, lines 17, 29 and 31—/or P.* read in each case P.4

Page 100, line 2—for P.4 read P.4

Page 107, line*35—/or lightly read slightly.

134

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 27H, 1895.

—_—————____.

ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING.

———

The twenty-first Annual General Meeting of the Society was
held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wed-
nesday evening, March 27th, 1895.

The President, Professor David, B.A., F.G.S., in the Chair.

Miss Anderson, Mr. J. G. Anderson, M.A., and Mr. R. L. Jack,
F.G.8., of Queensland, were present as visitors.

The Minutes of the last Annual Meeting were read and
confirmed.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

The twentieth year of the Society’s history, notwithstanding
the still prevalent depression and continued “ hard times,” was
one of almost unwonted activity. Sixty papers requiring a more
liberal allowance of illustrations than usual were contributed at
the nine Monthly Meetings of the Session. Five Parts of the
Proceedings, including a legacy of arrears of three Parts from the
previous year, were issued, while Parts 3 and 4 of the Vol. for
1894 have been issued since the commencement of 1895. These
complete a Volume of average size, with more than the average
number of plates; but they do not include three lengthy and
important papers requiring illustrations, read at the November
Meeting. To prevent delay and to distribute expenditure, these
have accordingly been held over, and will without avoidable loss
of time be issued as Part 1 of the Proceedings for 1895. Ever
since the Macleay Memorial Volume was put in hand, four years
ago, the Society has been uninterruptedly in the printer’s hands,

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 135

a state of things which—with the matter held over from 1894
still for some time likely to occupy attention—even under favour-
able circumstances must continue for another year before we can
hope to become quite free from the toils of arrears. The issue of
five Parts instead of the usual four per annum means of course
extra payments, and introduces a disturbing element into both the
publishing arrangements and the finances for the year. Under
these circumstances, therefore, it has become highly desirable that
by the beginning of next year existing arrears should be cleared
off ins order that the Sodiety may again revert to its normal
condition; even though if necessary this should involve an unusual
discrimination in accepting matter for publication during the
coming Session.

By the operation of Rule ix. the Members’ Roll has been
depleted to the extent of forty-five names of Members whose
annual subscriptions have continued in arrears. Some at least of
these, it may be hoped, will take advantage of the last clause of
Rule ix., and by the discharge of arrears again qualify themselves
for Membership.

During the year five new Members were elected, two forwarded
their resignations, and we have to lament the death of one—Dr.
Craig Dixson—who was a prominent member of the Medical
Profession in Sydney, and like his brother Dr. Thomas Dixson, to
whose services on our Council we are all much indebted, was
always a consistent supporter of our Society. For the reasons
given above, and more particularly through the continued wide-
spread commercial depression—though for this the Council is
desirous of making all possible allowance—the number of effective
Members on the Roll is at present smaller than it has been for
some years—a fact which I commend to the consideration of the
Members generally, in the hope that such a state of affairs may be
only of a temporary character.

In the hope of encouraging a larger attendance of Members at
the Monthly Meetings the Council early in the year decided as an
experiment to hold the Meetings from June to November in town,
at the University Chambers, kindly placed at our disposal by

136 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Professor Pitt-Cobbett. The results either in the way of increased
attendance or accessions to Membership were not of a striking
character; and as an accompaniment of music practice in a
contiguous building, and the absence of our books of reference
were not found to enhance the interest of the Meetings, the
Council has decided to return to our home at Elizabeth Bay.
The inauguration of a new line of ’buses from the Railway
Station to the top of William-street, via Oxford-street, providing
for the convenience of residents in the western suburbs, and of
the cable-tram to Ocean-street will be found to offer new and
hitherto unattainable facilities of access to the Society’s Hall.

Three vacancies on the Council occurred during the year through
the successive retirement, on account of pressure of official duties,
of Dr. Cobb, Mr. E. G. W. Palmer, and Mr. R. Etheridge, junr.
In accordance with the provisions of the Act of Incorporation,
the Council filled two of these vacancies for the unexpired portions
for the then current year by electing Mr. A. H. 8. Lucas, M.A.,
B.Sc., and Dr. Fick—who was, however, on the eve of leaving
for Europe, and therefore unable to act—-and whose place was
thereupon filled by the appointment of Dr. C. J. Martin: the
third vacancy occurring later in the year was left unfilled until
the Annual Meeting. Mr. Henn, one of the Auditors, being
absent on a visit to India, Mr. E. G. W. Palmer has been elected
in his place.

As there arise from time to time questions of priority in the
matter of species described in the first seven Volumes of our
Proceedings which were issued undated, it is desirable that the
effort should be made to ascertain the exact dates with a view to
their publication in the Proceedings. Unfortunately the Society’s
official records for the period covered by Vols. i.-vi., and Parts ]
and 2 of Vol. vii, were entirely destroyed in the Garden Palace
Fire. The Secretary, however, hopes by the co-operation of the
Librarians of the various Sydney Libraries to be able to ascertain
at least the dates on which the publications were received at
those Institutions—which would be approximately those of publi-
cation. Old Members who are in a position to afford information
are also cordially invited to do so.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. Bz

With regard to the bequest of the late Sir William Macleay of
£12,000 for the founding of a Chair or Lectureship in Bacteriology
at the University of Sydney, or (failing the acceptance of the
bequest by the University) for providing the salary of a bacterio-
logist to the Linnean Society of New South Wales and equipping
a laboratory, the Senate accepted the bequest upon the terms and
conditions mentioned in the will and memorandum. The Senate,
however, of the University considering the fourth clause of the
will rather stringent approached the Council of the Linnean
Society with a view to obtaining a cy pres modification of this
fourth clause. The fourth section of the memorandum provided
that—“‘It shall be necessary for every student before being
admitted to a Science or Medical degree at the University to
attend a six months’ course of bacteriology.” The reply of the
Council of the Linnean Society to the letter of the Senate was to
the general effect that it declined to be a party to any scheme for
modifying the late Sir William Macleay’s will. The Senate then
carried the matter into the Court of Equity, making the Linnean
Society defendants.

As only a résumé has appeared in the newspapers, and the
matter is one in which the Society is interested, I think it right
that the full text of the decision of Mr. Justice Owen, Chief
Judge in Equity, should be placed on record in the Society’s
Proceedings. It is as follows :-—

Judgment of His Honour the Chief Judge in Equity.

In THE SuPREME CouRtT oF New SoutH WALES.

IN EQUITY.

Between The University of Sydney,
Plaintiff, and Her Majesty’s
Attorney General for New South
Wales and the Linnean Society of
New South Wales, Defendants.

“This is a suit to obtain the declaration of the Court as to the
construction of the will of the late Sir William Macleay.

138 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

The testator bequeathed a sum of £12,000 to the Senate of the
University of Sydney in these terms :— “To be held upon trust
for the foundation of a chair or lectureship of bacteriology subject
to the conditions set out in a memorandum on the subject
which I intend to leave with my will to be read as part thereof,
but if the said Senate shall not, within one month after being
notified by my executors of this legacy, accept the conditions set
forth in such memorandum, then the said legacy shall be void,
and I give the said sum of £12,000 to the Linnean Society of
New South Wales.”

The memorandum referred to in the will is in these words :—

“To my Executors,

“This is the memorandum as to the legacy of twelve thousand
pounds for a chair or lectureship of bacteriology referred to in my
will of even date—I desire that the following conditions be
strictly insisted on before handing over to the University the
sum of twelve thousand pounds bequeathed in my will for the
endowment of a chair of bacteriology :

“First the Senate must agree to accept the said sum for the
purpose of providing from the interest of the same a salary for a
lecturer or professor of bacteriology and whose duty shall be to
give instructions practical and theoretical in the morphology and
physiology of the Schizomycetes and Saccharomycetes :

“Secondly the bequest if accepted by the Senate shall be used
for the abovementioned purpose and no other and the lecturer
shall not have additional duties imposed upon him:

‘Third the appointment of a professor or lecturer of bacteriology
shall be made by the Senate and not delegated to people in
England or elsewhere who know little of the country and care
less.

‘Fourth it shall be necessary for every student before being
admitted to a science or medical degree at the Une to
attend a six months’ course of bacteriology.

‘‘ My reasons for insisting upon these conditions being observed
are that I am very deeply convinced of the extreme importance

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 139

of the study of these minute vegetable organisms both to the
biologist and the physician but I am by no means sure that the
importance is as yet sufficiently recognised by scientific men and
I am unwilling to trust the fate of my bequest to the very
uncertain views of the Senate on the subject. J therefore wish
my executors to procure very distinct pledges from the Senate
upon all the points above mentioned. Should the Senate decline
all or any of these conditions I empower my executors to hand
over the aforesaid sum of twelve thousand pounds to the Linnean
Society to provide a sufficient salary by the year to a competent
_ bacteriologist who shall be called the bacteriologist to the
- Linnean Society and whose duties shall be to conduct original
research in the laboratory of the Society and to give instruction
to one or two people at the discretion and under the orders and
control of the Council of the Society any surplus to be applied to
laboratory requirements.”

The plaintiff prays for a declaration—

Ist. Whether or not the words “science degree” in the fourth
condition mean a degree in science generally or in biological
science or other sciences analogous thereto; and

2ndly. Whether or not the words “a six months’ course of
bacteriology” in the fourth condition mean any and if so what
definite amount of lectures or teaching or whether the words
mean such amount of lectures or teaching as shall from time to
time be prescribed by the Senate.

The will and memorandum bear date the 23rd December, 1890.

In the argument before me it was admitted that the “science
degree” must be limited to a degree in biological science or other
sciences analogous thereto, as the study of bacteriology would
have no place in the curriculum for other science degrees, such as
engineering, &c., and as the testator in the memorandum refers to
the importance of such study to the biologist and the physician, I
have therefore no difficulty in declaring that the “science degree”
must be construed with such limitation.

The question as to the meaning of the words “a six months’
course of bacteriology” presents greater difficulties. If those

140 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

words are to be construed according to their ordinary or
grammatical meaning, they mean only that the studies are to
extend over a period of six months and two academical terms, but
it is contended that they have a technical meaning and imply a
course of 100 lectures.

If that construction is to be put on the words, the Senate
points out that such a course of lectures would in the present state
of the science of bacteriology be only a waste of time to students
both in medicine and science, and that the lectures for the most
part would be mere repetitions of the few topics with which such
lectures could deal.

The question, therefore, whether the Senate could properly
comply with the condition or ought to reject the legacy depends
on the construction of these words.

From the year 1875 up to the time of his death Sir William
Macleay was a member of the Senate, and doubtless acquainted
with its by-laws. Between the years 1875 and 1882 (before the
School of Medicine in this University was fully organised), the
by-laws in connection with the Faculty of Medicine required the
candidate for the degree of Bachelor of Medicine to furnish
evidence (amongst other things) that he had attended certain
specified classes, ‘‘each for a course of six months.” Between the
years 1882 and 1884 the by-laws provided that the undergraduates
in medicine should attend a six months’ course of dissections, but
I cannot find that the amount of instruction in such six months’
course is anywhere laid down or defined. So far as I can
ascertain, the expression “six months’ course” nowhere else occurs
in the by-laws of the University and is never used in connection
with one course of study in science. From the year 1884, the
expression appears to have dropped out of the by-laws, and from
that year to the present the fourth by-law relating to the Faculty
of Medicine provides for a “long course” and a ‘‘short course,” to
denote respectively a course of 100 hours’ instruction extending
throughout two terms; and of 50 hours’ extending throughout
one term.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 14]

I cannot see, therefore, from the by-laws that any such
technical meaning as is contended for has been affixed to the
expression ‘“‘a six months’ course,” so that I must construe the
words of the testator in that meaning. Indeed, if I am to suppose
that the testator had in his mind the provisions of these by-laws
when he drew up this memorandum, and intended students to
attend a course of 100 lectures, I would have expected him to use
the words “long course,” which alone are defined as meaning a
course of 100 hours’ instruction extending throughout two terms.

Then it is said that at Edinburgh the expression ‘six months’
course” is used to denote a course of instruction in medicine
similar to the ‘long course” of the by-laws of the Sydney
University; and that as the testator had in his youth been a
student of medicine in that University, he used those words in
the remembered sense of his early days. But I think I am right
in stating that Sir William Macleay never took his degree in
medicine, and that from early youth till his death at a very
advanced age he resided in this colony, where he was for the last
15 years of his life an active member of the Senate of the Sydney
University.

It appears to me, therefore, that a circumstance so far distant
from the time when this will was executed ought not to compel
the Court to hold that the testator used these words in the sense
they bore in the University of Edinburgh.

Again, the evidence before me does, in my opinion, bear out
the contention of the Senate, that in the present state of the
science of bacteriology a course of 100 lectures on that subject
could not benefit students, but would be a mere waste of time
which could otherwise be more profitably employed —but as that
sclence advances, a more extended course could from time to time
be prescribed. If that is so, it must have been well known to
the testator, and it is most improbable that he would have tried
to force the Senate to give at the present time and under all
circumstances such an extended course of lectures as would be
useless to the students.

142 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

It is contended that the memorandum shows that the testator
attached much greater importance to the study of bacteriology
than the Senate did, and that that consideration shows that he
must have intended to secure a maximum number of lectures on
that subject.

I do not think that necessarily follows. The passage in the
memorandum refers to all the conditions which certainly bind the
Senate to give great prominence to the study of bacteriology in
the degrees of medicine and science, but it does not at all follow
that the testator meant himself to prescribe for all time the actual
number of lectures to be delivered on the subject, especially when
the evidence before us shows that so great a number of lectures
as is contended for would at present be useless.

I gather from the by-laws that the Senate, on a report from
the different faculties, determines from time to time the number
of lectures to be delivered on each subject during the terms. And
from the evidence of Professor Liversidge the number of lectures
varies considerably. That course of procedure I must presume
the testator, as a member of the Senate, was aware of.

It appears to me that in prescribing a six months’ course of
bacteriology, the testator did not mean to take from the Senate
the power from time to time to prescribe the number of lectures
to be given on the subject, but only to provide: that each student
for the degree of medicine or science should devote two terms to
that particular study under a competent professor or lecturer.

I therefore declare that the words ‘‘a six months’ course of
bacteriology” mean such an amount of lectures or teaching
throughout two terms as shall from time to time be prescribed by
the Senate, having regard to the great importance which the
testator attached to that study.

I think those last words ought to be added to the declaration
of the Court, not through any fear that the Senate would in any
way seek to evade the conditions, but as more fully expressing the
intention of the testator.

The costs of all parties will be paid out of the legacy as between
solicitor and client.”

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 143

The Council of the Linnean Society decided, after due con-
sideration, not to appeal against this decision. Mr. H. M.
Makinson and Mr. J. J. Fletcher, as executors of Sir William
Macleay, subsequently stated in a letter to the Daily Telegraph,
of November 14th, 1894, that had they been parties to the suit
they would certainly have appealed. In arriving at the decision
not to appeal, the Linnean Council were actuated, partly by the
desire for peace and quietness, but chiefly by the consciousness of
lack of funds to enable them to carry on a protracted legal
contest, which might in the end have involved the Society in
heavy expenditure.

Subsequent to this decision by the Court of Equity, the Senate
appointed a committee consisting of the Chancellor, the Vice-
Chancellor, Dr. MacLaurin, Sir Arthur Renwick, Dr. Sydney
Jones, Professor Liversidge, Mr. H. C. Russell, and Professor T.
P. Anderson Stuart to advise them further on the subject. As
recommended by this committee, the Senate sent circular letters
to the principal European and American Universities, asking for
as full information as possible on the subject of the teaching of
Bacteriology. Replies to these circular letters are now being
received. It is hoped that it will be possible to have an appoint-
ment made to the Chair of Bacteriology by the beginning of the
Academic year in 1896.

AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM.

Dr. E. P. Ramsay, owing to continued ill health, was forced
last year to resign his position as Curator, after over 20 years’
service. Mr. R. Etheridge, junr., who had for a considerable
time previous been discharging the duties of acting Curator, has
been appointed his successor.

The lack of funds during 1894 very much retarded the general
work of the Museum, the efforts of the staff being chiefly confined
to the preservation, and in some cases the rearrangement, of the
existing collections, with the view of making room for future
additions in the already overcrowded cases. The Mammalia have
been enriched by the addition of examples of the second Australian

144 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

species of Tree Kangaroo (Dendrolagus benettianus, De Vis).
Numerous nest-groups showing birds, nests, and eggs, and often
the young, with natural surroundings, have been added to the
Bird collection. The Reptilia and Batrachia were to a great
extent withdrawn from exhibition, consequent on substitution of
specimens and rearrangement in more appropriate cases. In con-.
nection with the lizards, this work had to a considerable extent
progressed. A series of coloured casts of snakes have also been
introduced. The general collections of Insects, Mollusca, and
other Invertebrates were entirely transferred from their former
resting places to the upper gallery of the new hall, and are at
present undergoing a complete revision. The two latter are now
practically completed. A very valuable addition to the Ethno-
logical Collection was made by the presentation by the N.S.
Wales Commission World’s Columbian Exposition of a fine set
of weapons and implements of the Alligator River Tribes, Port
Darwin, and numerous urns and vases from the burial mounds of
Arkansas, U.S.A.

The addition of the year, however, was the presentation by the
Government of the “Cook Relics.” These relics of the great
circumnavigator, Capt. James Cook, R.N., F.R.S., were chiefly
purchased, on a statutory declaration, from the surviving relatives
of Mrs. Elizabeth Cook, relict of Capt. Cook. The declared value
of these specimens is £1100. The entire general collection of
Minerals and Rocks has been transferred to the lower gallery of
the new hall, rearranged and re-labelled, to the number of about
5000 specimens. rom causes it is unnecessary to mention, little
paleontological work has been accomplished. ‘The staff remains
on its retrenched basis.

GEOLOGICAL MusrumM, DEPARTMENT OF MINES AND AGRICULTURE.

Mr. G. W. Card has been working hard at the displaying and
arranging of the mineral and paleontological collections. Im-
portant additions, chiefly of silver ores and opals, have been made
to the collection during the past year. The paleontological collec-
tions have been classified by Mr. R. Etheridge, junr., and Mr. W.

>. Dune

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 145

UNIVERSITY.

At the Biological Laboratory of the University, Mr. J. P. Hill
is working at the development of the teeth of the bandicoot. At
the laboratories of the Medical School Professor Wilson is
studying the same subject in collaboration with Mr. Hill, and
also the development of the teeth of the platypus. Dr. C. J.
Martin is still continuing his investigations on the subject of snake
poison, and is working out the general development of the
platypus. At the Macleay Museum Mr. George Masters is still
employed at his task of classifying the collections of foreign
Orthoptera and Coleoptera, and has mounted on ground glass all
the collections of Australian and foreign birds’ eggs and a large
number of marine and land mollusca.

SCIENTIFIC PapsErs, &c.

It would, of course, be quite beyond the scope of this address
to review the principal papers of scientific interest which were
published by Australian Societies last year. A few publications,
however, relating to my own subject will be referred to. The
very important paper by Mr. R. L. Jack, at the Brisbane meeting
of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,
showed that his geological survey of the intake beds of the
eretaceous formation proved that the supply of rain water
draining into the beds was fully forty times as much as had been
previously estimated. On the assumption, therefore, that a total
of about one hundred million gallons flow now daily from the
Queensland artesian bores, it should be possible to draw at least
forty times as much as the above amount of water out of the beds
without encroaching on the supply. The geological explorations
by Mr. E. F. Pittman, the Government Geologist, during the past
year, on the cretaceous rocks of the Upper Darling and in the
Parish of Bidura, Balranald district, have shown that it is very
probable that the artesian basin may extend far to the south-west
of Wilcannia, possibly underneath the overlying Tertiary deposits
of West Victoria and South-East South Australia to the coast.

K

146 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

During 1894 the Department of Mines and Agriculture have
published Parts I. and ITI. of Vol. IV. of the Records of the
Geological Survey of New South Wales and Part IIT. No. 8 of
the Paleontology Series of the Memoirs. The last-mentioned is
entitled “‘ Contributions to a Catalogue of Works, Reports, and
Papers on the Anthropology, Ethnology, and Geological History
of the Australian and Tasmanian Aborigines,” and should prove
of great service to workers in that branch of science. A very
interesting memoir by Mr. A. 8. Woodward, of the British
Museum, on the subject of the beautifully preserved fossil fish,
discovered at the Talbragar River, has just been received by the
Government Geologist, and will shortly be published. The repu-
tation of the Survey is well sustained in these publications.

Mr. R. Etberidge, junr., and Mr. W. 8. Dun, assistant paleeon-
tologist and librarian, contribute (op. ct. Part IT. pp. 68-99)
“The Australian Geological Record for the Year 1893, with
Addenda for 1891 and 1892.” This is an invaluable work, and
no geological library in Australasia should be without it.

Mr. W. 8. Dun, who has been assisting Mr. R. Etheridge in
his paleontological work for several years, was this year
appointed definitely to the position of assistant paleontologist to
the Geological Survey.

Mininea Nores.

I am informed that the “ Sydney Harbour Collieries Company”
has been successfully floated in London, and that arrangements
are being made to purchase Kurraba (Karubah) Point, between
Neutral Bay and Shell Cove, and also for the sinking at this spot
of a pair of shafts, which should reach the Bulli Coal Seam at
approximately the same depth below sea level as that at which
the seam was struck inthe No. 2 bore at Cremorne, namely, 2774
feet, or probably a trifle deeper. The sinking of these shafts will
afford good opportunities for obtaining a series of observations on
underground temperature.

The output of gold for 1894 was 324,787 ozs., valued at
£1,156,717, as I am informed by the Honourable the Minister for

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 147

Mines and Agriculture. This is nearly double the quantity
raised in 1893, the amount for that year being 179,288 ozs.,
valued at £651,285.

Of the amount of gold raised last year the new goldfield of
Wyalong contributed 9649 ozs., valued at £35,946, and Garan-
gula 1205 ozs.

As representing the subject of geography as well as geology at
the University of Sydney, I trust I may be allowed to say a little
about recent research in the Arctic and Antarctic regions. The
latter region in particular touches very nearly the work of our
Society, and the problem of the possible biological relations of the
Australian fauna to that of the old fauna of the Antarctic
continent of New Zealand and South America has already
engaged the attention of one of our most active members, Mr.
Hedley.

Arctic EXPLORATION.

At least three expeditions last year were making for the North
Pole. Nansen, the hero of the ‘“ First Crossing of Greenland,”
strong in will and limb, was, and we hope still is, drifting with
his thirteen men in his wooden ship the “ram in the ice pack,
from N.E. Siberia towards the strong ocean stream flowing south
between Spitzbergen and Greenland, to which he trusts for
carrying his ship over the North Pole. Nansen, when he bade
good-bye to Dr. John Murray, who had expressed some doubt as
to whether he should ever see again Nansen’s ship, the ram,
said, ‘I think you are wrong. I believe you will welcome me on
this very deck, and after my return from the Arctic, I will go to
the South Pole, and then my life’s work will be finished.”

The American naval engineer, Lieutenant Peary, with a party
of fourteen, including Mrs. Peary and her maid, started in July,
1893, for Whale Sound, on the west coast of Greenland. The
chief object of the expedition was to complete the map of Green-
land, but he also intended to reach the highest northern latitude
available. He landed at Bowdoin Bay on March 6, 1894, and
started overland with dogs and sledges for Independence Bay.

148 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

After pushing north for over 200 miles very severe weather
compelled him to return. The temperature at times was 40° to 60°
below zero. The sledges had to be abandoned, and only twenty-
six dogs out of the ninety taken with him returned alive.
Professor Chamberlin accompanied the expedition, and the
publication of his observations on Greenland glaciers is being
eagerly awaited by geologists in all parts of the world.

Mr. Walter Wellman, a journalist of Washington, attempted
last year to attain a high northern latitude, north of Spitzbergen.
He took with him aluminium boats, made at Baltimore, weighing
about 450 lbs. each, 18 ft. long, 6 ft. wide and 2 ft. deep, capable
of carrying nineteen men. The aluminium plates were riveted
together Clinker fashion, being only one-tenth of an inch thick.
Ash runners were fitted on to the bottom of the boat, so that it
could be used as a sledge. Wellman’s expedition failed in its
attempt, so far as the attaining of a high northern latitude was
concerned. Four days after he had left his ship (the Ragnvald
Jarl) on his journey across the snow, she was crushed by ice, and
only some of the stores were saved. Wellman and his party, after
making some interesting geographical explorations, returned to
- Tromsoe on August 15th, 1894.

An English expedition, known as the Jackson-Harmsworth
expedition, was fitted out last year at the private expense of Mr.
A. C. Harmsworth, for Arctic exploration. Mr. T. G. Jackson
sailed from the Thames on July 11th, 1894, in the Windward, a
wooden steamship of 321 tons. She is barque-rigged, and
strongly fortified for ice-work. He has taken a whaling boat,
a copper boat with collapsible canvas gunwales altogether
weighing less than 200 lbs., a light boat of Norwegian pine and
an aluminium boat built in three sections, with a duplicate of the
middle section, and a birch bark canoe, together with sledges and
twenty-four pairs of ski in lieu of snow-shoes. He takes a
number of scientific instruments, travelling tents, sledges, four
ponies and thirty dogs. It is hoped that scurvy, the bane of
Arctic explorers, will be avoided by the frequent use of fresh
meat, of which large supplies have been taken. A series of

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 149

depdéts are to be established from Franz-Josef Land towards the
North Pole, which should constitute well-stocked larders for the
travellers as they return. Seven men, each of special skill or
scientific attainments, accompany Mr. Jackson on this well found
expedition.

The latest: news of it which has reached me is to the
effect that, towards the end of August, the Windward was
seen by the captain of the walrus-sloop Betsy in latitude 75° 45’
N., and longitude 44° E., ‘steaming in the direction of Franz-
Josef Land without let or hindrance, the ice being in this locality
brashy and rotten, the Windward actually steaming up a lead of
which no termination northward was visible.”*

A somewhat novel proposal, which is likely to lead to the actual
fitting out of an expedition to carry it into execution, comes from
the famous Arctic explorer Julius V. Payer. He proposes to send
an artistic expedition to paint the North Pole.+

The expression to “paint the town red” is a familiar one, but
Payer does not propose to do anything so frivolous. No attempt
has ever yet been made to do justice to the beauties of Arctic
scenery, of which he gives a glowing account in the article just
referred to. He proposes to take, on a 400 ton ship, two land-
scape painters, an animal painter, and a photographer. Movable
glass studios lighted by electricity supplied by benzine or petroleum
motors are to be provided, and oils which remain liquid at very
low temperatures may be used instead of water colours. Cape
Franklin, at the entrance of the little-explored Kaiser-Franz-Josef
Fiord in East Greenland may be selected as the first camping
ground. It is proposed that the expedition should start in June,
1896.

ANTARCTIC EXPLORATION.

Just now Dr. John Murray, of Challenger renown, has strongly
stirred the hearts of the English people to fit out an expedition
to the South Pole on somewhat similar lines to the great exploring

* The Geogr. Journ. Feb. 1895, Vol. v. No. 2, p. 173.
+ The Geogr. Journ. Feb. 1895, Vol. v. No. 2, pp. 106-112.

150 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

expedition under Sir James Ross and Captain Crozier in the
Erebus and Terror in 1839-1843.

Dr. Murray remarked in his address to the Royal Geographical
Society last year that it was now nearly two thousand five hundred
years since the Phcenicians sent out the expedition under the
command of Necho into the Southern Hemisphere. They arrived
at the Cape of Good Hope, about 600 B.c., and reported that
when rounding the Cape, heading westwards, they had the sun
on their right hand, a statement of which Herodotus says, “ This
for my part I do not believe; but others may.” Since the time
of this voyage of the Phcenician sailors in their frail craft, we
have no reason to be proud of the rapidity of geographical
exploration in the Southern Hemisphere.

Until the beginning of this year only three exploring parties
had passed beyond the limit of 70° 8. lat., Cook in 1773, Weddell
in 1823, and Ross in 1841 and 1842. This year, however, the
whaler Antarctic, which has just returned to Melbourne, has had
the honour of being the first ship for the last 52 years to penetrate
beyond the 70th parallel, reaching lat. 74° 8., in long. 171° E.

As a result of his explorations, Cook, as quoted by Murray,
was convinced that “the greater part of this Southern Continent
must lie within the Polar circle, where the sea is so pestered with
ice that the land is thereby inaccessible. ‘The risque one runs in
exploring a coast in these unknown and icy seas is so very great
that I can be bold enough to say that no man will ever venture
further south than I havedone.” ‘To prophecy thus is also risky,
as both Weddell and Ross did subsequently venture much further
south, as already stated.

The explorations of Ross, the discoverer of the North Magnetic
Pole, stand pre-eminent in the record of Antarctic work. In his
case the path of duty was the way to glory. His orders were to
try and discover the Magnetic Pole, and accordingly he steered as
straight as he could towards where previous observations showed
that the Magnetic Pole probably lay, and this proved to be also
the best direction for successful geographical exploration. Sir
Joseph Hooker, one of the only two members now surviving of

tai | eal

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 151

Ross’ expedition, thus describes Ross’ forcing a passage through
the ice*—

“We steered for the position of the Magnetic Pole, and, after
passing through much loose ice, met the main pack, about lat. 67°
S. and long. 1743° E. It was a formidable pack. Neither he
nor any of the Arctic officers or men, of whom there were not a few
in the ships, had ever seen anything like it in the north. Never-
theless, Ross determined to try it, and in doing so the boldest
held his breath for a space. In four or five days he pushed
through it and entered comparatively open water.” This proved
to be a huge ocean pool 600 miles across, with a magnificent chain
of extinct volcanoes, and one active volcano, bounding it on the
east, the highest peak, Mount Melbourne, being estimated to be
15,000 feet high. The sun often shone brilliantly on those
stupendous snow-clad peaks as Ross and his men fought their way
gallantly southwards until they reached the great ice barrier
rising in a sheer cliff 150 feet to 200 feet above the sea, and
barring further progress to the South. On the Hast the ice pack,
composed partly of floe ice (frozen sea water), partly of fragments
of icebergs, hemmed them in, and they were compelled to return
by the way they came. Speaking of the hardships endured by
Ross and his men, during the third year of his commission, Hooker
says (op. cit. p. 28), “It was the worst season of the three, one of
constant gales, fogs and snowstorms. Officers and men slept with
their ears open, listening for the look-out man’s cry of ‘ Berg
ahead !’ followed by ‘All hands on deck! The officers of the
Terror told me that their commander (Crozier) never slept a night
in his cot throughout that season in the ice, and that he passed it
either on deck or in a chair in his cabin. They were nights of
grog and hot coffee, for the orders to splice the main brace were
many and imperative, if the crew were to be kept up to the strain
on their nerves and muscles.”

Ross’ dredging showed that animal life was abundant right up
to the edge of the great ice barrier; and the observations made
during the Challenger Expedition quite confirmed this conclusion,

* The Geogr. Journ. Vol. ili. No. 1, January, 1894, p. 27.

152 PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

for it was found that tetraspore were so abundant over wide
areas as to give the sea a peculiar green colour, and “diatoms
were frequently in such enormous abundance that the tow nets
were filled to the brim with a yellow-brown slimy mass, with a
distressing odour, through which various crustaceans, annelids and
other animals wriggled.”

One of the most recent Antarctic explorations was made in the
Jason in 1893-1894. During the voyage of the Jason (Captain
C. A. Larsen) to the Antarctic lands the discovery was made of a
new active volcano, named by Captain Larsen Christensen
Volcano, lat. 65° 5’ S., long. 58° 40’ W.*

‘The volcano had the shape of a sugarloaf and was of con-
siderable height. The ice was melted for a considerable distance
around it. It presented a remarkable aspect, as round the top
and on the slopes there were funnel-like holes, from which a very
black and thick smoke issued from time to time, covering the top
itself.”

Tt is also stated (op. cit. p. 342) that to W. by N. from
Christensen Volcano there are five islands, one of which is very
high, and all probably volcanic, as their tops were free from snow,
whereas those of the mountains on the mainland are snow-clad.
On the sketch chart accompanying this paper the active volcano
of Sarsee is shown in the same neighbourhood, and also Linden-
berg Volcano [extinct (?)].

The Jason also visited Paulet Island, once an active volcano
(op. crt. p. 344). It was quite clear of snow, its steep red cliffs
thrown into relief by the grey background of the interior of the
island, giving it a striking appearance. The most important
discovery of the Jason, from a scientific point of view, was that
of Lower Tertiary fossils in situ, at Cape Seymour. These were
Cucullea, Natica, Cytherea and pieces of petrified wood, all of
course indicating a former climate much warmer than that which
now prevails.

As regards climate, and distribution of animal and plant life,
the Antarctic regions are in strong contrast with the Arctic.

* The Geogr. Journ. Vol. iv. No. 4, Oct. 1894, pp. 340-341.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 153

In the Address to the Royal Geographical Society in July, 1894,
by Clements R. Markham, C.B., F.R.S., it was stated (p. 9) that
“from Payer’s furthest point in 82° 5’ N., a water sky made its
appearance in the north, the temperature rose, and the rocks
were covered with thousands of auks and guillemots. From a
height Payer looked down on a dark sheet of open water dotted
with icebergs.” On April 12 the thermometer was at 54° Fahr.
In the discussion following the reading of Dr. Murray’s address,
Mr. W. 8. Bruce, of the Jason, said (op. cit. p. 36) that as far
north as man has penetrated in Arctic regions “he has found
reindeer, flowers and bees, brilliant sunshine, and the country
green; but in midsummer in the Antarctic no plant grows—the
summer sun is not sufficient to melt the snow. The temperature
observations on our voyage show that in the height of summer
the average range of the thermometer is below 32°, and that in
the latitude corresponding to the Shetland and Faroe Islands in
the north.”*

Dr. Murray also states that “No land animal, and no trace of
vegetation—not even a lichen or a piece of seaweed—has been
found on land within the Antarctic circle.”+

Briefly summarised, what is known at present about the
Antarctic Continent is this:—A. Its outline is probably something
like that shown on the map exhibited, enlarged from Dr. Murray’s
map. That there really is a continent there and not merely a
group of islands is proved by the following facts :—

(1) The great ice barrier is a vast land glacier which must
have a gathering ground of continental proportions,
estimated by Dr. Murray as being slightly larger,
perhaps, than that of Australia, namely, about 4,000,000
square miles.

s

* These observations, however, do not agree with those recently made by
Mr. C. E. Borchgrevink of the whaler Antarctic. See Note 1, at end of
this address.

+See Note 2, at end of this address.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

(2) Granite and various ancient crystalline rocks have been

proved to occur in situ at the South Shetlands and
Trinity Land, and granite and gneiss occur in situ,
forming nine small islands off Terre Adélie, as observed -
by the French corvettes L’ Astrolabe and La Zéleé.*
Drift fragments of granite, dioritic rocks, quartzites,
clay shales, &c., were dredged by the Challenger not
far from the supposed Termination Land of Wilkes.
Ross dredged a large piece of coarse granite off Victoria
Land, and Dr. McCormick, the surgeon of the Lrebus,
frequently found fragments of granite in the crops of the
penguins. Hus researches constantly proved that the
penguins were invaluable as collectors of geological
specimens. Granite is almost always characteristic of
continents or of islands bordering continents, but is
usually absent from oceanic islands.

(3) Glauconite in the blue muds near the Antarctic barrier

is probably indicative of the proximity of a continent.

(4) Commenting on the fact that the observations during the

Challenger expedition showed that 162 new species out
of 398 identified are peculiar to Antarctic regions, Dr.
Murray states (op. cit. p. 22), “It is most probable, indeed
almost certain, that the floor of the ocean, as well as all
pelagic waters, have been peopled from the shallow waters
surrounding continental land, and here in the deep
waters of the Antarctic we appear to have very clear
indications of the existence of the descendants of animals
that once inhabited the shallow water along the shores
of Antarctica, while in the other regions of the ocean
the descendants of the shallow water organisms of the
northern continents prevail.”

* Voyage au Péle Sud et dans |’ Océanie. Sur les Corvettes L’ Astrolabe
et La Zélée, exécuté pendant les Années 1837-40. Géologie, Minéralogie,
et Géographie physique du Voyage, Vols. xxii.-xxili. Paris, 1848.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 155

There are numerous volcanoes in the Antarctic Regions.
Altogether there are about five active and seventeen dormant
or extinct volcanoes, as far as I can learn from the somewhat
imperfect information at my disposal. The volcanoes of
Victoria Land show a tendency to linear arrangement. From
Mount Sabine, 9,500 feet high, to Mt. Melbourne, 15,000 feet,
the trend is sou-sou-westerly. Mount Erebus, 12,367, an active
voleano, and Mount Terror, 10,884 feet, extinct, lie almost
due South of Mount Sabine. Further north from Mount
Sabine the great earth-fold, on the septum of which this chain
of volcanoes is situated, probably bends a little westwards, as
shown partly by the soundings, partly by the position of
Balleny’s Isle, an active or dormant volcano, estimated by
Balleny to be about 12,000 feet high.* North-west of Balleny’s
Island the great fold trends perhaps to the knotting point between
the Tasmanian axis of folding, described in my address last year,
and that of New Zealand, the former perhaps running through
Royal Company Island, and the latter through or near Auckland
Island and Macquarie Island. The knotting point would pro-
bably be somewhere (approximately) near the intersection of the
60th parallel of south latitude with the 150th meridian of longitude
east from Greenwich. It would thus join the line of extinct
volcanoes along Hast Australia on the west, and perhaps the
active volcanic zone of the North Island of New Zealand, or at
all events the fold which bounds that continent, on the east.

Traced in the opposite direction, the volcanic zone probably
runs through Seal Islands, the active volcanoes of Christensen
and Sarsee, and through Mount Haddington, an extinct voleano
in Trinity Land, to Paulet and Bridgman Islands, active volcanoes.

*Mr. C. E. Borchgrevink of the whaler Antarctic inforins me that when
he was in the vicinity of this island in 1895 he saw no trace of the volcano
being in eruption. Sir James Ross, however, states (Voyage to the Southern
Seas, Vol. i. p. 272), quoting from the log of the Hliza Scott, ‘‘as we stood
in for it [Balleny’s Isle, T.W.E.D.] we plainly perceived smoke arising
from the mountain tops. It is evidently volcanic, as specimens of stone, or
rather cinders, will prove.”

156 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

The volcanic zone bends easterly from here on account of the
easterly trend in the fold, which appears to make a loop towards
South Georgia before it swings back towards Cape Horn. That
there is a real easterly trend in the earth-fold at Trinity Land
and the South Shetlands is proved by the observations made by
the Astrolabe and Zéleé expedition, which record a strike in a
N.N.E. and 8.8. W. direction for the greyish-white limestones and
phyllite-schists at the South Orkneys.* Towards Cape Horn from
near South Georgia the fold probably trends west-nor-westerly,
then follows an approximately meridional direction parallel with
the chain of the Andes. It may be noted, however, that whereas
the Hrebus chain of Victoria Land is on the east side of the fold,
the Christensen-Bridgman group are apparently on the opposite
side. This may be due to the fact that at the latter locality the
eastern slope of the fold is steeper than the western, as seems
probable from the presence of the deep ocean abyss east of
Graham’s Land, as shown on Dr. Murray’s map. The volcanoes
of the Antarctic are thus situated on the same great earth-fold
which has determined the position of the Cordillera and coast
line of South America, and form part of that great ‘“ girdle of
fire” which runs round about the earth, from the Andes along
the west coast of North America and the Dominion of Canada
through the Aleutian and Kurile Islands towards Japan, thence
through various volcanic islands of the Pacific, meceluding
Krakatoa, towards the north-east extremity of New Guinea, to
the Tonga Islands, and thence back to the White Island of New
Zealand. It is probable, therefore, that the volcanic chain of
Victoria Land will continue towards the South Pole, probably
bending somewhat to the eastward, and will thence change its
position to the fold on the other side of the Antarctic continent,
so as to run through the Christensen-Bridgman line of volcanoes.
In any case it is almost certain that high land, covered of course
more or less by snow and glaciers, will be found at the South Pole.

It may be mentioned here that the gneissic rocks in the small
islands off Terre Adélie strike in an east and west direction.

Loc. ctt. p. 32.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 157

This seems to prove the presence of a subsidiary fold trending
easterly along the coast of Antarctica till it joins what may be
termed the federated folds of New Zealand and Australia, near
their knotting point. It will be important for future exploring
expeditions to trace by a systematic series of soundings the
position of these folds on the ocean floor, southerly from Tasmania
and south by west from New Zealand.

That one, perhaps two,+ well organised expeditions may shortly
be expected in Antarctic regions is extremely probable, as may
be judged from the following facts :—The Royal Geographical
Society, after Dr. Murray’s address in 1894, appointed an
Antarctic committee. This committee moved the Council of the
Royal Society to advocate strongly the need for further Antarctic
exploration, and last December the Council of the British Associa-
tion passed a resolution strongly in favour of the work being
undertaken, and various scientific bodies, as well as the Agents-
General of the Australasian colonies, have been approached on the
subject. It is proposed to send a Belgian expedition into the
Antarctic next September, the expedition to extend over eighteen
or twenty months. It would be fully equipped for scientific
observation, and the route suggested is one to the east of
Graham’s Land, in the direction of the recent discoveries of the
Jason.

With reference to the lines on which Dr. Murray would suggest
that an expedition to Antarctica should be conducted, he states
(op. cit. p. 25):—“A dash at the South Pole is not, however, what
I now advocate, nor do I believe that is what British science, at
the present time, desires. It demands, rather, a steady, con-
tinuous, laborious and systematic exploration of the whole
southern region with all the appliances of the modern investigator.
This exploration should be undertaken by the Royal Navy. Two
ships not exceeding one thousand tons should, it seems to me, be
fitted out for a whole commission, so as to extend over three
summers and two winters. arly in the first season a wintering

+ Reference to a third proposed expedition is given in note 3, at the end
of this paper.

158 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

party of about ten men should be landed somewhere to the South
of Cape Horn, probably about Bismarck Strait at Graham’s Land.
The expedition should then proceed to Victoria Land, where a
second similar party should winter, probably in Macmurdo Bay,
near Mount Erebus. The ships should not become frozen in, nor
attempt to winter in the far south, but should return towards the
north, conducting observations of various kinds along the outer
margins of the ice. After the needful rest and outfit at the
Falklands or Australia, the position of the ice and the temperature
g, and later the
wintering parties should be communicated with, and, if necessary,

of the ocean should be observed in the early sprin

reinforced with men and supplies for another winter. During the
second winter the deep-sea observations should be continued
northwards, and in the third season the wintering parties should
be picked up and the expedition return to England. The winter-
ing parties might largely be composed of civilians, and one or two
civilians might be attached to each ship; this plan worked
admirably during the Challenger expedition.”

‘What, it may be asked, would be the advantages-to trade and
commerce of such an expedition? It must be confessed that no
definite or very encouraging answer can be given. We know of
no extensive fisheries in these regions. For a long time seal and
sea-elephant fisheries have been carried on about the islands of
the Southern Ocean, but we have no indication of large herds or
rookeries within the Antarctic Circle. A whale fishery was at one
time carried on in the neighbourhood of Kerguelen, but this
right whale, if distinct from or identical with Balena australis,
appears to have become nearly, if not quite, extinct. Some
expressions of Ross would lead one to suppose that a whale cor-
responding to the Greenland right whale inhabits the seas within
the Antarctic ice, but we have no definite knowledge of the exis-
tence of such a species. Although “sulphur-bottoms” (Bale-
noptera musculus), ‘finbacks” (Balenoptera Sibbaldii), and
“ humpbacks” (Megaptera boops) are undoubtedly abundant, they
do not repay capture. Ross and McCormick report the sperm
whale within the Antarctic ice, but there is still some doubt on

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 159

this point. Though penguins exist in countless numbers they are
at present of no commercial value. Deposits of guano are not
likely to be of great extent. But it is impossible to speak with
confidence on the commercial aspects of such an expedition—the
unexpected may quite well happen in the way of discovery.”

With regard to the whales seen by Ross in the Antarctic ocean,
Sir William H. Flower said (op. cit. p. 34): “The only right
whale which has hitherto been found in the south is the black
whale, which, if it exists in sufficient numbers, is profitable, and
has yielded a great deal in former times, and was diffused pretty
nearly all around the Southern Hemisphere, being once abundant
off the Cape of Good Hope, Australia, and New Zealand, and I
have no doubt is the species seen in Sir James Ross’ expedition
further south.”

Dr. Murray thus sums up the work of a modern Antarctic
expedition: “To determine the nature and extent of the
Antarctic continent, to penetrate into the interior, to ascertain the
depth and nature of the ice-cap, to observe the character of the
underlying rocks and their fossils, to take magnetic and meteoro-
logical observations both at sea and on land, to observe the tem-
perature of the ocean at all depths and seasons of the year, to
take pendulum observations on land, to bore through the deposits
on the floor of the ocean at certain points to ascertain the condi-
tion of the deeper layers, and to sound, trawl, dredge, and study
the character of marine organisms.”

Professor Neumayer says: “It is certain that without an
examination and a survey of the magnetic properties of the
Antarctic regions, it is utterly hopeless to strive, with prospects of
success, at the advancement of the theory of the earth’s
magnetism.” It is certain also that without a knowledge of the
geography and meteorology of the Antarctic regions no weather
predictions for any part of the globe, much less for the Southern
Hemisphere, can be considered absolutely reliable, however
wisely they may have been forecasted.

All these expressions of opinion on the part of leaders of
modern scientific thought as to the desirability of an expedition

160 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

being sent to the Antarctic regions to learn more about its
meteorology, more about its biology, more about its physics,
geography, and geology, the Linnean Society of New South
Wales will, I feel confident, most heartily endorse. That the last
great work of geographical, biological, and geological exploration
in the world should be undertaken by the people of the British
Empire is a consummation devoutly to be wished for; and it
would be a very worthy. end of the grand work begun and con-
tinued by the great Challenger expedition.

There is more than mere political glory and problematical guano
to be gained by such an expedition as that which is now con-
templated to Antarctica. There is the good of humanity and the
cause of truth. Scientific Societies have been appealed to to help
on this enterprise, and we all can help, if not with our money at
all events with our minds. If the Linnean Society of New South
Wales cannot contribute men or money, I hope most sincerely
that it will at least contribute a very hearty sympathy.

Nortes.

1. Mr. C. E. Borchgrevink, who accompanied the whaler
Antarctic on its voyage to Balleny’s Island and Victoria Land,
stated in his lecture delivered in Sydney on April 24th that
the shade temperature was by day as high as 46° Fahr., and the
mean temperature for January, 1895, was 32.5° Fahr.

2. Mr. C. E. Borchgrevink obtained land plants (which Mr. J.
H. Maiden, F.L.S., F.C.S., informs me are probably lichens) from
Possession Island, and from Cape Adair, on the mainland of
Victoria Land. |

3. While the proofs of the above Address were being revised
the following announcement in the Scientific American, March
30th, 1895, p. 202, has been brought under my notice by Mr. H.
C. Russell, the Government Astronomer :—‘ Dr. Frederick A.
Cook, the well-known explorer, has recently declared his intention
of leading a small but well-equipped body of scientific men on an
exploring expedition to the Antarctic regions. The time for
leaving New York has been fixed for September Ist, 1895, and it

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 161

is expected that the voyage will last for probably three years.
The party intend to sail in two small sailing vessels, each of about
100 feet in length and of from 100 to 200 tons burden. Hach
vessel will be of the type known as ‘Sealers,’ and will be manned
by fivemen. . . . A fine pack of Esquimaux sledge dogs will
also be provided. The scientific corps will consist of five men,
who will carry with them such equipments as will assist them in
carrying out their various lines of investigation. It is expected
that it will take about three months to reach the Gulf of Erebus
and Terror, where the expedition will probably disembark. A
substantial wooden house will then be erected to be used as the
headquarters. Later on, sledging parties will be sent out from
this point to penetrate as far south as possible.”

On the motion of the Rev. J. Milne Curran, seconded by Mr.
T. Steel, a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the Presi-
dent for his very interesting Address.

The Hon. Treasurer being detained by Parliamentary business,
Mr. P. N. Trebeck presented and read on his behalf a satisfactory
financial statement, and also the Auditors’ report.

On the motion of Mr. Trebeck, seconded by Mr. R. Etheridge,
junr., the statement and report were adopted.

The following gentlemen were elected
OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL FOR 1895.

PRESIDENT :
Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E.

Vick-PRESIDENTS:
JamEsS C. Cox, M.D., F.LS.
Prorgessor W. A. Hasweti, M.A., D.Sc.
Proressor T. W. EK. Davin, B.A., F.G.S8.

Honorary TREASURER :
THe Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C.

162 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS

COUNCIL :
JoHN Brazizr, F.L.S. J. H. Marpen, F.L.S., F.C.S.
Ceci, W. Dar.ey, C.E. C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc.
THomas Dixson, M.B., Co.M. Prrcevan R. PEepuey.
J. R. GARLAND, M.A. P. N. Treseck, J.P.
ARNOLD U. Henn, F.E.S. Thomas WHITELEGGE, F.R.M.S.
A. H. 8. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. Prorrssor J. T. Witson, M.B.,

Cu.M.

AUDITORS :

Hueu Drxson, J.P. EK. G. W. PAaLMEr.

Mr. Henry Deane having taken the Chair, returned thanks for
his election. He announced that Part 4 of the Proceedings for
1894 would be issued on the following day; also that the Council
had decided to hold over to form Part 1 of the Proceedings for
1895 three lengthy papers requiring illustrations, read at the
Meeting in November ; and as these were sufficient to keep both
printer and lithographer occupied for the next two months at
least, the Monthly Meeting had been given up on this occasion.

The Meeting then closed.

163

WEDNESDAY, APRIL 241u, 1895.

The President, Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E., in the Chair.

DONATIONS.

(Received since the Meeting in November, 1894.)

Pharmaceutical Journal of Australasia. Vol. vii. (1894), Nos.
11-12; Vol. viii. (1895), Nos. 1-3. From the Editor.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. vii. (1894), Nos. 25-31 and
Index; Vol. vii. (1895), Nos. 1-6. rom the Government Secre-
tary.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xvii. Jahrg. (1894), Nos. 459-464 and
Index; xviii. Jahrg. (1895), Nos. 465-470. Prom the Editor.

Royal Microscopical Society—Journal, 1894, Parts 5-6; 1895,
Part 1. From the Society.

Madras Government Museum—Bulletin, No. 2-—‘‘ Notes on
Tours along the Malabar Coast (1894).” rom the Superintendent.

Societé d’ Horticulture du Doubs, Besangon—Buliletin. ns.
Nos. 46-50 (Oct., 1894-Feb., 1895). Prom the Society.

Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom—
Journal. New Series. Vol. i. Nos. 3-4 (1894). From the
Association.

Smithsonian Institution—Proceedings of the U.S. National
Museum. Vol. xvi. (1893). From the Museum.

164 DONATIONS.

Smithsonian Institution—Annual Report of the Board of

Regents for the year ending June 30th, 1892. From the |

Institution.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxviii. (1894), Nos. 335-336; Vol.
xxix. (1895), Nos. 337-339. From the Hdttors.

American Geographical Society—Bulletin. Vol. xxvi. No. 35
No. 4, Part 1 (1894). From the Socvety.

American Museum of Natural History—Bulletin. Vol. vi.
(1894), Sheets 18-24 (pp. 273-368), and Index; Vol. vii. (1895),
Sheets 1-2 (pp. 1-32). From the Musewm.

Hamilton Association—Journal and Proceedings for Session
1893-94. No. x. From the Association.

Natural Science Association of Staten Island— Proceedings.
Vol. iv. Nos. 8, 10, 12-14 and Special No. 19 (1894-95). From

the Association.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xi. Nos. 8-12 (Nov., 1894-March,
1895). From the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

Indian Museum-—Indian Museum Notes. Vol. ii. Nos. 5-7;
Vol. iu. Nos. 1-3 (1891-94): Monograph of the Asiatic Chiroptera.
By G. EK. Dobson (1876): Hand List of the Mollusca in the
Indian Museum. By G. Nevill. Parts i-i. and Index (1878-
1884): Monograph of Oriental Crcadide. By W. L. Distant.
Nos. v.-vii. (1892): Catalogue of Mollusca in the Indian Museum,
By G. Nevill. Fasc. E. (1877) : Catalogue and Handbook of the
Archeeological Collections in the Indian Museum. By J. Ander-
son. Parts i-i. (1883): Natural History Notes. Series ii.
Nos. 2-9, 11-12 and 17 (1892-94) : Illustrations of the Zoology of
the “Investigator.” 4to. Crustacea. Part 11.; Echinoderma.
Part i.; Fishes. Part 11. (1894). Prom the Superintendent.

Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles— Bulletin. xx
Année, Nos. 1-3 (Nov., 1894-Jan., 1895). rom the Society.

} , 3) Lies
mp AC SSA A

a

DONATIONS. 165

Geological Society of London —Quarterly Journal. Vol. 1.
Part 4. No. 200 (1894); Vol. li. Part 1, No. 201 (1895): List of
Fellows, &c., Nov. Ist, 1894. From the Society.

Imperial University, Japan—Calendar for 1893-94. From the

President.

College of Science, Imperial University, Japan —Journal.
Vol. vii. Parts 2-3 (1894); Vol. viii. Part 1 (1894). From the

Director.

Department of Agriculture, Victoria —Proceedings of Confer-
ence of Horticultural Societies and Fruit Growers’ Associa-
tions. March, 1894: Proceedings of Conference of Vine Growers’
Associations. May, 1894: Guides to Growers. Nos. 8-17:
Poultry Breeding and Management for the English Markets :
Monthly Lectures delivered at School of Horticulture during
1892-93: Fibresfrom Plants. By W. Rh. Guilfoyle, F.L.8. (1894):
Report by Messrs. 8S. H. Rowe and J. Kelly on the Prospects of
Trade with India, China, Japan, &e. from the Secretary jor
Agriculture.

Zoological Society of London—Abstracts, 6th and 20th Novem-
ber, 4th December, 1894; 15th January, 5th and 19th February,
1895. From, the Society.

Kongl. Universitets-Biblioteket 1 Upsal-—Nine Dissertations
(8vo. and 4to.): Botaniska Sektionen af Naturvetenskapliga
Studentsallskapet —Sitzungsberichte. i-v. Jahrg. (1886-90.
From the Rector.

Sciencias Naturaes e Sociaes—Revista. Vol. i. Nos. 11-12
(1894). From the Society.

Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. Vol. v. (1894), Parts 11-12;
Vol. vi (1895), Parts 1-2. From the Hon. the Minister for Mines
and Agriculture.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. ix. No. 108 ,Decem-
ber, 1894); Vol. x. Nos. 109-111 (January-March, 1895). From
the Kditor.

166 DONATIONS.

Hooker’s Icones Plantarum. Vol. iv. (Fourth Series), Part 1.
(1894). From the Bentham Trustees.

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou — Bulletin.
Année 1894, Nos. 2-3. From the Society.

Pamphlet entitled “In Memoriam. George Bennett, M.D.,
F.R.C.S., F.L8., F.Z.S., dc.” From Mrs. Bennett.

Société Royale de Géographie d’ Anvers—Bulletin. T. xix.
2m? et 3™ Fasc. (1894-95). From the Society.

Field Columbian Museum, Chicago— Guide (1894): Publication
i, Vol. i. No. 1 (1894). From the Director.

Canadian Record of Science. Vol. v. No. 8 (1893). From the
Montreal Society of Natural History.

Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College— Bulletin.
Vol. xxv. Nos. 9-11: Annual Report for 1893-94. rom the
Director.

The Microscope. n.s. Vol. i. No. 12 (December, 1893). From
the Hditor.

Société Scientifique du Chili—Actes. T. ii. (1892), 4™° Liv.;
T. iii. (1893), 4° et 57° Livs.; T. iv. (1894), 2™°-3™2 Wawa.) Picom
the Socvety.

Johns Hopkins University Circulars. Vol. xiii. No. 114 (Nov.
1894); Vol. xiv. No. 116 (January, 1895). From the University.

Royal Society of London—Proceedings. Vol. lv. No, 335;
Vol. lvi. Nos. 336-339; Vol. lvii. Nos. 340-341. From the Society.

University of Melbourne— Examination Papers: Matriculation.
November, 1894: Annual. October-December, 1894. From the
University.

Cambridge Philosophical Society—Proceedings. Vol. viii. Part
3 (1894). From the Society.

«| bees

DONATIONS. 167

Royal Irish Academy—Transactions. Vol. xxx. Parts 13-14
(1894): Proceedings. Third Series. Vol. ii, No. 3 (1894).
from the Academy.

L’Académie des Sciences et des Lettres de Danemark, Copen-
hague— Bulletin, Année 1894. No.2. From the Academy.

Geological Survey of India—Records. Vol. xxvii. (1894),
Part 4. From the Director.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein furSteiermark— Mittheilungen.
Jahrgang 1892. From the Society.

Société Hollandaise des Sciences & Harlem-—Archives Néer-
landaises. T. xxviii. 37° et 4™° Livs. From the Society.

Nederlandsche Dierkundige Vereeniging—Tijdschrift. 2°
Serie. Dl.iv. Afi. 4 (1894). rom the Soctety.

Entomological Society of London—Transactions, 1894. Parts
4-5. From the Society.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane—- Bulletin. No. 4.
Second Series. rom the Secretary for Agriculture.

Société Entomologique de Belgique—Annales. TT. xxvii. (1893):
Mémoires. i. (1894). rom the Socvrety.

Societé Belge de Microscopie—-Annales. T. xvi. 1°" Fasc.
(1894): Bulletin. T. xxi. No. 1 (1894-1895). From the Society.

Société Royale de Botanique de Belgique—Bulletin. T. xxx.-
xxx. (1891-92). rom the Society.

Catalogue of Books in the Library of the University of Sydney.
(1892). From Dr. C. J. Martin, B.Sc.

Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg—Bulletin.
v° Série. T. 1. Nos. 1-4 (1894). From the Academy.

Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourge—Mémoires. Vol. viii.
Nos. 2 (Zweite Lief.) et 3 (1894); Vol. ix. No. 3 (1894): Bulletin.
Vol. xii. Nos. 8-9 (1893); Vol. xiii. Nos, 1-3. From the Com-

mittee.

168 DONATIONS.

Sociétas Entomologica Rossica—Hore. T. xxviii. (1893-94).
From the Socrety.

Entomologiska Foreningen 1 Stockholm-— Entomologisk Tids-
krift. Arg. xv. (1894). Haft 1-4. Prom the Society.

Bombay Natural History Society—Journal. Vol. ix. No. 2
(1894). From the Socvety.

Scottish Microscopical Society— Proceedings, Session 1893-94.
From the Society.

Royal Society of Victoria—Proceedings. Vol. vii. New Series,
(1895). Prom the Socrety.

Natural History Society of Queenslanu—Transactions. Vol. i.
(1892-94). From the Socrety.

Verein fir Naturwissenschaftlcher Unterhaltung zu Hamburg
—-Verhandlungen, 1891-93. vii. Band. rom the Soctety.

Société des Sciences, des Arts, etc. du Hainaut—Mémoires et
Publications. v° Série. T. vii. (1894). rom the Society.

Results of Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations made in
New South Wales during 1893. from H. C. Russell, B.A.,
C.MG., P.RS., Government Astronomer.

Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland—
Journal. Vol. xxiii. No. 4 (1894). From C. Hedley, Esq., F.L.S.

Asiatic Society of Bengal—Journal. Vol. xii. Part i., No. 3;
Part ii, No. 3 (1894): Proceedings, 1894. No. ix. From the
Socvety.

U.S. Geological Survey—Bulletin. Nos. 97-117 (1893-94):
Mineral Resources of the United States for 1892 and 1893:
Twelfth (1890-91) and Thirteenth (1891-92) Annual Reports:

Monographs. Vols. xix., xxi., xxi. Mrom the Director.

Australasian Bibliography: Catalogue of Books in the Free
Public Library, Sydney, relating to, or published in, Australasia.
(1869-1888). Krom the Trustees.

nai alle iti ih,

en oe

DONATIONS. 169

Académie Royale des Sciences a Stockholm—Bihang. Bd. xvi.
yn) 1-2; Bd. xvii. Af. 1-2; Bd. xvin. Afl. 1-2; Bd. xix, Afi. 1-4:
Accessions-Katalog. 1-8 (1886-93): Oefversigt. Arg. 47-50
(1890-93): Handlingar. Bd. xxiii. Haft 1-2; Bd. xxiv. Haft
1-2; Bd. xxv. Haft 1-2 (1888-92): Lefnadsteckningar. Bd. ii.
Haft 2 (1894). From the Academy.

Pamphlet entitled “Sur les Premieres Campagnes Scientifiques
de la ‘Princesse Alice.” By S. A. 8. le Prince Albert 1° de
Monaco. From the Author.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney—Memoirs of
the Geological Survey of N.S.W.—-Paleontology. No. 8, Part 3
(1895). Prom the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

K.K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien— Verhand-
lungen. xlv. Bd. i. Heft (1895). rom the Society.

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia comparata della R. Universita
di Torino — Bollettino. Vol. ix. (1894), Nos. 179-192, and Index.
From the University.

Auckland Institute and Museum—Annual Report for 1894-95,
From the Institute.

Natural History Society of New Brunswick—Bulletin. No 12
(1894). From the Socrety,

Geological Survey of Queensland—Bulletin. No. 1 (1895):
Pamphlet entitled ‘The Higher Utilitarianism.” By R. L. Jack,
E.G.S. rom the Government Geologist.

Société Zoologique de France—Mémoires. Tome vii. (1894):
Bulletin. Tome xix. (1894). From the Society.

Flowering Plants and Ferns of N.S.W. By J. H. Maiden,
F.L.S., assisted by W.S. Campbell, F.L.S. Part 1 (1895). From

the Government Printer.

Medicinisch-naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena —
Jenaische Zeitschrift. Bd. xv.-xxix. Heft 1-2. From the Society.

170 DONATIONS.

Linnean Society of London—Journal: Zoology. Vol. xxv.
Nos, 158-160: Botany. Vol. xxx. Nos. 209-210 (1894). From

the Socrety.

British Museum (Nat. Hist.)—Catalogue of Snakes. Vol. ii.
By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S. (1894): Monograph of the Mycetozoa,
By Arthur Lister, F.L.S. (1894). From the Trustees.

Journal of Conchology. Vol. vii. (1894), No. 12. From the
Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein in Hamburg—Abhandlungen.
xiii. Bd. (1895): Verhandlungen, 1894. Dritte Folge i. From
the Society.

legal

DESCRIPTION OF A FLYCATCHER, PRESUMABLY
NEW.

By C. W. Ds Vis, M.A., CorresponpiInG MEMBER.

ARSES LOREALIS.

Arses sp., with the lower surface entirely white in the male,
ochreous in a band on the lower throat in the female, and with
white lores in both sexes.

Adult male.—Head, face and ear-coverts glossy black; lore
white, with the bases of its feathers black; mantle, wings and
rump dusky brown; feathers of the rump tipped with white; tail
brownish-black; lesser wing-coverts and upper tail-coverts black;
all beneath, cheeks and under wing-coverts, nuchal collar, feathers
of lower mantle and scapulars white; thighs dusky-grey; bill
black; tarsus and foot dusky horn-brown; orbital wattle blue.
Length 147 mm., wing 79, tail 83, culmen 10°5, tarsus 20.

Female.—Head, face, ear-coverts and lores as in the male, but
with the black less glossy; mantle, upper wing-coverts and rump
brown, the mantle darkened here and there by the dusky centres
of the feathers; nuchal collar white, its feathers barred or spotted
with black near the tips, scapulars on both webs and _ the
secondaries on the outer web edged with rufous; tail brownish
black; beneath, cheeks and under wing-coverts white; feathers of
of a band across the lower throat broadly tipped with pale buff.
Bill paler than in the male. Length 140mm., wing 77, tail 80,
culmen 8:5, tarsus 19°5.

Hab.—Cape York; coll. K. Broadbent, March; habits and
haunts similar to those of A. kawpz, Gld.

ON THE SPECIFIC IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN
PERIPATUS USUALLY SUPPOSED: TO) Bina
LEUCKARTI, SAENGER.

By J. J. FLETCHER.

In his well known Monograph (p. 153) Mr. Sedgwick remarks

that Pertpatus “was reported from Australia in 1869 by Saenger.” -_

It is generally supposed also that this was the first intimation of
an Australian Peripatus. As a matter of fact there is an earlier
notice which has been lost sight of, Professor Leuckart having
reported it in 1862.

The second species of the genus to be made known was P.
brevis with 14 pairs of claw-bearing legs. One specimen was
obtained on Table Mountain in 1829, from which De Blainville
described the species in 1837. During the stay of the “Novara”
at the Cape, Frauenfeld discovered a second South African species
of which he subsequently gave a short account in a paper entitled

“ Aufenthalt am Cap d. g. Hoffnung wihrend der Weltfahrt der —

k. k. dsterreichischen Fregatte Novara.”* This paper also has
been overlooked, nor is it mentioned in the bibliographical lists of
either Sclater (P.Z.S., 1887, p. 133) or Sedgwick (Monograph, p.
209). It was to his record of this paper that Prof. Leuckart
appended his introductory notice of the Australian Peripatus.

Frauenfeld says: ‘ Der interessanteste Fund war ein Perzpatus
unter Steinen . . . Wenn nicht in der neuesten Zeit irgendwo
beschrieben, ist derselbe jedenfalls neu, da er in der Fusszahl, 17
Paare, mit keiner der wenigen alterbekannten Arten wtberein-
stimmt.” Leuckart’s short abstract runs as follows: “ Frauenfeld
beobachtete am Cap der guten Hoffnung eine neue Art des sonder-
baren Gen. Peripatus mit 17 Paar Beinen. A. a. O. 8. 88. (Ref.

*Verh. der k.k. zoolog.-botan. Gesellsch. in Wien, Jahrg. 1860, pp. 77-92.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. slg)

kann den bis jetzt bekannten Arten dieses Geschlechts gleichfalls
eine neue Form aus Australien mit 16 Beinpaaren hinzufiigen).*

It is to be noted that in mentioning the Cape species as “ mit
17 Paar Beinen,”} Leuckart was simply quoting Frauenfeld, who
had seen the animal alive, had witnessed the copious discharge of
tenacious slime, “aus dem abgestutzten Ende der beiden kurzen
unten den Stirnfiihlern liegenden Mundfihlern,” and who, there-
fore, excluded the oral papille—as Moseley afterwards called them
—when counting the legs. But in regard to the Australian
Peripatus, it seems evident that Prof. Leuckart intentionally
included the oral papille among the 16 pairs, but without indi-
eating the fact. For, some years later in noticing Hutton’s paper
he remarks of P. nove-zealandie that like P. leuckarti, Sang., it
possesses “15 Beinpaare.” Now Hutton had expressly said
“fifteen pairs of ambulatory legs, and a pair of oral papille.”
Allowing for this, however, there would still seem to have been
some misapprehension on Prof. Leuckart’s part as to the exact
number of claw-bearing legs possessed by his specimen—as the
sequel will show.

Subsequently Prof. Leuckart entrusted his specimen of the
Australian Peripatus to H. Singer, who embodied a description
of it in a paper dealing in some detail with the anatomy of P.
capensis, contributed to the “ Moskauer Naturforscherversamm-
lung” in 1869. Unfortunately Sanger chose the Russian language
as his medium of publication, and in consequence his paper for
some twenty-five years has been practically buried. Indeed
but for two brief references to it by Prof. Leuckart in the Archiv
f. Naturgeschichte, its existence even, as well as its contents,
might very well have remained unknown to this day. The bulky

* Archiv f. Naturgesch. Jahrg. xxvii., 1862, ii Bd., p. 235.

+Frauenfeld’s specimens were afterwards dealt with by Grube, who
described them as P. capensis (‘* Reise der Novara”). He says there were
three specimens, two with 17 pairs of claw-bearing legs, the third with 18
pairs. He did not attach specific importance to the difference in the num-
ber of legs, whence the ‘‘ pedes uncinigeri utrinque 17 vel 18 verrucosi”’ of
his description,

174 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

quarto volume containing the paper bears the date 1870 on the
title page, but 1871 on the paper cover. Leuckart’s first mention
of it was founded on a preliminary notice or abstract in the
‘‘Protocollen der Mosk. Naturforscherversamml.” He says:
“Verf. untersuchte zwei Arten, den P. capensis, Gr., und eine
neue schon vor mehreren Jahren vom Ref. in diesen Berichten
erwahnte neuhollandische Art, die vom Verf. als P. Leuckarte
bezeichnet wird.”* Acting on the hint given in this passage I
looked through the earlier volumes of the Archiv seriatim until L
found the introductory notice, to which reference has been made.

On the publication of the paper itself Leuckart added his oft-
quoted second notice,t giving the brief résumé of the characters
of the species which has hitherto had to serve as the only avail-
able guide to the contents thereof. Leuckart says: “Die neue
Art, die aus Neu-Holland stammt, wird folgendermaassen
beschrieben: Fiinfzehn Paar Fussstumel, von denen das letzte
Paar die Geschlechtsoffnung zwischen sich nimmt. Auf der
Unterseite der Fiisse drei Erhebungen, von denen die eine lang
und bogenformig ist, wahrend die zwei andern kurz und gerade
sind. Linge 21 mm., grésste Breite 3:05 mm.”

This, it will be seen presently, is substantially a translation of
the short summary which Singer added at the end of his des-
cription, and from the description itself it is evident that the 15
pairs were intended to include the oral papille, though beyond
the exceptional use of the suggestive term “‘ Fussstumel” instead
of Leuckart’s more usual expressions “ Beinpaaren” or “ Paar
Beinen,” no intimation of this is given in the summary or the
translation. When the context is not left out of account the
summary is quite satisfactory; wholly detached there from it is
not free from ambiguity. When Peripatus was rediscovered in
Australia, and all the specimens forthcoming for some time were
found to possess 15 pairs of walking legs, a wrong interpretation
was put on the expression “15 Paar Fussstumel” of Leuckart’s

*Arch, f. N. xxxv. Jahrg. ii. Bd. 1869, p. 277.
Tle. xxxvil., it. Bal, 1S7ijep. 407.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 175

abstract. Forthwith naturalists took Sanger’s name, unwittingly
but unwarrantably fitted it out with new characters, and all the
time thought they were strictly following the leader, or only legiti-
mately supplementing his work. Fortunately nothing very much
worse has resulted than some considerable confusion of nomen-
clature, which has not however passed beyond the bounds of
rectification,

Sanger’s paper has seemed in danger of permanent consignment
to oblivion; all the more so, perhaps, under the delusion that of
late years observers had supplemented what little was known of
it with all that was necessary for the exact identification of the
species. It happily occurred to Prof. Spencer when on a visit to
England recently, that the satisfaction of knowing exactly what
Sanger had said on the subject might possibly prove to be
sufficient compensation for the expenditure of the trouble necessary
to get at it. He therefore took the matter earnestly in hand, and
with the co-operation of Prof. Howes, Mr. H. M. Bernard, and a
friend of the latter’s, he at length became possessed of a trans-
lation of that part of Sanger’s paper descriptive of the Australian
Peripatus. I have to thank Prof. Spencer not only for a copy of
the translation, but also for his permission to make use of it.
Before considering the translation, one or two other matters may
be noticed.

Some years before the re-discovery of Peripatus in Australia,
the New Zealand species came to light. During the stay of
H.M.S. “ Challenger” at Wellington in July, 1874, Mr. Travers
brought specimens to Mr. Moseley, who says that he was unable to
refer to special publications at the time, and he thought that it
was “already certainly named;’ afterwards on his return to
England press of work prevented his giving further attention to
the matter. Very shortly after it came under Grube’s notice,
who refers to it in a paper read in 1875. J am unable to consult
this paper* which is thus noticed by Leuckart: “Grube

* Ber. der schles, Gesellsch. f. Cultur u.s.w. aus dem Jahre 1875.
Naturwiss. Ber. S. 52.

176 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

berichtet iiber zwei Peripatusarten, von denen die eine, aus Neu.
Seeland, mit P. Leuckarti, Sang., stimmt, die andere aber unter
der Bezeichnung P. peruanus neu beschrieben wird.”* Captain
Hutton says that he sent specimens to Dublin, without any result.
Finally in 1876, Hutton himself described the species as P. nove-
zealandie. Now at this time Hutton evidently was unaware of

any record of an Australian Peripatus; nor, under the circum- .

stances, is that at all surprising, seeing that he was at least as badly
off for literature as Moseley during the “ Challenger’s” visit to
Wellington. Of Hutton’s paper Leuckart remarks :—“ Hutton’s
Abhandlung ‘On Pertpatus nove-zealande’ (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.
(4) xviii, Nov., 1876, pp. 361-369, Pl. xvii.) macht uns mit einer
Form bekannt, die 15 Beinpaare besitzt, wie der von Singer
(J.-B. 1870, 8. 410) beshriebene P. Leuckarti, der unserm Verf.
freilich unbekannt geblieben ist, obwohl seine neue Art vielleicht
damit zusammenfallt. Jedenfalls ist nicht der P. nove-zealandia,
sondern der P. Leuckartz die erste Art des Gen. Peripatus, die aus
Australien kommt.” +

When it is borne in mind that at this time only a single speci-
men of the Australian Peripatus was known, and that a femalet
whose jaw blades were not examined, Sanger not being at liberty
to dissect the unique example at his disposal; also that, even in
the light of up-to-date knowledge the most striking differences
between the allied Australian and New Zealand species-—/’.
insignis, Dendy, being left out of consideration for the present—
are furnished by the outer jaw blades, and the secondary sexual
characters of the males, it would be interesting to know more
definitely what it was that suggested the agreement between or
possible identity of the two species. Perhaps Grube’s paper would
settle this point. Was it that too little was known for accurate

* Arch. f. Naturgesch. Jahrg. xlili., 1887, ii. Bd. p. 510.
t L.c. p. 509.

t The sex of the type specimen is not mentioned in the description;
but in Sanger’s fig. 31 the genital aperture is lettered v/., just as in his fig,
of an undoubted female of P. capensis.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 177

comparison; or was it that the authors mentioned thought that in
each case the number of claw-bearing legs was the same; or that
they knew that the numbers were not identical but regarded the
difference as not of specificimportance? Moseley’s remark penned
in 1879, “In the Australian and New Zealand species the number
of feet seems fixed ”—would, under the circumstances mentioned,
seem without force if the last condition held.

On the re-discovery of the Australian Peripatus, first in
Queensland (in 1886) -—- not improbably first in Tasmania, though
no record of it was made at the time —then in Victoria (in 1888),
and in the same year in New South Wales, and all the specimens
met with for several years were found to have 15 pairs of walking
legs, it was imagined that these were correctly identified as P.
leuckartc in supposed agreement with the “funfzehn Paar Fuss-
stumel ” of Leuckart’s abstract of Sanger’s paper. In 1890 Dr.
Dendy met with a Victorian Peripatus, with 14 pairs of walking
legs, and without an accessory tooth at the base of the fang of
the outer jaw blades; and this he quite justifiably considered to
be sufficiently distinct to be regarded as a second Australian
species, which he accordingly described as 7. ensignis. In 1892
Prof. Spencer obtained similar examples in Tasmania.

We may now turn to

“ Sadnger’s original Diagnosis of Peripatus Leuckarti.”

“Found in New Holland, north-west from Sydney. Fifteen
pairs of legs, one pair without claws, fourteen with. This
character also found in P. brevis, described by Blanchard. 21mm.
long. Sexual opening between the last pair of appendages, herein
differing from P. Edwardsit and P. capensis. Colour very nearly
black dorsally, greyish ventrally. Papille distributed dorsally
and ventrally : those on the ventral surface, however, are longer
andstand outwards laterally. Between each pair of appendages is a
light oval spot without papille; this spot corresponds with the
dark pits in ?. capensis, under which occur the glands already
described. The papille, as in ?. capensis, are either small and

black or large and red, but there are more black than red. Along
M

178 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

the back runs a longitudinal median line, which consists only of
black papille, but this line is comparatively faint. The papille
along the back are arranged in fairly accurate transverse rows,
and each row is separated from the next by a furrow. The skin
between the papilla is dark grey. The papille on the legs are
fairly wide apart. The legs have “soles,” which, as in P. capensis,
consist of three segments, but the shape of these segments is
very different from those of P. capensis. The first proximally is
black and strongly curved and considerably narrower than the
following. The second and third segments are reddish yellow and
much shorter but broader than the first. The claw-bearing joint
which follows these segments, is distinguished by its four-cornered
appearance, due to a pair of papille at its outer corners, one on
each side (P. capensis has three papille). The claws are smaller
than those of P. capensis. The structure of the mouth is the same
as that in other genera [? species] only the soft parts surrounding
the mouth and sexual organs are white and not yellowish, but
this may be due to the action of alcohol. In addition to this des-
cription of the outer appearance of the animal, I give the more
important dimensions of the described specimen. Body length
21mm.; greatest breadth 3:03 mm.; length of antenne from 1-6
to 1:73; width of antenne at base 0°389; in the middle of antenne
0:26; length of the oral aperture, including the soft parts
surrounding it, 0°952; length of the legs from the top 2°16; width
at base 0°86, but this varies; length of claw-bearing joint 0:26;
diameter of sexual opening with soft parts surrounding it 0.65;
diameter of eye 0:11; diameter of papille from 0-04 to 0 08;
length of claw 0:15; width of same at base 0°105.”

‘‘This specimen is in the possession of Professor Leuckart after
whom I have named it by permission. <A short diagnosis may be
given as follows: fifteen pairs of legs; sexual organs between last
pair; the “sole” consists of three segments, one long and curved,
and two short and straight. New Holland, Australia.”

By way of comment on the above it may be remarked :—

(1) Though neither the exact habitat, nor the name of the
collector has yet transpired, ‘“‘ North-west from Sydney ” is some-

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 179

what less unsatisfactory than New Holland. I should take it to
mean that the type specimen was found within the limits of New
South Wales, somewhere between Sydney and Cassilis—at which
place Mr. Olliff obtained the otherwise first recorded specimen
from this colony—or thereabouts, but not much further to the
west or north-west of the latter. It is hardly probable that over
thirty years ago Peripatus was found in the then newly separated
colony of Queensland at any spot in a direction N.W. from
Sydney, say to the north of Bourke. Not only would such a
locality then have been very much less easy of access to a
zoological collector than it is now; but it would, I should think,
be one with a climate altogether too dry for Peripatus. This
being so, it is a curious fact—not however without a parallel,—
that so long ago somebody should have casually found somewhere
in this colony a single specimen of Peripatus with 14 pairs of
walking legs, but that similar specimens, whether from New South
Wales or Queensland, notwithstanding much collecting, should
still be desiderata. Sedgwick has probably had to do with more
individual specimens of Peripatus than all other naturalists
put together; and yet among the specimens—“‘more than a
thousand from the Cape Peninsula”’—which came under his
notice, P. brevis, de Blainv., was conspicuously absent, and in the
flesh was unknown to him at the time the Monograph was written.
In the Macleay Museum is a specimen of a Peripatus with 15
pairs of walking legs, labelled Tasmania, to which Mr. Masters
directed my attention in 1890 (P.L.S. N.S.W., 2nd Ser., Vol. v.,
p- 469). At that time Mr. Masters considered that it had been
at least ten years in the collection, and he still thinks that the
correctness of the reputed locality is not open to question. The
label is in his own writing, but he is unable to recall the exact
circumstances under which the specimen came to hand. Recently
Prof. Baldwin Spencer was successful in finding Peripatus in
Tasmania, but some fifteen specimens obtained had 14 pairs of

claw-bearing legs apiece.

(2) It was not Prof. Leuckart’s intention to furnish a technical
description of his specimen. On the other hand Singer’s descrip-
tion was about as full as it could be expected to be under the

180 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

circumstances; the situation of the genital aperture, the number
of the spinous pads (soles), and the arrangement of the
primary papille on the claw-bearing joints of the legs, all being
duly noted. Moreover, he gives six figures of various parts of the
specimen. His examination of it was therefore of a more or less
minute character, and it is hardly possible that he should have
incorrectly counted the number of the walking legs.

(3) The only reference to the description of P, brevis, de Blainville,
[not Blanchard] given by Sclater and Sedgwick—besides de
Blainville, ‘ Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles,” Supplement,
T. 1. p. 237, Paris, 1840, which I am unable to consult—is the
footnote to Gervais’ paper ‘“ Etudes pour servir a lhistoire
naturelle des Myriapodes ” in the Ann. Sc.. Nat. (2), vu, pes,
1837. This, however, is but the abbreviated description, quoted
by Sedgwick (Monograph, p. 168), which mentions ‘“ pourvu de
quatorze paires de pattes,” but does not disclose what view de
Blainville took of the oral papille, nor exactly what the fourteen
pairs were to be understood as comprehending. In Gervais’ paper
“‘Sur le Genre Peripate”* is incorporated a detailed description

* Ann. Francaises et Etrangeres d’ Anat. et de Physiol. T. i. p. 309,
1838. Abstract in Revue Zoologique, par la Soc. Cuvierienne, Année,
1838, pp. 264-265.

In the same paper (pp. 314 and 310) Gervais says ‘‘ celui qu’ a vu M.
Macleay étrait de Cuba,” having previously stated ‘‘et M. Macleay, qui en
parle d’ une maniere transitoire dans un note publié depuis plusieurs années,
dit aussi qu’ ilsont des rapports avec les vers et en meme temps avec les
Myriapodes (Zoological Journal).” Sedgwick (/.c. p. 197) remarks, ‘‘ Blan-
chard refers to a Peripatus found in Cuba by Mr. Macleay. He regards
it as belonging to the species juliformis. I have been unable to find any
account of this Cuban species.”

The only reference to Peripatus by W. 8S. Macleay I can find in the
Zoological Journal is contained in a postscript to a letter written from
Havanna to Mr. Vigors (Vol. iv. p. 278). It takes exception to Guilding’s
view of Peripatus asa mollusc, suggests other affinities, and adds ‘‘ There is
a specimen in my father’s collection” [at that time in Australia]. But it
seems to me to offer no ground for associating the record of a Cuban species
with W. S. Macleay’s name.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 181

of P. brevis communicated by de Blainville, and given in his own
words. From this it appears that the ‘‘ quatorze paires de pattes”
has reference only to claw-bearing legs. The oral papille he thus
describes—“ Quant aux appendices: la téte est pourvue d’une
paire de tentacules simples. . . . Onremarque a la partie externe
de leur base, et par conséquent de chaque cété, un stemmate ou un
point pseudo-oculaire formé par un petit disque cordé, un peu
convexe et simple.” Upon this Gervais remarks: ““M. Wiegmann
considere comme des pattes atrophiées les deux organes que MM.
Guilding, de Blainville, Audouin et Edwards signalent comme
des yeux.”

(4) There is nothing remarkable about the colour of the speci-
men. I have seen specimens (with 15 pairs of legs), from Queens-
land and New South Wales, which might be described in very
similar or identical terms.

(5) I do not understand the statement that “the claw-bearing
joint which follows these segments [spinous pads], is distinguished
by its 4-cornered appearance due to a parr of papille at its outer
corners, one on each side (P. capensis has three).” The statement
as to P. capensis is borne out by Siinger’s figures; and both are in
harmony with the quite independent observations and figures of
Sedgwick, who says that there are two primary papille on the
front or anterior side of the distal end of the foot, close to the
socket in which the claws are placed, and one on the posterior.
side. In the Australian and New Zealand species the distal end
of the foot also has three primary papille, but they are differently
arranged, one being anterior, one posterior, and one median and
dorsal. At least two of his figures (figs. 32, 33 and perhaps 34)
show that Sanger correctly recognised this character in the Aus-
tralian Peripatus. His fig. 35 is certainly very satisfactorily
4-cornered, three of the corners being furnished by the three
papille in question, while the fourth is apparently an equally
conspicuous similar primary papilla which is median and ventral;
but with which the Australian Peripatus has not been credited
by any other observer. Even so, the statement “a pair of papillee
at its outer corners, one on each side,” hardly seems to express

182 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

this arrangement very intelligibly. What I find is a pair of
elevations at the distal end of the ventral aspect, one on each
side of the median line, and each of them without about two
spines; they are comparable with the similarly situated but more
extensive groups of ‘inconspicuous pale elevations, bearing
spines” in P. capensis referred to by Sedgwick (/. ¢. p. 163).
Sanger, too, noticed them in that species, but in his fig. 5 they are
represented like a pair of primary papille, each bearing one spine.

Since then the type of P. leuckarti, Sang., has 14 pairs of
walking legs, a question which naturally offers itself for considera-
tion is—how ought the common, more widely distributed Austra-
lian Peripatus with 15 pairs of walking legs to be designated ?
Some months ago I had the opportunity of discussing the question
with Dr. Dendy in the light of Prof. Spencer’s translation. As
the variation in the number of claw-bearing legs, as far as was
then known, appeared to be correlated with a variation in the
character of the outer jaw blades it seemed not unreasonable to
regard the Peripatus with 15 pairs of walking legs as distinct
from P. leuckarti, Sang., and entitled to a new name; Dr. Dendy
even considering himself justified in regarding the larger Victorian
Peripatus as sufficiently distinct from that of New South Wales
to merit independent specific rank. And we intended to act
accordingly.

Quite unexpectedly, only last week, I received from Mr. A. M.
Lea, of West Australia, a small consignment of specimens from
that colony, the examination of which, as it seems to me, throws
important light on the question propounded above, and has com-
pelled me to modity my views. Hach of five specimens has 15
pairs of walking legs, and the jaw-blades removed from one of
them are without an accessory tooth at the base of the fang of
the outer blade. Under the old régime it would have seemed to
be a moot point whether they should be called P. insignis, Dendy,
var. with 15 pairs of legs, or P. leuckarti, Sanger, var. with-
out an accessory tooth; indeed in the absence of males they might
almost have been referred to P. nove-zealandie, Hutton. If the

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 183

eastern form is to be regarded as a species distinct from what we
must now consider to be P. leuwckarti, Sang., then the western form
also, as it seems to me, ought to be so regarded. I would prefer
to consider the latter an intermediate form, as at present Austra-
lia would, I think, be over-supplhed with as many as four species.
Seeing that many more specimens have had their legs counted,
than have had the jaw blades examined, and that in two examples
from New South Wales, in one or both outer blades there is more
than one accessory tooth,—in one case three on the jaw blade
of one side; in another the accessory tooth, longer and blunter
than usual, is followed by several serrations; in both examples
the peculiarities are reproduced in the reserve teeth—it seems
probable that unlooked for variation may be found. Further,
Dr. Dendy has recently recognised as a var. of P. novie-zealandie
a New Zealand Peripatus with 16 pairs of walking legs*; so that
the idea that in this species the number of feet is “fixed,” must
now be given up. Therefore the most satisfactory arrangement,
in my opinion, would be to consider all the known Australian
specimens of Peripatus as referable to one comprehensive species
with four varieties as follows :—

PERIPATUS LEUCKARTI, Sang.

With 14 or with 15 pairs of claw-bearing ambulatory legs.
Outer jaw-blades without or with an accessory tooth, occasionally
more, at the base of the main tooth. Males smaller than the
females; with a pair of (accessory gland) pores close together,
situated between the genital papilla and the anus; with a white
or sometimes bluish tubercle—on which opens the crural gland—
on each leg of the first pair only, or of the last pair only, or of all
or only some of the pairs with the exception of the first, or of the
first five.

Colour varying from dark blue or almost so, so dark sometimes
as to appear blackish, with a still darker median dorsal line in
the centre of which lies a fine unpigmented groove; to alternate

* Ann, Mag. N. H. (6) Vol. xiv., Dec. 1894, p. 401.

184 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

longitudinal stripes of blue and orange or their equivalents—three
of the former and four of the latter; or red with two of the dark
stripes represented only by blackish blotches and discontinuous
irregular patches. With an interesting series of more or less
eradational colour-varieties arising from some modification of the
following pattern: the dorsal surface is a mosaic of three longi-
tudinal series of roughly hexagonal or lozenge-shaped areas
outlined in dark upon a lighter background, bordered on each side
by a light longitudinal stripe immediately above the insertion of
the legs; the lozenges of the median series are confluent, the
boundaries between them having disappeared, they correspond
with the legs, and down the middle of the series dividing it
symmetrically is a dark—blue, black, or rarely red—line often
presenting as it were a knot-like enlargement in the middle of
each lozenge, the dark line having down the centre of it a fine
unpigmented sometimes interrupted groove. From the relative
proportions of blue and orange or their equivalents present, from
the partial or more or less complete disappearance of the dark
reticulate pattern, or from the subdivision of the median series of
lozenges into two sets of four-sided or diamond-shaped areas result
some very interesting and, without a series for examination, some-
times very puzzling combinations. The legs sometimes appear as
if inserted on a dark longitudinal stripe. The colour of the
ventral surface is paler, but not less varied than that of the dorsal
surface; generally speaking, it presents shades of the predominant
tints of the dorsal surface. A discontinuous median series of
small pale areas devoid of papilla down the middle of it (ventral
organs), one or sometimes two to each pair of legs.

As in P. nove-zealandie, the generative opening is between
the legs of the last pair; the claw-bearing legs have three spinous
pads; and a primary papilla projects from the median dorsal
portion of the foot.

Hab.—In suitable situations in the table-land and coastal
regions of Queensland and New South Wales, widely distributed
but not abundant; Victoria; Tasmania; and West Australia.

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 185

1. P. teUCKARTI, Sing., var. typica

P. leuckarti, Sang., non auct.: P. wsignis, Dendy, Vict. Nat.
Vol va. No. 12, April, 1890, p. 173; Spencer, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Vict. 1894, p. 31.

With 14 pairs of claw-bearing legs; outer jaw blades without
an accessory tooth.

Hab.—New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania.

The re-discovery of this variety in New South Wales is a matter
to be desired, as the jaw characters of the type are unknown. I|
have seen only Tasmanian specimens—six (three of each sex)
kindly lent me by Prof. Spencer. Two of them are dark without
any definite pattern; the others have more orange red and show a
dark median line with nodosities, not always opposite the legs, and
a pattern of secondary diamonds, much like some N.S.W. speci-
mens of var. ortentalis. The males are remarkable by the absence
of white tubercles from the legs of the first five pairs; they are
present on all or nearly all the others.

2. P. LEUCKARTI, Sing., var. occidentalis, var. nov.

With 15 pairs of walking legs; outer jaw-blades without an
accessory tooth.

Hab.—Bridgetown, inland from Perth, W.A. (Mr. A. M. Lea).

The specimens, which were put straight into spirit, are small
(the largest but slightly exceeding 15 mm.) even allowing for the
contraction due to the method of preservation. There is nothing
specially remarkable about the coloration, which is mainly blue,
with a smaller amount of orange. They would pass muster in
this respect very well among a collection of similarly preserved
eastern specimens.

The males have white papille on most of the legs, but not on
those of the first pair. One of the females obtained and preserved
on March 30th last contained about ten advanced embryos varying
slightly in age, of which the proximal one has the body more
pigmented than is usually the case with the newly born young of
the eastern form. As in the latter, the embryos are contained

186 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

within a thin hyaline membranous shell. The breeding season, at
any rate as to its termination, would seem to be in agreement in
the two cases.

Several living examples forwarded at the same time, unfortu-
nately in the same enclosure as the spirit specimens, miserably
perished on the journey.

3. P. LEUCKARTI, Sang., var. orientalis.

P. leuckarti, Sing., of authors, but not of Sanger; nor the
larger Victorian Peripatus of Dendy.

With 15 pairs of walking legs; outer jaw-blades with one
accessory tooth or with several. Length of largest specimens
extended after drowning—Q. 50 mm.; ¢. 29 mm. (the antenne
being excluded).

Hab.—| Queensland*]; New South Wales (not yet found west
of the Dividing Range).

I now possess a fine series of specimens from this Colony, but it
does not include a single specimen normally with 14 pairs of claw-
bearing legs. Of one specimen the legs of the fourteenth pair are
without claws, while the fifteenth pair is represented by a pair of
small white symmetrical stumps, between which, however, the
generative aperture is placed: I should suppose that this specimen
was recovering from some injury to the hinder end of the body.
I have several times seen a specimen with one leg on one side
missing.

My series presents a very remarkable variety of colour and
pattern. The specimens might very well be sorted out into
something like ten distinguishable, but more or less gradational,
lots. If the whole of the median series—with the exception, of
course, of the very dark median line—be filled in with red, the
mosaic of lozenges then becomes very distinct, as in that case the

* My remarks must be understood as applying more particularly to the
Peripatus of New South Wales, as I have had the opportunity of examining

only a few Queensland specimens ( g’s), and no observations on the breeding

habits of the Queensland Peripatus are known to me.

—-"

ee ee

oe ear. 77

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 187

stripes above the legs will be almost entirely red, contrasting well
with the intervening series. Interesting variations of this pattern
arise by the partial filling in of the lozenges of the median series;
the red may be aggregated in a little patch on each side of the
nodose enlargement on the median dark line, or it may just fill
in the lateral apices of each lozenge. The most complicated pattern
arising from a secondary arrangement of (four-sided) diamonds
may be described as follows: Two lines intersecting in each
nodose enlargement of the median dark line cut off from a lozenge
a pair of small diamonds, one on each side of the median line
corresponding with the legs; and an anterior and posterior portion
which, with the posterior portion of the lozenge preceding, and
the anterior of the succeeding one, make up two of a single
median interrupted series of larger diamonds, each of which
corresponds with the interval between the legs* : the former are
sometimes filled in with red; the latter partially. Sometimes
the dark boundaries disappear, leaving only the patches of red.
The light longitudinal stripe above the insertion of the legs is
usually very distinct, but sometimes there are only indications of
it, or it is a discontinuous series of orange or red patches above
the intervals between the successive legs of each side. Its light
tint may be due to the presence of light blue both in the ground
colour, and on the primary papille with the exception of their
summits.

I have seen only a very small series of the larger Victorian
Peripatus, but as far as it goes the following slight differences
attract my notice. The median dark longitudinal line is either
wanting or is not so marked a feature as in our variety; and the
unpigmented median groove is rather more conspicuous. The
line of demarcation between the median and each lateral series of
the mosaic is better defined; that between the lateral series and
the longitudinal stripe is not, I think, quite so definite. The
longitudinal stripe above the legs, except in specimens with a
very large amount of red, is not so clearly indicated as is usually

* That is, the interval between two consecutive legs of the same side.

188 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

the case in ours. These differences, however, are not more
striking than those which may be presented by a number of
individual specimens from New South Wales found in the same
log.

Such slight local variations, as well as in the secondary sexual
characters of the males, are not uncommon. I have had a good
deal of experience now with the Peripatus of New South Wales,
but I never yet met with longitudinally striped examples such as
Mr. Helms got at Mt. Kosciusco, and Mr. Lea on the northern
Tableland. On the other hand, some of my own examples are
unlike any I have seen among those collected by others in
localities which I have not myself visited. From one district my
specimens are characterised by a red tail. Illawarra specimens
commonly have a well-marked nodose median dark line, each
nodosity standing in a rather triangular patch of red, but with
little or no indication of a lozenge pattern; and in these specimens
the median ventral series of white patches (ventral organs) are
very inconspicuous indeed. It was such specimens as these that
first came under my notice; and the relation of their colour-
pattern to the diamond pattern of the Victorian Peripatus
described by Dr. Dendy failed to suggest itself. I have now
examples from other localities in New South Wales which show
the chequer pattern as characteristically as Victorian examples.

The males usually have papillz on all or most of the legs after
the first pair, but among specimens from one district I find males
with papille on the legs of the first pair only to predominate,
though in two other examples there is also an additional papilla
on one leg of the second pair. In the first case crural glands
appear to be absent from the legs of the first pair; and
of the remainder when papille are wanting on some of the
legs crural pores may still be -recognisable. In the second
case crural glands seem to be present only in the legs of
the first pair—rarely an additional one in one leg of the
second pair. I have seen at least thirty males with papille
on the legs of the first pair only. Two of these Mr. J. P. Hill,

&
id
a

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 189

Demonstrator of Biology, Sydney University, very kindly section-
ised for me. The legs did not all cut in an equally satisfactory
manner; but allowing for this, beyond a large pair of crural
glands in the two papilla-bearing legs, I can see no indication of
their presence in the others. I have not seen any specimen with
papille on the legs of the last pair only. When papille are
present on the legs of the last pair they are situated nearer the
base of the leg than in the case of the others. This, however, is
because the legs of the fifteenth pair are shorter, and consequently
have fewer transverse papilla-bearing ridges. The papillee still
occupy the normal portion—namely, on about the fifth papilla-
bearing ridge above the innermost spinous pad.

In a previous paper (P.L.8.N.8.W. 2nd Ser. v. p. 484) I referred
to the presence in some females of longitudinal slit-like depressions
or pores situated a little below the nephridiopores, and suggestive
of rudiments or relics of crural glands. They are not, however,
the representatives of the crural glands of the males, for I now
have specimens of the latter, both with numerous crural papille and
with only one pair which show the same character. In the males
they are situated between the nephridiopore and the papilla when
present, or the position it would occupy if present. Occasionally,
even in the females, a little white coagulated secretion is left in
the aperture. Unless these represent a second series of crural
glands which were possessed by both sexes, but are now becoming
more or less aborted, I do not at present know what they can be.

The ova are large, and have a considerable amount of yolk.
As in P. capensis, the egg-shell is a thin transparent membrane;
not a thick chitinous covering as in P. nove-zealandia, and in the
larger Victorian Peripatus.

There is some difference in detail in respect of the breeding
habits of the New Zealand Peripatus and that of New South
Wales as known to me; and in neither case is it so easy, as in
that of P. capensis, to fix definitely the length of the period of
gestation, or the exact limits of the breeding season; and, I should
imagine, for a similar reason.

190 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

Of P. capensis, Sedgwick says: “The period of gestation 1s
thirteen months; that is to say, the ova pass into the oviducts
about one month before the young of the preceding year are
born. . .°. . . The young are born in April and May”
(Monograph, p. 165).

Of P. nove-zealandie, Captain Hutton says that it appears to
breed all the year round; and that he found the uterus crowded
with embryos in September and November. The views of Mr.
Sedgwick and Miss Sheldon are summed up by the latter as
follows :—‘ Probably the ova pass from the ovary into the uterus
in December, and the young are born in July, the development
thus occupying a period of about eight months. This, though
apparently usually the case, cannot be universal, since in each lot
there were one or two females which contained embryos ready for
birth, and also the embryos in one female vary somewhat in age.”

Sclater, therefore, hardly satisfactorily states the case when he
says of both the South African and the New Zealand Peripatus
that “the development of the embryos, though going on all the
year round, commences at one particular season, so that all the
embryos found in the uterus of the female are approximately of
one age.” (Studies from the Morph. Lab. Cambridge, Vol. iv. p.
215, 1889.)

Of the Neotropical species, Sedgwick remarks :—“ Embryos
of very different ages in same uterus, and births probably taking
place all the year round”; and of P. Hdwardsu—“ The uterus
contains embryos in all stages of development, and the young,
which are fully developed at birth, are presumably born at
different times of the year.” (Monograph, pp. 184 and 190.)

The Australian Peripatus with which I am familiar seems in
these matters to occupy an intermediate position between P.
capensis and the Neotropical species. If one cannot say of it
that it breeds all the year round, or that the uterus contains
embryos in all stages of development, still less can one definitely
particularise any single month as par excellence the breeding
season; or assert that embryos of approximately one age only are
to be found in pregnant specimens. And, so far as I can judge,

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 191

I should think the New Zealand Peripatus is not widely different
in this respect from ours.

I have examined females of the common Peripatus of New
Wales at intervals during the greater part of the year. There
are still a few important blanks in my series when certain details
are wanted, which I hope soon to be able to fill. I shall, there-
fore, postpone a full consideration. But I have seen enough to
show the general trend of matters.

Of the first lot of specimens I ever had, one specimen was kept
from June 16th to the last week in October: a few days before
her death she produced four young ones. In July an embryo
which had about half completed its development was removed
from another female of the same batch, and preserved by
Professor Haswell. I still have this specimen.

In 1892 I had specimens under observation from April until
the following March; the first young one was noted on November
11th.

In 1893 I got a fine series in the last week of July. <A single
unusually early young one was noticed on August 15th. <A few
others were noticed on September 22nd. By November the
females were breeding freely, sixty young ones being noted on
November 22nd. From 15th-18th of August seventeen females
of this batch in process of being drowned extruded 83 young
embryos (from 1-14 each): these vary slightly in age, and com-
prise specimens at about the same stage, and also at a little more
advanced stage, than the New Zealand embryo figured by Miss
Sheldon (Studies, Vol. iv. Pl. xxvi. figs. 25-26) ; that is to say,
the longitudinal ridge along each side of the body from which the
appendages take their origin, shows rudiments of from about half
a dozen pairs to nearly the full number. During the following
week three females were opened; they contained 23, 30 and 37
very similar stages, together with younger ones and a few ova.
In the first week in October five females of the same lot when
being drowned extruded eight embryos; these are much more
advanced than those extruded six weeks earlier, the full number
of claw-bearing legs being present. The following week two

192 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS,

females were opened; each of these contained about 39 very similar
old embryos, a few of the proximal ones having the tentacles
noticeably pigmented.

Two lots obtained early in January at the same locality in
different years began to produce young towards the end of the
month, young being especially numerous during February.

On April 2nd, 1893, I obtained a small batch of specimens;
within the next fortnight six young ones were observed.

I have seen newly-born young in every month from August
(only one specimen) to the early part of May. I have never seen
them during the latter part of May, or in June and July, and in
August only one surprisingly early specimen; and I should be
surprised to find our Peripatus breeding during the winter
months. Thus, while it will be seen that according to my experi-
ence, one cannot say of our common New South Wales that it
breeds all the year round, yet 1¢ certainly does during the greater
part—about three-fourths—-of the year. The majority of the
young I should say were born during a period of six months—
say from October to March; but the progeny of a few early
breeders and a few late breeders add another three months. But
if it cannot be said to breed quite all the year round, still less can
any particular month by itself be selected as the breeding season.
And as to the contents of the uterus, I do not find in the same
female embryos in all stages of development, nor yet embryos
which are all of the same age.

The earliest date at which I have happened to examine females
containing ova which had recently passed into the uterus
is about the middle of April; the latest about the middle of
October. In both cases, as well as in a female opened in the first
week in August, there were also enlarging ovarian ova in various
stages. Further observations will, I have no doubt, slightly
extend this period during which at intervals ova mature and pass
into the oviducts. From about the middle of March, or in
exceptionally early cases towards the end of February or
beginning of March, to about the middle of November or

BY J. J. FLETCHER. 193

exceptionally a little later, will very probably prove to be not very
wide of the mark.

If the unusually early August young one referred to above was
developed from an ovum which passed into the oviduct about
the middle of February; the October young from April ova;
and the young born towards the end of April or early in May
from ova which left the ovaries in October or November preceding
—as may very well have been the case—then the period of
gestation is about six months; not less, probably a little more;
but from 6-7 months will, I believe, prove to be a very close
approximation to the truth.

The largest number of New Zealand Peripatus embryos met
with by Captain Hutton was 26 (18 + 8); by Mr. Sedgwick or
Miss Sheldon 18 (12 + 6). The largest number I have found in
our Peripatus is 53,in a female opened on November 21st. They
form a finely gradational series of old embryos—the youngest
with claw-bearing legs, the proximal half dozen or so with pig-
mented tentacles. Females with from 30-40 embryos or ova are
not uncommon in certain months.* Whether the contents of the
uteri show any very marked differences in the stages of develop-
ment reached depends a good deal on circumstances. About the
time when the breeding season usually ends one may find females
containing a few old embryos not differing very noticeably, or
nothing, or a few old embryos together with a few ova which have
recently passed into the uteri, or only some of the latter. Still
later in the season one may find an increased number of young
embryos together with fresh ova. But my experience is that if
the contained series is a large one, as a rule it presents no very
abrupt breaks, but one gets a finely graduated series of old or of

—,

* On the other hand, when the supply of material has been short, and
small and therefore young specimens—possibly even commencing to breed
for the first time—have had to be utilised, the numbers have been very
small compared with what might be expected to occur in large examples
opened at the same time of year. In two such cases the numbers were only
two and one respectively.

N

194 IDENTITY OF THE AUSTRALIAN PERIPATUS.

young stages varying slightly in age. Also that in different
females one may find at different times of the year separated by
an interval of as much as six months embryos at the same stage
of development.

On several occasions I have found a few embryos which had
been prematurely extruded by females living in captivity.

[4. THe VicTrorRIAN PERIPATUS TO BE DEALT WITH BY
Dr. DENpy.

Hab.—Victoria and Tasmania (probably—-for a specimen in the
Macleay Museum) |.

DESCRIPTION OF PFERIPATUS OVIPARUS.

By Artruur Denpy, D.Sc., PRorgessor oF BIoLoGy IN THE
CANTERBURY COLLEGE, UNivEeRSITY oF NEW ZEALAND.

In my presidential address to the Biological Section of the
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science, at the
meeting recently held in Brisbane, I pointed out certain facts
which had lately come to light with regard to the literature of
the Australian species of Peripatus, and which might render
necessary certain alterations in the nomenclature. At the same
time I still refrained from attaching a specific name to the
oviparous Victorian species, pending further evidence. After my
address was written I had the opportunity of talking over the
matter with Mr. J. J. Fletcher in Sydney, and found that he had
independently arrived at conclusions very similar to those con-
tained in my manuscript. Mr. Fletcher suggested that we should
each contribute a paper on the subject to the next meeting of
this Society, and that in my contribution I should confine myself
to the egg-laying Victorian species, which we agreed should now
receivea name. In accordance with this suggestion I now submit
a description of the species in question, for which I propose the
name Peripatus oviparus.

Very fortunately, while I was in New South Wales, my friend
Mr. Thos. Steel, F.C.S., was successful in finding a large number
of the viviparous species with fifteen pairs of claw-bearing legs.
These I was able to examine both alive and by means of dissec-
tion, and I have thus satisfied myself that the oviparous Victorian
form is certainly worthy of a distinctive name.

196 DESCRIPTION OF PERIPATUS OVIPARUS,

PERIPATUS OVIPARUS, N.sp.

Peripatus leuckartit (probably in all cases where this name has
hitherto been applied to specimens from Victoria with fifteen
pairs of claw-bearing legs, especially in earlier papers of the
present writer, but not where the name has been. applied to
specimens from New South Wales).

A good-sized female specimen, when crawling, measured 39 mm.
in length, exclusive of the antenne. Full-grown females preserved
in spirit and contracted in the usual manner (not extended by
drowning) measure about 20 mm. in length (exclusive of the
antenne) by 4:5 mm. in greatest breadth (exclusive of the legs).
The males seem to be commonly somewhat smaller than the adult
females, but the evidence at present forthcoming is not sufficient
to justify a generalization on this point.

There are fifteen pairs of claw-bearing legs. Each leg has three
pale-coloured spinous pads on its ventral surface. On the fourth
and fifth legs the proximal and largest pad is divided transversely
into three parts, the median part being much the smallest and
bearing a white papilla. Each foot bears three large primary
papille, one anterior, one posterior, and one dorsal, overhanging
the pair of claws.

The jaws consist as usual each of two blades, the inner blade
has about seven teeth and the outer one consists of a single well-
developed tooth with a very small accessory tooth at its base.

The integument is as usual transversely furrowed, with rows of
papille of varying size on the intervening ridges. Along the
mid-dorsal line there is a deep narrow groove; the integument
lining the floor of this groove is devoid of pigment and thus gives
rise to a very narrow median white line, which may be hidden by
contraction.

The predominant colours of the skin are red and indigo blue,
the former passing into yellow and the latter into black in some
specimens. The characteristic pattern of the dorsal surface
consists chiefly in a series of segmentally arranged, diamond-
shaped patches in which the ‘red colour is predominant. Each

BY ARTHUR DENDY. 197

patch is made up of two triangular halves whose bases face one
another on each side of the mid-dorsal line, while their apices lie
over the legs and at about one-third of the distance from the mid-
dorsal line to the insertion of the legs. The separation of the
diamonds from one another is by no means complete, so that there
are two continuous bands of red, one on each side of the mid-
dorsal line, the outer margins of which bands are deeply indented.
The edges of the mid-dorsal groove are commonly darkly pigmented,
and may give rise to an apparently single median dark line when
the lips of the groove are closed together. There is commonly
also a dark edging to the red diamonds, forming a zig-zag longi-
tudinal stripe. This typical pattern may be almost if not quite
obliterated by the replacement of the red pigment by the dark
indigo blue; but even in very dark specimens it may still be
represented by a row of small, pale yellow or red spots, each
occupying the position of the apex of one of the red triangles in
typical specimens. ‘The ventral surface is paler than the dorsal,
and there is in the middle line a row of still paler areas placed one
between the legs of each pair but the last. Patches of dark
indigo blue are usually present on the under surfaces of the legs
near to their bases.

In the adult female, in place of the usual genital papilla, there
is a very conspicuous organ which may be called an ovipositor.
This, when contracted, is an ovoid body of a pale yellow or orange
colour, projecting backwards from between the legs of the last
(15th) pair. In adult specimens ordinarily contracted in spirit
the ovipositor is as large or larger than the legs between which it
hes. It is, however, capable of great extension. Its surface is
uniformly ornamented with minute, spine-bearing papillae, and at
its apex it bears a large slit placed parallel to the long axis of the
body of the animal.

The internal reproductive organs of the female are arranged as
follows :—The ovary consists of right and left halves united in
front and behind and attached by a mesentery to the pericardial
septum in the mid-dorsal line. The oviducts are long and con-
voluted; they have a common origin from the posterior end of the

198 DESCRIPTION OF PERIPATUS OVIPARUS,

ovary, to which they are attached. Near toits point of origin each
bears an oval receptaculum seminis with two ducts. It is very
important to observe that each oviduct is divided into three parts.
All three parts are narrow except where swollen by the contained
eges. The first is very short and extends from the point of
attachment to the ovary to about the level of the receptaculum;
its wall its greatly folded and provided with little excrescences on
the side opposite to the receptaculum. The middle and last
portions of the oviduct are of about equal length. The middle
portion is very thick-walled and apparently glandular. The last
portion has very thin, transparent, membranous walls. At their
hinder ends the oviducts unite in a thick-walled triangular sac,
whose posterior angle is continued into the ovipositor.

I have found eggs in both the middle and last portions of the
oviduct, but much more abundantly in the last. Their number
varies greatly. In one specimen, for example, there were three
eggs in each oviduct; in a second there were seven in one and six
in the other; in a third there were eight in one and nine in the
other.

The eggs at the time of laying show no appearance of embryos
within them, but each consists of a quantity of milky fluid, con-
taining numerous yolk granules, enclosed in a very thick, tough,
but rather soft envelope of a pale yellow colour and beautifully
sculptured on the outside. The sculpturing consists of little
crumpled papille, somewhat resembling worm-casts, arranged at
fairly regular intervals over the surface, and with much finer
meandering ridges occupying the spaces between them. The eggs
are oval in shape and measure about 1:9 by 1-5 mm.

A careful re-investigation of my material has led me to the
following conclusions with regard to the egg-envelope. The
envelope really consists of three membranes. (1) A very thin
transparent membrane immediately surrounding the yolk and
probably to be regarded as a vitelline membrane. (2) A very
thick membrane which is apparently formed as a secretion in the
thick-walled part of the oviduct. In sections of a female contain-
ing eggs in the oviduct this membrane is very clearly shown, and

BY ARTHUR DENDY. 199

is seen to have a thickness of about 0:036 mm. It is of a pale
yellow colour when fresh, and has a very finely granular appear-
ance. In a former paper I erroneously stated that this membrane
or shell is smooth, or nearly so, while still en utero. It is true
that the complete sculpture is not formed till the time of laying,
but my recent observations have shown conclusively that the
foundations of that sculpture are already present when the eggs
are lying in the thin-walled part of the oviduct. These foundations
consist of a number of little rounded protuberances regularly
distributed over the surface of the thick membrane. They are
not very obvious in fresh specimens and require careful looking
for, but in specimens which have lain for a long time in alcohol
previous to dissection the thick egg-membrane assumes a rather
dark brown colour, and the protuberances may become conspicuous
in surface view as much darker, well-defined circular areas about
0:04mm. in diameter. In addition to these protuberances the
thick membrane frequently, perhaps always, exhibits longitudinal
striations of an ill-defined character. (3) The fortunate discovery
of an egg partially extruded from the greatly distended ovipositor
in a specimen preserved in alcohol indicates the formation of a
thin, transparent membrane outside the thick one just described.
This membrane appears to be formed as a secretion, probably by
the walls of the triangular sac at the base of the ovipositor. The
abnormal conditions in the case under notice have prevented its
even deposition, and the amber-coloured, chitinous (?) material is
mostly collected in a large plug attached to what was the inner
end of the egg. I have little doubt that the wrinkling of this
chitinous (?) membrane as it dries upon the already embossed
under-lying membrane gives rise to the complete sculpture of the
perfect egg-shell, for the smooth papille of the thick middle
membrane exactly correspond in arrangement with the crumpled
papille of the perfect shell.

The development of the embryo within the egg-shell appears to
be a very lengthy business, for, as I have stated in a previous
paper, one of the eggs laid in my vivarium in Melbourne hatched
out after an interval of a year and five months from the time of

DESCRIPTION OF PERIPATUS OVIPARUS.

laying. The time of development may, however, have been pro-
longed by the exposure to artificial conditions. The eggs were
laid between the middle of May and the end of July.

In the male the genital papilla is situated in the same position

as in the female, but is much less prominent. On either side of
it, in the angle between the leg and body, is a white papilla bearing
the aperture of an accessory gland. Behind it and just in front
of the anus are a pair of apertures belonging to other accessory
glands. Crural glands occur in all the legs from the second to
the thirteenth, and possibly also in the fourteenth. The aperture
of the crural gland is situated on the under-surface of the leg,
and the nephridial aperture lies inside it, except in the fourth and
fifth legs. The white papilla which bears the aperture of the
crural gland may be either prominent or sunk in a depression,
according to the state of contraction, and hence the number of
these white papillz on the under-surfaces of the legs may appear
to vary in different specimens. I have been unable to find any
crural glands in the female.

T have a number of males in my possession, and I assume that
they belong to the same species because they were found in the
same localities as the oviparous females, whileno viviparous females
with fifteen pairs of legs have yet been found in Victoria. The
males exhibit the same range in pattern and colouration as the
females.

It is unnecessary in this place to describe the general internal
anatomy of Peripatus oviparus,; suffice it to say that it conforms
closely to the usual condition as described in other species.

4
‘
i
4
:
a

201

NOTES ON THESUB-FAMILY BRACHYSCELINA WITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.—Parrt LV.

By Watrer W. FRoGGArT.

(Plate xrx.)

Before describing several new species obtained during last year,
I propose to rectify some errors in my previous papers on the
gall-making coccids with regard to their classification.

In his last contribution to the study of the family Coccide*
Mr. Maskell, when dealing with the nomenclature of the sub-
families, formed the sub-family /dzococcene for the reception of
his genera Spherococcus, Cylindrococcus, and Frenchia. Many
members of the above genera form regular galls, but others only
waxy tests, while none of their galls are of the solid woody con-
sistency of those of the Brachyscelid coccids; and the female
coccids themselves differ structurally from the females of the latter.
The Eucalyptus-gall coccids consisting of Schrader’s three genera
Brachyscelis, Opisthoscelis, and Ascelis coming into the sub-family
Brachysceline form another very natural group of the family
Coccide.

When re-describing Opisthoscelis subrotunda, Sch., in my earlier
papert, I stated that the larva had tarsi terminating in two
claws, which, as Mr. Maskell has pointed out, would remove them
from the Coccide into the family Psyllide; what I mistook for
the second claw, I find upon more careful examination to be the
lower digitule, appendages like fine spines springing from the
extremity of the tarsi.

* Maskell, Trans. N.Z. Inst. Vol. xxv. p. 236, 1892.
+ Notes on the Family Brachyscelide, P.L.S. N.S.W. (2 Ser ) Vol. viii.,
p. 209, 1893).

202 ON THE SUB-FAMILY BRACHYSCELIN 4,

BRACHYSCELIS DIPSACIFORMIS N.sp.

(Plate x1x., fig. 1.)

Q. Gall 6 lines high, 43} in diameter, generally oval but
sometimes rounded at base, black to dark reddish brown in colour;
produced upon the twigs of a slender-leaved eucalypt, sometimes
solitary but chiefly in bunches of two or three; they grow out at
the base like a small button, with the spines forming an erect mass
on the upper surface, but as the gall matures it gradually forms a
round solid centre with these spines turning downwards into a
regular prickly covering, which reminds one of a small teasle.
The walls of the galls are thin and solid; the chamber oval; the
apical orifice small and circular, with the spines surrounding it
often broken away or aborted into little woody bracts.

Q. Coccid dull yellow, short and stout, very hairy; the legs
short with very small tarsal claws; dorsal side, the abdominal
segments each bearing a row of very long slender spines, and
thickly fringed with long hairs, increasing in density towards the
tip where they form a regular brush; the anal appendages black,
short, stout, and cylindrical, with a distinct median division and V-
shaped cleft at the tips, which are slightly pointed. Upon the
ventral side the hairs are of a pale golden yellow and much longer
than the anal appendages. The coccid here described was dead
and partially dried up when taken out of the gall.

dg. Gall and coccid unknown.
Hab. — North Queensland (Mr. F. M. Bailey).

I am indebted to my friend Mr. J. G. O. Tepper, of the Adelaide
Museum, for the opportunity of describing this curious little gall,
which he informs me was forwarded to him from Brisbane by the
Government Botanist (Mr. F. M. Bailey), with the information
that it came from North Queensland.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 203

BRACHYSCELIS SESSILIS N.Sp.

(Plate x1x., fig. 2.)

Q. Gall forming a rounded or oblong swelling on the branch, out
of the centre of which springs up a tubular gall from 2 to 4 lines
in height above the excrescence on the branch; 4 lines in diameter
and perfectly flat on the truncated apex, with the exception of the
small cone-shaped projection in the centre, encircling the minute
apical orifice. The walls of the galls are stout and solid, containing
a chamber rounded at the base and pointed towards the apex;
each of these galls is distinct from the large swelling upon the
branch from which they project, and can be detached without
breaking.

Q. Coccid dull yellow, 4 lines in length, broad and round at
apex, central lobe with two very small antenne and short fore-
legs, the second pair rather large, with the hind pair largest, the
first joint swollen and almost globular; the last thoracic segment
broad, the first four abdominal ones regular, and tapering sharply
to the tip, the anal segment, bearing the anal appendages, rounded.
Dorsal view, head, and thoracic segments covered with very fine
scattered tubercles, but bearing no regular spines; first abdominal
segment with short irregular black spines along the apical margin,
on the second segment increasing in numbers and regularity until
on the last two forming a close regular ridge of stout black spines;
anal appendages black, very short, broad at the base, conical and
almost in contact at the base until near the apex, opening into a
V-shaped angle; the whole coccid lightly covered with hairs,
thickest towards the extremity of the abdomen.

dg. Gall and coccid unknown.

Hab.— Wallsend, near Newcastle. On a small rough-barked
Eucalyptus sp.

204 ON THE SUB-FAMILY BRACHYSCELIN &,

BracHysceELis THorRNTONI, Froggt.

In my description of this species in a previous paper* I have
confounded two very distinct species, a collection of fresh material
which I collected last year at Wallsend having convinced
me of my mistake. The former description will stand for the
female gall in an immature state (also figured in the plate), but
that of the male gall mass as there described must be withdrawn.

The male gall mass of this species is very variable in shape and
size, often much curved and distorted, covered with warty
excrescences and the edges broken and irregular, but the coccid

tubes always coalesce and are not separated or distinct by them-
selves.

It is one of the most prolific species; I have seen some trees
about Wallsend which are simply one mass of these galls; the
more mature galls become more oval and lose the very pronounced
ribs so conspicuous in the very young ones.

BRACHYSCELIS ROS#FORMIS, N.Sp.

(Plate x1x., fig. 3.)

Q. Gall 9 lines in length, not more than 14 lines in diameter at
the base, gradually swelling out to three lines at the apex; brown
to pale red; rather wrinkled on the surface; walls of the cham-
ber thin, the chamber tubular, extending from the base to the
tip; apical orifice small, circular, apex of gall truncate; sometimes
the gall stands straight out from the leaf, but more frequently
hangs downward along it.

¢. Gall forming a wrinkled irregular mass, growing from the
side of the female gall close to the tip, swelling out into a rugose
reddish brown mass, with the upper surface slightly concave,
14 inches across at the widest diameter and about a quarter

* PLL.S. N.S. W. (2 Ser.) Vol. vii., p. 371-72, 1892.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 205

of an inch in thickness, containing over 1000 pale pink larval
tubes, each of which is a distinct individual tube separated from
any other at the tip.

Hab.—Wingham, Manning River (Mr. William Allan).

The specimen from which this is described was received with
the note that it was not uncommon in that district. It consisted
of single large Eucalyptus leaf carrying five female galls, sur-
mounted with gall masses nearly as large as the one described,
with several smaller ones, all of which sprang from the edge of
the midrib of the leaf.

I have another variety of this gall obtained by the Rev. T. W.
Alkin near Campbelltown, which is much more uniform in shape
than the former; in this specimen there are six bright pink coloured
galls springing from either side of the midrib of a very slender
Eucalyptus leaf; the female gall is not more than half the length,
the male gall mass much more funnel-shaped, containing on an
average about 100 male tubes in each mass.

The gall described as the male of B. Thorntoni is another
variety close to the Campbelltown one, of which I have had four
specimens from around Wallsend.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Brachyscelis dipsaciformis.
Fig. 1.—Female galls upon twig.
B. sessilis.
Fig. 2.—Female galls growing out of a branch.
B. rosceeformis.

Fig. 3.—Female galls, each with its attached mass of male galls; towards
the tip of the leaf are other immature galls.

ON A FIDDLER (TAYGONORHINA FASCIATA), WITH
ABNORMAL PECTORAL FINS.

By Jas. P. Hitt, Demonstrator or BIOLOGY, IN THE
UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY.

(Plate xx.)

Some little time ago there came into my possession through the
kindness of Mr. J. Hastie, Broken Bay, N.S.W., a specimen of
the Fiddler-ray (7rygonorhina fasciata), with markedly abnormal
pectoral fins. The specimen presented so peculiar and striking
an appearance that it was picked out by the fishermen when
looking over the contents of their net after a haul and kept as a
curiosity. On describing the specimen to my friend, Prof. G. B.
Howes, he referred me to a note* by Dr. Traquair on an abnormal
Thornback (Raia clavata). Dr. Traquair very kindly furnished
me with a copy of his note, and I am now enabled to give a
description of this specimen.

The Fiddler in question is a young male, measuring 26°9 cm. in
length, and 11:2 cm. across the broadest part of the pectoral fins.

From the illustration accompanying this note it will be seen
that the pectoral fins are markedly abnormal, and give the fish a
very striking appearance. On each side the anterior portion of
each pectoral fin is separated by a wide and deep notch from the
head. The notch on the left side is, as in Dr. Traquair’s Thorn-
back, deeper than that on the right, causing the animal to have a
very asymmetrical appearance. On the right side the notch
extends backwards from the anterior end of the pectoral fin for a
distance of 3 cm., and terminates almost on a level with the
posterior border of the spiracular cleft. On the left side, however,
the notch extends back for a distance of 4:5 cm., terminating at

* Note on an abnormally developed Thornback (Raia clavata), Ann. of
Scottish Nat. Hist. Jan., 1892.

BY JAS. P. HILL. 207

the point of articulation of the propterygium with the shoulder
girdle. The entire anterior portion of the left fin, supported by
the propterygium and its rays, is thus entirely free from the body.
On both sides, and especially on the left, the propterygia are
directed markedly outwards.

The only parallel for this condition among living Elasmo-
branchs appears to be found in the Angel-fish (Rhina squatina).
In that form, as is well known, the anterior ends of the expanded
pectoral fins extend forward as two short horns supported by the
propterygia, and entirely free from the body wall. On the left
side of our specimen, except for the greater forward extension of
the fin, the condition in Rhina is essentially realised.

In the abnormal Thornback described by Dr. Traquair the
anterior extremities of the pectoral fins projected as two short
processes, one on either side of the snout. J have found a similar
condition in one of a series of twelve young taken from a single
female Hypnos subnigrum. In this specimen, which measured
6-1 em. in length, the anterior ends of the pectoral fins projected
as two blunt horns, one on the outer side of the anterior portion
of each electric organ.

Similar cases of the non-adherence of the anterior extremities
of the pectoral fins to the head have been recorded by Yarrell* for
Raia clavata, by Dayt for #. clavata and R. batis, and by
Bureaut for #. asterias. All these cases are of the same nature,
and of all recorded instances of this abnormality that of the
Trygonorhina herein described is perhaps the most marked. The
meaning of this variation, to which some slight importance may
be attached from its occurrence in three distinct Batoid genera,
is not far to seek. Prof. Howes, in his paper§ on the fin-skeleton

* Yarrell. British Fishes, ed. by Richardson, 1859, Vol. ii. p. 585 and
p. 384.

t Day. British Fishes, Vol. ii. p. 345, Pl. cuxx1. fig. 2, and p. 337.

t Bureau. Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1889, xiv. p. 313, and fig. (References
from Bateson. Materials for the Study of Variation, p. 540.)

§ Observations on the Pectoral Fin-skeleton of Batoid Fishes. P.Z.S.
1890, p. 680.

208 ON A FIDDLER.

of Batoids, says ‘‘that the Batoid type of fin has been derived
from a shorter Selachoid one by forward rotation and general
enlargement is sufficiently clear from known facts of development.’,
It is in these facts, viz., that the pectoral fin of Batoids undergoes
a forward growth in the embryo and only secondarily fuses with
the cephalic integument, that these cases of non-adherence in the
young or adult find their explanation. This is fully borne out by
the examination of a uterine embryo of Urolophus testacews, 3 em. in
length, in the teaching collection of the Biological Department of
this University. In this embryo in which distinct external gills
are present and the cranial flexure is well marked, the broadly
expanded pectoral fins extend forward beyond the mouth as two
blunt processes separated by a cleft from the head, and are at
this stage comparable with the adult condition of the pectoral
fins in Rhina.

From these facts of development we are led to regard the non-
adherence of the anterior portions of the pectoral fins in 7’rygono-
rhina and the incomplete adherence of the anterior ends of the
fins in the other recorded cases as retentions more or less complete
of an embryonic or ancestral condition—as reversions in fact, for
if there is any truth at all in the law of recapitulation there can be
little doubt but that the free condition of the anterior portion of
the pectoral fin of Batoids was the primitive one. It is interesting
in view of this to find this feature of non-adherence most marked
in the Rhinobatid genus Zrygonorhina, the Rhinobatids being
in many points transitional between the Latorder and Selachoider.

In conclusion I have to express my indebtedness to Mr. Robert
Grant for the photograph from which the accompanying drawing
was made.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Dorsal aspect of an abnormal specimen of Trygonorhina fasciata—
reduced about 2} times.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of the galls mentioned in his
paper, together with drawings of the same. Also two hazel hoops
taken from powder kegs on board one of the powder hulks in
Sydney attacked by the larve of Gracia pygmea, Fabr., a
small European longicorn beetle, specimens of which were
shown, and which had been evidently introduced in the wood.
The larvee burrow under the bark of the hoops. As many as over
40 specimens were bred from two hoops. Also the remains of a
larva of the Australian silk worm moth (Antherwa eucalypt)
destroyed by parasitic hymenoptera (Fam. Braconide) which had
produced a remarkable mass of white cotton-like substance 21
inches long and 14 inch in width, enveloping a double row of
cocoons.

Mr. Maiden sent for exhibition some specimens of fire-sticks
used by the natives on the ranges behind Cardwell, N. Queens-
land. They are tied up in bundles with a board on which the
sticks are rubbed, painted and carved to represent some animal.
Also some pearl-shell fishhooks cut into slender curved points,
with modernised editions made from iron nails picked up on the
sea shore in which the old form is reproduced, used by the natives
of Hinchinbrook Island. Also a shell forehead ornament from
the same place.

‘Mr. Garland showed a miscellaneous gathering of fragmenta
from an aboriginal kitchen midden in a cave shelter at Pittwater,
comprising spines of various fishes, bones of marsupials, dc.,
together with a pointed bone, probably in use as a piercer in
sewing skins.

Mr. Brazier exhibited a varied collection of zoological and
botanical specimens found by F. C. Brazier at Nelson Bay Beach
(Bronte), Waverley, during the southerly gales of April 11-13th
last, comprising Sepia apama, Gray, common; S. elongata, Orb.,
rare, one imperfect specimen; S. capensis, Orb., thirty specimens;
S. australis, Orb., eight specimens in very fair condition; Lanthina

210 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

caerulata, Reeve, two hundred living specimens; J. fragilis, Lam.,
eight living specimens; Spirula Peroni, Lam., five imperfect
specimens, with portion of the animal attached to the shells;
Lepas Hillt, Leach, on Sepia apama, Gray, on slag from furnace
fires, and a large nut from Pacific Islands; L. pectenata, Spengler,
on Spirula Peronr, Sepia capensis, lanthina caerulata, on corks,
pieces of packing cases, and slag from furnace fires; three species
of fishes; two species of crabs; numerous specimens of candle nuts
Aleurites trilobata; and the fruit probably of Barringtonia
specvosa.

Be Sr Bac

WEDNESDAY, MAY 297n, 1895.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday even-
ing, August 28th, 1895.

Mr. P. N. Trebeck, J.P., in the Chair.

Mr. John MacPherson, M.A., Sydney University, and Dr. R.
Broom, B.Sc., Taralga,‘ N.8.W., were elected Members of the

Society.

DONATIONS.

Geological Survey of India—Records. Vol. xxviii. (1895),
Part 1. From the Director.

Zoological Society of London—Abstract. 5th March and 2nd
April, 1895: Transactions. Vol. xiii. Part 10: Proceedings, 1894,
Partiv. From the Soctety.

Madras Government Museum—Bulletin. No. 3. Second
Edition, revised. From the Superintendent.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. vii. (1895), Nos. 7-10.
From the Government Secretar y.

K.K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien— Verhand-

lungen. xlv. Bd. (1895), 2-3 Hefte. rom the Socvety.
O

DD, DONATIONS.

Indian Museum—Natural History Notes. Series 1. No. 18.
From the Superintendent.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. Nos. 112-113
(April-May, 1895). From the Hditor.

Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. Index to Vol. v. (1894); Vol.
vi. (1895), Parts 3-4. From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and
Agriculture.

American Museum of Natural History—Bulletin. Vol. vu.
(1895), Sig. 3-4 (pp. 33-64). From the Museum.

Johns Hopkins University Circulars. Vol. xiv. Nos. 115, 117
and 118 (Nov., 1894, March and April, 1895). rom the

University.

American Geographical Society—Bulletin. Vol xxvi. (1894),
No. 4, Part 2; Vol. xxvii. (1895), No. 1. From the Society.

Société Scientifique du Chili— Actes. Tome iv. (1894), 4™° Liv.
From. the Socvety.

Canadian Institute—Canadian Journal. First Series. Vols.
ii.-iii. (1853-55); Second Series. Vols. i.-ix. and xii.-xiv. (1856-75):
Third Series (Proceedings). Vol. i. Fasc. 2-5; Vol. ii. Fase. 3;
Vol. ii. Fasc. 2-3 (1885-86). rom the Institute.

Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles—Bulletin. xx™,
Année (1895), Nos. 4-6. rom the Society.

Société Impériale Mineralogique de Russie—Verhandlungen.
xxxl. Bd. (1894). rom the Society.

\\

Société Hollandaise des Sciences & Harlem—Archives Néer-
landaises. ‘Tome xxvii. 5™¢ Liv. (1895). rom the Society.

Pharmaceutical Journal of Australasia. Vol. vii. No. 4
(April, 1895). From the Editor.

Société d’ Horticulture du Doubs, Besancon — Bulletin. nis.
No. 51 (March, 1895). From the Society.

DONATIONS. De

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrg. Nos. 471-473 (March-
_ April, 1895). From the Editor.

Australian Orchids. By R. D. Fitzgerald, F.LS. Vol. ii.
Parts 3-5 (1888-94). From the Government Printer.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. No. 340 (April, 1895).
From the Socvety.

U.S. Department of Agriculture—Division of Entomology—
Insect Life. Vol. vii. No. 4 (1895). From the Secretary of
Agriculture.

Hooker’s Icones Plantarum. Vol.iv. Fourth Series. Part 3
(April, 1895). From the Director, Royal Gardens, Kew.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney—Records of
the Geological Survey of N.S. Wales. Vol. iv. Part 3 (1895).
From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xii. No. 1 (April, 1895). From
the Pield Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

Société Belge de Microscopie—Annales. Tome xix. 1 Fasc
(1895). From the Soctety.

Cambridge Philosophical Society—Proceedings. Vol. viii.
Part iv. (1895). From the Socvety.

Zoologische Station zu Neapel--Mittheilungen. xi. Bd. 4 Heft
(1895). From the Director.

Oxford University Museum —Catalogue of Books added to the
Radcliffe Library during the Year 1894. From the Radcliffe
Trustees.

Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris—Bulletin. Année 1895.

Nos. 1-2. Krom the Museunr.

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou—Bulletin.
Année 1894. No. 4. From the Society.

214 DONATIONS.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein fiir den Reg.-Bez. Frankfurt a.
O.— Helios. xii. Jahrg. (1894), Nos. 7-12: Societatum Litterae. viii.
Jahrg. (1894), Nos. 10-12; ix. Jahrg. (1895), Nos. 1-3. rom the
Socrety.

Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg—Bulletin.
v® Serie. Tome ii. No. 2 (1895). From the Academy.

Free Public Library, Sydney—Report from Trustees for 1894.
From the Trustees.

Naturhistoriske Forening i Kjobenhavn—Videnskabelige Med.

delelser for Aaret 1894. From the Society.

ss : Lone
ee apices Ma cauaiall

OOLOGICAL NOTES.
By Aurrep J. Nortu, F.L.S8., Austratian Museum, SYDNEY.

With the exception of an immature egg of Hudynamis cyano-
cephala previously described by me,* the eggs of the following
species are now, so far as I am aware, described for the first time.

EUDYNAMIS CYANOCEPHALA, Latham.

Flinder’s Cuckoo is freely distributed during the spring and
summer months throughout the coastal scrubs of Hastern Aus-
tralia, its range also extending around the northern and extreme
north-western portions of the continent and to New Guinea and
Timor. In New South Wales it generally arrives during the
latter part of September, and is more frequently met with in the
tropical and luxuriant brushes of the northern coastal rivers;
localities where the wild fig, native cherry and numerous other
fruit and berry-bearing trees and shrubs abound, and which
afford this species an abundant supply of food. It does not
confine its diet entirely to wild fruits and berries, for in the high
table-lands of the New England District it freely enters gardens
and orchards in search of food, committing great depredations
among cultivated fruits, especially plums and cherries. About
the end of February it retires northwards again. Hitherto the
only egg of this parasitic Cuckoo I had ever seen was an imma-
ture one obtained by Mr. George Masters at Gayndah, Queensland,
on the 25th of November, 1870. Having shot at a female and
broken her wing, while pursuing her on the ground the egg was

dropped. For an opportunity of examining a normal egg of this

Cuckoo I am indebted to Mr. 8. W. Jackson, who recently watched
and waited while one of these parasites deposited her egg in the

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.s.W. Vol. ii. 2nd Series, p. 544 (1887).

216 OOLOGICAL NOTES,

deep cup-shaped nest of the Green-backed Oriole ( Mimeta viridis ),
one of the most notorious orchard marauders in New South Wales.
From Mr. Jackson’s letter accompanying this egg, I have extracted
the following information :—

“While collecting on the 3lst of October, 1894, in a scrub
near South Grafton I heard the loud and peculiar ‘“coo-ee” of
Flinder’s Cuckoo, and upon approaching a large ‘“ Box-tree”
(Hucalyptus robusta), I observed in it a pair of Hudynamis
cyanocephala, the female being perched close to a nest of A/imeta
eiridis. Thinking perhaps that the Cuckoo had laid in it, I
climbed the tree, and found that the nest contained three fresh
egos of the Oriole; these I left and descended to the ground. The
female Cuckoo, which I had frightened away when starting to
climb the tree, now returned, and calling to her mate both sat
near the nest. After watching them for a few minutes the male
flew away, and to my joy the female took possession of the
Oriole’s nest. Idid not leave the spot, but sat down in the shade
of the Eucalyptus, and after waiting about half-an-hour got up
and suddenly clapped my hands, but she would not leave the
nest. I started again to climb the tree, when off she flew and
never returned. Upon reaching the nest, and making a further
examination of its contents, I was greatly delighted to find that
in addition to the three eggs of the Oriole it now contained the
previously unknown egg of Flinder’s Cuckoo. During the time
the Cuckoo had possession of the Oriole’s nest both the male and
the female of the latter sat in the tree, but did not interfere with
the occupant of the nest.”

The egg of Hudynumis cyanocephala is oval in form and of a
pale reddish-salmon ground colour, minutely dotted and spotted
with different shades of reddish and purplish-brown, the latter
colour predominating and appearing as if beneath the surface of
the shell; the smaller end of the egg is more sparingly marked,
but towards its thicker axis are a few small blotches of umber
brown. There are many indistinct underlying blotches and
smears of dull purplish-brown, of which the largest is a longitu-
dinal marking measuring 1:1 inch in length by 0-4 inch in

BY ALFRED J. NORTH. FAT

breadth. The egg measures 1°36 inch in length by 1:02 inch in
breadth, and without its underlying blotches and smears some-
what resembles those of the Friar Bird (7'ropidorhynchus corut-
culatus ).

The Oriole’s eggs from the above nest are of the usual variety
found, being of a creamy-brown ground colour, minutely dotted
and boldly blotched all over with different shades of umber-brown,
intermingled with underlying markings of deep _bluish-grey.
Length, (A) 1:35 x 0-98 inch; (B) 1:4 x 1:03 inch; (C) 1:43 x
1:01 inch.

It will be observed that the egg of Flinder’s Cuckoo is the same
size as those of Mimeta virwis, although as a rule the eggs of
Australian Cuckoos are larger than those of the birds in whose
nests they are deposited. In the choice of a foster-parent for its
young Ludynamis cyanocephula has, however, exercised great
discrimination in selecting a species that, like itself, depends
entirely on fruits and berries for its subsistence during the spring
and summer months.

MEGALURUS GALACTOTES, Temminck.

Although the range of the Tawny Grass-bird extends over the
greater portion of Northern and Eastern Queensland, and Northern
New South Wales, it is of so shy and retiring disposition that it
is a species seldom met with, and only on one occasion have I
heard of its nest and eggs being found. The late Mr. George
Barnard, of Coomooboolaroo, Queensland, shortly before his
decease informed me that while collecting specimens of Micro-
lepidoptera on his station on the 26th of October, 1893, he flushed
one of these birds from the rush-bordered bank of a dry creek,
and, after a diligent search, succeeded in finding its nest at the
bottom of a tuft of long rushes. The nest was a deep cup-shaped
structure, slightly domed or narrowed at the top, and was out-
wardly composed of dried swamp grasses, lined inside with
feathers, and contained three fresh eggs, two of which he‘unfortu-
nately broke. The remaining egg has recently been forwarded
to me for examination by Mr. Charles Barnard. It is precisely

218 OOLOGICAL NOTES,

similar in colour and markings to those of its southern congener
M. gramineus, but is slightly larger, being of a reddish-white
ground colour, freckled all over with purplish-red markings, which
predominate as usual on the thicker end of the egg. Length,
0-8 x 0:58 inch.

PLATALEA MELANORHYNCHA, Reichenbach.

The Black-faced Spoonbill is generally distributed in favourable
situations over the north-eastern and northern portions of the
Australian Continent, its range extending also to the Aru Islands,
where several examples were procured by the late Mr. 8S. White,
and which are now contained in the Reference Collection of the
Australian Museum. In New South Wales it is a comparatively
rare species, and is seldom met with except on the mangrove flats
and swamps adjacent to the northern coastal rivers, but recently
it has been found breeding on an inland swamp near the extreme
southern boundary of the colony. For an opportunity of examin-
ing and describing the eggs of this species I am indebted to Mr.
James’ Kershaw, of the National Museum, Melbourne, who has
kindly forwarded me a set, together with the following note :—
“The eggs of Platalea melanorhyncha 1 sent you last week were
obtained by Mr. H. G. Evered, who has supplied me with the
following information relative to the taking of them :—‘ While
duck shooting on Christmas Day, 1893, on one of the swamps
along the banks of the Murray River, about sixty miles above
Echuca, and when nearing an Ibis rookery, the man who was
poling the boat drew my attention to a bird flying with the White
This (Threskiornis strictipennis) which we had disturbed; at the
game time informing me that the bird was almost a stranger in
those parts, and that he had not seen a specimen for the previous
four or five years. As it would not leave the spot, but continued
flying in a circle, we thought there might possibly be a nest near
at hand, so we concealed our boat in a bed of reeds and watched.
After a little while all the Ibis, and lastly the bira which I now
recognised to be a Spoonbill, settled in an adjacent bed of reeds.
We now approached as noiselessly as possible, and when within

BY ALFRED J. NORTH. 219

about forty yards it again rose with the Ibis, and I was successful
in shooting it. Upon examining the place, we found the nest of
the Spoonbill built amongst those of the White Ibis; it was an
open flat structure, composed of broken down reeds and twigs,
measuring two feet across, and was placed about three feet above
the water. The eggs, three in number, were in an advanced state
of incubation. All the nests of the White Ibis contained young
birds from one to two weeks old.”

The eggs of Platalea melanorhyncha are similar to those of its
near ally P. lewcorodia, of Europe and Southern Asia; they are
elongate-oval in form, slightly pointed at the smaller end, and of
a dull chalky-white ground colour, with ill-defined blotches and
smears of yellow- and pale reddish-brown almost uniformly distri-
buted over the surface of the shell; one specimen (C) is more
sparingly but distinctly marked, and has a few bold darker
blotches on the large end. Length, (A) 2°73 x 1-73 inch; (B)
mmo x 1-68 inch;.(€) 2-6 x 1-7 inch.

It is remarkable the partiality Spoonbills have for breeding in
company with Ibises. Mr. Hume in his “Nests and Eggs of
Indian Birds” records Platalea leucorodia breeding on trees in
company with the Pelican-Ibis (Tantalus lewcocephalus ), also near
colonies of the Shell-Ibis (Anastomus osciians ).

ARDETTA PUSILLA, Vieillot.

Though a comparatively rare species the Minute Bittern 1s
widely distributed in suitable localities over most parts of Hastern
Australia. In New South Wales it still frequents the neighbour-
hood of Sydney, specimens having been recently presented to the
Trustees of the Australian Museum that were procured on the
marshy grounds at the mouth of Cook’s River during January,
1895. <A freshly shot specimen was also received in the same
month from a correspondent at Narromine, a pastoral and agri-
cultural district, situated on the banks of the Macquarie River,
and about 300 miles west of Sydney. It appears, however, to be
more freely distributed on the swamps in the vicinity of the
Murray River, for on several occasions Mr. Evered has been

220 OOLOGICAL NOTES,

successful in finding its nests and eggs near Mathoura. Mr.
Kershaw, to whom I am also indebted for the loan of the eggs of
this species for description, has kindly sent the following note
relative to the taking of them :—‘ Mr. H. G. Evered found the
nest of the Minute Bittern, containing four fresh eggs, in a swamp
near Mathoura, New South Wales, during November, 1893. It
was an open nest, composed of dead leaves of aquatic plants, and
grasses and herbage growing about the swamp, and was fastened
to several reeds just above the surface of the water.' The bird
was seen on the nest, and one was captured alive.”

The eggs of the Minute Bittern are oval in form and pure
white, the texture of the shell being very fine and the surface
dull and lustreless. Length, (A) 1:18 x 0°98 inch; (B) 1:26 x
linch. Like the eggs of all birds laid in similar situations, they
soon become dirty and nest-stained.

LS)
bo
—

NOTE ON THE CORRECT HABITAT OF PATELLA
(SCUTELLASTRA) KERMADECENSIS, PILSBRY.

By T. F. Cornsmman, F.L.S , Curator oF THE AUCKLAND MUSEUM.

(Communicated by the Secretary. )

Some months ago, Prof. F. W. Hutton drew my attention to a
communication from Mr. Brazier printed in the Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales (Vol. ix., 2nd Ser., p. 183)
in which it is stated that South Africa is the true habitat of
Patella kermadecensis, and that Mr. Pilsbry was mistaken in
supposing that his specimens came from the Kermadec Islands.
Apparently, Mr. Brazier arrives at this conclusion from the fact
that a specimen in his possession, originally obtained from a New
Zealand dealer notoriously inaccurate in the localities assigned to
his specimens, has adhering to it two individuals of Patella
cochlear, Born, a species known to inhabit the Cape of Good
Hope. He also considers it extremely improbable that such a
large and conspicuous species as that described by Mr. Pilsbry
should have been overlooked by the late Mr. John MacGillivray,
the naturalist attached to H.M.S. “ Herald,” which ship, under
the command of Capt. Denham, in the year 1854, made a stay of
nearly four weeks at Sunday Island, the largest of the Kermadec
Group.

As Mr. Pilsbry’s types were collected by myself at Sunday
Island, I wrote a few lines with the intention of forwarding them
to the Society. Just at that time, however, I received the
following part of the “ Proceedings,” in which I noticed that Mr.
Hedley had, on the strength of information furnished by my
friend Mr. C. Spencer, again asserted the claims of the Kermadec
Islands (see Vol. ix., 2nd Ser., p. 465). Thinking that this was

222 HABITAT OF PATELLA KERMADECENSIS, PILSBRY,

sufficient to set the matter at rest, I threw aside what I had
written. Unfortunately I did not then notice a subsequent
communication from Mr. Brazier printed in the same number
(p. 566), in which, while granting that Patella kermadecensis
might have been collected at Macaulay Island, one of the smaller
islands of the group, he still declined to admit its nativity in
Sunday Island. Perhaps I may now be allowed to mention what
must be regarded as conclusive evidence on the point.

In July, 1887, the New Zealand Government despatched the
steamer “Stella” to the Kermadec Islands for the purpose of
annexing them to the colony, and I was kindly granted permis-
sion to accompany the expedition. My time was mostly given to
an examination of the botany of the group; but while engaged in
this work I was able to pay some attention to the fauna. We
first landed on Sunday Island on the north side, and I then
noticed (as in fact all the members of our party did) that the
rocks in the vicinity of the landing place were covered with large
limpets, four or five inches in diameter. Attempts were made to
collect some of them, but they could not be reached from the
boat, and the violent surf breaking on the rocks made it impos-
sible to get at them from the shore. Two days later, we landed
at Boat Cove, on the eastern shore of the island. In this locality
the limpets were even still more plentiful, and as it was low water at
the time I was able to knock several off the rocks with a spade.
While I was on shore botanising our boatmen collected quite a
large number, most of which were given to me. The next day
they were seen in profusion on Meyer Island, an outlying rock
on the north side of Sunday Island. In short, we noticed them
on every part of the coast that was at all suitable; and I have no
hesitation in saying that in calm weather it would be quite pos-
sible to load a small vessel with them, so numerous are they.
Afterwards, we found that they were equally plentiful on the shore
of Macaulay Island and the other small islands of the group.

Soon after my return to Auckland, I forwarded specimens to
several of the New Zealand Museums, and to private collectors,
both in New Zealand and abroad. Among others, several

ae see aca

BY T. F. CHEESEMAN. 293

specimens were sent to Mr. E. W. Roper, of Revere, Massa
chusetts, and two of these were given by him to Mr. Pilsbry.
Upon these the original description printed in the “ Nautilus” is
founded.

Since my visit, great numbers of the Patel/a have been brought
to New Zealand by the officers and crew of the ‘ Hinemoa,”
which vessel now regularly visits the group once a year. On one
occasion a sackful was brought to me at the Museum, and offered
for a few shillings. Having a stock sufficient for my requirements,
I did not purchase, and the sack was eventually sold to the dealer
alluded to by Mr. Brazier. Doubtless the shell has passed into
the hands of many collectors from this source.

As Mr. Brazier remarks, it is somewhat curious that such a
conspicuous species was not noticed by Mr. MacGillivray. But I
believe that the landing place principally used during the visit of
the “ Herald” was Denham Bay, on the west side of the island.
This is sandy, and of course anyone landing there would fail to
see the Patelia. The ‘Herald,’ too, had remarkably rough
weather during almost the whole of her stay, and that would
effectually prevent the rocky beaches from being searched, as our
own experience with the “Stella” amply proved.

I may conclude by saying that the presence of a large Patella
in the Kermadec Group was alluded to in my account of the botany
of the Group (Trans. N.Z. Institute, Vol xx., p. 165) and in Mr.
Percy Smith’s official report to the New Zealand Government
(“The Kermadec Islands, their capabilities and extent,” p. 27).

bo
bo
NG

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN
COLEOPTERA.

By ArtHur M. Leta.
Part II.
DYTISCID4.

LANCESTES OCULARIS, n.sp.

Subconvex, highly polished. Piceous-black; head with a testa-
ceous blotch in its middle; anterior half of prothorax testaceous,
except behind the emargination and a narrow indistinct stroke at
the middle; each elytron with eight narrow longitudinal stripes—
lst and 2nd joined and barbed at apex, open behind, 3rd and 4th
joined at base and apex, 5th bifurcate at its base, joined to the
6th at about a third from the apex, between the 5th stripe and
the base is an irregular circle with an extension behind, 7th and
8th soldered at the shoulders—near apex connected with 4th;
legs, antennze and palpi reddish, the posterior legs tinged with
piceous. Above very densely and extremely minutely punctate ;
head with two transverse punctures on each side; prothorax with
a row of feeble closely connected punctures near apex, with some
almost obsolete on each side near base; elytra with two very
feeble rows; sterna indistinctly wrinkled; intermediate femora
with a row of feeble punctures.

Head very smooth; without impressions at sides of eyes;
antenne thin, passing intermediate coxe. Prothorax widely
transverse, narrower in front than behind ; widely emarginate at
apex, base feebly bisinuate ; angles acute, the posterior but little
produced; prosternal keel narrow, lanceolate, basal half margined,
received into a narrow mesosternal excavation. Hlytra wider
than prothorax, widest about the middle; not quite covering
abdomen. Tibiz with sete and spurs at their apices, spurs to

BY ARTHUR M. LBA. 225

posterior long and thin—the longest three-quarters the length of
the first tarsal joint. Length 84, width 44mm.

Hab.—Donnybrook, West Australia.

I have two specimens—both females—which agree in all
particulars. Besides the markings, the present species differs
from L. lanceolatws in being shorter and broader, the sterna more
. feebly wrinkled, and prosternal keel broader at base, mesosternal
excavation less sharp.

MYCETOPHAGIDG.

TRIPHYLLUS MU LTIGUTTATUS, N.Sp.

Suboval, slightly convex, above feebly, undersurface moderately
shining. Above dark brown; head in front obscure red, eyes
black; prothorax with the margins, and an irregular spot on each
side of the base, elytra with the margins and numerous spots,
testaceous; these spots are elongate, somewhat irregular in
number (from eleven to fourteen on each elytron), an oblique one
on each side of the scutellum, behind it with its apex at the
middle is an irregular spot, sometimes {)- but oftenest (-shaped,
the spots behind the middle sometimes uniting to form a very
irregular transverse fascia, a large round spot near the apex
(sometimes united with it); undersurface ferruginous-red, legs
paler. Tibize tipped on the outer apex with short black setee, the
inner with a narrow spur. Above densely and obsoletely, under-
surface very minutely punctate; elytra very feebly striate.

Head triangular; eyes large, coarsely faceted; antenne inserted
immediately in front of the eyes, not reaching base of prothorax.
Prothorax broadly transverse; apex widely and shallowly emar-
ginate, base feebly bisinuate; posterior angles acute. Scutellum
small, widely transverse, semicircular. Elytra about twice as
long as head and prothorax combined, at their widest near the
base, where they are slightly wider than prothorax; base truncate,
shoulders feebly rounded. Femora and tibie flattened. Length
24-23, width 141-14. mm.

Hab.—Richmond. River, N.S. W.

226 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Differs from 7. intricatus by its darker colour, different pattern,
smaller size, less distinct puncturation, more prominent eyes,
longer antenne, and broader femora.

TRIPHYLLUS MINOR, n.sp.

Suboval, slightly conxex, shining. Above and the legs reddish-
testaceous, undersurface darker; head piceous-brown (in some
specimens paler at apex); prothorax testaceous-red (occasionally
brown): elytra with three irregular brown fascie, the two posterior
sometimes connected along the suture and lateral margin, the
basal oftenest represented by a large spot on each side of the
scutellum, and a smaller spot on the shoulder; median fascia
largest near the sides, sometimes obliquely connected with the
basal; apical sometimes appearing as two spots and sometimes
occupying almost the entire apex: palpi and antenne testaceous,
the latter darkest at apex. Clothed all over—sparsest on proster-
num—with short, yellowish pubescence; tibie with a number of
spurs at their apices, some of them appearing to be obtusely
serrate. Above densely covered with small, deep punctures;
elytra feebly punctate-striate; undersurface irregularly trans-
versely strigose, and obsoletely punctate.

Head transverse, apex rounded; eyes rather small and promi-
nent; antenne inserted a little distance in front of the eyes,
reaching anterior coxe. Prothorax broadly transverse; apex
almost truncate, base truncate; posterior angles acute. Scutellum
small, widely transverse, apex almost truncate. LHlytra scarcely
twice as long as head and prothorax combined, widest at the base;
base truncate, shoulders very feebly rounded. Femora and tibie
flattened. Length 2, width mm.

Hab.—Sydney, Pitt Town, Inverell, Forest Reefs, Tweed,
Richmond, Clarence, and Hawkesbury Rivers, N.S.W. (Hea).
Brisbane, Queensland (Mr. A. J. Coates).

This species in general appearance and pattern closely resembles
7’. intricatus, from which species it may be distinguished by its
much smaller size (subject to but trifling variation), apex of

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 237

prothorax wider and less deeply emarginate, head darker, tibice
differently spurred, somewhat feebler puncturation, and its move
sober colour. My Pitt Town specimens (three) were taken from
the nest of a Diamond Sparrow, and some of the Sydney ones
from the nests of a Processionary Moth.

DIPLOCGLUS PUNCTATUS, 0.Sp.

Subparallel, subdepressed, shining. Dark brownish-red, elytra
dark red, legs bright red. Above with long yellowish pubescence,
longest at the sides, much shorter and sparser on the undersurface;
tibiz with short spurs and set at their apices. Head densely
and strongly, prothorax as strongly but not so densely punctate,
with several rows of quadrate punctures at the sides; elytra
striate - punctate, the punctures large, quadrate, interstices
minutely punctate; sterna with large shallow punctures; abdo-
minal segments minutely punctate.

Head transverse (when at rest); eyes moderately prominent;
antenne widely separated, scarcely reaching base of prothorax,
two basal joints rather large, middle joint of club widely trans-
verse, much wider than basal, apical subcircular. Prothorax
transversely oblong; apex widely and feebly emarginate, base very
feebly—if at all—bisinuate; posterior angles almost rectangular;
sides narrowly margined and narrowly bicostate; base feebly im-
pressed in the middle. Scutellum very narrowly transverse.
Elytra about one and a half times as long as head and prothorax
combined, base truncate, shoulders rounded, scarcely wider than
prothorax. Basal segment of abdomen with two oblique lines on
each side. Legs short, tibie straight and widening to apex.
Length 22, width 1 (vix) mm.

Iab.—Richmond River, N.S.W.

From D. fasciatus, the present species may be distinguished by
its narrower, more parallel outline, absence of elytral fascia
(though in that species it is sometimes almost obsolete), less convex
form, shorter antenne, with shorter club, more sober colour, and

somewhat feebler puncturation.
P

228 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

DIPLOCGELUS LATUS, n.sp.

Short, thick, subdepressed, shining. Chocolate-brown; lower
surface, legs, and antenne paler. Clothed all over with moderately
long pubescence, longest and blackest above, shortest and yellowish
beneath. Very minutely punctate all over; the head with dense
and rather small punctures, larger and sparser on prothorax;
elytra seriate-punctate, the punctures moderately large and sub-
quadrate at base, feebler towards apex; sterna distinctly and not
very densely punctate.

Head transverse; eyes prominent; antenne widely separated,
not passing anterior coxe, two basal joints of club transverse—
the middle wider than basal, apical joint circular. Prothorax
broadly transverse, very little wider behind than in front; sides
slightly rounded, apex feebly and widely emarginate, sides
narrowly margined and with traces of coste. Scutellum very
small, widely transverse. Hlytra about twice as long as head and
prothorax combined, not twice as long as wide; base truncate,
shoulders scarcely rounded, sides subparallel to near the apex.
Basal segment of abdomen with two oblique lines on each side,
both commencing at the middle of the base, the first straight and
terminating at the apex; the second curvilinear, terminating before
the apex. Legs rather short and flat; tibie dilating towards
apex; claw joint of posterior tarsi as long as the others combined.
Length 23, width 14 mm.

Hab.—Donnybrook, W.A.

Proportionately broader than any species known to me.

DERMESTID4.

ANTHRENUS SOCIUS, n.Ssp.

Subparallel, subdepressed, shining. Black; undersurface
piceous-black, margined with dull red at the base and sides of the
prothorax, and at the apex of the abdominal segments (except
the apical), legs also dull red; club of antenne and palpi ferru-
ginous. Above covered witn short blackish hair, very short on

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 229

the head, sparse on the prothorax (each hair rising from a
puncture), and rather dense and longest on elytra, on which also
there are a few very indistinct grey hairs on the basal two-thirds;
on the undersurface the pubescence is very short and greyish-
black. Above densely and not very minutely punctate, the
punctures strongest on elytra, sparsest on prothorax, and densest
on head; the whole surface covered with microscopic punctures,
most visible on scutellum; undersurface and femora densely and
shallowly punctate, punctures densest on prosternum.

Head rather dull, transverse, feebly transversely impressed
between the eyes and antenne, and with a very indistinct median
line; antenne short, immersed in prothorax to about the middle
of its sides, lst and 2nd joints somewhat large, between the 2nd
and club the joints are very short and transverse; club slightly
longer than the rest of antenne, composed of three joints, of
which the 2nd is strongly transverse, it is about half the length of
the 3rd (which is scarcely transverse), the Ist is transverse.
Prothorax polished, strongly transverse, the sides narrowly
margined, feebly depressed along the base; anterior angles slightly
prominent, giving the apex a feebly emarginate appearance, which
otherwise would be truncate; base shallowly bisinuate. Scutellum
small, transverse, curvilinearly triangular. Elytra parallel-sided
to near the apex, about one and a half times as long as wide,
shoulders rounded, base feebly depressed on each side, suture
feebly depressed at apex. Prosternum with antennal grooves
broad, feebly strigose (to the naked eye appearing highly polished);
keel narrow, feebly carinate. Metasternum with a feeble impres.-
sion down its middle. Legs—especially the tarsi—slender-
Length 24, width 14 (vix) mm.

HHab.—Sydney.

I obtained my unique specimen under a stone in the nest of a
small black ant; there were numerous larve and a few pupe,
most of which I left, hoping to procure some additional imagines on
a future occasion.

230 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

EUCNEMID2&.

Lycaon Masrsrsi, Macl. (Hemiopsida, Macl.), Mast. Cat. Sp. No.
3308.

This species was described by Sir William Macleay as belong-
ing to the ELarerip&. It certainly belongs to the genus Lycaon,
and is, I think, the species described by Bonvouloir as LZ. novus.

DASCILLIDS.

HELODES SCALARIS, n.Sp.

Subdepressed, shining. Above piceous-black, undersurface
piceous-red. Above densely clothed with short ashen pubescence,
densest on the head; on the undersurface the pubescence is very
short. Densely and minutely punctate all over.

Head broad, flat, several shallow irregular impressions in the
middle; eyes large, prominent, finely faceted; antenne flattened,
reaching posterior coxee, lst joint large, thick, 2nd very small, 3rd
longest of all, 4th-lOth gradually decreasing in length, 11th
slightly longer than 10th. Prothorax about three times as broad
as long, narrowly margined all round, widely emarginate in front,
the middle scarcely lobed; base feebly bisinuate; anterior angles
scarcely reaching the middle of the eyes. Scutellum triangular,
flat, its sides straight. Elytra at base slightly broader than
prothorax, scarcely widening to middle, and then as gradually
decreasing to near apex, narrowly margined; four coste on each
elytron—running from near’ base to near apex, the lateral one
shortest and least distinct. Abdominal segments (except apical)
with a shallow fovea on each side. Tuibiz grooved outwardly, the
sides minutely serrate. Length 11, width 7 mm.

//ab.—Galston, N.S.W. (Mr. D. Dumbrell).

The above is the description of my largest specimen; I have
two others which are much smaller, the smallest measuring 7 x
4mm.; it differs also in being more shining, paler beneath; in the
antenne which are much longer (reaching apex of abdomen), and

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 2 Oil

having the apical joint fully as long if not longer than the third,
the head and abdominal segments without impressions. Mr.
Dumbrell informs me that he captured the three specimens
whilst crawling out of the same burning log.

MALACODERMIDG.

SELENURUS GRANULATUS, N.sp.

34. Elongate, shining, depressed. Testaceous-red; head with a
small oblique brown marking close to eyes, palpi black, basal
joints of antennz more or less diluted with red, the rest black;
except on a slight inter-

prothorax with the apical third black
ruption in the middle; elytra coppery green; tip of femora, apical
half of tibie and the tarsi black; abdomen with the segments
having on the undersurface black markings at the sides, the
apical only entirely black, on the upper surface there is in addition
a black macula in the middle of each ; eyes dark brown. Covered
all over—densest on elytra—with short white pubescence; the
upper surface in addition with short black setiform hairs—most
noticeable on prothorax. Munutely punctate all over.

Head feebly transverse; eyes moderate, not very prominent ;
antenne slender, reaching or slightly passing posterior coxee. Pro-
thorax feebly transverse; wider than head, not much wider at
apex than at base; irregularly and shallowly depressed ; base
margined, sides feebly reflexed. Hlytra not twice as long as head
and prothorax combined, each somewhat wedge-shaped; the whole
surface densely covered with small, shining, rounded elevations,
giving it an embossed appearance. Legs moderately long, femora
thickened, posterior tibiz bent. Length to apex of elytra 541, of
abdomen 63; width 1} mm.

Q. Differs in being larger, broader, head narrower, with shorter
antenne; the black of prothorax appearing as lateral macule; the
disk smoother, &c. Length to apex of elytra 6, of abdomen 73 ;
width 12 mm.

Hab.—Bunbury, West Australia.

Da NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTER:A,

I have beaten numerous specimens into the umbrella from
several dwarf Hucalypts growing almost on the sea-beach; for a
long time, even on hot days, they feign death, rolling up the
abdomen, tucking in the antenne, and then lying on their sides.

SELENURUS TRICOLOR, N.Sp.

4. Elongate, feebly shining, depressed. Head black, sides im-
mediately in front of the eyes testaceous; prothorax testaceous, a
large black blotch—occupying most of the upper surface—irregu-
larly W-shaped; scutellum black; elytra dark bluish-green ;
abdomen testaceous, the lower surface having the Ist segment
immaculate, 2nd with a small spot on each side, 3rd with the
middle of base, 4th with entire base, the 5th (except apex) and
the entire 6th and 7th black, the markings on the upper surface
are somewhat different, there being more black towards the sides;
meso-, and metasternum, except sides, legs and antenne black; base
of coxee testaceous. Clothed all over—sparsest in the middle of
meso- and metasternum—with short pale pubescence. Very
minutely punctate all over, except on the elytra where they are
dense, rugose, and shallow, but obliterated at apex.

Head not much longer than wide; eyes rather large and promi-
nent; antenne slender, reaching posterior coxe; Ist joint as long
as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd very short, 4th as long as Ist, 4th-11th
equal or very slightly diminishing to apex. Prothorax the width of
head ; irregularly depressed; strongly rounded in front, sides
constricted near base, base feebly sinuate. Scutellum small,
truncate, a shallow depression in its middle. Elytra not one and
a half times the width of prothorax at base, and about one and a
half times the length of head and prothorax combined; each
wedge-shaped ; margins and suture thickened—especially towards
apex; with traces of coste (visible to the naked eye, but much
confused with a Coddington lens). Penultimate segment of
abdomen widely emarginate. Legs long and thin. Length to
apex of elytra 6, of abdomen 84; width 1? mm.

Hab.—Blackheath, N.S.W. (Mr. G. Masters).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 233

One specimen has much less black about the abdomen and
sterna, and there is a small testaceous macula situated near the
apex of, and common to both elytra. The species comes closest
to S. variegatus, which Mr. Masters also captured in considerable
able numbers.

HETEROMASTIX BICOLOR, Bohem.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3389.

Of this species only the male has been described. I have several
pairs obtained 1m copula. The female differs in having the antenne
less thick, the tenth joint similar in shape to the ninth, and in the
apical joints being piceous, only the first three or four joints being
reddish-testaceous.

HETEROMASTIX GAGATICEPS, 1.Sp.

¢. Oblong, shining, subdepressed. Black; prothorax, mandi-
bles, tip of femora, basal fourth of posterior, basal two-fifths of
intermediate, and almost the entire anterior tibis testaceous;
antenne with the three basal joints—and the fourth beneath—
testaceous, the others black; palpi and tarsi piceous; claws
reddish; eyes blackish-brown. Head and prothorax sparsely
clothed with short yellowish pubescence, that on the head very
short; elytra more densely clothed with short sub-erect pubes-
cence: on the undersurface it is yellowish-grey and rather dense
(sparsest on abdominal segments). Head and prothorax minutely,
elytra densely, shallowly, and somewhat rugosely punctate, punc-
tures almost obliterated at base; undersurface and legs densely
and minutely punctate.

Head transverse, a shallow transverse impression on each side
between the eyes; eyes large, prominent; antenne inserted equi-
distant from each other and from the middle of the eyes, reaching
posterior coxe, joints rather thick, lst as long as 3rd-4th com-
bined, 2nd about half as long as 3rd, 3rd-9th obconic, subequal or
very gradually diminishing, 10th stouter, its apex obliquely
truncate, llth as long as 9th-lOth combined, somewhat dumb-
bell shaped, apex pointed. Prothorax broadly transverse, slightly
widest near the apex; apex truncate, base somewhat rounded; all

234 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

the angles rounded; margins narrowly reflexed. Scutellum small,
curvilinearly triangular. LElytra parallel-sided almost to extreme
apex, shoulders feebly rounded; more than twice as long as head
and prothorax combined; in certain lights with feeble traces of
coste. Penultimate segment of abdomen deeply and narrowly
excised. Legs compressed, moderately long, anterior tibize some-
what bent, penultimate joint of tarsi deeply cleft, in the anterior
the lobes widely diverging. Length 55, width 14mm.

Q. Differs in being slightly broader, in having shorter and
simple antenne, lobes to penultimate joint of anterior tarsi not
widely divergent; the colour is the same, except the amount of
paleness of the four posterior tibie.

fHab.—Sydney, Galston, Clifton, N.S.W.

From the description of HH. dilaticollis, the present species
appears to differ in the colour of the legs, and in the dilatation of
the prothorax.

Heteromastix McDonatpl, n.sp.

d. Oblong, shining, subdepressed. Black; prothorax clear
testaceous, first two joints of antennze testaceous beneath, piceous
above; mandibies dull red; palpi testaceous, apical joint piceous;
anterior legs with the apex of femora and the base of tibize
obscure red. Head almost glabrous; prothorax sparingly pubes-
cent; elytra moderately densely clothed with short semi-upright
ashen pubescence; on the undersurface the pubescence is darker
than on the elytra and very short, except at apex of abdomen.
Head strongly punctate, the punctures as deep but not quite as
wide at the base as in the middle, almost obliterated at apex;
undersurface and legs densely and minutely punctate.

Head transverse, an irregular impression and a feeble carina
between the eyes; eyes rather small, prominent; antenne inserted
equidistant from each other and from the middle of the eyes,
reaching the middle of elytra, lst joint not as long as 2nd-3rd
combined, 2nd more than half the length of 3rd, 3rd-8th obconic,
subequal, 9th suboval, broader and nearly as long as 7th-8th
combined, emarginate at its outward apex, 10th slightly longer

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. DP 5)

and narrower than 8th, 11th elongate-ovate, about one and a half
times as long as 10th. Prothorax transverse; apex truncate, base
rounded; anterior angles scarcely, ‘posterior moderately strongly
rounded; sides subparallel; margins narrowly reflexed; median line
feebly traceable. Scutellum small, depressed in the middle,
truncate at apex. Elytra about two and a half times as long as

head and prothorax combined; parallel-sided almost to extreme

apex, shoulders feebly rounded; without traces of coste. Penul-
timate segment of abdomen semicircularly excised. Legs slender,
tibie straight, penultimate joint of tarsi deeply cleft, in the
anterior the lobes widely diverging. Length 44, width 14mm.

Hab.—Armidale, N.S.W. (Mr. D. McDonald).

HETEROMASTIX MIRABI LIS, N.sp.

§. Oblong, shining, subdepressed. Black; head, prothorax and
scutellum clear testaceous, antennz with the entire basal and the
second joint beneath testaceous, palpi piceous; anterior legs
testaceous, apex of tibie infuscate, tarsi piceous; four posterior
legs piceous, their coxee and trochantins obscure testaceous. Head
glabrous, prothorax almost so; elytra moderately densely clothed
with ashen suberect pubescence; undersurface and legs with
shorter, denser and paler pubescence than on elytra. Head and
prothorax highly polished and microscopically punctate; elytra
very shallowly and obsoletely punctate, especially at base and
apex; undersurface and the legs densely and minutely punctate.

Head almost as long as the width across eyes, shallowly im-
pressed between them; eyes rather small, prominent, and quite
round; antenne short, thick, reaching intermediate cox; the
distance between them greater than that between them and the
middle of the eyes, lst joint as long or slightly longer than 2nd
3rd combined, 2nd about two-thirds the length of 3rd, 3rd one
and a half times longer than 4th, 4th-6th subequal, 6th slightly
transverse, 7th-10th obliquely transverse, all of them different in
shape, 10th large, rounded on its outer and hollowed on its inner
apex, llth large, flattened, base oblique, its outer edge rounded,
and about half as long as the inner (which is constricted in the

236 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

middle), hollowed internally, its extreme length equal to that of
the three preceding joints. Prothorax broadly transverse, about
as long as the head; apex truncate, base rounded; angles obliquely
rounded; widest and somewhat angularly produced near the apex;
lateral margins rather broadly reflexed, the others narrowly;
median line feebly traceable at base. Scutellum triangular,
almost concealed by the overlapping prothorax. LElytra parallel-
sided almost to extreme apex, not two and a half times as long
as head and prothorax combined; shoulders feebly rounded, each
with traces of about three coste. Penultimate segment of abdo-
men deeply and semicircularly excised. Legs slender, anterior
tibiee very feebly bent, lobes of penultimate joint of anterior tarsi
widely diverging. Length 44, width 1} mm.

Hab.—Barron Falls, North Queensland (Mr. Albert Koebele).

The extraordinary antenne of this species will at once dis-
tinguish it from any of its congeners. |

HETEROMASTIX CRASSICORNIS, n.8p.

4. Black; prothorax, muzzle and undersurface of head, under-
surface of basal two-thirds of antenne, and the entire basal joint,
anterior legs, except tarsi, intermediate trochantins, apical half
of femora, basal half of tibis, and posterior knees, testaceous;
rest of the legs piceous-black or brown; eyes dark brown. Llytra,
sterna, and abdomen moderately densely clothed with short
greyish pubescence. Elytra densely, minutely, and obsoletely
punctate, meso- and metasternum minutely but visibly punctate.

Head—excluding mandibles—widely transverse, eyes rather
large and prominent; antennz thick, increasing to apex, reaching
posterior coxze, lst joint slightly longer than 2nd-3rd combined,
2nd about half the length of 3rd, 3rd slightly longer than 4th,
4th-9th subequal, 1Oth-11th very large and thick, their combined
length equal to 4th-9th combined, closely joined, 10th excavated
beneath for the reception of the base of the 11th, llth with
depressions at its base above and on the sides, its upper edge as
long as 10th, its lower twice as long. Prothorax about twice as
wide as long, sides and base narrowly reflexed, sides feebly pro-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. pay |

duced near the middle. LElytra parallel-sided or very slightly
increasing almost to apex, about twice as long as head and
prothorax combined, in some lights with very feeble traces of
coste. Apex of penultimate segment triangularly excised. Tibi
straight. Length 44, width 14mm.

©. Differs in being less robust, with shorter, thinner and simple
antenne, and in being dingier in appearance.

Hab.—Cairns, N. Queensland (Macleay Museum).

HELCOGASTER FOVEICEPS, n.sp.

4. Depressed, suboblong, shining. Black; head (except sides
behind the eyes, extreme base, and the middle of the base beneath),
antenne (except joints 4th-7th), prothorax, apical third of four
anterior and tip of posterior tibie, reddish-testaceous; four
posterior tibize and tarsi piceous, anterior somewhat paler; eyes
dark brown. Head moderately densely and shallowly punctate,
prothorax more feebly; elytra, abdomen, and undersurface obso-
letely punctate. Above with sparse greyish hairs, a few at the
base of the head, short on prothorax, longest on elytra and sides
of abdomen; undersurface with moderately long straggling hairs,
densest on abdominal segments; tibize moderately densely clothed
with whitish pubescence.

Head transversely suboblong; two wide impressions occupying
most of upper surface, separated in front by an irregular elevation
(which when looked at from behind appears three-pointed), a fovea
on each side behind it; eyes moderate, lateral, scarcely prominent;
antenns scarcely reaching posteriar coxe, inserted almost at apex,
equidistant at their bases with the middle of the eyes, lst joint
scarcely as long as 2nd-3rd combined; 2nd scarcely shorter than
ord, 3rd-l0th subequal, 11th not as long as 9th-10th combined.
Prothorax transverse, scarcely as wide as head; apex truncate,
base rounded, sides widest in front; anterior angles scarcely,
posterior moderately rounded; median line feebly traceable, a
transverse impression at base. Scutellum almost concealed by
prothorax. LElytra about one and a quarter times as long as head

238 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

and prothorax combined, slightly wider than head and consider-
ably wider than prothorax at base; shoulders feebly rounded, sides
gradually widening to near the apex, apex almost truncate. Legs
slender, tibie straight, first joint of anterior tarsi large, and con-
cealing the second. Length to apex of elytra 14, of abdomen 24;
width 3mm.

Q. Differs in having only the muzzle, four basal joints of
antenne and the knees reddish-testaceous, anterior tibize piceous-
red. Head scarcely transverse, densely and strongly punctate,
with a number of shallow impressions; antenne shorter, prothorax
less transverse, basal impressions very shallow, median line
invisible, simple tarsi, &e.

Hab.— Sydney.

From the description of HY. impressifrons (of which the male
only is described) the male of the present species differs in the
colour of the palpi, in having more joints of the antenne reddish,
in the colour of the elytra, and in several structural details. I
have a specimen in which the elytra have an indistinct greenish
tinge. JI have a pair obtained in copula, so can be certain
of the sexes; there are several species in which both male and
female strongly resemble the female of the above.

HELCOGASTER GAGATINUS, N.sp.

6. Elongate, flat, shining. Black; basal third of antenne and
anterior legs obscure testaceous. Above with sparse and rather
long black hairs. Almost impunctate.

Head about as long as wide; two longitudinal foveee commenc-
ing on a level with the middle of the eyes, approximating and
becoming shallower in front; foveze of undersurface moderately
large, almost united; antennz rather thin, scarcely reaching inter-
mediate femora. Prothorax about as long as wide, narrower than
head; almost without impressions at base; base narrowly margined.
Klytra longer than head and prothorax combined, slightly wider
than head, sides subparallel, apex conjointly feebly rounded.
Basal joint of anterior tarsi large, a curved comb on its inner
edge. Length to apex of elytra 12, of abdomen 24; width 2 mm.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 239

Q. Differs in being broader (especially the abdomen), with only
the base of the antenne testaceous, the head with several very
shallow indistinct impressions in front. Length to apex of elytra
14, of abdomen 34; width 2mm.

Hab.—Galston, Sydney, Forest Reefs.

I can be certain of the sexes of this species, having three pairs
beaten from the same bush at Galston.

HELCOGASTER RUFICORNIS, N.Sp.

6. Hlongate, flat, shining. Black; elytra piceous black; head,
except basal half of upper surface, antenne, apex of prothorax, and
knees, obscure reddish-testaceous. Elytra sparsely pubescent, rest
of the surface almost glabrous. Almost impunctate.

Head strongly rounded, transverse; depressed in front; an
excavation between the eyes, triangularly open behind almost to
base; seen from in front with four very feeble tubercles; fovee of
undersurface moderately large; antenne scarcely reaching inter-
mediate coxe, equal in thickness throughout. Prothorax decidedly
transverse, as wide as head, apex truncate; a feeble impression at
base; middle of apex slightly raised. LElytra not much longer
than head and prothorax combined, at base wider than head,
gradually increasing to apex; each feebly separately rounded.
Basal joint of anterior tarsi moderately large, a curved comb on
its inner edge. Length to apex of elytra 14, of abdomen 23;
width 2 mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

I undoubtedly possess females of both this and the following
species, but cannot satisfy myself as to their identity, as they are
equally common. The present species differs from the preceding
in being less parallel, in its differently coloured head and antenne;
and also by the impressions of the head; from the following it
differs in the colour of the prothorax, and in its more rounded
head, with somewhat different impressions.

HELCOGASTER CANALICULATUS, N.Sp.

d. Elongate, flat, shining. Black, muzzle testaceous; knees
obscurely brownish-testaceous; antenne obscure testaceous-brown,

240 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

the basal and apical joints lighter; eyes dark brown. Elytra
sparsely pubescent, rest of the body almost glabrous. Almost
impunctate.

Head decidedly transverse, depressed in front; a canal extending
almost from base to apex, its sides in the middle marked by a small
tubercle; seen from in front with four feeble tubercles; foveze of
undersurface small, and rather widely separated; antenne passing
intermediate coxe, equal in thickness throughout. Prothorax
decidedly transverse, scarcely the width of head, apex truncate;
a feeble impression at base; middle of apex slightly raised. Elytra
not much longer than head and prothorax combined, at hase
slightly wider than head, gradually increasing to apex; each feebly
separately rounded. Basal joint of anterior tarsi not very large.
Length to apex of elytra 12, of abdomen 23; width mm.

Hab.—New South Wales.

HELCOGASTER MARGINICOLLIS, N.sp.

&. Depressed, suboblong, shining. Head black, all around the
centre obscure red; undersurface and palpi testaceous, mouth parts
black; antenne black, four basal joints testaceous; prothorax
reddish-testaceous, the sides in the middle piceous; elytra piceous,
an oblique pale stripe extending from the shoulders to the suture
at less than half its length; abdomen black; four posterior legs
piceous, their femora diluted with testaceous, anterior tibize and
apex of femora testaceous. Head with short sparse greyish
pubescence, and with a few straggling hairs; prothorax on the
disk with a few short pale hairs, the sides and front with long
straggling blackish hairs; elytra with sparse moderately long hairs,
a few long ones at the sides in front; abdomen more densely
clothed with blackish hairs, longest at the sides and apex; meso-
and metasternum with sparse greyish hairs; tibie densely pubes-
cent. Head densely and minutely, rest of the body obsoletely
punctate.

Head subquadrate; a deep circular impression in its middle,
which is interrupted in front by a two-horned elevation (the horns
short, posterior longer); eyes small, scarcely prominent, in the

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 241

exact middle of the sides; antenne inserted close to apex, equi-
distant at their bases with the front of the eyes, 1st joint slightly
longer than 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd a trifle longer than 3rd, 3rd-
10th subequal, 11th not quite as long as 9th-10th combined. Pro-
thorax slightly longer and narrower than head, subquadrate, base
and apex feebly rounded, angles scarcely rounded, sides parallel;
base narrowly margined. Scutellum small, broad. Elytra at base
slightly wider than head, not once and a quarter as long as
head and prothorax combined; shoulders rounded, sides gradually
widening and narrowly margined from about the basal fourth,
each separately rounded. Legs slender, posterior tibie feebly
bent, two short thin spurs at their apices, the other tibie with
very short spurs. Length to apex of elytra 14, of abdomen 24;
width 2 mm.

Q. Differs in having the head almost concolorous, with two
shallow impressions in front—a feeble carina separating them,—
and by having shorter antenne.

Hab.—Galston (Dumbrell and Lea).

HELCOGASTER PARALLELUS, N.sp.

Q. Very elongate, subparallel, flat, shining. Black; base of
antenne and knees feebly diluted with red. Above and sides of
abdomen with sparse and rather long black hairs. Almost im-
punctate.

Head longer than wide, feebly depressed in the middle, a feeble
elevation on each side in front, feebly corrugated at base, sides
and undersurface ; fovese of undersurface deep, longitudinal,
narrowest and approximating in front; antenne slender, reaching
posterior coxe. Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, scarcely
the width of head across eyes, feebly constricted towards base; a
broad and rather sudden impression near base. Elytra very little
longer than head and prothorax combined, but distinctly wider;
sides gradually increasing to apex, each feebly separately rounded.
Length to apex of elytra 2, of abdomen 33; width 4mm.

ITab.—\Wing George’s Sound, W.A. (Mr. G. Masters).

242 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

IT have but a single specimen which, though a female, I have
described, as its large size—in comparison with those species
possessing a black prothorax—should render it distinct.

TLELCOGASTER CONCAVICEPS, N.Sp.

4. Depressed, shining. Black; head (except at base), pro-
thorax, femora (except apex of posterior), and two basal joints of
antennee, red; elytra dark steel-blue (almost black); nine apical
joints of antennze, four posterior tibie, all the tarsi, and the palpi,
piceous-black; trochantins reddish-brown, their bases lighter,
posterior femora tipped with piceous, anterior tibize reddish, their

bases darker; eyes dark brown. Head, prothorax, and elytra

with long blackish hairs at the sides, the latter with a few on the
disk, the last two with a few small hairs; abdomen with a few
longish hairs at the apex; above with sparse minute pubescence,
undersurface more sparsely still; meso- and metasternum with a
few short hairs, tibie with minute whitish pubescence, and a few
straggling hairs. Head rather densely. and minutely punctate;
prothorax minutely punctate, most noticeable at apex; elytra
irregularly, abdomen above minutely, undersurface more sparingly
punctate; meso-, metasternum and legs minutely but distinctly
punctate.

Head transverse; two wide and deep excavations between the
eyes, an indistinct carina separating them; eyes small, moderately
prominent; antenne slender, not reaching base of elytra, equi-
distant at their bases with the front of the eyes, Ist joint almost
as long as 2nd-4th combined, 11th one and a half times as long
as 10th. Prothorax longer than wide, apex slightly rounded,
base truncate, angles equally rounded, sides and base very
narrowly margined, sides subparallel; an indistinct longitudinal
impression on each side in front, and a broad transverse one at
the base. ‘Scutellum almost concealed by the prothorax, the part
which is visible widely transverse. Hlytra about as long as
head and prothorax combined, much wider than prothorax, and
wider than head across eyes, base truncate, shoulders square, the
sides dilating to about the basal fifth, each separately rounded.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 943

Basal segments of abdomen broad. Legs slender, tibie straight,
first tarsal joint large (externally minutely serrate), concealing
the second joint. Length to apex of elytra 2, of abdomen 3};
width mm.

Q. Differs in being broader, prothorax transverse, the head
with less red, and less rugosely sculptured, posterior femora
piceous, intermediate reddish on apical half only, anterior tibiz
reddish-brown and with simple tarsi.

fTab.— Galston.

HELCOGASTER MAJOR, n.sp.

>. Rather robust, shining, slightly convex, parallel-sided.
Reddish-testaceous, apical joints of antenne slightly infuscate;
four posterior cox and base of posterior femora infuscate; meso-,
metasternum and abdomen black; elytra black, with a faint
coppery-blue tinge. Above with sparse and rather long black
hairs, undersurface with short sparse pubescence. Elytra densely,
minutely, and very shallowly punctate.

Head—excluding mandibles—transverse; anterior half deeply
excavated, the sides of the excavation near the eyes marked by a
raised tubercle, and in front and close to the antenne very slightly
raised, the head when viewed from behind appearing to possess
four short horns; feebly corrugated at base, sides and under-
surface; fovezee of undersurface approximate, rather large, open
behind; antenne almost reaching apex of elytra, 2nd joint shghtly
longer than 3rd, 5th-9th strongly serrate internally. Prothorax
strongly rounded, transverse, about the width of head, a feeble
depression at base and a still feebler interrupted one at apex,
Elytra not much longer than head and prothorax combined, at
base scarcely wider than head, very feebly increasing to apex,
each separately rounded. Basal joint of anterior tarsi large, a
black curved comb inwardly, a few short black sete to posterior
tibie. Length to apex of elytra 34, of abdomen 54; width 1}mm.

Q. Differs in being less robust, with simple antenne, and tarsi
more obscurely coloured; the head longer, much more shallowly
depressed, with two shallow fovez, and without elevations.

Hab.—North West Australia (Macleay Museum).

Q

244 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

There is in the Macleay Museum a male—also from the North-
West—which differs from the above (of which I have three males
under examination agreeing in all particulars) in having the
antenne, except base, the femora, except apex, and all the tarsi
brown; the antenne appear to be shorter, and the head less deeply
sculptured; possibly it is a distinct species, but at present I can
only regard it as a variety.

HELCOGASTER FUSCITARSIS, N.sp.

4. Elongate, shining, depressed. Black; head, except base,
four basal joints of antenne and undersurface of 5th, apical half
of anterior and two-thirds of four posterior femora, tibie, and
base of tarsi, testaceous; shoulders very feebly diluted with
testaceous. Above with sparse and moderately long blackish
hairs, elytra and abdomen with sparse short and obscure greyish
pubescence. Head and elytra densely, very minutely and obso-
letely punctate.

Head longer than wide; eyes moderately large; a deep and
somewhat circular excavation in front, commencing a little behind
the eyes, its sides from in front of the eyes marked by a slight
carina, which between the antenne is directed backward and
terminates in a feeble tubercle in the middle; base, sides and
undersurface feebly corrugated; foveze rather large, round, rough-
walled, approximate; antenne almost reaching posterior coxe,
feebly thickest in the middle, the two apical joints equal in
length. Prothorax a little longer than wide, not the width of
head; a broad shallow impression at base; base narrowly mar-
gined. Elytra about one and a quarter times as long as head and
prothorax combined, at base decidedly wider than head, increasing
to apex, each separately rounded internally, and obliquely truncate
externally. Basal joint of anterior tarsi not very large. Length
to apex of elytra 24. of abdomen 4; width 14 mm.

Hab.--Sydney.

HELCOGASTER BRACHYPTERUS, Bohem.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3441.

Only the male of this species has been described; the female
differs in having the head narrower and entirely black, the pro-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 245

thorax smaller and less brightly coloured, knees more obscurely
coloured, antennze shorter and thinner; and the whole insect is
slenderer.

| HELCOGASTER VARIUS, n.sp.

¢G. Elongate, depressed, shining. Black; head, except at base
and a median line beneath, prothorax, the entire anterior, base of
four posterior tibiee, and tips of femora, reddish-testaceous; elytra
with the shoulders testaceous, the marking continued on the sides,
antennz piceous-black, four basal joints testaceous-red, the two
following not as dark as those following them; palpi and tips of
mandibles piceous, eyes dark brown. Head with short, rather
dense, blackish hairs, longest over excavations; prothorax and
elytra with a few long hairs, abdomen with sparse hairs, rather
long at sides and apex, meso- and metasternum with sparse short
hairs, tibize rather densely pubescent. Head densely and shallowly
punctate, base feebly transversely strigose, prothorax and elytra
obsoletely punctate; scutellum minutely and distinctly punctate;
abdomen with sparse, moderately strong punctures; legs densely
and minutely punctate.

Head obliquely quadrate, with six excavations—three occupying
the space between the eyes, of which the central one is smallest,
the two outer being rounded, a large one in front, the sides of
which are sharply margined, a very small one on each side at its
base; eyes moderately large and prominent; antennee scarcely
reaching apex of elytra, equidistant at their bases with the apices
of mandibles and middle of eyes, Ist joint as long as 2nd-3rd
combined, 2nd-l0th subequal, 11th about once and a half as
long as 10th. Prothorax longer than wide, and narrower than
head, apex truncate, base feebly rounded, angles almost equally
rounded, sides subparallel; a broad transverse impression at the
base, base narrowly margined. Scutellum small, broadly trans-
verse, apex truncate. LHlytra about one and a quarter times as
long as head and prothorax combined, wider than head, shoulders
feebly rounded, sides gradually widening, and narrowly margined
from near the base, apex conjointly rounded, almost truncate
Legs moderate, posterior tibiz feebly bent, with two thin spurs at

246 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

their apices. Length to apex of elytra 24, of abdomen 43, width
1} mm.

Q. Differs in having the head narrower and almost entirely
black, a feeble carina separating two shallow impressions in front,
a shallow transversely carinate fovea behind it, antenn thinner,
legs with less red.

Hab.—Queanbeyan, Sydney, Clifton, Tamworth, Forest Reefs,
INES IW:

I have a male (from Sydney) which has the antenne piceous,
and with the five basal joints reddish; a female almost without
impressions on the head; another specimen (from Clifton) has the
elytra entirely black, the middle discal impression on the head
very feeble, and the two lateral ones larger than in the type, the
whole insect smaller in size (2 mm. to apex of elytra).

var. PALLIDIPENNIS.

I have from Tamworth a number of specimens which agree
with the type except in having the elytra entirely testaceous, the
female with the posterior fovez scarcely traceable, and the male
with the excavations slightly different. As, however, I have a
number of close intermediate forms I have thought it advisable
not to give them more than a varietal name.

HELCOGASTER TUBERCULATUS, N.Sp.

¢. Elongate, shining, depressed. Head reddish-testaceous, .
apical two-thirds of antennez infuscate, prothorax reddish-
testaceous, the anterior half —except near the sides—black; elytra
black with—in some lights—a faint purplish reflection; abdomen
black; legs brownish-black, trochantins and base of femora more
or less reddish-testaceous; eyes dark green. A very few longish
hairs at the sides of prothorax and abdomen. Almost impunctate,
the elytra very obsoletely.

Head transverse; largely, deeply and transversely excavated,
with four distinct sinuosities; in front with a distinctly raised
tubercle, flat on its anterior, feebly divided on its posterior edge,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 247

a small tubercle in the exact centre of the head; fovee of under-
surface moderately large, approximate, rough-walled; antennz
slender, reaching intermediate coxe. Prothorax slightly longer
than wide, not the width of head across eyes; somewhat mortar-
shaped; convex in front; a broad and rather deep impression at
base. Elytra no longer than head and prothorax combined, sides
parallel, base and apex parallel. Basal joint of anterior tarsi not
very large. Length to apex of elytra 24, of abdomen 4; width
<mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

A very peculiar species, abundantly distinct from any here
described. I have another species somewhat resembling it but much
narrower, and having eyes which, when wet, are of a most
brilliant emerald green ; unfortunately it has lost its elytra, so I
refrain from describing it.

CARPHURUS CRISTATIFRONS, Fairm., Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3421.

Only the male of this species has been described; the female
differs in being broader, without elytral armature, the head much
smoother and with slenderer antenne.

I have specimens from Galston.

CaRPHURUS BLACKBURNI, 1.sp.

¢g. Elongate, shining, depressed. Black; elytra with an obscure
purplish reflection; muzzle, two basal joints of antenne, prothorax,
apex of elytra, apex of penultimate abdominal segment, anterior
tibie, the four posterior more obscure, reddish-testaceous.
Clothed all over—densest on abdomen, sparsest on sterna—with
long blackish hairs. Head near the eyes rather strongly punctate;
prothorax sparsely and minutely, elytra densely, not very minutely
and obsoletely punctate; undersurface indistinctly punctate.

Head much longer than wide; eyes small, prominent, the sides
rapidly decreasing in width behind them; a small fovea on each
side in front; a short ridge behind them, obliquely behind them is
a shallow depression, a very narrow impression between the eyes
terminating at the ridge; antenne reaching posterior cox, 1st

248 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

joint longer than 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd not much shorter than
3rd, 3rd-10th subequal, serrate internally, 11th scarcely once and
a half as long as 10th; base and sides finely corrugated; fovese
of undersurface moderate in size, almost connected, walls feebly
wrinkled. Prothorax oblong, as wide as head (excluding eyes),
angles slightly rounded ; a broad shallow impression at base, and
a shallower interrupted one at apex. Sides of elytra emarginate
at a third from the apex, at the posterior end of this emargination
a short stalk—carrying a small globule—projects outwards and a
little forwards; this globule is somewhat different in colour to the
apex; each separately rounded. Anterior tarsi with basal joint
small, not much longer than second. Length to apex of elytra 3,
of abdomen 43; width 14mm.

Q. Differs in having the elytra simple, shorter and thinner
antenne, and smaller head.

Hab.—Adelaide (Messrs. Blackburn and Masters); Mt. Lofty,
S.A. (Lea).

The colour of this species is very distinct from either of its
armed congeners.

CAaRPHURUS CARINATICEPS, N.Sp.

4g. Elongate, shining, depressed. Black; prothorax with a
faint purplish reflection and indistinctly diluted with brown; basal
third of antenne and prothorax dull red; undersurface of head,
knees, and apices of coxz obscure red. Above with a few long
blackish hairs, undersurface almost glabrous. Head densely,
minutely but distinctly punctate; the prothorax and elytra sparsely
and obsoletely, flanks of meso- and metasternum minutely,
abdomen indistinctly punctate.

Head strongly transverse, with three distinct longitudinal
carinee—one on each side directly behind antennee and close to the
eyes, the third in the middle—commencing at the clypeus and
terminating slightly before the others, from some directions all of
them appear to be double; antennz short, reaching posterior coxe,
1st joint as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd-10th subequal, 2nd sub-
cylindric, 3rd-10th broadly obconic, 11th acuminate, as long as

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 249

9th-10th combined; corrugate at the sides; fovee of undersurface
almost connected. Prothorax decidedly longer than wide, at its
widest the width of the head (excluding eyes); angles rounded, a
distinct and rather wide transverse impression at base, none at apex;
base narrowly margined. EHlytra strongly dilating towards apex,
where the width is not much less than their length, each almost
obliquely truncate. Length to apex of elytra 2, of abdomen 3;
width mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

A small species, which should be easily recognised by the
carinate head.

CARPHURUS IMPUNCTATUS, n.sp.

Q. Elongate, subparallel, shining, strongly depressed. Head
and prothorax reddish, with obscure brownish blotches—in the
former towards the sides, in the latter on apical half; antennz
reddish, apical third infuscate; elytra black, the basal fourth
testaceous, the two colours distinctly separated; abdomen black,
base and margins of the second segments reddish; legs brownish-
black, tarsi testaceous; undersurface of coxee, of anterior portion
of intermediate, and base of posterior femora, diluted with testa-
ceous. Sparsely clothed with not very long blackish hair, under-
surface almost glabrous. Head with a few small punctures, none
visible elsewhere.

Head slightly convex, rounded, very slightly longer than wide;
an impression commencing almost at base, continuous almost to
middle, and then becoming circular, the circle enclosing a low
elevation (invisible from some, and appearing tuberculate from
other directions); antenne slender, subcylindrical, almost reaching
apex of elytra, Ist joint slightly longer than 2nd-3rd combined,
2nd not much shorter than 3rd, 3rd-5th gradually, 6th-10th per-
ceptibly increasing in length, llth once and a half as long as
10th; foveze of undersurface deep, smooth-walled, almost connected.
Prothorax mortar-shaped, much longer than wide, wider than head,
truncate at base and apex; anterior two-thirds strongly convex;
base with a deep and wide impression, no trace of one at apex.

250 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Elytra about as long as head and prothorax combined, about one
and a half times as long as the width at base, each feebly
separately rounded (almost truncate), shoulders very feebly
rounded. Length to apex of elytra 22, of abdomen 54; width
1 mm.

Hab.— Forest Reefs, N.S.W.

A very distinct species, unlike any other known to me; it
should perhaps constitute the type of a new genus.

CARPHURUS FASCIIPENNIS, Fairm., Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3426.

This is a somewhat common species in Northern Queensland.
The elytral fascia is subject to considerable variation; some speci-
mens have it occupying almost the entire surface, in others it is
small, appearing as a dark sutural macula, and in others again it
is entirely obsolete. Some specimens are twice as large as others.

CARPHURUS ANGUSTATUS, N.Sp.

Q. Very narrow, parallel-sided, depressed, feebly shining.
Black; first three antennal joints beneath, palpi (except apical
joint), a semicircle at base of undersurface of head, and _pro-
thorax, red; elytra dark green (in some lights with an obscure
purplish reflection); base of coxe diluted with red. Covered all
over with long blackish hair, and—except on prothorax—with short
pale pubescence. Head densely —especially at sides—and minutely
punctate; prothorax sparsely and obsoletely, the elytra densely,
not very strongly, and somewhat rugosely punctate; sides of meso-
and metasternum distinctly but minutely, the abdomen very
minutely punctate.

Head longer than wide; eyes small, moderately prominent; a
depression on each side forming an oblique ridge behind the base
of the antenne, a very shallow impression on the disk (from
behind appearing as a small fovea); antenne slender, almost
reaching apex of elytra, joints cylindrical, 1st fully as long as 2nd-
3rd combined, 2nd distinctly shorter than 3rd, 3rd-10th gradually
increasing in length, 11th acuminate, scarcely one and a half
times as long as 10th; base and sides feebly corrugated; foveze of

| Nella

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 251

undersurface deep, their sides slightly wrinkled. Prothorax
strongly rounded, decidedly longer than wide, wider than head; a
feeble impression at base, and a still feebler interrupted one at
apex; base narrowly margined and feebly sinuate. Elytra
gradually dilating towards apex, each feebly separately rounded.
Length to apex of elytra 34, of abdomen 6#; width 1{ mm.

Hab.—Tamworth.

A very narrow species, in colour strongly resembling C. cyanop-
terus, but the width of that species at once separates them.

CARPHURUS ALTERNIVENTRIS, Fairm., Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3412.

I have a pair (obtained im copula) of this species from the
Tweed River. The male has the elytra concolorous, whilst in
the female they are diluted with red along the base and basal
margin; the head in the latter is without markings, while in the
former there is a distinct black blotch connecting the eyes.

CARPHURUS BASIVENTRIS, N.Sp.

Q. Elongate, shining, depressed. Head, basal joint of antennz
and undersurface of two following, prothorax, extreme tip of
femora, tibie, and basal joint of tarsi, reddish-testaceous ; elytra
very dark purple; abdomen with the basal segment, apex of second,
apical, and base of penultimate, diluted with red. Above and
the legs covered with long black hair, densest and shortest on
elytra; sterna with very indistinct pubescence. Head rather
densely, irregularly and minutely, prothorax sparsely and minutely
punctate; elytra densely and strongly punctate, at the base less
strongly than elsewhere; undersurface very indistinctly punctate.

Head much longer than wide; eyes small, prominent; a broad
and very shallow depression on each side between eyes; mandibles
prominent; antenne scarcely passing base of prothorax, the joints
fiat, 1st slightly longer than 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd scarcely the
length of 3rd, 3rd-10th subequal, 4th-10th serrate inwardly, 11th
not one and a half times as long as 10th; corrugated at base,
sides and undersurface; foveze small, open behind, the space behind
them distinctly corrugated. Prothorax a trifie longer than wide,

252 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

scarcely if at all wider than head, apex strongly rounded, base
truncate and narrowly margined its entire length; a broad shallow
impression at base and traces of another at apex. Elytra almost
parallel-sided, each feebly separately rounded. Length to apex of
elytra 44, of abdomen 7; width 13 mm.

Hab.—Como, near Sydney.

Very similar in shape to C. alterniventris and, except for the
ventral segments, similar in colour; there are several other feeble
distinctions.

CARPHURUS LONGICOLLIS, n.sp.

6. Hlongate, shining, depressed. Black; prothorax with a faint
purplish reflection, head (except eyes, apex and cutting edges of
mandibles, and a brownish blotch on the undersurface), three first
joints of antenne, prothorax, and two apical segments of abdomen,
red. Covered all over—sparsest on head, densest towards apex of
abdomen—with long blackish hairs; elytra and sterna at the
sides with obscure, sparse, pale and rather short pubescence.
Head and prothorax with sparse minute punctures; elytra densely,
minutely and obsoletely punctate; undersurface indistinctly
punctate.

Head much longer than wide; eyes small, prominent; the width
across them much greater than at base; a shallow depression on
each side behind the antenne; mandibles rather prominent;
antennee rather flat, passing intermediate coxee; ist joint slender,
arcuate, a trifle longer than 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd subglobular,
* not quite the length of 3rd, 3rd-10th broad, subequal, 11th very
little longer than and not quite the length of 10th; feebly corru-
gated at base, sides and undersurface; fovee rather small and
rough-walled Prothorax much longer than wide, as long as head,
and at its widest slightly more than head across eyes, widest near
apex, angles rounded; a distinct and rather deep impression at
base, and: a shallower interrupted one at apex; base narrowly
margined. Elytra rather strongly dilating towards apex, not
more than one and a quarter times as long as the width at apex,
each obliquely truncate. Anterior tarsi with basal joint narrow,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 253

as long as three following combined. Length to apex of elytra
34, of abdomen 53; width 15 mm.

Q. Differs in being somewhat dingier, with slenderer antenne
and narrower elytra.

Hab.—Gosford, Sydney, Galston.

Very similar in colour to the preceding, differing in having
narrower ventral segments, and in the colour of the two apical

ones; it is besides much smaller in size.

CARPHURUS LATIPENNIS, N.sp.

&. Rather broad, slightly convex, shining. Head black; muzzle
testaceous, antenne black, four basal joints and undersurface of
fifth testaceous; prothorax reddish-testaceous; scutellum black ;
elytra dark coppery green; abdominal segments black, narrowly
margined—except apical—with testaceous; legs testaceous, four
posterior coxee and trochantins blackish, femora with more or less
black, the intermediate almost encircled near apex. Covered all
over—densest on abdomen—with long blackish hair, elytra and
sterna in addition with rather short whitish pubescence. Head,
prothorax and scutellum sparsely and minutely, elytra densely,
equally and rugosely punctate; flanks of meso- and metasternum
distinctly but minutely, abdomen very minutely punctate.

Head large, strongly transverse (excluding the mandibles);
eyes large, not at all prominent, the sides behind them almost |
parallel; a semicircular impression between the eyes, the horns of
which terminate close to the clypeus and bases of antenneze; near
the base a very shallow impression (invisible from some direc-
tions); antennee slender, reaching intermediate coxe, joints sub-
cylindric, gradually narrowing, Ist as long as 2nd-3rd combined,
2nd not as long as 3rd, 3rd-7th subequal, 8th-11th perceptibly
increasing in length; undersurface of head faintly corrugated; two
small elongate foveze in the middle, the space between them dis-
tinctly corrugated. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sub-
quadrate, angles feebly rounded, wider than head across eyes;
a shallow irregular impression at base, traces of another at apex;
apex distinctly emarginate, base feebly margined and very feebly

254 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

sinuate. Elytra subparallel for a third of their length, then
dilating towards apex, each feebly rounded towards suture—
stronger outwardly. Tibize with blackish sete at their apices;
anterior tarsi with basal joint as long as three following combined,
and with a black comb inwardly. Length to apex of elytra 6, of
abdomen 9}; width 2$ mm.

Hab.—- Forest Reefs.

I have another specimen—also a male —which has the anterior
edge of prothorax entire, but I can find no other difference.

CARPHURUS TESTACEIPES, N.Sp.

&. Elongate, shining, depressed. Head, prothorax and legs
clear testaceous; part of the Ist joint of anterior tarsi and posterior
trochantins blackish; elytra blackish, with a coppery-green
reflection; scutellum, meso- and metasternum black; abdomen
black, the basal segments margined; apical half of the antepen-
ultimate, and the two apical, red. Covered all over —sparsest on
head and sterna—with long blackish hair, a few long hairs at
base of Ist antennal joint; elytra with rather dense whitish
pubescence, very sparse on meso- and metasternum. Head and
prothorax with sparse minute punctures; on the elytra they are
stronger, denser and somewhat rugose; flanks of meso- and
metasternum minutely, the abdominal segments very minutely
punctate.

Head with feeble corrugations at base and sides, longer than
wide; eyes small, not very prominent; antenne rather thick,
passing intermediate coxe, lst joint large, thick, feebly emargi-
nate on its upper and slightly inflated on its lower edge, as long as
2nd-4th combined, 2nd equal in length to 4th, and slightly longer
than 3rd, 6th-llth perceptibly increasing in length, 6th-8th
rather broad, 9th-11th almost cylindric; a depression on each side
behind antennze, feebly connected posteriorly, a low broad ridge
—hbehind which is a small fovea—separating them; undersurface
with two shallow transverse impressions, the longest extending
between eyes, the other a short distance behind it. Prothorax
strongly rounded, about as long as wide, as wide as head; a broad

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 959

shallow impression at base, and a shallow interrupted one at apex;
base narrowly margined. Elytra almost parallel-sided, each
separately rounded. Anterior tarsi with basal joint as long as
the three following combined, and having a black comb inwardly.
Length to apex of elytra 4, of abdomen 64; width 12 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs.

Possibly the male of C. cyanipennis, of which I have seen but
females (five specimens). The antenne entirely testaceous, and the
very large and abnormally shaped basal joint render this species
peculiarly distinct.

CARPHURUS LEPIDUS, n.sp.

G. Elongate, shining, depressed. Head, two basal joints of
antenne, prothorax, base of elytra, anterior legs (apex of tibie
and tarsi infuscate), and intermediate coxe, testaceous; apical
three-fifths of elytra purplish-black, the basal portion a little
paler than prothorax; meso- and metasternum black; abdomen
testaceous, the two apical segments black; intermediate trochan-
tins and knees, posterior trochantins and basal half of tibie,
diluted with testaceous. Covered all over with long thin blackish
hair (sparsest on head, prothorax and elytra); elytra and sides of
meso- and metasternum—to a less extent—with sparse, short, pale
pubescence. Head and prothorax sparsely and minutely punctate,
the elytra very densely and rather minutely; flanks of meso- and
metasternum with minute, the abdomen with very minute punc-
tures.

Head longer than wide; eyes moderately large, prominent,
between them very shallow irregular impressions (from in front
appearing to be separated by a trident-shaped elevation); antennze
scarcely reaching posterior cox, Ist joint scarcely as long as 2nd-
3rd combined, 2nd shorter than 3rd, 3rd-5th triangular, to the
10th becoming subpectinate, 11th slightly longer than the inner
edge of 10th; sides very feebly corrugated; fovez of undersurface
small, smooth, connected posteriorly. Prothorax rounded, much
longer than wide, the width of head (excluding eyes); a very
shallow interrupted impression at both base and apex; base
narrowly margined. LElytra gradually widening to apex, each

256 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

separately rounded. Anterior tarsi with basal joint thick, longer
than three following combined, and having a black comb inwardly.
Length to apex of elytra 4, width 1} mm.

Hab.—Galston.

Differs from C. scapulatus in having the head concolorous,
the testaceous marking of the elytra much larger, and by its
differently coloured legs. My unique specimen has the abdomen
considerably shrunken.

CARPHURUS PICTIPES, n.sp.

Q. Elongate, shining, depressed. Black; muzzle, undersurface
of first three antennal joints, prothorax, anterior coxe, knees,
half of posterior tibize, and basal joint of tarsi, testaceous. Covered
all over—sparsest on middle of meso-, metasternum and head—
with short pale pubescence; above with blackish hair, sparsest on
prothorax, longest on abdomen. Head and prothorax sparsely
and minutely, elytra very densely, minutely and obsoletely punc-
tate; flanks of meso- and metasternum minutely, abdomen very
minutely punctate.

Head scarcely longer than wide; eyes rather large, not very
prominent, a foveate impression on each side between them (from
some directions appearing as two, in others as four longitudinal
fove); antenne reaching posterior coxe, Ist joint scarcely as
long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd decidedly shorter than 3rd, 3rd-
10th subequal in length, 4th-5th triangular, 6th-10th subpecti-
nate, 11th elongate-ovate, as long as the inner edge of 10th; sides
and undersurface corrugated; fovee rather large, round, rough-
walled, open behind. Prothorax strongly rounded, longer than
wide, not the width of head; an extremely shallow and very
indistinct impression at base, a stronger interrupted one at apex;
base very feebly margined, and feebly sinuate. Llytra one and a
half times as long as head and prothorax combined, sides gradually
widening to apex, each feebly separately rounded. Length to
apex of elytra 44, of abdomen 6; width 13 mm.

Hab.—Como, near Sydney.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 257

Close to C. rhagonychinus, differing in the colour of its legs and
by having a broader head and prothorax.

CARPHURUS APICIVENTRIS, N.Sp.

6. Black; elytra with an obscure purplish reflection; muzzle,
two basal joints of antenne and undersurface of third, prothorax,
3rd and 4th abdominal segments, anterior legs, and intermediate
coxe, clear reddish-testaceous; scutellum dull red; basal half of
four posterior tibiz impure testaceous, apical half and tarsi piceous.
Sparsely clothed with longish brown hair—densest on abdomen
and elytra; flanks of meso- and metasternum with short, pale
pubescence. Head and prothorax sparsely and minutely, elytra
very densely and not very minutely punctate; sides of meso- and
metasternum with minute, abdomen with very minute punctures.

Head transverse; eyes large, prominent, between them very
shallow irregular impressions (from in front appearing to be
separated by a trident-shaped elevation); from in front there
appears to be a small transverse fovea between the eyes, near the
base a very shallow transverse impression; antenne scarcely
reaching posterior coxe, Ist joint scarcely as long as 2nd-3rd
combined, 2nd subglobular, decidedly shorter than 3rd, 3rd-4th
triangular, 5th-10th subpectinate, 11th fully as long as the inner
edge of 10th; undersurface of head with a shallow transverse
impression. Prothorax decidedly longer than wide, as wide as
head at base of eyes, angles rounded; a feeble impression at base
and traces of a still feebler one at apex; base narrowly margined.
Elytra gradually widening to apex, each rather strongly rounded.
Anterior tarsi with basal joint thick, longer than the following
joints combined, and having a black comb inwardly. Length to
apex of elytra 44, of abdomen 63; width 14 mm.

Hab.— Galston.

Of the shape of C. rhagonychinus and the preceding, but the
red ventral segments will at once distinguish it from either of
them.

var. DUBIUS.

Differs from the above in having the head almost concolorous,

having only a small transverse spot extending from the eyes

258 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

and not reaching the middle, the two apical segments only of the
abdomen black, and all the legs testaceous, tarsi except basal
joints black.

As upon a careful comparison of my two specimens —both
males—I can find absolutely no difference in shape, I have con-
sidered it advisable to describe the most strongly marked specimen
as a species, ranking the other as a variety. I captured them at
the same time.

CARPHURUS BIFOVEATUS, N.Sp.

6. Elongate, shining, depressed. Head black; undersurface of
basal joint of antenne and almost the entire second reddish; palpi
obscure red; prothorax red; elytra dark violet-blue, meso- and
metasternum black; abdominal segments black—the first almost
entirely, and the others except apical margined with red. Mode-
rately densely clothed all over with long blackish hairs. Head
and prothorax sparsely and minutely punctate, elytra with minute
and almost obliterated punctures, apex and sides of meso- and
sides of metasternum minutely but distinctly punctate, the abdo-
men very minutely.

Head about as long as wide; a longitudinal excavation on each
side near the eyes (from some directions appearing as fovee);
antenne short, scarcely passing intermediate coxee, lst joint large,
as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd short, globular, 3rd obconic, 4th-
10th subpectinate, 11th as long as the inner length of 10th;
feebly corrugated; foveze of undersurface large, rough-walled,
approximate. Prothorax strongly rounded, a little longer than
wide, the width of head across eyes; a shallow transverse impres-
sion at base, and a still shallower one at apex. LElytra feebly
dilating towards apex, each feebly separately rounded. Anterior
tarsi with basal joint rather wide, and fully as long as claw joint.
Length to apex of elytra 3, of abdomen 53; width 1 mm.

iTab.—Galston (Mr. D. Dumbrell).

A distinct and very pretty little species.

C. CYANIPENNIS, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3422.

Hab.—Tamworth, Whitton (Lea). 8. Australia (Macleay
Museum).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 259

C. rLoneatus, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3424.
Hab.—Tweed River, Sydney, Forest Reefs, Whitton.

C. PALLIDIPENNIS, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3430.
Hab.—Rockhampton (Macleay Museum).

C. apicauis, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3413.
Hab.—Richmond River.

C. scapuLatus, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp No. 3433.
Hab.—Galston (Dumbrell).

C. MARGINIVENTRIS, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp No. 3428.
Hab.—Gosford.

C. RHAGONYCHINUS, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3432.
Hab.—Sydney, Galston.

C. FACIALIS, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3425
Hab.—Sydney.

C. ARMIPENNIS, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3414.
Hab.—N. Queensland (Macleay Museum).

C. BASIPENNIS, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3417.
Hab.—S. Australia (Macleay Museum).

C. cyaANopTEeRuS, Bohem.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3442.
Hab.—Blackheath (Masters).

I append a tabulation of all the species known to me, which,
though artificial, and largely dependent on colour, may prove to
be useful :—

Elytra armed in the male.

Armature near base directed backwards ...... armupennis, Fairm.
Armature near apex directed forwards. §
BM a POOUINUE CL lean Og cba cna ce csc venens etbocwse cristatifrons, Fairm.
15 0\5 21 FE aj Sgt ice a A a a rae Blackburni, u.sp.

R

260 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Elytra unarmed in the male.
Antenne simple or at the most slightly serrate
internally.
Pheard car inartes icin ie .codiits psa wine ae cane eee
Head with a small tubercle in the middle...
Head with various impressions in front.
Scutellum testaceous or reddish.

Two intermediate segments of abdomen

Apical segments only black ...............
All the segments clouded with black
ab their Dasesies..02.neme tenes
Scutellum black.
Prothorax with blackish markings at
the sides.
Posterior tibiz black i54¥....1.<.+see0ee
All the tibize testaceous.
Hlytra immaculate 2.35). .0.. eee
Apical half (or third) of elytra
Blache ok aide sheer nents tee
Prothorax immaculate.
Legs black.
Abdomen black.
Large and moderately robust....
Narrow and -elongate.. ............
Apex of abdomen red.............:....
Legs variously coloured.
Head“reddighe (0 is. sore ro neuen:
Head blacks. ancsteteeae dare tersien ae
Muzzle reddish.
Large, robust elytra greenish,
abdomen narrowly bordered...
Smaller, elytra greenish, abdo-
men broadly bordered..........
Smaller, elytra without a green-
ish tinge, abdomen unicolorous
Legs testaceous.
Antenne thick, entirely testaceous
Autenne rather slender, base only
USE CEOS 6A. Sodnonaooboopon00s 05

carinaticeps, n.sp.
impunctatus, n.sp.

alterniventris, Fairm.
apicalis, Macl.

Jasctipennis, Fairm.

margiiventris, Fairm.

pallidipennis, Macl.

elongatus. Macl.

cyanopterus, Bohem
angustatus, N.sp.
longicollis, n.sp.

basiventris, n.sp.
basipennis, Fairm.

latipennis, n.sp.
cervicalis, Germ.
Jacialis, Fairm.

testaceupes, n.sp.

cyanupennis Macl.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 261

Antenne subpectinate.

Abdomen testaceous, apical segments black.

Membeimmm DlACK 2.2.2... 0.b cesta ete e ceeds scapulatus, Fairm.
Sentellum testaceous or reddish.
Elytra with the base testaceous.......... lepidus, n.sp.
Bilytra CONCOLOLOUS..:...2.. 66 s..s.cdivecses) apiciventris, n.sp.
Abdomen black.
eM Cesta CCOUS..clcwisass corn sics os oseitas rhagonychinus, Fairm.

Legs black, with testaceous markings pzctipes, n.sp.
Abdomen black, basal segments with more
OW NESS LEU heels ee ied see nies bifoveatus, n.sp.

BaLanopuorus Mastersi, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3440.

This species ranges down the entire east coast and for some
distance inland; specimens are in the Macleay Museum from Cape
York to Melbourne. The male possesses a most peculiar comb;
it is situated on the inner edge of the first joint of the anterior
tarsi, and consists of about sixty closely set elongate teeth; it
commences at the base and is continuous round the apex almost
to the outer margin; under a Coddington lens it appears as a
black margin, but a moderately low power of the microscope
renders it visible. As will be noticed I have described a number
of species of Carphwrus and Helcogaster as possessing combs; there
is a somewhat similar comb on the intermediate tibiz of a species
of Staphylinide in the Collection of the Rev. R. L. King (now in
the Sydney Museum).

BALANOPHORUS MACLEAYI, n.sp.

¢G. Elongate, shining, subdepressed. Testaceous; apical two-
thirds of antennz, meso-, metasternum, two apical segments of
abdomen, four posterior femora and apex of tibie black; apical
two-fifths of elytra dark purple. Head, prothorax, abdomen and
legs with sparse blackish hair; elytra and sterna with sparse,
short, pale pubescence. Head and prothorax sparsely and min-
utely, elytra not very densely, minutely, and obsoletely punctate;
undersurface almost impunctate.

Head transverse; eyes very large and pee their com-
bined width being more than half the total width of head; a

262 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

feeble depression on each side—commencing near the middle of
the eyes, and terminating slightly in advance of base of antenne;
antenne passing posterior coxe, Ist joimt as long as 2nd-3rd
combined, 2nd scarcely half the length of 3rd, 3rd-10th pectinate,
the tooth of 3rd short, about half the length of 4th, 5th-11th
very long, all of them with long curved blackish hair; fovez of.
undersurface very small, situated in a shallow depression, the

space behind them finely but distinctly corrugated. Prothorax_

much longer than wide, more than the width of head at base of
eyes, apex rounded, sides dilated near apex, constricted near base
—which is sinuate; a broad shallow impression at base. Scutellum
about twice as wide as long. Elytra parallel for a fourth their
length, then dilating to apex, each rounded from the suture, and
then obliquely truncate. Anterior tarsi with basal joint as long
as three following combined, and having a black comb inwardly.
Length to apex of elytra 5, of abdomen 74; width 24 mm.

Q. Differs in being larger, antenne subpectinate, head longer
than wide, eyes much smaller, less black on elytra, simple anterior
tarsi, We.

Hab.—North-West Australia (Macleay Museum).

A most beautiful species, somewhat resembling, but abundantly
distinct from, B. Mastersi; the large eyes of the male are a very
distinctive feature, whereas in the two sexes of Mastersi they are
equal; there are besides numerous other differences in colour and

shape.
B. JANTHINIPENNIS, Fairm.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 3439.
Hab.—Sydney.

PY THI DA

TRICHOSALPINGUS ORNATUS, N.Sp.

Depressed, derm feebly shining. Testaceous, elytra, legs and
antenne paler than head and prothorax; prothorax with an
obscure brownish blotch at the sides; each elytron with an
oblique black stripe—gradually increasing in width—commencing
on the shoulder, and a little longer than prothorax, its outer apex

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 263

equidistant from side and suture; an obscure narrow fascia about
the middle, almost obsolete towards the sides, oblique towards the
suture; undersurface reddish-brown, with obscure piceous blotches.
Above densely clothed with rather long pubescence, a little paler
than the derm on which it rests, densest on elytra; sides of
sterna pubescent as prothorax; abdominal segments densely
clothed with moderately short pubescence. Above very densely
and minutely punctate; on prothorax the punctures almost con-
cealed by pubescence; sterna densely and minutely, the abdominal
segments very minutely punctate.

Head about as long as wide; eyes rather large, not very promin-
ent; antenne short, not reaching anterior coxe. Prothorax
very feebly transverse, a little the widest about its middle, where
it is fully as wide as head, truncate at base and apex; base feebly
margined, an oblique impression from each side of the base.
Elytra about two and a half times as long as head and prothorax
combined, at the base about once and a third the width of
base of prothorax, shoulders rounded, sides widening to beyond
the middle. Legs rather short, not very thick. Length 34,
width 15 mm.

Hab.—Gosford.

TRICHOSALPINGUS PALLIPES, 11.Sp.

Depressed, derm shining. Testaceous, elytra not much paler
than head and prothorax, legs and antenne decidedly paler than
elytra; prothorax with an obscure brownish blotch at the extreme
sides; elytra with a moderately large blotch about the middle,
moderately sharply defined at its anterior edge, much less so at
the posterior; undersurface a little darker than head, without
blotches. Above covered with very short pale pubescence,
moderately dense on elytra; undersurface extremely minutely
pubescent. Above very densely and minutely punctate, punctures
most noticeable at base of elytra, becoming feebler towards apex;
undersurface very minutely punctate, punctures most visible on
pro-, meso- and sides of metasternum.

264 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Head about as long as wide; eyes not very large, prominent;
antenne short, not reaching anterior coxe. Prothorax quadrate,
very little wider in front than behind, not the width of head,
truncate at base and apex, base narrowly margined, an oblique
impression commencing at each side of the base—where it is
distinct—afterwards becoming shallower and obliterated. Elytra
about two and a quarter times as long as head and _ prothorax
combined, at the base about one and a half times the width of
prothorax at base, shoulders rounded, sides widening to beyond
the middle. Legs rather short, not very thick, tarsi slender.
Length 3, width 14 mm.

Hab—Galston (Mr. D. Dumbrell).

Differs from the preceding in being smaller, in having prominent
eyes, thinner antenne, narrower prothorax, with basal impressions
more distinct, sparser pubescence, different markings of elytra,
paler undersurface and legs, &c. I have but one specimen of
each.

TRICHOSALPINGUS LATERALIS, 1.sp.

Depressed, shining. Testaceous-brown; elytra—except at sides
—a little paler than head and prothorax, undersurface darker
than above; sterna and femora stained with piceous. Above
clothed with very short pale pubescence; sides of sterna with
minute pubescence. Head and prothorax very densely and
minutely punctate, on the elytra at the base the punctures are
not as dense, but are larger, becoming smaller and obliterated
towards apex; undersurface minutely but distinctly punctate,
punctures largest on pro-, meso- and sides of metasternum.

Head transverse; eyes rather large, not very prominent;
antenne short, reaching anterior coxe Prothorax transverse,
shehtly wider than head, a little wider in front than behind,
angles feebly rounded; base narrowly margined, an impression at
the base close to the sides. Hlytra about two and a half times as
long as head and prothorax combined, at the base not much wider
than prothorax at apex, shoulders rounded, sides feebly widening
to beyond the middle; a very feeble depression about scutellum

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 265

and behind the base. Legs rather short and thick. Length 44,
width 1} mm.

Hab.—New South Wales (probably from about Sydney).

MELANDRYIDG.

ORCHESIA SALTATORIA, N.sp.

Short, robust, convex, shining. Dark castaneous, legs and
antenne slightly paler. Moderately densely clothed all over with
short brownish-yellow pubescence, shortest at apex of elytra,
longest on prothorax. Feebly transversely punctate-strigose all
over.

Head somewhat triangular in shape; antenne thickening to
apex, passing intermediate coxee, 1st joint one and a half times as
long as 2nd, 2nd-3rd subequal, longer than those following, 4th-
6th short, subcylindrical, 7th-11th broader, flat, 11th about twice
as long as 10th. Prothorax much wider behind than in front;
broadly and feebly bisinuate, and with a shallow depression on
each side of the base; median line invisible. Scutellum small,
broadly transverse. Elytra about two and a half times as long
as wide, a very feeble depression on each side of suture, most
visible towards apex. Posterior tibiz short, thick, their spurs
stout, almost equal, as long as themselves, and about three-
fourths the length of first tarsal joint; tarsi with the basal joint
distinctly longer than tibie, or the three following joints com-
bined. Length 32, width 14 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs.

I have nine specimens under examination, in the size of which
there is but very little difference. I suppose I must have the
sexes, but I cannot distinguish them; the species comes closest to
O. Macleayi, but its much smaller size, broader form, &c., will
easily separate it from that species. All my specimens were taken
on tops of posts at dusk; they hopped immediately the hand was
brought near them, and in this way I lost many others.

266 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Dircaa 4-MACULATA, n.sp.

Elongate, convex, shining. Dark piceous-brown, muzzle, apex
of prothorax, apex of elytra, and spurs indistinctly paler; each
elytron with two small macule—the first and largest situated
about a fourth from the base, and midway between side and
suture, elliptic or ovate in shape, and very slightly oblique; the
second situated about a third from the apex, a little closer to
suture than to side, and transversely rounded. Moderately
clothed with very short greyish pubescence, a little more densely
on abdominal segments than above. Head, prothorax and sterna
densely and minutely punctate; elytra at base feebly transversely
punctate-strigose; rest of elytra and abdominal segments very
minutely punctate.

Head round; antenne somewhat flattened, reaching to midway
between intermediate and posterior coxee, Ist joint not as long as
2nd-3rd combined, 2nd more than half the length of 3rd, 3rd-10th
subequal, llth not once and a half as long as 10th, 9th-11th
slightly concave inwardly. Prothorax subquadrate, base narrowly
margined and almost truncate; median line very feebly traceable,
a distinct but rather small fovea marking its base. Elytra about
four times as long as wide, shoulders rounded, sides parallel to
about a third from the apex, traces of a number of costz on basal
half, entirely obsolete on apical. Posterior tibize feebly depressed,
serrate on their outer edge; spurs very short, not quite equal;
basal joint of tarsi twice the length of the following, the two
combined as long as tibie. Length 44, width 1 mm.

Hab.—Glen Innes, N.S.W.

I think my specimen is a male, as I have seen others which
were considerably larger and broader.

DiIRca&A LIGNIVORA, D.Sp.

Q. Elongate, convex, subcylindrical, subopaque. Dark piceous-
brown, prothorax with the margins very little paler; elytra with
base, margins and suture obscure ferruginous, each with two pale
testaceous markings—the first, and smallest, irregularly ovate,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 267

situate at about a third from the base, and midway between side
and suture; the second lunulate, situate at about a fourth from
apex, not quite touching side or suture: abdominal segments in
some lights appearing wholly ferruginous, in others only their
apices, basal joints of antennz, palpi and legs brownish-testaceous.
Head, prothorax, basal half of elytra and sterna densely, minutely
and transversely punctate-strigose, the shoulders most distinctly;
apex of elytra and the abdominal segments minutely punctate.
Moderately densely clothed all over with short greyish pubescence,
somewhat sericeous on prothorax, scutellum and lower surface.

Head rounded; antenne slender, cylindrical, reaching about
half way between intermediate and posterior coxe, Ist joint
almost as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd not much shorter than
3rd, 3rd-10th very gradually decreasing, 10th-l1th equal. Pro-
thorax subquadrate, with the base—except for the slightly
produced angles—truncate, base with a very feeble depression,
and narrowly margined; median line distinct at base, feebly
traceable towards apex. Scutellum transverse, feebly emarginate
at apex. Elytra more than three times as long as wide, shoulders
feebly rounded, sides very gradually narrowing to near the apex,
a narrow depression on each side of the suture, a very feeble
depression near shoulders, with feeble traces of striz. Legs
slender, four posterior tibie depressed-serrate externally, spurs
to the posterior unequal, the longest a little more than one-third
the length of the first tarsal joint, the shortest about a fourth;
intermediate and anterior spurs very short; posterior tarsi with
the basal joint almost as long as the following combined, the two
basal as long as tibie. Length 105, width 25 mm.

6. Differs in being smaller and narrower. Length 3, width
3mm.
Hab.— Donnybrook, W.A.

Several trees were riddled by this species, of which I could
have taken hundreds; the markings are constant, but the size is
extremely variable (I have given the extremes); the larve are
largely destroyed by two species of Hymenopterous parasites.

bo
or)
PD

NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

PEDILIDAE.

MAcRATRIA INTERMEDIA, N.sp.

6. Narrow, subparallel, subdepressed, shining. Head, pro-
thorax and undersurface dark, or brownish-red; elytra dark red,

becoming piceous at apex; legs and antenne testaceous, apical

joint of antenne darker; abdominal segments paler than sterna.
Above densely clothed with silky yellowish pubescence, longest
on elytra (when seen from behind apparently in lines); on the
undersurface the pubescence is much shorter and denser; the legs
are somewhat densely pubescent. Head minutely punctate, pro-
thorax more densely and strongly; elytra seriate-punctate, the
punctures shallow, interstices minutely punctate; undersurface—
except the flanks of the mesosternum which are distinctly—
minutely punctate.

Head longer than wide, almost truncate at base; eyes large;
antennze slender, reaching intermediate coxee, lst joint about as
long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd as long as and thicker than 3rd,
3rd slightly longer than 4th, 4th-8th subequal, 9th-10th slightly
longer, 11th as long as 7th-l0th combined. Prothorax much
longer than wide, and wider than the head, widest near the apex;
apex rounded, base margined and truncate. Hlytra very gradually
narrowing to near the apex, shoulders moderately rounded, each
elytron separately rounded at apex; suture slightly raised except
at base, where itis feebly depressed. Metasternum deeply sulcate,
apical segment of abdomen shallowly emarginate at apex. Legs
long; femora thickened, the anterior their entire length, inter-
mediate for the apical two-thirds, posterior for the apical
half; tibiz straight, longer than tarsi, minutely spurred at apices,
posterior spurs the longest; basal joint of posterior tarsi nearly
twice as long as the following combined, the four anterior little
more than half as long. Length 33, width ? mm.

Q. Differs in being somewhat larger (33 mm.) and darker, in
having the piceous colour more advanced on the elytra (leaving
only the base dark red), apical joint of antenne only as long as

BY ARTHUR M. LBA. 269

the two preceding combined, apical segment of abdomen entire,
and the spurs to posterior tibie shorter.

Hab.—Cairns (Macleay Museum).

Differs from J. aberrans, in being narrower, and without trace
of median line; in size it is intermediate between that species and
M. australis.

MACRATRIA ANALIS, 1.Sp.

¢. Narrow, subparallel, subdepressed, shining. Reddish-brown;
head lighter in colour than prothorax or elytra, the latter with a
piceous tinge about scutellum and suture; antenne testaceous,
apex slightly infuscate; sterna a little darker than prothorax:
coxee coloured as prosternum, legs testaceous-red, four anterior
femora and apical segment of abdomen pale testaceous. Above
clothed with yellowish silky pubescence, shorter and paler beneath.
Head minutely, prothorax densely and a little more strongly
punctate; elytra punctate-striate, the punctures irregular towards
suture, more distinct towards sides, and obsolete on apical third;
sterna minutely, abdominal segments very minutely punctate.

Head not much longer than wide, base feebly rounded; eyes
large, not prominent; antennz slender, inserted close to eyes,
reaching intermediate coxe, slightly thickening towards apex,
llth joint a little longer than 9th-10th combined and feebly
constricted in the middle. Prothorax longer than wide, near apex
wider than head, at base wider than head at base of eyes; apex
strongly rounded; sides constricted near base, base truncate and
narrowly margined; median line traceable on basal two-thirds.
Scutellum transverse, truncate at apex. Hlytra wider than pro-
thorax, feebly diminishing towards apex, shoulders rounded, suture
feebly depressed near base, and feebly elevated near apex. Meta-
sternum sulcate on apical two-thirds, deeply on apical third.
Apical segment of abdomen feebly depressed in the middle, its
sides at the apex feebly emarginate—allowing the tips of two
small discs to appear. Legs long and rather thick; femora thick,
the four posterior only on their apical half; tibie straight,
minutely spurred at apex; basal joint of posterior tarsi much

270 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

longer than those following combined. Length 33, width 4mm.

Hab.—Tamworth.

This species comes closest to the preceding, from which it may
be distinguished by its larger size, broader prothorax—with more
deeply constricted base—thicker antenne, shorter and paler pubes-
cence, feebler elytral punctuation, and more distinct scutellum.

ANTHICIDA.

FORMICOMUS ELEGANS, 1.Sp.

Narrow, elongate, depressed, subopaque above, shining on
undersurface. Brown; undersurface, coxee, base of femora, four
anterior tibie and tarsi, and antenne pale; elytra with two
transverse white fascie—the first near the base and parallel,
except for a triangular encroachment at the suture behind, the —
posterior close to apex, straight in front, narrowing to suture from
behind. Covered all over with very short, rather pale pubescence,
with a few short erect hairs on elytra. Covered all over with
extremely minute punctures, densest on head.

Head longer than wide, scarcely obovate; eyes small, prominent,
placed slightly before the exact middle; antenne slender, reaching
anterior fascia, Inserted considerably in front of eyes, Ist joint
not as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd not much shorter than 3rd,
4th-10th slightly decreasing in length and as gradually thickening,
11th not one and a half times as long as 10th. Prothorax not
twice as long and scarcely as deep as wide; strongly rounded in
front, constricted near the base, base narrowly margined: an
almost obliterated tubercle on each side. Elytra scarcely longer
than head and prothorax combined, slightly widest at the middle,
base rounded as apex; without impressions. Legs—especially
the posterior—very long and thin, femora scarcely thickened,
tibie straight, longer than tarsi; Ist joint of posterior tarsi
scarcely as long as the following combined, 2nd as long as 4th
(including claws), lst joint of intermediate as long as 2nd-3rd
combined, of the anterior shorter. Length 3, width # mm.

Hab.—North-West Australia (Macleay Museum).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 201

. The feature of this species is its very long posterior legs, which
are longer than the entire body. From /. australis, which it
somewhat resembles, it differs in being longer, slenderer, lighter
in colour and more opaque, differently shaped prothorax, longer
legs, and in numerous other particulars.

ANTHICUS RECTIFASCIATUS, n.sp.

- Depressed, shining. Head, prothorax and undersurface red,
elytra testaceous, base somewhat darker, a broad median band—
very feebly connected with apex along sides and suture—black;
legs, palpi and antenne testaceous, the latter becoming darker
towards apex; abdominal segments clouded with piceous at the
sides. Above not very densely clothed with yellowish suberect
pubescence, on the undersurface the pubescence is shorter and
denser. Head densely punctate, prothorax more densely and
minutely, elytra strongly punctate at the base, the punctures
becoming feebler towards apex; undersurface minutely punctate.

Head transverse, base truncate; eyes large, coarsely faceted;
antenne slender, reaching median fascia, 1st joint slightly longer
than 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd short, 3rd longer, 4th-10th gradually
decreasing in length, 11th longer than 10th and as long as 8th.
Prothorax slightly longer, and at its widest not quite as wide as
the base of head, subcordate, longer than wide, rounded in front,
truncate and margined behind. LHlytra nearly twice as long as
head and prothorax combined, much wider than prothorax at
base, and wider than head across eyes; shoulders slightly rounded,
sides subparallel to near the apex; suture feebly depressed at base.
Legs slender, femora slightly thickened, tibiz straight, longer
than tarsi, minutely spurred at their apices. Length 31, width
14mm.

Hab.—Fitzroy Island, Queensland (Macleay Museum).

ANTHICUS SCUTELLATUS, N.sp.

Of the form of A. brevicollis; subdepressed, shining—especially
the head and undersurface. Reddish-testaceous, elytra paler than
prothorax, which is paler than head; sides of abdominal segments

272 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

obscure; eyes black; tip of mandibles piceous. Above not very
densely clothed with yellowish decumbent pubescence, with a few
erect short hairs—a few of which project laterally on prothorax
—densest on prothorax, sparsest on head; on the undersurface
the pubescence is sparser, and—except on abdominal segments—
longer than above. Head distinctly but not very densely punc-
tate; prothorax densely, elytra shallowly and not very densely
punctate; sterna scarcely distinctly, the abdominal segments very
feebly punctate.

Head short, transverse, base feebly emarginate; eyes large,
occupying more than half the side of head between antenne and
base; mandibles prominent; antenne short, scarcely reaching base
of prothorax, Ist joint as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd short,
3rd-4th narrowest, 4th-10th gradually decreasing in length, 11th
about once and a quarter as long as 10th, acuminate at apex,
2nd and 6th-1l0th globular. Prothorax subcordate, transverse,
broader and longer than head, sides rounded; base constricted
and narrowly margined, middle of the apex narrowly produced
and margined. Scutellum small, triangular, distinct. Elytra
almost twice as long as head and prothorax combined, and about
twice as long as the width at base, shoulders feebly rounded, the
base near them very feebly impressed. Legs short; femora
thickened; tibiz straight, a minute spur at their apices. Length
34, width 1} mm.

Hab.—North-west Australia (Macleay Miuseulen:

My specimen is damaged, all the tarsi with the exception of
one of the anterior and an antenna being missing. It may be
distinguished from A. /wridus by its longer pubescence, &e.

ANTHICUS INGLORIUS, n.Sp.

6. Shaped somewhat as dA. brevicollis; subdepressed, shining.
Prothorax reddish-testaceous, head darker, elytra paler; under-
surface brownish-testaceous, antenne, palpi, anterior legs, four
posterior tibie and tarsi, and base of femora paler; eyes black;
tip of mandibles piceous. Above sparsely clothed with short
pale pubescence, with rather long hairs projecting laterally from

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 273

prothorax and elytra; head almost glabrous; undersurface with
sparse straggling pubescence. Above sparsely and minutely
punctate, punctures sparsest and rather strong on head; not much
feebler at apex than at base of elytra; undersurface almost
impunctate.

Head scarcely transverse, base feebly emarginate; eyes large,
occupying about half the side of head between antenne and base;
antenne short, reaching base of prothorax, the joints as in A.
scutellatus, a shallow depression on each side in front. Prothorax
transverse, very slightly broader and longer than head, broadest
near apex, narrowing—but not suddenly—to base; base margined,
middle of apex feebly produced and margined. Scutellum small,
transverse, apex rounded. LElytra not twice as long as head and
prothorax combined (23-14. mm.), about twice as long as wide,
shoulders feebly rounded, the base near them feebly impressed.
Legs rather short, femora feebly thickened, tibiz straight, the
anterior slightly curved at apex, posterior spurred at apex.
Length 4, width 13 mm.

Q. Differs in being paler beneath, and by having concolorous
legs.

Hlab.—Darling River (Macleay Museum).

May be distinguished from A. scutellatus by its more elongate
form, somewhat differently shaped prothorax, long legs, shinier
derm, sparser pubescence, &e. °

ANTHICUS TRIANGULARIS, n.sp.

Of the form of 4d. brevicollis; depressed, shining. Head, pro-
thorax and undersurface red; elytra testaceous, a large subtrian-
gular macula—which is somewhat variable in size—on each side
at the middle, and the apex piceous-brown, an obscure red triangle
about the scutellum; abdominal segments stained with brown;
legs and antennze testaceous, the latter becoming brown towards
apex. Head and prothorax almost glabrous, elytra sparsely
pubescent, undersurface with shorter and denser pubescence.
Above not strongly punctured, the punctures sparsest and
broadest on head, denser and not much feebler on prothorax,

274 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

denser at base and shallowest at apex of elytra; undersurface
minutely punctate.

Head longer than the width at base, and—excluding the eyes
—triangular in shape; eyes large, prominent, coarsely faceted,
placed midway between antenne and base; antenn reaching
beyond base of elytra, Ist joint shghtly longer than 2nd-3rd com-
bined, 2nd-10th equal in thickness, 2nd not much shorter than
3rd, 4th-10th gradually decreasing, 11th slightly narrower than
10th, and nearly as long as 9th-10th combined. Prothorax sub-
cordate, feebly transverse, as broad as, and slightly longer than
head, widest in front, constricted behind, base margined. Scutel-
lum triangular, distinct. Elytra about one and a half times as
long as head and prothorax combined, shoulders feebly rounded,
the base near them feebly impressed, sides feebly widening to
about the middle, apex broadly rounded. Legs rather short;
femora moderately thickened; posterior tibie feebly bent, spurred
at apex; tarsi shorter than tibie. Length 24, width # mm.

Hab—North-West Australia (Macleay Museum).

May be distinguished from A. brevicollis by its flatter form,
larger head, sparser pubescence, &c.; A. Wollastoni is a species
with somewhat similarly marked elytra, but otherwise very
different. J have recently taken two specimens at Perth which
differ from the types in being darker, in having a complete median
fascia, the dark marking at apex of elytra larger, the scutellar
marking darker and continued on to shoulders; the pubescence
also is denser; as, however, they belong to a group the members
of which are very variable I have not thought it advisable to
describe them as distinct.

ANTHICUS LEMODIOIDES, n.sp.

Elongate, subdepressed, shining. Head and prothorax chocolate-
brown; elytra reddish-testaceous, a moderately broad piceous fascia,
interrupted at suture, across the middle; lower surface paler
than prothorax; legs paler than elytra. Above not densely
clothed with short pubescence, with longer hairs at the sides;
undersurface with minute pubescence. Head and _ prothorax

—<-

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 975

rather shallowly punctate; the elytra densely, strongly and seri-
ately punctate; sterna densely and strongly, abdominal segments
not very minutely punctate.

Head rather small, transverse; eyes moderately large, placed
behind the middle; antenne not very slender, subequal in width,
reaching apex of intermediate coxe, lst joint nearly as long as
2nd-3rd combined, 2nd-3rd equal, 11th not as long as 9th-10th
combined. Prothorax longer than wide, wider than head, trans-
versely globose in front, deeply constricted near base, base
truncate; a tubercle on each side at base; median line distinct,
becoming feeble near apex, and having a small fovea near tubercles.
Scutellum extremely small. Hlytra not one and a half times as
long as head and prothorax combined, not much wider than
anterior portion of the latter, shoulders feebly rounded, sides
parallel to near apex; a feeble impression on each side between
suture and shoulders; suture very feebly raised near apex. Legs
rather short and thick; four posterior femora arcuate; tibie rather
short, posterior feebly bent. Length 24, width 1 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs; crawling over fences at night time.

ANTHICUS CANCELLATUS, N.Sp.

Elongate, subdepressed, shining. Reddish-testaceous; head
and prothorax darker than elytra, the latter with a small obscure
piceous blotch about the middle; lower surface a little paler than
elytra; legs and palpi pale testaceous. Above—except head—
densely clothed with rather long pubescence, longest on elytra: on
the undersurface the pubescence is short. Head and prothorax
densely and obsoletely, elytra densely and strongly, gullet coarsely,
sterna and abdominal segments not very strongly punctate.

Head rather small, transverse; eyes moderately large, placed
behind the middle; antenne rather slender, passing intermediate
coxe, Ist joint nearly as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd
decidedly shorter than 3rd, 11th a little longer than 9th-10th
combined. Prothorax not much longer than wide, wider than
head, transversely globose in front, deeply constricted near base,
base truncate; traces of a tubercle on each side at base; median

S

276 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

line very shallow and indistinct, obsolete towards apex. Scutellum
small, transverse, moderately distinct. Elytra about once and a
third as long as head and _ prothorax combined, not much
wider than anterior portion of latter, sides almost parallel, apex
almost truncate, a feeble depression on each side of suture towards
apex. Femora thick, tibie straight. Length 22, width 1 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs; on fences at dusk.

The above somewhat resembles the preceding and the following
species; from the former it may be distinguished by its colour
and puncturation being a little different, by its thinner legs and
less plainly marked median line; from the latter by being a little
more elongate, a little less convex, median line distinct, thicker
legs, &e.

ANTHICUS PIGNERATOR, N.sp.

Not very elongate, slightly convex, shining. Obscure reddish-
testaceous, elytra very little paler than head and prothorax;
lower surface concolorous with elytra, and darker than legs.
Pubescence as in the preceding. Head shallowly, prothorax very
densely and shallowly, elytra densely and strongly, sterna densely,
abdominal segments minutely, punctate.

Head rather small, transverse; eyes moderately large, placed
close to base; antenne moderately slender, passing intermediate
coxee, the width separating them equal to the distance to base of
eyes, Ist joint about once and a half longer than 2nd, 2nd a
little shorter and thicker than 3rd, 11th about as long as 9th-10th
combined. Prothorax not much longer than wide, wider than
head, transversely globose in front, constricted near base, base
truncate; a transverse impression at base and a shallow circular
one on each side of the middle; no median line. Scutellum indis-
tinct. Elytra about once and a third as long as head and pro-
thorax combined, not much wider than anterior portion of latter,
shoulders feebly rounded, sides subparallel to near apex, a feeble
depression on each side of suture about middle. Legs rather
slender; femora not very thick: posterior tibiz very feebly bent
inwardly. Length 24, width 4mm.

Hiab.—Forest Reefs; on a fence at dusk.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. OG

ANTHICUS INORNATUS, N.sp.

Elongate, narrow, feebly shining. Head dark reddish-brown,
prothorax and elytra dark brownish-red, undersurface somewhat
paler, legs and antennz testaceous-red. Elytra and abdomen not
very densely covered with short pale pubescence; rest of body
very sparsely clothed. Head extremely densely and somewhat
rugosely punctate; prothorax, sterna and basal segment of abdo-
men very densely and not minutely punctate; elytra densely
punctate, punctures becoming feebler towards apex, abdominal
segments—except basal—minutely, femora shallowly punctate.

Head longer than wide, base rounded; eyes small, prominent,
coarsely faceted, placed in front of the middle; antennz inserted
close to the eyes. Prothorax longer than wide, longer and about
the width of the head, subcordate, apex slightly rounded, base
constricted and truncate; an indistinct tubercle on each side at
the base; median line feebly traceable at base and apex. LElytra
not once and a quarter as long as head and prothorax com-
bined, shoulders rounded, parallel-sided to near apex, or very
feebly widening to about the middle, without depression. Legs
slender; femora scarcely thickened; tibie straight, minutely
spurred at their apices; four anterior longer, the posterior as long
as tarsi, basal joint of posterior tarsi as long as the others com-
bined, intermediate as long as 2nd-3rd, anterior short. Length
24, width 2mm.

Hab.—North-West Australia (Macleay Museum).

I do not know any species with which this very distinct one
can be satisfactorily compared.

ANTHICUS SIMULATOR, N.sp.

Hlongate, subdepressed, highly polished. Black; base of pro-
thorax obscure piceous, each elytron with two small testaceous
maculz, one near the shoulder transversely triangular, the other
about a third from the apex, parailel-sided, directed a little
obliquely towards and truncate near suture; these macule are
sometimes indistinct (especially the posterior); lower surface of

278 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

head and prosternum dull red; coxze, base of femora—the posterior
infuscate towards apex—and tarsi obscure testaceous; antennz
piceous. Elytra very sparsely pubescent, rest of the body almost
glabrous. Above minutely, beneath indistinctly punctate.

Head a little longer than wide, rounded; eyes, small, prominent;
antenne slender, inserted midway between eyes and apex of
mandibles, reaching intermediate coxe, Ist joint about once and
a half longer than 2nd, 2nd a little longer than 3rd, 11th
about the length of 9th-10th combined. Prothorax scarcely the
width of head, longer than wide, transversely globose in front,
strongly constricted near base; a small tubercle on each side at
base. Elytra about as long as head and prothorax combined,
about two and a half times as long as wide, base truncate,
shoulders feebly rounded, sides feebly widening to beyond middle;
a very feeble impression behind the base (only visible when
viewed sideways). Legs slender; femora thickening towards apex,
tibiz straight. Length 13, width 2mm.

liab.—Bridge Town, W.A. Between the leaves of cabbages.

I have a specimen from Donnybrook in which the whole of the
prothorax is dull red. The species closely resembles 4. strictus
and A. bembidioides; from the former it differs in being narrower,
with thicker antenne, and by its more parallel elytra; from the
latter by its differently shaped prothorax, with more prominent
tubercles, and by its head being a little smaller.

ANTHICUS GEMINATUS, n.sp.

Narrow, elongate, subdepressed, shining. Testaceous, prothorax |
darker than elytra; head and apical half of elytra—except along
suture—tinged with piceous, lower surface coloured as prothorax,
legs paler, abdominal segments—except basal—piceous. LElytra
moderately, head and prothorax very sparsely clothed with short
pale pubescence, lower surface almost glabrous. Above densely
and not very minutely punctate, each puncture carrying a small
hair; sterna indistinctly punctate.

Head rounded, a little longer than wide; eyes small, prominent,
in exact middle of sides; antenne slender, slightly thickening

eg

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 279

towards apex, reaching intermediate coxe, Ist joint about once
and a half as long as 2nd, 2nd-3rd equal. Prothorax fully
as wide as head, longer than wide, rounded in front, constricted
towards base; base smooth. Elytra about once and a quarter
as long as head and prothorax combined, more than twice
as long as wide, base truncate, shoulders feebly rounded, sides
gradually widening to beyond the middle; feebly depressed on
each side of suture towards apex. Legs not very long; femora
thickened, posterior arcuate; tibie straight. Length 24, width
3mm.

Hab.— Bridge Town, W.A.

A. second specimen from Bridge Town is a little smaller and
paler, and has the elytral marking confined to an indistinct
fasciate blotch across the middle. The species is similar in shape
and colour to A. exigwus, differing in being larger, more feebly
punctured, prothorax a little different, “ce. Both my specimens
were taken (in company with many other small beetles) under a
stone, where they had retreated for protection against a fire.

ANTHICUS OVIPENNIS, n.sp.

Slightly convex, shining. Testaceous-red; elytra testaceous,
and with a thin obscure piceous fascia across the middle, the apex
faintly tinged with piceous; legs and abdomen pale testaceous,
basal segment of the latter tinged with piceous. Elytra moder-
ately clothed with short pale pubescence, denser and shorter on
head and prothorax, rest of body almost glabrous. Head and
prothorax shallowly punctate; the elytra densely and rather
strongly, sides and sutures of sterna and basal abdominal segment
minutely but (under microscope) distinctly punctate.

Head moderately large, subquadrate, eyes very small and
prominent, placed a little in front of the middle; antenne thin,
very slightly thickening to apex, scarcely reaching intermediate
coxx, Ist joint thick, not much longer than 2nd, 2nd a little
longer than 3rd, llth almost as long as 9th-10th combined.
Prothorax fully as wide as head, longer than wide, rounded in
front, constricted towards base; base with traces of tubercles.

280 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Scutellum very small, semicircularly triangular. Elytra no longer
than head and prothorax combined, ovate, the shoulders strongly
rounded, without impression. Femora thick, tibiz straight.
Length 2, width # mm.

Hab.—Bunbury, W.A.

The short ovate elytra of this species should render it distinct;
in colour it somewhat resembles the preceding.

ANTHICUS DELICATULUS, n.sp.

Elongate, depressed, shining. Head testaceous-brown, pro-
thorax pale reddish-testaceous; elytra pale testaceous, a darker
marking about scutellum and apex, each with a triangular macula,
the apices of which meet at suture; sterna coloured as prothorax,
legs paler, abdomen—basal segment excepted—stained with
piceous. Clothed all over, sparsest on head, with very short pale
pubescence. Head, prothorax and sterna sparsely and very
minutely, elytra minutely punctate.

Head not very large, strongly rounded, a little longer than:

wide; eyes rather small and prominent, placed in the exact middle

of sides; antenne slender, feebly thickening to apex, inserted -

midway between eyes and apex of mandibles, reaching inter-
mediate coxe, Ist jomt not as long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd a
little thicker and shorter than 3rd, 11th not as long as 9th-10th
combined, its apex rounded. Prothorax longer than wide, no
wider than head across eyes, apex rounded, sides narrowing to
beyond middle, and then feebly increasing to base; feeble traces
of tubercles at base. Hlytra not much longer than head and
prothorax combined, wider than head, base truncate, shoulders
feebly rounded, sides gradually widening to beyond the middle;
suture depressed at base, a very feeble depression near shoulders.
Femora thick, tibie straight. Length 24, width 2 mm.
Hab.—North-West Australia (Macleay Museum).

A narrow pale species, not very close to any known to me.
Another specimen is smaller, paler, and with the elytral markings
very obscure.

Pe Se ee

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 281

SYZETONINUS PARALLELUS, N.sp.

G. Elongate-ovate, subdepressed, shining. Black; elytra and
lower surface very slightly paler than prothorax; legs and antenne
obscure testaceous, the latter infuscate towards apex. Sparsely
clothed with short obscure pubescence. Above very densely and
strongly punctate, feeblest on head, strongest at base of elytra;
sterna moderately densely and strongly, abdominal segments
minutely punctate.

Head small, closely joined to prothorax, strongly transverse;
eyes moderately large, not very prominent, placed close to base;
antennee reaching intermediate coxe, lst and 2nd joints large,
thick, the 2nd equal to the swollen portion of Ist, 3rd equal in
length to 2nd, but narrower, 3rd-10th gradually decreasing in
length, 3rd-6th decreasing in width, 7th-llth thickening, 9th
subquadrate, 10th transverse, 11th not as long as 9th-10th com-
bined. Prothorax feebly transverse, as wide as head at base,
truncate at base and apex, sides slightly rounded; a broad sem1-
circular interrupted impression extending almost across base, and
a shallow impression across middle, the centre of which is plainly
marked. Scutellum very small, narrowing towards and truncate
at apex. Hlytra more than twice as long as head and prothorax
combined, base truneate, shoulders scarcely rounded, sides
parallel to near apex; the base with a depression on each side
and at suture, behind it a very shallow depression. Legs rather
long and slender, posterior femora very slightly thickened, all the
tibiz straight. Length 14, width 2 mm.

Hab.—Bridge Town, W.A.

Differs from S. wmconspicuus by being a little more parallel,
and in having darker elytra, a little feebler puncturation, some-
- what different antenna, Wc.

SYZETONINUS BASICORNIS, N.sp.

4d. Oblong-oval, subdepressed, feebly shining. Head and pro-
thorax black, elytra piceous-brown, the apex obscurely paler, base
narrowly testaceous, lower surface piceous-brown, legs—especially

282 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

the anterior—and all the tarsi paler. Above sparsely clothed
with short pubescence, longest and most distinct on apical half
of elytra; lower surface with very minute pubescence. Head and
prothorax very densely and rather strongly punctate; elytra
coarsely and densely, sterna not very strongly, abdominal
segments minutely punctate.

Head rather small, closely jomed to prothorax, strongly trans-
verse; eyes large, not prominent, placed close to base; antennze
inserted close to apex, Ist-5th joints cylindrical, 1st arcuate, as
long as 2nd-3rd combined, 2nd thick, transverse, not half the
length of 3rd, 3rd slightly bent, as long as 3rd-4th combined, 4th
narrowest of all, 4th-10th subequal in length and gradually
increasing in width, 9th-10th feebly transverse, 11th large, thick,
apex strongly rounded, about the length of 3rd. Prothorax
transverse, as wide as base of head, truncate at base and apex,
sides feebly rounded; an oblique elliptic impression on each side
at base. Elytra shaped as in the preceding. Legs long, posterior
femora slightly thickened, posterior tibiz very feebly bent
inwardly. Length 14, width 4mm. ;

Hab.—F¥orest Reefs. (On a fence at dusk.)

The shape of the basal joints of the antenne renders this species
exceedingly distinct.

PVR 0.6 HR Ol Dee:

LEMODES ELONGATA, D.sp.

Elongate, parallel-sided, subdepressed, the derm shining. Red
(in some lights with a faint purplish gloss), undersurface-—except
mesosternum which is darker—very slightly paler than above;
scutellum and eyes black; antennie black, two basal joints red,

third reddish-piceous, apical joint white. Above densely clothed

with moderately long pubescence, which is almost concolorous
with the derm; on the elytra it is placed in a wavy manner,
causing them to appear indistinctly patterned; the whole upper-
surface 1s rather sparsely clothed with long semiupright hairs,
densest on elytra; undersurface, legs and antennz with rather

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 283

short pubescence, tibia with a few long hairs, antenne with
blackish sete and rather long outstanding hairs. Head and pro-
thorax with large shallow punctures, almost concealed by
pubescence; elytra seriate-punctate (in about ten rows), the
punctures large and coarse at base, becoming obliterated towards
apex; mesosternum densely and strongly punctate; metasternum
and abdominal segments densely and minutely punctate, the
former with large scattered punctures; legs very densely and
minutely punctate.

Head truncate at base, about as long as the width across eyes;
eyes rather large, prominent and finely faceted; antenne rather
stout, not quite reaching apex of metasternum, the distance
between their bases slightly less than between them and the apex
of mandibles, composed of twelve joints, Ist small, globular, dis-
tinctly separated from 2nd, 2nd larger, about the size of 7th, 3rd
narrowest, 3rd-l1th subequal in length and increasing in width,
12th not quite as long as 10th-11th combined, its basal half about
the size and shape of I1th, decreasing then to apex. Prothorax
wider than long, longer and slightly wider than head, strongly
constricted towards and truncate at base, apex transversely
globose; median canal distinct but shallow in the middle, obsolete
at base and apex. Scutellum triangular, considerably longer
than wide. LElytra parallel-sided to near apex, fully twice as long
as head and prothorax combined, about once and a half as
wide as the latter at base, base scarcely truncate, shoulders feebly
rounded; a feeble depression near the base (only visible when
viewed sideways). Margins of mesosternal keel finely carinate.
Legs long, tibiz almost straight. Length 51, width 14 mm.

Hab.—Blackheath, N.S.W.

May be distinguished from either L. coccinea or L. Mastersi by
its much more elongate form, less angular prothorax, longer
scutellum, longer pubescence, distinctly twelve-jointed antenne,
&e.; in both of those species the scutellum is tranvserse, in
Masters rounded, and in coccinea truncate at apex. Members of
this genus are subject to considerable alteration of colour if
immersed for any time in spirits, the head and _prothorax

284 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

frequently turning dark-brown, or almost black, the legs darker;
the white joints of the antenne in coccinea vary in number from
one to three. The type is in the possession of Mr. George
Masters, who has kindly given me another specimen, labelled
INE SW

LEMODES CORTICALIS, n.sp.

Elongate, subparallel, slightly convex, the derm shining.
Ferruginous, elytra—except at base and suture—slightly darker
than prothorax; undersurface paler than above; legs and palpi
testaceous; antenne reddish-testaceous. Above covered with
short silky pubescence, densest on elytra, and with longer upright
hairs; undersurface, legs and antennze with very short and pale
pubescence, the latter with a few outstanding hairs. Anterior
half of head densely and not strongly punctate, base almost
impunctate; prothorax with strong, sparse, and with smaller and
more numerous punctures; elytra densely and strongly punctate,
the punctures strongest and arranged in rows at the base, becom-
ing feebler and irregular towards apex, the whole surface covered
with very minute punctures; undersurface of head polished; pro-
and mesosternum moderately strongly, metasternum and abdo-
minal segments minutely punctate.

Head with a distinct neck, triangular in shape (excluding neck),
wider than long: eyes large, prominent; antenne not very thick,
passing intermediate cox, eleven-jointed, Ist large, as long as
2nd-3rd combined, and as long as 11th, 2nd-10th very slightly
increasing in length, 2nd-5th subcylindric, 6th-10th obconic, 11th
subcylindric, scarcely the length of 9th-10th combined. Prothorax
feebly, if at all, transverse, wider in front than behind, anterior
angles widely rounded, base truncate, sides deeply constricted
near the base; median canal distinct but shallow, obsolete at apex.
Scutellum very small and strongly transverse. LElytra not quite
covering pygidium, parallel-sided almost to apex, about twice as
long as head and prothorax combined, twice and a half as
long as wide; base truncate, shoulders feebly rounded; a feeble
depression midway between shoulders and suture. Legs long,
tibi straight. Length 44-54, width 12-14 mm.

Hab.—F¥orest Reets.

BY ‘ARTHUR M. LEA. 285

The colour of this species will at once distinguish it from any
of its described congeners; in shape it comes closest to the preced-
ing.

MORDELLID4. ;

Many of the species of this family are difficult to satisfactorily
describe, as almost the only characters that can be given are the
size, colour and pattern of the markings. So far as I] have
noticed, the colour of the derm (with very few exceptions) appears
to be reliable; the legs (especially the four anterior) and the
antenne are subject to sexual variation of colour; the pattern is
not always to be relied upon, especially in old or greasy specimens
(without reckoning abrasion); the colour of the pubescence is very
apt to be affected by age or immersion in spirits (especially the
white markings of the abdomen). I have fresh specimens of U1.
multiguitata and iV. lewcostocta, in which the macule are decidedly
white, and older specimens in which they are as decidedly yellow;
and similarly with other species. Many species are sexually
constant as to size, but others are very variable. We have many
species that are almost entirely black; they are moderately easily
distinguished in the cabinet, but their specific distinctions are
very hard to point out; in consequence I have delayed describing
a number of uniques.

Many of my species were obtained from the flowers of tall
Hucalypts, felled for the purpose of obtaining flowering, and after-
wards dead-leaf beetles; and I believe there are many more species
which can only be obtained in this manner; a few specimens were
taken at night-time while crawling over old logs and stumps.
Mr. Masters, on a recent trip to Blackheath, captured many
hundreds of specimens by beating bushes into a sheet before
sunrise; they were then very torpid, and were easily captured.

MorpELLA DUMBRELLI, n.sp.

dg. Black; tarsi piceous-black, base of antenne, palpi and
posterior spurs piceous-red. Head with pubescence which in some
lights appears whitish, in others—especially at the base—having
a piceous look; from some directions apparently with a white

286 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

median line. Sides of prothorax very narrowly edged with white;
apex a little more broadly, from its middle a narrow stripe
extending a little more than a third from the apex, there is also
a small spot on each side; there are ten free or nearly free spots
—four at the base, of which the two inner are the smallest; two
on each side of the narrow stripe in front, in a line with each
other, and one on each side of the middle behind it. Elytra not
bordered at the base, each with seven small spots—one close to
the scutellum, the smallest spot between it and the shoulder, two |
in a line behind them, the inner one not close to the suture; the
outer close to the side (forming with a spot on the meso- and
another on the metasternum a small triangle), a round spot close
to the suture at about the exact middle, the largest spot in a
straight line behind about a fourth from the apex, the last is
close to and a little behind it at the side, the two forming an
nterrupted irregular oblique 8. Hach of the abdominal segments
with four white spots, the two inner of each of which are narrow, and
but little separated. Meso-and metasternum (except at the sides)
pubescent as the head. A little white at the base of the aculeus.

Aculeus long, narrow; apex very sharply pointed, margined
almost to the apex. Posterior spurs equal, about two-fifths of the
length of the first tarsal joint. Length 12, width 3? mm.*

Hab.-—Galston; on flowers of Bursaria spinosa (Dumbrell and
Lea).

From J. multiguttata the present species may be distinguished
by its broader form, more distinctly margined aculeus, more
elongate abdominal spots; by its smaller elytral spots, those near
the apex nearly separated or not at all joined together as in that
species ; the small spot forming a triangle with the two behind the
basal ones is wanting in this species; the spots on the prothorax
also cover much less surface.

MorpDELLA 18-MACULATA, n.Sp.

Black, legs scarcely lighter in colour. Head with silvery-grey
pubescence which is parted in the middle. Prothorax with

* The lengths given are to the apex of aculeus.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 287

silvery pubescence, enclosing on the apical two-fifths four equal-
sized spots, extending in a narrow line from the middle of each
of the two central ones about half-way to the base, sides narrowly
margined, base narrowly margined and trisinuate, the middle sinus
equal in width to the two lateral combined. Each elytron with
numerous small silvery spots, two oblique ones at the base, one
along suture, another near the middle, at its base close to the
first but their apices widely separated, a very indistinct spot on
shoulder, behind the middle spot and almost touching its apex
there is a round one, at a short distance behind this is an oblique
spot, outside this and slightly in advance of it and on the side is
a small spot, slightly before the middle and close to suture an
ovate spot, behind and midway between this spot and the apex is
an irregular spot, which, with another one close to it, form an
irregular interrupted oblique 8. Undersurface with silvery-grey
pubescence, more silvery at the sides, and leaving on the sides of
the metasternum and abdominal segments small triangular patches.
Aculeus with silvery pubescence at its base.

Aculeus rather long, broad at the base, moderately sharply
pointed, strongly lessened about the middle. Posterior spurs
unequal, the longest slightly curved, and fully half the length of
the first tarsal joint. Length 47, width 12 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs.

A pretty, very distinct and rather robust little species, the
markings of which are more in character with those of the larger
species than among those of its own size. The markings of the
prothorax—if always visible (I have but two specimens to judge
from)—should render its identification easy.

MorDELLA LATICEPS, n.sp.

Black; antenne and anterior femora reddish-piceous. Head
with obscure griseous pubescence; prothorax at its apex and sides,
and the scutellum with dirty pale yellow pubescence. Elytra with
similarly coloured pubescence narrowly bordering the base, cover-
ing the shoulders from which a stripe (not, however, always
present) runs obliquely towards the suture, close to which it

288 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

terminates in a moderately large spot, at about a third from the
apex a moderately large irregular transverse spot. Meso-, sides
and middle of metasternum, and abdominal segments, and base of
aculeus with griseous pubescence.

Scutellum with a shallow depression at its base. Aculeus
rather long, very broad at the base, suddenly triangularly lessened,
apical half almost parallel-sided, truncate at apex. Posterior
spurs unequal, the longest half as long as first tarsal joimt, and
fully twice as long as its fellow. Length 43-5, width 14.

Hab.—North West Australia (Macleay Museum).

A broad robust species with a very broad head. I have
examined seven specimens, but they have all been very dirty;
the species is very distinct, and an examination of fresh specimens
would probably discover additional markings.

MorDELLA AUSTRALIS, Boisd. (1); Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4314.

Black; muzzle, base of antenne, anterior legs and intermediate
femora testaceous. Head with greyish pubescence at the base on
each side appearing almost bare. Prothorax with silvery pubes-
cence, with a median and two lateral vitte. Elytra at the base
with four stripes, one on each side of the suture projecting out-
wardly, the others midway between suture and sides; a narrow
zigzag fascia at the middle composed of three V’s, the central one
somewhat irregular; near the apex a narrow fascia—not always
complete. Meso-, sides and apex of metasternum, sides and
middle of abdominal segments, and base of aculeus with greyish
pubescence.

Aculeus moderate, suddenly lessened at about its middle, apex
pointed. Posterior spurs unequal, the longest not quite half as
long as the first tarsal joint. Length 23-31, width 4-14 mm.

The above is the description of a widely distributed species
which I take to be W/. australis; it is the species labelled by the
late Sir W. Macleay as such in his own museum (though not the
species he named as such from Gayndah). Boisduval’s description
is very brief (12 words), certainly insuficient for its positive
identification.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 289

MorDELLA FESTIVA, N.sp.

Black; palpi, base of antenne, anterior legs and posterior spurs
obscure testaceous. Head with obscure pubescence which is
parted in the middle. Prothorax with dull silvery pubescence,
leaving an elongated vitta and two lateral spots. Elytra with
pubescence as prothorax; it narrowly borders the base on each
side, emitting three stripes, the first about the middle, one at the
extreme side, and one between them; a zigzag fascia’ about the
middle—not quite reaching the sides —forming two irregular W’s;
a crescent-shaped spot on each side about a fourth from—and with
its convex sides towards—the apex; the pubescence extends along
the suture from the scutellum to the fascia (one specimen has the
elytral pubescence extending from base to apical spots, these latter
conjoined and irregular in shape). Undersurface with silvery-
grey pubescence, leaving a spot on each side of the abdominal
segments, and the greater part of aculeus.

Aculeus short, broad; apex broad, truncate. Legs rather
slender; posterior spurs equal, and little more than a third the

length of the first tarsal joint. Length 37, width 1}.mm.

Hab.—South Australia (Rev. T. Blackburn).

Resembles the species I suppose to be WM. australis; differs in
being larger, narrower, the markings broader and not so clearly
cut, without the divergent scutellar stripes, thinner femora, some-
what different aculeus, &c. Mr. Blackburn tells me that he thinks
this species an extreme variety of 7. commamnis; with this opinion,
however, I cannot agree; none of my specimens of that species
approach it in pattern.

MorpDELLA BELLA, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4315.

This is an extremely variable and widely distributed species.
J have specimens from many parts of New South Wales, and
there are specimens in the Macleay Museum from Queensland
and South Australia. Mr. George Masters at Blackheath recently
obtained several hundreds of specimens, all of which, together

290 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

with my own specimens, I have carefully examined. The pro-
thoracic macule are sometimes distinctly marked, often indistinct,
and frequently entirely absent; frequently the entire basal half of
the elytra is covered with golden, grey, or occasionally silvery
pubescence; where the basal half is not so covered there is often
to be seen an indistinct fascia similar to the middle one, occasion-
ally appearing as indistinct elongate spots; the middle fascia is
always of the shape described by Mr. Waterhouse, though varying
in thickness; the apical fascia varies in thickness, being often
straight, sometimes complete, often divided into transverse, and
occasionally into sublunulate spots; the size also is subject to
considerable variation.

MorpDELLA LIMBATA, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4325.

This is a somewhat variable species, many specimens having
the elongate black spot of each elytron almost obliterated; others
again have it touching the suture, the pubescence behind it being
lunulate in shape; the prothoracic macule are often very indis-
tinct; the pubescence in many is bright silvery; it is sometimes
very difficult to decide whether a specimen belongs to this species
or to UM. bella.

Ilab.—Rope’s Creek (Mr. G. Masters); Braidwood, Galston
(Lea).

MorDELLA H-FASCIATA, 1.Ssp.

Black; muzzle (palpi in ¢), base of antenne and spurs obscure
testaceous. Head with obscure pubescence, which is feebly parted
in the middle. Prothorax with obscure yellowish pubescence
bordering the base, and forming some very obscure longitudinal,
stripes (there are traces of three macule in some specimens).

Elytra with greyish-yellow pubescence, not bordering, but
extending in a short triangle from the middle of each side of the
base; extending close on each side of suture from the scutellum
to a little beyond the middle, at the base and apex of these almost
conjoined stripes there are two very short conjoined elongate
spots (sometimes free), which cause the whole to appear as an
te or a broad-footed T, almost touching each other on each sid>

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 291

of the suture near the apex is an elongate narrow stripe. Meso-,
middle and sides of metasternum and abdominal segments, and
base of aculeus with obscure pubescence.

Aculeus moderately long, broad at the base, strongly lessened
from there to beyond the middle, then narrow, apex pointed.
Posterior spurs unequal, longest about two-fifths the length of the
first tarsal joint. Length 33-5, width 12-15 mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs.

The markings of the elytra are sufficient to render this species
easy of identification; at first sight it resembles J. /imbata, than

which it is shghtly broader.

MorRDELLA COMMUNIS, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4317.

From New South Wales I have numerous specimens which
agree in all particulars with the descriptions of this species; they
are all dingy, many of them having a greasy look, caused by a
sprinkling of greyish pubescence; the elytral macul are often
obsolete, and they are never very clearly defined.

MorpELLA FELIX, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4321.

IT have this species from Blackheath (Masters), and Forest
Reefs (Lea). Mr. Waterhouse in describing it says :—‘‘ Head
with a distinct longitudinal wmpressed line”; this should

read ‘pubescence parted in the middle,” a character common to

most species; very few have an impressed line.

MorDELLA TRIVIALIS, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4334.

I have two specimens—one from Galston and the other from
Newcastle—which agree very well with Mr. Waterhouse’s des-
cription of this species; he omits to mention the colour of the
posterior spurs; in my specimens they are piceous-black; in the
Newcastle specimen the anterior femora are reddish-testaceous,
the intermediate somewhat darker; in the Galston specimen all

the legs are concolorous.
i

292 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

MoRDELLA FUGITIVA, n.sp.

Black; palpi and basal joints of antenne piceous-red. Head
with griseous pubescence, which is not parted in the middle.
Prothorax with base and apex extremely narrowly bordered with
greyish pubescence. Scutellum in some lights silvery, in others
black. Elytra with two narrow fascie—which when looked at
from the apex are scarcely visible, from in front appearing bright
silvery—the first is almost in the exact centre, and is zigzag in
shape, appearing in front as two irregular W’s, at the back as
two perfect M’s; the other fascia is about a fourth from the apex,
and is composed of two united spots, the apical edge straight,
concave internally. Sides of meso-, and metasternum, abdominal
segments and base of aculeus with pubescence as elytral fascie,
anterior femora as head.

Posterior spurs unequal, longest about half the length of the
first tarsal joint. Length 74, width 23 mm.
Hab.—Forest Reefs.

MorpELLA RaAyYMONDI, n.sp.

Entirely black. Head with griseous pubescence, which is
feebly parted in the middle. Silvery pubescence on upper surface
as follows :—narrowly edging prothorax, distinct at its base,
obscure at apex and sides; scutellum covered or not;-each elytron
with three extremely short obscure stripes (frequently absent), the
most distinct touching scutellum, one in the middle of the base,-
the other on the shoulder, a small spot behind the base equidistant
from it, the side and suture, at the middle a V (the two when
looked at from the base forming a perfect W), near the apex and
close to the suture (sometimes touching it) an irregularly shaped
spot. All the margins of meso- and metasternum, sides of abdo-
minal segments and upper base of aculeus with silvery pubescence.

Posterior spurs unequal, longest about two-fifths the length of
the first tarsal joint. Length 54, width 14mm.

Hab.—Mt. Kosciusko (Mr. W. Raymond).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 293

The pubescence of the elytra and undersurface of this species is
similar in character to the preceding, but it is never so brilliantly
silvery.

MorpDELLA MULA, n.sp.

Differs from MW. fugitiva in being smaller, narrower, the elytral
pubescence less strongly marked, two small spots near apex of
elytra, base of antennz obscurely piceous; posterior femora
piceous-black, but distinctly lighter in colour than abdomen; and
by the aculeus. Length 7, width 2} mm.

Hab.—Mt. Kosciusko (Mr. W. Raymond).

As the four preceding species strongly resemble each other it
may be as well to point out their chief differential characters.
M. trwialis has the head and prothorax densely and equally
covered with griseous pubescence, the aculeus long, narrow and
nowhere suddenly lessened. The other three species have the
head only covered with griseous pubescence, and that not so

bright as in trwvialis. M. Raymond has the aculeus shorter than
in trivialis, strongly lessened about its middle, then very gradually
decreasing in width to apex, which is truncate. MW. fugitivn has
the aculeus short, suddenly lessened at about its middle, rather
broad and parallel-sided from there to apex, the apex truncate.
M. emula has the aculeus fully as long, but not so narrow as that
of trivialis, its sides very feebly diminishing in width from base
to apex, apex sharply truncate.

MorpeLtita MASTERsI, n.sp.

Black; posterior spurs testaceous. Covered all over with
greyish pubescence, paler and shorter on the undersurface; on the
elytra there are very indistinct traces of markings towards the
apex.

Aculeus long, from the base to about the middle decreasing in
width as the elytra, from the middle narrow, apex sharply pointed.
Posterior spurs subequal, about two-fifths the length of the first
tarsal joint. Length 33-44, width 1-14 mm.

Hab.—Rope’s Creek (Mr. G. Masters).

294 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

An elongate and rather pretty little species, having pubescence
somewhat similar in character to that of WZ. imusitata.

In dedicating this species to Mr. George Masters, our veteran
entomologist, I would like to place on record my gratitude to him
for the very great kindness he has always shown me, in giving me
advice on collecting and preserving, In giving new and rare
species which I could never otherwise have obtained, in comparing
species with those in his own and the Macleay Museum Collections,
pointing out the variations of different species, and in many other
ways being of considerable service to me.

MorvELLa 6-LINEATA, 0.sp.

Black; antennze testaceous at base, piceous-brown towards apex;
palpi testaceous, brown at apex; four anterior tibize and tarsi
piceous-black, posterior spurs testaceous. The pubescence is
purplish—on the elytra with a shifting, steel-blue gloss (most
noticeable when a light is thrown on the apex). White hairs;
sparse on the head; narrowly bordering the prothorax; sparse on
the shoulders; and forming three short, rather feeble, very narrow
lines down the middle of each elytron, the inside one of which is
feebly traceable on to the shoulders, the middle one the shortest;
a few white hairs also down the suture; undersurface as the head.

Aculeus short, wider than deep, apex truncate. Posterior
spurs unequal, the longest more than twice the length of its
fellow, and about three-quarters the length of the first tarsal
joint. Length 33, width 13 mm.

Hab.—Galston.

A short, robust species, wider than deep (12 x 14 mm), the
elytra not narrower at apex than at base. It is proportionately
broader than any species known to me.

MORDELLA IGNOTA, N.sp.

Black; antenne and palpi testaceous, the former slightly darker
towards the apex; anterior legs testaceous, basal half of femora
and tarsi piceous; four posterior legs black; spurs to posterior
reddish. Above with silvery-grey pubescence, pure on the head,

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 295

mixed with sooty on the disk of prothorax; elytra with more
sooty than grey hairs, the grey most numerous at the base,
becoming sparsely sprinkled and disappearing before the apex is
reached. Undersurface with silvery-grey pubescence with a
yellowish tinge, densest on the legs; abdominal segments—-except
at their bases—with sooty pubescence.

Scutellum subquadrate, slightly depressed in the middle.
Aculeus narrowly margined, base rather broad, gradually decreas-
ing to the apex, which is truncate. Posterior spurs equal, about
two-fifths the length of the first tarsal joint. Length 64, width
13mm

Hab.—Sydney.

Proportioned much the same or a little: broader than JV. setapes,
and with a broader aculeus. JI have a number of specimens
recently taken by Mr. Masters at Rope’s Creek which agree in all
respects with the above description, except that the colour of the
base of the antennz and anterior legs is very obscure.

MorpELLA ALBO-SCUTELLATA, N.Sp.

Black; antennz piceous, basal joints piceous-red, mouth
obscurely red, anterior legs with femora and tibiz piceous-red or
reddish-piceous, tarsi piceous, posterior spurs obscure red; head
(in some lights) with a steel-blue tinge. Head densely covered
with silvery-yellow pubescence (which when looked at from the
side appears to be parted in the middle, and one side darker than
the other), pubescence on prothorax somewhat darker (in some
specimens very obscure), at the base with traces of three very
indistinct maculee (these can sometimes be followed, when the
middle one appears almost parallel-sided, and continuous from
base to apex). Scutellum—and elytra narrowly at the base—
pubescent as the head, shoulders as the prothorax, the rest of the
elytra appearing sooty, but when a light is thrown on it somewhat
purplish. Undersurface pubescent as head; sides of metasternum,
aculeus and abdominal segments (including a small part of the
basal) with purplish pubescence, sides of the basal segment lighter
than in the middle.

296 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Head with a very shallow depression in front. Aculeus short,
thick, wider than deep, truncate at apex. Posterior spurs equal,
not much more than a third the length of the first tarsal joint.
Length 5-64, width 2-2} mm.

Hab.—Braidwood, on flowers of Bursaria spinosa; Forest Reefs:

A robust, dirty looking species (closely resembling the preced,
ing), more densely pubescent on the undersurface than above; the
scutellum when viewed from some directions appears almost
white.

MorDELLA INCONSPICUA, N.Sp.

Black; base of antenne, femora, and base of four anterior tibie
and posterior spurs, testaceous-red. Head and prothorax with
very obscure greyish pubescence, the latter with feeble traces of
macule; scutellum in some lights appearing whitish; base,
shoulders, and the suture for a short distance, with obscure
pubescence; undersurface with dirty-grey pubescence, forming no
distinct markings.

Aculeus short, broad at base, nowhere suddenly lessened, apex
very narrow but truncate. Posterior spurs scarcely equal, longest
little more than half the length of the first tarsal joint. Length
3-34, width 14 mm.

Hab.—Inverell.

Differs from JZ. aterrima in being smaller, narrower, with a
narrower and somewhat differently shaped aculeus, and by its
impure pubescence. Living specimens of MW. aterrima have very
pretty purplish and steel-blue reflections, which, to a great extent,
they lose shortly after death.

MORDELLA TRISTIS, n.sp.

Black; anterior tarsi piceous-black; antenne piceous, basal
joints somewhat paler; posterior spurs obscure red. Above with
sooty-yellow pubescence, sparse and very minute on head, and
narrowly marking the suture, sooty on the rest of elytra; sterna
and legs pubescent as above; abdominal segments with sooty
pubescence, the three basal with an obscure whitish spot at the
sides.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 297

Seutellum very small. Aculeus rather long, basal two-fifths
narrowly margined, unmargined portion much narrower, apex
truneate. Posterior spurs unequal, the longest twice the length
of its fellow, and not half the length of the first tarsal joint.
Length 43, width 12 mm.

Hab.—-Mt. Kosciusko (Mr. W. Raymond).

The elytra have an indistinct steel-blue reflection when a light
is thrown on to them, the reflection on the head becoming greenish.
From M. alerrima it may be distinguished by its more shining
derm and sparser pubescence, but in particular by its aculeus,
which is much narrower, especially at the apex.

MorpDELLA UNIFORMIS, N.sp.

Black; posterior spurs testaceous (¢ with anterior legs and base
of antenne obscurely reddish). Equally covered all over with
obscure greyish pubescence (sometimes with a yellowish tint).

Scutellum very small. Aculeus rather long and sharp pointed,
about as wide as deep, nowhere suddenly lessened. Posterior
spurs equal, a little more than half the length of the first tarsal
joint. Length 12-24, width $-4 mm

Hab.—Galston, on flowers of freshly felled ‘“‘ White Gum,”
Sydney, Como, Forest Reefs.

IT suspect this is the species spoken of by the Rev. T. Blackburn
as occurring in Sydney and the Blue Mountains, and as very
likely to be distinct from MW. baldiensis. At Galston I could
have taken thousands of specimens; the branches when beaten
into an umbrella appeared to rain them.

MORDELLA RUFIPES, D.Sp.

This species would, I think, be best described by comparison
with the preceding species, which it strongly resembles. From it,
it differs in being somewhat broader; aculeus much shorter; four
anterior legs testaceous, the femora stained with piceous; posterior
femora black, their apices, the tibie and tarsi testaceous-red,
tibie and tarsi tipped with black; posterior spurs unequal in

298 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

length, longest slightly bent, about half the length of first tarsal
joint. Length 13-21, width 2mm.

Hab.—sydney.

In some lights there appears to be a dark stripe down the
suture. The colour of the posterior tarsi is the distinctive feature
of this species.

MORDELLA FUSCA, D.sp.

Head, prothorax and undersurface piceous-black; elytra,
antenne, legs (one specimen has the posterior femora black), the
apex of metasternum and abdominal segments piceous-brown;
spurs to posterior tibize testaceous. Rather sparsely covered all
over with yellowish-grey pubescence.

Aculeus moderately long, broad at the base, strongly narrowed
about the basal third; apex sharply pointed. Posterior legs thick,
spurs equal and half the length of the first tarsal joint. Length
3, width # mm.

Hab.—Forest Reefs, Tamworth.

Somewhat resembling J/. setipes in appearance, differing from
it in being more robust, smaller and somewhat differently coloured.

MorDELLA SETIPES, n.sp.

Castaneous, four anterior legs and antenneze paler, abdominal
segments with their margins narrowly paler; four posterior tibiz
and posterior tarsi tipped with piceous; posterior tibize and tarsi
with stiff compressed piceous sete. Covered all over with
yellowish pubescence, densest on elytra, longest on sides of meso-
and metasternum.

Aculeus rather long, broader than deep, basal half narrowly
margined. Longest spur of posterior tibize about the length of
the first tarsal joint, shortest not a fourth. Length 4-51, width
1(vix)-14 mm.

Hab.—Galston, Tamworth, Forest Reefs, Sydney; beaten from
drying leaves of Eucalypts not long felled.

An elongate, very shining species, varying slightly in colour.
I have several small specimens from Sydney which I cannot
separate from this species.

y | he leas

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 299

MorDELLA HUMERALIS, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4322.

This is another common and variable species. .In many speci-
mens the yellow elytral stripe does not turn up to join the suture;
sometimes the stripe is bare, sometimes covered with yellowish
pubescence, which occasionally extends right across; the two
connected stripes often appear as a cleanly cut W, more frequently
the outer edges are jagged or rounded; the spots near the apex
of each elytron are often joined, appearing as a narrow crescent,
which has its convex side towards the apex, sometimes as a single
moderately large spot, and—rather rarely—all are united to form
a transverse fascia; the yellowish pubescence frequently extends
along the suture from the base to in line with the apical spots.
The prothoracic macule are often distinct, and equally as often
entirely obsolete. I have a specimen in which the elytral pubes-
cence appears as four distinct macule. The size is somewhat
variable.

Hab.—Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters); Tamworth, Forest Reefs,
Sydney (Lea).

MorDELLA PULCHRA, N.sp.

Black; abdomen bright red, aculeus piceous-black at apex; four
anterior cox, femora and the palpi brownish-testaceous, tibie
and tarsi darker; antenne reddish-piceous, at the base testaceous;
spurs to posterior tibie testaceous. Head and prothorax not
very densely clothed with somewhat silvery pubescence, on the
latter three indistinct black macule, the largest extending from
near the base to near the apex, the lateral ones oblique, almost
touching the central. Hlytra with silvery pubescence as follows :
between the suture and sides an elongate somewhat triangular
spot, narrowly joined to the suture at the base; on the shoulders
a rather indistinct spot, which can hardly be separated from the
inner one; two transverse zigzag fascie, one slightly before the
middle, the other before the apex, the one in the middle very
narrow at the sides, broadest at the suture, from the sides (on its
anterior edge) running obliquely backwards, then up, down, up,
and then semicircularly to the suture, its posterior edge triangular

300 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

at the suture; the hinder fascia straight at its posterior edge,
trisinuate in front; suture from the anterior, and margin from the
posterior fascia, with a few silvery hairs. Undersurface with
silvery pubescence, partly denuded on meso- and metasternum; the
abdominal segments when looked at from almost every direction
with the sides at the apex apparently semicircularly denuded.

Aculeus short, broad, basal two-thirds narrowly margined; apex
narrow, truncate. Posterior spurs unequal, the longest about
two-fifths the length of the first tarsal jomt. Length 4?, width
13 mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

This is a rare and very pretty species, easily distinguished by
its red abdomen in striking constrast to the general colour.

MoRDELLA PALLIDA.

Pale testaceous, elytra slightly darker, their apices darker still;
abdominal segments piceous, their apices and sides and the aculeus

piceous-red; eyes black; antennze—except at base—slightly darker
than head; posterior tibie and tarsi tipped with piceous, inter-
mediate to a less noticeable extent, anterior not at all. Covered
all over (but shortest and sparsest on meso- and metasternum)
with short, yellowish, silky pubescence. Meso- and metasternum
distinctly punctate.

Aculeus very short, rather flat, truncate at apex. Posterior
spurs unequal, longest nearly three-fourths the length of the first
tarsal joint. Length 24, width 2 (vix) mm.

Hab.—Galston; on flowers of ‘‘ White Gum.”

A species easily recognisable by its pale colour, with dark
abdomen and the absence of macule, and by the great length of
its posterior spurs.

MorpDELLA WATERHOUSEI, N.sp.

Testaceous; elytra with a zigzag fascia slightly behind the
middle—forming three V’s in front and four behind (one specimen
has it broader, more confused, and extending slightly in front of
the middle)—and the apical fourth piceous-brown; abdominal

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 301

segments and posterior tibiz and tarsi tinged with brown; aculeus
piceous-brown. Covered all over (except on elytral markings)
with yellowish silky pubescence, which is longest above; posterior
tibiz and tarsi edged with blackish sete. Prothorax with three
rather indistinct macule, the median rather narrow and lanceolate
in shape, the outer ones small. __

Aculeus rather short and broad, strongly lessened about the
middle: apex narrow, feebly rounded. Posterior spurs unequal
in length, the longest fully half the length of the first tarsal joint.
Length 23, width 1 mm.

Hab.—Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters).

MorDELLA V-FASCIATA, N.sp.

Reddish-testaceous; prothorax with a faint piceous spot in the
middle; elytra black, the shoulders reddish-testaceous, an oblique
stripe extending from them to the suture at a little more than
half its length, becoming very indistinct as it approaches the
suture, the two forming an elongated V. Metasternum stained
with piceous at the sides; abdominal segments black, narrowly
edged with obscure red; four posterior tibie and tarsi tipped with
piceous; antennz piceous, the two basal joints testaceous.
Covered with greyish pubescence, silvery on elytral stripe and
basal segment of abdomen.

Aculeus long, narrow (but wider than deep), apex sharply
. pointed. Posterior spurs unequal, the longest about half the
length of the first tarsal joint. Length 25, width 2mm.

Hab.—Galston (Lea); Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters).

I have two specimens which in all structural details agree
exactly with the types of the above species; the markings are
somewhat different, but ‘an examination of a number of specimens
would probably discover intermediates. For the present I think
them deserving of varietal rank.

var. VENUSTA.

Black; muzzle, prothorax, an oblique humeral stripe (broad at
the base, narrowing and almost touching suture at its middle),

302 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

four anterior legs and posterior femora testaceous-red; posterior

femora and abdominal segments dark piceous-brown; antennex

reddish, apical joints infuscate. Elytra with yellowish pubescence

along humeral stripe, and a rather large spot near apex of each

(apparently concealing an obscure reddish spot).
Hab.—Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters).

var. MODESTA.

Black; muzzle, prothorax (its middle infuscate), a squarish
patch on shoulders and four anterior legs testaceous-red; posterior
tibiee and tarsi obscure red; abdominal segments piceous-black;
antenne brown, basal joints paler. Elytra with yellowish
pubescence on humeral spots and along suture.

Hab.-—Forest Reefs.

MOoRDELLA DISTINCTA, D.Sp.

Black; a squarish patch on shoulders, four anterior legs and
posterior tarsi obscure testaceous-red; posterior femora and
abdominal segments dark piceous-brown; antenne testaceous-red
at base, darkening to brown at apex. Humeral macule, under-
surface and legs with obscure greyish pubescence. |

Aculeus moderately long, rather wide at base, and moderately
sharply pointed, strongly narrowed near the base. Posterior
spurs hardly equal, the longest not quite half the length of the
first tarsal joint. Length 23, width 1 (vix) mm.

Hab.—Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters); Forest Reefs (Lea).

A species with a larger prothorax than is usual among its
congeners. The humeral spots should be a very distinctive
feature.

MorpELLA WIBURDI, n.sp.

Black; elytra with a testaceous-red stripe extending from the
shoulders almost to the apex; four anterior legs testaceous,
posterior tibie and tarsi somewhat darker, their apices piceous,
posterior femora black; antenne testaceous-red, apical joints
darker. Head and prothorax somewhat sparsely clothed with
silvery-yellow pubescence, elytra with golden—sometimes almost

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 303

connected---pubescence on the stripes; the pubescence on the
undersurface is similar to that on the head and prothorax, on the
abdominal segments (except the basal) and the aculeus it 1s sparse
and purplish.

Aculeus rather long, as wide as deep, margined on the basal
half. Posterior femora and tibie rather short and thick, spurs
unequal, the longest not half the length of first tarsal joint.
Length 13-3, width 2-4 mm.

Hab.—Galston, on flowers of “ White Gum,” Como, Sydney
(Lea); Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters); Jenolan Caves (Mr. J. C.
Wiburd).

A rather narrow species, which may be distinguished from J.
migrans by its much smaller size and by the colour of its legs,
that species having them entirely black.

MorDELLA LONGIPES, n.sp.

3g. Reddish-testaceous; elytra with the suture narrowly black
its entire length, the sides from near the shoulders stained with
brown, which gradually encroaches upon, but never completely
darkens the surface near the suture (when looked at from a little _
distance there appear to be two narrow rather dull testaceous
vittwe extending the whole length of the elytra), abdominal seg-
ments and aculeus piceous-brown, their apices obscurely reddish;
antennee—except basal joints—brownish, posterior tibiz and tarsi
red, their apices darker. Above with yellowish pubescence, on
the elytra only at base and on each side of but not on the suture,
the rest of its surface being covered with obscure purplish
pubescence; posterior tibiz and tarsi edged with blackish sete.
Prothorax with three macule, the central one large and feebly
marked, the outer ones very indistinct.

Aculeus long, narrow and sharp-pointed; posterior spurs unequal
in length, the longest more than half the length of the first tarsal
jomt. Length 3-32, width ? (vix) mm

Hab. —Forest Reefs.

Q. Differs in being very slightly broader, aculeus broader and
shorter and the abdominal segments scarcely stained.

304 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

An elongate species, having a more parallel outline than any
other species (except I. elongatula) known to me.
M. Leucosticra, Germ.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4324.
Hab.—-Tamworth, Queanbeyan, Forest Reefs, &c.

M. cusprpata, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4318.
Hab.—Tamworth.

M. arEerRimA, Macl.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4313.

This species is widely distributed in New South Wales and
Queensland.

M. mutticutTata, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4237.

Hab.—Sydney, Forest Reefs (Lea), Jenolan Caves (Mr. J. C.
Wiburd).

M. rRuFICOLLIS, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4322.

Hab.—Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters), Mossman’s Bay (Macleay
Museum). —

M. optiqua, Waterh.; Mast. Cat. Sp. No. 4328.
Hab.—Rope’s Creek (Mr. G. Masters).

M. inusrrata, Blackb.; T.R.8.8.A. 1893, p. 136.
Hab.—Sydney, Galston.

M. cara, Blackb.; T.R.8.8.A. 1893, p. 137.
Hab.—Sydney, Galston (Lea), Rope’s Creek (Mr. G. Masters).

M. Sypveyana, Blackb.; T.R.8.8.A. 1893, p. 137.
Hab.—Queanbeyan, Tamworth, Forest Reefs, Galston.

M. Baupiensis, Blackb.; T.R.S8.8.A. 1891, p. 341.

Hab.—Braidwood, Forest Reefs, Galston (Lea), Rope’s Creek,
Blackheath (Mr. G. Masters).

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 305

CuURCULIONIDE.

SOSYTELUS RUGICOLLIS, N.sp.

Short, thick, rough, opaque. Black; claws feebly diluted with
red. Extremely minutely punctate all over. Base of head and
antenn with small griseous scales, smaller, sparser and duller at
sides of prothorax, undersurface and legs.

Head short, thick; with short sete; a moderately large tubercle
close to the eyes; rostrum excavated, at its apex a triangular and
raised emargination. . Disk of prothorax with three excavations,
the central one continuous from base to apex, and open at both
ends, the lateral ones a little shorter, semicircular outwards,
closed at apex, irregularly and narrowly open behind; on the
summits of the excavations and the sides there are a number of
large, shallow setose punctures, some of them in the centre of a
feebly raised tubercle; sides angularly produced in the middle.
Elytra not twice the length of head and prothorax combined; the
disk very feebly striate-punctate, each puncture carrying a small
seta, at the sides the strim are five in number and very feeble,
but the punctures are rather large and distinct; the 3rd and 6th
interstices strongly raised, costiform and setose, the 3rd slightly
produced at the base, interrupted towards and tuberculate at
apex; the 6th produced at the shoulders, extending for about a
fourth the length of prothorax, interrupted towards and tuber-
culate at apex; in consequence of the interruptions of these costs
there is a transverse row of four tubercles; these when looked at
from behind appear as short conical elevations, the two outer
more obtuse; apical third declivous, with rows of rather strong
punctures, the strongest close to suture. Sterna irregularly
punctate, apex of mesosternum with three transverse rows of
strong punctures. Abdominal segments obsoletely punctate. Legs
rather short, setose, the cox irregularly punctate and densely
setose. Length 104, width 44 mm.

Hab.—Queanbeyan, N.S.W.

306 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

f have a specimen from Cootamundra, which is a little shorter
and narrower, and which has the elytra densely covered with
small, round, griseous-brown scales.

GLOCHINORRHINUS EVANIDUS, N.sp.

d. Thick, opaque, rounded in front and behind. Black; pro-
thorax with a narrow margin anteriorly and the antennx, piceous-
red. Above covered with small ashen scales, densest and palest
on rostrum; on the sterna the scales are more distinct and paler,
they are densest and elongate behind the prosternal canal; on the
abdominal segments there are short, round and elongate, paler
scales, densest on the basal and apical, and forming three lines on
especially tibiee—densely scaly. Head

the intermediates; legs
with short dark sete, becoming setose hairs on rostrum; prothorax
setose, the setze short and dark on the disk, pale and elongate at
the sides; elytra sparsely setose. Densely and very minutely
punctate all over; apex of rostrum coarsely and densely punctate,
undersurface more sparingly and feebly; prothorax at sides with
rather large shallow punctures, elytra seriate-punctate, punctures
large and round, deepest at the sides.

Head with a shallow fovea between eyes; antenn short, sub-
shining; rostrum subparallel, slightly widest at apex, minutely
granulate, obtusely carinate from the base to between bases of
antenne, the sides slightly in front of the middle with a strong
recurved spine, behind that a shorter curved spine, behind that
again there are a number of small tubercles, there is also a
tubercle in the middle immediately in front of eyes; undersurface
highly polished, obtusely carinate down the middle, impressed
towards the sides at base, a short tubercle behind the antennal
scrobes. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, and wider than
deep, base narrowly margined, the middle produced, the sides
behind the eyes broadly emarginate, much narrower in front than
the middle or behind; median line feebly marked till near the apex,
where there is a short shining carina. Scutellum short, rounded,
transverse. Hlytra at base scarcely as wide as prothorax at its
widest, and about once and a third as long; gradually

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 307

narrowing to near apex, at the base wider than deep, becoming
deeper than wide at posterior cox; each elytron with a row of
about ten small shining tubercles close to suture, the second
interstice bearing the largest tubercle, irregularly shaped, close
to the base and equidistant from suture, behind it there are a
number of irregular, obsolete setose tubercles, forming a slightly
elevated costa which terminates at more than a third from the
apex. Legs long; tibie flattened and spurred at apex, a few sete
on the other side causing them to appear bispinose; basal joint of
tarsi elongate, grooved beneath. Length 11 (rostr. excel.), width
4} mm.

Q. Differs in having the rostrum smooth, narrow, without
seales or sete, and almost impunctate, tibize shorter, dc.

Hab.—North Queensland, Barron Falls (Mr. A. Koebele);
Cairns (Mr. W. W. Froggatt).

This species is much the form and size of G. Doubledayi, from
which it may be readily distinguished by its somewhat broader
form, nontuberculate and feebly carinated prothorax, the elytra
with almost obsolete tubercles, shorter legs, differently coloured
scales, &c. Both the gentlemen named obtained numerous
specimens. _

TYCHREUS FASCICULATUS, n.sp.

Short, ovate, convex. Black; beneath piceous-black, claws
reddish. Above, and the legs, densely covered with ashen—
intermingled with brown—scales, which completely cover the
shining derm, except the basal half of the prothoracic median
line; on the undersurface the scales are sparse. Rostrum densely
covered with elongate punctures; elytra striate-punctate, the
punctures large but almost hidden; meso- and metasternum
coarsely and densely punctate at the sides, sparsely punctate in
the middle; abdominal segments with strong, elongate and rather
sparse punctures; legs densely and minutely—the coxe mcre
strongly—punctate.

Prothorax trisinuate; the scales at the side of the median line

with a reddish tint, a pale, oblique, rather indistinct line
U

308 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

on each side, then two oblique, small white spots; the sides
broadly marked with whitish scales, edged immediately beneath
with ochreous; three fascicles on each side of the median line, the
basal small and dark, intermediate reddish and with a few short
sete, apical composed of elongate sete, which slightly project
over the head. Scutellum small, round. Elytra with a few
whitish scales towards the apex, each with a number—about ten
—of small irregularly placed, sparsely setose tubercles, and a
large one about the middle—equidistant from each other and the
sides—covered with long sete, paler in the middle, darker and
shorter at apex. Legs with irregular rings of whitish scales, and
with whitish and brownish sete; femora thick, keeled beneath,
the keel terminating abruptly at a third from the apex; tibie
flattened, arcuate (especially the intermediate), a short spur at
their apices. Length 5, width 22 mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

I have but one specimen, and do not care to scrape it too much;
where I have scraped off the scales on the elytra, the derm is seen
to be shining, and covered with very minute punctures; the
shining median line is very conspicuous.

CORY LOPHID:.

This family appears to be numerously represented in Australa,
although but two species have been hitherto described. Most of
the following species were obtained during floods, others by
searching decaying vegetable matter, and a few by beating drying
boughs of Eucalypts and other plants. All of them have the
prothorax strongly rounded in front and entirely covering the
head; with a few of the species I have not been able to examine
the head; in all that I have the eyes are coarsely faceted. They
are all shining and slightly convex, a few moderately convex; in
most of them the pubescence is of a yellowish colour, where it is
otherwise I have specified it. The lengths given are those from
apex of prothorax to apex of elytra; where I have had numerous
specimens I have taken an average-sized one.

fh

‘ong

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 309

SERICODERUS MINUTUS, N.Sp.

Broad. Testaceous; prothorax more clear than elytra, and
with a piceous mark at its apex; undersurface somewhat darker
than above; legs, muzzle and base of antennz pale testaceous,
rest of antenne brown; abdominal segments slightly paler towards
apex. Elytra with moderately long pubescence, slightly sparser
on prothorax, undersurface densely clothed with rather short
pubescence. Prothorax microscopically, elytra densely and min-
utely, underneath visibly punctate.

Prothorax with the base widely rounded, angles largely pro-
duced, acute. Scutellum slightly transverse, semicircularly
triangular. Elytra at the base almost as wide as long, apex
almost conjointly rounded. Femora somewhat thickened, distance
between posterior greater than their length. Length #, width
2mm. (vix).

Hab.—Sydney, Galston, Forest Reefs, N.S.W.

SERICODERUS COMPACTUS, n.Sp.

Very broad. Piceous, prothorax (except at apex, which is
dark dull red) indistinctly lighter than elytra; muzzle, legs and
antenne pale testaceous. Above equally clothed with rather
short greyish pubescence, undersurface more sparsely. Above
with minute punctures, densest on elytra; metasternum minutely
punctate.

Prothorax feebly depressed at base, bisinuate, angles largely
produced, acute. Scutellum small, broadly transverse, semi-
circularly rounded. Elytra as wide as long, narrower than pro-
thorax, narrowing from base to almost extreme apex, each feebly
separately rounded. Femora moderate, distance between posterior
less or equal to their length. Length 3, width 2? mm.

Hab.-—Clarence River, N.S. W.

Differs from the preceding in being darker, broader, with a
more transverse scutellum, and somewhat different pubescence.

310 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

SERICODERUS CoOATESI, n.sp.

Broad. Testaceous; prothorax more clear than elytra, and
with a piceous mark at its apex; metasternum and basal segments
of abdomen darker than above; legs, muzzle, palpi and base of
antenne pale testaceous, apical joints of antenne infuscate,
abdominal segments edged with a paler colour. Above with
rather sparse and not very long pubescence, sparsest and shortest
on prothorax; undersurface rather more finely and densely pubes-
cent. Prothorax microscopically, elytra densely and minutely
punctate; undersurface indistinctly punctate.

Prothorax very feebly bisinuate at base, angles produced, acute.
Scutellum as long as wide, semicircularly rounded. LElytra
slightly longer than wide, each feebly separately rounded. Femora
moderately thickened, distance between the posterior greater than
their length. Length 4, width 3 (vix) mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Inverell, Tweed River (Lea).
Queensland: Brisbane (Mr. A. J. Coates).

The character of the scutellum, distinctly as long as wide, will
separate this species from either of the preceding.

SERICODERUS OBESUS, N.sp.

Broad. Testaceous; elytra narrowly at base, prothorax narrowly
at base and a small mark in front, piceous-black; undersurface
darker than above; legs and base of antennz pale testaceous,
apical joints slightly darker. All over with moderately long
pubescence, sparsest on prothorax and head. Above minutely,
undersurface indistinctly punctate.

Prothorax with the base feebly rounded in the middle, angles
produced and acute. Scutellum transversely triangular. Hlytra
wider than base, where they are wider than long, apex truncate.
Femora thick. Length 1, width # mm.

Hab.—Tamworth, N.S.W.

Differs from the preceding, which it strongly resembles, in
being slightly larger and broader, angles of prothorax more
strongly produced, scutellum slightly different, and by the dark
marking of the suture of prothorax and elytra.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. atl

SERICODERUS INCONSPICUUS, n.sp.

Broad. Testaceous, with a piceous mark at apex of prothorax;
metasternum somewhat darker than above; legs pale testaceous;
antennz testaceous-brown, basal joints paler. Elytra with mode-
rately long and rather dense pubescence, sparser and shorter on
prothorax, beneath the pubescence is finer and somewhat denser.
Prothorax microscopically, elytra densely and minutely punctate;
on the undersurface the punctures are very indistinct.

Prothorax rounded and bisinuate at base, angles largely pro-
duced, acute. Scutellum moderately large, transverse, semi-
circularly rounded. Llytra slightly longer than wide, each
separately rounded. Femora moderately thickened, distance
between the posterior somewhat greater than their length.
Length 1 (vix), width 2 (vix) mm.

Hab.—Sydney.

Differs from S. Coatesr in being somewhat darker, slightly
larger, a trifle more convex, and with a more transverse scutellum.
This species closely resembles in shape and colour the European
S. lateralis (for a specimen of which I am indebted to the Rev. T.
Blackburn), but differs in being slightly broader, more feebly
punctate, with somewhat denser pubescence, scutellum a trifle
larger, and its prothoracic angles more acute.

SERICODERUS PICEUS, N.Sp.

Broad. Piceous-brown, elytra somewhat darker than prothorax,
undersurface coloured as elytra, apex of abdominal segments
somewhat paler, legs and antenne pale testaceous, posterior legs
darker. Above clothed with moderately long pubesvence, sparsest
on prothorax. Above sparsely and minutely, undersurface indis-
tinctly punctate.

Prothorax bisinuate, angles moderately largely produced, acute. —
Scutellum broadly transverse, semicircularly rounded. LElytra
longer than wide, decreasing in width from base to apex, each
feebly separately rounded. Femora rather stout, distance between
posterior less than their length. Length 4, width ? mm.

Hab.—Clifton, N.S.W. :

oe NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

Of the same size and shape as S. Coatesz, but much darker, with |

longer pubescence, the scutellum smaller and much more trans-
verse, and with less distance between posterior femora.

SERICODERUS HARDCASTLEI, n.sp.

Broad. Piceous-brown; prothorax (except an obscure mark at
apex) somewhat paler than elytra; metasternum piceous, somewhat
darker at the sides; muzzle and abdominal segments dark
testaceous-red; legs and antenne testaceous, the latter slightly
infuscate towards apex. LElytra with moderately long greyish
pubescence, sparser on prothorax, abdominal segments more
densely clothed with shorter pubescence, longer and sparser on
metasternum. Prothorax sparsely and minutely, elytra more
densely and strongly punctate, metasternum minutely punctate.

Prothorax bisinuate, broadly rounded in the middle of the base,
angles largely produced, acute. Scutellum transverse, semi-
circularly rounded. Elytra longer than wide, narrowing from
base to apex, each distinctly separately rounded. Femora not
very thick, distance between posterior about equal to their length.
Length 14, width 2 mm.

/fab.—Sydney, Inverell, Forest Reefs, Tamworth (Lea); Armi-
dale (Mr. D. McDonald); Hillgrove (Dr. C. Hardcastle).

SERICODERUS BASI PENNIS, 0.Sp.

Broad. Reddish-testaceous; prothorax with a piceous mark at
apex, elytra rather more obscurely coloured than prothorax and
scutellum, the base more or less broadly clouded with black; head
(except muzzle), meso-, metasternum and basal segments of abdo-
men piceous-red; legs and antenne pale testaceous, the latter
slightly infuscate towards apex. Above equally densely clothed
with moderately long pubescence (shortest on prothorax), under-
surface with rather longer and sparser pubescence. Above very
minutely punctate (strongest on elytra), metasternum distinctly
punctate.

Prothorax feebly depressed at base, bisinuate, angles largely
produced, acute. Scutellum broadly transverse, semicircularly

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. ols

rounded. LElytra as wide or slightly wider than long, each
distinctly separately rounded. Femora moderately thickened,
distance between posterior less than their length. Length 1,
width # mm.

Hub.—Windsor, Sydney, N.S. W.

The colour of the base of the elytra will at once distinguish
this somewhat abundant species.

SERICODERUS APICALIS, N.sp.

Broad. Testaceous above and below; prothorax with a piceous
mark at apex (sometimes very indistinct); apex of elytra edged
with black; head—except muzzle—brown; legs, palpi and_ base
of antenne pale testaceous, apical joints piceous. Elytra with
rather long and not very dense pubescence, shorter but equally
as dense on prothorax; undersurface—except head—as densely
pubescent as above. LElytra densely and minutely punctate, on
the undersurface the punctures are very indistinct.

Prothorax feebly depressed and rounded in the middle of base,
angles largely produced, acute. Scutellum transverse, semi-
circularly triangular. lElytra longer than wide, considerably
wider at base than at apex, each distinctly separately rounded.
Length 14, width # mm.

Hab.— Sydney.

The colour of the apex of the elytra at once distinguishes this
species.

SERICODERUS CONCOLOR, n.sp.

Broad. Reddish-testaceous, legs very slightly paler; antennie
brown at apex. Elytra with long and rather dense pubescence,
prothorax sparsely clothed; on the undersurface (except abdominal
segments) the pubescence is very fine. EHlytra and undersurface
densely and not very minutely punctate.

Prothorax bisinuate at base, base widely rounded in the middle,
angles produced, acute. Scutellum widely transverse, semi-
circularly rounded. LElytra longer than wide, apex conjointly
rounded. Femora not very stout. Length 13, width 2 mm.

flab.—Richmond River, N.S. W.

314 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN, COLEOPTERA,

Almost of the same bright colour as the preceding species, but
without a trace of darker colour on prothorax or elytra.

SERICODERUS POLITUS, n.sp.

Very broad, moderately convex, highly polished. Dark piceous-
brown; muzzle, legs and base of antennz clouded-testaceous;
anterior legs paler than four posterior. Above glabrous, under-
surface moderately densely clothed with greyish pubescence.
Above densely, extremely minutely and shallowly punctate; under-
surface densely and minutely punctate, or very feebly transversely
strigose.

Prothorax feebly bisinuate, angles produced, acute. Scutellum
feebly transverse, semicircularly triangular. Elytra slightly wider
than long, widest behind the base, slightly wider than prothorax,
each separately rounded. Legs rather slender, distance between
posterior femora less than their length. Length 3, width 2mm.

Hab.—Windsor, N.S. W.

The convex form, glabrous upper surface and dark colour, of
this species will serve to distinguish it; the head is easily with-
drawn from the prothorax. I have numerous specimens, but am
not quite certain as to whether I have referred this species to its
correct genus, or whether a new one should be formed for its
reception.

CLYPEASTER COLLARIS, n.sp.

Moderately elongate. Reddish-testaceous; prothorax with a
small piceous mark at apex, on each side of which is an indistinct
pale testaceous marking, narrowly margined with piceous at base;
head — except muzzle—blackish-brown; undersurface — except
abdominal segments—darker than above, legs and antenne
testaceous. Above equally clothed with rather short and dense
pubescence, undersurface rather sparsely pubescent. Above
equally densely and not very minutely punctate, undersurface
rather more feebly; underside of head minutely transversely
strigose.

Prothorax feebly depressed at base, feebly bisinuate, angles
not at all produced. Scutellum small, transversely triangular.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 315

Elytra longer than wide, wider than prothorax, widest behind the
base, apex conjointly rounded. Femora thick. Length 1},
width 2 mm. 7

Hab.—Richmond River.

CLYPEASTER PULCHELLA, N.Sp.

Rather elongate. Prothorax bright red, with a piceous mark
at its apex; elytra black, a broad bright red fascia across the
middle, which is seemingly composed of two large semilunar spots
having their convex sides towards the base, metasternum—except
middle of apex—and sides of basal abdominal segment piceous-
black, other segments piceous at sides, but decreasing to apex;
head and antenne brown. LElytra with rather short and sparse
pubescence, still sparser and shorter on prothorax, undersurface
with longer and sparser pubescence than above. Prothorax
extremely minutely, elytra and metasternum very minutely
punctate.

Prothorax shallowly bisinuate, angles scarcely produced. Scutel-
lum transverse, semicircularly rounded. Elytra considerably
longer than wide, widest behind the base and wider than pro-
thorax, not much narrower near apex than at base, each separately
rounded. Femora not very thick, distance between posterior
greater than their length. Length 14, width 2 (vix) mm.

Hab.—Sydney, Forest Reefs.

Kasily recognisable by the red fascia on the elytra; C. fasciatus
(from Tasmania) is described as having deep punctures on the
elytra, and the legs differently coloured—characters not possessed
by the present species.

CLYPEASTER ANDERSONI, n.sp.

Moderately elongate. Dark red; prothorax with an indistinct
piceous mark at apex, base feebly tinged with piceous; elytra
with a brownish blotch about scutellum; a piceous tinge at the
junction of the meso- and metasternum and about all the coxe;
antenne brown. Above equally clothed with not very long
pubescence, the pubescence on he undersurface sparser and

316 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

rather longer. Prothorax with minute scattered punctures, elytra
densely and minutely, metasternum feebly but distinctly punctate.

Prothorax rounded and feebly depressed at base, angles slightly
produced. Scutellum slightly longer than wide, semicircularly
rounded. LHlytra considerably longer than wide, widest behind
the base, and slightly wider than prothorax, each feebly separately
rounded. Femora not very thick, distance between posterior
more than their length. Length 14, width ? (vix) mm.

Hab — Clarence River.

Differs from C. collaris in being larger, in having the punctures
on the prothorax stronger but less dense, its base somewhat
different, and by the blotch about the scutellum. I have dedicated
the species to Mr. H. C. L. Anderson, formerly Director of the
New South Wales Department of Agriculture.

CLYPEASTER DORSALIS, 0.Sp.

Moderately elongate. Red; prothorax with a piceous mark at
apex, elytra with a brownish blotch about scutellum, the apex
piceous, the extreme apex lighter; metasternum darker than
above, muzzle and legs reddish-testaceous, apical joints of antennze
piceous-brown. Above with moderately long and not dense
pubescence, sparse on prothorax, sparser on the undersurface.
Above very densely and extremely minutely punctate, and with
minute scattered punctures; metasternum visibly punctate.

Prothorax feebly depressed and almost truncate at base, angles
very slightly produced. Scutellum rather small, feebly transverse,
semicircularly rounded. Elytra longer than wide, widest behind
the base, and slightly wider than prothorax, each separately
rounded. Femora rather thick, distance between the posterior
greater than their length. Length 1, width $mm.

//ab.—Tweed River, N.S.W.

Differs from C. collaris in being smaller, by the dark markings
of the elytra, prothoracic punctures much sparser and feebler,
and its base somewhat different; in this last respect it resembles
the preceding, but its much sparser puncturation and smaller
size will distinguish it from that species.

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. oak

CLYPEASTER BLACKMORE, n.sp.

Elongate. Piceous; sides of apex of prothorax obscure red;
suture and apex of elytra obscure dark red; abdominal segments
paler than metasternum; the legs reddish-testaceous; antenne
brownish-testaceous, basal joints and the muzzle somewhat paler.
Above with rather sparse and moderately long pubescence, on
the undersurface the pubescence is still sparser, but rather longer.
Above moderately densely and rather minutely, metasternum
distinctly, punctate.

Prothorax very shallowly bisinuate, angles very feebly pro-
duced. Scutellum small, longer than wide, semicircularly triangular.
Elytra much longer than wide, widest behind the base, where it
is slightly wider than prothorax, not much wider at base than
near apex, each distinctly separately rounded. Femora moderate,
distance between the posterior greater than their length. Length
14 (vix), width # mm.

Hab.—Galston, Forest Reefs.

CLYPEASTER NITIDA, N.Sp.

Moderately elongate. Piceous-brown; sides of apex of pro-
thorax obscure pale testaceous; suture and sides of elytra indis-
tinctly paler than disk; undersurface somewhat darker than
above, tibie and tarsi paler than femora; antenne obscure
testaceous, apical joints feebly infuscate. Above almost glabrous,
the pubescence being very short, sparse and dark; undersurface
with moderately long and dense pubescence, longest down the
middle of metasternum. Above with moderately dense and not
very minute punctures, undersurface densely and extremely
minutely punctate, metasternum with large shallow punctures.

Prothorax feebly depressed in the middle of the base, very
shallowly bisinuate, angles very feebly produced. Scutellum
broadly transverse, semicircularly rounded. Elytra considerably
longer than wide, widest behind the base, shghtly wider than
prothorax, base scarcely wider than apex, apex almost conjointly

318 NEW SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

rounded. Femora moderate, distance between posterior about
equal to their length. Length 1, width # (vix) mm.
Hab.—Sydney.
Differs from the preceding in being broader and more convex,

in its different puncturation and pubescence, and its differently .

shaped scutellum.
ULYPEASTER OLLIFFI, n.sp.

Moderately elongate. Piceous-brown; prothorax at the sides
in front narrowly pale testaceous, or obscurely semitransparent;
undersurface darker than above, legs and antenne testaceous, the
latter shghtly infuscate towards apex. Above almost glabrous,
the pubescence being extremely short and sparse, undersurface
rather more densely but still sparsely clothed. Above very densely
and extremely minutely punctate, and with moderately dense
shallow punctures; metasternum indistinctly punctate.

Prothorax feebly depressed at base, very feebly if at all bisinu-
ate, angles not produced. Scutellum transverse, semicircularly
triangular. Elytra longer than wide, wider than prothorax,
widest at the middle, as wide near apex as at base, each separately
rounded. Femora not very thick, distance between posterior
slightly greater than their length. Length 3, width 4 mm.

Hab.—Windsor, Sydney, Tamworth.

The peculiar puncturation of this rather plentiful species renders

it very distinct.
CLYPEASTER SQUALIDA, n.sp.

Moderately elongate. Piceous-brown; elytra obscurely piceous
at apex and sides; a piceous mark at apex of prothotax, on each
side of which is a small semitransparent obscure testaceous mark;
legs, muzzle and antenne testaceous; antenne infuscate towards

apex. Above equally clothed with rather short greyish pubes-

cence, the pubescence on the undersurface as dense but some-
what finer. Above minutely and not densely, metasternum
minutely punctate.

Prothorax very narrowly depressed at base, shallowly bisinuate,
angles slightly produced. Scutellum feebly transverse, semi-
circularly triangular. Elytra longer than wide, slightly wider

a

BY ARTHUR M. LEA. 319

than prothorax, widest near the middle, feebly separately rounded.
Femora moderate, the distance at their bases equal to or slightly
greater than their length. Length 1 (vix) width $ mm.
fHab.—Sydney.
Very similar in size, shape and colour to the preceding, but
differing in its puncturation, which closely resembles that of C.
Andersoni, but is otherwise distinct.

CLYPEASTER ELLI PTICA, N.Sp.

Elongate, moderately convex. Prothorax red, a piceous mark
at apex; elytra piceous-black, with an indistinct dark red mark
at the apex, and very indistinct near the sides; undersurface
dark red, the metasternum piceous, legs and antennee—-which are
concolorous—bright red, posterior femora somewhat darker.
Elytra clothed with rather long pubescence, as dense but somewhat
shorter on prothorax; the pubescence on the undersurface
sparser, finer and darker than above. LElytra densely and
extremely minutely punctate, and with small moderately dense
punctures (sparsest on prothorax), metasternum minutely punctate.

Prothorax feebly depressed in the middle of the base, shallowly
bisinuate, angles scarcely produced. . Scutellum feebly transverse,
semicircularly triangular. Elytra much longer than wide, widest
behind the base, where it is slightly wider than prothorax, not
much wider at base than near apex, each separately rounded.
Femora moderate, distance between posterior about equal to their
length. Length 1%, width 1 mm.

Hab.—Clarence and Richmond Rivers, N.S.W.

This is a very distinct and rather rare species, much larger
than any as yet recorded from Australia.

ON TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF FISHES
FROM AUSTRALIA.

By J. Dovueias OaIzsy.
(Communicated by the Secretary ).

PERCOPHID&S.

CENTROPERCIS, gen.nov.

Branchiostegals(?) five; pseudobranchie present. Body elongate-
oblong, compressed; head conical; cleft of mouth wide and mode-
rately oblique; lower jaw the longer; eye lateral, partially directed
upwards; gill-openings wide; gill-rakers stout, of moderate length,
few in number; bones of head armed or radiate. Jaws, vomer
and hyoid bones with well-developed, fixed teeth; palatine and
pterygoid bones edentulous. Two dorsal fins, the first with six
spines; the second more developed, similar to the anal; no semi-
detached spines in front of the anal; ventrals thoracic; all the
pectoral rays branched. Scales small, poriferous, those of the
head cycloid, of the body ctenoid; body with regularly arranged
series of naked bands.

CENTROPERCIS NUDIVITTIS, Sp.nov.

B. v0). D. 6 1/20. - ANI Vis. Be eae

Length of head four and one-third, height of body six and
one-fourth in the total length; width of head two-thirds of its
height and two-fifths of its length. Diameter of eye four and
two-fifths in the length of the head: premaxilla trilobate, snout
emarginate, in front; the latter a little longer than the diameter
of the eye; interorbital space grooved, three-fifths of the diameter

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. Bes ib

of the eye. Nostrils simple, lateral, situated at the opposite ends
of a shallow fossa. Lower jaw the longer; cleft of mouth wide
and moderately oblique; the maxilla truncated and expanded
posteriorly, extending backwards beyond the hinder margin of
the eye; upper profile of head flat. | Preorbital armed with
three strong spines; preopercle finely denticulated on both limbs,
and with a strong, acute, elongate, curved spine at the angle;
three short stout spines on the subopercle; opercle and interopercle
with prominent ribs, each of which terminates in a free flexible
point; a spinose ridge runs from the front of the snout to the
postero-superior angle of the orbit, where it is subdivided, a short
branch passing downwards along the upper portion of the hinder
margin of the eye, while the main branch is continued along the
occiput; beneath the termination of the latter a similar ridge
commences, and traversing the temporal region ends in a pair of
strong post-temporal spines; a short spinose ridge on the occiput
below the middle of the occipital ridge; a short simple ridge passes
outwards from the centre of the posterior margin of the eye.
Jaws with a single series of slender cordiform teeth, those in
front being strongly hooked; two or three smaller teeth between
each pair of elongate ones; three strong and a few small teeth on
either side of the head of the vomer; two short parallel patches,
composed of three series each, of stout recurved teeth behind the
base of the tongue, the outer row the strongest; all the bones of
the hyoid arch dentiferous. Dorsal fins separated by a consider-
able interspace; the spines weak and flexible, the second the
highest, two-fifths of the length of the head, and two-thirds of the
anterior and highest rays: the anal commences beneath the third
dorsal ray, and is similar to but not so high as the soft dorsal
fin: ventral elongate and pointed, the fourth ray the longest,
reaching to the vent, its length three-fourths of that of the head:
pectoral small, about half the length of the ventral, its base
situated at a considerable distance behind that of the ventral:
caudal emarginate, small, its length six and a half in the total
length. Scales of the head simple, circular, non-imbricate, each
furnished with a central pore; head entirely scaly, with the excep-

322 TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF FISHES.

tion of the posterior third of the opercle and the greater part of
the subopercle, the scales on the latter being arranged in a
narrow basal band on its upper half, from the extremities of
which short, broad bands are produced backwards; below this
there is a free angular band; scales of body similar to those of
the head, but strongly ctenoid; eighteen enlarged tubular scales on
the lateral line, with from six to eight normal scales in the space
between each pair; between each tubular scale and the base of
the dorsal there is a naked band about two normal scales in width,
which is continued across the lateral line to the depth of two
scales; sides of abdomen and base of the anal fin with more or
less corresponding naked fascie. Upper surface of head and body
olive-green, lower surface pale yellowish-white, the two colours
being abruptly divided; a series of seven olive-green spots along
the middle of the sides, the last encircling an enlarged tubular
scale at the base of the caudal; fins immaculate.

The unique specimen from which the above diagnosis has been
drawn up was washed ashore, in a perfect though dying condition,
at Maroubra Bay, near Sydney, and was shortly afterwards lent
to me by its discoverer, Mr. Thomas Whitelegge, for identification
and, if necessary, description. In length the type specimen
measures 78 millimetres, and it has since been added to the
collection of the Australian Museum, Sydney, its register number
being I. 3396.

ATHERINIDS.

TROPIDOSTETHUS, gen.nov.

Branchiostegals six; pseudobranchizw present. Body strongly
compressed, rhombo-fusiform, the tail attenuated; dorsal profile
straight, ventral convex and acute. Cleft of mouth oblique,
extending to beneath the front margin of the eyes; jaws not
protractile. A single series of teeth in the jaws and a short
curved row on the palatine bones; no vomerine or lingual teeth.
Spinous dorsal small; anal moderate; ventrals minute, situated
far behind the pectorals. Scales of moderate size, thin, cycloid,

deciduous.

BY J. DOUGLAS OGILBY. 323

TROPIDOSTETHUS RHOTHOPHILUS, Sp.nov.

eee Weta is. A. 1/23. V. 1/d. Pl 14. C.17. Vert.
15/29.

Length of head five to five and a half, height of body five in
the total length. Eye situated near to the dorsal profile, its
diameter three to three and a half in the length of the head,
and four-fifths of the flattened interorbital space; snout obtuse
and convex, rather less than the diameter of the eye in length;
the upper jaw slightly projecting. Spinous dorsal situated above
the vent, and midway between the tip of the snout and the base
of the caudal fin; soft dorsal commencing above the anterior third
of the anal; caudal forked, its length six and three-fifths to six
and three-fourths in the total.

General colour gray (pale straw-yellow in spirits), so closely
dotted with minute brown specks as to give it a brownish appear-
ance when newly caught; a broad silvery lateral band, margined
above by an emerald streak; the ventral edge faintly tinged with
green. Occiput with a large cuneiform emerald spot, the acute
portion extending forwards between the eyes; a brown spot con-
tained within its anterior half; nostrils pierced in an emerald
spot; supraorbital region tinged with pale green.

These little Atherinids were first observed by Mr. Thomas
Whitelegge at Maroubra Bay* during the month of March, 1893,
but the specimens which he brought back to the Museum, being
considered immature, were not critically examined on that
occasion. Their reappearance, however, in large shoals along the
coast during March of the present year induced us to investigate
more closely their habits, mode of life, and such other points in
their economy as could be observed; this difficult task has been
ably carried out by Mr. Whitelegge, with the result that though
the shoals have been on the coast from March until the date of
writing—July 3lst—there is no appreciable difference in size,

* Between Port Jackson and Botany Heads.
2

324 TWO NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF FISHES.

thus proving, what from a prior examination we had inferred,
that the fishes are adult; no signs of breeding have, however, as
yet been discovered.

They are essentially surf-fishes, coming in with the waves, and
being swept up into the gulches and pools on the reefs; they
never descend to the bottom, but swim here and there, keeping
but a few inches beneath the surface; the pectoral fins are always
kept fully expanded, at right angles to the body, and motionless,
being utilised in fact solely as balancing media; the caudal fin
and pedicle have a distinct downward curvature when the fish is

swimming.

325

LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA.
Pane Ee,

By Water W. FROGGATT.

This paper contains my contribution to the study of the
habits of our Coleoptera for the season 1894-5, and is really a
continuation of previous notes on this subject; for the observa-
tions of one year run into the next, and some of the insects have
to be watched for over twelve months before the larva can be
correlated with the perfect insect.

As before, I am indebted to the Rev. Thos. Blackburn for the
determination of some of my beetles, and to Mr. R. T. Baker for
the verification of the botanical names of some of their food

plants.
APHANASIUM AUSTRALE, Boisd.

Larva short and stout, pale yellow, with well-defined abdominal
segments; jaws black, and truncated at the tips, mouth parts
raised upon a slightly lobed projection, the basal portion of the
head forming an encircling fold, slightly overhanging in front; on
the lower edge of the forehead are four irregular yellow patches;
thoracic segments narrow, legs small, short, ferruginous; on the
dorsal surface the first five segments flattened, of regular size,
produced into an elongate oval, slightly impressed in the centre,
with a patch of reddish-brown hairs on either side, 6th and 7th
rather larger and rounder, 8th small, 9th also short, terminating
in a short obtuse point; on the ventral side the segments are
comparatively flat.

The larve feed upon the stems of Hakea acicularis, growing
in the neighbourhood of Sydney, a number always boring into the
shrub at one place, causing the branches to wither and snap off.
perhaps nearly a dozen grubs will feed in a single branch gnawing

326 LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

out parallel chambers, but never breaking into each other’s mine.
The dying foliage is noticeable early in Jannary, their attacks
causing the limb to become swollen and covered with exudations
of gum. The beetles come forth in the first week in November;
I have never taken the beetle at large, but it is evidently common
on this shrub at certain seasons of the year, though very effectually
concealed in the dense prickly foliage. The beetle is 10 lines to
an inch in length, with very large prominent eyes and long slender
antenn; thorax finely rugose, produced into a stout blunt spine
on either side; elytra rounded at the shoulders, of a uniform width
to the tips, which are round, not quite covering the tip of the
abdomen; the whole insect is of a uniform chestnut-brown, the
central portion of the wing covers being much lighter than the
edges, and the whole of them covered with close, fine, fawn-
coloured down.
flab.—The neighbourhood of Sydney.

STRONGYLURUS THORACICUS, Hope.

Larva dirty white, with rather large head, armed with stout
black jaws, broad at the tips; body short and corrugated. Dorsal
view: forehead large, flattened, projecting slightly in front,
creamy-white with a large blotch of bright yellow on either side,
covered with stout reddish hairs; thoracic segments narrower
than the head; first four abdominal segments bearing two corru-
gated lobes on the summit; the 5th, 6th and 7th with two rounded
tubercles divided in the centre; all the segments distinctly divided
from each other at the apical margins; the last two segments
rounded. Ventral view: thoracic segments much flattened, legs
very small, short and ferruginous, the margins of all the segments
fringed with fine hairs.

The larvee attack the stems of the common garden Pittosporums
(P. revolutum and P. undulatum) growing in suburban gardens.
In the neighbourhood of Croydon, where most of my specimens
were obtained, they completely disfigured a large shrub of the
former species, large branches three and four inches in diameter
being cut off; over a dozen of the lower limbs fell during last

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. ot

season, while little streams of dust could be seen falling from the
holes where they had gnawed through the bark; most of the
fallen branches are hollowed out before they break off, but the
larva nearly always remains behind in the stump of the branch
feeding into the green wood, which dies down below where it
pupates. They take some time to reach maturity, certainly not
before the second year, as I have kept larve over that time
without any sign of their pupating.

Mr. Geo. Masters tells me that at Elizabeth Bay, Symphyletes
nigro-virens feeds upon the garden Pittosporums; while Strongy-
lwrus thoracicus confines its attacks to the white cedar (Melia
composita), cutting off the branches in exactly the same manner.

The beetle is 10 lines in length, with dark brown head clothed
with coarse brown hairs, an elongate spot of silvery white hairs
between the eyes; antennz toothed on the outer apical margin of
each joint; thorax dark reddish-brown, deeply and coarsely
punctured, with three large round patches of white hairs on
either side, with another smaller one in front of the scutellum;
elytra ferruginous on the shoulders, paler towards the tips, deeply
punctured for about two-thirds of their length, but almost smooth
towards the apex; a row of 4 small black spots across the
shoulders, with an irregular black horseshoe-like band on either
side; the tips of the wing covers and the apical margins black;
the whole of the upper surface clothed with scattered grey down;
underside clothed with greyish hairs, with a patch of white hairs
forming an oval mark on the side of each segment.

The larve were most active in the early summer months after
the new year, the beetles breeding out early in December.

ATERPUS CULTRATUS, Fabr.

Larva 5 lines in length, short, and obese, lying with its back
arched and the tip of the abdomen curved towards the head; dull
white, with dark chocolate-brown head, truncate at the base,
mouth parts rather prominent, and with a median groove lightly
impressed down the centre of the head; a dark brown transverse
line in front of the first thoracic segment; on the dorsal surface

328 LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

the segments are of uniform size, each forming a double fold at
the apex, and divided into three distinct lumps or warts on either
side, the ventral surface flat, with a fringe of long reddish hairs
along the marginal folds of each segment.

The larve feed upon the stem of Melaleuca stellatwm, com-
mencing on the bark and then gnawing out an elongate oval
cavity in the side of the branch underneath the loose bark; in
this cavity they form a rough rounded cocoon of gnawed wood
early in July. The infested stems were cut off, and in captivity
the beetles bred out early in September. They were very plentiful
at Rose Bay (Sydney).

Two years ago I bred a single specimen taken at Manly, which
had formed a similar pupa case on the stem of Hucalyptus
corymbosa. The beetle is generally found upom small gum trees,
and often comes to the stump of a freshly cut down tree, probably
for the exuded sap.

It is 5 lines in length; head, legs, and apical portion of elytron

hocolate-brown; thorax black, deeply and regularly punctured,
with a stiff brush of black down on either side towards the head;
the basal portion of the wing covers black, regularly and deeply
striated, with the punctures in regular rows; carrying a double
pair of tufts of black down on each shoulder, with a corresponding
single one on either side towards the apex, where the elytron
slopes down with deep regular striations towards the tip, and is
ornamented with two much smaller black tufts.

This beetle has a wide range over Australia, and is a rather
common weevil about Sydney.

EURHYNCHUS La&viIor, Kirby.

Larva 10 lines in length, slender and of uniform length, rounded
on the dorsal surface; of a dull yellow colour; head almost
spherical, flattened in front, deep reddish-brown, slightly rugose,
fringed in front with a few scattered long hairs; jaws black,
truncate at the tips, palpi very short, and the labrum very small
and wedge-shaped; thorax with Ist segment ochreous-yellow,
smooth and shining, 2nd and 3rd pale yellow, covered on the

“23,

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 329

summit with a patch of very fine reddish spines; on the ventral
surface flattened and corrugated, each bearing a pair of very
short conical legs : abdominal segments slightly smaller than the
thorax, corrugated and clothed with similar fine spines as the
thoracic segments.

The larvee feed upon the stems of Persoonia lanceolata; entering
through the bark a few inches above the surface of the ground,
they bore holes towards the centre of the trunk, then turning
upwards and hollowing out parallel chambers several inches long,
and pupating at the end of the last chamber. I found one nearly
perfect beetle, and several full-grown larve early in July, at
Hornsby. The beetle is about 7 lines in length, of a general
slender and very graceful form compared with most of the weevils;
black, but having a greyish tint from the fine clothing of grey
hairs covering both dorsal and ventral sides. The snout is long,
slender, and smooth, the thorax rugose, the elytra also rugose,
with close deeply punctured strie.

It is not a very common beetle, but is generally found in pairs,
about November, clinging to the twigs of small bushes.

AXIDES DORSALIS, Pascoe.

Larva pale yellow, about 35 lines in length when uncurled;
when met with is nearly always lying with its back arched and
the head nearly touching the tip of the abdomen; head oval,
ferruginous, with two pale ochreous lines in the centre giving it a
variegated appearance; jaws black, short, and angular; first
thoracic segment small, 2nd and 3rd with the first seven abdominal
segments of a uniform size; 8th and 9th forming a short broadly.
rounded tip.

The larve are very plentiful in May and June in the stems of
Astrotricha floccosa; they bore from the surface into the soft
pithy centre, forming short cylindrical burrows, sometimes only
one or two being together, but oftener in little colonies of ten or
a dozen; their attacks cause the limb to swell and exude a lot of
sticky strongly smelling aromatic resin, which burns very readily;

330 LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

this, together with the castings, forming irregular excrescences
upon the branches.

The beetle is 2? lines in length, of a general creamy buff colour,
due to a dense growth of fine hairs covering the dark chocolate
coloured elytra, the natural colour visible only on the snout;
the centre of the thorax and from the shoulders for about two-
thirds of the back pale reddish-brown, thickly interspersed with
fine black spines or bristles commencing on the thorax, and
increasing in number towards the middle of the elytra, where
they form a dark patch. The thorax is further ornamented with
two pairs of small downy plumes on the sides, and the elytra are
broadly impressed with coarsely punctured strie.

The beetle is found at large upon its food plant early in
November; most of my specimens were obtained on a large patch
of the bushes at the head of the Double Bay Valley.

DorvicUs PESTILENS, Olliiff.

Larva 2 to 24 lines in length; pale yellow, with the apical
portion of the abdomen slightly ferruginous; head small and
orbicular, partly hidden by the thorax; jaws small, with the tips
divided into two pointed teeth, with a larger and more angular
one on the inner edge; segments rounded, the abdominal ones
forming a double fold along the sides, the under fold smallest, tip
of the abdomen curled inwards, and the whole larva clothed with
long hairs.

The larvee feed in the interior of lumpy reddish-brown galls,
produced in the first instance, I think, by the attacks of lepidop-
terous larvee, upon the tips of the branchlets of Acacia decwrrens;
the galls or rather after-growths upon the twigs become dead and

dry up in February; and at this season nearly every gall is ~

tenanted with a little grub, covered with woody dust.

The beetle, about 3 lines in length, dark brown in colour and
covered with greyish down, was found in the box containing the
galls about a week after they were collected. It has a peculiar
way of jumping when touched.

ee.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. Soll

The life-history of this beetle is of importance, as the insect is
a well-known orchard pest. The species was described by Mr.
A. Sidney Olliff from specimens received from Mr. C. French;
they had attacked the apples near Melbourne, and by puncturing
them caused them to shrivel up before they were ripe.

Mr. French has given an account of this pest and its ravages,
with a plate containing figures of it in all stages, in his Hand-
book of the Destructive Insects of Victoria* under the name
of Doticus pestilens, the apple beetle.

Hab.—Heathcote.

MCHIDIUS RUGOSUS.

The description of the larva of the previous species will serve
also for this, except that it is shightly larger when full grown.
The larvee live in the thick bark of Hucalyptus robusta, where they
pupate; the beetle comes out in September and October, and will
be found in crevices, or under loose bark on the trunks of the
trees.

This beetle is slightly larger than M. tibialis, having the same
uniform coloration; the flanges in front of the head more angular,
with the edges curved upward, and the back of the head and
thorax very finely and closely punctured, so that the outer edges
have a fine serrate appearance; the elytra covered with fine close
deeply punctured parallel strize; the whole of the dorsal surface
covered with very minute scale-like hairs scattered over the head
and thorax; on the elytra forming regular lines along the ridges
of the parallel striz.

Hab.—Botany, N.S. W.

M&cHIDIUS TIBIALIS, Blackburn.

Larva dirty white, rather long and slender, the head pale
yellow, with short ochreous-yellow labrum, and stout short jaws
of the same colour; thoracic segment more constricted than the
first abdominal segments; legs short, covered with short golden

—<—————

* Part I. Chap. xiii. p. 83.

3O2 LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

yellow hairs, which are also sparsely scattered along the sides of
the body; tarsal claw black, small and sharply pointed; all the
segments along the dorsal surface except the last two covered
along the summit with short brownish spines.

The larve, together with the perfect beetles, were found in the
nests of the large mound-building Termite; they were very
numerous in several nests opened, most of the larvee being in the
outer walls, but others were in the interior of the nest, while the
beetles were crawling about all parts of the termitarium, the
swarming hosts of white ants seeming to take no notice of them.

The beetle is 43 lines in length, dark brownish-black, with the
head produced into two shell-like flanges in front of the eyes;
thorax finely punctured; elytra traversed with deeply and closely
punctured parallel strive.

Hab.—Shoalhaven, N.S. W.

MELOBASIS IRIDESCENS, L. & G.

Larva white, slender and flattened on the underside; jaws small;
head globular, much broader than the thoracic segments; pale
yellow, with two ferruginous lines crossing the head and coming
to a point at the forehead; first and second thoracic segments
rounded and narrow; third thoracic and the first six abdominal
segments rounded on the margins, but square at the apex, which
projects over the following segment on either side; seventh and
eighth much smaller, while the anal segment is produced in a
curious forked tail, divided into a rounded lobe at the base,
terminating in a slender tail on either side.

The larva feeding between the bark and sapwood forms a series
of parallel wavy tunnels in wood that is just beginning to wither;
when nearly full grown it bores in the sapwood to pupate.

The beetle is about 4 lines in length, of a bright metallic green
colour, with the head and thorax very finely punctured; elytra
irregularly striated, with the strize bearing punctures; with the
ridges between them also punctured; apical edges of the wing
covers very finely toothed. Bred from infested branches of Acacia
longifolia obtained at Rose Bay.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 333

M. iridescens is given in Masters’ Catalogue as a variety of J/.
cupriceps, but it is very distinct both in form and habits from the
beetles determined by Mr. Blackburn as the latter.

M. cupriceps is nearly a third longer, of a more delicate pale
green colour, with decided golden tints upon the shoulders, and it
is more boat-shaped upon the back, with the serrate edges of the
elytra very deep and slender. The abdominal striv are very fine
and regular, and sparingly punctured, while the spaces between
them are perfectly smooth.

This beetle is rather common about Sydney, feeding upon the
foliage of Vimenaria denudata early in the year; but I have
never taken M/. cupriceps on an Acacia.

MELOBASIS SPLENDIDA, Donov.

I have not been able to identify the larva of this beautiful
little Buprestid; but in chopping the dead stems of Acacia longi-
Jolia I have come upon several fully developed in an irregular
chamber at the end of a tunnel leading from under the bark into
the sapwood; and have bred as many more from infested wood
kept in boxes.

The beetle is 4 lines in length, bright metallic-green, with two
parallel bands of dark purple across the thorax; and a brilliant
fiery coppery-red pattern formed by two bands commencing behind
the thoracic bands, leaving a bright green patch round the
pronotum and joining just below, occupying all the centre of the
back, and after projecting out on either side into two sharp
angles, runs round the tip of the wing covers, and forms a narrow
stripe along the apical part of the margins not quite up to the
hind legs; all the underside is bright green.

Hab.—Rose Bay, N.S.W.

CISSEIS MACULATA, L. & G.

A score ot specimens of this beetle have been bred, in October,
from dead branches of Acacia longifolia collected at Rose Bay,
and kept in closed boxes; others were obtained in November and
December, feeding on the leaves of the same Acacia at Manly.

oot LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,

The beetle is about 3 lines in length, the front of the head
bright green, the thorax and shoulders bright metallic-bronze, the
centre of the wing covers black with metallic reflections, and the
tips fiery red colour. Underside of thorax and legs green, with
the abdominal segments bronzy-red.

CISSEIS SHMI-SCABROSA, L. & G.

Larva very pale yellow, with small mouth parts and jaws;
head large and globular; Ist and 2nd thoracic segments small,
rounded on the edges; the 3rd thoracic and the first six abdominal
segments more or less rounded on their extremities, the last three
tapering to a small rounded tip.

It feeds in avery similar manner to that of J/elobasis wridescens;
at first under the bark, but finally pupating in the sapwood
beneath.

The beetle is 45 lines in length, the head and thorax bright
metallic-green; the elytra fiery coppery-red and finely granulated,
all the underside green.

This is not a common species; I have bred three individuals
from infested branches of Acacia longifolia obtained at Rose Bay.

CADMUS FLAVOCINCTUS, Saund., Trans. Ent. Soc. 1846.

Larva 4 lines in length, pale yellow, with a cylindrical black
rugose head, truncate and perfectly flat in front, with short
3-jointed antenne projecting on either side and the jaws almost
hidden; Ist thoracic segment covered on the dorsal side with a
dark brown coriaceous plate slightly curved in front; legs very
long, slender, armed with a sharp tarsal claw; the rest of the
segments of uniform size, pale yellow, clothed on the sides with
long scattered hairs, thickest towards the tip of the abdomen, the
legs also covered with long hairs.

The larva constructs an elongate oval cocoon with a jug-like
neck, of a stout woody nature, smooth, hard, and dark brown; the
grub by protruding its head and fore legs can crawl about on the
ground, or among the loose bits of dead bark at the butts of the
gum trees in a similar manner to the case moths; but from the

a | -E. ———

ee a

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 335

remarkable resemblance of these cocoons, when in a quiescent
state, to the castings of some of the large wood-eating lamellicorn
beetles, they are very easily passed over.

When the larva is full grown it forms a concave lid over the
top of the opening, and remains on the ground generally under
logs or fallen timber until it is ready to emerge.

Like nearly all the members of this genus the beetles feed upon
the foliage of the young Eucalypts.

‘The beetle is about 4 lines in length, reddish chocolate-brown,
with irregular black blotches upon the thorax and upper half of
the elytra; thorax and wing cases very rugose, the former very
finely punctured; the latter deeply ribbed with parallel strie,
closely and finely punctured.

Hab.—Not common in the neighbourhood of Sydney, but
plentiful in the Shoalhaven District.

HPILACHNA 26-PuNCTATA, Dejean.

Eggs pale yellow, placed in patches of thirty or forty upon the
underside of the leaves; elongated and pointed at the apex;
having a beautiful granulated appearance under the lens. The
larva on emergence and after each moult pale yellow.

Larva short and stout, 5 lines in length and 3 in breadth, pale
yellow. Dorsal view : head completely hidden by the folds of the
thorax; Ist thoracic segment covered with a blackish patch from
which spring up four black spines, each of them with several finer
radiating spines growing from their sides; white at the tips; 2nd
and third thoracic segments with a blackish patch on either side,
with two similar feathery spines springing out from them; with
another black patch on either side just above the legs out of
which a single feathered spine grows; the following six abdominal
segments have a double feathered spine in the patch on the centre
of the back, with two smaller blotches on either side, each
producing a spine, 7th abdominal segment bearing 4 spines, the
8th and anal one two.

Ventral side: pale yellow; head small, black and rounded
behind, elongated towards the jaws, which are short and toothed;

336 LIFE-HISTORIES OF AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA.

palpi long and drooping; legs stout, long and mottled with black;
the inner edge of the tarsi fringed with fine white hairs; tarsal
claws ferruginous, the central ridge of the abdominal segments
marked with a line of small blackish brown spots.

The larva attaches itself to the underside of the leaf, when the
larval skin splits and turns down over the pupa, remaining in
this position about ten days.

This is one of the commonest ladybirds about Sydney. Both
beetle and larva feed upon the leaves of Solanaceous plants,
gnawing the epidermis off in little wavy lines, causing dead
patches all over the leaves. They were also very plentiful upon
the leaves of Datura stramonivum, on the seashore at Botany; a
number that I took home were let out of the box, and a few days
later they were busy at work eating the leaves of the tomato
plants.

Tt is a handsome little beetle of a deep yellow colour mottled
with irregular black spots; all the members of this genus, unlike
others of the family, are phytophagous.

In “Insect Life,” 1891, Vol. ii. Epilachna corrupta is stated to
have destroyed fully half the bean crop of New Mexico.

An African species, #. hirta, is very destructive to potatoes
and tomatoes.

ee —
el ee a aX’

ae
Yes

A GIANT ACACIA FROM THE BRUNSWICK RIVER.
By J. H. Marpen, F.L.S.
(Plate xx1.)

ACACIA BAKERI, sp.nov.

Attains the dimensions of a large forest tree, measuring up to
160* feet in height, and from 2 to 43 feet in diameter; stem some-
times buttressed. It is, as far as at present known, exclusively
confined to brushes, as distinct from open forest. Branchlets at
first terete but at length flattened, glabrous. Phyllodia sessile,
broadly lanceolate, narrowed at each end, obtuse, mostly 3 to 4
inches long and 1 inch broad, but occasionally 6 inches long and
3 inches broad when they are acuminate and broad at the base;
3-nerved, with sometimes a short one terminating in a gland a
little removed from the base, penniveined between the nerves,
margins thickened and undulate, thinly coriaceous. Peduncles
slender, 6 lines long, mostly in clusters of 3 to 10, forming
numerous axillary racemes mostly exceeding the phyllodes, bearing
a small loose head of few, pale coloured flowers, rarely as many
as 20, mostly 4-merous. Calyx short, pubescent or softly villous,
eventually separating into spathulate lobes. Petals pubescent,
softly villous. Pod long, straight, flat, usually 8 inches long and
6 lines broad, thin, contracted somewhat between the seeds,
shining. Seeds flat, ovate, longitudinal; funicle short and _fili-
form, neither folded nor enlarged.

* A road party recently cut down one of these trees on Mullumbimby
Creek, and it was found by measurement to be 140 feet high, and 3 feet
8 inches in diameter. The collector adds ‘‘On Tengoggin Mountain there
are plenty of trees 20 or 30 feet higher.”

338 GIANT ACACIA FROM THE BRUNSWICY RIVER,

Hab.—Tengoggin Mt. (1000 ft.), near Mullumbimby, Brunswick
River, N.S.W.; also Mullumbimby Creek, a tributary of the
Brunswick (W. Bauerlen).

According to Bentham’s classification this Acacia belongs to the
series Plurinerves, sub-section Dimidiate.

This is probably one of the largest of all the Acacias. It has
been found in the Mountains measuring over 160 feet, with a
trunk from 50-60 feet clear of limbs, and a diameter from 2 to 4
feet, and on the banks of creeks 140 feet high, and in some
instances “so high that the leaves could not be seen” (dis-
tinguished).

The flowers are small, in loose racemes with fairly long pe-
duncles. Branches pendulous. Phyllodes vertically flattened and
also twisted towards the base, thin, quite glabrous. The pods
are very difficult to procure owing to their ripening and falling in
what is usually the wettest part of the year. In many instances
pods were caught while falling from the trees when every seed
was found to have begun to germinate.

They are very variable both in length and breadth, some being
very broad and a little constricted between the seeds, while others
from the same tree are very narrow and much constricted, the
valves are ail very thin.

The bark is quite distinct from A. binervata, its nearest ally.
Tt is inclined to be smooth and exudes very little gum, as far as
seen, and is reputed to be poor in tannin.

The timber is pale coloured right to the heart, as far as seen.
Tt will be described subsequently.

The flowers, bark, seeds and timber all emit an alliaceous odour
when fresh, reminding one of Dysoxylon rufum.

Its closest affinity is with A. benervata, which it resembles in
the penniveined reticulations of the phyllodes and in the flowering
racemes, but differs from it in individual flowers, pod and seed.

It ranks with A. excelsa in size and the shape of the seed and
aril, but differs in the nervation of phyllodes, peduncles and

flowers.

BY J. H. MAIDEN. 339

Its botanical position is perhaps between A. binervata and A.
flavescens, which latter it approaches in nervation of its phyllodes.
From the great size of this tree it was at first thought to be A.
excelsa, but the nervation, size and shape of phyllodes as well as
the inflorescence and pods do not agree with that species.

Analysis Showing Affinities to and Differences from Cognate
Specres.

A. EXCELSA.

Size: A large forest tree. Branchlets terete, glabrous. Phyl-
lodes oblong, falcate, obtuse, mucronate, narrowed at the base, 2 to
3 inches long, 4 to # inch broad, thinly coriaceous, 5- to 7-nerved
or faintly veined between them. Jnflorescence - Peduncles solitary
in pairs or clusters. lowers 20 to 30, petals distinct, smooth;
sepals distinct; 5-merous. Pod 3 lines broad. Seed ovate, longi-

tudinal; funicle short and filiform, neither folded nor enlarged.

A. LAURIFOLIA, Willd.

Size: A tree. Pranchlets scarcely angular. Phyllodes obliquely
ovate-oblong, 7-8 nerved, emarginate at the apex, and oblique at
the base. Jnjlorescence : Peduncles usually solitary. Pod falcate,

moniliform.
A. -BAKERI.

Size: A large brush tree. Branchlets flattened, angular.
Phyllodes obtuse, broadly lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, 2 to
6 inches long, 4 to 3 inches broad, thinly coriaceous, 2- or 3-nerved,
pinnately veined, margins thickened between the veins. Jnflor-
escence . Loose, elongated panicles or racemes, peduncles in clusters.
Flowers few, never more than 20, petals villous, sepals villous,
spathulate, 4-merows. Pod nearly 6 lines broad, thin, straight.
Seed ovate, longitudinal, funicle short and filiform, neither folded
nor enlarged.

A. BINERVATA.
Size: A tree. Branchlets terete. Phyilodes as in A. Bakeri,

but 3 nerves predominate. Inflorescence: Axillary racemes.
W

340 GIANT ACACIA FROM THE BRUNSWICK RIVER.

Flowers about 20, petals smooth, sepals glabrous. Pod $ inch
broad. Seed obovate, longitudinal, funicle folded and dilated

under seed.
A. OVARIA.

Size: A small tree. Branchlets angular. Phyllodes oblong,
falcate, 3-nerved, 2-3 inches long, } to 1 inch broad. Inflorescence -
Racemes short. lowers 30, globose, petals smooth. Pod hard,
3 to 5/inches long, -? inch broad. Seed elongated, arillus almost
encircling the seed in a double fold.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Plate xxXI.

ACACIA BAKERI.

Fig. 1.—Flowering twig.
Fig. 2.—The large form of phyllode, common in this species.
Figs. 3 and 4.—Individual flowers in progressive stages.
Fig. 5.—Pistil.
Fig. 6.—Pod.
Fig. 7.—Seed in situ.
Fig. §8.—Seed in longitudinal section.
(Figs. 3, 4 and 5 enlarged.)

341

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Edgar R. Waite exhibited a number of living “ Waltzing”
Mice, quite recently received from Japan, where these curious
animals appear to have originated. They were first made known
in Europe by M. C. Schlumberger, in 1893. Last year he pub-
lished a description with figures copied from Japanese ivory
carvings representing these mice (Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, 1894,
p. 63). M. Schlumberger’s mice and also Mr. Waite’s are white
variegated with black; the exhibitor had bred some entirely
white but with discernible faint fawn marks indicating what
portions would normally be black. These mice are constantly
rotating, and this trait constitutes the peculiarity which gives to
them their trivial name.

Mr. Maiden showed a series of botanical specimens in illustra-,
tion of his paper.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of the beetles described in
his paper, and drawings of six of them in different stages of their
life-history. Also, some pine resin from the stems of F’renella
robusta, collected near Wagga, N.S.W., and sent to the Techno-
logical Museum, in which are enclosed and beautifully preserved
a large number of insects, at least eight different species of
Formicidie, Mutila sp., Chalcrs sp., besides about twenty different
species of Coleoptera.

Mr. Masters exhibited a very attractive collection of 420 species
of Coleoptera collected by him during a stay of five days at Black-
heath, Blue Mts.

Mr. Fred. Turner sent for exhibition flowering and fruiting
specimens of a plant (Adriana acerifolia, Hook.) suspected of
poisoning cattle. He also communicated the particulars of two
cases in each of which the patient had been authoritatively pro- .
nounced by two medical men to be suffering from hydatids, and
an operation recommended, but, it was asserted, relief had been
otherwise obtained from the use of a decoction prepared from

342 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

the leaves and stems of Goodenia ovata, Sm., locally called

‘“‘Native Hops.”
Mr. North sent for exhibition the eggs described in his paper.

Mr. Fletcher exhibited specimens of a Land Nemertine obtained
by Mr. R. Helms at Pretty Point, Mt. Kosciusko Plateau, pro-
bably Geonemertes australiensis, Dendy. Also specimens collected
by himself near Gosford, of a richer darker red than even the
reddest examples of Geoplana sanguinea, Moseley, for which when
quiescent the animal otherwise might on casual examination
fairly pass. The only other record for New South Wales, is of
a similar red specimen obtained by Mr. R. Helms in the Rich-
mond River District some years ago.* Professor Spencer had
obtained some Tasmanian examples which were longitudinally
striped with red; but all the examples from New South Wales yet
.seen, with the exception of those from Mt. Kosciusko, are still

more pigmented.

* P.L.8.N.S.W. 1891. Second Series. Vol. vi., p. 167.

343

WEDNESDAY, JUNE 26ru, 1895.

—————

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday even-
ing, June 26th, 1895.

Professor T. W. E. David, B.A., F.G.S., Vice-President in the
Chair.

Mr. J. Jennings and Mr. J. B. R. Garland were introduced as

visitors.

DONATIONS,

Pharmaceutical Journal of Australasia. Vol. viii. (1895), No.
5. From the Editor.

University of Melbourne—Examination Papers: Final Honour,
Degrees, &., February, 1895; Matriculation, May, 1895. From
the University.

Société Hollandaise des Sciences & Harlem—Archives Néerlan-
daises. T. xxix. 1° Liv. (1895). From the Society.

Société Royale de Géographie d’Anvers—Bulletin. T. xix. 4™¢
Fasc. (1895). Prom the Society.

Société d’Horticulture du Doubs, Besangon—Bulletin. nis,
No. 52 (April, 1895). From the Society.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane—Botany Bulletin. No.
x. (May, 1895); Bulletin. Second Series, No. 5 (April, 1895).
From the Secretary for Agriculture.

344 DONATIONS.

University of Sydney—Calendar for 1895. From the Uni-
versity.

College of Science, Imperial University, Japan—Journal. Vol.
vi. Part 4 (1895). From the Director.

Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg—Mémoires. Tome xiv.
No. I (1895): Bulletin. T. xii. Nos. 4-7 et Supplément au T.
xill. (1894). From the Committee.

Société Belge de Microscopie—Bulletin. T. xxi. Nos. 4-6
(1894-95). From the Society.

Royal Microscopical Society—Journal, 1895, Part 2 (April).
From the Society. ;

Entomological Society of London—Transactions, 1895. Part
1. From the Society.

Journal of Conchology. Vol. viii. No. 1 (January, 1895).
From the Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney—Annual Report
for 1894. From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xii. No. 2 (May, 1895). From
the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victorra.

Royal Society of London—Proceedings. Vol. lvii. Nos. 342-
344, From the Soctety.

Geological Society of London—Quarterly Journal. Vol. li.
Part 2, No. 202.: Geological Literature. June-December, 1894.
From the Society. :

Senckenbergische Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Frankfurt
a/ M.—Abhandlungen. xvii. Bd., ii. Heft (1894). From the
Society. |

Naturhistorischer Verein der Preussischen Rheinlande, West-
falens und des Reg. Bez., Osnabrick—Verhandlungen. Jahrg.
li. Erstes Halfte. rom the Society.

Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte. 1891, 11. Bd., 3 Heft; 1894, i.
Bd. 3 Heft; ii. Bd. 2 Heft. From the Hditor.

¢ DONATIONS. 345

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. viii. (1895), Nos. 10-11.

From the Government Secretary.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrg. No, 474 (May, 1895).
From the Editor.

Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College—Bulletin.
Wolke, No, 15 (1895). Vol. xxv. No. 12 (1895): Vol. xxvi.
No. 2 (April, 1895). From the Curator.

Asiatic Society of Bengal—Journal. Vol. lxi. Part i, Extra
No. (1892); Vol. lxiii. Part i, No. 4; Part ii., No. 4 (1894): Pro-
ceedings, 1894. Part x. (Dec.); 1895, Nos. 1.-i. (Jan.-Mar.)
From the Society.

Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. Vol. vi. (1895), Part 5.
From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Royal Society of New South Wales—Journal and Proceedings.
Vol. xxvii. (1894). From the Socvety.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. No. 114 (June,
1895). From the Editor.

State Board of Fish Commissioners, Michigan—Eleventh
Biennial Report (1895). rom the Commission.

Royal Society of Queensland—Proceedings. Vol. xi. Part 1
(1895). From the Socrety.

Pamphlet entitled “ Australian Hepialide.” By A. Sidney
Olliff. From the Author.

Zoological Society of London—Abstract, 7th May, 1895. From
the Socrety.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu Bremen—Abhandlungen.

xiii. Bd., 2 Heft (1895); xv. Bd., | Heft (1895). From the Society.

Société Linnéenne de Normandie—Bulletin. 4° Série. Vol.
vill (1895). From the Society.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. No. 341 (May, 1895). From
the Editors.

346 DONATIONS.

American Museum of Natural History—Bulletin. Vol. vu.
Sig. 5-9, pp. 65-144 (1895). From the Museum.

Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles— Bulletin. xx™* Année,
No. 7 (May, 1895). rom the Society.

Australian Museum—Report of Trustees for the year 1894.
From the Museum.

Pamphlet entitled “On the Significance of the Proliferated
Epithelium in the Fetal Mammalian Jaw.” By R. Broom, M.B.,
B.Sc. From the Author.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW ARANEIDA OF NEW
SOUTH WALES. No. 5.

By W. J. RAINBOW.

(Plates XXII.-XXIII.)

Family EPEIRID 2.
Genus N rE PHILA, Leach.
NepHItA FLETCHERI, sp.nov.

(Plate xxu. figs. 1, la.)

Q. Cephalothorax, 8 mm. long, 5 mm. broad; abdomen, 12 mm.
long, 6 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax dark mahogany-brown, thickly clothed with
hoary hairs; caput elevated, rounded on sides and upper part,
deeply compressed at junction of cephalic and thoracic segments,
forming deep, sublateral indentations; these latter only thinly
furnished with short, hoary hairs; at posterior extremity of
cephalic segment there are two coniform tubercles of dark
mahogany colour. Clypews broad, moderately convex, clothed
with hoary pubescence, indented laterally; a deep, broad, trans-
verse groove at centre; indentations and grooves sparingly pubes-
cent. Marginal! band narrow, fringed with hoary hairs.

Eyes of an opaline tint, placed on dark rings; the four central
eyes are seated on a moderately convex eminence, and form an
almost quadrangular figure; of these the front pair are somewhat
the smallest, and are separated from each other by about twice
their individual diameter; the posterior pair are also divided by
a distance equal to twice their individual diameter; the lateral
pairs are much the smallest, and are placed obliquely on small
tubercles, but are not contiguous.

348 NEW ARANEIDE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

Legs long, slender, yellow-brown; trochanters sparingly pubes-
cent, few short spines; femora thickly clothed with long yellow
hairs, and armed with rather short spines; t¢bia/ joints armed with
short spines and bristles; metatars: and tarsi dark brown, thickly
clothed with short dark brown bristles; swperior tarsal claws
moderately long, curved and pectinated; inferior claw sharply
curved. Relative lengths of legs 1, 2, 4, 3; of these the third pair
are much the shortest.

Falces dark brown, approaching bistre, somewhat conical, diver-
gent at apex; the margins of the furrows of each falx are armed
with a row of five teeth.

Mazxille yellow-brown, outer margins bistre, rather longer than
broad, divergent; few coarse dark hairs.

Lubium yellow-brown, longer than broad, about half the length
of maxille; furnished with a few short dark hairs.

Sternum yellow-brown, shield-shaped, outline sinuous; surface
uneven, sparingly clothed with white pubescence.

Abdomen ovate, moderately convex, projecting over base of
cephalothorax; superior surface sparingly pubescent, yellow-brown,
somewhat darker towards posterior extremity; ornamented with
17 spots, and, from near centre to posterior extremity, five indis-
tinct parallel, though somewhat uneven, lines; of the former there
are Six conspicuous spots and 11 minute ones; the larger ones are
distributed in three pairs, the first of which is seated well forward;
between the individuals comprising the first pair there is a minute
spot; below the first pair there are six minute spots, arranged in
two rows, the first of which contains four individuals, and is
slightly curved; the second pair are placed near the centre, and
each spot of the first and second pairs are relieved by an almost
circular yellow patch or disc, rather more than its own diameter;
the third pair are seated lower down, but are not nearly so dark
as those of the first and second pairs, nor are they relieved in like
manner; towards the posterior extremity there are two smaller
and less distinct pairs; the parallel lines or markings commence
at a point above second pair of spots, and run midway between

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 349

them; at their commencement the design represents a bifurcated
figure, the two outer lines forming a junction just between the
spots referred to, from whence they suddenly open out; the centre
line commences below junction of outer lines, and terminates at a
point rather lower down at posterior extremity than its neigh-
bours, the two other lines start at a point about midway between
second and third pairs of spots, from whence they open out, and
intersect the outer and centre lines; in addition to the lines
described, there are also faint oblique and transverse uneven
markings both above and below third pair of distinct spots; sides
yellowish, mottled with brown, dark brown patches in places;
ventral surface dark brown, interspersed with yellow; a broad
transverse yellow band, uneven in outline, extends immediately
below branchial opercula, the band is curved posteriorly; above
the region of spinnerets there is a second, transverse, yellow band,
but this is much narrower and more even in outline than the
former; this band is much more curved than the former, the
curvature being directed forward; there are also two yellow
patches closely contiguous to base of spinners.

Hab.—New England District, N.S. W.

I have very much pleasure in associating this specimen with
the name of my esteemed contemporary, J. J. Fletcher, Esq.,
M.A., B.Sc., to whom I am indebted, not only for the one herein
described, but also for other interesting specimens, as well as
much valuable assistance in other directions.

Nepuita EDWARDSII, sp.nov.
(Plate xx11. figs. 2, 2a.)

Q. Cephalothorax, 8 mm. long, 5mm. broad; abdomen, 14 mm.
long, 7 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax and eyes similar to V. Fletcheri.

Legs long, slender, brown with yellow annulations at joints;
trochanters moderately hairy, few short spines; femora thickly
clothed with rather long dark hairs and spines; tibial joints, —
yellow annulations at commencement, below dark brown, approach-
ing sepia, thickly furnished with long dark hairs or bristles and

350 NEW ARANEIDH® OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

spines; metatarst and tarst dark brown approaching sepia, thickly
clothed with dark bristles; superior tarsal claws moderately long,
curved and pectinated; inferzor claw sharply curved. Relative
lengths 1, 2, 4, 3; of these the first pair are the longest, the
second and fourth pairs coequal; third pair much the shortest.

Palp: moderately long, similar in colour and armature; terminal
claw slightly curved, and armed with four teeth near the base cn
the underside.

Falces dark brown, vertical, somewhat conical, divergent at
apex; the margins of the furrows of each falx armed with a row
of five teeth.

Maxille dark brown, approaching bistre, rather longer than
broad, divergent, fringed with rather long black hairs.

Labium dark brown, longer than broad, about the length of
maxillee.

Sternum shield-shaped, sparingly hairy, tubercular, yellow-
brown; dark brown patch at centre.

Abdomen ovate; moderately convex, projecting over base of
cephalothorax; superior surface pubescent, light brown, orna-
mented by a large number of symmetrically disposed punctures,
six of the largest of which are situated tolerably well forward,
forming a somewhat triangular figure; immediately above these
there are 12 smaller punctures forming an arch, and immediately
underneath seven minute ones arranged in the following order :—
1, 2, 1, 2, 1; in addition to these there are 11 other punctures as
large as those comprising the triangular figure, disposed in three
rows, each slightly curved, the curvature being directed forward;
of these the first row, which is situated near the centre, contains
three, and the second and third four each; besides the punctures
herein described the posterior portion of the abdomen is further
ornamented by four tolerably distinct longitudinal parallel lines
or markings; each lateral line commences at the centre of the
lateral punctures of the first row of three, and running to the tip
of the abdomen intersects each lateral puncture of the second and
third rows; the inner lnes commence as a single one at a point

—. o
ge a

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 351

above the centre puncture of the first row, intersecting it, and
continue as such until near the two inner punctures of the second
row, where it opens out and forms two lines; from thence they
proceed to the extremity of the abdomen, intersecting each punc-
ture; laterally the colour, towards the dorsal surface, is a shade
darker, but lower down a rich nut-brown colour prevails; the sides
are ornamented with yellowish wavy markings; ventral surface
dark brown, with yellowish lateral and transverse markings.
Epigyne a transverse, oval, dark brown eminence, concave within.

Hab.—Sydney.

The specimen described above was obtained by Dr. C. A.
Edwards, M.D., M.R.C.S., Edin., of Waverley, and it affords me
great pleasure in connecting his name with it. To the same
gentleman I am indebted for many other interesting specimens
and much valuable information as the result of personal and
independent observation.

NEPHILA VENTRICOSA, Q. et Q., sp.nov.

(Plate xxi. figs. 1, la, 2, 2a.)

6. Cephalothorax, 2mm. long, 15mm. broad; abdomen, 2 mm.
long, 1-5 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax convex. Caput yellow, furnished with few short
yellowish hairs, normal grooves and indentations indistinct.

Clypeus dark brown.

Eyes prominent, glossy black, the four centrals form a somewhat
quadrangular figure; lateral pairs much the smallest, placed
obliquely on minute tubercles; not contiguous.

Legs long, slender, tapering to a point, yellowish, furnished
with rather long hairs and spines; superior tarsal claws long,
curved and pectinated; inferior claw sharply curved. Relative
lengths 1, 2, 4, 3; the second and fourth pairs are coequal, or
nearly so, while the third pair is by far the shortest.

Palpi: humeral joint slender, yellow, few black hairs and
slender bristles; nearly twice as long as cubital and radial joints

352 NEW ARANEIDE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

together; of these two latter, the radial is rather the longer, and
each is similar in colour to humeral joint; two large bristles
project from radial joint, the shorter directed outwards, and
curving slightly backward, the longer and stronger one curved
and directed forward; digital joint twice as long as the three
former, dark brown, hairy; palpal organs simple, bulb large, hairy
on upper-side, glossy underneath, terminated by a long flagellum;
bulb hairy, concave on inner side; curving over bulb from basal
end is a long, stout, dark process.

Falces yellowish, long, vertical, divergent at apex.

Masxille yellowish, outer margins dark, longer than broad,
divergent, few coarse dark hairs. |

LIabium yellow, longer than broad, rather more than half the
length of maxillee.

Sternum yellow, shield-shaped, furnished with few rather long
coarse hairs.

Abdomen ovate, moderately convex, hairy, projecting over base
of cephalothorax, dark brown, mottled with yellow.

//ab.—Sydney.

Q. Cephalothorax, 9mm. long, 7 mm. broad; abdomen, 22 mm.
long, 13 mm. broad.

Cephalothorax black, clothed with hoary hairs. Caput elevated,
rounded on sides and upper part, truncated in front, sides furnished
with hoary hairs, apex glossy black; at junction of cephalic and
thoracic segments there are two coniform tubercles. Clyneus
broad, moderately convex, thickly clothed with hoary hairs; there
are central and lateral depressions, the former sensibly the deepest; °
depressions black and devoid of hairs. Marginal band rather
broad, clothed and fringed with hoary hairs.

Eyes with pearl-grey lustre; distributed as in WV. Fletcheri and
NV. Edwardsi.

Legs long, yellow, annulated with dark brown, furnished with
rather long hairs and short spines; the former are longest at the
sections where the annulations occur; the t¢bial jounts, metatarse,

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 353

and tarsi dark brown, approaching sepia; tarsal claws as in WN.
Fletchert and N. Edwardsw. Relative lengths 1, 2, 4, 3.

Pali moderately long; humeral and cubital joints yellowish,
the others dark brown, approaching sepia; similar in armature to
legs.

Falces black, glossy, vertical, divergent at apex; armed with a
row of five teeth along each margin of the furrow of the falx
wherein the fang lies concealed when at rest.

Maxille sepia, inner margins yellowish, longer than broad,
divergent; a few coarse dark hairs on outer margins.

Labium dark, glossy, yellowish patch in centre, about half the
length of maxille; furnished with few rather long dark hairs.

Sternum orange-yellow, dark irregular transverse band at
middle, shield-shaped, tuberculate. >

Abdomen ovate, exceedingly convex, projecting over base of
cephalothorax, pale yellow, somewhat darker at posterior extremity,
clothed with minute hairs; dorsal surface ornamented with a
curved row of 10 minute dark spots towards anterior extremity;
seated lower down are two other dark spots, much larger than
those of the curved series, and each is relieved by a circular pale
yellow patch or disc at the upper margin, in a somewhat lateral
position; from the lower lateral margin of each spot there extends
in an outward oblique direction a short slightly curved line,
terminating with a minute spot; immediately between the
curved lines there is a short straight longitudinal line; at the
centre of dorsal surface there are other two dark spots, more
widely removed than former pair, and each is also relieved by a
circular pale yellow patch or disc; midway between these two
latter spots, and connecting them, is a series of longitudinal
parallel and curved markings, which proceed therefrom and termi-
nate at posterior extremity (vide fig. 2, Pl. xxi1.); near posterior
extremity, and inside lateral longitudinal lines, there are two
small yellow discs separated from each other by two parallel lines;
laterally the abdomen is much darker, and is ornamented with
four broad white irregular bands; ventral surface dark brown,

354 NEW ARANEIDZ OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

ornamented about midway between branchial opercula and
spinnerets with a yellowish transverse, slightly curved band, the
lateral extremities of which are somewhat abruptly directed
towards posterior extremity. Hpigyne a dark brown, glossy,
transverse oval eminence, concave within.

Hab.—Sydney.

The spiders of the genus Vephila are undoubtedly one of the
most interesting groups of Australian orb-weavers, both as regards
their size, beauty and webs. Representatives of the genus abound
in tropical and sub-tropical regions, often occurring in communi-
ties, and constructing their webs closely together, occasionally
within reach, but not infrequently from 10 to 20 feet from the
ground, and always in a position exposed to the rays of the sun.
The snares are bright yellow, and so remarkably viscid as to
follow the point of a needle; they vary in diameter from three
feet upwards, while the supporting lines or guys sometimes
measure from 10 to 12 feet.*

So strong are these snares that small birds are occasionally
entrapped by them. The writer on one occasion saw a young
bird that had been newly caught in the web of a Nephi/a in the
vicinity of Sydney. Jt was in vain the unhappy bird struggled
to free itself from the toils; the more it fought, the more hopeless
became its position, while the damage inflicted upon the web was
considerable. And the spider itself was evidently afraid of the
victim. It had taken its position in the usual spot—the centre—
its huge legs spread out, covering a space of four or five inches.
Occasionally it ran from the centre towards the struggling bird,
but speedily retraced its steps. All this time the spider was
throwing threads around the body of the victim, and rapidly
enveloping its head and wings. As a result the struggles became
less desperate, until at length they ceased, death resulting ap-
parently from exhaustion. Bushmen have assured the writer

* According to Griffe, a large species of Hpeira occurs in the Fiji
Islands, which constructs a strong web often 30 feet or more in diameter.
Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. in Wien, xvi. p. 500. [Doubtless one of the Nephile.
—W.J.R.]

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 355

that, riding through the bush in the autumn, they have seen
skeletons of small birds hanging in the webs of “ triantelopes,” as
they are pleased to call them. Mr.J. A. Thorpe, of the Australian
Museum, Sydney, has informed the author that at Madden’s, near
Belle Plains, he has met with specimens of the emu wren (Sézp-
turus malachurus) entangled in the sticky meshes of the webs of
spiders of the genus WVephila; also at Cape York, he had seen
several of the blue-warblers, notably Malurus amabilis, Gould,
and M. Brownit, Vig. e¢ Horsfield, that had fallen victims in a like
manner. It must be noted, however, that it is only young birds
or those of a weak wing-power that are so captured. An Indian
writer states that in many unfrequented dark nooks of the jungle
the traveller comes across most perfect skeletons of small birds
caught in the powerful snares of the Vephile, the strong folds of
which prevent the delicate bones from falling to the ground after
the wind and weather, together with other agencies, have dispersed
the flesh and feathers. Further, a naturalist, writing under the
nom-de-plume ‘“ H. A. H.,” from Cashar, to the Aszan, stated that
he had “received from a neighbouring planter an adult female
of the three-toed Kingfisher which was found entangled in a
spider’s web. Although true Kingfishers, these lovely birds feed
largely on insects. Curiously enough,” continued the writer, “the
stomach of the last bird I preserved contained a large brown
spider. Doubtless the bird went either for the spider or some
insect caught in the web, and got entangled in the sticky
meshes.”

Some writers on this subject have supposed, and even boldly
asserted, that birds so caught were devoured by the spiders in
whose webs they had become entrapped, but this conclusion is in
my opinion erroneous. In 1834 the late W. 8S. Macleay, F.Z.S.,
in a paper* communicated to the Zoological Society, London,
wrote :—“ Now, it is certainly possible that the net of Vephila
should, in accord with Labat’s account, accidentally arrest such
small birds as are several species of Trochilide; but I do not

* Trans. Zool. Soc. 1834, pp. 192-3.

356 NEW ARANEIDZ OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

believe that a spider would touch them. My garden, I repeat, is
full of these Vephile in autumn, and I tried to regale one of them
with a small species of Spherio dactylus by putting it into
her net. The spider on feeling the threads vibrate with the
struggles of the lizard instantly approached and enveloped it in
her web. As soon, however, as it was thus disabled, my Wephila
seemed to become aware of her mistake, and losing ng time in
cutting the lines, allowed her prisoner to fall to the ground.”
This conclusion, however, Mr. Macleay felt called upon six years
later to withdraw, for in a letter to W. E. Shuckard, Esq.,* dated
Sydney, 7th April, 1840, he stated that :—‘“In the vicinity of
Sydney he had met with a true bird-catching spider, he having
himself found one of the Hpe:rde actually devouring one of the
young of the Zosterops that had recently flown from the nest; and
which is not a solitary instance, as his father, A. Macleay, Esq.,
had previously observed a similar fact.”

It is abundantly clear from the foregoing that the snares of
certain spiders arrest the young of certain birds, as also those of
a weak wing-power, but the author is decidedly of opinion that
the spiders in question do not obtain or receive nourishment from
their ornithological victims. The webs are not set with the object
of catching any such game. ach snare is placed in its position
by the unerring instinct of the spider, simply because the situation
is such as will assure abundance of food in the shape of insects,
and it is merely an accident when a bird becomes ensnared in the
toils.

T do not deny that a Mephila has been observed with its fangs
plunged in the body of an ensnared bird, but that is not evidence
ipso facto that it was making a meal. It is more than likely,
indeed, that it attacks the bird, when it can safely do so, for the
purpose of injecting its poison, thus hastening death, and prevent-
ing the victim from too seriously injuring its web. Moreover, it
must be noted that when any insect becomes entangled in the web
of a Nephila the spider rushes upon the intruder, and plunging

* Lardner’s ‘‘ Cabinet Cyclopedia,” p. 382.

ta)

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 357

her fangs therein, maintains her grasp until death ensues; there-
upon she envelopes the body in her thread and bears it to a quiet
spot, where she can devour in peace her spoil. This scene could
hardly be enacted by the largest Wephila on the smallest bird
known. Such, however, is my belief, and I feel certain that any
who will observe for themselves, and closely watch the subject,
will ultimately bear out my view of the case. It is, unhappily,
too often a fact that observers are in many instances prone to
hasty conclusions, and in recording these, render unsatisfactory,
or even useless, observations that might otherwise be of immense
value as data.

The webs of these spiders are composed of two kinds of silk;
one yellow, exceedingly viscid, and elastic; the other white, dry,
and somewhat brittle. The latter is used in the construction of
the framework, guys, and radii, and the former the concentric
rings or spirals. The spirals are exceedingly numerous, and as a
rule somewhat less than one-third of an inch distant from each
other. Between every eight or ten of these circles there is a
white thread, which, however, does not form a complete circle, but
is looped up and returned in an opposite direction to a corres-
ponding point on the other side of the web. These white lines
are put in before the yellow ones are constructed, and doubtless
serve to strengthen the huge mesh.

As the result of experiments with the American species,
Nephila plumipes, Professor Wilder proved* that these spiders
have the power of regulating the thickness of the thread voided,
and also that they can produce either yellow or white silk at will,
and he even succeeded in drawing off both by artificial means. The
Professor wound off silk from the species mentioned for an hour
and a quarter, at the rate of six feet per minute, making a total
of 450 feet, or 150 yards. This he afterwards removed from the
quill for the purpose of ascertaining its weight, and it was found
to be one-third of a grain. It was ascertained that it was impos-
sible to reel off more than 300 yards of silk from a spider at one

* Proc. Bost. Nat. Hist. Vol. x. p. 200.

358 NEW ARANEIDE OF NEW SOUTH WALES,

time; but this evidently did not exhaust the supply, for on opening
the abdomen the glands were found to be still partially filled.
Further experiments led this enthusiastic naturalist to believe
that WV. plumipes could be bred in large numbers and utilised for
its silk, and for this purpose he suggested that each spider be
kept by herself in a wire ring surrounded by water, fed with flies
bred for the purpose from old meat, and milked each day of her
silk. Every day or two each spider should be taken down, put
into a pair of stocks, and milked of its thread until it no longer
yielded. By adopting this plan an ounce of silk might be obtained
from each spider during the summer. The silk thus reeled off is
much smoother and more brightly coloured, as well as finer
than that of the silkworm. Several threads would have to be
twisted together to obtain one of workable thickness. Although
the yellow silk when present in the web is so remarkably viscid
and flexible, the same material when drawn off artificially is quite
dry and far less elastic.

Now, while it is possible to breed spiders of this or any other
genus, and to obtain silk in the manner suggested, the difficulties
in the way are far too great for any serious effort in the direction
indicated by Wilder, as the space needed for keeping each spider
by herself, and the amount of labour necessary to provide them
with living food, and to draw off the silk, would render the
product too expensive for use.

Spiders of the genus Nephzla, when in captivity, become quite
tame, and soon learn to distinguish their attendant. I have kept
numbers of them, and have noticed that, although at first very
shy, they quickly learned to take food from the hand, and also
water when offered to them on a small camel-hair brush. Exceed-
ingly voracious naturally, they can nevertheless exist for many
days without either food or water. |

The males of this genus are veritable pigmies in comparison
with the females, though in proportion to their size, the legs of
the latter are considerably longer; the markings of the male, while
similar in many cases to that of the female, are not as distinct,
but run together and appear darker.

BY W. J. RAINBOW. 359

In autumn these spiders pair. The sexes usually inhabit the
same web for a considerable time, the female occupying her
customary position in the centre, and the male taking up quarters
on the upper edge of the web. Before running down to the
female he tries the tension of the web with his feet, after which
he proceeds nimbly and lightly, so as not to attract her attention
or disturb her in any way, climbs upon her back, and contents
himself for a while in moving about in a seemingly objectless
manner. During these proceedings she is not all resentful, but
apparently disdains all notice. Hmboldened by her apparent
indifference he endeavours to climb down to the underside of her
abdomen, whereupon she immediately shows fight. In an
encounter with an adversary of such prodigious proportions in
comparison with himself, it is obvious he would be no match; he
therefore scrambles off as quickly as possible, and dropping out of
the web, remains suspended in the air, or resting upon an adjacent
leaf or branch for some time, after which he renews the attack.

¢ not infrequently happens that he has to repeat his efforts

several times, and from these he rarely retires scathless, often
losing two or three legs. Ultimately, however, he succeeds in
attaching himself in the requisite position, and performing the
necessary act of fecundation.

Towards the end of April or the beginning of May, the
cocoons are constructed. In WNephila Hdwardsii, the ovisac is
about 32, in. in length, oval, bright golden yellow, and surrounded
by an immense quantity of loose silk of a like colour. The cocoons
contain from 500 to 1000 eggs. After hatching the spiderlings live
together for two or three weeks, spin a web in common, and eat
one another or any small insects that may come their way. After
this the survivors separate, and each constructs a web on her
own account.

The following is a list of the described Nephile of Australia
previous to the publication of the present paper. Those species
marked with an asterisk have been described and figured by Koch
in Band I. of his admirable work, “‘ Die Arachniden Australiens.”
Localities outside Australia are in italics :—

360 NEW ARANEIDHZ OF NEW SOUTH WALES.

NV. venosa,* pp. 148-9, T. xii. figs. 1, la; Brisbane, Port Mackay,
and Ovalau. |

XN. victorialis,* pp. 150-1, T. xii. figs. 3, 3a, 3b; Rockhampton.

NV. nigritarsis,* pp. 152-3, T. xii. figs. 4, 4a, 46; Rockhampton
and Port Mackay.

NV, flagetlans,* pp. 153-6, T. xii. 4. figs. 5, 5a, 5b; O. tiesaGy oa,
Sydney.

NV. fuscipes,* pp. 156-7, T. xiii. figs. 1, la; Port Mackay, Rock-
hampton, Bowen, and Pelewinseln.

NV. imperatriz,* pp. 159-60, T. xii. 3, 3a, 36, 3c; Rockhampton.

NV. aurosa,* pp. 160-2, T. xiii. fig. 4; Port Mackay.

NV. procera,* pp. 162-3, T. xiv. fig. 1; Port Mackay.

NV. sulphurosa,* pp. 163-5, 'T. xiv. fig. 2; Port Mackay.

NV. tenurpes,* pp. 165-6, T. xiii. figs. 5, 5a; Port Mackay.

NV. Cunninghami (W.8. Macleay), King’s ‘Survey of Australia,”
Vol. II. pp. 468-9. [Locality not given. |

Norzt.—In Vol. VIII. (Series 2nd), P.L.S.N.S.W., pp. 292-3,
Pl. x. figs. 4, 4a, 40, 4c, 4d, 4e, 4f, under the title of ‘ Descriptions
of Some New Araneidee of New South Wales (No. 3),” I described
and figured a new species of Stephanopis, for which I proposed
the name hirsuta. Since the publication of the paper referred to,
I find I have inadvertently used a preoccupied name. I now
propose that the species described shall be known as S. hispida.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE XXII.
Fig. 1. —Nephila Fletcher.

Fig. la.— A 5 profile of abdomen.
Fig. 2. — 5) LH Owardst.
Fig. 2a.— ‘A x profile of abdomen.

PLATE XXIII.

Fig. 1. —Nephila ventricosa 6.

Fig. la.— i, a maxillary palpus 3.
Fig. 2.— oo) 99 2 °
Fig. 2a.— me 5 profile of abdomen.

361

NOTES ON THE METHODS OF FERTILISATION OF
THE GOODENTIACE.

Parr II.
By Auex. G. HaAmILton.

(Plate xx1v.)

The interesting genus Dampiera is entirely Australian, and is
remarkably distinct and easily determined.

The calyx-tube is adnate to the ovulary, which is in nearly
every case l-celled. The corolla-tube is deeply slit; the two upper
lobes stand well above the lower three, and are closely pressed
together, the posterior margins folding in between the lobes, and
forming a cavity or auricle which encloses the style and indusium,
and which is of various degrees of complexity in different species.
The auricle may be taken as characteristic of the genus, for
although it is found in Goodenia, Velleya, and Anthotiwm, yet in
its highest development in those genera, it does not approach the
simplest form in Dampzera as regards completeness of structure.
The anterior margins of the upper lobe also fold under into the
tube of the corolla, projecting in such a manner as to cause the
auricles to separate when an insect forces its way into the tube.
The three lower lobes are spreading and usually broadly winged;
at their base the wings are narrower and puckered up by the close
approach of the lobes, forming guiding lines to the nectar. The
throat is always glabrous and free from hairs. The anthers are
connate round the style, although in very young buds they are
sometimes free, but the growth of the anthers locks them together
later on. The style is always glabrous, and often deeply coloured;
the indusium is never hairy on the outside as in every other genus
except Brunonia (and even in this there are hairs in the early

362 FERTILISATION OF THE GOODENIACE,

stages, which are deciduous), and rarely ciliate on the lip. The
lip of the indusium is shallow, and usually divided into two, or
sometimes four, by notches. The indusium and stigma are in
most species of a very dark colour. The stigma rarely grows out
to project beyond the indusium lips, which is also the case in
other plants of the order. The plants, with the exception of D.
diversifolia, De Vr., are always clothed with silky, cottony, woolly,
stellate or branching hairs on the calyx, and the outside of the
corolla (except the wings) and sometimes on the stems and leaves.
The flowers are almost always blue or purple. In the remarks on
the genus in Flora Australiensis [1] the colour is said to be blue,
purple, red, white, or rarely yellow. This latter colour I have
not seen in any fresh specimens (except in the tube), and in dried
plants it is very difficult to make out the colour. But from an
analysis of the descriptions in “ora Australiensis, it appears that
of the 34 species described, 23 are blue or purple, | white, and 1
(D. rosmarinifolia, Schl.) is said to be white, blue or red; while 9
have no colour mentioned.

The characteristic features by which they may be recognised
are the solitary ovules, connate anthers, the auricles, and the
hairless style and indusium.

From their dense covering of hairs they have the aspect of
desert plants, and judging by the number of species collected by
the Elder Expedition, they are plentiful in the arid interior of
Australia as compared with other genera of the order. And
many of the species of other genera occurring there are also
tomentose. The Census of Australian Plants [2] gives in all 38
species of the genus, which are distributed as follows :—West
Australia has 29 species, 26 of which are endemic; South Australia
5 species, none endemic (this number would probably be much
higher were the central parts of the colony collected over);
Victoria has 5 species, none endemic; Tasmania has 1 species
found elsewhere also; New South Wales has 7 species, 1 being
confined to the colony; Queensland has 6 species, 2 endemic;
and North Australia 1 species, ozcurring elsewhere also. From
this it will be seen that the head-ouarters of the genus is in West

BY A. G. HAMILTON. 363

Australia, and a close examination of all the species there would
doubtless reveal some interesting indications of the line of evolu-
tion. One or two such facts came under my notice in working
out some species from that colony. |

I have to thank Mr. C. Moore, F.L.S8., Director of the Botanical
Gardens, and Mr. C. T. Musson, F.L.S8., for specimens of several
New South Wales Dampieras and other Goodeniads, and through
the kindness of Mr. J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., Director of Technical
Education, and Mr. J. J. Fletcher, I have been enabled to
see and analyse the species of Dampvera collected by the
Elder Expedition, and presented to the herbaria of the Techno-
logical Museum and the Linnean Society. It is these and some
fresh New South Wales species that I propose to treat of in the
following notes.

1. Dampipra Brown, F.v.M.

In the young buds the stigma is button-shaped, no indusium
being visible, but a slight fosse shows across the top (Fig. 1). In
the next stage the indusium shows as a thin wall of irregular
height all round, but with a notch at each end, and at right
angles to the line of the stigmatic groove. During these stages
the whole pistil is green. At the next stage the indusium is
grown up level all round (Fig. 2), except at the notches, and both
indusium and stigma are coloured deep purple, but the style
remains green; the purple colour appears first on the stigma, and
spreads afterwards to the indusium. The style still continues to
elongate and passes into the auricle, the top of the style bending
over so as to bring the opening over the junction of the two
auricles. During this period the indusium closes by the opposite
segments (divided by the notches) approaching, and at last there
is only a small circular opening. The indusium has been packed
with pollen by growing up through the anthers while the mouth
was wide open, and when the stigma begins its outgrowth at this
period it forces the pollen out in a small worm-like string, which
when exposed to the air falls in powder into the auricles, where it
lies. An insect forcing its way into the tube of the flower presses

364 FERTILISATION OF THE GOODENIACE,

against the fold of the anterior margin and so moves the auricles
apart, when the pollen falls in a small shower on its thorax and
head. All these contrivances point towards insect-fertilisation,
but to complete the process one would imagine that the stigma
should now grow beyond the lips of the indusium and project as
has been described in Scevola and Selliera [5]. But in at least
ninety-five per cent. of the flowers the stigma does not project at
all beyond the mouth, and in many it does not grow up to the
level. Examination of large numbers of flowers just withering
showed the outside of the indusium, the stigma, and between the
stigma and the inner side of the walls of the indusium coated
evenly with pollen all over, and this was apparently caused by the
close fit of the auricles round the style applying the pollen, and
not by insect agency at all. I can only conjecture that the plant
is ordinarily self-fertilised, although occasionally cross-fertilisation
may occur from insect visits when the stigma is outgrown or near
the mouth of the indusium. From the firmness of the hold which
the auricles have upon the style, any insect would, in forcing its
way in, press hard against the style and might thus deposit pollen
upon the stigma, even though it was only at the mouth of the
indusium, instead of projecting as in other genera. It is usual to
find the auricles full of pollen where the flower and even the
style is withered, so that insects do not commonly exhaust the
pollen. The flowers are very sweetly scented, and there is a
considerable amount of moisture at the base of the petals, in
which, however, I could not detect any sweetness. As already
pointed out, the membranous edges of the three lower petals are
closely pressed together in the tube, and pucker go as to form
guiding ridges (Fig. 3). The flowers are much frequented by
Thrips. The auricles in the early bud are green, without any
deep concavity, and with a pale red spot where the deepest colour
occurs in the mature flower; this is indicated by the dotted oval
in Fig. 4, which represents a young auricle. In this stage it
resembles the mature auricle in D. linearis (Fig. 12). It gradually
darkens till it is a fine purple-red with the central part a purple-
black of wonderful intensity. This bears out Dr. A. R. Wallace’s

BY A. G. HAMILTON. 365

theory that the parts of an organism that have undergone the
most modification also show the greatest depth of colouring. The
flower-stalks and undersides of the leaves are densely covered
with stellate hairs; the upper-sides of the leaves are less thickly
covered, and the edges are armed with short thick conical hairs.
The calyx and lobes of corolla (but not the membranous wings)
are covered with dark olive-green branching hairs, resembling
those of D. luteiflora (Fig. 14).

Referring to this genus, Mr. Bentham says [3]: “ In Damprera
the summit of the style, when short in the buds, has the appear-
ance of an ordinary peltate stigma, except that it is not yet
papillose, flat and nearly circular, with the rudiment of the stigma
across the centre. It soon rises, the margins are raised into a
short almost two-lipped indusium; but I do not find that 1t carries
any pollen with it, and the stigma does not assume the perfect
appearance till the whole indusium and the stigma has ensconced
itself between the two upper petals, which closely embrace it by
means of two thickened concave appendages, requiring some
external agency to open them and give access to the pollen.”

This is a perfectly accurate description of the mechanism of the
flower, except that the pollen 2s carried by the up-growing style.
Indeed, in reading the paper I was struck with the correctness of
the descriptions of the process in all the genera; and it is all the
more remarkable when it is remembered that the author had
only dried plants to deal with.

After finishing the above account of D. Brownii, I observed a
fact which I had previously missed, but which is of great import-
ance. A very large proportion of the flowers of this species are
resupinate, so that the auricles are on the lower side and the three
other petals on the upper side of the flower. When a flower is
in this position it is manifestly impossible for the pollen accumu-
lated in the auricles to drop out on the insect. But on the other
hand, an insect visiting such a flower would be smeared on the
underside by the projecting stream of pollen coming out of the
indusium, and in visiting another flower in which all the pollen
had been exuded the pollen from other flowers would be left on

366 FERTILISATION OF THE GOODENIACE 4,

the indusium and would so have a chance of reaching the stigma, -
even if that organ did not grow out. It is remarkable, however,
that in the same plant some flowers should be resupinate and
others in the ordinary position. So far as I know of the other
genera only Leschenaultia has resupinate flowers.

2. DAMPIERA stTRicTA, R.Br.

This species on the whole resembles D. Brownz in its mechanism,
but with some minor differences. It grows in patches in swampy
ground, and flowers very freely, so that the masses are very
conspicuous. The colour is bright blue with a yellow eye. The
indusium has four notches (Fig. 6), and closes more completely
than in the last species (Fig. 7); the edges are not even, but
slightly ragged, and the shoulder of the indusium is papillose, as
shown in the figure. The auricles resemble those of D. Brown,
but have a fringe of sticky crimson hairs along the posterior
margin (Fig. 8) which are generally longer on the left-hand lobe
(looking from behind the flower). In this it resembles D. é20-
cephala. Guiding ridges are present in the tube of the corolla,
which is yellowish. The stem, calyx and centre of the outside of
the corolla-lobes are hairy, the hairs being either stellate or
branching. In the latter case they are very curious in form (Fig.
9). Iam at a loss to imagine what can be the function of the
trichomes on the edge of the margin, unless they are to exclude
small creeping insects, or to prevent moisture from gaining access
to the pollen, as mentioned later on. They certainly do not keep
Thrips out. The stigma rarely grows out level with the mouth
of the cup; the auricles are usually full of powdery pollen, and
the style and indusium evenly coated with it. The flowers spread
out in a horizontal plane. The process of fertilisation is as in
the last species so far as I can see—that is to say, usually self-
fertilisation obtains.

3. DAMPIERA LINEARIS, R.Br.

Of this species I have examined only dried specimens. The
calyx and corolla are covered with hairs resembling those of D.

BY A. G. HAMILTON. 367

luteiflora. The indusium is not two-lipped but continuous all
round, and shows an approach to ciliation (Fig. 11). The stigma,
in perfect flowers, is very near the mouth as shown in the figure.
As Thad flowers only to examine, I do not know how it is placed in
the bud. The auricle (Fig. 12) shows little differentiation, the wing
which forms it being merely folded inwards, and slightly hollowed
for the reception of the indusium. It is not coloured. In the
imperfect ciliation, it forms a link between Scevola and Goodenia
on the one hand, and the more complicated arrangements of the
typical Dampieras on the other. The margin indeed resembles
that of Scevola ovalifolia in early bud, where the cilia at first
exist as a thin membrane continuous all round the indusium,
which afterwards breaks up into separate cilia. The plant is
obviously well adapted for insect-fertilisation, as a pollen-coated
insect, pressing into the tube, could scarcely fail to leave pollen on
the stigma.
4. DAMPIERA sp!

An unnamed species from Yeodamie, W.A., in the Techno-
logical Museum Herbarium, has the auricle more developed (Fig.
13) and coloured, but not deeply; the indusium also is pale in
tint, and, as in D. linearis, there is an approach to ciliation of
the margin of the indusium. This species is closely covered with
cottony hairs. Like the last, it is probably insect-fertilised.

5. DAMPIERA LUTEIFLORA, F.v.M.

I have seen only dried specimens. The calyx, corolla and
stems are thickly covered with yellow hairs, mostly branching
(Fig. 14). The indusium is very short and two-lipped (Fig. 16).
I did not see an outgrown stigma, or even one level with the
mouth, but the amount of material at my disposal was so small
that it cannot be said certainly that it does not do so. But from
the shallowness of the indusium, this would be a matter of less
importance, and would not, as in some other species, be any
impediment to the deposit of pollen on the stigma by insect
agency. The shoulder of the indusium is papillose as in D.
stricta. ‘The auricle (Fig. 15) is rather simple. The indusium is
invariably full of pollen, and it is present also in the auricles.

368 FERTILISATION OF THE GOODENIACE4#,

6. Damprera LinscHorent, F.v.M.

Dried specimens only were examined. The plant is hairy on
the calyx and corolla, the hairs being branched. The indusium
is markedly two-lipped (Fig. 20), deep, and full of pollen.
The stigma in the one flower I had for examination was not
outgrown. The indusium is deeply coloured, and the colour runs
down the style a short distance. The auricles (Fig. 21) are
deeply coloured, and are considerably differentiated. This species,
therefore, falls in the group like D. Brownii, the members of
which are not perfectly adapted to insect visitors.

7. DAMPIERA ERIOCEPHALA, De Vr.

I have seen only dried specimens of this species. The plant is
remarkably hairy, being clothed, even on the leaves, with long
silky hairs, which are all simple, and usually pure white. The
tube of the corolla is bright yellow, and has guiding ridges. The
auricles are well developed (Fig. 19), and deep purple in colour.
They have trichomes (Fig. 18) on the posterior margin, as in D.
stricta. These are felted together at their bases, and there are
deep crimson, the free extremities being pink. Outside of these
the long silky hairs of the calyx are tangled together. The
indusium is dark coloured, but the style below is yellow. The
remarkable feature is that the indusium consists of very short
cilia, so that the stigma is exposed to the touch of any ansect
forcing the auricles apart. From this circumstance it is very
well adapted for insect-fertilisation, resembling D. linearis and D.
luteifora in this respect. I found all the stigmas I examined
coated with pollen, though none showed any outgrowth. But from
the small amount of material I had it would not be safe to infer

that it does not grow out.

8. DAMPIERA LORANTHIFOLIA, F.v.M.

I have seen dried specimens only. The calyx and exterior of
the corolla are thickly coated with white hairs. The petals form
ridges in the tube. The auricles are very complex, and very rich

BY A. G. HAMILTON. 369

crimson. The indusium is deep, two-lipped and dark red. The
stigma was not outgrown in any flowers I had, and pollen was
present in every instance.

9. DAMPIERA JUNCEA, Benth.

I have seen only a dried specimen, which was hairy all over,
although in Mora Australiensis it is described as “ glabrous
except the flowers or the young shoots, white tomentose.” In
the one flower which I have had an opportunity of seeing the
corolla was missing, but it is deseribed by Bentham as rather
large. The indusium was remarkable for its small size, being
little greater in diameter than the style; the stigma was outgrown
in a crescent. Neither indusium nor style was coloured. From
the outgrowth of the stigma, it is evidently adapted for fertilisa-
tion by insects. But it is scarcely safe to infer that the stigma
is always outgrown, as, in even D. Brownz, it sometimes does so,
and in this instance it might be an exceptional case which
presented itself.

10. DAMPIBRA ADPRESSA, A. Cunn.

Covered with long silvery hairs in all parts; these, however,
disappear from the leaves as they grow older. The auricles are
well developed. The indusium is deep, and two-lipped. The lips
flatten over the stigma when the cup is filled with pollen. No
outgrowth was seen in any flowers examined. This appears to
fall within the group in which self-fertilisation occurs more
usually than cross-fertilisation.

ll. Dampipra LANCEOLATA, A. Cunn.

The plant is hairy, the hairs on the calyx and exterior of the
corolla being branched. The corolla is purple, the tube being
yellow, and this colour extends to the wider part of the petals so
that there is a very decided eye. The margins of the petals in
the tube are ridged to form guiding lines. The auricles are well
developed, resembling those of D. stricta, and, as in that species,
there are trichomes on the posterior margins, which are not,

370 FERTILISATION OF THE GOODENIACE#,

however, deeply coloured. The colour is very deep purple. The
indusium is two-lipped, and in mature flowers closes, except for a
small central opening. In all the older flowers I examined the
indusium was full of pollen, and the auricles lined with a sheet of
adhering grains. ‘The indusium and stigma are purple, the style
below green. In no instance did I see the stigma outgrown,
or even so near the opening as to be capable of receiving pollen
from a visiting insect, so that this species also falls within the
eroup not fully adapted for insect-fertilisation; this is therefore
another species with arrangements for fertilisation complete
except at one point.

Summing up, it appears that in Damprera there is a complex
mechanism directed towards the accomplishment of cross-fertilisa-
tion by insects, and yet most species examined stop short of
completeness, from the stigma’s not growing out so as to be exposed
to the touch of pollen-laden visitors. Those examined may be
divided into two groups; those having either a shallow indusium
so that the stigma may be reached by insects; and those in which
the indusium is deep, and from the stigma’s not growing out,
incapable of being insect-fertilised. In the first of these groups
are D. linearis, sp. (2), eriocephala and juncea; in the latter D.
Brownii, stricta, luterflora, Linschotenr, loranthifolia, lanceolata,
and adpressa.

The various species I have examined show a gradation in the
completeness of adaptation of the various parts. Thus in the
auricles there is a progression from the simple fold with a slight
hollow in the centre (D. linearis) to the most complex arrange-
ment of folds, hairs and trichomes as in D. stricta and D. Brown.
And in those species which show this gradual increase of adapta-
tion, there is also a regular augmentation of colour in the auricles,
from the simplest with a patch of faint colour in the centre, to
the deep purple spread all over the auricle in the most complex
forms. This is also the case in the style, which varies from green
to purple, and the indusium, from pale red to purple. The stigma
is always coloured, in which the genus differs from almost every
other member of the order. The indusium also varies from the

BY A. G. HAMILTON. 371
shallow and simple ring of cilia to the perfectly closed and pro-
tected cup in D. Brownit, or D. stricta. This makes the fact that
the simplest and most open indusium (which may be looked upon
as the ancestral form of the genus or near it) is the more remark-
able, as it is best adapted for pollination by insects.

Grant Allen points out [4] that a high development of flower
usually goes with a reduction of the number of carpels or seeds,
because the plant is certain to be fertilised and so the seeds more
likely to arrive at maturity. This theory would appear to be
supported by Dampiera. The theory, strongly advocated by the
same author, that blue denotes the highest development in a
family, agrees well with the facts. Dampvzera is certainly one of
the highest developed, if not the very highest, of the order, and
as already pointed out blues and purples prevail in the genus.
The auricles, too, which are the most highly differentiated organs,
show the greatest depth of colour, and as this colour is hidden
from insects and cannot be intended as an attraction, I think it
may be fairly inferred that it is a concomitant of the high
development. It is significant that the indusium, and the auricles,
when present, in other members of the order, often show deep
tints of brown, red, and purple.

The pollen of all the species examined was small, round, and
after exposure to the air, dusty, and so is well adapted for falling
from the auricles in a shower on a visitor.

The genus, I think, gives a clue to the purpose of the hairs on
the style, and the exterior of the indusium (not the cilia, which
have a well defined function as pointed out in a previous paper
[5]) in the plants of the Goodeniacee. They occur in Velleya,
Goodenia, Sceevola, Selliera, Leschenaultia, and, sightly, in Aru-
nonia. Now in all these the style is wholly (or in those species
with auricles, partly) exposed to the air, rain and dew. But the
drops collecting in the flower are prevented by the hairs from
reaching the indusium and thus damaging the pollen, or clogging
it so that it could no longer fall freely. Even in those which
have auricles, rain falling on the style would run along to the

indusium but for the hairs. But in Dampiera only, the whole
¥

372 FERTILISATION OF THE GOODENIACE4,

style and indusium is closely—very closely—boxed up between
the auricles, and the line of junction covered by a closely pressed
clothing of hairs. It is possible that the trichomes on the
posterior margins of the auricles of D. stricta, D. eriocephala, and
_D. lanceolata subserve the same purpose. At any rate, I think
that the hairy styles occurring in flowers which are open to rain,
&c., and the glabrous ones in those which are perfectly protected,
is something more than a coincidence.

REFERENCES TO LITERATURE.
(1) BentHam and Muetuer. Flora Australiensis, Vol. iv. p. 106.

u
(2) Mueuuer, F.v. Second Systematic Census of Australian
Plants, p. 146.

(3) Benroam, G. “ Note on the Stigmatic Apparatus of Goode-
novue,” Journ. Linn. Soc. Botany, Vol. x. p. 205.

(4) AuLEeN, Grant. ‘Colours of Flowers,” Nature Series, 1882,
pp. 38 and 39.

(5) Hamitron, A. G. “Notes on Methods of Fertilisation of
Goodeniacee,” Part I. P.L.S.N.S.W. (2), Vol. ix. p. 201.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Dampiera Brown, F.v.M.

Fig. 1.--Top of style in early bud; a, from above.
Fig. 2.—Indusium when fully developed.

Fig. 3.—Guiding ridges in corolla.

Fig. 4.-—Young auricle.

Fig. 5.—Mature auricle.

Dampiera stricta, R.Br.

Fig. 6.-—Indusium open, from above.
Fig. 7.—Indusium closed, side view.
Fig. 8.—Trichomes on edge of auricles.
Fig. 9.—Calyx hairs.

Fig. 10.—Auricles, showing trichomes.

BY A. G. HAMILTON. Sho

Dampiera linearis, R.Br.
Fig. 11.—Indusium showing stigma.
Fig. 12.—Auricle.
Dampiera sp. (?)
Fig. 13.—Auricle.

Dampiera luteiflora, F.v.M.

Fig. 14.—Hairs from calyx.
Fig. 15.—Auricle.
Fig. 16.—Indusium.

Dampiera ertocephala, De Vr.

Fig. 17.—Indusium.
Fig. 18.—Trichomes.
Fig. 19.—Auricle.

Dampiera Linschotenii, F.v.M.

Fig. 20,—Auricle.
Fig. 21.—Top of indusium.

ON A FOSSIL MAMMAL ALLIED TO HYPSTIPRYUNUS,
BUT RESEMBLING IN SOME POINTS THE
PLAGIAULACID i.

By Ropert Broom, B.Sc., M.B., C.M.*

(Plate xxv.)

* This paper, by permission of the Council, has been withdrawn, to allow
of the incorporation of observations on some important, and in some
respects more perfect, material discovered shortly after it was read. The
new paper will appear in a later Part of this Volume. Plate xxv., in
illustration thereof, is held over for the present.—Ep,

374

ON SOME NEW OR HITHERTO LITTLE KNOWN
LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA OR
ADJACENT ISLANDS.

By C. F. Ancrey, ADMINISTRATEUR-ADJOINT, DraA-EL-M1zan,
ALGERIA.

(Communicated by C. Hedley. )

(Plate xxv1.)

Some time ago I received from a German dealer, under probably
unpublished names, the following land shells belonging to the
Papuan fauna. Although the exact localities of most of them
are unknown, they are, I think, from the German possessions of
New Guinea.

1. Papuina Hepteyi, E. A. Smith.
(Hic 1s)

Helix (Geotrochus) Hedleyt, Smith, Journ. of Conchology, Vol,
vil. 1892, p. 72, = Helix Canefriana, Dohrn, Cat. Staudinger
(unpublished).*

I take the opportunity of giving a figure of this little known
and very remarkable form from a specimen in my possession.
Smith’s description applies perfectly well to it, and the dimensions
given are just the same. My unique specimen appears, however,
to be of a darker colour, and the aperture is dark within; the
tuberculous columella is stained with pale violet or white in this
example, and the infra-sutural line is conspicuous in the penulti-
mate whorl as well as on the last, but fades on the upper ones.
I failed to detect any spiral impressed lines on the surface of the

* This synonymy is supported by Sykes. Journal of Malacology 1V.
Deol ceaey

BY C. F. ANCEY. 315

body whorl, which is, as Mr. Smith remarks, an individual rather

than specific character.
Loc.—(German ?) New Guinea, fide O. Staudinger.
Judging from its affinities, Mr. Smith declared it to come from

New Guinea; this statement is confirmed here.

2. PapuInA TUOMENSIS, n.sp.

Helix Tuomensis, Bttg., Cat. Staudinger (unpublished 2).

(Plate xxvi., Fig. 3.)

Testa imperforata, depresso-conica, subtrochiformis, sat tenuis,
nitida, superne tenuissime spiraliter striata, prope aperturam lineis

obsoletis et parum regularibus, antrorsum oblique descendentibus

exarata, subtus lineis spiralibus undulatis exiliter rugosa. Spira
late conica, summo levi, obtuso, concolore. Anfractus 43, convexi,
sutura lineari, parum impressa; ultimus magnus, rotundatus, initio
vix subangulatus, infra convexus, antice breviter et subito deflexus.
Apertura obliqua, sinuata, diagonalis, nigrolimbata, margine
supero sinuato, tum extus impresso et interne late subtuberculato,
extero obtuse rostratim producto, columellari lato, appresso, oblique
in lineam rectam inflexo, ad tinem obsolete tuberculifero. Peri-
stoma reflexum, nigrum (pariete aperturali albo). Supra griseo
albida, dehinc in penultimo anfractu alba, deinde flavida, circa
umbilici regionem albescens. Ultimus anfractus atro-castaneo
bizonatus in medio, zona supera in penultimo prolongata, preeteria.
fascia exiliore suturali ejusdem coloris exornatus.
‘Diam. maj. 234, min. 184, alt. 15 mill.

var. HETEROCHROA.

(Plate xxv1., Fig. 4.)

Paulo minor (diam. maj. 224, min. 184, alt. 152) et globosior,
lineis tantum incrementi obliquis obsolete striatula, multo nitidior,
micans; superne pulchre roseo-purpurea; ultimus anfractus lete
flavidus medio basique albicans, preter vestigium fascize suturalis
et maculis duabus castaneis prope aperturam efasciata, his, sicut

376 LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA OR ADJACENT ISLANDS,

ac in typo, in apertura transmeantibus. Paries aperturalis pallide

roseus.
var. VIOLACHO-FLAVA.

Precedenti statura forma et absentia sculpture similis, sed typo

fasciis vicina. Superne atro-violacea, dehinc pallidior, denique
late flava, fasciis 2 periphericis ornate, supera latiore, suturali
prope aperturam tantum conspicua, mox evanescenti. Paries
aperturalis et pars ultimi infra purpureo tincta.

Loc.—“ Tuom,” probably in German New Guinea, or Bismarck
Archipelago. From the same locality I received at the same
time Helicina suprafasciata, Sowerby. :

Shell imperforate, trochiform, rather thin. Spire conic, obtuse.
Whorls less than 5, convex, regularly increasing, suture linear,
simple; the last one large, rounded at the periphery. Sculpture
faint, obsolete growth lines slightly decussated by fine crowded
lines, spirally impressed above and below (where they become
somewhat wavy and irregular), and obliquely running towards
the aperture on the upper part of the last whorl. Surface more
shining in the varieties, differing also from the type in being
entirely smooth or nearly so, the only sculpture consisting in
obsolete growth lines, and in colour. The whorls also appear to
be a trifle more convex. Colour (in the type) greyish above,
fading into milky white and finally into intense yellow on the last
whorl; the latter is, on its middle, ornamented with two broad
chestnut-black zones, the upper one extending on the penultimate
whorl; painted besides with a finer sutural band of the same hue,
also ascending on the penultimate. All these bands are con-
spicuous in the interior of aperture. The latter is diagonal,
shortly and abruptly deflected in front. Lip intense black,
reflected, roundly beaked at the periphery, flexuous above, then
dented without and somewhat tuberculate within. Columella
broad, adherent to the base, very slightly tuberculous at the end
on the inner edge.

This interesting novelty belongs, like the following species, to
the group of Papuina Tayloriana, Ad. and Reeve, but is desti-
tute of any carina on the last whorl, and recalls to mind Papuina

a en ee

BY C. F. ANCEY. BET

Millicentee, Cox, from the Louisiades, which has nearly the same
form, but not the same style of colouring.

3. PapuinA Kuparyl, Mollendorff.

Helix Kubaryi, von Moll., Cat. Staudinger.

(Plate xxv1., Fig. 5.)

Testa imperforata, depresso-conica, subtrochiformis, modice
solida, subnitida, undique tenuissime rugulosa, rugulis, irregularibus,
infra dispositionem spiralem preebentibus. Spira late conoidea,
summo minuto, obtuso, levi. Anfractus 44, convexi, sutura
lineari impressaque divisi, celeriter accrescentes, ultimus magnus,
rotundatus, initio obscure angulatus, infra convexus, antice haud
abrupte deflexus. Apertura obliqua, sinuata, extus rostrata
(rostro sat minuto, erecto obtuso), nigrolimbata, diagonalis, margine
supero leviter lateque sinuato, tum extus subimpresso, dehine in
rostrum prolongato; columellaris appressus, mediocris, oblique in
lineam rectam declivis, haud tuberculatus, cum basali arcuato
absque angulo junctus. Peristoma supra anguste, basi magis
reflexum et expansum, atrum. Paries aperturalis violaceus.
Apex nigro-violaceus; anfractus supremi grisei, inferne (ad
suturam) late purpurei, penultimus pallide stramineus, punctis et
lineis griseo-pellucidis adspersus; ultimus prope aperturam pulchre
luteus, pone peristoma carneo-rubellus, seriebus 2 punctorum seu
macularum nigrorum in fascias dispositis et plus minusve in
penultimo evanescentibus egregie picta. Faux fuscula, fasciis
transmeantibus.

(a) Diam. maj. 25, min. 19, alt. 16 mill.

(6) Diam. maj. 235, min. 18, alt. 15 mill.

var. ALBIDA.
Testa lactea, concolor, peristomate albo, griseo exiliter rare
passimque substrigata vel punctulata, ceeterum typo simillima.
Diam. maj. 25, min. 20, alt. 17 mill.
Loc.—{German ?) New Guinea.

378 LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA OR ADJACENT ISLANDS,

This very pretty and interesting Papwina is evidently very
close to Mr. Brazier’s Helix Gorenduensis (Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales, 3rd April, 1886, p. 841), and I first thought they
might be identical. However, Papuina Kubaryz has not 5 whorls,
and, judging from Mr. Brazier’s description, also differs in several
other particulars. No mention is made by the latter of the
disposition of the small spots, which, in Grorenduensis, are
“pinkish,” not grey nor blackish towards the aperture. Mr.
Brazier says his shell is ‘“flesh-tinted a cream colour,” while
Kubaryi is yellowish cream-colour, reddish-pink behind the
peristome. The aperture, in this, is intense black on the lip,
violet-purple on the parietal margin, and purple-brown within the
throat, while in Gorenduensis, ‘‘the interior is bright pink, the
peristome blackish-purple,” and the ‘ margins joined with a thin
pink callous entering spirally into the interior of the aperture.”
I therefore suppose the two species are really different from each
other.

4, HEMIPLECTA GRANIGERA, D.Sp.

‘Testa subsolida, depressa, orbiculata, aperte umbilicata, oblique
confertim striata et undique minute spiraliter granulata (granulis
in ultimo validioribus, circa umbilicum magis obsoletis), vix
nitida, sordide fusca, medio obtuse angulata, infra angulum zona
obscuriore per testam conspicua diffusaque cincta, subtus pallidior.
Spira depresso-conoidea, obtusa. Anfractus 6 subconvexi, sutura
parum profunda, simplici; ultimus haud descendens, superne et
preesertim infra angulum medianum obtusum pallidum convexus.
Apertura ampla, obliqua, lunata, transverse subovalis. Peristoma
simplex, acutum, rectum, marginibus remotis, callo tenui nitido
concolore junctis, margine columellari late arcuato, vix expansius-
culo, umbilicum (pro genere magnum, anfractus omnes ostenden-
tem) nullomodo obtegente.

Diam. maj. 43, min. 35, alt. 22 mill.
Loc.—(German ?) New Guinea.

This species should perhaps be referable to Ahysota, but is
more nearly related, from the general appearance of the shell, to

BY ©. F. ANCEY. 379

such Hemiplecta as Blainvilleana, Humphreysiana and Fouilloyr.
T received it under the latter name, but it is certainly utterly
distinct. The Mourlloyz is a large and more globose shell, more
narrowly umbilicated. In this respect the present shell is more
like Rhysota Achilles, Braz., but is smaller, has a thin aperture
and more numerous volutions. The sculpture may be the same
in both species.

5. Pupina BEDDOMEI, n.sp.

Pupina Beddomei, Bttg., Cat. Staudinger.

Testa ovata, tenuis, pellucida, hyalina, nitidissima, griseo-
albicans. Spira oblonga, obtusiuscula; anfractus 6 levissime
convexi, sutura callosa zona exili pellucida cincta divisi; ultimus
descendens, ad aperturam breviter ascendens, antice subdepressus.
Apertura basi antice provecta, rotundata, bicanaliculata, scilicet;
canali supero peristomate non extus exciso et lamina parietali
arcuata sat valida intrante constituto, et canali altero ad basin
columelle excise, extus in foramen rotundatum terminato.
Peristoma intus incrassatum, leviter patulum.

Long. 7, diam. 34; long. apert. 22 mill.
Loc.—Bismarck (or New Britain) Archipelago.

This species is more slender than Pupina speculum, Tapparone-
Canefri (Fauna Malac. Della Nuova Guinea, 1883, p. 270, Pl. x.
figs. 14-15), and indeed more nearly related to Pupina difficilis,
Semper, of the Pelew Islands. From the last named species it
differs in being a trifle larger, light ash-coloured, and chiefly in
the characters of the aperture, which is vertical in difficils, also
furnished with a more robust superior lamina and more excised
columellar margin in Pupina Beddomei. The same characters,
although not very striking, will also without much ditticulty
distinguish Pupina Beddomet from the complanata, Pease, which
occurs in the Kingsmill and Caroline groups. They are very
constant in the several specimens before me.

I am happy to give this species the name of my distinguished
correspondent Mr. C. K. Beddome.

380 LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA OR ADJACENT ISLANDS,

6. CycLopHorus KuBaryi, Mollendorff.
Cyclophorus Kubaryt, v. Moll., Cat. Staudinger.

(Plate xxvi,, Pig.6.)

Testa solida, opaca, rugosa, parum nitens, turbinato-globosa,
profunde sed (pro genere) minute umbilicata, umbilicus ad
terminationem leviter excentricus, superne atro-fusca, in medio
ultimi anfractus luteo plus minusve distincte bifasciata, subtus
circa umbilicum flava vel pallida. Spira conoidea, elevata, obtusa.
Anfractus 54, convexi, sutura infra subirregulari discreti, haud
valde turgidi; ultimus relative (pro genere) parum amplus, rotun-
datus, altus, prope aperturam leviter subdeflexus. Apertura
subobliqua, fere circularis, ad insertionem subangulata, extus
leviter sinuata, sordide lutea. Peristoma acutum, haud expansum
nec reflexum, vix patulum, ad columellam paulo magis incrassatum
et expansiusculum, umbilicum haud tegens. Lineis incrementi
sub lente irregulariter exarata et rugis undulatis ad apicem
evanescentibus, basi tenuioribus peculiariter et eximie sculpturata,
quasi vermiculata. Operculum tenue, rubellum, multispiratum,
centro minute concavum.

Diam. maj. 28, min. 23, alt. 24, alt. apert. 14 mill.

Loc.—(German ?) New Guinea.

There is no form known to me that I might compare with this.
The operculum is red, thin and cyclophoroid, while the shell
itself resembles in shape, as far as J can suppose from the figure
given by Mr. M. M. Schepman, Cyc/otws Soembaensis, of the
Island of Soemba (Indian Archipelago). The description of the
latter applies nevertheless to a true Cyclotus of the section
Pseudocyclophorus, Martens. (See Notes from the Leyden Museum,
Vol. xiv. p. 158, Pl. 6, fig. 3, 1892.) The remarkable sculpture
of Cyclophorus Kubaryi is quite peculiar for the genus as well as
the general “tout ensemble” of the shell, and the simple, not
reflected, lip. The former, obsolete beneath, is very much marked
above, and recalls that of Helix Quoyt and mamilla, although it
may be termed as more vermiculous. The whorls are more tightly

BY C. F. ANCEY. 381

coiled and the apex more globular, less mamillar than in any
Cyclophorus | am acquainted with. No shell from New Guinea
is like this, and I feel confident altogether that when the animal
is known it may be considered the type of a new genus. Pro-
visionally, a sectional name may be given to it, and I should
propose for this object that of Papuocycliws, as the only species
known till now of this section belongs to the Papuan fauna. ‘To
my knowledge the large typical Cyclophori are still unknown from
New Guinea or neighbouring isles.—Algeria# Feb. Ist, 1895.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Hemiplecta granigera, Ancey.
Fig. 2.--Papuina Hedley, Smith.

Fig. 3.— ,, tuomensis, Ancey.
Fig. 4.— ,, 5 var. heterochroa, Ancey.
Fig.5.— ,, Kubaryt, Mollendorfe.

Fig. 6.—Cyclophorus Kubaryi, Mollendorff.

Note by C. Hedley.

About the date on which I received the manuscript of the
above, there reached me an article by Dr. O. von Mollendorff,
“On a Collection of Land Shells made by Mr. I. Kubary in
German New Guinea,” Proc. Malac. Soc. Vol. I. Pt. V. Pl. xv.
pp. 234-240. Dealing with similar material, Mr. Ancey’s paper
has been partially anticipated by the prior descriptions of P. and
C. Kubaryi. Since, however, Mr. Ancey’s independent observa-
tions extend beyond those of his predecessor, and since the inter-
vention of time and space do not allow me to refer the paper back
-to the author, I have judged it best to offer it intact to the
Society.

PLANTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES ILLUSTRATED.
No. viiiim—Acacia LANIGERA, A. Cunn.; B.FI. ii. 324.

By R. T. Baxsr, F.LS., Asstsranr Curator, TECHNOLOGICAL
MusrumM, SYDNEY.

(Plate xxvil.)

A rigid shrub of several feet, the branches terete, branchlets
often angled and mostly woolly.

Phyllodia lanceolate, falcate, rigid, thick, dark green, tapering
to a pungent point, 14 to rarely 24 inches long, mostly 2 to 3
lines rarely 4 lines broad, in some specimens woolly but in others
glabrous ; nerves very prominent, occasionally anastomosing,
marginal gland rarely found, except in southern specimens.

Stipules subulate, about 14 lines long, often persistent, woolly.

Peduneles axillary, short, weak, solitary, clustered, bearing a
globular or elongated head of about 25 flowers, mostly 5-merous.

Bracts at the base of the peduncles ovate, acuminate, ciliate,
woolly.

Calyx campanulate, with obtuse, thickened, ciliate lobes, not
half as long as the corolla.

Petals smooth, united to the middle.

Pod about 3 inches long, 3 to 4 lines broad, very woolly, much
twisted, margins not thickened, slightly contracted between the seeds.

Seeds longitudinal, oblong in the centre of the pod, the funicle
short, with 3 folds, the last fold short, but not thickened under the
seed.

BY R. T. BAKER. 383

Hab.—Coonabarabran, (S. Lyndon), Mudgee and Rylstone (R.
T. B.); Cobar (Rev. J. M. Curran); Blue Mountains, Lachlan
River and to Southward (A. Cunningham, Fraser, Huegel,
Mitchell and others, teste Bentham).

I feel privileged in being able to complete the description, and
to give a satisfactory figure of this species, and I hope now that
these notes will remove any difficulties that may have existed in
connection with its determination.

I have not seen A. Cunningham’s description in Field’s Geo-
graphical Memoirs on New South Wales, but I take it that Don’s
transcription of it is a correct one, judging from the numerous
specimens that have come under my observation, and the very
brief description of the pod is correct as far as it goes.

In the Bot. Mag. t. 2922, published in 1829, no pods are
figured or described; and the illustration itself is of very little
help in identifying the species.

Bentham’s description of the pod in the Flora Australiensis
(Vol. ii. p. 325) is referred to by Baron von pee in Proe:
Linn. a. 2nd Series, Vol v. p. 19, in these words :— :
Bentham Bibibed the pods of Acacia Oswaldi with A. ie a’
so that this error has perhaps been the cause of the recent
confusion surrounding this species, and a debt is due to Baron
von Mueller for so important a note.

But to me it appears that Bentham must have had some
pod other than A. Oswaldi before him, as the description under
A. laniger does not agree with the pod of A. Oswald: in Baron
von Mueller’s Iconography of Australian Acacias, 6th Decade,
and which figure agrees in every detail with all specimens of the
fruit of A. Oswaldi that have come under my notice.

In Baron von Mueller’s note above quoted he gives A. venulosa
and A. Whanit as synonyms of this species.

This latter species I have not seen, but from the imperfect
specimens of A. venulosa collected by me, I am inclined to think
that A. venulosa of Bentham is a good species.

384 PLANTS OF NEW SOUTH WALES ILLUSTRATED.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
. Plate xxvii.
ACACIA LANIGERA, A. Cunn.

Fig. 1.—Flowering twig.

Fig. 2.—Part of a branch enlarged, to show bracts and stipules at the base
of the peduncle.

Fig. 3.—Bud.

Fig. 4.—Expanded flower.

Fig. 5.—Pistil.

Fig. 6.—Cluster of pods.

Fig. 7.—Seed 2 situ.

Fig. 8.—Individual phyllode.

Fig. 9.—Portion of phyllode enlarged.
(Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5 and 9 enlarged.)

385

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF ACACTA
FROM NEW SOUTH WALES.

By). dt. Marpen, B.L.S:, anp R. T. Baxsr, F.L.S.

ACACIA PUMILA, sp.nov.

(Plate XXVIII.)

A diffuse, virgate, pubescent shrub under afoot high as far as seen;
branches and branchlets terete. Phyllodes narrow, falcate, tapering
into a recurved pungent point, narrowed at the base, trinerved, zot
decurrent as in A. trinervata, and less articulate, 6 lines long and
1 line broad, with scattered glandular hairs on nerves and edges.
Stipules prominent, subulate, hairy, over | line long. Peduncles
silky-hairy, short, scarcely 2 lines long, recurved, solitary, bearing
a small head of not more than /0 flowers mostly 5-merous. Calyx
more than half as long as the corolla, with acute almost subulate
lobes, prominently ribbed especially in the bud, ciliate. Petals
narrow, free, glabrous, very prominently ribbed, very marked in the
bud. Pod 1 line broad, 12 lines long as far as seen, slightly
contracted between the seed, margins thickened. Seeds oblong,
longitudinal; funicle dilated from the base into a club-shaped aril
and consisting of about 4 folds.

Hab.—Kenthurst (R. Helms).

Systematically this species approaches A. ¢rinervata; but it is a
much smaller shrub, with a pubescence on the branches and underside
of phyllodes; and the phyllodes are smaller, also falcate (not rigid)
with recurved points, and slightly pubescent; the peduncles are
also much shorter and weaker, and there are fewer flowers in the
heads. The characters of the calyx and petals are entirely distinct
from those of that species.

The ovary is also hairy, and the stipules which are minute in
A. trinervata are very distinct in this species. The phyllodes and
the shortness of the peduncles give it some affinity to A. lanigera.
It differs from both, however, in the size of the pod.

386 NEW SPECIES OF ACACIA FROM NEW SOUTH WALES.

It belongs to the Pungentes series of Bentham, and sub-series
Plurinerves, viz.:—Phyllodia 2- or more nerved, linear-lanceolate.

Peduncles short. Pod 4 to 5 lines broad... A. lunigera.

Peduncles mostly recurved, 1-2 lines long.
Pod dime broads. os weetinds. eee A, pumila, n.sp.

Peduncles slender, $ inch long. Pod 1 to 2
Innes JbrOaidlictiith cate. sees eesat ce ae eee A, trinervata.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Acacia punila.
Fig. 1.—Flowering twig of plant.
Fig. 2.— Fruiting twig of plant.
Fig. 3.—Bud.
Fig. 4.—Individual flower.
Figs. 5 and 6.—Bracts.
Fig. 7.— Pistil.
Fig. 8.—Phyllode magnified.
Fig. 9.—Pod.
Fig. 10.—Seed with arillus.

ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES.
By Ricup. Hens.
(Communicated hy the Secretary. )
(Plates XXIX.-xXXx.)
InTRopUcTORY REMARKS.

The following notes are to a great extent compiled from com-
munications I have from time to time received from old settlers
who in their early days frequently came in contact with the
Aborigines inhabiting the neighbourhood of their settlements, and
who remember the habits and customs of these extinct or
decaying tribes. Specialthanks I owe to Mr. John Barry, Senr.,
who settled on the Mowamba River more than forty years ago,
and from whose store of vivid recollections I have drawn a great
many of the facts now set down.

It is to be regretted that the narratives are but fragmentary,
yet I consider them sufficiently interesting to be recorded, more
especially on account of the comparisons that may be drawn
between the manners described and those of other Australian
tribes.

I do not intend to dilate upon this subject, but merely wish
to remark that, viewing the manners and customs described from
a general aspect, it becomes apparent that they are very similar,
and that they originated in common with those of the great bulk
of the other Australian aboriginal tribes. The tribes here spoken
of differed from most of their compatriots in the neglect of some
widespread customs rather than in the practice of peculiar rites. I
am alluding to the rites of circumcision and of the mika operation,

neither of which were practised by the tribes that lived in the
Vs

388 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

south-western parts of New South Wales or the north-eastern of

Victoria.
THE Ometo BLACKS.

This tribe, once numbering upwards of 140 to 150 souls, is now
extinct. They can still be remembered by some of the old
settlers, who not much more than 30 years ago saw them a
vigorous tribe in its fullest expansion. It is a lamentable fact
that through contact with Europeans within the time of one
generation, whole tribes of considerable numbers have entirely
vanished. This does not only apply to the tribe in question,
but is equally applicable to their neighbours, whether friends or
foes. The Monaro tribe, for instance, is also nearly extinct, and
of their once numerous hordes only two or three half-civilised,
demoralised individuals remain. Between 30 and 40 years ago
some of the old settlers have seen on special occasions as many as
500 to 700 aborigines of all ages and sexes assembled together,
but their grandchildren will know the blacks only from hearsay
and by what remains of their less perishable implements of war,
2.é., a few stone hatchets that may occasionally be turned up
during ploughing, or otherwise discovered.

The Omeo Tribe occupied the north-western corner of Victoria,
and were friendly with the Buffalo Tribe (Ovens district) on their
side of the Murray, and on the other side of the river with the
Monaro and Queanbeyan Tribes. Probably the customs of these
four tribes were identical, because they lived in frequent inter-
course and combined against their common enemies. These
were the Braidwood, the Twofold Bay, the Gippsland Tribes, and
those living near the borders of the Murray from below Albury.

A nearly constant feud was waged between these tribes, and
bloody contests frequently occurred. The mode of attack as a
rule was as follows :—After watching the enemy during the day-
time, and spying out their camping place, a couple of warriors
would stealthily sneak round it at night to reconnoitre the position
and its surroundings. If not detected, a raid would be made
upon it at the dawn of day by the whole of the attacking party,
who generally yelled loudly and made a fearful noise when close

BY RICHD. HELMS. 389

to the camp. The surprise mostly caused a stampede amongst
the suddenly aroused sleepers, and those who did not escape by
immediate flight, whether young or old, would be speared or
knocked down with nulla nullas. After burning the spears and
other war implements that were left behind, the attacking party
returned as quickly as possible to their own district, probably to
meet with a similar fate at some future time when the enemy had
rallied and was reinforced.

The oldest man of the tribe was recognised as a kind of chief,
but whenever an attack on some enemy was planned, the ablest
warrior as a rule was chosen to lead, and his advice then received
the endorsement of the old men.

Personal disputes were also not infrequent, and were generally
settled by a fight, either with spears or clubs. In each case the
shield served for warding off the spears or the blows of the nulla.
Fighting with stone tomahawks was not permitted in these duels,
and was suppressed if in the heat of the combat the assailants
should resort to these murderous weapons. In fact most of their
fights, if single combats, were regulated by the onlookers, who
frequently interfered when one of the parties was seen to get
weak and it was noticed that he was unable to ward off the blows
with the necessary dexterity. Some of their fights were regulated
so that the combatants alternately hit the “hielaman” held by the
opponents with the left hand above the head till the arm would
gradually get weak and sink so that the nulla would fall on the
head instead of the shield. The first hit on the head would end
the fight as a rule, and frequently—if, for instance, one of the
duellists was a much older man than the other—the fight might
probably be stopped just before the club fell upon the skull, and
the combat declared satisfactorily finished.

During the quarrel the opponents used to gather their beards in
the mouth, which, together with the grimaces they assumed, gave
them a ferocious expression.

They recognised the tribal rights to certain grounds, but the-
boundaries were not always particularly respected, as it happened
frequently that they were overstepped during hunting excursions.

390 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

When about to convey important communications to another
tribe, such as to summon the warriors for a hostile invasion of the
territory of their common enemies, or for a friendly meeting
with the object of performing rites of a ceremonial nature, Wc.,
two men were generally sent. Whilst the one slept the other
kept watch to avoid being surprised by enemies during the
journey, or being taken and slain as such whilst asleep by some
friendly natives in mistake.

When on the war-path, as well as during the performance of
their rites of initiation and at their dances and corrobories, they
liked to appear ornamented, which they accomplished by painting
the fronts of their bodies. The colours used were white, red, and
black. For the first they used pipeclay, for the second raddle,
and for the black charred seedstalks of the grasstree. The
powdered charcoal they mixed with grease, forming a pigment
that would stick on for months.

They had two distinct ceremonies to raise the male members of
the tribe from childhood to manhood.

At about the age of from 14 to 16 years the young man was
made ‘ Iurrunong,” which was done by knocking out one of his
upper central incisors. This removed him from the care of his
mother and the influence of the women, and so to say raised him
from boyhood to the state of youth.

At the'age of 18 or 20, that is when his beard had started to
develop properly, he was made “ Wahu.” To initiate him into
this state, the following ceremony was performed by the men, the
women being excluded :—All the hair of the head was singed off
close to the skull by means of some burning fibrous bark. This
was a somewhat slow procedure, and had to be done very
gradually, the hair being lit continually and blown out before it
flared up too much. Whilst the young man submitted to this in
silence, the onlookers and operators would carry on a lively con-
versation or some chanting. When all the hair had been removed
and the singing was over, three of the old men came running
towards the newly initiated with green boughs in their hands,
which they waved in succession several times over his head.

BY RICHD. HELMS, 391

After this the men would run some distance away and returning
swing the boughs with a swishing sound in a certain direction,
mentioning at the same time the name of the district towards
which they were pointing. This was repeated three times for
each of the various directions they might point to. Hach name
mentioned was preceded by the emphasised exclamation of ‘‘Wau-
Wau!” For instance, “ Wau-Wau! Tumut;”’ “ Wau-Wau !
Queanbeyan,” &e., &c., which was followed at times by an exhorta-
tion or malediction. This indicated that the Wahu may go to these
districts as a friend and may have luck, or on the other hand that
in some of these directions lived the tribes with whom he would
have to carry on the hereditary feuds, for from henceforth he
was to be considered as being raised to the position of a warrior
in his own tribe.

As soon as the initiation was completed, the women were again
admitted to the presence of the men, and dancing and corrobories
were held during the evening for the amusement of all, and more
particularly for the benefit of the visitors, of whom there were
generally a number present on these occasions.

Manhood having now been conferred upon the newly initiated,
the respect due to a man (which meant a warrior in case of need
and not a mere huntsman ‘as hitherto) was shown him, and in
commemoration of the event a special privilege was accorded to
him. This consisted in the permission being given to the newly
made Wahu to choose any woman of the tribe he liked, his blood
relations excepted, and cohabit with her for the night. But such
a privilege was extended to him for that night only. At any
other time sexual intercourse was regarded as adultery or fornica-
tion, as the case might be, the punishment for which was a severe
beating with waddies, sometimes inflicted with sufficient severity
to cause death.

They had no special marriage ceremonies, but when a woman
was to be given to a man to cohabit with him for the first time, her
female relations and the other women of the tribe would build a
“sunyah” of boughs, dense enough to prevent being overlooked,

392 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

and place the woman therein to wait the arrival of her affianced
man.

A girl was frequently betrothed to someone by the parents at
her birth, and was handed over to her affianced man when she
arrived at puberty.

Polygamy was customary and was not restricted; the more
wives a man had, the richer he was considered.* As a rule the
women were a free gift, but at times a remuneration had to be
offered in the shape of weapons or other useful utensils. The man
who had a number of sisters whom he might promise, or over
whom he possessed some influence through his parents, stood the
best chance of having many wives.

It was not considered adultery for a brother to have sexual
intercourse with the wife of a brother, and it would frequently
occur that one brother would lend a wife to another who had
none of his own. During the absence from the district (when, for
instance, on a visit to a friendly tribe) the wife or wives were left
in charge of a brother who assumed the part of husband for the
time being. If the absentee had no brother, this duty would fall
upon the nearest relative. The husbands of two sisters were
considered to be brothers.

Marriage between blood relations was strictly forbidden. They
firmly believed that if closely related people had carnal connection,
both offenders would be bitten by “jidjigongs” (snakes); this was
a constant dread to them, as it might not take place till after
many years.

The same punishment was also supposed to follow looking at or
speaking to mothers-in-law, which was forbidden before as well as.
after marriage.

Young people were strictly forbidden to indulge in carnal

intercourse. If detected at such an offence, they would receive a
severe beating from the other members of the tribe. In case a

* My informant (Mr. Barry) told me that he had known some men to
have as many as five wives.

BY RICHD. HELMS. 393

woman of mature age should have clandestine connection with a
much younger man than herself, she was sometimes killed.

Whenever adultery was discovered, the punishment was in most
cases death. The woman’s friends as a rule attacked the offending
man, and the man’s friends killed the woman. Although this
was the generally adopted custom and law, it was often the cause
of a general intertribal fight and the origin of a prolonged family
feud.

A man who received a girl in promise endeavoured to obtain a
lock of her hair, which he would keep, and if she refused him
afterwards he would sometimes wrap an eagle-hawk’s feather in
the hair and throw the tuft in some waterhole. As the hair
decomposed, the woman would sicken and ultimately die.

Up to about the fourth year a child got almost anything it
liked to eat, but at a later age it was forbidden certain things.
They were made to believe that if anyone ate of forbidden food
he or she would sooner or later be killed by lightning. This
superstition was so firmly ingrafted into them that some would
endure severe starvation rather than partake of forbidden
food. From some individuals the restriction of eating certain
animals was removed earlier than from others, but it seems that
the flesh of an emu was never allowed to be eaten till some time
after the arrival at the age of manhood. When this time had
arrived, the man who was for the first time to eat of this specially
reserved dish would sit down between two fires and have the emu
placed in front of him. Hecould then eat as much as he liked,
but was not allowed to go to sleep when he was satisfied, and was
forcibly kept awake the whole night whenever he became drowsy.

They cooked their food either on the fire, or when they had a
great deal of it and were not in a hurry, in a kind of oven in the
ground. For this purpose they dug a suitable hole and filled the
bottom of it with stones over which a fire was ighted. Assoon as
the stones had been well heated, the fire and ashes were removed
and the game was placed upon the stones. This was covered with
bark and green bushes over which the hot ashes were heaped, and
the whole left undisturbed till the meat was cooked.

394 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

The food supply was as a rule abundant in the district during
favourable seasons. It consisted of all kinds of game, birds and
birds’ eggs, reptiles, fishes, and insects. Amongst the first
the opossum furnished probably the most frequent meal, because
it occurred very abundantly; and amongst the insects the
‘“‘ Bugong ”* supplied numbers of the natives with a fattening diet
for months. How this unique and remarkable food supply, found
always on the highest mountains, was procured deserves a detailed
description :—As early as October, as soon as the snow had
melted on the lower ranges, small parties of natives would start
during fine weather for some of the frost-riven rocks and procure
‘“ Bugongs” for food. A great gathering usually took place
about Christmas on the highest ranges, when sometimes from 500
to 700 aborigines belonging to different friendly tribes would
assemble almost solely for the purpose of feasting upon roasted
moths. Sometimes these natives had to come great distances to
enjoy this food, which was not only much appreciated by them
but must have been very nutritious, because their condition
was generally improved by it, and when they returned from the
mountains their skins looked glossy and most of them were quite
fat. Their method of catching the insects was both simple and
effective. |. With a burning or smouldering bush in the hand the
rents in the rocks were entered as far as possible, when the heat
and smoke would stifle the thickly congregated moths, that
occupied nearly every crack, and make them tumble to the bottom
of the cleft. Here an outstretched kangaroo skin or a fine net
made of kurrajong fibre would receive most of the stupefied and
half-singed insects, which were then roasted on hot ashes. This
process required some care and attention in order to prevent the
bodies of the moths getting scorched, and therefore the ashes
required to be not too hot and had to be free from large glowing
embers. The insects were thrown upon the ashes and well mixed
with them, and then the whole was stirred with sticks till the
wings and legs had broken away and the body was cooked, when

* See also the note at the end of the paper (p. 406).

eo oe

BY RICHD. HELMS. 395

it generally shrivelled to the size of a grain of wheat. The mass
was freed of the ashes by dropping it by degrees into some vessel
or on a skin and allowing the wind to sift it; the food was still
further cleansed from adhering particles of dust and other
unpalatable substances by gently rubbing it between the hands,
and rolling it backwards and forwards from one to the other
whilst blowing from the mouth. The taste of the roasted bodies
of the “ Bugongs” is, according to some Europeans who tried
them, sweetish and nut-like and rather pleasant eating.*

This unique food supply is restricted to the highest mountains
of Australia, but here it can always be found in abundance during
the summer months. It is a marvel that the highest and stoniest
ridges, on which snow lies for fully five and sometimes six months
of the year, with a naturally scanty though rapidly growing
summer vegetation, should harbour such enormous numbers of an
insect (the caterpillar of which is known to be very voracious)
which was at one time the means of fattening a congregation of
over 500 aborigines every season.

* After the above was written, I met with Dr. George Bennett’s
work, ‘‘ Wanderings of a Naturalist in New South Wales, &c.,” wherein
the earliest account of this food supply is given. Dr. Bennett set
out for ‘*Gunundery ” (the ‘‘ Big Bugong” Mountain) from the Upper
Tumut, but he did not meet the blacks reported to camp there
‘“Bugonging.” His report is consequently from hearsay, and not from
personal observation. After describing the cooking of the moths, which
corresponds with the method described by me, he continues :—‘‘ They
are then eaten, or placed in a wooden vessel called a Walbun, or Culibun,
and pounded by a piece of wood into masses or cakes resembling lumps of
fat, and may be compared in colour and consistence to dough made from
smutty wheat mixed with fat. The bodies of the moths are large, and filled
with a yellowish oil, resembling in taste a sweet nut. These masses (with
which the ‘‘ Netbuls ” or ‘‘ Talabats ” of the native tribes are loaded during
the season of feasting upon the ‘‘ Bugong ”) will not keep above a week,
and seldom even for that time ; but by smoking they are able to preserve
them for a much longer period. The first time this diet is used by the
native tribes, violent voiniting and other debilitating effects are produced ;
but after a few days they become accustomed to its use, and then thrive
and fatten exceedingly upon it,” (Vol. i. pp. 271-272.)

396 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

The crows fattened rapidly on the moths and were also highly
prized as food. They were consequently much pursued by the
natives during their bugonging pic-nics.

The fine nets made of kurrajong fibre mentioned above seem
to have been especially designed for the purpose of collecting the
‘“Bugong.” They had very fine meshes and were manufactured
with great care, and being attached to a couple of poles they
could be readily folded up when they had to be withdrawn from
the crevices. A shrub, (Pimelia sp.) growing abundantly in
places by the river sides to a height of three to four feet, furnished
the fibre. The bark of this bush was stripped and allowed to dry,
was then placed in water, and weighted down with some stones
for several days till the non-fibrous portions were partly rotted.
It was then taken out of the water and spread in the sun to
dry till it was quite crisp, after which the fibre was freed by
beating with sticks or flat stones. All this was the women’s work,
and they managed to produce a tenacious material from it
that could be spun into the finest threads.*

They kindled fire by friction, and for this purpose procured two
pieces of the seed stalk of the grass tree (Xanthorrhea). One of
the pieces was flattened and laid on the ground, and the other,
pared to a point, was pressed against the flattened surface and
rapidly twirled between the flat hands. The friction soon
produced sufficient heat to cause some of the fine particles that
were loosened by the rotatory motion at the point of contact to
glow, which was, with the addition of some powdered charcoal
and dry pounded bark fibre, fanned into a flame.

* Among the white people of Australia the name kurrajong is applied to
a tree (Brachychiton), but the natives in most parts give it a different name
and say that kurrajong is white fellow name. It seems to me that the tree
obtained its name through a misunderstanding because it yields a fibre that
is frequently used by aborigines for making nets. This fibre is called
kurrajong by some natives, which seems to have led to the name being
applied to the tree. On the other hand, as the Omeo blacks called their
bush as well as the fibre kurrajong, such may possibly be the case with
the Brachychiton tree in some tribal dialects.

ry

BY RICHD. HELMS. 397

To make a signal, a fire was lit by the side of a dry tree and
green bushes were heaped upon the flames when these had made
a good start. The smoke would then rise alongside of the tree as
if it were forced from a furnace.*

Their habitations were simply shelters made of a few sheets of
bark put against a pole on the windy side.

Their wearing apparel, for both sexes, consisted of two bundles
of narrow strips of skin suspended, one in front and the other
behind, from a belt round the waist. During wet and cold
weather, however, they wore an opossum cloak or a mat made of
kangaroo skins, which otherwise served for carrying the umigong,
nulla nulla, boomerangs and hielaman in, when folded.

The belt worn round the middle of the body consisted of a
number of closely laid coils of string, made of twisted opossum
fur, which was from 12 to 15 feet long. To put it on, they
fastened one end to a tree and holding the other end to their body
they turned round and round till it was completely wound.

Over the forehead, and very tightly fastened round the head, a
band about an inch to an inch and a half wide was generally
worn by most of them. This was neatly plaited with fine twists
made out of the bark of kurrajong, and esteemed as an adornment.

A woman having her menses would bind a string round both
arms, as a sign that she was to be avoided by the men. Should
she step across some stream of flowing water whilst in this state,
no one would drink below the place where she crossed it. She

*It is often asserted that the natives of Australia communicate by means
of smoke. By the manner in which the smoke is made to ascend and by
the volume as well as by the number of columns, &c., &c., they are
supposed to have formulated a generally understood system of telegraphv.
No doubt they are very expert in making smoke ascend, and carefully
consider the state of wind and weather, understanding how to choose the
proper material (green or dry) and how to take advantage of special local
features, and watch the proper time of day when the signals are likely to
attract attention. But everything is done in accordance with preconcerted
arrangements. No generally acknowledged code exists. In my opinion
too much has been made of the snpposed elaboration of a telegraphic
system by means of smoke signals.

398 ' ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

had therefore to be cautious and avoid polluting any water when
travelling in company.

When about to give birth the women retired to a secluded
place and usually managed the confinement without assistance
from other females.

The children generally received a name after something remark-
able that happened at the time of their birth or after something
in connection with the locality of it.

As a rule the children were a good deal indulged and were
allowed to have things their own way, but were supposed to be
obedient to their parents. If they disobeyed, they were taught
they would be punished during later years by getting bad rashes
and sores on their body and limbs, caused through the influence
of a fiendish spirit. A disease of this kind was often the cause of
death amongst them. It began with an itch like a scab that was
dry on the surface but festering below the skin, and at an
advanced stage smelled very offensively and sometimes caused the
flesh to rot away. Some who were only lightly afflicted with it
would perhaps be cured, but when the disease became general and
severe it was mostly fatal. Asa cure the natives ate a kind of
yam* cooked in hot ashes or roasted on stones, as well as other
vegetable food and certain herbs.

Whenever a native became ill he imagined that “Jakkandibbi”
(the supposed evil spirit) had taken his “gurai” (kidney fat). It
was believed by them that they may recover from it, but if
Jakkandibbi was to take the gurai the third time it would be
followed by death. The blackfellow’s belief was that he would
live for ever were it not for the evil one who robbed him of his
life; even if a spear were thrust through his heart, it would not
be the spear that killed him but it would be Jakkandibbi.

* From the description received of the plant, I believe these to be the
tubers of a liliaceous plant. The disease, from the description and its cure,
seems to be scurvy of a severe nature, or a similar affliction, caused no
doubt through unhealthy meat or want of a variety of food.

BY RICHD. HELMS. 399

They believed that an enemy could secretly throw a “ gibba”
(stone) which would enter the body of the person it was to hurt
and cause pain in the place it had entered.*

If therefore anyone felt a pain in the body or any of his limbs
the “ Karaji” (doctor or wizard) of the tribe would bite or suck
the place and generally produce a stone after a few minutes
which he professed to have removed from the sore part. Some-
times they even managed to show blood on the stone. As a rule,
the patient would soon recover after this display of crafty fraud.

These “ Karaji,” besides possessing these curative powers, were
supposed to be able to work all sorts of miracles and charms, but
generally each of them was noted for some special power. Some,
for instance, were expert inmaking rain. For this purpose eagle-
hawk feathers were rubbed between the palms of the hands in
connection with various manceuvres and gesticulations, invented
and differently performed by each individual conjurer. Every one
tried to inspire the onlookers with his special power and used his
own methods to deceive the credulous.

The dead were buried in different ways: either in a hollow tree,
if the corpse could be dropped down from the top, or in a sitting
position in a hole dug in the ground, or a cavity was made at the
bottom of a deep hole where the corpse was pushed in and some
stone slabs placed against it before the hole was filled up. In
each case the body was tied up in some fibrous bark with the
knees drawn towards the abdomen and the limbs firmly lashed
together. Great wailing and lamenting preceded the burial for
several days; the relations, and more particularly the women, |
chopped and gashed their heads with stone tomahawks till
blood flowed freely. When the body was disposed of, they
smeared pipeclay over their heads and faces asa sign of mourning.
This outward sign of sorrow was retained for some time, but as a
rule much longer by the women than by the men. But as soon
as the flesh of an enemy was eaten, even if this were on the day

* This superstition is evidently the same as the ‘‘ pointing of a bone,”
believed in by most of the Australian indigenes, in another form.

400 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

following the burial, all grief was banished and the aa eee
signs were removed.

They firmly believed that the dead would not stay in the grave
but would come to life again in another form, which might take
the shape of a fish, bird or animal, or anything else; their ideas
were, however, not very clear on this subject. They also believed
that the dead would leave the grave sometimes during the night
and go hunting. Owing to this belief, no doubt, all personal
property was buried with them, as well as other things they might
require. The name of the dead was never mentioned by them on
any account, and if anyone mentioned it inadvertently they
stopped their ears and asked not to be reminded of the dead. If
dogs had been owned by the deceased, these were sent to some
friendly tribe that their sight might not remind them of the
departed. They carefully avoided the graves.*

The Omeo Blacks (as well as the neighbouring tribes) were
inveterate cannibals, and at every opportunity would eat the flesh
of their enemies, but especially their kidney fat. They would,
however, not eat a member of their own tribe.

Their weapons consisted of clubs (nulla nullas), boomerangs,
shields (hielaman), stone tomahawk (umigong), and three or four
kinds of spears, which were made of reeds, seedstalks of the grass-
tree, boxtree, or if procurable, ironbark. The reed and grasstree
spears were thrown with the wommera, but the heavier and larger
wooden spears were thrown with the hand after being well
balanced by holding them near the middle. The boomerangs
were different also; the larger sort was used for fighting, and a

* Mr. Barry on one occasion noticed two bandicoots near a native grave and
told some blacks of it who were camping a short distance from the place.
Snow was lying on the ground at the time and the natives were hard
pressed for food, but they would not touch the ‘‘bandies” because they
believed them to be the dogs of the dead. When Mr. Barry shifted some
of the boughs that were lying over the grave, under which the animals hid
themselves, to convince the natives that they were bandicoots and not dogs,
they implored him to desist, adhering to it that the animals were ‘‘dog of
poor fellow.”

BY RICHD. HELMS. — 401

smaller sort, which was more curved than the other, they threw
at birds. This if thrown against the wind would return to the
thrower after making one or two circles in the air. The com-
monest implement was the yam stick, a plain stout cudgel about
four feet long, sharpened and hardened in the fire at one end.
It was used for digging out roots and other food from the ground,
and in case of need served for defensive purposes.

For carrying water they made a vessel out of bark in the shape
of a small canoe. For this purpose they thinned a suitable piece
of bark at both ends and placed it in hot ashes to make it soft
and pliable, and whilst in this state the ends were folded and tied.

Their canoes were mostly made of bark which was gathered in
folds at both ends, after these had been sweated in hot ashes, and
fastened together with withes and wooden pins. They chose a
convenient crooked tree and stripped the bark from the bent part
of it that was already naturally shaped like a canoe. To prevent
leaking, a good-sized lump of clay was pressed in at both ends,
and if through running on a snag or some other accident, leaks
occurred, these were as a rule also stopped with clay. Such canoes
did not usually last for a great length of time on account of their
fragile nature and the rather rapid decay of the material, but
they were more frequently used than those made of wood because
they could easily be replaced if destroyed by an enemy. The
wooden canoes were made out of a suitable log, and their manufac-
ture demanded a great deal of labour. They had to be entirely
worked with stone implements, assisted by lighting a fire inside,
which when carefully managed would destroy the bulk of the
wood to be removed. Generally they adopted a partly hollow
tree for this purpose.

Besides the casual ornamentation of painting, they used to mark
their body with tattoo scars. These were produced by means of
some sharp stones with which the flesh was incised. To stop the
blood and to form the scars they lay down on a heap of fine ashes.
Ashes were also applied if at any future time the bleeding should
start again. This was all that was used to raise the scars above
the surface of the skin. At the age of 17 to 20 years were made

402 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

these tattoo scars which were from an inch and a half to two inches
long asa rule. It took some time to make the whole series of
them, as they allowed those made first to heal before they started
others. In this way first the back and then the chest and arms
were operated upon in rotation. The women were also tattooed
on the chest and arms, but not to such an extent as the men.
The marks were supposed to indicate their family descent as well
as tribal connection. |

Both the men and the women had the septum of the nose
pierced to carry a piece of polished kangaroo bone. A woman
considered herself looking her best when she had about six or
eight inches of bone pushed through her nose. The reason for
this habit was that, in addition to its being considered ornamental,
when they returned on earth again after death, either as a swan,
duck or fish, &c., they would then have a hole ready made for the
purpose of breathing.

A FEW Notes oN THE Monaro TRIBE OF ABORIGINES, WITH A
DESCRIPTION OF SOME OF THEIR STONE IMPLEMENTS.

The once numerous tribe inhabiting the Monaro District, com-
prising the south-western highlands and tablelands of New South
Wales, is now almost extinct. The last typical specimen is
incarcerated in Goulburn gaol for killing his gin a little more than
two years ago, and besides him I believe only another fullblood
(young and civilised) native of the tribe exists, who is at present
living near Buckley’s Crossing. The only one of them I ever saw
was “Bonny Jack,” the “King” of Monaro, whom I met five
years ago. He was a short, rather broad shouldered man with an
open countenance and a merry disposition. At the time of our’
meeting he had not long buried his gin, “ Polly,”* and intended
to go across the border, if I remember right, with the intention of

* From a correspondent I hear that he ‘‘ interred” her in a hollow tree
by the side of Spring Creek Lake, not far from Berridale. He derived some
consolation, or pretented to do so, from the belief that his Polly would
“‘jump up white lady by and by.”

BY RICHD. HELMS. 403

trying to get another from a friend who had still two left. He
complained bitterly to me that “white fellow ” destroyed all the
“possum,” a grievance, I was later informed, he was constantly
harbouring and generally ventilated to new acquaintances. He
died recently at Cooma, and with him it may be said the last
remnant of the real old stock of manly savages belonging to this
tribe disappeared, reaching a good old age and weathering the
tempest of vice and demoralisation foisted upon these unhappy
people by civilised whites.

I have been told a few stories of individuals who have been
illtreated and even murdered by white blackguards, but these
isolated instances are nothing compared to what the rum bottle
and diseases have accomplished towards wrecking these tribes.
Forty years ago they could muster several hundred individuals,
although from time immemorial they had been in constant and
bloody contentions with most of their neighbours, and to-day,
after such a short span of time, owing simply to altered conditions,
they have all disappeared but two.

Not far below Jindabyne, where the valley of the Snowy River
somewhat narrows between rather rugged hills, used to be in
olden times a favourite camping place of the natives who assembled
here (even within the knowledge of some settlers) in considerable
numbers, mainly for the purpose of making stone implements. A
shingle bed near one of the bends in the river furnished excellent
and abundant material for tomahawks amongst the flattish and
more or less oval pebbles.

Many half finished tomahawks and pebbles, the shaping of
which had just been commenced, have from time to time been
picked up near this locality, and some may still be found there.
The blacks were not likely to encumber themselves with too much
weight, and therefore only the finished articles were carried away,
the unfinished being left behind to be taken in hand again on the
next return to the place.

Plate xxix. represents three such pieces of stone showing

the commencement of the work, and one finished tomahawk. The
UN

404 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

first three were found by me at the place described, and the last
was discovered not far from it near the Crackenback River.

It seems that the first thing in shaping a tomahawk, after
selecting a suitable pebble, was simply to beat another stone
against it and chip the edges to a slanting face that would produce
a sharp angle with one of the planes of the stone. This is all
that has been done to the first three specimens represented, the
rock of which is a fine grained felspathic quartzite of dark grey
colour.

The finished implement is made of a similar material, but
somewhat lighter in colour. It is a well finished weapon
or tool with a sharp cutting edge and highly polished bevelled
sides. The other part of it is dressed smooth by being beaten
with another stone. By this method also the indented hollows
for fingerholds on the broadest surfaces of it are evidently pro-
duced. The implement seems to have been only intended
to be held with the hand when it was in use, and is in
reality an adze rather than a tomahawk. It weighs twelve
ounces.

A Native Buriat Puacs.

During my visit to the Monaro District in the early part of
1889, I opened a grave near Cobbin (situated between the Snowy
River and its tributary the Mowamba River) that was pointed
out to me by Mr. Thompson, the owner of the run. To this
gentleman I owe the particulars I am about to communicate con-
cerning the individual whose remains I undertook to disturb.

It had been an old man who for several years prior to his death
was carried by the tribe from place to place when they shifted
their camp, because owing to some hip disease he was unable to
walk. The wailing and lamentations over his death lasted for
three nights and three days, and a great many natives assembled
to assist in the funeral ceremonies. A number of half decayed
sticks still lying in a semicircle about twenty yards from the grave
marked the place where some brushwood had been heaped up to
form a shelter against the wind, and some charcoal indicated the
spots where the fires had been lighted during the nights.

BY RICHD. HELMS. 405

The grave was situated in an elevated position on a low rise
consisting of coarse gritty and clayey soil. The dry situation and
the natural compactness of the soil no doubt greatly helped to
preserve the grave, which could be distinguished quite plainly
although it was over seventeen years since it had been formed. A
circular mound rose about two and a half feet from a base which
was upwards of five feet in diameter, irregularly flattened out at
the edges and strewn with sparsely imbedded rock fragments. In
the centre of the mound there were three posts.

In removing the soil and stones I found that the grave must
have been dug over six feet deep in the solid ground, and seemed
to have had an oblong shape of about four feet in length by two
and a half feet wide. At the bottom a dome-like excavation
about three feet long and nearly two feet high had been made in
one of the longest sides of the hole, into which the corpse had
been pushed. The opening had been covered by bark and grass,
against which flat stone slabs had been placed. The hole was
filled with granite slabs carefully laid down, with grass in the
interstices, for some distance, and over this with stones and earth.
At each end of the grave had been placed a strong sapling that
rose from the bottom by the side of the cavity in which the body
rested to about four feet above the surface of the ground, and
a third one was placed midway between them after a few feet
had been filled in. These were the posts that rose from the
mound, and which guided me to the cavity containing the corpse.

Although the death took place seventeen years before I opened
the grave, I found no difficulty in determining the method in
which the body had been prepared for interment. The knees had
been drawn up to the abdomen and lashed with bast, the elbows
had been laid close to the sides, and the hands were placed flat in
front of the face. Although nothing but the bones of the man
remained, their position left no doubt that the limbs were placed
as described. It was evident that the body had been lashed
together into the smallest possible compass by bast being coiled
round it in all directions. After being tied up it had then been
wrapped in a blue blanket, perished fragments of which still

406 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES,

remained, and then in thick fibrous bark that was well lashed
round it.

The bones were still very solid, although discoloured. The
skull seemed to me of a much lower type than most skulls I have
seen, and by no means indicated intellectual power, which might
have been expected from the way the individual had been revered
by his tribe. The forehead receded very much and was strongly
developed over the orbits, and the jaws were extremely powerful,
forming a protruding chin that gave the whole face a receding
aspect.

Both hip bones were considerably swollen towards the upper
margin and showed a distinct honeycomhbed character which was
unmistakably the result of necrosis. From the appearance of
these bones it cannot be doubted that the man was unable to
walk during the advanced stage of the disease, and he must have
suffered a great deal of pain judging from their abnormal
condition.

=

Note.

Unless seen it is scarcely credible what an enormous number
of the Bugong moths inhabit the crevices and clefts of the rocks
on the highest ridges of the mountains. The crows have become
the principal exterminators since the blackfellow has disappeared,
and they do their work effectively by entering the narrowest
apertures. Thousand of crows may be seen swarming during the
whole of the summer about the rocks feeding upon nothing else
but the moths. |The enormous number of these birds congre-
gated at the highest peaks can only be appreciated by
approaching them under cover, as I did in February, 1893, when
on a visit to the Australian Alps, and surprising them in their
secret pursuit on one of the rugged peaks. As soon as I was
observed by one of them, a caw of alarm was raised, which was
rapidly repeated by others, and from every crack and cranny
their black plumage burst forth. Soon thousands of crows rose
in the air almost like a cloud, making the environs resound again

BY RICHD. HELMS. 407

with their mingled caws of terror and surprise. On land I have
never seen such a number of birds rise together as I saw at Mt.
Tate; it could only be compared to the incalculable number of
seafowl that rise when they are disturbed at their lonely rock-isle
by a sudden shot from a passing vessel.

It is almost impossible to form an estimate of the number of
the insects that are annually devoured by the crows; just as
difficult as it is to form an idea of the masses formerly consumed
by the blacks. The figure in each case must, however, reach
high into the millions. Like the dusky coloured men, the
birds are fonder of this food than anything else, and will not
touch even dead or dying sheep, I am informed, whilst plenty of
“ Bugongs” are to be found. My own observations contirm this
statement.

The Dingo, as well as the Native Cat, it is stated, feed upon
the moths. |

Dr. R. von Lendenfeld (Report on the Gold Fields of Victoria,
1886, p. 72), speaking of the Bogong Range, states :—‘ The high
tablelands which constitute the nucleus of this range are inhabited
by a species of moth belonging to the Noctwina. The caterpillars
of it are exceedingly abundant, and formed, half-roasted, at certain
seasons, a favourite food of the Australian natives. The natives
call these caterpillars ‘ Bogong,’ which name was afterwards

applied to the habitat of the Bogong,” &c.

The statement as to the caterpillars having been eaten is
incorrect. The larve of Agrotis spina, Gn., like the imago, are shy
of light. They are night feeders, and hide during the day, like
all other species of the genus, in the ground or at the base of
plants, and besides are protected by their colour. Their habits,
as well as their protective colour, prohibits a collection in numbers
sufficient to serve as food for whole tribes of natives.

The accompanying sketches I owe to the skill of my young
friend, Mr. Claude Fuller, whose valuable assistance was readily
given and is deserving of my warmest thanks.

408 ANTHROPOLOGICAL NOTES.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATESX XX,

Figs. 1-8.—Flat stones chipped at the margins, showing the first prepara-
tion for the production of a sharp edge.

Fig. 4.-Finished tomahawk, or adze; the asterisks indicate the position
of the circular depressions or fingerholds (2? nat. size).

PLATE Xx

Grave of an Aboriginal; with sections of the same, showing the body
as placed in the cavity, and the manner in which the hole was filled.

409

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The newspapers of Ist inst. reported that at Wilcannia nearly
an entire flock of sheep had been poisoned through eating raven-
ously of “grey bush,” resulting in the deaths of 3700. Mr. Fred.
Turner exhibited a specimen of the plant implicated, which turns
out to be Kochia pyramidata, Benth. As this is not a poisonous
plant, the fatal results were more reasonably attributable to
mechanical irritation and inflammation arising from eating too
voraciously of the indigestible twiggy branches. A photograph
of the defunct sheep as they lay in camp was also shown,
and extracts were read from a letter from Mr. A. J. Esau, of the
“Western Grazier,” which confirmed the diagnosis given above,
and added that the sheep were in very low condition, almost at
starvation point, and that when the opportunity came they simply
gorged themselves with “grey bush.”

Mr. Maiden and Mr. Baker exhibited specimens to illustrate
their papers.

Mr. Maiden also exhibited specimens of a very young cocoanut
plant, showing the early growth of leaves and roots, from
Aneityum, New Hebrides. Also, from the same island, a native
drill consisting of small quartz crystals fastened to a round stick
about 2 ft. long. A piece of perforated rock and loose crystals
also accompanied the exhibit.

Mr. Hedley exhibited a valve of Cardiwm flavum, Linn., from
Port Jackson. '

Mr. Masters exhibited a collection of 170 species of named
Coleoptera, lately received from Mr. Arthur M. Lea, of Western
Australia, containing types of all the species described by him in
his last paper. The following families were represented :—
Malacodermide 59 species, Pythide 3, Pedilide 5, Pyrochroide 2,
Mycetophagide 4, Curculiomde 3, Melandryide 6, Mordellide 47,
Anthicide 15, Corylophide 20, and a few others.

Professor David exhibited (1) a number of transparent rock
sections, prepared by Mr. Brook, of Sydney University, of an
oolitic limestone from the Manning River, New South Wales.

410 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

The limestone contains numerous foraminifera, and abundant
remains of small organisms, the precise nature of which has not
yet been determined. The specimen from which the sections
were cut was presented by Mr. C. W. Darley, M. Inst. C.E. The
rock is probably of Carboniferous age. (2) A specimen of fossil
alge (7), collected by Mr. C. Jenkins, from the Yass District, and
now in the Geological Collection at the University of Sydney.

Mr. Mitchell, Narellan, exhibited some fossils from the Wiana-
matta Series, in the neighbourhood of Narellan, consisting of
insect remains and impressions of a plant apparently belonging to
the Teniopteride. Mr. Froggatt, of the Technological Museum,
had determined the insect remains to be referable to the Families
Blattide and Buprestide. Of the former there were impressions
of fragments of wings, and of the latter of an elytron. Mr.
Etheridge, Curator of the Australian Museum, to whom the
specimens had been submitted, confirmed Mr. Froggatt’s opinion.
The plants consisted of fragments of leaves showing rows of
papille along each side, or in some cases along one side, of the
midrib on the basal portion, which may be sori. The fossil
Orthoptera are from a railway cutting on the Great Southern line
at Glenlee; the Buprestid and plants from the Great Road about
a mile N.E. of Narellan. Mr. Mitchell also exhibited some oolitic
limestone found in a sample of lime from Marulan.

41]

WEDNESDAY, JULY 3lsr, 1891.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday even-
ing, July 31st, 1895.

The President, Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E., in the
Chair.

Dr. James Froude Flashman, B.Sc., Hospital for the Insane,
Parramatta, was elected a Member of the Society.

The President said that he had to announce with regret the
death, on the 9th inst., of amember, Dr. P. H. MacGillivray, M.A.,
of Sandhurst, Victoria, well known for his important series of
contributions to a knowledge of Australian Polyzoa, covering a
period of more than thirty-five years.

DONATIONS.

Geological Survey of India—Records. Vol. xxviii. Part 2
(1895). From the Director.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. viii. (1895), Nos. 12-17.
From the Government Secretary.

New Zealand Institute—Transactions and Proceedings, 1894.
Vol. xxvii. From the Institute.

Pharmaceutical Journal of Australasia. Vol. viii. (1895), Nos.
6-7. From the Editor.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrg. Nos. 475-477 (May-June,
1895). From the Editor.

University of Melbourne—Calendars for the Years 1894 and
1895. From the University.

412 DONATIONS.

Boston Society of Natural Huistory—Proceedings. Vol. xxvi,
Parts 2-3 (1893-94): Memoirs. Vol. ii. No. xiv. (1894). rom
the Society.

New York Academy of Sciences—Transactions. Vol. xiii.
(1893-94). rom the Academy.

California Academy of Sciences—Proceedings. 2nd Ser. Vol.
iv. Part 1 (1894). rom the Academy.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences—Proceedings. Vol.
xxix. (1893-94). From the Academy.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History—Journal. Vol. xvii.
Nos. 2-3 (1894). rom the Socvety.

American Philosophical Society—Proceedings. Vol. xxxiil.
No. 145 (1894). From the Society.

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia—Proceedings,
1894, Part ii. From the Academy.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science—Proceedings and Transac-
tions. Second Series. Vol.i. Part 3 (1893). From the Institute.

Smithsonian Institution, Washington-—Annual Reports of the
Board of Regents for the years ending July, 1892, and July, 1893.

From the Institution.

Bureau of American Ethnology—Tenth Annual Report,
1888-89: Biblography of the Wakashan Languages. By J. C.
Pilling: The Maya Year. By C. Thomas: Pamunkey Indians of
Virginia. By J.G. Pollard. From the Director.

U.S. Department of Agriculture—Report of the Secretary,
1893: Division of Entomology—Insect Life. Vol. vi. No. 5;
Vol. vii. Nos. 1-3 (1894): Bulletin. No. 32 (1894). From the
Secretary of Agriculture.

Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin—-Verhandlungen. Vol.
xxi. (1894), Nos. 7-9: Zeitschrift. Vol. xxix. (1894), Nos. 3-5.
From the Socvety.

Naturhistorisches Museum in Hamburg—Mitteilungen. xi.
Jahrg. (1893). From the Museum.

DONATIONS. 413

K.K. Naturhistorisches Hof-Museum, in Wien—Annalen. Bd.
vill. Nos. 1-2 (1894): Bd. ix. Nos. 1-2 (1894). From the
Museum.

Kéngl. Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften—Sitzungs-
berichte, 1892-1893: Jahresbericht fiir die Jahre 1892-93. From
the Socrety.

K.K. Zoologisch botanische Gesellschaft in Wien— Verhand-
lungen. xliv. Bd. 1-2 Quartal (1894): xlv. Bd. 4 Heft (1895).
from the Socvrety.

Verein fiir Vaterlindische Naturkunde in Wurttemberg—
Jahreshefte. L. Jahrgang (1894). From the Society.

Naturforschender Verein in Brinn—Verhandlungen. xxxi.

Bd. (1892): xi. Bericht (1893). From the Society.

Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg—Bulletin.
Nouvelle Série. T. iv. (xxxvi.), Nos. 1-2 (1893-94): Mémoires.
i icceax. seconde Partie (1893); T. xh. Nos. 8-9 (1893); T.
xlii. Nos. 2 and 11 (1894). From the Academy

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xii. No. 3 (June, 1895). From
the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

Medicinisch-Naturwissenschaftliche Gesellschaft zu Jena—
Jenaische Zeitschrift. xxix. Bd. 3-4 Heft (1895). From the
Society.

Verein fiir Erdkunde zu Leipzig—Mittheilungen, 1894. From
the Socrety.

Société d’ Horticulture du Doubs, Besangon—Bulletin, n.s.
No. 53 (May, 1895). From the Society.

Zoological Society of London—Abstract, 21st May, 1895:
Proceedings, 1895. Part 1. From the Society.

Entomological Society of London—Transactions, 1895. Part
iu. rom the Society.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. No. 342 (June, 1895).
From the Editors.

414 DONATIONS,

Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College—Bulletin.
Vol. xxvii. No. 1 (May, 1895). Prom the Director.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia—Twenty-third Annual
Report (1895). From the Soctety.

Natural Science Association of Staten Island—Proceedings.
Vol. iv. No. 15 (March, 1895). From the Association.

Royal Society of South Australia—Transactions. Vol. xix.
Part 1 (1895). From the society.

Journal of Conchology. Vol. viii. No. 2 (1895). From the
Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Société Royale de Géographie d’ Anvers—Bulletin. TT. xix.
5me Fasc. (1894-95). From the Society.

Geelong Naturalist. Vols. 1.-111.,iv. Nos. 3-4. rom the Gordon °
Technical College and Museum.

Société Géologique de Belgique—Annales. T. xx. 3° Liv.; T.
xxi. 3° Liy.; ‘T. xxi. 1'° Liv... Mrom the Soetety:

Johns Hopkins University Circulars. Vol. xiv. No. 119 (June,
1895). From the University.

American Museum of Natural History—Bulletin. Vol. vii.
Sig. 10-12 (pp. 145-192). From the Museum.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. No. 115 (July,
1895). From the Editor.

Agricultural Gazette of N.S. Wales. Vol. vi. (1895), Part 6
(June). From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle, Paris—Bulletin. Année, 1895,
No. 3. From the Musewm.

Marine Biological Association of the United Kingdom—
Journal. Vol. ii. (New Series), Special Number (1895). rom

the Association.

L’Académie Royale des Sciences, &c., de Danemark, Copen-
hague — Bulletin. Année 1894, No. 3; Année 1895, No. 1.
From the Academy.

415

AUSTRALIAN TERMITID 4.
Part I.
By Wa .trer W. FRoGGAr?.

INTRODUCTION.

These notes on white ants were first undertaken with the
intention of working out the economic aspect of their life-history,
more especially their partiality for certain timbers more than
others, and the best methods of exterminating them.

There is no family of insects in the warmer and tropical por-
tions of the earth’s surface whose members wage such ceaseless
warfare against man’s handiwork. From their countless numbers,
subterranean habits, and insidious manner of attack, none are
more difficult to cope with; for often it is not until the damage is
complete that their presence is even suspected. In Australia
alone thousands of pounds worth of property is annually destroyed
by these voracious pests. Having started on this subject, I found
both material and notes accumulate so rapidly that I determined
(without losing sight of the earlier phase of the question) to
expand my notes into a more pretentious work, namely, the study
of the habits and life-histories of all the Australian species
obtainable, recording my observations when possible from living
specimens.

With this end in view, I obtained the sanction of the Curator
of the Technological Museum (Mr. J. H. Maiden), who has also
greatly assisted me in many ways at this work, to print and issue
a circular from the Museum, asking for specimens and giving
brief instructions to residents of termite-infested country how to
collect. them.

It is from the generous way in which my valued correspondents,
many of them personally unknown to me (specimens and notes

416 AUSTRALIAN TERMITIDZ,

upon their habits having come to me from all quarters), that I
am enabled to enlarge my observations and add much to our
general knowledge of their distribution and habits.

I have also had the advantage, in earlier years, of travelling
over a considerable portion of the interior of Australia, and after-
wards round the whole coast, and therefore start with a personal
knowledge of these pests in many phases of camp life, and a fair
idea of their distribution over this great island. |

Part I.—DuiIstTrisBuTion.

In going into the literature on “white ants,” I have consulted
a great number of works of voyages and travels, as well as the
scientific papers available; and during these investigations I have
been much struck with certain interesting facts relating to the
geographical distribution of termites. Therefore, before dealing
with the Australian species, I propose to glance at those from
other parts of the world.

In the fossil fauna of the Old World termites are very well
represented; evidently in bygone epochs, as now, at certain
seasons of the year the winged forms swarmed in myriads out of
the nests. Fluttering about in their generally aimless manner,
many of them alighted upon the soft resin coating the trunks of the
pine trees, and became entombed. It is a noticeable fact that
nearly all the fossil species have been described from winged
forms, no soldiers or workers of most of them being met with.
The resin changed to amber has retained the remnants of the
prehistoric insect world, and it is to its preservative powers that
we owe most of our knowledge of the fossil termites, though
others have been described from other formations both from
Europe and America.

In 1848 Professor Heer published his “ Ueber fossile Ameisen”*
describing the fossil insects from the Tertiary beds of Oeningen
and Radoboj. This, the first systematical study of the fossil

* Afterwards translated and published in the Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
London, vi. 1850.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. ALT

insect world, was followed in 1852 by Dr. Hagen’s* work deal-
ing with the fossil termites of the same locality; after describing
the different species he states that the climate of Europe must
have been much warmer in the Tertiary age than at present to
have supported such an extensive insect world, and that out of
sixty known species of termites nearly a third of them were fossil.
During the years 1855-60 Dr. Hagen} brought out his Monograph,
in which he worked out all the then known species, both fossil and
recent, among others a fossil species (Z'ermes grandevus) from
England, the exact locality not being given. This work still
retains its place as the text book on matters relating to the
classification of the Vermuitide.

In 1861 three species were noticed by Hagen in some Sicilian
amber obtained by Hope for the Oxford Museum. t

In 1878 Sterzel described another for which he formed the new
genus Mixotermes, from the carboniferous of Lugau.§

In 1883 Scudder|| published an account of his studies of the
fossil termites of the Florissant Tertiaries of Colorado; in this
interesting paper he gives a general account of all the fossil
termites known from other places, and describes six new species,
forming the genus Parotermes, to contain the first three, while of
the others one comes in the genus Hodotermes and two in
Eutermes.

Brongniart{] has made a magnificent addition to our knowledge
of fossil termites in his Monograph upon the study of fossil
insects, published last year.

=

* Ueber die Lebensweise der Termiten und ihre Verbreitung. Konigsb.
Naturwiss. Unterhalt., ii. 3, 53-75.

+ Monographie der Termiten. Linnea Entomol. x. (1855), pp. 1 and
270; xii. (1858), 1.; xiv. (1860), 73.

+t Hagen, H.A. Eutom. Weekly Intell. 10, 151, 168, London, 1861.
§ Sterzel, on Fossil Termites. Ber. Ges. Chemn. 1878-80.

| Sendder, 8S. H. Vhe Fossil White Ants of Colorado. Proc. Amer.
Acad. Arts and Sciences, 1883, pp. 133-145.

J] Brongniart,C. Recherche pour servir a1’ Histoire des Insectes Fossiles
des Temps Primaires, &. Bull. Soc. d’Indus.!Minerale. 1893, vii. (3),
pe 127.

418 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID.-£,

At the present time three species of termites are found in
Europe, and though they are chiefly distributed along the coast
of the Mediterranean and the warmer portions of Southern
Europe, one species has been recorded from as far north as
Odessa, Russia, where it is said to have done a considerable
amount of damage. Of the three species now acclimatised in
Southern Europe, only one is said to be indigenous, Termes
lucifugus, which was known to exist in France at a very early
date, though it was not until 1853 that it was reported to have
committed any noticeable depredations.* Early in this year they
appeared everywhere as a regular plague in the city of Rochelle,
and not content with eating up the wood, found their way into
the city archives and destroyed many of the State documents.

This species now ranges over the whole of the southern pro-
vinces of France, through the Spanish Peninsula, Italy, Sicily,
Sardinia, the Morea, Turkey, Cypress, Egypt and Madeira.

A good deal has been written about this species, the latest
being Professor Grassi and Dr. Sandias’ splendid Monograph on
the termites of Catania,+ containing an exhaustive account of this
species.

The second species, 7. flavicollis, Fab., was originally a North
African termite found at Barbary and Algiers, from whence it
has made its way along the European side of the Mediterranean,
being found in most of the localities infested by the previous
species.

The third, 7. flavipes, is the common North American species,
which has been introduced into Europe, probably in the first
instance with logs of timber, and has been discovered as far east
as the Bath House of Schoenbruin at Vienna.

Many instances have been recorded of small colonies of
termites having been introduced into botanical gardens and hot

* A. de Quatrefages. Notes on the Termites of Rochelle. Ann. Sci.
Nat. (8° sér.) Zool. xx. 1853, pp. 16-21.

¢ Prof. B. Grassi and Dr. A. Sandias, Atti dell’ Accademia Gioenia
di Sc. Nat. in Catania. Ser. 4, Vol. vi. 1894.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 419

.

houses in specimens of foreign timbers; in 1874 such a family was
discovered in the palm house at the Royal Gardens at Kew,
where they were isolated and kept under observation for some
time, specimens being exhibited by Mr. R. Mchachlan* at a
meeting of the Entomological Society of London in 1874.

Turning to Africa, we find that termites are very generally
distributed, about twenty species having been catalogued in
Hagen’s list from this part of the world; of these two are peculiar
to the Isle of France, and one to Madeira; some species are very
local and confined to small areas, while others have a very wide
geographical distribution. The famous Termes bellicosus, immor-
talised by Smeathman7 in the earliest and most complete account
of mound-building termites, according to Hagen, ranges round
the whole coast line of Africa.

As might be expected, the nearer to the equator the more
plentiful the termites; and nearly all equatorial travellers have
something to say about these pests. Paul Du Chaillut gives a
general account of several species on the west coast in his popular
works of travel; Oates§ notices those in Matabele Land, and
figures one of their larger nests; while Professor Drummond] deals
extensively with those found in the Lake Nyassa country.
Though termites are so plentiful on the main land, I can find no
species recorded from Madagascar.

The hold that the white ants have obtained on that rock-bound
island, St. Helena, is a remarkable instance of accidental coloniza-
tion. It is stated on good authority that before the year 1840
white ants were unknown on this island; but at this date a
captured slaver was condemned and dismantled at Jamestown, in

* R. McLachlan. Proc. Ent. Soc. p. xii. 1874.

+ H. Smeathman. On the Termites of Africa and other hot climates.
Pnoil. Trans. Royal Soc. London (Abridged Edition), Vol. xv. p. 61, 1781.

t P. du Chaillu. Explorations and Adventures in Equatorial Africa, p.
314, 1868; and My Apingi Kingdom, pp 115-142, 1871.

§ Frank Oates. Matabele Land and the Victoria Falls. London, 1881,
p. 134.

|| H. Drummond. Tropical Africa, chap. vi. London, 1889.
BB

420 AUSTRALIAN TERMITIDA,
®

the timbers of which there was introduced a South American
species (Hutermes tenwis, Hagen) common in Brazil. So
destructive did they become that several Royal Commissions
were appointed to consider the best methods of dealing with them.
Melliss* states that they have destroyed over £60,000 worth of
property in this island.

Passing into Asia, none are recorded from the northern and
central countries. Crichton} says that in some parts of Arabia
they are very destructive to young trees, which the Arabs pro-
tect by coating the trunks with sheep dung. Two species are
catalogued by Hagen from Schiraz, on the Persian Gulf, beyond
which until we reach India is a blank. In the latter country,
particularly in the southern provinces, white ants are numerous
and destructive, though there are apparently not a great number
of species among them. 7'ermes taprobanes, one of the commonest,
is very plentiful in Ceylon, also extending into Borneo, Sumatra
and Java, all of those islands having several other species recorded
from them.

In the Philippine Islands they are well known. Seoane] gives
an interesting account of a Spanish man-of-war which was com-
pletely destroyed by Termes dives while lying in the Port of
Ferrol.

Déderlein§ has described a species from Japan. Mr. Knower,
of the Johns Hopkins University, U.S.A., a well-known worker
on the Termites, tells me that the common American species,
Termes flavipes, is recorded from Japan, but I presume it has been
introduced into the latter country.

Peel|| has given an account of those from Assam, and Romanis§
observed them and noted the habits of a species (probably Z'ermes

* Melliss, J. C. St. Helena. pp. 171-176, 1&75.
+ A. Crichton. History of Arabia, Ancient and Modern. Edinb., 1883,

p. 461.
t V. L.Seoane. C.R. Ent. Belg. xx. pp. xiv.-xv. 1879.

§ L. Déderlein. Mitth. Ges Ostasiens, iii. pp. 211-212, 1881.
|| &. E. Peel. Nature, xxvi., p. 343, 1882.
{] R. Romanis. Entomologist, xvi. pp. 214-215.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 491

taprobanes) in Rangoon. In the Zoology of the Novara Expedi-
tion, Brauer has described two species from the Nicobar Islands;
while Forbes* noticed them on the Cocos Keeling Islands, where
he says they were introduced some years before; this is the only
instance in which I have been able to find them recorded from a
coral island.

Extending down into the Australian region, there is no record
of any species from the mainland of New Guinea, though I have
made special enquiries. D’Albertis+ mentions them twice on
Yule Island, no great distance from the mainland, and it is most
likely that they occur inland; for at the present time most of the
known portions of New Guinea are either river delta country or
mountain ranges, neither of which is suitable for their habitations.

Three species are known from New Zealand, four from Tas-
mania, and six from Australia.

IT have been unable to come across any reference to Termites
being found in any of the Pacific Islands, but within this last
month I have received some from the New Hebrides. They
belong to a very large species and were sent from Aneityum in a
bottle full of insects by the Rev. J. H. Lawrie to the Techno-
logical Museum. In the Hawaiian Islands Blackburnt found
two species very plentiful, both of which are American forms and
may possibly have been introduced.

The home of the white ant, however, appears to be South
America, and its headquarters Brazil; from which country alone
twenty-seven species are known. Many of these were collected
by Bates§ on the Amazons, who recorded the habits of
several species; while Fritz Miiller|| has contributed largely to our

* H. G. Forbes. A Naturalist’s Wanderings in the Eastern Archipelago.
London, 1885.

+ D’Albertis. New Guinea, Vol. i. pp. 355-401. 1881.
t R. McLachlan. On the Termites collected by the Rev. Thos. Black-
burn. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), xii. p. 221, 1883.

§ H. W. Bates. Naturalist on the River Amazon, Lond. 1863; and
Proc. Lann. Soe. Vol. ii. 1854.

|| Fritz Muller. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Termiten. Jen. Z. Nat. vii.
pp. 337, 451, 1873; and 1.c. 1875 ard 1887.

499 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID A,

knowledge of these insects in working out the life-histories of
those found in the vicinity of Santa Catherina. White ants have
been described from Banda Oriental and the Argentine Republic
on the east to Chili on the west.

All the West Indian Islands are more or less infested with
them. Cuba has several species. Hubbard* has described the
habits of those found in Jamaica, of which the tree nest building
Hutermes rippertit is the most plentiful; Maynardt has noted them
on the Bahamas, and Moseley{ on the Virgin Islands, while
Hagen has catalogued them from St. Domingo and St. Thomas,
~and Marshall$ has studied the habits of Hutermes destructor in
Antigua.

Central America is very thickly infested with them, and during
the construction of the Panama railway line they did an immense
amount of damage to the rolling stock and wood work of the
houses. Two officers of the company, Messrs. Dudley and Beau-
mont,|| kept a number in captivity and discovered some interest-
ing habits of the commonest species.

The common species in North America is Termes flavipes,
which is distributed nearly all over the United States, with
several others more local in their habits. Scudder] has recounted
their ravages in Florida. Buckley** has described two species from

* H. G. Hubbard. Notes on the Tree Nests of Termites in Jamaica,
Proc. Bost. Soc. xix. pp. 267-275, 1878.

+ Maynard. Notes on the White Ants in the Bahamas. Psyche, v.
pp. 111-113, 1888.

+t H. N. Moseley. Notes by a Naturalist on H.M.S. Challenger, p. 12,
New Edit. 1894.

§ T. A. Marshall. On the Habits of some species of Termites in Antigua.
Proc. Ent. Soc. p. xxxiv. 1878.

|| P. H. Dudley and J. Beaumont. Observations on the Termites or
White Ants of the Isthmus of Panama. Trans. New York Acad. of Science,
Vol. viii. i889.

1 S H. Scudder. Ravages of White Ants in Florida. Canadian Ento-
mologist, xix. p. 217, 1887.

** 8. B. Buckley. Descriptions of two new species of Termites from
Texas. Philad. Entom. Soc. Proc. 1861-63, pp. 212-215.

Ps. er

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 423

Texas; they are known in Mexico; and Osten-Sacken* has studied
the habits of those in California. In the Southern States along
the Mississippi they do a great deal of damage at times, while in
1879 Hagen} reported that they appeared in great numbers at
Cambridge, Mass., but disappeared the following season. The
most northern limit of the white ant is Manitoba, whence one
species (Termopis occidentalis ) has been recorded by Treherne. }

To give an accurate account of their geographical distribution
in Australia is no easy matter, as much of the country has been
very cursorily examined as regards its insect fauna; and few of.
the naturalists on overland expeditions have collected white ants
unless they were very much in evidence. However, all along the
eastern coast line, which is mainly forest country, termites are
plentiful; in southern Gippsland they are a well-known pest, and
more northward in the Goulburn Valley (Victoria) we have
several accounts of their attacks upon vines and fruit trees. In _
the northern parts of Victoria several species are found, but never
in great numbers, and seldom forming distinctive nests. Coming
into New South Wales, in the Shoalhaven district there are two
common species constructing nests, many of the larger nests being
from six to seven feet in height. These tall nests are dotted all
over the flats, but are seldom met with on the higher hills; they
are formed by our common yellow-headed termite, which though
common in the neighbourhood of Sydney does not make any kind
of nest, but lives under iogs and stones or in old timber. North
of Sydney, towards Newcastle, white ants are common among the
dead timber, the arboreal Hutermes building their nests up the
trees being the prevailing species. <A resident of Cape Hawke
informs me that they are very bad in that neighbourhood. I have
several species from Uralla where there are plenty of the yellow-

* G. R. Osten-Sacken. Observations on Termes found in California.
Proc. Boston. Soc. xix. p. 72, 1877.

+ A. H. Hagen. Notes on a Great Cloud of Termites appearing in 1878:
Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H. xx. p. 118, 1879.

+ H.S. Treherne. Notes on species observed in Manitoba. Proc. Bost+
Soc. N, H. xix. p. 74, 1877.

434 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID 4,

headed termites’ tall nests; they are generally scattered over the
northern districts of New South Wales and southern Queensland.
North of Rockhampton they begin to be noticeable as a pest,
though the large nests are not very common; from Mackay I
have at least five species; towards Townsville they increase in
numbers, and about Charters Towers and northward are a very
serious trouble. It is only here and there, however, that the
large mound nests appear; but the arboreal nesting Hutermes,
though not always building on the trees, seem to be found all
over the country. From Cooktown and all over Cape York the
nests are large and numerous; the magnetic nest so well-known
in Port Darwin being found on the Bloomfield River, north of
Cooktown.*

At Somerset (Cape York), there is one of the most remarkable
termite cities in the world; viewed from the sea, and looking up
beyond the old Government Residency, now occupied by Mr.
Frank Jardine’s homestead, it appears as if the plain for a mile
or more in extent 1s covered with pointed pillars six or seven feet
in height, broad at the base and tapering to the summit, forming
regular symmetrical pyramids. They are thickly dotted over the
plain, often only a few yards apart; the effect is much heightened
if the grass has been freshly burnt off, as it had been the first
time I passed Somerset.

Several writers have noticed this city of the termites.
Moseley?+ likens them to kiln chimneys; he says that it gives the
country the appearance of a pottery district in miniature, and
states that many of them are ten feet high. D’Albertis,{ writing
of this place, says:—‘‘ Termite nests, both on the hills and plains,
measured often ten feet in height and thirteen feet in circum-
ference at the base”; he found upon opening them that many were
attacked and often almost exterminated by large black ants.

* D. Le Soeuf. A visit to the Bloomfield River. Victorian Naturalist,
Vol xxi. 1894, p. 25.

+ H. N. Moseley, l.c. p. 302.
+ D’Albertis, l.c.p. 229, Vol. 1.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 425

On Thursday Island and the many islands round Cape York,
the same form of nest is met with; turning down into the Gulf
country and to the watershed of the Flinders River and _ its
tributaries, we find one of the most termite-infested localities in the
world. Nothing is too hard or dry for them; stockyards, fences
and houses only last for a few years in spite of all precautions;
a branch is attacked as soon as it is dead, and in many places no
stumps or dry wood is left in the scrubby forests; everything is
swept up as it were by these underground gnomes, who as forest
scavengers do their duty thoroughly. If one cuts some grass for
a bed and leaves it lying upon the ground for 24 hours, anywhere
on the lower Flinders, one will find it cut up into fine chaff by the
termites which have come up from the earth beneath, and if one is
inexperienced enough to leave his blankets on the top of it, he
will find all the lower folds riddled with holes. Earth scoops and
carts that had been left in the paddocks for a while at Cambridge
Downs Station were brought in with the felloes of the wheels
(hard seasoned timber) gnawed to a shell, while things in the
store had to be constantly turned over, as they even carried their
clay up into the cases of soap, jams and meats, which not only
destroyed the boxes but caused holes to rust in the tins and spoil
their contents. Ata hut on this station where I used to camp,
the sides were built of upright saplings about six inches in
diameter; the termites had worked their way up these, reducing
each to a simple pipe of bark. In the silence of the night I have
often lain awake listening to the sound of the millions of tiny
jaws gnawing at these timbers, voices of the night as strange and
uncanny as one could well imagine.

Passing from Normanton towards Port Darwin, we are still in
thickly infested country, and about ten miles out from Palmerston
are some of the tallest termite nests in the world. I am indebted
to Mr. N. Holze, the Curator of the Botanic Gardens there, for
photographs and specimens from these and the magnetic nests,
which will be dealt with in detail later on, together with the
species that form them.

In that portion of North-western Australia stretching across
from Cambridge Gulf to Roebuck Bay, known as the Kimberley

4296 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID,

district (where I spent over twelve months), and probably as far
as the De Grey River, all through the open forest flats and along
the edge of the sandy ‘“Pindan” country are found numbers of
large broad nests, from five to six feet in height, rather constricted
at the base, but swelling out on the sides in rounded masses,
where additions have been made, while the summit is broad and
rounded, giving them somewhat of a mushroom-like appearance.

As there are few or no trees over a belt of country to the
westward of the De Grey River for over three hundred miles, the
termites apparently disappear, nor can I find that they construct
nests or are at all noticeable in any other part of Western
Australia, but they have recently been reported as having
attacked the telegraph poles between York and Coolgardie. This
also applies to South Australia, though it must be remembered
that scattered bands of termites may be found in almost any part
of Australia which may attack an odd plank or tree, but they are
not in evidence as a serious pest.

In the vast tracts of dry and sparsely timbered country in
central Australia, termites are naturally scarce, and probably
wanting altogether in many parts of it. I never remember seeing
a mound nest west of the Darling or even in the northern districts
of Riverina, but with further observations from my many corres-
pondents, I hope to enlarge our knowledge of their distribution
and supplement this necessarily rough sketch.

TERMITARIA AND THEIR STRUCTURE.

Broadly speaking, termites’ nests may be separated into three
different typical forms, each of which undergoes several important
modifications in outward appearance, but always has the same
internal structure. The first may be called the turret or regular
mound nests, varying from eighteen feet in height to a little
pinnacle only a few inches above the surface, and sometimes
simply a bald patch upon the ground. In these abnormally high
ones the clay is generally carried up the face of adead tree, which
is gradually sheathed with this coating, while the trunk beneath
is changed nto triturated wood which in time becomes converted

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. ANA

into a hard papier-maché-like substance. The foundations of the
smaller mound nests are commenced at the base of a stump or
thrown up from under a fallen log. A correspondent in Kim-
berley, W.A. (W. O. Manbridge), tells me that a species there
forms its nest over the spinifex bushes. I have examined a great
number, all of which give proof of this, and they can be found in
all stages of growth. Though later writers have doubted the fact,
Hooker* as early as 1855 wrote that the Indian species always
commenced their nests over decaying woody or vegetable matter.

That the different species have peculiar ways of their own when
forming their mounds must be allowed, but the internal archi-
tecture of all of them is based upon one uniform plan, and as
an illustration of this I will describe the commonest large earth
covered nest found in New South Wales.

During a visit to the Shoalhaven district towards the end of
last year I had ample opportunities of examining a number
of these large nests, which are scattered thickly over all
the open forest country along the river, but are seldom
found towards the top of the ranges, the nests of the smalier
Eutermes taking their place. Roughly speaking, the average
is about one nest varying from three to seven feet in height
to every four acres. They vary a little in outward shape,
but a well-designed nest about six feet in diameter at the base
will run up nearly the same height, with a slight slope on the
sides to the apex, which is dome-shaped, not more than three feet
in diameter. The enveloping walls consist of the surface soil only
(a pale yellow sandy-brown) very hard on the weatherworn
surface, but much softer when cut into. The basal portion of the
walls are very much thinner than the dome-shaped summit, the
lower portion of the wall often not being more than a foot in thick-
ness, while the summit has a two-foot wall over it. All this earth
is gathered from the surface by the termites and not mined from
below, as many popular writers have asserted. In this locality
this is plainly demonstrated, for three inches below the surface

* J. D. Hooker. Himalyan Journals, London, 1855, Vol. i. p. 18.

428 AUSTRALIAN TERMITIDA,

there is nothing but coarse gravel of which the large nests of the
common reddish-brown ant (Lridomyrmex purpureus), also common
in this district, and which construct large underground chambers,
- are wholly composed.

The foundation of the termite nest rests upon the surface and
is complete in itself, and if you cut one round the base and then
insert a lever under the edge it is very easy to overturn the whole
nest; underneath the ground is smooth and hard with only a few
insignificant passages leading below.

Under normal conditions the enveloping earthy walls contain
very few insects, though there are always a few winding passages
running upwards and traversing them at irregular intervals; upon
the removal of this outer wall you expose a pyriform mass of
‘roughly granulated woody substance in contact with the covering
wall at the base, but gradually receding from it toward the apex,
where a space of several inches divides them. The summit of the
mass on the outside can be easily broken off in lumps, but as you
cut into it it becomes harder and more solid; galleries run all
round these masses and form irregular mazes of roadways lower
down, giving the termites access to all parts of the structure.
This portion of the nest (all the inner portion enclosed in the
earthy dome) is organic and is chiefly composed of triturated wood
which has at one time been gnawed up by the termites and then
evacuated by them; each of these granulated lumps shows a dis-
tinctly foliated structure as if it had been formed in thin coats;
no doubt when the fresh wood supplies are used up, this part of
the nest is again eaten.

Immediately in the centre of the nest, about six inches above
the base, is a rounded mass about as big as a man’s head, formed
of very thin layers of woody matter like brown paper, full of fine
chambers and passages, the layers very close together and folding
round each other towards the centre. Thisis the “nursery” of the
termitarium, and generally contains thousands or rather millions
of delicate white larvee, many of them no larger than a pin’s head.
I have never seen any signs of fungi growing in these nurseries as
mentioned by many writers, but the walls have a curious mottled

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 429

appearance and are full of very fine perforations; and the centre
of this structure, which is very brittle and crisp, has a distinctly
higher temperature than the outside.

On either side of this nursery where the ordinary galleries lead
out of the finer central cells, the eggs are found piled up in little
heaps like little grains of sand, white and rather elongated;
perhaps as much as a big tablespoonful being found on one patch,
and there may be several heaps close together. The formation
now becomes slightly terraced just beyond the eggs still on a
level with the nursery, and after breaking through a number of
very stout terraced chambers we came upon that containing the
queen; the floor of the chamber is perfectly flat and smooth, with
the roof forming a low dome over her, about six inches in circum-
ference, not unlike the cavity under an inverted saucer or watch
glass. Though in many popular descriptions of termitaria it 1s
invariably stated that there is a male with the gravid queen, I
have never found one in a fully developed nest, though frequently
finding a pair under stones or logs where they are evidently just
commencing to found a community. Sometimes they were so
much alike that it would be impossible to say which was king or
queen, but in others found in similar situations the body of the
queen was beginning to show the enlargement of the pregnant or
gravid state and the difference of the sexes was discernible. As
Fritz Miiller* has shown, in the first stages of the winged adults
when the insects are leaving the nest the sexual organs of the
males and the ovaries of the females are very rudimentary, and it
is not until the act of copulation that they become perfected.

On the evening of the 5th of October, while opening out nests
on the Shoalhaven flats, I came upon a large nest scarred with
narrow cuts, which upon examination proved to be slit-like
openings about a line or more in height and an inch or less in
length. These were all over the outside of the termitarium, and
in each slit, with their heads level with the surface of the termi-
tarlum, but not showing beyond, was a regular row of soldier

* Fritz Miller. Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Termiten. Jen. Z. Nat.
vii. pp. 337-451, 1873.

430 AUSTRALIAN TERMITIDA,

termites guarding the openings and not letting anything come out.
Upon cutting down the walls these openings were found to run
into low but broad roadways extending right through into the
heart of the nest thronged with winged termites waiting until
the withdrawal of the guards at the gateways. As soon as a
breach was made in the walls they commenced to swarm out from
all parts of the nest, and we were soon enveloped in a cloud of
black winged termites buzzing about and dropping all round,
causing quite a distinct noise, audible at a distance of several
feet, an immense number falling to the ground. These winged
specimens were found in chambers and passages all over the nest.
Previously in the vicinity of Sydney I had noticed larve with
rudimentary wings in the early part of the year, but in their
earlier stages the wings grow very slowly until after the winter
months are over. Termites were noticed flying about near Sydney
on the 2nd and 3rd of November in great numbers.

As to the age of these large termitaria, it could only be positively
ascertained by the extended observations of a resident in termite
infested country. But out of a great number I have opened out
I have only found one deserted, and it was only on cutting a
portion of it down that I discovered this fact, for to all outward
appearance it did not differ from the inhabited nests.

Smeathman and Savage, writing on the celebrated Termes
bellicosus, state that the fullgrown queen lives for five years, the
former being responsible for the statement that she lays 60 eggs
a minute and never stops (presumably during the five years).
Though he produces no evidence for this statement, it has been
copied into nearly all the popular works and text books on
entomology up to the present date, even appearing in Kirby’s
Text Book, published in 1885. As the working community of
the termitarium have a fresh supply of females to come forth
every season, and also very often a number of supplementary
queens in the nest (I have obtained 10 specimens of these queens
from one nest, which are I believe perfectly distinct from the
ordinary winged queens, as they are not recruited from the winged
forms but produced directly from the egg); it is therefore pretty

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 431

evident that the fate of the community does not hang upon the
prolongation of the gravid queen, as it is not at all a difficult
matter to replace her with a young and vigorous successor when
necessary.

From my own observations I do not think that the queen of
any Australian species either lays eggs so rapidly or lives so long.
I have on several occasions unearthed a queen in a very sickly
looking condition, with her abdomen yellow and wrinkled, and
with her antenne and most of the tarsi broken off, though the
nest from which she was taken was swarming with life and
apparently in the height of prosperity.

I should not be surprised to find that many of the larger mound
nests last for a great number of years, and that white ants may also
exist in their nests long after they have destroyed all the woody
matter they contain, for in the tropical parts of Australia before
the wet season sets in (about the middle of December) they stored
food supphes. When examining some of the large rounded
termite mounds near King’s Sound (N.W. Australia) I found on
cutting into them that all the outer galleries were full of bits of
grass cut up like fine chaff, which ran out in little streams to the
ground as soon as the passages were opened.

Professor Drummond* in his account of African termites pre-
viously quoted, notices the immense amount of clay carried up the
trunks of trees by these insects, which, he suggests, when it is
swept down by the tropical rains and is scattered over the
surrounding land is a great agent towards fertilizing the soil, and
that termites probably take the place of the earthworms of more .
temperate regions. This statement requires confirmation, for in
the first instance the soil used by the termites is gathered from
the surface of the ground, and whenever a large mound has been
destroyed in this country I have always noticed that nothing
grew upon or near it for a long time, but it had a dry, barren
appearance as if the clay had been burnt.,

* Drummond. Tropical Africa, lc.

432 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID#,

é

The remarkable fineness of the earth collected by the termites
for their nests is put to a practical use by the natives of Ceylon,*
who use the clay to make moulds in which to cast the finer
specimens of silversmith’s work; and it is also made into plastic
material for fashioning some of their earthenware gods, while in
India it is also used for polishing purposes.

In Austraha the large mounds are often demolished for the
sake of the clay they contain; it is mixed up with water and made
into sun-dried bricks for building houses, while beaten up into
mortar it makes excellent floors; both here and in South Africa
the smaller ones are turned into baker’s ovens after the interior
has been burnt out.

Another remarkable thing about the termites is that no matter
how dry the season, or parched up the country, if a nest is
broken no time elapses before it is mended with damp clay, while
the nest always contains a certain amount of moisture, without
which the termites could not exist. The question then arises, how
do they manage to retain this humidity in a rainless and dewless
country? Dr. Livingstonet remarking on this in South Africa,
says:—‘Can it be that they have the power of combining the
oxygen and hydrogen of their vegetable food by vital force so as
to obtain water ?” |

The internal structure of the “Magnetic Nests” of Port
Darwin, the large round topped ones of the North-West, and the
pyramidal shaped ones of Cape York, though differing very much
in their external architecture, all, with slight modifications, agree
with the Shoalhaven termitaria in their internal structure.

The next group of termite nests are formed by the members of
the genus Hutermes, which form a very distinct group, in which
the soldiers, instead of having double scissor-like jaws, are pro-
vided with heads prolonged into pike-like foreheads which gives
them the name of ‘“nasuti” soldiers. It was at one time a

* Sir J. Emerson Tennant. Sketches of the Nat. History of Ceylon,
chap. xi. 1861.

+ Dr. Livingstone. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa,
London, 1857.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 433

common idea that some nests contained both pike-headed and
scissor-jawed soldiers, but it is now known that this is not the case,
the Hutermes communities being quite distinct from those with
double-jawed soldiers.

The Eutermes build two kinds of nests, or rather similar nests
in different situations, either terrestrial or arboreal. Those built
on the ground are most common about Sydney, and are formed
over a small stump, never more than two to three feet and a half
in height, perfectly round at the base, with the summit rounded
and dome-shaped. They are generally dark brown or black, even
the outer surface being an admixture of earthy and woody matter,
‘and often with hardly any earth in their composition. There are
no enveloping walls. The true nest starts from the surface, the
whole being full of cells and chambers, though they are fewer and
the nest much harder and tougher on the surface; working
towards the centre the soft papery structure (similar to that of
the large nests) is found—“the nursery.” The queen and eggs are
not very far away from the nucleus, but the terraced portion is
not of the same regular formation as that of the large nests, and
there is virtually no distinct ‘ royal chamber,” but the queen is
found about the centre of the low, flat chambers. In one nest I
found three well-developed queens, all laying eggs, and within three
or four inches of each other but separated by overlying terraces.
The bulk of all these nests is almost all woody matter which has
been passed through the bodies of the termites and been voided by
the workers; yet if a terrestrial nest be cut down on one side they
will rebuild it with grains of sand or earth cemented together with
excreta. Ridley,* speaking of the Malay Peninsula, says that
the termites do not live in the sandy soil. This is not the case
in Australia, for I have found Hztermes nests in almost pure sand
at Botany Bay, near Sydney, which though when first opened
were constructed of woody matter, yet two months afterwards one
was rebuilt with sand cemented together into a solid mass.

*H. N. Ridley. The Flora of Eastern Malaya. Trans. Linn. Soc. Vol.
(2nd Ser.) iii. p. 270, 1893.

434 AUSTRALIAN YERMITID&#,

Another nest was found upon the summit of a rock at Manly,
near Sydney, apparently built over the stump of a small tree that
had been growing in a cleft of the rock. A number of covered
galleries led down over the face of the rock into the ground, and
in several places where they passed over a sharp angle the
covered ways were transformed into tubular bridges from point to
point; these galleries averaged from } to a 4 of an inch in breadth
and were constructed entirely of vegetable matter. When one of
the galleries was broken the soldiers rushed out in a small body,
scattering on either side of the damaged roadway; after hunting
about on the surface of the rocks, they then retreated to the
breach, which they all entered and formed a rank along either
side, standing just far enough apart to touch the tips of each other’s
antenne. While they stood in this regular line with their heads
up and their antenne moving backwards and forwards, the
workers appeared, each carrying in its mouth a bit of wood or
fragment from the wall, and, passing between the soldiers who
were standing guard, deposited its burden upon the edge of the wall
and turning round evacuated a small drop of dark brown liquid
from its anus upon the top of its brick and then disappeared, the
next one taking his place and going through exactly the same
performance, an endless gang of workers following each other and
rapidly reducing the size of the hole; a gap about an inch long
and half an inch deep was rebuilt in half an hour. Unlike
the two-jawed termites, which never rebuild their nests in the
daytime, the Eutermes do not seem to dishike the light, but will
expose themselves in the hottest sunlight when mending their
nests.

The nest upon the rock at Manly was partly demolished and a
small queen obtained from the centre in February, and about
three months afterwards was found rebuilt, the material being all
woody matter, crisp and thin, and cutting up like egg shell. I
have seen one of these nests built on the top of a gate posts
another upon the top of a pile in a bridge, the termites having
formed it under the iron cap in the cavity between it and the top
of the pile; it lifted off in a single mass like a small cheese.

BY WALTER W. FROGGATTY. 435

Many of the HLutermes nests are built in trees, sometimes upon
a dead tree, the dead branch of a live one, the rough-barked
Eucalypt being generally chosen, as the galleries coming up from
the ground are skilfully hidden in the inequalities of the bark,
though when they do come to a bare surface they go straight
ahead, forming a regular uniform covered way. Not only is there
a constant stream of workers and soldiers passing up and down
the galleries, but the enormous amount of life one of these
arboreal nests contains is something astounding; there seem to
be more termites than nest material when they are first broken
open.

The dark, almost black, colour of the nests makes them very
conspicuous objects on a bare leafless tree. Arboreal-nesting
species of this genus have been described from many parts of the
world; in Brazil the nests are known as “ negro heads.” Moseley*
gives a description of them at St. Thomas (Virgin Islands) and
states that they are often as big as a small hogshead. Hubbardt
has worked up the arboreal species of Jamaica; and Miss Ormerod
has noted from British Guinea large spherical nests encircling
the branches of trees.

In the third group of termites I include those that do not build
mound nests, but live in communities under logs, stones, and all
sorts of dead wood and timber. A number of our species
never appear to build any well-defined nest, but lke wandering
gypsies, pitch their settlement in any suitable place, like the
common American species, Z'ermes flavipes, the real nest and
queen of which are yet unknown. While some of them form
regular little families distinct in themselves, others are predatory
bands which find a suitable place to form an encampment and
devour everything they can find; they are frequently connected
with a large nest at some distance, to which they all retreat when

disturbed.

* H. N. Moseley. Notes by a Naturalist on H.M.S. Challenger, p. 12,
n. ed. 1892.

t H. G. Hubbard. Proc. Bost. Soc. xix. p. 267, 1878.

+ Miss KE. A. Ormerod. Proc. Ent. Soc. 1881.
Cc ¢

436 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID 4,

However, different localities seem to give them different
habits, for the mound builder of the Shoalhaven district is the
same species as that which does most of the damage to the wood-
work of the houses about Sydney, yet I have never been able to
find a mound formed by them within thirty miles of Sydney,
though it is the commonest species of this neighbourhood, being
found under stones, logs, bark, and in tree trunks.

About the middle of last year it was discovered that the white
ants were in the floor of the Record Room in the offices of the
Department of Education in Bridge-street, where I had an oppor-
tunity of seeing the method of attack.

I found that the floor, which was old and attacked with dry rot
in places, had been riddled all along the hard gum (probably iron-
bark) joists for a distance of 15 to 20 feetall round what had evidently
been the centre of the nest, as a great mass of clay had been raised
up from the ground between two joists round which the timbers
were perfectly honeycombed. The nest and timbers round it were
full of soldiers, workers and young winged forms, but I saw no
sign of a queen, though as the floor had been uncovered the night
before this was hardly to be wondered at. This nest, I should
think, had been under the floor for some years; and it was only
from their beginning to eat through the hardwood flooring boards
that the termites were noticed. )

On several other occasions I have obtained specimens taken out
of buildings, and it has always proved to be the same species.
Sometimes they attack only a single board or joist and then leave
the place, but at other times they eat on till disturbed. Mr.
Chisholm, of Torrens Creek, North Queensland, tells me that they
are easily frightened by thumping against the board or wall they |
are destroying, and run back, huddling together lke a flock of
frightened sheep. No timber is really termite-proof unless pro-
tected, for though they have a marked preference for some woods,
yet if they cannot get what they like they take the nearest; thus
in Normanton Melaleuca is said to be ant-resisting, yet further
down the Flinders they show a marked preference for it. The
Jarrah (Hucalyptus marginata) of Western Australia is another

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 437

reputed termite-proof, but I have a portion of a plank, received
from Mr. C. French, of Melbourne, which has been half consumed
by them. The Leichhardt tree of Queensland is also quoted,
but at Dalrymple, N.Q., I have seen large logs taken out of an
old house riddled with their holes. About Sydney when attacking
houses they will seldom touch red wood if there is any clear pine.
I have seen a piece of red wood that was nailed to a clear pine
board, the latter being only a shell while the former was only
slightly grooved by them on the outer surface.

I have noticed that about the neighbourhood of Croydon
while nearly every old hardwood fence shows their ravages more
or less, they seldom seem to attack soft wood picket fences. But
the hardness of wood is no impediment to them. They show
a marked preference for the stumps and logs of dead Eucalypts over
those of wattle, Casuarina, and the smaller forest trees. Near
Hornsby I found them at work on the trunk of a large dead
white gum that was as hard and solid as bell metal; they had
come up from the ground beneath the roots and just below the
surface, boring straight into the wood and then turning upwards,
cutting a clean cylindrical tunnel a quarter of an inch in diameter.
It is therefore not surprising that they sometimes gnaw holes in
sheet lead, which is much softer than many woods attacked by them.

White ants are in many instances introduced into buildings in
the city and suburbs by means of fire-wood; during this last
season I have exhumed three large family parties, containing
‘ enough soldiers, workers and immature winged specimens to found
a very respectable colony; these insects would remain in the log
probably until the early part of the summer and then migrate to
more roomy quarters. They will live for several months in a
tightly closed up tin or tube without any further attention, and
though they cannot live more than two hours in sea water and a
little longer in fresh, yet in the heart of a dead log they might
float or drift a considerable distance without being destroyed.

In conclusion, I must tender my thanks to the following cor-
respondents :—Messrs. G. McD. Adamson, of Uralla; Norman
Kthridge, Colo Vale; F. B. Miller, Moree; 8. Russell, Bowral; H.
Rumsey, Barber’s Creek; J. Mitchell, Narellan; and my father

438 AUSTRALIAN TERMITID#.

(G. W. Froggatt), Shoalhaven, from all of whom I have received
notes and specimens. From Victoria, Mr. G. 8. Perrin (Conser-
vator of Forests); Mr. J. L. Billingshurst, Castlemaine, and the
Curator of the National Museum have assisted me. For Queens-
land species I am indebted to Mrs. Black, Lolworth Station; Mr.
J. R. Chisholm, Torrens Creek; H. E. 8. Stokes, Normanton; Mr.
Gilbert Turner, of Mackay; and Mr. De Vis, the Curator of the
Brisbane Museum.

From the Northern Territory I am in receipt of photographs of
the nests and the species forming them taken by Mr. N. Holtze, the
Curator of the Botanical Gardens at Port Darwin; while Museum
specimens have been forwarded by Mr. J.G.O. Tepper, of Adelaide.

T have had a great number of promises of assistance from various
residents in Western Australia, but as yet have only received one
lot, but a very interesting collection; from Mr. W. O. Mansbridge,
the Warden at Hall’s Creek, Kimberley, N.W. Australia.

Though two species are described from Tasmania, I have been
unable to enlist anybody to collect specimens.

From New Zealand f am indebted to Captain Hutton and Mr.
T. F. Cheeseman for placing me in communication with Captain
Broun (the Government Entomologist), who has sent me speci-
mens of two species described by Brauer.

From America I have been generously assisted with named
specimens from Mr. L. O. Howard (the State Entomologist) and
Mr. H. McE. Knower, of the Johns Hopkins University, while

Mr. 8. 8. Scudder, Dr. Packard and Mrs. Dudley have forwarded *

me papers on these insects.

Mr. D. Alcock, of the Indian Museum, Calcutta, sent me
specimens of ZVermes taprobanes. The Director of the K. K.
Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum in Wien sent me co-types of F.
Brauer’s named species from Australia, collected by the Novara
Expedition in 1868.

I have Professor B. Grassi and Dr. A. Sandias’ splendid
Monograph upon the Termites of Catania sent me by the authors,
while Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the British Museum, has examined a
series of specimens sent to him, and promised me any assistance
in working them out.

439

MELIOLA AMPHITRICHA, FRIES.
By D. McALpINE.
(Communicated by J. H. Maiden. )

(Plate xxx1., figs. 1-5 of the upper division of the Plate.)

Spot-like, sooty patches on leaf-stalks, stalklets, and upper and
undersurface of leaflets, usually separate, occasionally run
together.

Mycelium chestnut-brown and hyphe thick-walled, septate,
branched, 7 » broad, with short, stout, ultimate branchlets.
Appendages dark chestnut, thick-walled, rigid, erect, bluntly
pointed and septate, the septa not always distinctly seen on
account of the thickness of the walls.

Perithecia black, globose, slightly warted, about 200 pw in dia.

Asci roughly fig-shaped, two-spored, transparent.

Sporidia grub-like, usually 4-septate, constricted, chestnut-brown,
37-45 x 14-17 yp.

On leaves of Dysoxy/on ru/um, Benth., from Richmond River,
New South Wales (Maiden).

The sporidia of this specimen are rather shorter and stouter
than the normal, but otherwise the characters agree with those
of the above species.

This species is new for New South Wales.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Fig. 1.—Lower surface of leaflet, showing spot-like mycelium (nat. size).
Fig. 2.—Peritheciuin burst ( x 115).

Fig. 3.—Appendage ( x 115).

Fig. 4.—Hyaline ascus with slit ( x 115).

Fig. 5.—Sporidia ( x 600).

440

NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALT, COOKE: A
SYNONYM OF PUCCINIA PRUNI, PRR:
(PRUNE RUST).

By D. McALpine.
(Communicated by J. iT. Maiden.)

(Plates xxx1., lower division, xxx. and Xxx111.)

I have purposely placed the synonym first, because the fungus
which it represents is still considered by Dr. Cooke, one of the
authors of the name, a new one, and it will be part of the object
of this paper to show that the Australian species thus named in
Dr. Cooke’s “‘ Handbook” is really the same as that described by
Persoon in his “Synopsis Methodica Fungorum” towards the end
of last century.

This leaf-rust is of great economic importance, since it attacks
such valuable fruit trees as the peach and nectarine, plum and
apricot, cherry and almond, causing them prematurely to shed
their leaves, and, as a consequence, either to bear no fruit or only
small quantities of an inferior kind. As the peach-tree forms its
fruit on the previous season’s wood, it is evident that the succeed-
ing crop will be affected as well, hence it is highly desirable to
know the true nature and the right affinities of this fungus,
thereby to be the better. able to follow its life-history and to
prevent its further spread.

History or NAME.

The Australian fungus to which Dr. Cooke assigned the name
of Uromyces amygdali was collected by H. Tryon, Government
Entomologist of Queensland, in February, 1886, on peach and
almond leaves, and forwarded almost immediately to Dr. Cooke
for identification. As indicated in his “ Handbook of Australian
Fungi,” this name had previously been used by him in Ravenel’s
“Fungi Americani Exsiccati,” issued between 1878 and 1882.

—— ane
ee "

BY D. McALPINE. 44]

The same name had also been used by Passerini in his ‘“ Erb.
Critt. Ital.” issued in 1873, and Cooke regards this fungus as
identical with the one named by him. However, Passerini* sub-
sequently in 1887, on further consideration, pronounced this to
be the stilbospore condition of Puwccinia pruni, Pers. This name
of Uromyces amygdali is now being used in the different Colonies,
having such a high authority at the back of it, but as we shall
presently see, it is a misnomer, or rather a synonym of Pucciwa
prunt, Pers., as already decided by Passerini.

Puccinia pruni-spinose was tirst employed by Persoon in his
. “Synopsis Methodica Fungorum,” published in 1797, the specific
name being derived from the host-plant, Prunus sprnosa or black-
thorn, but as the fungus is now known to have different hosts
belonging to the genus Prunus, the spinose is dropped as a matter
of convenience.

Next, Link in his ‘Species Fungorum,” published in 1825,
named the same fungus Puccinia prunorum. Uromyces prunorum,
Lk., var. amygdali, Vize, was applied by J. E. Vizet to a Califor-
nian specimen on peach leaves in 1878, and the same name was
used by the Rev. C. Kalchbrenner{ for a fungus on peach leaves
from Caffraria in 1882. Next, in 1883, Dr. Cooke§$ recorded
Puccinia prunorum, Lk., for Victoria, then in 1886 Uromyces
amygdali, Cooke, for Queensland, and finally in his ‘“ Handbook
of Australian Fungi” for Queensland, Victoria and New South
Wales on peach and almond leaves in 1892. It was suggested
in Tryon’s “ Report on Insect and Fungus Pests ”|| that this
fungus belonged to Puccinea pruni, but Dr. Cooke repudiates the
suggestion in the “ Handbook,” and with dogged determination
sticks to his point in the following note: “ We decline to accept
this as agreeing with any form of Puccinia pruni with which it
is commonly associated.”

* Nuovo Giornale Botanico Italiano. Vol. x. p. 255, 1887.
t+ Grevillea, Vol. vii. p. 12, 1878.
a Lod. Nol: x1. p.%l9, 1882.
§ Ibid. Vol. xii. p. 97, 1883.
vp. .98;18389.

442 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

In order to make sure that we were dealing with the same
fungus, I have examined peach leaves with the fungus named by
Cooke himself in the Herbarium of the Government Botanist,
and there is no doubt as to the identity of the specimens.
Further, Mr. Tryon has very courteously sent me specimens of
peach leaves similar to those formerly submitted to Dr. Cooke,
and on which the name was based, with this important difference,
however, that the original specimens were collected in February,
while these are dated June.

In addition to this, specimens on peach, plum, apricot and
almond leaves had been sent from South Austraha to the United
States Division of Vegetable Pathology, and it was reported in
the Journal of Mycology for 1890 that these specimens agree in
every particular with those of Puccinia pruni, Pers., on peach
and plum hosts in the United States, nevertheless his own name
was still retained by Dr. Cooke.

As the leaf-rust is unfortunately becoming, or rather has
become, very prevalent and a very serious pest to the fruit-
grower, it is at least advisable to agree upon some common name,
to have uniformity of nomenclature in the different Colonies, so
that when dealing with it therapeutically we may be agreed as to
the cause of the disease dealt with. And not only so, but the
name here has an important bearing when it enables us to
recognise the useful fact that the rust in our orchards and the
rust in our wheat-fields are but different species of the same
genus (Puccinia), and that whatever prevents the disease in the
one case is likely to be efticient in the other.

A further necessity exists for accurate scientific determination
of this fungus from the fact that it is very commonly called
“Peach Yellows” on account of the yellow blotches or freckles on
the upper surface of the leaf, but it has no connection with the
dreaded American disease so-called, which is believed to be, after
years of investigation, due to Bacteria.

In the plum the spots assume a much darker colour, and the
numerous pustules on the undersurface of the leaf sometimes
give it the appearance of being coated with brown mud.

BY D. McALPINE. 443

First APPEARANCE IN THE COLONIES.

It is interesting and useful to trace the first appearance of any
disease in our midst, to serve as a lesson for the future. Since
1891, when my first report was made upon it, this disease of the
peach and allied trees has been constantly under notice. In
certain fruit-growing districts it was only observed during season
1890-91 for the first time, but Mr. Neilson, of the Royal Horti-
cultural Gardens, Burnley, informs me that the disease was
observed there about 1887, and he had heard of it in the Fern-
tree Gully district about 1885 or 1886. In the season of 1887-88
it was also reported for New South Wales, and in season 1889-90
it affected a large number of peach trees there, as stated in Dr.
Cobos article upon it in Ag. Gaz. N.S.W. Vol. i. Pt. 1, 1890,
and the disease has been spreading ever since.

I am informed by Mr. Molineux, F.L.8., Secretary to the
Agricultural Bureau of South Australia, that the first public
reference to this disease was made by the late Frazer ‘Crawford
during May, 1890, in the “Garden and Field,” as having been
observed for the first time on peach trees, and he had little doubt
that it occurred some time before, but on plum trees. The
reference in Garden and Field, Vol. xv. p. 134, 1890, is worthy
of quotation :—‘ This season for the first time I observed it (7.e.,
Puccinia pruni) on a peach tree—or at least what I take to be
the same fungus. The lower two-thirds of a large Peach tree has
every leaf spotted by it, and as they are very numerous and
bright yellow they give a variegated appearance to the foliage.

Strange to say, in a neighbour’s garden, which has a
number of plum trees all more or less attacked, there are a couple
of peach trees untouched.”

It is also present in Tasmania, although Mr. Thompson, the
Govt. Entomologist,* does not refer to its first appearance there,
and Mr. Tryon’s discovery of it in Queensland in February, 1886,
is undoubtedly the first definite record of its appearance in the
Colonies.

* A Handbook to the Insect Pests of Farm and Orchard. Depart. of
Agriculture, Tasmania, Bull. i. p. 29, 1892.

444 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI COOKE,

It is highly probable that the disease has been with us for
some time and gradually gaining ground before attracting atten-
tion to its cause, for I have even known its effects to be con-
founded with the tints of autumn, and this seemed all the more
plausible as it is usually associated with the shedding of the
leaves.

TIME OF OCCURRENCE.

The time of appearance varies in different seasons, and the
later it is the less damage it does. It also varies in its virulence
according to the nature of the season. Thus in the Royal Horti-
cultural Gardens the attack was very mild in 1888-89, then very
bad in 1889-90, not very bad in 1890-91, and speaking for the
Colony generally the past season was favourable to its spread. <A
grower in the Goulburn Valley writes :—‘“ This season (1894-95)
owing no doubt to the continued rains of the spring and the very
heavy downpour in January, the attacks of this fungus have been
very serious, causing a very large proportion of the leaves of the
peaches to fall prematurely. Many acres of trees were thus laid
bare for about 18 inches from the crown, only the younger wood
surviving, and as a consequence nearly all the fruit for the coming
season must come from near the top. Plums and prunes suffered
severely, many trees being completely denuded of foliage by
March.” Thus, the disease seems to be intermittent in its
character according to the prevailing weather. The following
table shows the rainfall for the critical months :—-

Average for
1888. over 30 years. 1889. Average. 1890. Average.
November 0°62in. 2°50in. 4:27in? 2:48in. 4:88in. 2:54in.
December 2°72 2°35 1:52 2-50 1-40 2°47
1889. 1890. 1891;
January 4:29 ie M37 1:86 1:21 1°85

7-56in. 6°64in. 7-16in. 6°84in. 7:49%n: “G2:8Gam:
———- > -----m —-— —-- _ ——_—_————
Disease acl
Lortan) > Mild. Bad. Mild.
Gardens...

BY D. McALPINE. 445

The above table shows that it is not a mere matter of moisture
which settles the greater or less prevalence of the disease, but
other conditions, such as accompanying heat or cold, will also
influence it.

Generally the spores are plentifully produced about the
beginning of the year, and the leaves have usually all dropped off
by April. It is very noticeable how the leaves fall away from
the lower ends of the branches, leaving only a smail tuft of leaves
at the top, which may be regarded as the expiring effort of nature
to renew the foliage of which the tree is prematurely deprived.

Hosts AND Parts ATTACKED.

I have found the fungus in Victoria on the leaves of the peach
and its smooth-skinned variety the nectarine, the plum, the
apricot and the almond. It is most prevalent on the plum and
peach and comparatively rare as yet on the apricot and almond.
In other parts of the world the disease is found on other species
of Prunus. In California it attacks the cherry in addition to the
above, and in the old world it is found on the sloe or blackthorn
(Prunus spinosa, and other species. Although this fungus has
only been known elsewhere to attack the leaves, I had a specimen
sent from Wangaratta in which the fruit was affected. It was
very noticeable that only one side was attacked, and presented
the appearance of a number of pimples or blisters of a brownish
colour. The fungus was evidently not so far advanced as on the
leaves, so that the conspicuous rusty colour was not so apparent.

In South Australia the disease has been found on the peach,
plum, apricot and almond leaves, as well as on the fruzt of the
apricot. The latter specimen was kindly sent to me by J. G. O.
Tepper, F.L.S., for determination, and he was naturally surprised
to find the leaf-rust become a fruit-rust. It is rather peculiar
that no previous record of such a comparatively common rust
should be known on fruit outside of the Australian colonies, but
it only shows what a glorious climate we have for luxuriant
growth, that of fungi included, and it points to the grave danger
of allowing fungus pests to run rampant, for they may attack

446 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALIT, COOKE,

quite a variety of fruits here to which they were formerly
strangers.

As might be anticipated, this fungus has its peculiarities of
attack. In my own garden, for instance, the peach and plum
trees were badly affected, while an apricot whose branches inter-
laced with an affected peach tree had not a speck upon it. In
the Royal Horticultural Gardens, Burnley, apricot and almond
trees are as yet unaffected, and in 1890-91 not even plums were
attacked, only peaches. J. G. O. Tepper, of Adelaide, informs
me that in his garden the apricots are very badly affected year
after year, peaches to a slightly less extent, and a plum tree with
the branches touching other diseased trees is wholly unaffected.
In contrast to this, there is the case already mentioned where the
peach trees were unaffected and the plum trees more or less
attacked. No doubt the variety of the respective trees will have’
an important influence on the immunity from or lability to
disease.

VARIETIES MOST AFFECTED.

In the Royal Horticultural Gardens, Burnley, where so many
different varieties are grown, I was able, with the assistance of
Mr. Neilson, to select some of those most affected. Kerr’s Slip-
stone, Royal George and Crimson George are very lable among
peaches, and Darwin and Dante among nectarines. Seedling
peaches are also badly attacked.

Plums such as Late Harvey and Imperial Ottoman were pretty
bad, and it was very noticeable that all those provided with
thorns, such as the French Cherry Plum, seemed to enjoy com-
parative immunity from the disease.

DISTRIBUTION.

This disease has a very wide distribution, possibly co-extensive
with the cultivation of the peach and allied fruits. It has actually
been found in Britain, France, Germany, Italy, Austria, Belgium,
Switzerland, North America, Canary Islands, India, Cape Colony
and Australia. As regards its local distribution in Victoria, it
extends from the Murray to the sea—from Rutherglen in the
north to Warrnambool in the south.

BY D. McALPINE. 447

INVESTIGATIONS.

I have examined a large number of specimens this season from
different districts and have found the fungus, as already stated,
on peach, nectarine, plum, apricot and almond. I have also
specimens from the Herbarium of the United States Department
of Agriculture, through the courtesy of B. T. Galloway, Chief of
the Division of Vegetable Pathology, and these may be taken as
a starting point.

On the leaves of Prunus americana, the plum of North
America (3rd Oct., 1889), there is nothing to be found but two-
celled teleutospores, while on the leaves of another species of
Prunus (28th Sept., 1889) there are a few uredospores, but the
great majority are teleutospores. Fig. 1 shows (a) the uredospore
which is yellowish-brown in colour, (0) paraphysis which is of a
pale lemon-yellow colour, and (c) teleutospores which are of a
dark brown, the lower equally so with the upper, but in many
cases paler. There is nodoubt but this fungus is Puccinia pruni,
Pers. In the Victorian specimens the presence of two-celled
teleutospores will settle the point that the fungus is not a
Uromyces, and the teleutospores are common enough, so that it is
a Puccinia. But if the peach leaf is examined in the summer
season and even up to July in many cases, only one kind of spore
will be found—the uredospore. And even on the plum leaf in
the month of March I was unable to find a single teleutospore.

On the peach leaves sent from Queensland by Mr. Tryon I
found both uredospores and teleutospores (figs. 2 and 3). The
uredospores were of the normal shape and varying in size from 28
to 31 » long x 14 to 16, broad. The teleutospores were also
normal, varying from 25 to 34 yw long x 17 to 20 pw broad, and the
pedicels were short and transparent. By gentle pressure the two
cells of the teleutospore can be readily separated, and in fact they
often fall asunder in the process of mounting. The upper cell
seems to be more brittle than the lower, as it is often broken up
under slight pressure, while the other usually remains intact. I
have drawn a lower cell (fig. 2c) separated by gentle pressure,

448 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

and it looks so rounded at the point of junction with the upper
cell that one might readily mistake it for an independent, uni-
cellular, stalked spore.

It would appear, however, that on the continent of Europe the
teleutospore form is the prevailing one, for De Bary‘ speaks of
Puccinia pruni belonging to the Micropuccinia, as teleutospores
only are known.

No doubt the absence of teleutospores helped to mislead Dr.
Cooke in his determination, and such a case emphasises the
necessity for continuous observation of many of these fungi on
the spot, in order to determine accurately their affinities, for at
certain seasons only the uredospores are present, as in this
instance, or 1t may be that the teleutospores only are present as
in the case of Pucconia burchardie determined by Dr. Saccardo
where I had to supplement the description with that of the
uredospores. T

A few brief notes may now be given on each of the Victorian
hosts mentioned, in order to show that it is the same fungus
disease which affects them all. Puccinia pruni, Pers., has to be
recorded as new to Victoria for the apricot.

Peach.-—Leat-rust on the peach has been very prevalent this
season, and yet the teleutospores are comparatively rare in the
specimens which I have examined even in the monthof July. A
number of leaves were examined from peach trees in my own
garden, but no teleutospores were found, only uredospores (fig. 6).
In one instance the uredospore had germinated on the leaf still
attached to the tree as shown in fig. 5. On some peach leaves
from the Royal Horticultural Gardens, teleutospores were found,
but not in great quantity, along with uredospores. I have just
examined (July 3rd) some leaves from young trees of Bidwell’s
Late, Improved China Flat, Red Ceylon, &c., and while there is
abundance of uredospores there are no teleutospores The pustules
containing teleutospores and uredospores mixed may be readily

* Comp. Morph. and Biology of the Fungi, p. 285 (1887).
t+ Vict. Nat. x. 192 (1894).

BY D. McALPINE. 449

recognised by the dark brown almost black appearance in contrast
to the rusty-brown pustules containing uredospores alone.

Nectarine.—On the leaves of a nectarine (Dante) from the
Royal Horticultural Gardens teleutospores were found, agreeing
closely with those on peach (fig. 6) as well as on the variety called
Darwin. ,

Plum.—On plum leaves from the Gardens, only comparatively
few uredospores were found, while teleutospores were plentiful
(fig. 7).

A specimen of plum leaf with rust upon it, plucked on May
19th, was sent from Hobart by Mr. Rodway, and both uredospores
and teleutospores were found upon it (fig. 8).

Apricot.—The rust on the apricot leaf is still comparatively
rare in Victoria. Jam indebted for specimens to an indefatigable
worker, Mr. G. H. Robinson, of Ardmona, who sent them as far
back as June 23rd, 1894. The teleutospores were not numerous
among the uredospores, and one is shown in fig. 9.

In Mr. Tepper’s specimen on the fruit torwarded early in
January, only uredospores were found (fig. 10). The skin of the
apricot had small yellowish to brownish blotches over it, and the
uredospores are seen to be of the normal type, but sometimes
rather elongated, even attaining a length of 44. On the other
hand, they are sometimes excessively shortened, and the extremes
of length, 26 to 44 », were met with in this one specimen. They
are, however, in relatively small quantity, and I am inclined to
think that the close-set, downy hairs interfered with their proper
development. When a microscopic section of the skin is made,
only a few uredospores are seen with difficulty among the hairs,
attached to the matrix.

Almond.—As in the case of the apricot, the fungus is also very
scarce as yet on the almond in Victoria, On June 17th of last
year, Mr. Robinson found at Ardmona only a few leaves, and each
with one pustule containing uredospores which are shown in fig. 11.

I had also specimens from Netherby in December, 1893, and
the undersurface of the leaves had quite a rusty appearance, owing

A450 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

to the numerous pustules, which contained teleutospores as well
as uredospores (fig. 12). Curiously enough the almond leaves
sent in June from Ardmona in the Goulburn Valley contained
only uredospores and these sparingly, while almond leaves from
Netherby in the extreme west of the Colony, but practically in
the same degree of latitude, contained both uredospores and
teleutospores in abundance.

After diligent search in the Royal Horticultural Gardens,
Burnley, I cannot find any trace of the fungus on the almond
leaves there, and nine different varieties are grown.

From a comparison of the uredospores and teleutospores on the
above different species of Prunus, there can be no doubt of their
identity or of their being Puccinia pruni, Pers.

Further, the summer-spores (uredospores) are produced in great
profusion, commencing as a rule in December and January,
succeeded by the winter-spores (teleutospores) in May and June,
which represent with us the end of autumn and the beginning
of winter. In the uredospores the apex is not perforated by a
single germ-pore as in Uromyces, but there are at least two lateral
germ-pores. The teleutospores as noted in the British species
are apt to separate at the septum, so that numerous unicellular
spores are often to be seen, which might easily on a cursory
glance be mistaken for something else. Hitherto the teleutospores
are to be found most plentifully on plum leaves in Victoria, and
much more sparingly on the others.

GERMINATION OF SPORES.

Both uredospores and teleutospores have been kept for some
time in a moist chamber and only uredospores have germinated.
This is in keeping with what we already know of this fungus,
that it belongs to the group Heimpuccinea, having uredospores
and teleutospores, the latter only germinating after a period of
rest. No nutritive solution was used to stimulate germination,
only water (fig. 13).

There was an average temperature of from 10° to 12° C.

The fate of the teleutospores has not yet been traced. As show-
ing the practical importance of studying the life-history of these

BY D. McALPINE. 451

parasitic fungi and the utility of such knowledge to the grower,
T cannot do better than quote from a letter recently received from
Mr. George Quinn, Inspector under “The Vine, Fruit and
Vegetable Protection Act,” South Australia. He writes (May
28th, 1895) :—“ The disease (Puccinia prunt) has been very preva-
lent in our orchards in all parts of the Colony in the season just
closing, and I am somewhat in doubt as to how its spores exist
over the winter, for in orchards where the peach or plum trees
have been thoroughly sprayed with Bordeaux Mixture, with
excellent results, as far as the ‘curl leaf’ is concerned on the
former, and J am perplexed as to where the spores find refuge
until the autumn when the pustules begin to show on the foliage
of the trees. Do you think it possible for the spores which have
fallen either before or with the diseased leaves to be ploughed
into the soil and then be turned up again with the summer
cultivator to rise with the dust among the foliage, and, the condi-
tions being suitable, germinate? Do you think the spores of the
various parasitic fungi which injure our fruits would lose their
vitality completely if ploughed beneath the soil for a winter?
Would they not keep, like the seeds of some more highly organized
vegetables, for a. considerable time ?”

_ To answer the above question, I am testing during the forth-
coming season, Ist, if the uredospores retain their vitality and
germinating power during the winter, both when lying on the
surface of the ground and when buried to a depth of four or five
inches; 2nd, at what time teleutospores are capable of germination
and how they are affected by being buried in the ground four or
five inches deep; and 3rd, if they can produce the disease in an
otherwise healthy tree. The answer to these questions will fill
up gaps in our knowledge concerning the life-history of this
parasite and enable us the more effectually to cope with it.

That the peach leaf rust of Australia is not due to a Uromyces
should now be conclusively proved, because of the two-celled
teleutospores and the uredospores having a transverse band of

germ-pores instead of a single apical germ-pore.
DD

452 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMGYDALI, COOKE,

TREATMENT.

The treatment must be preventive, and spraying with ammoniacal
solution of copper carbonate and modified eau celeste has been
found successful in the United States. The improved form of
Bordeaux Mixture, as given in Guides to Growers, No. 15 (see
Literature at end), has been found effectual with us, and since the
lower surface of the leaves is affected, the spraying should be
specially directed there.

There is another preventive measure which should never be
neglected, and that is the burning as far as possible of the
affected leaves in order to destroy the winter spores. So important
and so generally applicable is this advice, that the remarks of the
late Baron von Thuemen on this particular disease may be quoted
in full :—“ The surest and most effectual means of combating this
rust, as well as other rust fungi, is to destroy the resting-spore
generation as far as possible. The purpose of the special spore
appearing in the autumn is to tide the species over the winter.
On the leaves lying on the ground, even if they are decayed and
decomposed, the spore-clusters remain for the most part com-
pletely safe. So when the trees put forth their young leaves next
year they are infected afresh from the soil, by means of the spores
present there in unlimited quantities, on little bits of the leaves
hardly recognisable. These spores, on account of their tenacity
of life, have received the name of ‘resting-spores.’ Hence the
imperative necessity for the fruit grower to destroy the leaves
covered with heaps of spores, in order to prevent fresh infection.
This is best done in the autumn when all the leaves have fallen
from the tree, and they may then be carefully collected and
burnt. Or if this is impracticable, the land under the trees
should be deeply dug so that all affected leaves may be buried
deeply in the soil, where they can do no further mischief.”

Since writing this paper I have seen the Report of Professor
Scribner* for 1887 on “ Leaf Rust of the Cherry, Peach, Plum,

* Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, U.S.A., for 1887, pp. 553
to 355.

BY D. McALPINE. 453

&e.—Puccinia pruni-spinose, Pers.,” and have incorporated some
of his references in the literature of the subject. There are
several points in it worthy of comment, as showing the different
behaviour of the same fungus under different conditions of
existence. After noting that the fungus has been described
under several different names, he remarks :—‘‘ Some confusion
has probably arisen from the fact that the uredo stage alone
occurs upon the peach and from the resemblance of the uredo-
spores to the teleutospores of U.omyces.” Both the uredo-stage
and teleuto-stage, as we have seen, occur upon the peach in
Australia, nevertheless the latter is comparatively rare and has
undoubtedly led to misunderstanding of the true nature of the
fungus from the absence of two-celled teleutospores. The uredo-
spores are certainly suggestive of Uromyces on a superficial view,
but their germination, not by a single apical pore, but by a band
behind the apex, excludes the idea.

Again he states :—‘“‘ The uredospores may or may not be present
on the plum, but on the specimens examined a few have been
found in all cases mingled with the teleutospores.” In specimens
of plum leaves described by me in Bulletin xiv. of the Victorian
Department of Agriculture in March, 1891, only uredospores were
present at that time, while on specimens examined by Professor
De Bary only teleutospores were present and no uredospores.

Again he remarks :—‘ Teleutospores have never yet been found
upon the peach, and it is probable that they do not occur upon it
at all, since specimens gathered in Texas as late as December 26th
failed to show any.”

It is rather a strange and striking fact that teleutospores
which are commonly regarded as winter spores should occur upon
the peach in a climate such as ours and not in America.

To show the thorough agreement between American specimens
of Puccinir prunt, Pers., and Australian so-called Uromyces
amygdali, Cooke, I have reproduced some of Professor Scribner’s
drawings for comparison (fig. 14). They prove conclusively the
identity of the two forms and disprove, if such were needed, and
in spite of Dr. Cooke’s pertinacity, the Uromyces-character of

454 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

the form under consideration. His Uromyces amygdali is simply
the uredo-stage of Puccinia prunt.
DESCRIPTION.

It only remains now to conclude with a description of the
fungus as found in Australia.

Uredospores.—Sori hypophyllous, small, hight brown to rusty
brown, roundish, scattered but grouped in patches, often con-
fluent, soon naked, pulverulent, seated on yellow spots corres-
ponding to those on upper surface.

Uredospores variable in form, from elongated-ovate to almond-
shaped, usually shortly stalked, but sometimes 22 » in length,
closely echinulate, yellowish, apex yellowish-brown, thickened,
with spines less prominent, bluntly conical or rounded, with at

least two opposite germ-pores situated just behind thickened apex,

26-44 x 12-20 p, intermixed with numerous capitate, pale yellow,

long-stalked paraphyses, sometimes attaining a length of 60 p.

Teleutospores.—Sori scattered or confluent, isolated or in
groups, punctulate, pulverulent, seal-brown, known from the other
by their dark almost black appearance.

Teleutospores composed of two spherical cells, apparently
flattened at their junction, lower usually smaller and paler than
upper, but sometimes similar in size and colour, sharply con-
stricted in the middle and cells readily separating. Hpispore
uniformly thick, dark brown, thickly studded with short stout
spikes, 25-37 x 17-21 y. Pedicels short, hyaline, deciduous or
persistent, from 4 to 8 p» long.

On leaves of peach, nectarine, plum, apricot and almond, and
occasionally on fruits of peach and apricot: December to June.

New South Wales, Victoria, Queensland, 8. Australia and
Tasmania.

SYNONYMS.
Puceinia pruni-spinose, Pers. (1797).
Uredo prunastri, DC. (1805).

Pucciuia prunorum, Link (1825).

—

BY D. McALPINE, 455

Uromyces prunorum, Fckl. (1869).
Uromyces amygdali, Pass., (1873), and Cooke (1878-1882).

Uromyces prunorum, var. amygdali, Vize (1878).

REFERENCES AND LITERATURE.

Cooke—Rust, Smut, Mildew and Mould. Ist Ed. p. 20], 1865.
Puccinia prunorum, Lk., or plum tree brand, described as
common in Britain on plum trees.

FuckeL—Symbole Mycologice, p. 50, 1869.

Peck - Twenty-fifth Report of the Regents of the University of
the State of New York, p. 116, 1873.
Leaves of wild cherry, Prunus serotina, Ehrh. This
species seems to be rare.
Vize—Californian Fungi. Grevillea, Vol. vii. p. 12, 1878.
Uromyces prunorum, Lk., var. amygdalz, on peach leaves.

Frank—Die Krankheiten der Pflanzen, p. 468, 1881.

Puccinia prunorum, Link, on leaves of Prunus persica, LP.
domestica, P. nsititia, P. armeniaca and P. amygdalus.

K ALCHBRENNER—Fungi Macowaniani. Grevillea, Vol. xi. p. 19,
1882.
Uromyces prunorum, v. amygdali on Prunus persica.
Cookre—Australian Fungi. Grevillea, Vol. xi, p. 97, 1883,

Puccinia prunorum, Link, Victoria.

Fartow—Notes on some species in the 3rd and 11th centuries of
Ellis’s North American Fungi. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts and
Sci. Boston, xviii. p. 82, 1883.

“As far as my experience goes, the uredospores of J’.
prunorum, Lk., are much less common near Cambridge than
the teleutospores, but in the Southern States they are
common.”

456 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

WinteR—Die Pilze, Vol. i. p. 193, 1884.
Teleutospore of Puccrnia prunz, figured after Corda at p. 136.

Burritt—Parasitic Fungi of [hnois. Part i. Uredineae in Bull.
Illinois State Laboratory, ii. p. 177, 1885.
SoravER—Handbuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten, Vol. ii. p. 226, 1886.
Puccinia pruni-spinose, Pers., on Prunus persica, P.
armenvaca, P. spinosa, P. insititia and P. domestica.
TRELEASE—Preliminary list of the parasitic fungi of Wisconsin.
Trans. Wisconsin Acad. Sci. Arts. vi. p. 24, 1886.

Uredo- and teleutospores recorded on leaves of seedling
Prunus americana, Marsh, as well as on older leaves of
same species and of P. virginiana.

De Bary—Fungi, Mycetozoa and Bacteria, p. 285, 1887.

Puccinia pyruni given as belonging to JI/icropuccinia, in
which only teleutospores are known.

ARtTHUR—Bulletin of Iowa Agricultural College, p. 159, 1887.
ScripNER—Report of the Commissioner of Agriculture, U.S.A.,
for 1887—Section of Vegetable Pathology, pp. 353 to 355.

Description and drawings of Pwccinia pruni-spinose, Pers.
—Leaf-rust of the cherry, peach, plum, Wc.

DiereL— Verzeichnis siimtlicher Uredineen nach Familien ihrer
' Niuhrpflanzen geordnet. Leipzig, p. 31, 1888.

Puccinia pruni-spinose, Pers., on Prunus persica, P.
spinosa, P. armeniaca, P. insititia, P. domestica, P. virgini-
ana, P. americana and P. serotena.

Saccarpo—Sylloge Fungorum, Vol. vii. p. 648, 1888.

Puccinia pruni, Pers., described and Synonyms given as
Uromyces amygdali, Pass., in Erb. Critt. Ital. &e. On
Prunus amygdalus, P. domestica, P. armeniaca and P. persica.

Von Tournmen—Die Pilze des Aprikosenbaumes (Armeniaca

vulgaiis, Lam.)—Eine Monographie. Klosterneuberg, pp. 8
and 9, 1888.

BY D. McALPINE. A5T

Puccinia prunorum, Lk., on apricots and plums, the uredo-
or stylospore form occurring in the height of summer, and,
some time after, the teleutospores.

BarLtEy—Second Supplement to Synopsis of the Queensland Flora,
p, 126, 1888.
Uromyces amyydalt, Cooke, on almond and peach leaves.
Hatstep—Bulletin Iowa Agricultural College, 1888.
FARLEY AND SEYMOUR—A provisional Host-Index of the Fungi of
the United States. Vol. i. p. 32, &c., 1888, and Vol. iil.
p. 197, 1890.
Synonymy and Hosts of Puccinia prunt given.
ProwricHt— British Uredinez and Ustilaginez, p. 192, 1889.
Puccinia pruni, Pers., on Prunus spinosa, P. domestica,
and hamnus catharticus.
Tryon——Report on Insect and Fungus Pests, Brisbane, p. 97,
we, 1639:
Uromyces amygdali, Cooke, a new fungus determined by
Dr. Cooke, on peach and almond leaves, Queensland.
Brunk—Bordeaux Mixture for the Pium Leaf-bight. Journal
of Mycology, p. 38, 1889.

Peach and plum trees affected with Pucconia pruni-spinose.

ANNUAL Report—State Board of Horticulture of California for
1889.
EarLe—Experiments with Fungicides for Plant Diseases. Bull.
me Ver Path. Sec. U.S.A., p. 38, 1890.
Notices injury to peach and plum leaves from Bordeaux
Mixture applied for rust: Puccinia prunt, Pers.

ANpDERSoN—Notes on certain Uredinee and Ustilaginee. Journal
of Mycology, p. 125, 1890.
Uromyces amygdali, Cooke, agrees in every particular with
Puccinia pruni, Pers., on peach and plum hosts in the
United States.

458 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

Cossp—Peach-rust in Orchards. Ag. Gaz. N.S.W. Vol. i. Pt. 1,

p. 93, 1890:
Uromyces amygdali, Cooke, identical with Puccinia pruni,
Pers.

McA.pine—Report on Peach and Plum-leaf Rust (Puccinia
prunt, Pers.). Bull. xiv. Dept. of Ag. Victoria, pp. 138-147,
2 Plates, 1891.

Nature of fungus and remedies given.

Cops—Remedies for Peach-rust. Ag. Gaz.N.S.W. Vol ii. Pt. 3,

pe lor, soi:
Burning leaves, spraying and application of potash manures
recommended.
Cooke—Handbook of Australian Fungi, p. 331, 1892.

Uromyces amygdali, Cooke, in Rav. Fung. Amer.; Pass. in
Erb. Critt. Ital., on Peach and Almond leaves, Queensland,
Victoria, New South Wales.

THompson—A Handbook to the Insect Pests of Farm and
Orchard. Depart. of Ag. Tasmania, Bull. 1., pp. 29 and 30,
1892.

Description and treatment given of Puccinia prunt.

GALLOWAY-—Report of the Chief of the Division of Vegetable
Pathology for 1892: U.S. Dept. of Ag. p. 232.

Puccinia pruni-spinose on peach, nectarine, apricot, cherry,
almond and plum.

SmirH—Field Notes, 1891, in Journal of Mycology, p. 92, 1892.
Uromyces pruni-spinose, Pers., appears to prefer thickly
planted nursery stock.

Battpy—A review of the Fungus-blights which have been
observed to injure living vegetation in the Colony of Queens-
land. Report of Fourth Meeting of Aust. Assoc. Adv.
Science, p. 400, 1892.

BY D. McALPINE. 459

Uromyces amygdali, Cooke, very abundant of late years
on the foliage of the peach and allied trees in Southern

(Queensland. :
Werrp—Fungi and Fungicides. New York, p. 65, 1894.
Plum-leaf Rust—Puccinia pruni-spinose. Only men-

tioned on plum leaves.

Przerce—Prune Rust: Journal of Mycology, vii., No. 4, p. 354,
1894. Affecting prune, plum, peach, nectarine, apricot,
cherry and almond.

Ammoniacal copper carbonate effectual for treatment.

McAtrine—Spraying for Fungus Diseases. Guides to Growers,
No. 15. Dept. of Agriculture, Victoria, p. 8, 1894.
Improved form of Bordeaux Mixture a preventive for
this rust.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
(Magnified 600 dia. except fig. 14.)
Plate xxx. (lower division of Plate).

Fig. 1.—Puccinia pruni, Pers., from Prunus sp., United States.

a, uredospore yellowish-brown, closely echinulate; b, paraphysis, pale
lemon yellow and long-stalked: c, deep dark brown teleutospores
studded with short bluntish spines.

Fig. 2.—Uredospores and teleutospores on peach leaf from Queensland—
June,

a, uredospore, yellowish-brown, average twice as long as broad; 3,
teleutospore, dark browa, but somewhat translucent; c, lower cell of
teleutospore detached, showing rounded top.

Fig. 3.—Uredospores and teleutospores of same, mounted dry.

a, group of uredospores, individuals selected from different parts
of field; b, group of teleutospores found together.

~

‘Plate xxx11.
Fig. 4.—Uredospores (a) with persistent pedicels and paraphyses (6) from
peach leaf in own garden-—J une.

Fig. 5.—Germinating uredospore from peach leaf in own garden—June.
There are two germ-tubes, but one is in abeyance.

460 NOTES ON UROMYCES AMYGDALI, COOKE,

Fig. 6.—Teleutospore from nectarine-—June.
Fig. 7.—Uredospores (a) and teleutospores (b) from plum leaf—May.

Fig. 8.—Uredospores (a) and teleutospores (b) from plum leaf, Tasmania
—May.
Fig. 9.—Teleutospore from apricot—June—showing top cell detached and
entire.
Plate XXXII.

Fig. 10.—Group of uredospores from skin of apricot—showing the widest
extremes in length.

Fig. 11.—Uredospores from almond leaf—June.

Fig. 12.—Uredospores (a) and teleutospores ()) from almond leaf—Decem-
ber.

Fig. 13.—Germinating uredospores from plum leaf, Tasmania—plucked
May 19th.

a, after nearly 5 days (4 days 21 hours) in moist chamber; b, contents
of germ tube vacuolated, and contents of spore turbid; c, contents of
spore as usual, but contents of tube with minute particles aggregated
at intervals; d, germ-tube curving upon itself.

Fig. 14.—Uredospores from peach and plum, and teleutospores from plum
(after F. L. Scribner).

a, uredospores from peach, stalkless and echinulate; >, germinating

uredospore from plum, with germ-tube on one side; c, teleutospores

from plum in surface view showing markings; d, the same in optical

section.

46]

PUCCINIA ON .GROUNDSEL, WITH TRIMORPHIC
TELEUTOSPORES.

By D. Mc ALPINE.
(Communicated by J. H. Marden.)

(Plates XXXIV.-xXXXVI.)

A specimen of Groundsel Rust was sent to me by Mr. Rodway,
of Hobart, Tasmania, and found by him there on the 21st April
of the present year. The aecidial-stage of the Groundsel Rust is
common enough, at least with us at the Royal Horticultural
Gardens, Burnley, but as he informs me this is the first and only
instance in which he has found the black rust with teleutospores.
At present, and indeed throughout the year, there is plenty of
Groundsel with aecidia at the Royal Horticultural Gardens, but
I have hitherto failed to find any teleutospores, and they are
here recorded for the first time in Australia on Groundsel. But
last year* I described a Puccenia on KHrechivtes, a genus closely
allied to Senecio, received from Mr. Robinson, of Ardmona, and
on comparing the two forms I find that the Groundsel Rust is
very similar.

DESCRIPTION.

1. Aecidiospores.—Aecidia forming blister-like swellings on stem
and branches, on upper and undersurfaces of leaves, on flower-
head stalks and involucre, causing discolouration and distortion
and usually surrounded by paler green tissue; they are disposed
in clusters without any definite order.

Pseudoperidia round, sometimes oval, with white, scolloped
everted edges; before opening tubercular.

Aecidiospores spherical, oval or angular, orange-coloured,
smooth, average 14-16 » in dia. or 14-17 x 12-164. Very com-
mon all the year round, except during middle of summer.

#* Prov. Roy. Soc. Vict. Vol. vii. N.S. pp. 214-221 (1894).

462 _ PUCCINIA ON GROUNDSEL,

u. Uredospores—not known.

ul. Zelewtospores.—Sori for a long time covered by epidermis,
then bursting through and epidermis usually thrown off, or
remaining in shreds and patches, intermixed or running parallel
with aecidia, black, convex, often confluent in elongated lines,
causing swelling of stems, branches, leaves and flower-head stalks
and attacking flower-heads.

Teleutospores chestnut-brown, pedicellate, elongated, slightly
constricted at middle, variously shaped but usually elongated
clavate; upper cell deep chestnut-brown, rounded or somewhat
oval, scoop-shaped or truncated, and thickened at apex, 17-32 x
15-25 y; lower cell usually paler in colour, rounded at base or
tapering, often elongated relatively to upper, 18-38 x 12-20 p.

Size of teleutospore, 36-63 x 15°5-25 p.

Unicellular and tricellular teleutospores occasionally found.

Unicellular

elongated oval or somewhat elliptical, apex
rounded or pointed and usually thickened, smooth, stalked,
varying in colour from pale yellow to golden yellow and chestnut-
brown, and sometimes colourless at apex. 29-44 x 13-17 p.

Pedicel colourless, persistent and somewhat longer than spore.

Tricellular—elongated club-shape, and generally resembling
ordinary teleutospores except in size. 48-73 x 22-25.

Pedicels decidedly persistent, pale yellow tint to transparent,
sometimes longer than spore, occasionally 63 p, usually stoutish,
5 to 9 pw broad. |

Aecidiospores on stems and branches, extending from base of
stem to topmost flower-head, on upper and undersurface of leaves.

Teleutospores on stems, branches, leaf-stalks, leaves and flower-
heads.

On Senecio vulgaris, L. Aecidiospores all the year round.
New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania. Teleutospores April,
Domain, Hobart, Tasmania (Rodway, 64). Aecidiospores almost
all the year round and teleutospores, April to July only in Vic-
toria.

1. The average size of the aecidiospores from Victorian speci-
mens of Groundsel is rather more than from Tasmanian specimens,

BY D. McALPINE. 463

which, however, are accompanied by teleutospores. It is not to
be inferred on that account that the production of teleutospores
intermixed has any influence upon the size of the spores, for I
find that the uredospores of Puccinia prunt, Pers., are just as
large on a leaf producing them alone as when intermixed with
teleutospores.

The late Dr. Ralph in a paper “On the Aecidium affecting the
Senecio vulgarix, L., or Groundsel,’* stated that he was able to
trace by the use of strong carbolic acid the fine yellow sporular
matter into the covering of the seed, the seed itself and the hairs
of the pappus. It is interesting, as he points out, to find this in
the fruit and its appendages, since the hairy pappus surmounting
it would thus carry the fungus far and wide. I have found
yellow colouring matter in the hairs of the plant, but have been
unable to associate it with the fungus. :

The suggestion in the same paper tnat the source of rust in
cereals may be found in the Groundsel, taking the place of the
Barberry bush in other countries, is rendered highly improbable
from the fact, apart from other considerations, that the teleuto-
spores proper to itself have now been found on the Groundsel,
along with the aecidiospores.

ui. It has been shown by Dr. P. Dietel}t in the case of an

allied fungus, Pwccinia senecionis, Lib., that both kinds of spores
—aecidiospores and teleutospores

-are produced from one and
the same mycelium, just as in Puccinia graminis, Pers., the
uredospores and teleutospores are similarly produced, so that
probably here too aecidiospores and teleutospores have a common
origin.

CLASSIFICATION.

This fungus belongs to the group Puccintopsis, Schroet., having
aecidiospores and teleutospores on the same host-plant, and the
question naturally arises as to what species of Puccinia it belongs,
seeing that the Compositae have such a wide distribution,

* Vict. Nat. viii. No. 2, 18 (1890).
t+ Zeitseh. f. Pilanzk. Vol. iii. Pt. 5, 258 (1693).

464 PUCCINIA ON GROUNDSEL,

and the common Groundsel is likely to have some well-known
rust upon it. Groundsel is an imported weed, probably from
Britain, and yet curiously enough the very common Groundsel
rust of the old country (Coleosporium senecionis, Fries) has not
yet been met with here.

In Plowright’s ‘ Monograph of the British Uredinee and
Ustilaginee ” the following three Puccinias are given as occurring
on species of Senecio, but none of them on S. valgaris—

P. ylomerata, Grev., (thought to be the typical P. expansa, Link).
P. senecionis, Lib.
P. schoeleriana, Plow. &. Mag.

The two former belong to the Micro-puccinia or those which
have teleutospores only, and the latter to the Hetero-puccinia, in
which there are the three kinds of spores, the aecidiospores being
on one host-plant and the uredospores and teleutospores on a
different host-plant. Assuming that the complete life-history of
the above species is known, our fungus belongs to a different
group, but on the Continent of Europe P. senectonis is known to
produce aecidiospores as well,* and therefore it might be a similar
species to ours. But the sori are brown, not black, and that
excludes it, while on P. g/omerata the teleutospores are too small
for the present species, and the colourless papilla surmounting the
upper cell is absent from ours. So that there appears to be no
corresponding fungus on British species of Senecio.

Turning now to Farlow and Seymour’s “ Host-Index of the
Fungi of the United States,” the following are given on species of
Senecio there, and here again \S. vulgaris has only the common
British rust already mentioned :—

Arcidium compositarum, Mart.
A. senecionis, Desm.
Puccinia conglomerata, Schm. & Kze.

The Puccinias (for there are several) of which A. compositarum
is regarded as a stage, belong for the most part to the /efero-

* See Dietel in Zeitsch. f. Paanzenk. Vol. iii. Pt. 5, 259 (1893).

BY D. McALPINE. 465

puceinia, and may therefore be dismissed, so that 2. conglomerata
has only to be considered; of which A. senectonis is the recognised
aecidial stage. This aecidium is given by Dr. Cooke in his
“Handbook of Australian Fungi (p. 342) for New South Wales
and Victoria” for Senecto, but no species is mentioned; still the
presumption is that we have here its Puccinia-stage and so
resemblances and differences will have to be carefully noted. The
principal points of difference in the aecidial stage are that the
aecidia of the Groundsel rust are on pale green spots, not on
brown, and are not margined with black, but otherwise there is
general agreement, except that their spores are rather smaller.
It is in the Puccinia-stage, however, that the differences are most
marked, and for convenience may be shown in tabular form :—

P. congiomerata. P. erechtitis.

Length of teleutospore 24-52 y............. 36-63 yu.
Breadth 5 A Ore aie t oes 15-25 p. (agree).
oe ounved Dv
Apex pale or colour- ~ none.

{ less papilla...... |
Length of pedicel ...... } ot ee long.
Persistence a very deciduous... decidedly persistent
Thickness Hn very slender ...,.. moderately stout.
Colour i hyaline ..0......7° Olen yellow, tint:

While a solitary character, such as the relative length of the
stalk, or its persistence, would not justify specific rank, still the
aggregate of relatively fixed characters, such as the apical papilla,
the length and persistence of the stalk, form specific distinctions.

Finally, Dr. P. Dietel gives critical notes on all Puccinias
occurring on Senecio and allied Composite in his paper on
“Puccinia conglomerata und die auf Senecio und einigen ver-
wandten Compusitee vorkommenden Puccinien.”* He remarks
there that recent writers have placed many different species in P.
conglumerata and considers that P. senectonis, Lib., and P. expansa,

“ettedwigia., Bdixxx. 291 (189):

466 PUCCINIA ON GROUNDSEL,

Link, should be raised to specific rank. The Puccinias which he
enumerates as occurring on Senecio are:—P. conglomerata, P.
senecionis, P. expansa and 7. uralensis; P. tranzschelit is. also
given, but it is now regarded as a variety of P. conglomerata. In
FP. uralensis* the sori are hypophyllous, the teleutospores are much
shorter (36-43 »), and no aecidiospores are known, so that the
distinctness of this species is still maintained. When the proper
season comes round, infection experiments will be carried out
mutually on Senecio vi/garis and Hrechtites quatdritentata.

TRIMORPHIC TELEUTOSPORES.

There are three forms of teleutospores in this species, as
already stated—normal or uniseptate, aseptate and biseptate.

A similar case was recorded by W. B. Grovet in Puccenia
betontce, DC., belonging also to the Puccrniopsis, in which he
found one-celled, two-celled and three-celled teleutospores. Since
then several similar cases have been brought to light, and even
four-celled spores have been observed in Puccinia araminis, Pers.
In Puccinia saccardo’, Ludw., an Australian species on Goodenta
geniculata, Dr. Ludwigt records the occurrence, among the
normal teleutospores, of unicellular and tricellular spores, some-
times of enormous size, and occasionally singular horn-like
branching spores, resembling those of Phra,jmidium obtusum.
The whole subject is very fully and ably discussed by Dr. P.
Dietel in his paper on “ Beitrage zur Morphologie und Biologie
des Uredineen.’§ The one-celled spores are commonly known as
mesospores, and various views are held as to their meaning.
Winter|| regards them simply as unicellular teleutospores and
Sorauer{] considers them as transition forms between uredospores

* Zeitsch. f. Pflanzk. Vol. ii. Pt. 2, 104 (+892):
+ Gardener’s Chronicle, Vol. xxiv. p. 180 (1885).
+ Hedw. xxviii. pp. 362, 363 (1890).

§ Bot. Centralb. Vol. xxxii. (1887).
|| Die Pilze, Vol. i. p. 133 (1884).

§] Pfanzenkrk. Vol. 11. p. 213 (1886).

BY D. McALPINE. 467

and teleutospores, but on this view they ought to be more general
and not confined to individual species.

P. Magnus* considers, on the other hand, that the uredospores
have developed out of teleutospores on account of their better
adaptation for germination and dissemination, and that those
species which have no uredospores never acquired the property of
forming them.

Dr. Plowright? considers them as morphologically analogous to
the teleutospores of Uromyces, somewhat similar to the view of
Tulasne,t who regards them as reduced teleutospores, the reduc-
tion being brought about by the abortion of the lower cell and
thus the genus Uromyces, characterised by such spores, is to be
considered a degraded form of Pucecinia. There are other con-
siderations, however, such as the nature of the host-plants, which
would seem to point to the Uromyces as being rudimentary and
not reduced forms of Puccinia.

In Puccini pruni, Pers., the two cells of the teleutospores
readily separate and the lower cell is often imperfectly developed,
so that the connection between Uromyces and Puccinia seems to
be shown here. In fact, it would appear that even the eminent
mycologist Dr. Cooke was misled by this resemblance when he
named this very species, sent from Australia on peach and
almond leaves, as Uromyces amygdali. And if this relationship
is accepted, then the term mesospore, as indicating a transition-
form between two other kinds of spore, is inappropriate, as it is
really between the two genera.

Just as the unicellular or Uromyces-like spore links the
Puccinia on to lower but not necessarily earlier forms, so the
multicellular spore foreshadows the more advanced forms of the
Uredines, such genera as Z'riphragmiwm in which the teleutospore
is normally three-celled, and Phragmidium, in which it may
consist of from three to ten superimposed cells. And thus close

* Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Gesell. ix. (1891).
t+ Brit. Ured. and Ustilag. p. 39 (1889).

¢ Amn. Sci. Nat. 4 Ser. Vol. ii. p. 145 (1854).
E E

468 PUCCINIA ON GROUNDSEL,

and constant observation of the exceptional forms of spores, just
as the. methodical investigation of exceptional forms of plants
or animals may throw light upon the origin of certain phases of
life and show that what is abnormal and exceptional at one stage
and under certain surroundings, may become the normal under
different conditions of existence.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Puccinia on Groundsel.

(All figures except figs. 7 and 10 magnified 600 diameters. )

Plate xxxIv.
Fig. 1.—Various shapes and sizes of aecidiospore.
Fig. 2.—Various forms of teleutospore.

Fig. 3.—Group of teleutospores.

Plate xxxv.
Fig. 4.—Unicellular spores.
Fig. 5.—-Three-celled teleutospore.
Fig. 6.—Aecidiospores.
Fig. 7.—Teleutospores (x 115).

Plate xxXvI.
Fig. 8.—Teleutospores.
Fig. 9.—Group of teleutospores.
Fig. 10.—Unicellular spore: the same (x 115).
Fig. 11.—Tricellular spores.

CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF
AUSTRALIA. SUPPLEMENT, PART I. CICINDE-
LIDA AND CARABIDAi.

By GrorcEe MASTERS.

Issued separately as a Supplement to the Part.

469

ON A NEW SPECIES OF ELAXOCARPUS FROM
NORTHERN NEW SOUTH WALES.

By J. H. Marpen, F.L.8., anp R. T. Baker, F.L.S8.
ELHOCARPUS BAEUERLENI, sp.nov.

(Plate xxxvll.)

A large tree (height 80-100 feet, and a trunk diameter of 2-3
feet as seen), the branchlets silky hairy or hoary pubescent, the
young leaves very hairy.

Leaves or petioles usually 2-24 inches long, lanceolate to
elliptical-lanceolate, acuminate, rounded at the base, scarcely
shining above, up to 6 inches long, 1 inch broad, crenate, reticula-
tions distinct on both sides, but more marked on the underside,
slightly paler and glabrous underneath, but more or less silky
hairy above, the young foliage densely so, occasionally foveolate.

Petiole silky pubescent, channelled above, slightly thickened
at the two extremities.

Racemes terminal and over 5 inches long in specimens
examined, silky pubescent, many-flowered.

Bracts persistent, silky pubescent, spathe-like, 3 to 4 lines long.

Pedicels 4-5 lines long.

Sepals silky pubescent, subtriangular, 2 to 3 lines long, valvate,
with a prominent mid-rib on the inner surface.

Petals with a few scattered hairs or glabrous on the back, ciliate
and very silky hairy on the inside especially towards the base
divided into 16-20 acute equal lobes, mostly united into fours.

Stamens numerous (30), silky pubescent within the glandular
disk.

Anthers linear, tipped with a subulate appendage. Filaments
short.

Ovary glabrous, style subulate, 2-celled, with 2 ovules in each
cell.

ATO NEW SPECIES OF ELAOCARPUS FROM NORTHERN N.S.W.

Drupe ovoid, 3 to 4 lines long, green, the putamen rugose.

Albumen not ruminate.

The affinities of this species apparently he between Z. serico-
petalus, F.v.M., and #. ruminatus, F.v.M. Briefly, its relative
position may be shown thus :—

L. servcopetalus.—Leaves 24 to 3% inches long, glabrous, not
foveolate, slightly crenate. Stamens 40-50; silky petals minutely
denticulate.

EL. Baeuerlenr, sp.nov.—Leaves 3 to 5 inches long, | inch broad,
lanceolate, much reticulate, acuminate crenate, occasionally
foveolate. Stamens 30; petals lobed, bracts persistent. Fruit
ovoid.

HE. ruminatus.—Leaves 2 to 4 inches long, 14 inch broad,
shining on both sides, petioles glabrous, shortly acuminate, penni-
veined. Stamens 20-25. Fruit globular.

Hab.—Tengogegin (Chincogan) Mountain, Mullumbimby, Bruns-
wick River, N.S. W.

This species is dedicated in honour of Mr. William Baeuerlen,
botanical collector to the Technological Museum, Sydney, who first
obtained it.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Twig of plant showing foliage.
Fig. 2.—Flowering twig.

Fig. 3.—Bud.

Fig. 4,.—Flower.

Fig. 5.—Section of flower.

Fig. 6.—Sepal.

Fig. 7.—Petal.

Fig. 8.—Stamen.

Fig. 9.—Pistil and glandular ring.
Fig. 10.—Drupe.

Fig. 11.—Putamen.

471

NEW SPECIES OF CONE FROM THE SOLOMON
ISLANDS.

By J. Brazigr, F.L.S., C.M.Z.8.

Conus WATERHOUSEA, sp.nov.

Shell somewhat solid, oblong, coronated; spire slightly raised,
apex obtuse; whorls 8, having white nodes, the interspaces with
dark brown spots, spirally sulcated with 6 rather narrow and deep
grooves, having 2 closer together near the base showing faint little
punctures like a thimble; colour yellowish-brown with whitish
longitudinal flexuous streaks or blotches; columellar base very
dark brown mingled with white; lip straight, whitish, interior of

the aperture dark violet.
Long. 30; diam. maj. 15; aperture, 25 mm.
Hab.—Solomon Islands (Mis. G. J. Waterhouse).

This very pretty Cone came from the Solomon Islands, but the
xact island is not known. It has been in Mrs. Waterhouse’s
collection for the last twelve months. The specimen is in a good
state of preservation; the spiral sulcations visible a little below
the crown are very fine, and those near the base are deeply
engraved, showing minute punctures or pits like those on a
thimble; the colour markings are also peculiar, being of a
yellowish-brown with whitish longitudinal flexuous streaks.

The only specimen I have at present seen has been lent me for
description by Mrs. G. J. Waterhouse, after whom I have the
pleasure of naming the species.

The type is now in the collection of Mrs. Agnes Kenyon, of
Richmond, Victoria.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Brazier exhibited a fine specimen of the ringed snake
(Vermicella annulata) found under a large stone at the foot of
the Waverley cemetery by Mr. Worth.

Mr. Brazier also exhibited a specimen of Curdium vertebratum,
Jonas, from Keppel Bay, N. Queensland, and he contributed a
Note on the geographical distribution of the species.

Mr. A. H. Lucas exhibited specimens of Honey Ants (Cam-
ponotus inflatus), and Lizards collected by Prof. Baldwin Spencer
in Central Australia, during the breeding season of 1895, com-
prising both sexes of Amphibolurus pictus, A. maculatus, and A.
reticulatus, showing the sexual colouring; JJoloch horridus (Q).
Also specimens of Hgernia stokesi and L. depressa, the latter from
Coolgardie.

Mr. Steel called attention to a recent interesting paper by Mr.
T. W. Hogg, on the immunity of some low forms of life from lead-
poisoning (Journ. Soc. Chem. Industry, 1895, p. 344). The
presence of 1:5-2-5 per cent. of lead, calculated as PbO, in an
average dried sample, was found not to militate against the
occupation of the waste bark heap of the Elswick Lead Works by
various organisms, including earthworms.

Mr. Froggatt showed, in illustration of his paper, spirit speci-
mens of a number of Termites, photographs of remarkable termi-
taria, portions of nests, and specimens of timbers variously
attacked.

Mr. Maiden exhibited specimens of the new 7@ocarpus described
by Mr. Baker and himself.

Mr. Pedley showed a highly ornamented hielaman or aboriginal
shield recently received from the Narran River, N.S. W.

Mr. North exhibited a series of specimens of Zosterops
cerulescens, and pointed out the seasonal variations in the plumage
of this species. Z. cerulescens of Latham, (Z. dorsalis, Gould,

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. AW

Birds of Australia, Vol. iv. pl. 81), with the deep tawny-buff
flanks and the grey throat shows the autumn and winter attire, and
Z. (Dacnis) westernensis, Quoy and Gaimard (Voyage de |’ Astro-
labe, T. 1. p. 216, and Atlas, plate 11, fig. 4) with the bright
olive-yellow throat and very pale tawny-brown flanks, the spring
and summer livery. Among the specimens exhibited by Mr.
North and bearing out his statements was one captured in his
garden at Ashfield on the 26th inst., which shows a transition
from the winter to the spring plumage, the grey throat being
faintly washed with olive-yellow, and the flanks nearly as pale as
specimens obtained in the summer. Z. westernensis, Quoy and
Gaim., and other writers must therefore become a synonym of the
older name Z. cerulescens, of Latham.

474

WEDNESDAY, AUGUST 287, 1895.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday even-
ing, August 28th, 1895,

Mr. Cecil W. Darley in the Chair.

DONATIONS.

Hooker’s Icones Plantarum. Fourth Series. Vol. iv. Part 4
(June, 1895). From the Bentham Trustees.

Royal Microscopical Society—Journal, 1895, Part 3 (June).
Irom the Soctety.

Société d’ Horticulture du Doubs, Besangon—n.s. No. 54 (June,
1895). From the Society.

L’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. v°
Série. T. ii, Nos. 3-4 (March-April, 1895). From the Academy,

Zoological Society, London—Abstract, June 18th, 1895. From
the Socrety.

K.K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien—Verhand-
lungen. xlv. Bd. (1895), 5 Heft. From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrg. Nos. 478-479 (June-July,
1895). From the Hditor.

College of Science, Imperial University, Japan—Journal. Vol.
vil. Part 5 (1895). From the Director.

DONATIONS. AT)

Soci¢té des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russie—Mémoires.
Tome xix. Parts 1-2 (1894-95). Prom the Society.

Agricultural Gazette o£ N.S. Wales. - Vol: vi. (1895), Part 7
(July). From the Hon. the Minister for Mines and Agriculture.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. viii. (1895), Nos. 18-19.

From the Government Secretary.

Department of Mines, Victoria—Annual Report of the Secre-
tary for the year 1894.. From the Department.

American Museum of Natural History—Bulletin. Vol. vii.
(1895), Sigs. 13-15 (pp. 193-256). From the Musewm.

Johns Hopkins University Circulars. Vol. xiv. No. 120 (July,
1895). From the University.

Indian Museum, Calcutta—‘ Materials for a Carcinological
Fauna of India.” No. 1—The Brachyura Oxyrhyncha. By A.
Alcock, M.B., C.M.Z.S.: Figures and Descriptions of Nine
Species of Squil/i/w from the Collection in the Indian Museum.
By the late James Wood-Mason. 4to. (1895). rom the

Museum.

Pamphlet entitled ‘“‘ Notes on the Hydatid Disease in New
South Wales.” By G. L. Mullins, M.A.,M.D rom the Author,

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xu. No. 4 (July, 1895). From
the field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

Société Royale des Sciences, Upsal—Nova Acta. Seriei 111.
Vol. xv. Fasc. 2 (1895). From the Society.

Zoologische Station zu Neapel—Mittheilungen. xu. Bd. 1
Heft (1895). From the Zvological Station.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. No. 343 (July, 1895). Prom
the Editors.

Geological Survey of Canada—Annual Report, 1892-93. New
Series. Vol. vi. From the Director.

Société Hollandaise des Sciences & Harlem—Archives Néer-
Jandaises. T. xxix. 2™¢ Liv. (1895). rom the Society.

476 DONATIONS.

Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles—Bulletin. xx™* Année
No. 8 (June-July, 1895). Prom the Society.

University of Melbourne—Calendar for 1896. From _ the
University.

Linnean Society of London—Proceedings. November, 1893-
June, 1894: List of Fellows, &c., 1894-95. From the Society.

Société Royale de Géographie d’ Anvers—Bulletin. T. xx.
1° Fase. (1895). Prom the Society.

Eight Conchological Pamphlets. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.8.
From the Author.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. No. 116 (August,
1895). rom the Editor.

Gordon College Museum, Geelong—The Wombat. Vol. i. No.
1 (Aug. 1895). From the Museum.

Pamphlet (from the Ibis, July, 1895). rom the Author, A. J.
North, Esq., #.LS.

ON TEE HOMOLOGY OF THE PALATINE PROCESS
OF THE MAMMALIAN PREMAXILLARY.

By oh. Broom, M.B:, C.M., B.Sc.

In typical mammals the premaxillary bone may be divided into
two more or less well marked parts. There is the anterior and
~ outer part bearing the incisor teeth and forming the outer wall
and floor of the nasal cavity at its anterior part, and there is
generally an elongated delicate process of bone passing backwards
into the palatine region—the palatine process of the premaxillary.
Throughout the Mammalia the tooth-bearing part of the pre-
maxillary varies comparatively little; but in the palatine process
even in closely allied forms we have the most striking variations.
Among Marsupials, for example, in the genus TZ'richosurus the
palatine process is exceedingly long, while in the closely allied
Phascolarctus it is only slightly developed.

Opinion seems to be considerably divided as to whether the
premaxillary is a single structure, or whether it is in reality
composed of two distinct elements. Albrecht,* Sutton}, and
Parker{ have shown that the palatine process may be distinct in
origin from the body of the premaxillary through becoming early
united with it, and Howes$ states as the result of a special

* P. Albrecht, ‘‘Sur la Fente maxillaire double sousmuqueuse et les 4 os
intermaxillaires de l’ Ornithorhynque adulte normale.” (Bruxelles, 1883).

P. Albrecht, ‘‘ Die morphol. Bedeutung der seitlichen Kieferspalte, &c.”
Zooi. Anzeiger, 1879.

+ J. B. Sutton, ‘‘ Observations on the Parasphenoid, the Vomer and the
Palato-pterygoid Arcade.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1884, p. 566

+ W. K. Parker, ‘‘On the Structure and Development of the Skull in
the Mammalia,” Pt. ii. Edentata; Pt. iii. Insectivora. Phil. Trans. Roy.
Soc. Lond. 1885.

§ G. B. Howes, ‘‘On the Probable Existence of a Jacobson’s Organ among
the Crocodilia, &c.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891.

478 HOMOLOGY OF PALATINE PROCESS,

investigation by Mr. R. H. Burne that the palatine process is
distinct from the premaxillary in an embryo Rabbit as large as
8cem. Furthermore, Albrecht and Sutton have both maintained
that the palatine process is a distinct element from the pre-
maxillary proper, though owing to their evidence being largely
pathological their views have not been generally accepted. Sutton
holds that the palatine process is the homologue of the “ vomer ”
of the /chthyopsida, and that the mammalian vomer is represented
by the parasphenoid in the lower forms. Whether he is correct
or not in his Ichthyopsidian homologies I am not in a position to
definitely determine; but I think there is very strong evidence in
favour of the homology of the mammalian palatine process of the
premaxillary with the so-called “vomer” of at least the lizard
and snake, and in the present paper I shall bring forward a few
facts from Comparative Anatomy and Embryology in favour of
such a view.

For some time I have been engaged in the study of the compara-
tive anatomy of Jacobson’s Organ, and having studied the anterior
nasal region of a very large number of mammals and reptiles by
means of microscopic sections, I have come across a number of
interesting facts in connection with the present subject.

In mammals the organs of Jacobson, as is well known, are
supported by the “recurrent cartilages ’—developments of the
trabecular cornua, and as the cartilages are almost invariably
developed to a similar degree to the organs, the close connection
between the two is manifest. Furthermore, the cartilaginous
framework of each organ rests on a bony support curved to fit the
cartilage, and which is almost invariably anchylosed to the pre-
maxillary forming its palatine process. When the organ of
Jacobson is well developed and much elongated, its bony support
is correspondingly long, while when the organ is rudimentary the
palatine process is short or absent. So that not only is there a
close connection existing between the organ and the cartilage, but
also an intimate association between the cartilage and the
supporting bone.

BY R. BROOM. 479

An examination of the early development of the parts shows
that this close connection is not accidental, but that the support-
ing bone is developed as a splint to the cartilage. If a mammary
foetus of the common Phalanger (7richesurus vulpecula) 18 mm. in
length be examined, it will be found that the body of the pre-
maxillary is already fairly well ossified. ‘The recurrent cartilages
will be seen in section as two plates, slightly diverging below,
lying on either side of the middle line below the base of the
cartilaginous nasal septum. About the middle of the inner side
of each recurrent cartilage and close to it is a tract of active
cells, in the centre of which is a very delicate spicule of bone.
This spicule, it must be admitted, is directly connected with the
premaxillary, though as the tract of bone-producing cells in con-
nection with the recurrent cartilage is practically similar to that
which a little posteriorly lies around the base of the septum nasi
and gives rise to the vomer, it is highly probable that there is a
distinct osteogenetic tract in connection with the recurrent
cartilage, and that owing to the early development of the pre-
maxillary it is prematurely ossified by invasion from that bone.
In Perameles and Dasyurus the recurrent cartilage tract is
similarly ossifed by a bony process from the premaxillary. In
many of the higher mammals (¢.y., Hrinaceus, Tatusia) it would
appear that the ossification in connection with the recurrent
cartilage maintains for some time its independent existence,
though uniting later with the premaxillary to form its palatine
process. In a few mammals (e.v., Ornethorhynchus and Miniop-
terws) the ossification remains as a distinct bone throughout life.

Prof. Kitchen Parker,* who has done more than anyone else
to elucidate the development of the skull, does not seem to have
arrived at any certain conclusions with regard to the nature of
the palatine process of the premaxillary. His researches show
that he discovered supporting the cartilages of Jacobson a distinct
bone which he called the “anterior paired vomer,” but it is
probable that, as Howes has pointed out, in trying to draw a

* Loc. cit.

480 HOMOLOGY OF PALATINE PROCESS,

distinction between this bone and the palatine process of the
premaxillary he has involved himself in contradiction. In his
beautiful sections of the head of the foetal Z’atusia he shows the
supporting bones of Jacobson’s cartilages, and in his description
of section 7, says :—‘‘ The cartilages | protecting Jacobson’s organs]
themselves have an osseous counterpart protecting them on the
inner side and having their shape and direction; these are the
anterior paired vomers (v’), bones well known for their large
development in the Ophidia and Lacertilia.” He further recog-
nises that these are not parts of the true vomer, and evidently
considers them as quite distinct from the premaxillary. In his
description of the head of the young Hrinaceus, he further refers
to the intimate association of the recurrent cartilages-and their
supporting bones or anterior paired vomers. In referring to the
recurrent cartilages as seen in the dissected skull of the young
embryo, he says :—‘‘ Each leafy part is supported by a bone the
form of which it dominates, so that each tract is also hollow on
the face that looks towards the curved inner edge of the cartilage;
it lies on the inside, back to back to its fellow: these are the
front paired vomers, and answer to the paired vomers of the
Snake and Lizard among the Reptiles.” These bones which he
calls “‘anterior paired vomers” are almost without doubt the parts
which, becoming anchylosed with the premaxillaries, form their
palatine processes. Parker, however, seems to consider that there
are palatine processes in addition to the anterior vomers, but
as the cartilages of Jacobson at their anterior part are in contact
with the body of the premaxillary there is really no space for a
palatine process distinct from the ossification in connection with
Jacobson’s cartilage, and if in any form there appears to be a
palatine process in addition to an anterior vomer it is probably
due to the anterior portion of ossific tract of Jacobson’s cartilage
becoming ossified by invasion from the premaxillary.

A study of the comparative anatomy of the prenasal region
gives very strong confirmatory evidence that the bone supporting
the cartilage of Jacobson is not morphologically a part of the
premaxillary, though generally anchylosed with it.

BY R. BROOM. 48]

There is one interesting group of mammals—-the Cheiroptera—
in which the condition of parts has not, I think, been very care-
fully observed, and from which we find considerable assistance in
the solution of the present problem. In the insectivorous bat
common in this district (Miniopterus Schreibersi, Natt.) the
organ of Jacobson is well developed, but is unlike that of the
typical mammal in being unusually short compared with its
breadth. The premaxille are moderately well developed, though
they do not quite meet in the middle line, but they do not
possess even a trace of palatine process. The cartilages of
Jacobson are supported on the inner side by a small median bone
which is quite unconnected with either the premaxille in front
or the vomer behind. It is situated immediately in front of the
anterior end of the vomer and clearly belongs to the same class
of bones as the vomer proper, though instead of being closely
related to the septal cartilage, it supports the cartilages of Jacobson
throughout almost their whole length. In front where the
capsules are moderately close together, a transverse section
reveals two bony plates supporting them anchylosed in their
lower halves. Posteriorly the capsules are considerably apart,
and the bone is here found as a flat plate stretching from the one
to the other.

In the common Australian flying-fox (Pteropus poliocephalus,
Tem.) the condition is very different, but peculiarly interesting.
The premaxille are as well developed as in the Carnivora, though
they do not quite meet in the middle line. The organ of Jacob-
son as apparently in most insectivorous bats is here entirely
absent, though the recurrent cartilages are fairly well developed
as a pair of almost vertical plates. There is, however, no distinct
supporting bone asin Minzopterus, nor a trace of palatine processes
from the premaxillaries; but, on the other hand, the vomer is
well developed, and from it a process of bone passes forward into
the region corresponding to that occupied by the palatine process
in ordinary mammals, though, unlike the palatine process, it only
supports the posterior part of the cartilage. Whether in the
foetal condition this process is ever distinct, I have not had the
opportunity of ascertaining.

482 HOMOLOGY OF PALATINE PROCESS,

In man a somewhat similar condition exists, though he differs
from Pteropus in having a rudimentary organ of Jacobson. Here
there is no palatine process to the premaxillary, and the rudi-
mentary recurrent cartilage—the plough-share cartilage of Huscke
—is not supported by a distinct bone; but in a human feetus of
10 weeks I have found on the inner side a small tract of osteo-
genetic cells very similar in position to those in TZ'richosurus, but
here ossified by an invasion from the vomer.

In Ornithorhynchus we find still further evidence of the
vomerine nature of the bony support of Jacobson’s cartilage.
Here in the adult we find the capsule of Jacobson’s organ
supported by the median “‘dumbbell-shaped bone”-—a structure
which bears a very marked resemblance to the little median bone
lying between the organs in the bat. Since its first discovery
this peculiar dumbbell-shaped bone has been the subject of very
considerable discussion as to its true nature. Three different
opinions have been expressed with regard to it, but as one of
them—that homologising it with the prenasal bone of the pig—
has been abandoned by its author, and is known to be founded
on a misconception, only the other two need be discussed. The
view which has received almost universal support—that of
Rudolphi, Meckel and Owen—is that it is the inner part of the
premaxillary and the homoloyue of the palatine process of the
premaxillary in the higher mammals. In more recent times
Albrecht,* Turner,t Flowert and Symingtons have advocated the
same view, and have adduced arguments which practically amount
to conclusive proof of the correctness of their position. The other
view which has been expressed as to its nature is that recently

————

* Loc. cit.

t W. Turner, “‘ The Dumbbell-shaped Bone in the palate of the Ornitho-
rhynchus compared with the Prenasal Bone in the Pig.” Journ. Anat. and
Phys. Vol. xix.

t W. H. Flower, ‘‘ Osteology of the Mammalia.” 38rd Ed. Lond. 1885.

§ J. Symington, ‘‘ The Nose, the Organ of Jacobson, and the dumbbell-
shaped bone in Ornithorhynchus.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891.

BY R BROOM. 483

advocated by Wilson.* In his paper published by this Society
he gives a very accurate and minute description of the bone and
its relations, and gives reasons for considering the bone to be a
true vomerine element and no part of the premaxillary. His
main arguments may be briefly summarised as follows :—(1) That
as the posterior part of the palatine plate of the dumbbell bone

rests on the “cartilage of the nasal floor ”

it is on a higher plane
than the maxillary palate ; (2) that the vertical part is prolonged
backwards for a considerable distance dorsad of the maxillary
plane, and “that a bone which is so prolonged backwards on a
higher plane than the maxillary palate cannot be regarded as
developed in the same morphological plane with it”; and (3) that
the posterior spur is separated from the maxillary palate by
a peculiar hiatus. These arguments afford practically con-
clusive proof that the dumbbell-shaped bone belongs to the
vomerine category and is no part of the premaxillary; and to
Wilson thus belongs the credit of having first clearly recognised
the vomerine nature of the bone. But on the other hand, while
the above arguments show that the bone is not part of the pre-
maxillary, they rather support than disprove its homology with
the element usually called “ palatine process of the premaxillary,”
and Wilson himself recognises the weight of evidence in favour
of this homology; and when once it becomes recognised that the
palatine process of the premaxillary is itself a distinct vomerine
element anchylosed or formed in connection with the premaxillary
the difficulty of reconciling the two views at once disappears.
W.N. Parker,t in his recent paper on Hchidna, gives a section
of a young Ornithorhynchus skull which shows the dumbbell-
shaped bone developing as bony splints to’ the cartilages of
Jacobson in exactly the same manner as Kitchen Parker has

* J. T. Wilson, ‘* Observations upon the Anatomy and Relations of the
dumbbell-shaped bone in Ornithorhynchus, with a new theory of its
homology, &c.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1894.

+ W. N. Parker, ‘‘On some points in the Structure of the Young of

Echidna aculeata.” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894.
F F

484 HOMOLOGY OF PALATINE PROCESS,

figured his anterior paired vomers developing in Hrinaceus; and
the only difference in the mode of development of the palatine
process of the premaxillary in the young marsupial is that in it
the bony splint of Jacobson’s cartilage is while developing united
anteriorly to the premaxillary.

There is one other bone to which reference need be made in
this connection—the so-called ‘“‘vomer” of the lizard. Most
anatomists have regarded this as the homologue of the mammalian
vomer. Kitchen Parker, however, though generally referring to
the large paired bones in the front of the palatal region in the
acertiian skull as ‘‘vomers,” evidently later recognises their
homology with the anterior paired vomers in Hrinaceus, and not
with the mammalian vomer proper, as will be seen from the
passage already quoted. With this homology I entirely agree.
It is universally admitted that the organ of Jacobson in the lizard
is the true homolgue of that in the mammal, and there can be as
little doubt but that the cartilaginous supports, both being
developments of the trabecular cornu, are also homologous, so
that the homology of the bones developed as splints on the median
sides of these cartilages in similar situations cannot well be denied.
In lhzards, moreover, the premaxillary has no palatine process,
and the so-called vomer bears a similar relation to the pre-
maxillary as does the palatine process in the mammal. In the
snake this ‘‘vomer” passes up the septum nasi, and even slightly
overlaps the capsules of Jacobson; but this is exactly what occurs
in Ornithorhynchus, and to a less extent in some rodents.

It will thus be seen that there is a distinct osseous element
developed as a splint on the median side of the cartilage of
Jacobson, which m lizards and snakes like the organ of Jacobson
itself is well developed and distinct, but which in mammals,
probably owing to the great development of the premaxilla in
connection with the well formed incisor teeth, usually becomes
early anchylosed with that bone, and in many cases even develop-
ing in connection with it, forming its palatine process, only
remaining distinct in a few forms such as Ornithorhynchus and
Miniopterus. For this ossification which in different forms has

BY R. BROOM. 485

gone under a variety of designations, | would propose the name
of Prevomer as more in harmony with the general terminology
than ‘“ Anterior Vomer,” and also as Kitchen Parker evidently
regarded his ‘“‘ Anterior Paired Vomer” as an element quite
distinct from the palatine process of the premaxillary and only
exceptionally present in the mammalian skull.

The following table gives the chief synonyms and homologies
of the Prevomer :—

Prevomer (Broom) = Palatine process of premaxilla in mammalia generally.

= Dumbbell-shaped bone, or Os paradoxum in Ornitho-
rhynchus.

= Anterior vomer, in Ornithorhynchus (Wilson).

=Anterior paired vomer, in fcetal Insectivora, cc.
(Parker)

= Prepalatine lobe of vomer, in Caiman (Howes)

=Vomer, in Lacertilia and Ophidia (Owen, Parker, &c.)

Further research may extend the homology to the “vomer” in
Amphibia and fishes, but this I have not had an opportunity of
ascertaining.

In conclusion I must acknowledge my indebtedness to Prof.
Wilson for various kindnesses; to Messrs. Etheridge and Waite
of the Australian Museum for identifying for me the bat and
flying-fox examined; and to my father, Mr. John Broom, for
making abstracts of papers, not otherwise accessible to me.

486

THE SILURIAN TRILOBITES OF NEW SOUTH WALES,
WITH REFERENCES TO THOSE OF OTHER
PARTS OF AUSTRALIA.

By R. Eruerripas, Junr.—Curator oF THE AUSTRALIAN Museum
—aNnpD JoHN MiTcHELL, PuBLIC ScHOOL, NARELLAN.

Part III.
The PHACOPIDA.

(Plates XXXVIII.-XL.)

The family of the Phacopide is one of the most important to
be met with in our Lower Paleozoic rocks, both on account of
the wide distribution of its members geographically—being met
with in the Silurian rocks of both N.S. Wales, Victoria, and Tas-
mania—and their close connection with those of similar deposits
in the Old World.

The literature of the family is very limited, and is confined to
the description by Sir F. McCoy of species referred* by him to the
following :—

1. Odontochile caudatus, Briin., sp.

2. Portlockia fecundus, Barr., sp.
and by Mr. A. F. Foerstet to—
3. Phacops serratus, Foerste.
The horizons yielding these fossils are :—
a. Olive mudstones of Broadhurst’s Creek, near Kilmore, Vic-
toria—No. l.
6. Arenaceous beds of Yerring, Upper Yarra, Victoria—No. 2.

c. Olive-brown mudstones of the Bowning District, N.S.
Wales—No. 3.

* Prod. Pal. Vict. 1876, Dec. iii, pp. 13-16.
+ Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. 1888, iii.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL.

We do not notice incidental references to other localities, when
unaccompanied by descriptions, nor catalogue names in the same
category.

The Tasmanian forms are at present undescribed.

The Phacopide is represented throughout Australian Silurian
rocks, so far as we can ascertain with certainty, by two genera
only — Phacops, Emmrich, and Hausmannia, Hall and Clarke.
During our researches we have not met with any Trilobites that
could be referred to either of the following :—Acaste, Goldfuss;
Chasmops, McCoy; Pterygometopus, Schmidt; Z'rimerocephalus,
McCoy; Portlockia, McCoy; Crypheus, Green; Coronura, Hall
and Clarke; Odontocephalus, Hall and Clarke; or Corycephalus,
Hall and Clarke.

We imply a doubt because the subject of our Pl. xxxrx. fig. 12,
appears to foreshadow a third section or genus, but the material
is too scanty to enable us to pass a definite opinion.

Genus PHacops, Emmrich, 1839.

Phacops in its restricted sense, following the researches of
Salter* and Schmidt,+ and to some extent of Barrande}t also, omit-
ting other minor characters, is distinguished from other members of
the Phacopide chiefly by the presence of the two anterior pairs of
glabella furrows, generally linear in character, and of which the
first or anterior pair frequently consists of two branches. The
fore part of the glabella, formed by the frontal and lateral lobes,
is, as a whole, cut off from the neck segment by the intervention
of a supplementary ring, termed by Barrande the “ intercalary
ring” (anneau intercalaire)S. Barrande used this feature as one
of the chief distinguishing points between the only two genera
recognised by him in the Bohemian Silurian rocks, Phacops and
Dalmania (vel Dalmanites). This eminent author considered

* Mon. Brit. Sil. Trilobites, Pt. 1, pp. 13 and 14.
+ Mém. Soc. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb. 1881, xxx. (7), No. 1.
t Syst. Sil. Bohéme, 1852, i. p. 498.
§ Loc. cit. p. 505.

488 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

“that Phacops possessed the three ordinary pairs of glabella
furrows, whilst Salter viewed the first pair as consisting of two
parts, a feature in which Schmidt seems to agree with him, i.e.,
Salter’s first pair is equal to Barrande’s first and second. The
arguments for and against the respective views of these authors
are too long to be introduced here, but looking at the matter
dispassionately there appear to be good grounds for supporting
the opinions of Salter and Schmidt.

The presence of the intercalary ring we regard as of very
considerable importance in the limitation of Phacops proper. It
is the ‘linear lobe” of Salter,* and the groove separating the
ring from the glabella proper is the “maxillary furrow” of
McCoyt. The intercalary ring is, in fact, formed by the con-
fluence of the third pair of glabella furrows, with small circum-
scribed lobes at the outer ends. It appears to mark off a series
of species, including Phacops latefrons, Bronn, the type of the
genus, P. cephalotes, Corda, P. fecundus, Barr., and some others,
from the remaining sections, sub-genera, or genera, whichever the
reader prefers to regard them, usually associated under the
broader name of Phacops of older writers. We therefore adopt
Phacops as limited and defined more especially by Salter, and
followed in many particulars by Schmidt. This restriction also
has the advantage of comprising within it Emmrich’s type of his
genus, P. latifrons, Bronn.

As regards species, we have succeeded in establishing the
presence of three in the Silurian rocks of N.S. Wales, viz. :—

Phacops C'vosslew, nobis.
i. latigenalis, nobis.
i serratus, Foerste.
And two in Victoria, viz. :—
Phacops Sweets, nobis. (1 P.fecundus McCoy, non Barr.)
» mansfieldensis, nobis.

If, however, P. fecundus, McCoy, be distinct from our FP.

Sweett, then three forms are known from Victoria.

* Mon. Brit. Sil. Trilobites, Pt. 1, p. 21.
i) Prod. Pal. Vict. 1876, Deesil: p.to,

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 489

PHACOPS CROSSLEII, sp.nov.

(Pi roxcxrx.fies./ 9-1 17)

Sp. Char.—Body—oblong-oval. Head-shield or cephalon—Sem1-
circular, rather flattened above, sides abruptly depressed; glabella
large, subpentagonal, greatly contracted behind, highest between
the eyes, very slightly arched in front, overhanging the front
border, rounded so that taking for centre the middle point of the
confluent basal pair of glabella furrows, the curve forms the arc
of a circle with radius equal to the length between the point
mentioned and its front, tolerably inflated, sides straight, inclined
inwards at an angle of 60°, greatest width equal to iength
including neck ring, coarsely granulate; intercalary furrows dis-
tinct, deep (in casts) at sides and close to the neck furrow, with
which they communicate, thus forming prominent basal lobes;
second pair linear, feeble and falcate, and seem, in some speci-
mens, to communicate with the basal pair, and with the axial
grooves; first or frontal pair linear, faint and feeble, arising from
the axial furrow at the front corners of the glabella, and
traversing it in a very widely V-shaped manner, the inner portion
being shortest and slightly falcate; frontal lobes very large,
second pair cleayer-shaped, third pair suboblong, fourth pair
nodular; neck furrow very distinct, continued across the side
lobes with equal distinctness; and faintly along the inner edge of
the border of the free cheeks to the front of the axial groove;
neck ring robust, strongly arched, granulate, one large granule in
the middle line; axial grooves very distinct, deep and wide; fixed
cheeks small; genal lobes* moderately arched, granulate and
separated from the palpebral lobes by distinct shallow furrows,
which pass posteriorly round and under the eyes, giving relief to
those organs. Eyes large, equal in length to half of the longi-
tudinal length of the cheek, anteriorly scarcely reach the front

* That portion of the fixed cheek between the palpebral lobe and axial
furrow and bounded posteriorly by the lateral extension of the neck furrow.

490) SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

angles of the glabella, posteriorly in a line with the basal glabella
furrows; curve of lentiferous face front to back semicordioid,
apically inclined inward at an angle of about 50°; lenses very
convex, the normal number of vertical rows is seventeen, with
five lenses in each, except the terminal rows at each end; the first
row in front has usually three, the next four, then follow twelve
rows of five lenses, their three posterior rows having four, three
and two respectively, making a total of seventy-six lenses for each
eye, which are separated by minute spaces, but no partitions are
visible.

Thorax — Square, sides almost perpendicular; axis distinct, sub-
semicylindrical, about two-thirds as wide as the contour measure-
ment of the pleure, ends of each segment nodular, posterior
segments distinctly arched forward ; pleure between axial furrow
and. fulera horizontal, then intensely deflected, forming almost
perpendicular sides, extremities procurved and flattened; pleural
furrows distinct on horizontal portions, gradually diminishing on
the deflected parts and ceasing about midway between the fulera
and extremities, making the front ridges distinctly triangular,
posterior ridges very robust and continuous, with diminishing
intensity to the rounded extremities, posterior edges of pleurze
traversed (in decorticated specimens) by a fine groove which shows
most distinctly on the deflected portions, evidently marking the
thickness of the test.

Pygidium.—Roughly semicircular, highly convex, anterior
margin nearly straight; axis very prominent, composed of eight
segments, the first and second segments very distinct, and strongly
arched forward; each succeeding segment diminishes in distinct-
ness so that the blunt terminal piece is hardly separable from the
thickened border, and is half the width of the anterior portion;
axial furrows moderately distinct; lateral lobes very tumid, sharply
deflected, consisting of six or seven pleurz, furrows of first pair
like those of the thoracic pleure, each succeeding pair becoming
fainter till the seventh is rarely discernible and do not reach
the edges; sutures distinct; in decorticated specimens a distinct

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 49]

smooth border is exposed bounded on outer edge by a linear
furrow.
Obs.

Barr., with which we were inclined on first inspection to consider

This species in some respects resembles P. fecundus,

it to be identical. Closer examination, however, has revealed
sufficient differences between them to justify us in separating it
from that species.

In the first place, in our species the greatest length of the
glabella, including the neck ring, equals its greatest width. In
P. fecundus the glabella furrows are distinct on immature indi-
viduals, but rarely so on mature ones, which is just the opposite
to the case in our species. Again, the eyes of the latter have, so
far as we have been able to observe in all our numerous speci-
mens, a constant number of seventeen vertical rows of lenses, and
never more than five lenses in a row, except In rare cases where
a rudimentary lens occurs at the top.

The lateral extension of the neck furrow around the edge of
the border of the side lobes is not nearly so distinct in our species
asin P. fecundus, Barr., and it ceases in front of the eye instead
of joining the furrow passing round the frontal base of the
glabella.

Between the thoraces of the two species there appears little
difference, except that the thoracic test of ours seems to have
been smoother, and the sides more perpendicular.

The pygidium of our species is more nearly semicir¢ular, and
its axis is not sunk between the side lobes, with an almost
constant number of seven segments, and rarely if ever eight. The
side lobes are divided into six or, doubtfully, seven pleure.

To sum up, our species is separated from P. fecundus by having
a much smaller eye, the features of which remain constant in all
mature individuals, a less distinct furrow separating the glabella
in front from the rudimentary limb, by a smaller number of
divisions in the axis and side lobes of the pygidium; and
apparently a much thinner test, which was less distinctly granu-
lated on the thorax and pygidium.

492 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

P. Crosslewi agrees very closely with P. rana, Hall, from
which it differs in the number of lenses in, and position of the eye;
and the absence in the latter of lateral furrows on the glabella.

From our P. latigenalis it is separated by the greater propor-
tional length and height of the eyes, and by the constant linear
character of the glabella furrows, by the smaller space between
the bottom of the eye and the cheek border, the more upright
glabella cheeks, and wider axial furrows between the glabella and
fixed cheeks. The glabella is also less expanded in front trans-
versely. The pygidium has a more semicircular contour, and its
axis differs from P. latigenalis by contracting more gradually
from front to back, and in not being sunk between the side lobes.
The head shields of young specimens of the two species do not
show the differences in so marked a manner, nor are the thoraces
of the two separable from each other in a decorticated state; but
when the mature specimens of each species are compared the
differences noted above are evident.

Such a variation may be expected even were P. latigenalis the
progenitor of this species, for they are separated by 3000 ft. to
4000 ft. of strata, chiefly consisting of mudstone shales, which
must represent a long geological period.

From P. fecundus, McCoy, it is at once separated by the very
much smaller eye, greater posterior contraction of the glabella,
deeper and wider axial furrows of the cephalon, and by some
differences in the pygidium. /. Crosslev is a smaller species than
either of the others described in the present paper, or P. fecwndus,
Barr., none of our specimens exceeding two inches in length.

It has been specifically named after Mr. R. Crossley, of White-
field, Bowning, in recognition of much valuable assistance
rendered by him to one of us in the collection of specimens.

Loc. and Horizon.—Bowning Village, Co. Harden. Upper
Trilobite Bed, Bowning Series (= Hume Beds, Jenkins, and Juss
Beds, David)—? Wenlock. Coll. Mitchell.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 493

PHACOPS LATIGENALIS, sp.nov.
(Pl. xxxix., figs. 3-6; Pl. x, figs. 2-6 and 9.)

Sp. Char.—Body.-—Oblong ovate. Head-shield or cephalon.—
Subsemicircular, but a little wider than twice the length. Glabella,
including neck ring, wider than long, the proportion being about as
4-3, highly tumid in large specimens, expanded transversely,
slightly overhanging in front, and separated from the rudimentary
limb by a fairly distinct groove which communicates with the axial
furrows, strongly granulate, granules subconical, and nearly
uniform in size, sometimes coalescing and forming ridges or
wrinkles; glabella grooves very distinct, deep, and in large speci-
mens the first and second pair are overhung by frontal and second
lobes very decidedly, intercalary groove wide; second pair gently
curved or falcate, and in mature decorticated specimens seem to
communicate with the axial furrows; first pair widely V-shaped,
the inner branch being subfalcate, passing into the axial furrows
at the front angles of the glabella; frontal lobes very large,
occupying more than two-thirds of the glabella; second pair small,
subdeltiform; third pair small and suboblong; intercalary ring
nodular; axial grooves deep; neck furrow very deep and con-
tinuing with equal distinctness across the side lobes to the inner
edges of the borders of the free cheeks and thence faintly to the
front of the eye, where it is interrupted by the lobe on which the
eye rests; neck ring intensely arched, rather narrow, ends nodular;
fixed cheeks small; genal lobes deltiform, arched, granular;
palpebral lobes lunate, separated from genal lobes by shallow
but distinct furrows, which continue posteriorly round and under
the eyes, adding to the prominency of those organs; anteriorly they
pass into the axial grooves; free cheeks practically smooth,
coalesced, extended towards the genal angles, border wide, thick,
genal angles flattened, forming large triangular facets on which
the first pleuree imbricate. yes half as long as greatest length of
cheeks, slightly overhanging, subsemicardioid or lunate; perpen-
dicular height small compared with that of most species of the

494 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

genus; the number of vertical rows of lenses in each eye is
seventeen, and the greatest number of lenses in a row is
five, and this number only in a few rows, the other rows having
four, three, and two; lenses prominent and not closely packed,
cups proportionately small, attachment processes visible, cornea
present as partitions between the oblique rows; as far as we
have been able to observe, the number of lenses in each eye is 73.

Thorax—Length about equal to width; axis very prominent and
semitubular, width throughout almost the same, and equal to that
of the side lobes; fore rings arched forward, outer ends strongly
nodular; lateral lobes horizontal between the axial grooves and
the fulcra; at fulcra deflected at an angle of 65°-70°, width of
horizontal portion about two-thirds that of the deflected portion;
pleural furrows deep, vanishing about midway between fulcra ends
in decorticated specimens; pleure recurved, facets large and
procurved, anterior ridges triangular, posterior ones robust and
merging into the facets.

Pygidium.—About twice as wide as long, subtriangular, with
a slight transverse central arch; axis conspicuous, slightly
depressed between the side lobes, eight rings present; anterior
ones intensely arched with a forward inclination, posteriorly
diminishing in this respect until the terminal piece almost merges
into the border, posterior width a little less than half of the
anterior width; six to seven very distinct pleurz on each side,
very convex, steeply depressed at the sides; pleural furrows deep
and wide, terminating at the borders; interpleural sutures distinct;
axial furrows distinct; the whole surface of the decorticated
specimens shows indication of strong granulation.

Obs.—Owing tothe great tumidity and rugosity of the glabella,
the deep slit-like character of the glabella grooves (overhung in
the case of the first pair by the frontal lobes) in the large speci-
mens of this form, we were disposed to make a separate species
of this type; but after an inspection of a large number of speci-
mens we conclude that this greater tumidity, Wc., results from age.

We have not seen a complete thorax nor the latter with a
pygidium attached.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 49D

The largest cephalon that has come under observation indicates a
length of three and a half to four inches for the whole body,
therefore rivalling in size any of the P. fecwndus or P. latifrons
groups. From P. fecuwndus, Barr., it is clearly separated by the
greater frontal expansion, and tumidity of the glabella, by the
very distinct and deep glabella grooves, and the much smaller
number of eyelets in the eyes. The presence of the glabella
furrows at once separates it from such species as P. /atifrons and
P. rana. The above characters also separate it from our P.
Crossleti and P. Sweet, except that the eyes of P. latigenalis and P.
Crossleiz do not differ very widely.

From P. fecundus, McCoy, (now Barr.), itis also distinguishable
by the points above enumerated.

To sum up, the distinguishing features of this species are its
very tumid or inflated and rugose glabella, deep overhung glabella
furrows, small number of lenses in the vertical rows of the eyes,
which are supported on a distinct pedestal, and the wide cheeks,

Loc. and Horizon.-~Bowning, and Limestone Creek, near
Bowning, Co. Harden. Middle Trilobite Bed, Bowning Series—?
Wenlock. Co/l.—Mitchell; and Geol. and Mining Mus., Dept. of
Mines, Sydney.

PHACOPS SERRATUS, Joerste.

Gee xxxix., gs, / and 8; Pl. xu., figs..7 and 8 and 11)

P. serratus, Foerste, Bull. Sci. Lab. Denison Univ. 1888. iii.

Sp. Char.— Body -- Oblong oval. Head-shield or cephalon.—Nearly
semicircular, a little wider than twice the length, highly tumid. Gla-
bella, including neck ring, as wide as long, overhanging and tumid
in front, very convex, surface highly granulate with fairly large
and uniform granules, separated from rudimentary limb in front
by a very faint groove; sides straight, converging at angle of 60°;
frontal furrows linear, widely V-shaped, outer branches straight
and passing into the axial grooves at the frontal angles, inner
branches subfalcate, medial pair linear, subfalcate, and apparently
not joining the axial furrows; frontal lobe large and subpenta-
gonal, second lobes subtrapezoidal, small, third pair suboblong

496 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

and small; intercalary ring nodular; axial grooves deep and wide;
neck furrow distinct, and continued across the lateral lobes very
distinctly; neck ring robust and bearing centrally a spine of
varying size, corresponding with the thoracic axial spines, bases
nodular ; lateral lobes small, triangular, tumid, borders thickened,
their measurement from genal angles to the front of the axial
grooves equal to half the front width of the glabella; posterior
facets strongly ridged; palpebral lobes conspicuous, highly arched,
outwardly bounded by distinct narrow borders, granulate; palpe-
bral grooves very distinct, deep at front and back and thus
contracting the genal lobes, passing posteriorly round and under
the eyes into the lateral extensions of the neck furrow, adding
relief to that organ; genal lobes tumid and deltiform; genal angles
rounded and faceted; when the thickened borders fall out deep
grooves are left. Eyes equal to half the length of cheeks, seventeen
rows of lenses, the maximum number in a row being five; cornea
and walls of cups thick; lentiferous face, anterio-posteriorly, has a
semicardiod curve.

Thorax.—As wide as long, very gently contracting posteriorly,
sides almost perpendicular, smooth; axis sharply ridged, rings
nodular at bases and centrally bearing strong, short recurved
spines; when decorticated it is semicylindrical, as wide as
side lobes (not measuring the contour of lobes); axial furrows
moderately distinct; side lobes horizontal between axial grooves
and fulcra, pleure slightly recurved, ends rounded in at the
posterior angles; medial grooves distinct, reaching beyond the
middle of the deflected ends in decorticated specimens, and
triangular posterior ridges strong; little or no trace of granulation
on any portion of the thorax.

Pygidium.—About semicircular, highly inflated; axis very
prominent anteriorly, and terminating indistinctly at the inner
edge of the border at about half of its anterior width, slightly
depressed between the side lobes, shows eight rings and a
terminal piece; the first three rings bear nodules centrally corres-
ponding to the spines of the thoracic axis and are arched forward;
each succeeding one becomes less distinct until the last is very

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 497

faint; side lobes tumid, seven or eight pleurze on each; pleural
grooves very distinct anteriorly; sutures and axial grooves distinct.

Obs.—This species was described by Foerste from a specimen
sent to him by one of us. That specimen was distorted so that
the true features of the head were indiscernible, particularly those
of the eyes. In fixing the maximum number of lenses in the
vertical rows at nine he is in error, for in a number of eyes
examined by us the lenses in a row do not exceed five. By fore
and aft compression it is not unusual to find an eye with two rows
brought into the same vertical line, and in this way appearing to
have nine or ten lenses in a vertical row. This is probably the
case with Foerste’s type specimen.

We are inclined to agree with Foerste in ranking this as a species,
for certainly it is very clearly separated from P. fecwndus, Barr.,
by the greater inflation of the front of the glabella, the much
smaller eye, the less distinct groove passing under the front of the
glabella, the absence of granulation on the thorax, thinner test,
straighter sides of glabella, greater perpendicularity of the sides
of the thorax, greater distinctness of the pleural grooves on the
pygidium, smaller size of the animal, and above all the presence
of the very conspicuous dorsal spines. This latter feature
separates it from all species of the genus known to us.

From P. Crosslez, nobis, it is not separable except by the dorsal
spines, and it may be that this feature is a sexual one, and the
two forms represent the male and female of the one species. In
a comparison of a number of heads of the two forms those of
P. serratus, Foerste, seem to be more tumid in front and to have
the glabella more sharply contracted behind by the intercalary
groove.

Loc. and Horizon.—Near Railway Station, Bowning, N.S.W.
Upper Trilobite Bed, Bowning Series—? Wenlock. Coll.—
Mitchell

PHACOPS SWEETI, sp.nov.

ee oxen oO: Pl. Xxxix., figs: 15 2s Ploxt.,. fig. 10s)
[Compare Phacops (Odontochile) fecundus, McCoy (non Barr.),
Prod. Pal. Vict. 1876, Dee. iii. p. 15, t. 22, f. 8-9, t. 23, f. 1-6.]

498 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

Sp. Char.—Body —Oblong oval. Head-shield or cephalon.—
Subsemicircular, width rather greater than twice its length.
Glabella, including the neck ring, about five-sixths of the greatest
width, very slightly convex above, slightly subpentagonal, over-
hanging very little in front, sides straight and steep, limb very
rudimentary, and the furrow between it and the glabella faint ;
three pairs of lateral grooves present, frontal pair passing out
at the front angles and running obliquely across the glabella,
terminating subfalcately ; second pair opposite posterior horns
of eyes, both of these pairs are linear; intercalary groove
moderately distinct, wide and shallow; intercalary ring with
well-marked nodules at each end; the whole glabella surface
ornamented with various-sized granules, and wrinkled in front
subvertically; neck furrow shallow, moderately distinct, and con-
tinued across and round the side lobes, becoming very shallow as
it reaches the borders, and continuing so in its frontal extension;
neck ring distinct, ends nodular; axial furrows distinct and
wide and genal lobes sloping rather steeply into them; lateral lobes
subtriangular (equilateral), borders thickened, ridges along posterior
faces between the axial furrows and fulcra robust; imbricating
facets large; genal lobes highly convex and granulated, separated
from the palpebral lobes by a faint furrow* which passes pos-
teriorly around and under the eye, giving relief to that organ,
and joining the lateral prolongation of the neck furrow and
enclosing between them a suboblong tumose area or extension of
the genal lobe. yes very large, half as long as posterio-anterior
length of head, anteriorly almost resting on the cheek borders, being
separated from them by the fainter lateral furrows only; normal
number of vertical rows of lenses twenty-two, closely packed, toler-
ably convex, with twelve lenses in each of the central rows, the total
number of lenses in each eye being about 220; in the cups the
attachment processes visible under a lens; cornea seems to have
been thin; lentiferous face curved from front to back lunately,

* This may be termed the palpebral furrow, and should perhaps be con-
sidered a generic character.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 499

and sloping upwardly at an angle of 60° to 70°; height of each eye
about two-thirds of its length, in front barely reaching the front
angles of the glabella, posteriorly in a line with the central por-
tion of the intercalary furrow.

Thorax.—Of eleven segments, width seems a little greater
than length; axis prominent, contracts very gradually posteriorly
from the sixth segment, terminating with a width about
four-fifths of the anterior width; segments nodular at the
ends; lateral lobes very little wider than the axis, hori-
zontal between fulcra and axial furrows, deflected portion
steep, component pleure imbricate and rounded at the ends;
pleural furrows distinct and wide, seeming to reach nearly to
the ends; anterior ridges of pleure triangular, posterior very
narrow; interpleural sutures and axial furrows distinct.

Pygidium.—Subsemicircular or subquadrilateral, width greater
than twice the length; axis tolerably prominent, seven seg-
ments visible, terminating bluntly with about half the anterior
width at the border, shghtly sunk between the lateral lobes,
which are moderately inflated, horizontal between fulcra and
axial grooves, anteriorly deflected to correspond with pleure of
thorax, but posteriorly becoming less steep; five to six pleure
visible on each lobe, only the two anterior ones showing the pleural
furrows and sutures distinctly, the furrows reach the border,
anterior face straight, axial grooves moderately distinct. The
whole surface shows evidence of granulation.

Obs.—This species approaches P. fecundus, Barr., very closely,
but we consider there are sufficient differences between them to
justify us in giving specific rank to our form. Its most con-
spicuous feature is the great size of the eyes, in which respect it
surpasses P. fecundus, Barr., and many other species of the genus,
and as in all the mature specimens that have come under our
notice, twenty-two vertical rows of lenses containing twelve in
each row are constant features, while in ?. fecundus, Barr.,
nineteen vertical rows with nine lenses in a row are the normal

features, we consider this to be a sufticient difference for specific
GG

500 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

separation. It differs from P. Crossleia by the much greater
length of its genal lobes, which are conspicuously large. With
our P. J/atigenalis it agrees in having a great length of cheek
between the posterior angle of the eye and the genal angle.

The glabella of this species appears to have been granulated in
the manner common to the genus, but our specimens are all decorti-
cated, and the indications of granulation are observable on the
moulds only.

The neck ring of P. Sweeti is proportionately wider than either
of the N.S. Wales species, which would indicate a wider propor-
tionate axis. That it is quite distinct from P. Crosslea and P.
latigenalis is very clear on (a) the greater number of eyelets on
each eye and the unvarying character of the eye; (b) the perpen-
dicular glabella sides; (c) distinctness of the lateral furrows of
the glabella on large specimens; and (d) the smallness of the
basal lobes of the glabella.

We have received a very well-preserved head from Mr. G..Sweet
(Pl. xxxix., fig. 2), which he informs usis the usual form of P. fecundus,
McCoy (?non Barr.). We believe it to be identical with the species
above described, but still think that it is distinct from P. fecwn-
dus, Barr. By this specimen we observe that the glabeila sides are
perpendicular, the nodules of the intercalary ring lie right in the
path of the axial furrows, and that the lobes between the inter-
calary and basal glabella furrows are very small. All these
features separate it from the N.S. Wales forms, and the pérpen-
dicularity of the sides of the glabella is a feature not possessed
by P. fecundus, Barr. The whole form of the glabella approaches
as near to the quadrate as the pentagonal form.

It is not for us to dogmatise on this point, nor to adversely
criticise the work of so accurate an observer as Sir F. McCoy.
The above is simply our united opinions based on the material we
have been able to accumulate.

Loc. and Horizon.—Mansfield District, Victoria—? Upper Silu-
rian. Coll.—G. Sweet, Melbourne.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 501

PHACOPS MANSFIELDENSIS, sp.nov.

Cel xxix tie.’ 12:)

Sp. char.—Head-shield or cephalon.—Twice as wide as long.
Glabella subpentagonal, rounded in front, very tumid, intensely con-
tracted behind by the intercalary furrow, sides straight and nearly
perpendicular; intercalary furrow distinct and terminating on each
side in remarkably deep punctures, intercalary ring prominent and
nodular at base; no lateral glabella furrows noticeable; neck furrow
distinct, and as it passes into the axial grooves forms very deep
punctures or pits, continuing across the lateral lobes with equal
distinctness; neck ring highly arched, curving back and nodular;
fixed cheeks small, genal lobe prominent, highly arched; palpebral
furrow distinct, passing posteriorly round and under the eye;
axial grooves wide and deep. Eyes prominent, large, rather
longer than half the length of the cheek, separated from the
thickened edges of the cheeks by wide or shallow furrows ; free
cheeks coalesced, margins thickened and straight in front of the
eye, giving to the cephalon a triangular character; genal angles
terminate in short spines.

Obs.—We have only a decorticated cephalon of this species,
which has unfortunately been somewhat contorted and is appa-
rently an immature individual; but the features present clearly
separate it from other known Australian forms. Foremost among
these features are the genal spines, the great contraction of the
glabella by the intercalary furrow, and the very deep punctures
on each side of this furrow and of the neck furrow. The genal
spines separate it from all described Australian species of this
genus. It is further separated from our other Victorian species
by having the nodules of the intercalary ring behind the glabella
basal lobes instead of in the axial grooves. The great contraction
of the glabella by the intercalary arch gives to the tumid portion
of the glabella a subcircular contour. The greatest number of
eyelets in a vertical row appears to be six.

502 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

The presence of the genal spines separates this species from
Fhacops proper, but through the scantiness of our material we
are not prepared to enunciate a more definite opinion at present.

Loc. and Horizon.—Mansfield District, Victoria—? Upper Silu-
rian. Coll.—G. Sweet, Melbourne.

Genus HausmanniA, Hall and Clarke, 1888.

Dalmania, Emmrich (non Desvoidey, 1830),* Jahrb. fur Min.,
1845, p. 38.
Odontochile, Corda (non Laporte, 1834),+ Prod. Mon. Boh. Trilo-
biten, 1847, p. 92.

Phacops (Dalmania ), Salter, Dec. Geol. Survey U.K., 1849, i. p. 1.
Dalmania, Barrande, Syst. Sil. Bohéme, 1852, I. p. 528.
Dalmanites, Barrande, Loc. cit., p. 918, and Expl. Plates, Atlas i.
Dalmanites, Barrande, Loc. cit., 1872, Suppl. Vol. i. p. 27.

Phacops (Odontochile), Salter, Mon. Brit. Trilobites, 1864, Pt. 1,
oe Ls)

Daimanites, Hall, 11th Ann. Rep. Geol. Survey Indiana, 1881,
p. 329.
Dalmanites (Hausmannia), Hall and Clarke, Pal. N. York, 1888,
vil. pp. Xxix and xxx.

Obs.—In separating the old genus Phacops into convenient
sections for systematic description the late Mr. J. W. Salter
adopted the name Odontochile, Corda, for that group typified by
Phacops caudatus, Emm., but for which the term Dalmania has
otherwise almost universally been used. The latter name, pro-
posed by Emmrich in 1845, had, however, been previously used
by Robineau-Desvoidey for a genus of Diptera, and therefore became
invalidated as a generic name for Trilobites. Unfortunately also
Odontochile, proposed by Corda in 1847, was inapplicable from
the fact that it was made use of in 1834 by Laporte to represent
a genus of Coleoptera.

* Dalmania, Desvoidey, 1830, a genus of Diptera.
t+ Odontochile, Laporte, 1834, a genus of Coleoptera.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 503

The previous use of Dalmania seems to have escaped the
notice of Barrande, for we find him using the name throughout
the first volume of his magnificent work on the Bohemian Silu-
rian System, until nearly the close of the volume, when for a
single species in the Addenda, the word Dalmanites is employed,
and continues throughout the atlas. It is therefore possible that
in the interval Barrande discovered the inutility of the name
Dalmania, and by the use of the termination ites sought to dis-
criminate between Dalmania, Emmrich, and Dalmanites, Barrande.
At the same time an objection has been raised by some authors
that even Dalmanites is not sufficiently distinctive.

Prof. James Hall, in one of his numerous critical contributions
to American Paleontology, seems inclined to advocate the claims
of Odontocephalus, Conrad, 1840 (= Crypheus, Green, 1837, non
Crypheus, Klug, 1833, a genus of Coleoptera; and Pleuracanthus,
M. Edw., 1840, non Pleuracanthus, Ag., 1837, an Ichthyodorulite),
If, however, Odontocephalus is restricted to forms resembling its
type species, Asaphus selenurus, Katon (= Calymene odontocephala,
Green), in which the anterior border of the cephalon is denticu-
lated or fimbriated, a good generic distinction, it cannot possibly
clash with Dalmanites. Indeed, we imagine this had already
struck Prof. Hall, for in the seventh Vol. of the Paleontology of
New York, by himself and Mr. J. M. Clarke, we find both names
acknowledged much on the lines now explained. Plewracanthus
might have been adopted had not Agassiz in 1837 made use of
the term for an Ichthyodorulite.

Unless we have overlooked any step in the discrimination of
this generic type, and that is not impossible, there remain two
courses open to us—either to adopt Da/manites, following Bar-
rande, or to propose a new genus. We are loth to adopt the
latter alternative, more especially as Hall and Clarke have pro-
posed as a subgenus under Dalmanites the name Hausmannia,
with practically the same characters as the genus proper. They
remark, “It is here proposed to group under the type Hausmannia
the typical and unvaried forms of Dalmanites, which follow the

504 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

type of D. cuudatus (Briinnich) Emmrich, and D. Hausmann,
Brongniart.”

Under these circumstances, the adoption of Hausmannia in
place of Dalmanites will surmount all difficulties in connection
with the latter name. This suggestion is strengthened by the
fact that Barrande’s Dalmanites, as pointed out by Schmidt,
included Trilobites not only of the type of Asaphus caudatus, but
also all other Phacopidee which did not agree with Phacops as

restricted by him, and are comprised by other writers in Acaste
and Chasmops.

HAUSMANNIA MERIDIANUS, Sp.nov.

(Pl. Xxxvill., figs. 1-8; Pl, xn sigs aay

Phacops (Odontochile) caudatus, McCoy (non Briinnich), Prod.
Pal. Vict. Dec. iti. 1876, p. 13; t. 22, £. lite 2a ane

Sp. Char.—Body.—Oblong ovoid. Head-shield or cephalon.—
Semicircular, finely granulated, moderately inflated, surrounded by
a thickened limb marked off from the cheeks and glabella by a
fairly conspicuous groove. Glabella large, subpyriform, with
straight and oblique sides, separated from the cheeks by deep and
wide axial furrows; frontal lobes very tumose, and together sub-
elliptical in shape, and in some specimens overhanging the
furrows very slightly; the remaining lobes are flat and small, second
pair subtriangular, third and posterior pair oblong; frontal
furrows wide, and moderately deep, joining the axial furrows
just in front of the eye, crossing the glabella very obliquely
and almost meeting, the basal and median pairs linear, deep,
and slit-like (in casts), and not reaching the axial furrows;
posterior corners of basal lobes sloping rapidly into the
axial furrows; fixed cheeks small, genal lobe* inflated, sloping
rapidly into the axial furrow, separated from the palpebral lobe
by a distinct groove, which anteriorly passes into the axial groove,
and posteriorly passes round and under the eye; free cheeks large,

* That portion of the fixed cheek between the palpebral lobe and the
axial furrow.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 505

continuous, conspicuously deflected laterally; genal angles pro-
duced into strong spines reaching to the sixth segment of the
thorax; neck furrow distinct, particularly where it joins the axial
furrows, continuing across the lateral lobes subfalcately with
increasing distinctness and width; facial sutures anteriorly rather
straight to the border, thence continuous, posterior portions from
the hinder ends of the eyes passing out laterally and falcately,
cutting the borders of the free cheeks in a line with the base of
the eye. Eyes large, each has 32 to 40 or even more vertical
rows of lenses with a normal number of eleven in each central
row, and in odd cases twelve to fourteen, giving an aggregate of
about 400 lenses in a single eye of some mature specimens; the
lentiferous face forms a subsemicardioid curve, above sloping back-
ward at an angle of about 40°, below bounded by a shallow groove,
height diminishing more gradually posteriorly than anteriorly ;
lenses spherical, closely packed in the vertical rows, which are
separated by distinct spaces or partitions.

Thorax.—About. equal in length to the combined width
of one pleural lobe, and the axis or about two-thirds of
its total width, and greater than that of either the head or tail,
suboblong or subfusiform; axis subfusiform, greatest width
at fourth or fifth segment, where it is slightly greater
than the width of the neck ring; arched most prominently
posteriorly, rather flat anteriorly; segments thickened at their
bases, moderately arched; some axes show faint trilobation
caused by feeble depressions traversing their length, these depres-
sions are accentuated by rows of tubercles, one on each side, about
midway between the central line and the axial groove; pleure
one and one-third times as wide as the thorax, and between the
axial grooves and fulcra rather horizontal, outer ends moderately
deflected and recurved, the latter feature becoming more pro-
nounced posteriorly; pleural grooves wide and shallow, beginning
at the angles of junction with the axial grooves and passing out
posteriorly at the bases of the claw-like ends, thus traversing the
pleure diagonally, anterior ridges much stronger than the pos-
terior, and passing across to the posterior edges at about midway

506 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

between the fulcra and outer ends, obliterating the pleural grooves
as above stated, outer ends flattened and claw-shaped, the latter
feature very distinct on the posterior pleure; sutures very dis-
tinct; evidences of granulation very small; axial grooves mode-
rately distinct.

Pygidium. — Distinctly triangular, proportion of width
to length (leaving out the terminal spine) is about as
three to two, moderately arched; axis very distinct, a few
of the anterior segments arched forward centrally, and in
decorticated specimens the same segments are provided with sub-
triangular articular spaces; normal number of rings in fully
developed specimens is sixteen to eighteen, and even attaining
nineteen exclusive of the terminal appendage, no distinct traces
of tubercles observed, sides straight, tapering gradually and in
perfect specimens being inseparable from the produced spine,
which is of varying length in different individuals; outer ends of
the anterior segments bear large nodes bounded on their inner
sides by shght depressions similar to those referred to on the
thoracic segments; in some cases posteriorly depressed between
the side lobes; axial grooves distinct, anchylosing margins of the
side lobes straight between the fulcra, ends sharply recurved; in
their inflation and deflection agree with the lobes of the thorax,
but in some cases the slope is gradual from the axial grooves;
eleven pleurz, each succeeding one having a greater backward
curve until the last is nearly parallel with the axis; pleural grooves
wide and shallow; anterior ridges very distinct, thickening at the
inner edge of the limb, and thence vanishing towards the outer
edge, and forming a tuberculous ridge along the inner edge of the
limb; sutures distinct; limb wide, its inner edge distinctly marked
by a suture; to this limb the tail spine is attached.

Obs.—The rows containing the maximum number of lenses are
alternately one lens higher and lower top and bottom than the
preceding row, while the succeeding rows on each side are level
top and bottom, and in this manner each of these rows fore and
aft of the central portion loses a lens until the corner rows have
the minimum of two to three lenses. The maximum of eleven

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 507

lenses in a vertical row appears to be normal for the examples
from the Middle Trilobite Bed; but a specimen from the Upper
Trilobite Bed has thirteen to fourteen lenses in the central rows.
The tail spine is anchylosed to the border, and when the
border and spine are removed a short dagger-like extension of
the axis is exposed, such as is shown in most of the figures of the
European H. cawdatus. It is in this condition that the tail of
our species bears a strong resemblance to H. cawdatus; but what-
ever may be the case in the latter, it is, judging from the evidence
furnished by a large number of specimens, almost certain that, in
every instance where the tail of our species exhibits the short
deltoid form of spine, the true spine has suffered removal.

We believe the forms figured by McCoy from the Victorian
Upper Silurian as Phacops (Odontochile) caudatus to be the same
as our H. meridianus. His figures show the much longer eye
and multisegmented pygidial axis; but McCoy’s glabelle are
granulate. H. meridianus, both as regards the N.S. Wales and
Victorian specimens is so finely granulate throughout as to be
practically smooth without a lens.

Touching the relation of our species to the typical European
H. caudatus, Briin., the eyes are proportionately further forward
in H. meridianus, the palpebral lobes and genal lobes wider trans-
versely, and there is no neck tubercle. The eyes are less lunate,
or arched in contour, and consequently longer fore and aft, and
the surface of the glabella non-tuberculate. The pygidia differ in
the excess of segments over those of H. caudatus, possessing
seldom less than sixteen in the axis of the smaller pygidia, and
usually eighteen or nineteen exclusive of the terminal appendage.
Victorian and N.S. Wales specimens agree in this. Our form is
also long tail-spined when perfect, thus resembling A. longicau-
datus, but unlike the latter we have never seen an individual
bearing a frontal spine. As regards the form of the glabella, H.
meridianus seems to come nearer to H. longicaudatus. The genal
spines are the same length in both the European and Australian
forms. H. caudatus occasionally has a granulated pygidium axis,

508 SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

but our species never has. Such granules are not to be
confounded with the tubercular nodes at the outer ends of the
segments.

i. meridianus vies in size with the large H. Angelin?, Barr.,
from Etage D. of the Bohemian classification, and H. rugosa,
Corda, but both of these are sub-mucronate in front, and possess
much longer genal spines, and other points of departure.

It unquestionably falls into Hall and Clarke’s section Haus-
mannia,* suggested by these authors for the “typical and
unvaried forms of Dalmanites, which follow the type of D. caudatus
(Briinnich) Emmrich, and D. Hausmann, Brong.” As, however,
D. caudatus was selected by Barrande as the type of his genus
Dalmanites, it follows that Hall and Clarke’s term must be
synonymous with the latter, a point that it is strange did not
strike these eminent writers. At the same time we have here a
solution of the generic difficulty, for if by common consent the
name Dalmanites is not to stand, that proposed by the American
Paleeontologists will take its place.

The large increase in the number of pygidium segments in the
Australian Trilobite is not peculiar to that species. A. auriculata,
Barr., has twenty-three axial rings, H. Hausmanni, Brong.,t
possesses eighteen, and several American species are found to
have an increased number over that seen in the typical Z.
coudatus.

Loc. and Horizon.—Bowning, Co. Harden, Upper and Middle
Trilobite Beds; Hatton’s Corner, near Yass; Limestone Creek,
near Bowning, Co. Harden—Bowning or Hume Series—? Wenlock.
Coll.—Mitchell; Mining and Geol. Museum, Dept. Mines,
Sydney ; Australian Museum, Sydney.

D. meridianus is another of the most persistent of our Upper
Silurian forms, being met with near the base, and also at the
close of the Bowning Series.

Pal. IN. York, 1888, wil.” p.) sx.
+ Burmeister, ane eee of Trilobites (Ray Soc. ), 1846, t. 5, f. 10.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 509

In Victoria it is found in the olive mudstones of Broadhurst’s
Creek, near Kilmore, and in the arenaceous beds of Yerring,

Upper Yarra.

In Tasmania the species occurs in the Despatch Limestone of
Zeehan and Heazlewood, N.W. Tasmania.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XXXVIII.

HAUSMANNIA MERIDIANUS, H. and M.

1.—An almost entire specimen; Bowning. Coil. Mitchell.

2.—Pygidium showing the increased number of segments, absence of
test on the limb, and the acicular spine; Bowning. Coll. Mining
and Geol. Museum.

3.—Pygidium of a young individual with a well-developed acicular
spine; Bowning. Coll. Ibid.

4.—Glabella, portion of fixed cheeks, and one eye. Frontal lobe
elliptical and strong eye lobes; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

5.—Portion of cephalic shield showing the right facial suture and
form of the eye lobe; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell,

6..—An eye and palpebral lobe, x3. Coll. Mitchell.

7.--Free cheek showing course of posterior portion of left facial
suture, and the genal spine; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

8.—Hypostome. Coll. Mitchell.

PuHacors Sweet, H. and VM.

9.—Partially rolled specimen, with thorax and pygidium; Mansfield
District, Vict. Coll. Sweet.

Plate xxXxix.

PuHacors SwEETI, Z. and M.

1.—Cephalic shield somewhat distorted by pressure, but with the left
eye intact; Manstield District, Vict. Coll. Sweet.

2.—Decorticated cephalic shield showing the quadrate contour of the
cephalic shield, small basal lobes, intercalary nodules, neck
ring, and eyes; Mansfield District, Vict. Coll. Sweet.

510

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

Fig.

SILURIAN TRILOBITES,

PHACOPS LATIGENALIS, 1. and M.

3.—Cephalic shield slightly distorted; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

4.—Portion of another cephalic shield slightly distorted, showing
glabella furrows and rounded genal angle; Bowning. Coll.
Mining and Geol. Museum.

5.—Another cephalic shield, showing the deep glabella furrows and
axial grooves, tumid glabella, wide frontal lobe, and left inter-
calary nodule; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

6.—Front and under view of cephalon, showing (a) rudimentary
limb, (6) linear ridge and (c) roof of mouth; Bowning. Coll
Mitchell.

PHACOPS SERRATUS, Foerste.

7.—Portion of the glabella and thorax; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

8.—Thorax, side view, showing the bluntly spined median line of the
segments; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

Puacors Crossueil, #. and M.

9.—Thorax and pygidium; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

. 10.—Cephalic shield, with the furrows, eyes, neck ring, intercalary

nodules, and rounded genal angles; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

. 11.—Cephalic shield and portion of thorax; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

PHACOPS MANSFIELDENSIS, H. and MM,

12.—Portion of a cephalic shield showing a very tumid and subpen-
tagonal glabella, and a strong intercalary furrow, x2; Mans-
field District, Vict. Coll. Sweet.

Plate XL.

HAUSMANNIA MERIDIANUS, H and M.

1.—Portion of head shield; Kilmore, Vict. Coll. Mining and Gol.
Musewn.

PHACOPS LATIGENALIS, H. and M.
2.—Large cephalic shield distorted, showing the tumid glabella and
coarse granulation; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.
3.—Portion of a pygidium; Bowning. Coll. Mining and Geol. Museum.

4,—Another pygidium of large dimensions, believed to be that of this
species; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell. :

5.—Portion of head and thorax; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

BY R. ETHERIDGE, JUNR., AND JOHN MITCHELL. 511

Fig. 6.—Young specimen—portion of cephalic shield, with linear glabella
furrows; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

PHACOPS SERRATUS, foerste.

Fig. 7.—Portion of cephalic shield; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

Fig. 8.—Portion of another cephalic shield, tumid glabella, and neck
tubercle; Bowning. Coll. Mitchell.

PHACOPS LATIGENALIS, LH. and M.

Fig. 9.—Rostral shield with the hypostome im situ; Bowning. Coll.
Mitchell.
Puacors Sweet, L. and M,
Fig. 10.—Central portion of an eye, x2; Mansfield District, Vict. Coll.
Sweet.
PHACOPS SERRATUS, Foerste.
Fig, 11.—Side view of the cephalic shield, with the neck spine prominently
shown.
All the figures, unless otherwise indicated, are of the natural size.

BOTANICAL NOTES FROM THE TECHNOLOGICAL
MUSEUM.

By J. H. Maren, F.L.S., anp R. T. Baker, F.LS.
No. IV.

(Plates XLI.-XLII.)

PITTOSPORES.

H{YMENOSPORUM FLAVUM, F.v.M.

This species occurs in brush forests near Wyong, its previous
recorded southern limit being the Hunter River.

TILIACEASA.

ELHOCARPUS EUMUNDI, Bail.

This species was first described by Mr. F. M. Bailey, who dis-
covered it in the Queensland locality from which it derives its
specific name. It has since been obtained in fruit at Mullum-
bimby, Brunswick River (W.B.).

It is therefore new for New South Wales.

RUTACES.

Boronia Mouuis, A. Cunn.

This species was for a long time only known from the Nepean
and as far north as Port Macquarie. It has recently been
collected at Murrumbo, Goulburn River (R.T.B.), which for the
present is its most western locality.

SAPINDACESA.

RaTONIA ANODONTA, Benth.

Since recorded in our Bot. Notes No. III. as new for New
South Wales, it has been collected as far south as Burrell’s Creek,

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 513

near Tinonee, by one of us, and in the county of Gloucester by
Mr. A. Rudder, of the Forest Department.

LEGUMINOS4.

RHYNCHOSIA CUNNINGHAMII, Benth.

This species has been collected at Lismore (W.B.), and is there-
fore new for this colony.

LEGUMINOSAE.
SWAINSONA PHACIFOLIA, F.v.M.

(Syn. Swainsona stipularis, Fv...)
This species has been collected as far east as Bathurst (W. J.
C. Ross, B.8c.).
ACACIA AULACOCARPA, A. Cunn.

A very plentiful species at Woodburn, on the Richmond River,
where some trees measure over 80 feet in height and 3 feet in
diameter. It has previously only been recorded from Queensland,
so is therefore new for New South Wales.

Acacia Jonestit, F.v.M. et J.H.M.

Abundant in a gully at Kenmore, near Goulburn (J.H.M.).

SAXIFRAGEAZE.

CERATOPETALUM GUMMIFERUM, Sm.

Has recently been found at Woodburn, Richmond River
(W.B.), where it attains a height of over 50 feet and a diameter
of 16 inches.

Its range, as far as we at present know it, is right along the
coastal districts from the Moruya River to the Richmond River,
attaining tree size throughout perhaps the whole of its range.

514 BOTANICAL NOTES,

MYRTACEA.

EUCALYPTUS TRACHYPHLOIA, F.v.M.

This species has been collected at Cox’s Gap, Murrumbo, Goul-
burn River (R.T.B.), and now is recorded for the first time for
N.S.W. Its fruit and bark very much resemble some forms of
E. corymbosa, to which it is very closely related.

APOCYNES.

CHILOCARPUS AUSTRALIS, F.v,M.

In all the published descriptions of this species the flowers are
stated to be yellow. We have now to record a white flowering
form from Woodburn, Richmond River.

MoNIMIACES.
PiprocaLyx Moors, Oliv.

(Plate x11.)

It is only within the last few months that the fruits of this
species have been brought to hght. The plant has been known
for many years, but has recently come into prominence through
its bitter leaves, which have been introduced into Europe as a
substitute for hops (Agricultural Gazette of N.S.W. v. 545). It
has been recently figured, but without the fruits, in Hooker’s
Icones Plantarum (Vol. iv. Part 3, Pl. 2367). The plant figured
differs from our specimens in being glabrous, while all known to
us are rusty pubescent.

The fruiting perianth is oval in shape with a constricted base,
and measures scarcely 2 lines in length and 1 line in diameter;
colour purple when fully ripe, glabrous, fleshy with a hard
muricate endocarp.

Seed with a membranous testa, pendulous from the apex of the
cavity with a short hilum.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 515

Hab.—We have received it from several localities, and its range
as far as at present known may be stated as mountain ranges
between the head waters of the Clarence and Macleay Rivers.

We have had the opportunity not only of examining these
fruits for the first time, but as our specimens were perfectly fresh
we are enabled to offer a complete and accurate plate of the
species.

LAURINES.

Bentham (B.Fl.v. 297) includes under Cryptocarya glaucescens,
R.Br., one and perhaps more than one plant which examination
of additional material has shown us to be worthy of separate
specific rank. We propose to deal with one particular plant, and
will endeavour to show that C. glawcescens, R.Br., var. reticulata,
Meissn., is undoubtedly a good species, and that the name C.
micronewra, Meissn., should be revived for it. We will now, with
the complete material and extended cbservations available to us,
describe the species.

CRYPTOCARYA MICRONEURA, Meissn. in DC. Prod. xv. 27.
(Syn. C. glaucescens, R.Br., var. reticulata, Meissn., B.FI. loc. cit.)
(Plate x11.)

A tree over 60 feet high, glabrous except the inflorescence,
which is always hoary-pubescent. Leaves broadly lanceolate,
acuminate, obtuse, glabrous on both sides, a shade darker on the
upper side, primary veins and reticulations equally distinct on
both sides, reticulations fine but more distinct than in C. glau-
cescens, 6 inches long and 1 broad; petiole short, less than 4 in.
Flowers very numerous, mostly terminating in a large irregular
panicle, but sometimes axillary. Perianth under 1 line, hoary
pubescent, the tube turbinate, about equal to the lobes. Glands
stipitate at the mouth of the tube. Staminodia scarcely sessile
as in (. glaucescens and very much more acuminate. Fruiting

perianth ovoid-oblong, 6-8 lines long, dark, shining, faintly ribbed.
H

D16 BOTANICAL NOTES,

Brief analysis showing relations to cognate species.

Leaves thickly coriaceous, smooth, shining above, the primary
veins very prominent underneath, the reticulations inconspicuous.
Fruit globular. C. obovata.

Leaves more or less coriaceous, the reticulations fine, con-
spicuous or obsolete on both sides.
Fruit globular. C’. glaucescens.

Leaves thinly coriaceous, the reticulations fine on both sides.
Fruit ovoid-elliptical. C’. microneura.

C’. glaucescens and (. microneura are found intermingled in the
brushes along the whole northern coast districts of this colony as
well as Illawarra, and their distinct character (without any
intermediate forms that we can trace), is maintained throughout.

This species differs from C. glwucescens in colour, texture and
shape of its leaves, in its absence of glaucousness, and particularly
in the shape of its fruits. The reticulations are also more pro-
minent than in the former species, and the specific name is very
appropriate. The staminodia are also more acuminate. ‘The
fruiting perianth is entirely distinct; in C. glaucescens it is
‘“‘depressed-globular,” a shape uniformly maintained throughout
the whole range of the typical species, but in this species it is
ovoid-elliptical and consistently so. It measures about 6-8 lines
long and 3-4 broad, is black and shining and faintly ribbed.
The fruits of C. microneura have not hitherto been described.
In fine, we have repeatedly examined the two species in the
brushes from Illawarra to Port Macquarie, and have requested
Mr. Baeuerlen, the botanical collector of the Museum, to make
similar observations on the Richmond River. Our observations
agree in that we are convinced that the trees are distinct.

PROTEACEAE.

PETROPHILA PEDUNCULATA, R.Br.

This species has been collected at Bundanoon, near Moss Vale,
by Mr. A. J. Sach, of Goulburn, which is at present its most
southern recorded limit.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 517

FILICES.

POLYPODIUM ASPIDIOIDES, Bail.

This species is first recorded and described by F. M. Bailey in
‘the Synopsis of Queensland Flora, p. 714, where he speaks of it
as “a beautiful fern which has for a long time been confused with
Lastrea acuminata, T. Moore, the Aspidiwm acuminatum, Hort.
Ang., and from which it only differs in the entire absence of
indusium and in the longer and more aculeate marginal teeth.”

We are led to confirm these observations to the extent of
stating that we have examined a very large number of fronds of
this interesting fern in all stages of growth, and have failed to
detect on them a trace of indusium. The sori are usually flesh-
coloured, or at least quite different in colour from those of
Aspidium aculeatum, nor is it ever found proliferous like that
species. It has been found at Tintenbar (W.B.), near Ballina,
Richmond River, and so is an addition to the plants of this

colony.
FUNGI.

CoPpRINUS COMATUS, Fries.

This well-known European edible fungus has been recently
found abundantly at Annandale, near Sydney. Cooke in his
“Australian Fungi” records it for Victoria only. It is a good
ketchup fungus.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate XLI.

Piptocalyx Moorei, Oliv.

Fig. 1.—Bud.

Fig. 2.—Expanded flower.

Fig. 3.—Part of raceme with early fruit.

Fig, 4.—Individual fruit.

Fig. 5.—Transverse and longitudinal sections of fruit.

Fig. 6.—Seed.

518 BOTANICAL NOTES.

Plate XLii.
Cryptocarya microneura, Meissn.

Fig. 1.—Flowering twig.

Fig. 2.—Bud.

Fig. 3.—Perianth.

Fig. 3'.—Expanded flower.

Fig. 4.—Stamen.

Fig. 5.—Staminodia (different views).
Fig. 6.—Gland.

Fig. 7.—Fruiting perianth.

All enlarged to various extent.

519
NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. North exhibited a set of four eges of Turnia leucogaster,
recently described by him. The eggs were taken at Illamurta,
Central Australia, on the 18th of June, 1895; and are of a buffy-
white ground-colour, minutely freckled and sparingly spotted with
different shades of chestnut-brown, purplish-brown, and _violet-
grey; an average specimen measuring 0°9 x 0:73 inch.

Mr. Steel showed a very large specimen of a ship-worm (T'eredo)
from redgum (‘) piles in the fresh water of the Rewa River, Fiji,
collected by Mr. T. Ferguson.

Mr. Froggatt showed a representative collection of some eighty
named species of Australian Ants (formicide). Also speci-
mens of a beetle (Arthropterus brevis, Westw.) belonging to the
family Pausside, captured in the nests of a common Australian
Ant (Hceatomma metallicum). African species of this family
commonly occur in such situations, but the exhibitor was unaware
of any record of this habit in Australian species.

Messrs. Maiden and Baker exhibited a number of plants and
photos in illustration of their paper.

Messrs. Etheridge and Mitchell exhibited a number of Trilobites
in illustration of their paper.

Mr. Mitchell exhibited several specimens of Glossopteris from
Croudace’s Hill, near Lambton, Newcastle, showing very apparent
evidences of what is probably fructification similar to that of an
Asplenium. Some specimens of a like character were collected
by him from the cliffs on the Old Race Course Beach. Also a
specimen of what appears to be a Lycopodium, near L. gutbiert,
Gopp., or L. macrophyllum, Gold., from the South Bulli Colliery.
This is the first record of a fossil Lycopod from the New South

Wales coal-bearing series.
he

520 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Henn exhibited, on behalf of Mrs. G. J. Waterhouse, a
very fine collection of Cypraide, found alive by herself and sons
in Port Jackson, between the months of May and August of this
year. The collection consisted of exactly 100 specimens belonging
to the seventeen following species:—Cyprea fimbriata, Gmelin,
C. macula, A. Ad., C. jfelina, Gmelin, C. assellus, Linn., C.
tabescens, Solander, C. arabica, Linn., C. moneta, Linn., C.
annulus, Linn., C. caput-serpentis, Linn., C. helvola, Linn., C.
clandestina, Linn., C’. flaveola, Linn., C. lutea, Gronovius, C.
comptoni, Gray, C. errosa, Linn., C. errones, Linn., and C. inter-
punctata, Brazier, MS. The last, (of which two specimens were
found) differs from C. macula,—which it otherwise much resembles
—in being more pyriform, and much more profusely and distinctly
marked with spots. It is considered by Mr. Brazier to be a dis-
tinct new species, but it would, perhaps, be more correctly described
as C. macula, A. Ad., var. onterpunctata, Brazier.

Of the above, no less than nine species, viz.: C. fumbriata,
tabescens, arabica, moneta, helvola, flaveola, lutea, comptoni, and
interpunctata, have never been previously recorded from Port
Jackson. The Cypreide are amongst the rarest. shells in the
harbour, and very few—even dead—specimens have come to light
for some years past. It is all the more remarkable therefore that
so large a number of species should suddenly be discovered. They
were found under stones rather below extreme low water mark
and, with two exceptions, all within a radius of one hundred
yards. In addition to the above, Mrs. Waterhouse also found
dead specimens of C. caput-anguis and C’. hirundo in very good
condition, neither of which has been previously recorded from Port
Jackson.

Mr. Henn also exhibited three extremely fine specimens of C.
vitellus, Linn., and a specimen of Micromelo guamensis, Quoy et
Gaimard, all found alive at Botany Heads by Mr. Norman
Hansard in July. The latter very beautiful little shell has never
been recorded from Australia previously, but is a native of the
South Sea Islands.

NOTES AND EXHIBITS. 52]

Mr. Edgar R. Waite exhibited a number of photographs of
Tree Kangaroos (Dendrolagus bennettianus, De Vis), at present
living in the Melbourne Zoological Gardens, sent by Mr. D. le
Souéf. Some of the kangaroos are sitting on the topmost branches
of the trees, which have been defoliated even to the extreme tips
of the branches. Other photographs show the animals on the
ground in truly macropine positions; but one in which the
kangaroo is on ‘all fours” indicates that the fore limbs are
probably being more freely used in terrestrial progression than
usual.

WEDNESDAY, SEPTEMBER 25Tu, 1895.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday even-
ing, September 25th, 1895.

The President, Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E., in the
Chair.

DONATIONS

Pharmaceutical Journal of Australasia. Vol vii. No. 8 (Aug.
1895). From the Editor.

Royal University of Upsala:—(a) Bulletin of the Geological
Institution. Vol. i. (two Parts), Vol. ii, Part 1 (1892-94): (b)
Arsskrift, Mathematik och Naturvetenskap, 1870, 1, 3: 1872, 1:
1873, 2: 1874, 2: 1875, 1, 4, 5: 1878, 1; 1892, Program oie)
Vega-Expeditionens Vetenskapliga Arbeten — Hight Botanical
and Zoological Excerpts from Bd. i-iv. (1882-85): (d) Medde-
landen fran Ups. Univers. Mineralogisk-Geologiska Institution,
Nos. 1-10 and 12-13 (8vo. 1891-94): (e) Sveriges Geologiska
Undersdkning. Ser. C. Afhandlingar. Nos. 60, 76, 78, 88, 95:
(f) Ten Inaugural Dissertations, 8vo. (1872-95): (y) Hight In-
augural Dissertations, 4to. (1885-92): (hk) Thirty-six Miscel-
laneous Pamphlets, 8vo. and 4to. rom the University.

Department of Mines, Victoria—Progress Report. No. vil

(1894) and Twelve Special Reports (1892-95). Prom the Secretary
Jor Mines.

DONATIONS. 523

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane — Bulletin. Second
Series, Nos. 6-7 (1895): Botany Bulletin. No. xi. (1895). From
the Secretary for Agriculture.

K.K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien—Verhand-
lungen. Bd. xlv. Heft 6. From the Society.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrgang (1895). Nos. 480-482
(July 22nd-Aug. 19th). from the Editor.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. vii. Nos. 20-21 (Aug.
1895). From the Government Secretary.

Bombay Natural History Society—Journal. Vol. ix. No. 4
(1895). From the Society.

Société des Sciences de Finlande—Observations Météorolo-
giques, 1889-90, and 1893 (Vol. xii. Liv. 2). [Two Parts.] From
the Society.

Geological Society, London—Quarterly Journal. Vol. li. Part
3 (No. 203, Aug. 1895). From the Society.

Museo di Zoologia, &e., della R. Université di Torino —Bulletin.
Vol. x. Nos. 193-209. From the Museum.

Royal Geographical Society of Australasia—Queensland Branch
—Proceedings and Transactions. Vol. x. (1894-95). From the
Socrety.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney—Agricultural Gazette of
N.S.W. Vol. vi. Part 8 (Aug. 1895); Cooke’s “Handbook of

Australian Fungi” (8vo. 1892). From the Hon. the Minister for
— Mines and Agriculture.

Baron von Mueller’s “Select Extra-Tropical Plants.” Ninth
Edition (1895). From the Premier of Victoria through the
LInbrarian, Public Library, Melbourne.

Royal Swedish Academy, Stockholm—Oefversigt. Vol. li.
(1894): Hj. Theel’s “Oem Sveriges zoologiska hafsstation Kris-
tineberg” (8vo. 1895). From the Academy.

524 DONATIONS.

Indian Museum—Notes. Vol. ii. Nos. 4-5 (1894-5): Pamphlet
entitled ‘ Description of a New Species of Oxyrhynch Crab.”
By A. Alcock, M.B. (1895). From the Superintendent.

Bureau of Agriculture, West Australia—Journal. Vol. ii.
Nos. 18-19 (Aug.-Sept. 1895). From the Secretary.

Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou—Bulletin. Année
1895. No. 1. from the Socvety.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xii. No. 5 (Aug. 1895). rom the
Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. (1895), No. 344 (Aug.)
From the Editors. 3

Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.—Bulletin of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology. Vol. xxviii. No. 1. From the Curator.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences—Transactions.
Vol. ix. Part 2 (1895). From the Academy.

American Geographical Society—Bulletin. Vol. xxvii. Part 2.
From the Socrety.

Department of Lands and Survey, New Zealand—Report for
the Year 1894-95. From H. Farquhar, Esq.

Konink. Naturkund. Vereeniging in Nederl.-Indié—Natur-
kundig Tijdschrift. Deel liv. (1895). From the Society.

Société Entomologique de France—Annales. Année 1893
(Vol. lxvii.). From the Socvety.

Journal de Conchyliologie. Vol. xli. (3°. Sér. T. xxxiii., 1893),
From the Editor.

Faculté des Sciences de Marseille—Annales. T. iv. Fasc. 1-3:
Annales de l'Institut Botanico-Géologique de Marseille. Vol. iv
(1893). From the Socvety.

- Société des Sciences de ’Ouest de la France—Bulletin. T. iv,
2°-4° Trim. : T. v. 1 Trim. rom the Society.

DONATIONS. 525

Société Linnéene de Normandie—Bulletin. 4° Série. Vol. vii.
(1893). Prom the Society.
Asiatic Society of Bengal—Journal. Vol. lxiii. Parti. Title-

Page and Index: Vol. lxiv. Parti. No. 1: Vol. lxiv. Part i. No.
2: Proceedings 1895. Nos. 4-6 (Ap.June). From the Society.

Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland—Journal —
of Conchology. Vol. viii. No. 3 (July, 1895). From the Socrety.

Australian Museum, Sydney—Records. Vol. ii. No. 6 (Sept.
1895). From the Trustees.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. No. 117 (Sept.
1895). From the Editor.

British Museum (Nat. Hist.) —Catalogue of Fishes, 2nd Edition.
Vol.i. By G. A. Boulenger, F.R'S. (1895): Catalogue of the
Spiders of Burma. By T. Thorell (1895). From the Lrustees.

Royal Society, London—Proceedings. Vol. lvii. Nos. 347-348.
From the Society.
|

526

NOTES ON CICADAS.
By Watrer W. Froceatt.

_ Regularly every season as the warm summer days set in, toward
the latter part of the year, the shrill call of the Cicadas, or “locusts”
as they are popularly called, is heard with monotonous regularity
in every cluster of trees or shrubs about Sydney. It is noticeable
that every third year they appear in much greater numbers than
in the two preceding seasons; and with the well known fact
before us that the American ‘“Seventeen-year Cicada” (C.
septemdecim) reappears every seventeenth year, I am led to the
conclusion that several of our larger species take three years to
reach maturity.

During this last season (1894-5) they appeared in countless
numbers all round the neighbourhood of Sydney, and were much
more in evidence about the suburbs than they had been for many
years previously. The paddocks about Croydon were literally
covered with the tubular holes through which the pupe had
escaped, while every tree trunk and fence was festooned with the
dry larval skins split down the middle of the back and firmly .
fixed in position by the powerful claws of the fore legs. For fully
three months they kept up one continuous screech, unless a
thunder storm sprang up, and then every Cicada was mute.
Acting on a suggestion made by Dr. Cox at one of our meetings
some time ago [Proceedings ili. (2), p. 1508], I jotted down a
number of observations made in the bush under these very favour-
able circumstances, of which the following notes are the result.

At Croydon the first Cicada was heard on the 30th of October
about sunset, and a few days later I caught several of the small
black ones (Melampsalta melanopygia, Ger.). In February their
dead bodies began to be plentiful under the trees, and the calls of |
the survivors were fitful and irregular, according to the state of
the weather, being heard only on fine days. The last heard at

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. Spare
. t

Croydon were calling upon the 14th of March, but a single one
was recorded from Rose Bay on the 29th of the same month.

In “Insect Life,” [Vol. iv. (1892), p. 248], Riley gives an
account of the ‘‘digger wasp,” Sphecius speciosus, which stores its
nest with one of the common American Cicadas. As I had heard
that wasps had been seen killing Cicadas here, I kept a look out for
them. During the height of the “locust season” I frequently
saw the large yellow sand wasp, Priocnemus bicolor, Smith,
hunting over the stems of the trees frequented by the Cicadas,
which generally flew away with a great clatter without my being
able to see what had happened. Eventually I saw the whole
business; a hornet flew up, caught by the leg a Cicada engaged in
sucking up sap, and shook it until it withdrew its style and flew
away. The hornet then stood over the spot and eagerly sipped
up the sap as it exuded from the puncture made by the Cicada’s
style. JI afterwards saw the same performance on several occa-
sions, the hornet apparently never hurting the Cicada.

As a general rule the Cicadas prefer the trunks and stout
branches to the young twigs and foliage, for with their long and
powerful sucking mouth they can perforate the bark and obtain
a plentiful supply of nourishment where the flow of sap is most
abundant.

Several accounts have been recently published about the curious
miniature cities built by the pupe of some of the American
Cicadas. The pup (for some reason as yet unsatisfactorily
explained) come up to the surface before they are ready to emerge,
and form a hollow dome of clay of from two to four inches in
height above their tubular shaft about a foot in depth; to the
bottom of this they again retreat, after adding this superstructure,
until they are ready to cast their pupal garments.

Very little is known about the habits of the larve and pupe of
any of our species, most of them coming straight up from a con-
siderable distance below the surface when ready to emerge; but I
have upon several occasions found a single pupa under stones;
such were always enclosed in a stout clay cell at the base of
which was a small reservoir of water.

528 NOTES ON CICADAS, ©
| %

I am indebted to Mr. W. F. Kirby, of the British Museum, for
the identification of most of my species.

THOPHA sAccaTa, Amyot (‘The Double Drummer ”).

This is our largest species, measuring 5} inches across the
wings from tip to tip; the body 94 lines across the shoulders, and
lower down upon the large males at the drums an inch; the
abdomen short and rounded in the males, and coming to a sharp |
point in the females. Wings hyaline and unspotted, the nervures
pinkish-brown with the costal lower one marked with black.
General colour fulvus-brown, with the centre of the thorax
marked with transverse angular black stripes, and the basal part
of all the the abdominal segments also black.

From the way in which his musical apparatus projects this.
Cicada is called the ‘‘Double Drummer” by the Sydney boys; and
the female without this development is called the “Single Drum-
mer.” This species attracts one’s notice in the middle of November;
and increases in numbers until the middle of January. They were
not so common about the gardens, but on North Shore and about
Manly seemed to prefer the clumps of small stunted gums (H.
corymbosa, EH. robusta, and E. resinifera), clinging to the stems,
and flying off at the least sound. Their cry is a loud harsh note
drawn out and shrill; when singing they do not move their bodies,
but droop their wings down on either side.

CYCLOCHILA AUSTRALASI@, Amyot (“The Green Monday ”).

Expanse of wings 5 inches, width across the shoulders 9 lines,
length of body 3 inches. Wings hyaline, unspotted; nervures
bright green, the base of the large nervures near the shoulder
yellow tinted with carmine. The whole of the insect pale grass-
green, but changing to a much duller colour after death.

This is our commonest Sydney Cicada, which is found in greater
or less numbers every season. The first was taken about the 3rd of
November, and by the 13th all the trees in the gardens were
covered with them; where there were no Eucalypts, they showed a

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 529

marked preference for the Pittosporum trees. Though I caught
numbers, I could obtain no females until the 24th of November,
three weeks after the first males appeared, but after that date
they were nearly as plentiful as the other sex.

There is a yellow variety of this species, which is popularly
called the “‘ Yellow Monday;” the only difference that I can find
is in the colour, but they are nothing like as common as the
green one.

MACROUISTRIA ANGULARIS, Germ. (‘The Union Jack”).

Expanse of wings 5 inches, width of shoulders 9 lines, length
of body 1# inches. Wings hyaline, the nervures pale ochreous-
yellow, close to the shoulders reddish-brown, the nervures form-
ing the lower marginal cells of the hind wings with a fine pencilled
line of black on both sides, giving the wings a slightly mottled
appearance. General colour of the insect black, with the front
of the head, mesothoracic band, and the apex of the metathorax
dark ferruginous; three patches in a line between the eyes with
another behind them, a row of three elongate spots in the centre
of the prothorax, and a row of four slender transverse spots along
the middle of the metathorax pale ochreous-yellow; colour of the
ventral surface ferruginous mottled with black; in the males the
drums are rather small and do not project on the sides.

This Cicada does not appear about Sydney every year, but
during this last season it was comparatively numerous; it is never
found about the gardens, but I found it more numerous where
the smooth-stemmed gums (Hucalyptus sieberiana and HL. hemas-
toma) were common, generally upon the main trunk.

PSALTODA M@RENS, Germ. (“The Floury Miller ”).

Expanse of wings 44 inches, width of shoulders 8 lines, length
of body 14 inches. Wings hyaline, nervures of the fore wings
black, with the edges of several forming a W near the tip of the
fore wing, and those forming the apex and sides of the lower row
of cells edged on either side with black, giving them a thickened

530 NOTES ON CICADAS,

appearance; the nervures of the hind wings horn-brown, with the
apex of the lower row of cells towards the tip deeply shaded with
black, fading out towards the middle of the wing.

The whole of the insect is black on the upper surface, but
covered with fine silvery white hairs which form little white spots
here and there, looking as though it had been dusted with flour.
From this circumstance it has received from the Sydney children
the rather appropriate name of the “ Floury Miller.”

None of this species were seen about Sydney. until the com-
mencement of December. They are rarely found in gardens,
preferring the Eucalypts; at Manly on the 7th of December they
were very numerous upon the smooth stems of the apple tree
gums (Angophora lanceolata); upon one small limb not more than
a foot in diameter I counted 49, and all the trees in the gully
were covered with them.

When singing they sit close against the stem, elevating the tip
of the abdomen and jerking it up and down while the song con-
tinues; their note is sharp and shrill, but more musical than any
of the other species. When sucking up the sap they flatten the
body against the branch, burying the rostrum right up to the
head, it being long enough to penetrate the stout bark and reach
the inner side. They remained in considerable numbers until
early in January, when they began to be scarce.

PsALTODA FLAVESCENS, Dist. (“The Mottled Grey”).

Expanse of wings 44 inches, width across the shoulders 7 lines,
length of body 16 lines. Wings hyaline, nervures brown, but
mottled with black, which extends over on either side, forming
three irregular bands across the wings, the nervures of the hind
wings brown. Ground colour of this Cicada black, thickly
mottled with chocolate brown and ferruginous red, the former
forming a slender parallel bar across the centre and a band along
the apical margin of the prothorax, a W-like mark in the centre,
a stripe on the sides of the mesothorax, and the edges of the
metathorax and scutellum pale brown, the ferruginous tints

BY WALTER W. FROGGATT. 5S

mottling the head and thorax and marbling the segments of the
abdomen, the head behind the eyes and the abdomen frosted
with silvery pubescence; ventral surface grey except the abdomen
which is black, and the covers of the drums which are reddish-
pink, flat and placed behind the hind legs.

I am told by some of my young friends that this is called the
“ Mottled Grey,” but do not think that the name is in general use.
T had never seen more than half-a-dozen specimens of this species
until last year, when they appeared in considerable numbers, but
chiefly in the neighbourhood of Hurstville and Sutherland; a few
were taken about Middle Harbour and others at Granville.

MELAMPSALTA MELANOPYGIA, Germ.

Expanse of wings 2 inches, width across the shoulders 3 lines,
length of body 10 lines. Wings hyaline, costal nervure of both
wings and the two inner nervures of the hind ones yellowish-
brown edged with black on both sides, all the others black.
Head and thorax chestnut brown mottled with black and clothed
with fine white hairs scattered over the dorsal surface, but much
closer upon the legs and undersurface; legs chestnut striped with
black, the scutellum small, forming four angular star-like ribs, the
abdomen at the base and along the summit black, the sides, tip
and undersurface golden yellow, lightly clothed with fine hairs.

This is the first Cicada to appear about Sydney, the earliest
specimens being taken on the last day of October at Hornsby.
They are very active little fellows, flying about and clinging to
the stems of the young Eucalypts, calling with a sharp whirring
note all the time. I have taken a few of these every season
about Hornsby and Middle Harbour, but they do not last long,
disappearing 1 in a few weeks.

MELAMPSALTA ENCAUSTICA, Germ.

Expanse of wing 1? inches, width across the shoulders 3 lines,
length of body 8 lines. Wings slightly opaque, all the larger
nervures brown lined on either side with black, all the smaller

532 NOTES ON CICADAS.

ones black. Head and thorax black, with a spot behind the ocelli,
a parallel line down the centre of the prothorax, and two similar
ones crossing the mesothorax light brown; the ridges of the
scutellum of a similar colour but tinged with pink, with several
other pink marks above the antenne and sides of the thorax;
abdominal segments black, with a narrow apical transverse band
of pale yellow, extending right round, the tip bright yellow; legs
variegated with black and white, striped with pinkish-yellow.

This is one of our smallest species, seeming to take the place of
the preceding species in the Shoalhaven district.

Three other fine species not yet determined were also taken,
but as far as I know are very rare, only a pair of each having
been found during the last three seasons.

Tipictna sp. A handsome dark chestnut-brown insect measur-
ing 34 inches across the wings, with two black spots towards the
tips of the forewings, and the sides of the thorax and abdomen
clothed with fine white hairs, very thick upon the latter, the costal
nervure of the forewings also mottled with similar pubescence.

PsaLtopa sp. <A large black Cicada with an expanse of 4
inches across the wings, the nervures being tinted with reddish-
brown; the male has a large patch of bright golden hairs on the
sides of the third segment of the abdomen, absent in the female.

Psautopa sp. <A slightly smaller insect, similar in general
colouration, but the blotch upon the side of the abdomen of a
bright silvery colour.

533

ON THE DATES OF PUBLICATION OF THE EARLY
VOLUMES OF THE SOCIETY’S PROCEEDINGS.

By J. J. FLETCHER.

The first twenty-eight Parts of the Society’s Proceedings—
constituting Vols. i.-vii. of the First Series (for the years 1875-
1882)—offer no more definite indication of the several dates of
publication than is afforded by a notice of the year of issue at
the foot of the front page of the paper covers, or on the title-
page included in the fourth and concluding Part of each Volume.
Unless specially instructed to the contrary, bookbinders seem
habitually to discard the covers when binding. A number of
copies of Vols. 1.-iv., bound at Sir W. Macleay’s expense, so treated,
have passed into circulation under the Society’s auspices. In
regard to these, and others so dealt with, it should be borne in
mind that the year indicated on the title-page is usually that in
which the fourth and last Part only of the Volume was issued :
or if not so, the coincidence is accidental.

The first twenty-six of the Parts in question were issued prior
to the Garden Palace Fire. As the Society’s official books and
records were completely destroyed therein, no information what-
ever about these early Parts is forthcoming from this source.
Eleven consecutive Parts commencing with Part 2 of Vol.i., were
printed by two firms which subsequently retired altogether from
business, the establishment of one of them having been completely
burnt out; so that no particulars from the publishers are obtainable,
and I have only the dates of receipt kindly supplied by the
Librarians of the Public Library and Royal Society of N. S.
Wales to go by.

Occasionally there arise questions of priority in the description
of species dealt with in these Volumes; and requests for authori-
tative information as to dates of publication are from time to
time received.

534 EARLY VOLUMES OF THE SOCIETY’S PROCEEDINGS,

It seemed advisable, therefore, that the effort should be made,
once for all, to ascertain if possible the dates of publication of the
first twenty-six Parts with a view to their publication. On
applying to the Librarians of the Public Library, Sydney, and |
the Royal Society of New South Wales, I was most kindly
furnished with almost complete lists of the dates of their receipt
of the various Parts—which are approximately those of publica-
tion. Messrs. F. Cunninghame & Co., who printed Part 1, very
obligingly referred to their books, and supplied the requisite
information about this Part. Mr. F. White, who printed Vols.
iv.-vii., most courteously provided me with a list of the dates of
delivery to the Society of the sixteen Parts comprised in these
Volumes. From the data so supplied, the list—as approximately
correct as it is now possible to make it—given overleaf has been
compiled. ,

One or two other matters may also be noted.

The first Volume is exceptional in that it comprises the Pro-
ceedings of two years—Part 1 constitutes the Proceedings for
1875: Parts 2-4 the Proceedings for 1876. In the separate
copies of Part 1 as issued, was inserted a slip—which is missing
in all the bound Volumes I have seen—setting forth that—

“The first 20 pages of this Part were printed and circulated ten
months ago. They have now been re-printed vn order to make the
Part complete.”

The sixteen consecutive Parts, commencing with Vol. viii., and
ending with Vol. 1. (Second Series), have the dates of issue on
the paper covers, but there only. If the covers have not been
preserved in binding all clue to dates is lost in bound volumes.:
They are accordingly included in the list.

Commencing with Vol. ii. (Second Series), not only is the date
given on the cover of each Part, but it is repeated at the head
of the lists of the Contents of the four Parts comprised in each
Volume, supplied along with the title-page and Index in the
concluding Part thereof. No room for doubt, therefore, can arise
in connection with these and future.Parts :—

Vol. i

Vol. u
vee
Vol. iv.
Vol.

Vol.

Vol.

iT.

Te

ill.

ee

VAL

="

val

Part 1 (pp.

1 (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.
Part 1 (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.
Part 1 (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.
Part 1 (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.
Part 1 (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.
Part 1 (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.

. Part 1 (pp.

2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.

BY J. J. FLETCHER.

First Series.

1-20 only)—Issued April 27th

1-96)

97-168) —

169-282)
283-419)
1-122)
123-217)
218-288)
289-401)
1-76)
77-161)
161-305)
306-443)
1-116)
117-244)
245-387)
387-492)
1-105)
106-272)
279-458)
459-652)
1-170)
170-408)
409-711)
712-872)
1-135)
135-304)
303-404)
405-684)

* February
* July

* February
* March
‘July

* January

* May

* June
*September
* December

[No data]

* May

June 16th
October 6th

December Ist

May

August

November 22nd

February
May 20th
July

September 12th

December
March 20th
May 23rd
August
October 28th
April

* Dates of receipt, or more correctly, dates of registration.
time the publications do not seem to have been always delivered as
punctually as they are now, it is not improbable that some of the dates

given are really as much as one month or even longer behind time.

Hee ie

535

1875.
1876.
LSiiot
ii.
1877.

1877.
L878.
1878.
1878.

1878,
1878,

1879.

LST 98
S79:
Sie
1880.

1880.
1880,
1881,
Lesa
1881.
1881.
1881.
1882.

1882.
1882,
1882,
1883,

As at this

536 EARLY VOLUMES OF THE SOCIETY’S PROCEEDINGS.

Vol. vii. Part 1 (pp.

2 (pp.

3 (pp.

4 (pp.

Vol. 1x. Part. (pp.
2 (pp.
3 (pp.
4 (pp.
V ol. x Part.) (pp.
2 (pp.

3 (pp.
4 (pp.

Vol. 1°) Part 1 (pp:

2 (pp.
3 (pp.

4 (pp.

1-180) —Issued June 19th 1883.
181-298) » suly ltt Me Beye ob
299-417) » October 19th ~~ 1e832
419-583) » February 21st 1884.
1-181) » May 23rd 1884.
183-443) » August 19th 1884.
445-866) » ~November 29th 1884.
867-1242) » March 4th 1885.
1-126) » vune 4th 1885.
127-279) » duly 3lst 1885.
279-554) » December 21st 1885.
555-881) » Aprilisrd 1886.
Second Series.
1-238) —Issued May 25th 1886.
239-578) » August 23rd - 1886.
D7 O°O TD) » November 17th 1886.
975-1237) » February 22nd 1887.

DESCRIPTION OF A TREE CREEPER PRESUMABLY

NEW.

By C. W. De Vis, M.A., Corr. Mem.

Unknown to the author, the same species had been shortly

before described by Mr. North in the Jbis (July, 1895).

paper was therefore withdrawn.

The

Or
(SX)
~

NOTES AND EPEXHIBITS.

The President exhibited a number of botanical specimens from
the Tweed River, including fruiting examples of Zlc«ocarpus
grandis, F.v.M., locally known as the Blue Fig or Quandong, an
interesting slender variety of Pteris tremula, Aspidiwm tenerum,
Adiantum ethiopicum, and other ferns at present undetermined.
Also Gleichenia dichotoma, Hk., from the Hawkesbury River;
cones of Sequova gigantea, and an undetermined Banksia which
needs investigation. |

Mr. Froggatt exhibited his collection of Sydney Cicadas.

Mr. Steel showed a Gecko (Gehyra vorax, Gir.) from the Rewa
River, Fiji. He also remarked that the animal when alive is
extremely flaccid, as if it had no bones; it is also apparently to
some extent vegetarian in its diet, portions of leaves of the sugar
cane as well as of an undetermined plant having been found in
the stomach of a specimen dissected.

Mr. Fletcher showed some English humble bees, the defunct
portion of a consignment from New Zealand recently brought over
by the Department of Agriculture in the hope of the successful
acclimatisation of the insects, Of the survivors some were
liberated in the Botanic Gardens, and some in the Society’s
garden. As the bees were set free just after the first of the
recent rains, they should have a fair chance of doing well; and
any information about their subsequent movements and operations
would be welcome.

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 301, 1895.

eee eee

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the
Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday even-
ing, October 30th, 1895.

The President, Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E., in the Chair.

Miss Mary Lodder, Ulverston, Tasmania, was elected an Asso-
ciate Member of the Society.

DONATIONS.

Geological Survey of India—Records. Vol. xxvii. Part 3
(1895). From the Director.

Six Pamphlets on Hymenoptera. By M. C. Janet. From the
Author.

Pharmaceutical Journal of Australasia. Vol. viii. Nos. 9-10
(Sept.-Oct., 1895). rom the Editor.

Pamphlet entitled ‘“ Phthisis in New South Wales and other
Australasian Colonies.” By G. L. Mullins, M.A., M.D. from
the Author.

Bureau of Agriculture, Perth, W.A.—Journal. Vol. ii. Nos.
20-21 (Sept.-Oct., 1895). From the Secretary.

Zoological Society of London—Proceedings, 1895, Part i1.
from the Society.

DONATIONS. 539

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. viii. Nos. 22-23 (Aug.-Sept.).
From the Government Secretary.

Royal Microsopical Society—Journal, 1895. Part 4 (Aug.).
from the Society.

Société des Sciences de Finlande—Acta. T. xx. (1895):
Bidrag till Kannedom af Finlands Natur och Folk. 54-56 Haftet:
Oefversigt. T. xxxvi. (1893-94). From the Society.

Société d’Horticulture du Doubs, Besangon—Bulletin. nis.
No. 56 (Aug., 1895). Prom the Socrety.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrg. Nos. 483-484 (Sept.,
1895). From the Editor.

K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien—Verhand-
lungen. Bd. xlv., Heft 7 (1895). Prom the Society.

Manchester Museum, Owens College —Studies from the Biolo-
gical Laboratories. Vols. i.-i1. (1886-90): Catalogue of the
Library (1895): Handy Guide to the Museum (1895): Report,
1890-94. From the Museum.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xii. No. 6 (Sept., 1895). From
the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victorva.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. No. 345 (Sept., 1895).
From the Editors.

Pamphlet entitled “Remarks on Daimonelix,” &c. (From the
American Geologist. xv.) By J. F. James, M.Sc. From the
Author.

U.S. Department of Agriculture—Division of Entomology—
Insect Life. Vol. vii. No. 5 (1895): Technical Series. No. 1.
“ Aphelinine of N. America.” rom the Secretary of Agriculture.

American Museum of Nat. Hist.—Bulletin. Vol. vii. (1895).
Sig. 17 (pp. 257-272). From the Museum.

Department of Mines, Sydney—Memoirs. Paleontology, No.
9 (1895). rom the Hon. the Minister for Mines.

540 DONATIONS.

Marine Biological Association, Plymouth—Journal. ns. Vol.
iii. No. 5 (Extra. No.): Vol. iv. -No. | (Sept 1695} amar:

the Director.

Revista de Sciencias Naturaes e Sociaes. Vol. iv. No. 13
(1895). From the Editor.

Science Gossip. 58 Nos. (1890-95): British Naturalist. 23
Nos.: Phipson’s ‘‘ Phosphorescence”: Catalogue of the Library
of the Linnean Society. Parts 1.-111.: and Thirty-three Miscel-
laneous Pamphlets. from C. 7. Musson, Esq., F.LS.

Linnean Society of London—Transactions. Second Series.
Botany. Vol. iv. Part 2; Vol. v. Part 1 (1894-95) ; Zoology.
Vol. vi. Part 3 (1894). From C. Hedley, Esq., F.L.S.

“Spelunca” (Bulletin de la Société de Spéléologie). T. 1%.
No. 1 (Jan.-Mar., 1895): Extrait de L’Annuaire Géologique
Universal—Asie et Océanie. Pamphlet entitled ‘Etude de
Géologie sur le Bassin de Paris” (1894). ParG.Ramond. From
Monsieur G. Ramond.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane—Botany Bulletin, No.
xii (Oct., 1895). From the Government Botanist.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney—Agricultural Gazette.
Vol. vi. Part 9 (Sept., 1895) From the Hon. the Minister for
Agriculture. :

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. No. 118 (Oct.,
1895). From the Editor.

541

THE GREY GUM OF THE NORTH COAST DISTRICTS.
(Lucalpytus propinqua, sp.nov.)
By Henry Deans, M.A., F.LS., anp J. H. Marpen, F.LS.

(Plate x11.)

The Grey Gum of the North Coast districts has for many
years held an uncertain botanical position, having being ranked
at different times by botanists under HL. punctata, EL. salagna, and
even £. viminalis. We determined to carefully investigate the
tree de novo, and we have arrived at the opinion that it will but
perpetuate the confusion which has for so many years existed, if
it be subordinated to any existing species. From observations in
the field and upon dried specimens, we find that it is remarkably
constant, and in raising it to specific rank under the name of
Eucalyptus propinqua, we allude to its affinities with 4. punctata
and #. saliyna.

The species also bears considerable affinity to £. resinifera, not
only in regard to the fruits, which are so similar as to be dis-
tinguished with difficulty from some of the smaller forms of £.
resinyfera, but also in leaf-venation.

EUCALYPTUS PROPINQUA, Sp.nov.

A large, straight growing, cylindrical-stemmed tree, found up
to 4 or 5 feet in diameter, and 120 feet and more in height.

Bark.—It has a grey dusty-looking slightly raspy appearance
as regards its bark. Next to the Blue or Flooded Gum it is one
of the straightest stemmed trees in the forest. The bark darkens,
peels off in large longitudinal irregular patches, leaving a smooth
white surface, which in course of time darkens, peels off, and the

542 GREY GUM OF THE NORTH COAST DISTRICTS,

process is indefinitely repeated. The bark closely resembles, and
is perhaps not to be distinguished from, that of 4. punctata.

Timber.—Dark coloured, and so closely resembling Red Iron-
bark (#. siderophlova) that care is required to distinguish the two
timbers. Inclined to have rings or “scabs” of kino, which
diminishes the demand for it for sawn stuff. Very durable in or
out of the ground, but its tensile strength inferior to that of the
Ironbark already referred to.

Seedling leaves.—More broadly lanceolate, and with the
marginal vein more distant from the edge, than in the case of the
mature leaves. At first opposite.

Mature leaves.—Narrow lanceolate and very uniform. Average
length 4-5 inches, breadth # inch. Veins not prominent, lateral
veins nearly parallel; marginal vein on or very close to the edge
of the leaf as avery general rule. Edge usually slightly recurved.

Pedzunecles flattened.

Calyx-tube hemispherical, and longer than the operculum.
Sometimes with the angles of the flattened pedicel decurrent.

Flowers in a marked manner pedicellate; usually in tens, but
the umbels containing as few as five flowers.

Operculum hemispherical in general outline, but with a low
pointed apex.

Stamens inflexed before expansion, the anthers opening by
parallel shts, and all fertile. i

Fruit very uniform in size, about. 24 lines broad by 14 lines
deep. Usually 4-celled. Occasionally 3-celled; 5-celled not seen
at present. The rim usually shows two sharp edges, with the
intervening space concave. The valves are well exserted.

The fruits, as regards the rim and general contour, considerably
resemble those of the smaller forms of 4. resinifera, more so than
those of #. punctata.

Affinities.—The affinities of LZ. propinqua are with Z. saligna
and #. punctata, contiguous species in Baron von Mueller’s Census.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 543

A paper by J. H. Maiden and R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S8.W. [2], viii., 312, may be here referred to, as the affinity of
EL. propinqua to HL. saligna is there shown. J. pr pinqua is, in
that paper, looked upon as a variety of Z. saligna.

As regards #. punctata and EF. propinqua, the timber and bark
of the two species resemble each other a good deal; they may be,
for all practical purposes, identical. They also agree in the
flattened peduncles and the stamens (points of resemblance, how-
ever, not peculiar to these two species).

Differences.—They differ in the size of the flower-buds and
fruits, which in £. propinqua are quite small; £. propinqua has
narrow lanceolate leaves and also has more parallel and less
prominent lateral veins than H. punctata. The calyx-tube and
also the operculum of £. propingqua are more distinctly hemis-
pherical and its flowers more pedicellate.

The fruit of 4. punctata, though variable in size, is always
larger and more cylindrical than that of £. propinqua.

We are fully aware that #. punctata, as at present defined, is
a somewhat unsatisfactory species, and it is our intention to fully
deal with the matter, in its proper order, in the series of Notes
on New South Wales Eucalypts which we will shortly commence
to submit to the Society.

Range.—From the Hawkesbury River northwards at least as
far as the Tweed River. We have no evidence yet as to whether
it extends to Queensland, but it very probably does. Going west
it has been found on the eastern slopes of the Dividing Range.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Two twigs, showing variation in width of leaves.

Fig. 2.— Part of a leaf, showing venation, and also slight recurving of edge.
Fig. 3.-—Vertical section of a bud.

Fig.4.— ,, », of an expanded flower.

Vig. 5.—Front and back view of anther.

Fig. 6.—Individual fruits.

544

JOTTINGS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY OF .
SYDNEY UNIVERSITY.

By Pror. Wiuuram A. Haswett, M:-A.. Diss.

No. 18 —Nore on Cerrain Points In THE ARRANGEMENT AND
STRUCTURE OF THE TENTACULIFEROUS LoBzs In Nautilus
pompilius.

(Plate xLvuil.)

tn writing a short account of the structure of Nautilus for a
general work I have had occasion to examine a considerable
number of specimens, and in doing so have noticed one or two
points to which attention has, I think, not hitherto been directed.
The most important of these, with which alone the present com-
munication deals, has to do with the tentaculiferous lobes of the
foot, and their sexual modifications.

No fewer than three papers published or read recently deal
with sexual differences in Nautilus. Two of these, one by
Willey,* the other by Vayssiere,t refer only to sexual differences
in the shell ; the third, by J. Graham Kerr,{ is referred to below.

The tentacles of Nautilus are arranged in two series—an outer,
and an inner. With the outer series we are not at present
concerned. ‘The inner series exhibit a marked sexual difference in
their arrangement. In the female this inner series consists of
two symmetrical lateral lobes, each bearing twelve tentacles, and
of a median (posterior) portion. In the male the two lateral
lobes of the inner series are unsymmetrically developed, four of
the tentacles of one side, usually the left, being modified to form
the structure known as the spadix.

The spadix was first described by Van der Hoeven.§ He
calls it “a great conoid body, the length of which was nearly 25

* Natural Science, June, 1895.
+ Comptes Rendus, 24th June, 1895.
~ Zoological Seciety of London, Abstract of Proceedings, June 18, 1895.

§ Trans. Zool. Soc., Vol. iv., p 27. The earlier Dutch papers are not
accessible to me.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL, 545

inches; this part was laterally compressed; at its basis its measure
from the dorsal to the ventral side was found to be | inch, 10
lines; from the right to the left side only 1 inch.” He adds “This
part was proved to me by dissecting it to be formed by the union
of four unusually developed tentacular slips, one of which was
shorter and more free, the three other chiefly composing the sin-
gular body.”

From the dimensions here given and the figures accompanying
the paper it would appear that Van der Hoeven had under obser-
vation a completely or nearly completely developed specimen. Such
mature specimens are comparatively rare; and all the male
Nautili that have been made the subjects of other published
descriptions appear to have been immature, so that some important
and interesting points in the structure of the fully-developed
spadix have been overlooked.

In the larger of the two mature male specimens I have
had the opportunity of examining (in which the greatest
diameter of the shell is 64 inches) the total length of the
organ is 3} inches, the greatest breadth about 14 inch, and
the thickness a little less than an inch. The four tentacles com-
posing it (Plate xlviii. fig. 1) are all very strongly modified in
different directions. One of them, as observed by Van der
Hoeven, is separate from the rest except at the base. Itis shorter
than the others, and does not seem to be capable of being
retracted, its sheath being very short: its free part, which is
spathulate towards the extremity, lies under shelter of a wide fold
extending backwards over it from the sheath of the tentacle
which I have numbered 3. Tentacles 2, 3, and 4 have their
sheaths united, but the tentacles themselves are quite separate.
No. 2 is a thick, solid, muscular cylinder, or rather elongated,
blunt cone, probably not capable of being extended to any great
distance; the cavity of its sheath is very wide. No. 3 is elon-
gated and laterally compressed, marked on its posterior and external
surface with numerous transverse ridges. No. 4 presents the
most remarkable modification; it is thick and cylindrical towards
the base, becoming compressed towards the free end. The outer

546 JOTTINGS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY.

surface (fig. 2) has the appearance of a minute honeycomb, owing
to its being covered over with numerous rows of minute apertures,
arranged with the greatest regularity.

On the free flap of the 3rd tentacle covering over the Ist, there
is to be observed an oval dark patch, which to the naked eye
appears minutely tuberculated. When this is examined under a
lens (fig. 3) the tubercles are found to be minute elevations, each
with a rounded aperture at its summit. Microscopic sections shew
the thickened patch to contain numerous branching glands, the
ducts of which open at the apertures mentioned. The specimens
were not in good order for histological study; but the cells of the
glands were found to be full of large rounded granules.

The remaining portion of the inner series (internal labial
tentacles of Owen,* labial tentacular lobe of Kefersteint)
is fully developed only in the female. It consists of a
large flattened median lobe, situated posteriorly in immediate
contact with the buccal mass. It is divided by a deep
median notch into two parts, each of which bears fourteen
tentacles. On the middle of its inner surface is an oval patch
where the integument is raised up into numerous closely set
ridges, which are in series with the tentacles, the most external
ridges and the most internal tentacles being scarcely distinguish-
able from one another. This ridged body is referred to by Owent
as probably having an olfactory function, and a similar view is
expressed by Ray Lankester.§ Van der Hoeven|| dissents from
this and expresses the belief that these folds are “only rudi-
mentary digitations completing the circle of the internal labial
processes.”

It seems somewhat remarkable that a connection of some kind
with the function of reproduction should not earlier have been
suggested for the entire inner tentaculiferous lobe with its

* Memoir on the Pearly Nautilus, 1832.
t Bronn’s Thierreich, Malacozoa, III. Band, p. 1360.
t Op. cit. )
§ Zool. Articles from the Encyclopedia Britannica, Mollusca, p. 137. -
|| Trans, Zool. Soc. iv.

BY WILLIAM A. HASWELL. 54T

tentacles and ridged organ. Its possession is quite as character-
istic a feature of the female as the presence of the spadix is of
the male. In the male its only representative is a bi-lobed
folded body, termed by Van der Hoeven “cushion-shaped incised
bodies.”

Graham Kerr has apparently suggested such a connection for
the ridged organ, as will appear from the following quotation
from the abstract already referred to—‘“‘ The curious laminated
organ ventral to the bucca] mass in the female, which had been
believed to be olfactory, was pointed out as probably having some
connection with reproduction — apparently being a glandular
apparatus to which the spermatophore of the male becomes
attached.” That the organ has some such function seems to me
extremely probable. In the Dibranchiate Cephalopods the
hectocotylised arm is so long that it can readily be used as an
intromittent organ for depositing the spermatophores in the mantle-
cavity of the female. In the Nautilus, however, such intro-
mission is impossible, and there must be some indirect mode of
transmission of the spermatophores. It seems very probable
that the whole inner part of the foot of the female is connected
with this function, grasping the spadix and receiving the sperms
from the cavities on its honey-combed tentacle. The presence
in the wall of the mantle-cavity of the female of a pair of glands
which appear to correspond to the nidamental glands of the
Dibranchiata, would seem to render it probable that the ova must
be fertilized in the mantle-cavity. The function of the laminated
area, present only in the female, on the inner surface of the outer
tentaculiferous lobe may, perhaps, be to form a brood-pouch for
the developing ova. Such a function might be suggested for the
inner lobe, were it not that the latter is in close contact with the
buccal mass, and thus must be subject to frequent changes of
position.

One of the six or eight female specimens examined byme presents
a condition of the median inner tentaculiferous lobe, which may,
perhaps, have a bearing on the functions of the part. In this
specimen, which was a good-sized one and fully developed in

548 JOTTINGS FROM THE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY.

other respects, the lobe in question was represented by a rudiment
(fig. 4), in which, however, all the parts of the perfected structure
were distinctly and symmetrically represented. The condition of
this single specimen does not afford sufficient grounds for attempt-
ing to make any deductions, but I direct attention to it here, as
the examination of further material might establish this as a
modification of regular occurrence, and, therefore, requiring to be
taken into account in any attempt to explain the uses of the
various tentaculiferous lobes.

——

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1.—Spadix of mature Nautilus pompilius from the outer side
(natural size) 1, 2, 3, 4 tentacles, gld., glandular patch.

Fig. 2.—Portion of surface of tentacle 4, magnified..
Fig. 38.—Portion of the surface of glandular patch, magnified.

Fig. 4.—Inner tentaculiferous lobes of specimen referred to in the text.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF DIATOMACEOUS EARTH
AT THE WARRUMBUNGLE MOUNTAINS, N.S.W.

By Proressor T. W. EpcrtwortH Davin, B.A., F.G.S.

(Publication deferred for the present.)

549

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Froggatt exhibited specimens of two species of. Scale
Insects and parasites bred therefrom; with the following Note:—
“About Sydney Jcerya purchasi is not a common coccid, seldom
being found in more than twos or threes upon the small branches,
chiefly of Acacia discolor, in the bush. This year my colleague
Mr. H. G. Smith had a young tree of Acacia barleyana in his
garden at Tempe covered with this scale, and he brought me a
large spray swarming with adult females, which I enclosed in a
box. From these I bred some hundreds of small chalcid
parasites (Huwryischia lestophoni, Riley), and also a number of
dipterous parasites (Cryptochaeton werye, Willist.). At my
request, Mr. Smith observed the coccids in situ, and he soon
found them falling off; and before very long they were all dead.
No lady birds (Coccinellide) or their larvee were seen upon the
tree, which was cleared of the pest by the minute parasites above
mentioned; and it seems evident that in this part of Australia
we owe much more to these parasites than to their coleopterous
enemies for our immunity from the cottony cushion or fluted
scale insects as serious pests. The Floridian scale (Jcerya rosec,
Riley and Howard) has been very plentiful upon the foliage of
the Grevilleas and Hakeas on the Illawarra line, and from them
T have bred the same species of dipterous parasite, and numbers
of the secondary parasite, a chalcid that is parasitic upon the fly
larvee Ophelosia crawford1, Riley, and is therefore not an enemy
of the scale insects.”

Mr. Waite sent for exhibition a specimen of Peripatus
leuckarti, Sang., from Colo Vale, near Mittagong, and recorded
localities for other specimens, including some collected by Mr. C.
J. McMasters at Moree. As Perztpatus has been supposed hitherto
to be confined to the table-land and coastal districts, its occurrence
so far inland as Moree is particularly noteworthy.

Professor David exhibited mounted and bulk specimens of
diatomaceous earth, sanidine tuff, trachyte, and trachyte ash

550 NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

containing leaves of Connamomum Leichhardtii, Ett., all from the
Warrumbungle Mts.

Mr. Steel exhibited (1) a nodule nopulare but erroneously
supposed to be of meteoric origin, from the MacDonnell Ranges:
(2) a large Crustacean (/bacus peronit) caught at Pyrmont: and
(3) a specimen of growing sugar cane forwarded from the Clar-
ence River by Mr. W. J. Freeman, attacked by Termites; the
soft interior of the cane was scooped out, and then filled with a
brown deposit; the results of a chemical analysis of the latter
were submitted for comparison with those of an analysis of a
fresh sample of the deposit from an ordinary Termite nest.

Mr. North called attention to the numbers of dead specimens
of Mutton Birds (Nectris brevicaudus ), near Sydney, washed up
on the beaches during the past fortnight, and to which reference
had been made in recent issues of the “Sydney Morning Herald”
by Mr. Cavendish Liardet and Mr. Woolcot-Waley. In company
with the former gentleman Mr. North visited the beach at Bondi
on the 30th inst., and found hundreds of the bodies of these birds.
Several fresh specimens were collected in the hope that an exami-
nation would throw some light on the cause of the unusual
mortality in this species. Usually it is a rare bird in New
South Wales waters, and just now has probably been driven from
the south, where it is abundant, by severe gales. Mr. Brazier had
recorded at a meeting of this Society in December, 1880, a simi-
lar instance of mortality among several species of sea birds
(Proceedings, Vol. V., p. 637).

551

WEDNESDAY, NOVEMBER 27 Tx, 1895.

The last Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society for the
current Session was held at the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road,
Elizabeth Bay, on Wednesday evening, November 27th, 1895.

The President, Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., M.I.C.E., in the Chair.

The President announced the deaths of Professor Sven Ludvig
Lovén, the veteran Swedish naturalist, an Honorary Member,
and Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., of Geelong, an Ordinary

Member.

DONATIONS.

Entomological Society of London—Transactions, 1895. Part
ii. rom the Society.

Royal University of Upsala—Meddelanden frin Mineralogisk-
Geologiska Institution. Nos. 14-15. Prom the University.

Bureau of Agriculture, Perth, W.A.—Journal. Vol.ii. Nos.
22-24 (Oct.-Nov., 1895). From the Secretary.

Bombay Natural History Society—Journal. Vol. ix. No. 3
(March, 1895). From the Socrety.

Perak Government Gazette. Vol. viii. Nos. 24-26 (Sept.-Oct.,
1895). From the Government Secretary.

Société d’Horticulture du Doubs—Bulletin. n.s. No. 57
(Sept., 1895). From the Society.
Pathan

552 DONATIONS.

Société Hollandaise des Sciences & Harlem—Archives Néer-
landaises. T. xxix., 3™° Liv. (1895). From the Society.

Geological Survey of New South Wales—Records. Vol. iy.
Part iv. (1895). From the Hon. the Minister for Mines.

Royal Society of Canada—Proceedings and Transactions for
_ the year 1894. Vol. xii. rom the Society.

Geelong Field Naturalists’ Club—The Geelong Naturalist. Vol.
v. No. 1 (Oct., 1895). From the Club.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney—Notes on the Commercial
Timbers of New South Wales. By J. H. Maiden, F.L.8. from

the Department.

Pamphlet entitled “Census of Plants of the Cape Otway
Forest.” By G. H. Adcock, F.L.8. From the Author.

Zoologischer Anzeiger. xviii. Jahrg. Nos. 485-486 (Sept.-
Oct., 1895). From the Editor.

Société Royale des Sciences de Liége—Mémoires. 2™° Ser.
T. xviii. (July, 1895). rom the Society.

Report on Northern Territory Explorations, 1895. By be
L. Brown, Government Geologist, South Australia. rom the
Author.

Comité Géologique, St. Pétersbourg—Mémoires. Vol. x. No.
3 (1895); Vol. ix. No. 4; Vol. xiv. No. 3: Bulletins. . Vol. xii.
Nos. 8-9; Vol. xiv. Nos. 1-5 (1895). From the Committee.

Harvard College, Cambridge, Mass.—Bulletin of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology. Vol. xxvi. No. 1; Vol. xxvi. Nos. 2-3
(1895). From the Curator.

American Naturalist. Vol. xxix. No. 346 (Oct., 1895). From
the Editors.

“Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou—Bulletin.
Année, 1895. No. 2. From the Society.

DONATIONS. 553

__ American Museum of Nat. Hist., New York—Bulletin. Vol.
vi. (1894); Vol. vii. Sig. 18-19 (pp. 273-304): Annual Report for
the Year 1894. Prom the Museum.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney—Agricultural Gazette.

Vol. vi. Part 10 (Oct., 1895). Prom the Hon. the Minister for
Mines and Agriculture.

Victorian Naturalist. Vol. xii. No. 7 (Oct.; 1895). from
the field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria.

Conchological Society of Great Britain and Ireland—The
Journal of Conchology. Vol, viii. No. 4 (Oct., 1895). rom the
Socvety.

Société Royale Linnéenne de Bruxelles—Bulletin. 20™°
Année, No. 9 (Aug.-Sept., 1895). rom the Society.

Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris—Bulletin. Année, 1895.
No. 6. From the Museum.

Australasian Journal of Pharmacy. Vol. x. No. 119. (Nov.,
1895). From the Editor.

Bureau of American Ethnology—Eleventh and Twelfth Annual
Reports (1889-91): Contributions to North American Ethnology.
Vol. ix. (1893) : Bulletins T.-V. and X. (Nos. 20-22 and 23 [1894)]).
From the Bureau.

U.S. Department of Agriculture: Division of Ornithology and
Mammalogy—North American Fauna. No. 8 (1895). From the
Secretary of Agriculture.

California Academy of Sciences—Memoirs. Vol. ii. No. 4
(March, 1895): Proceedings (Second Ser.)..- Vol. iv. Part 2
(April, 1895). From the Academy.

Cincinnati Society of Nat. Hist.—Journal. Vol. xvii. No. 4
(Jan., 1895). From the Society.

Denison University—Bulletin of the Scientific Laboratories.
Vol. viii. Parts i-1i. (May, 1893—June, 1894). From the Uni-

versity.

954 DONATIONS.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia—-Proceedings, 1894.
Part iii. (Oct.-Dec.): 1895, Part i. (Jan.-Mar.). From the
Academy.

American Philosophical Society—Proceedings. Vol. xxxii.
(No. 143: May, 1893). Vol. xxxiii. Part 3 (No. 146: July-
Dec., 1894). From the Socrety.

Missouri Botanical Garden—Sixth Annual Report (1895).
From the Director.

New York Academy of Sciences—-Annals. Index, &c., to Vol.
v. (1891): Index, &c., to Vol. vii. (1895): Vol. viii. No. 5 (Feb.,
1895). From the Academy.

Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia—Transactions.
Vol. ii. Part 3 (March, 1895). From the Institute.

Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde zu Berlin—Zeitschrift. Bd. xxix.
(1894) No. 6; Bd. xxx. (1895) No. 1: Verhandlungen. Bd. xxi.
(1894) No. 10; Bd. xxii. (1895) Nos. 1, 2, 3. From the Society.

K. K. Zoologisch-botanische Gesellschaft in Wien— Verhand-
lungen. xliv. Bd. iil-iv. Quartal (1894). From the Society.

K. K. Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum, Wien—Annalen. Bad.
ix. Nr. 3-4 (1894). From the Director.

L’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg—
Mémoires. vii Série. T. xlii. No. 12 (1894). From the
Academy.

Kaiserliche Leopoldino-Carolinische Deutsche Akademie der
Naturforscher—Leopoldina. xxviii.-xxx. Hefte (1892-94): Nova
‘Acta. Bd. lix. Nr. 1-2; Bd. lx. Nr. 2; Bd. bx. Nrod; Babiana
Nr. 2 (1893-94). From the Academy.

ON SOME DEVELOPMENTS OF THE MAMMALIAN
PRENASAL CARTILAGE.

By R. Broom, M.D., C.M., B.Sc.

(Plate xLIv.)

The prenasal element has been shown by Kitchen Parker* to
be a median cartilaginous development found in the anterior part —
of the head and arising in connection with the front part of the
cranial trabecule. Though this element is represented in all the
groups from the Elasmobranchs to Mammals, in the majority of
forms it is either rudimentary or only found in the young, and in
the adult it rarely attains any great degree of development.

In the Elasmobranchs the prenasal cartilage is a well-developed
structure, and forms the axis of the large rostrum in the Skate
and other fishes. The rudimentary prenasal found in most higher
forms is probably an inheritance from these cartilaginous fishes.

In the bony fishes with the development of the premaxillary
bones an agent was provided which served the double purpose of
cutting the water and of giving a firm support for the teeth, and
the need for the prenasal being thus gone we find it reduced to a
mere rudiment.

The premaxillary bones in almost all the higher forms with
their important tooth-bearing function prevent the development
of the prenasal cartilage, which though sometimes an element of
importance in the very young animal, in most cases becomes
obliterated by the developing premaxillaries.

In birds the prenasal forms the framework of the beak in the
early embryo, but as development advances it gradually becomes
encroached upon by the premaxillaries on either side. In the

* W. K. Parker. Various Monographs on Development of the Skull,
Phil. Trans.

556 MAMMALIAN PRENASAL CARTILAGE,

skull of an embryo chick of the middle of the second week as
figured by Parker,* the prenasal is seen as a well-developed
median cartilage, passing to the front of the beak and separating
the two premaxillaries from each other. In the chick two days
old the premaxillaries have united and quite obliterated the pre-
nasal in front, reducing it to a small median spur extending in
front of the nasal septum and lying on the palatal surface of the
hinder part of the united premaxillaries. In the old bird the
cartilage has quite disappeared.

In the mammalia where the premaxillaries are generally well
_ developed to support the incisor teeth, the prenasal cartilage is, as
might be supposed, usually rudimentary or absent. There is
moreover in most mammals another peculiarity unfavourable to
the existence of the prenasal—the union of the prevomer with
the premaxillary. As I have recently shown,t the mammalian
prevomer, though occasionally a distinct element (Ornithorhyn-
chus, Minopterus ), usually early anchyloses with the premaxillary
or becomes ossified in connection with it. As this structure lies.
below the nasal septum, in being connected anteriorly with the
-premaxillary, the anterior palatal region becomes to a large extent
shut off from the nasal septum, and in the adult condition where
the bones are closely articulated in the middle line completely so.
In a few interesting instances, however, the prenasal element has
succeeded in asserting itself.

The most remarkable developments of the prenasal are in the
egg-laying mammals—Ornithorhynchus and Hchidna. The pre-
maxillaries in both these forms are edentulous and feebly developed,
and in neither are they provided with palatine processes, as in
Ormnithorhynchus the prevomer is distinct and in Hchidna quite
absent.

* W. K. Parker. On the Structure and Development of the Skull of the
Common Fowl. Phil. Trans. 1869, p. 755.

+ R. Broom. ‘‘On the Homology of the Palatine Process of the Mamma-
lian Premaxillary.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. (2nd Ser.) Vol. x. 1896.

BY R. BROOM. BOG

In a recent paper* Wilson and Martin have carefully described
some of the chief points in the anatomy of the muzzle of Orn-
thorhynchus. They have dealt principally with the structure and
relations of the large rostral cartilage. By a series of transverse
vertical sections the authors show that the nasal septum on pass-
ing forward divides into a slender upper and a well developed
lower part, and that this latter being continued forward, broadens
out and becomes the rostral cartilage. For a short distance the
rostral cartilage is shown to be clasped between the premaxillaries,
recalling the condition of the embryonic bird. From this relation-
ship and from the fact of its being a continuation of the nasal
septum, the rostral cartilage is held to be an enormously developed
prenasal. With their view I must express my entire agreement.
While my researches confirm the accuracy of the sections figured
by Wilson and Martin, they reveal an interesting point apparently
not observed by these authors. The rostral cartilage does not
extend forward to the front of the beak as an entire sheet.
Almost immediately in front of the plane passing through the
anterior parts of the premaxillaries the cartilage becomes abruptly
arrested in the middle line; but while this is so, the lateral parts
extend forward almost to the front of the beak, where they again
approach each other, meeting, or almost so, in the middle line.
There is thus left in the middle an oval space entirely free from
cartilage. This arrangement I have found in three different
individuals (two males and one female). The lateral portions of
the cartilage curve round backwards along the outer sides of the
rostral crura, supporting the hp as shown by Wilson and Martin.
It seems probable that this whole complicated marginal cartilage
is a development of the prenasal, for though in the Skate the pre-
nasal rostrum supports a pair of labials at its anterior part, in the
higher forms when labial cartilages are present they never seem to
have the same relations to the premaxillaries as is found in the

Platypus.

* J. T. Wilson and C. J. Martin. ‘‘ Observations npon the Anatomy of
the Muzzle of Ornithorhynchus.” Macleay Memorial Volume, Linn. Soc.

N.S.W. 1893.

558 MAMMALIAN PRENASAL CARTILAGE,

In fig. 1, Pl. xliv., is represented a longitudinal median section
of the snout of Ornithorhynchus which shows the relations of the
cartilages. The nasal septum proper (7.s.) is seen in front to
divide into the upper delicate cartilaginous process (a.n.s.) and
the lower well developed prenasal (p.n.). The upper process
passes between the anterior nares, whose position is indicated by
the dotted lines (a.n.), and is probably the homologue of the
anterior part of the nasal septum in the higher mammals, as to it
are attached, in its hinder part at least, the alinasals. Though
in the region of the anterior nares it is considerably removed
from the prenasal plate, on passing forward it approaches the
latter, and ends in close connection with it, at the point where
the prenasal becomes arrested in the middle line. This point
(marked *) probably represents the anterior end of the beak in the
ancestor of the Platypus, as not only do the two cartilages here
end together, but this is practically where the two premaxillaries
would meet if they came together. Connected with it, moreover,
there is a further feature of importance. On the upper side of
the beak in the middle line is a small area of thickened epithelium
(c) unlike that of the rest of the beak. This is probably the
remains of the caruncle. If it be so, and it is quite perceptible
externally in the fresh specimen even to the naked’ eye, it corrects
the statement of Owen’s* that no trace of the caruncle can be
found in the adult. Whatever be its signification, it is evidently
closely related to the supposed apical point of the primitive beak,
as a series of fibrous bands pass from it to the latter.

In the anterior part of the section is seen the anterior union of
the incurving lateral portions (pn’), and between this and the
supposed apical point the cartilage is seen to be absent.

The same section illustrates a few other points of interest.
The prevomer or dumbbell-shaped bone (?.vo.) is seen cut longi-
tudinally. Immediately in front of it Jacobson’s cartilage (/.c.)
may be noticed at the place where towards the anterior part of
the organ the cartilages meet in the middle line. Behind the

* R. Owen. “‘ Monotremata.” Todd’s Cyclop. Anat. and Phys.

BY R. BROOM. 55Y

prevomer a small piece of cartilage is seen cut across (S.c.). This
is Stenson’s cartilage at the place where near the posterior part
of Jacobson’s organ it passes below the organ and meets its fellow
of the other side. Behind this are seen the maxillary and the
vomer, and between this latter and the prevomer the large inter-
narial opening recently described by Prof. Wilson.*

In the near ally of the Platypus—the Echidna—-the condition
of the prenasal illustrates the Monotreme type in a much less
specialised form. Here we have a closer approach to the condi-
tion in the bird. In fig. 2, Pl. xuiv., is represented a median
longitudinal section of the anterior part of the snout. The nasal
septum (7.s.) closely resembles that in Ornithorhynchus, and like
it divides into a small upper part (a.n.s.) and a larger lower—the
prenasal (p.n.). . The upper, as in the Platypus, supports the
alinasals, but instead of passing straight forward, at its anterior
part it becomes folded back and rests on the symphysis of the
premaxillaries. In the very young specimens as figured by
Newton Parker} the prenasal is well developed and bears much
resemblance to that in Ornithorhynchus. As the animal reaches
maturity the prenasal, however, becomes reduced by the develop-
ing premaxillaries into a thin plate of hyaline cartilage lying
between the adjacent parts of the two bones. In old specimens
the hyaline cartilage becomes partly ossified and partly converted
into fibro-cartilage, only a little of the original tissue remaining.
There is no apparent anterior extension of the prenasal comparable
to that in Ornithorhynchus.

As has been already remarked in the higher forms, the prenasal
is usually aborted by the great development of the premaxillaries.
In the Australian Bat (Miniopterus schrevbersi7, Natt.), however,
as the premaxillaries do not meet in the middle line, we have

* J.T. Wilson. ‘‘ Observations upon the anatomy and relations of the
Dumbbell-shaped Bone in Ornithorhynchus, &e.” Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.
(2nd Ser.) Vol. ix. 1894.

+t W.N. Parker. ‘‘On some points in the Structure of the Young of
Echidna aculeata.”” Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894.

560 MAMMALIAN PRENASAL CARTILAGE,

here an opportunity of seeing the uncomplicated higher mamma-
lian condition, and though the bat is high in the scale of organ-
isation it will thus be well to consider it first. If a transverse
vertical section be made in the plane which passes through the
opening of Jacobson’s organ into Stenson’s duct there is seen (fig.
4) a delicate nasal septum (”.s.) which does not reach the level of
the nasal floor, with on either side of its base the usual cartilages
of the nasal floor (n./.c.), here distinct from the alinasals.
Inferiorly Stenson’s ducts (n.p.c.) are seen passing up from the
palate with between them the papilla. Round the upper part of
the duct is a sickle-shaped piece of cartilage whose inner part,
surrounding what is practically the anterior part of Jacobson’s
organ, is the anterior continuation of Jacobson’s cartilage, and the
outer part of which is the similar continuation of Stenson’s
cartilage. Between the portions representing Jacobson’s cartilage
is found a small median mass (p.n.) which from its relations may
almost certainly be regarded as the prenasal. Posteriorly this
cartilage has no connection with the nasal septum, but it occupies
a position somewhat similar to that of the prenasal in the fcetal
calf (fig. 7). A very little in front of this plane the small pre-
“nasal is seen sending downwards two lateral plates which pass
one to each side of the papilla and thus forming its framework
(p.m. fig. 5). There is no further anterior extension. Though
the downward lateral processes can hardly be homologous with
‘the lateral extensions of the prenasal in Orniihorhynchus, they
illustrate potentialities of the structure usually latent. The con-
dition is, however, specially interesting as throwing light on the
peculiar structures found in the Marsupials.

In both Diprotodont and Polyprotodont Marsupials there is in
the anterior part of the palate an unusually well marked papilla
which generally separates the naso-palatine ducts considerably.
It is remarkably developed in the Wombat and very well in the
Phalangers. In all the forms I have examined ( Macropus, T'rt-
chosurus, Dasyurus and Perameles) this papilla is supported by a
cartilaginous plate. In the adult 7'richosurus there is a median
ridge from which lateral plates pass off. Here and there the

BY R. BROOM. 561

lateral portions are detached or perforated, as if the whole plate
~were fundamentally a median structure with lateral expansions.
In fig. 6 is represented a transverse vertical section of the snout
of the Bandicoot (Perameles nasuta) in the plane of the anterior
part of Jacobson’s Organ. Here there is no distinct ridge in the
middle line, and the plate is moderately uniform in thickness.
This papillary cartilage has no direct connection with any other
cartilage. In fig. 3 is shown a median longitudinal section of the
nasal region of a pouch specimen of the common Phalanger
(Trichosurus vulpecula, Kerr), illustrating the relations of the
small papillary cartilage (p:c.). The premaxillary (Pm) is seen
united with the prevomer which forms its palatine process
(p.Pmx): a dotted line indicates the limits of the ditferent
elements as observed in sections slightly out of the mesial plane.
The posterior end is found situated near the posterior border of
the symphysis of the premaxillary proper, as if it were shut off
from its proper relations by the union of the premaxillary with
the prevomer. When fig. 6 is compared with fig. 5 representing
the condition in the Bat the resemblance between the cartilages
of the papille is most striking; the only important difference is
that in the Marsupial the upper portion representing the prenasal
proper is lost. While thus we have in the Bat a prenasal carti-
lage which gives rise to a support for the papilla, in the Marsupial
we have the remains of a similar development, only the papillary
portion being left.

In Klein’s* paper on the Organ of Jacobson in the Guinea Pig
in referring to the relations of Stenson’s ducts near their palatal
opening he calls attention to “a smaller or larger apparently
isolated nodule of cartilage found between the two ducts.” This
he regards as a detached portion of Stenson’s cartilage, but in
view of this condition in Marsupials and the Bat I think not im-
probable that it may be the rudiment of a prenasal development.

Fig. 7 represents a section of the nose of a 6-inch feetal calf.
Here the prenasal is well developed and passes between the pre-
maxillaries. ‘This condition shows the connection between the

* QJ.M.S. Vol. xxi. (1881), p. 229.

562 MAMMALIAN PRENASAL CARTILAGE.

Monotreme type on the one hand and that of the Bat on the other,
while by contrasting figures 7, 4, 5 and 6 the nature of the Bat
and Marsupial developments becomes manifest.

My best thanks are due to Mr. A. G. Hamilton for the specimen
of bandicoot examined, and to Prof. Wilson and Mr. J. J. Fletcher
for other kind assistance.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.
Plate XLiv.

Reference Letters.

a.n., anterior nares—yrelative position indicated by dotted lines; a.n.s.,
anterior portion of nasal septum; c., supposed remnant of caruncle; Fr.,
frontal; 7.n.p., internasal passage; J.c., Jacobson’s cartilage; J.o., Jacob-
son’s organ; Ma., maxillary; Na., nasal; n.f.c., nasal-floor cartilage; n.p.c.,
naso-palatine canal; 2.s., nasal septum; p.c., papillary cartilage; Pmz.,
premaxillary; p.n., prenasal cartilage; p.n/., prenasal at its anterior part;
p.Pmzx., palatine process of the premaxillary; P.Vo., prevomer; S.c.,
Stenson’s cartilage; Vo., vomer; v.s., vascular spaces; *, supposed apical
point of primitive beak in Platypus; +, a small detached piece of cartilage
of doubtful signification.

Fig. 1.--Longitudinal median section of the snout of Ornithorhynchus (x 5).

Fig. 2.—Longitudinal median section of the snout of Hchidna (x 5).

Fig. 3.—Longitudinal median section of head of 4-in. mammary feetus of
common Phalanger (T'richosurus vulpecula) (x 4). .

Fig. 4.—Transverse vertical section of portion of nose of Australian Bat
(Miniopterus schreibersiz, Natt.) in the region of the outlet of
Jacobson’s organ (x 45).

Fig. 5.—Transverse vertical section of portion of nose of Australian Bat
(Miniopterus schreibersii, Natt,) near the front of Stenson’s duct
(x 45).

Fig. 6.—Transverse vertical section of portion of nose of the Bandicoot
(Perameles nasuta) in region of the anterior part of Jacobson’s
organ (x 12).

Fig. 7.—Transverse vertical section of portion of nose of 6-in. fetal calf
(x 6).

563

ON A SMALL FOSSIL MARSUPIAL WITH LARGE |
GROOVED PREMOLARS.

By R. Broom, M.D., C.M., B.Sc.

(Plates xxv. and XLy.)

At the Meeting of the Linnean Society on 26th June I com-
municated a paper ‘“‘On a new fossil Marsupial allied to Hypse-
prymnus, but resembling in some points the Plagiaulacide,” in
which I described two fragments of the upper and a portion of the
lower jaw of a small Marsupial, under the name Burramys parvus,
and regarded the form as being related to the Rat Kangaroo, but
exhibiting apparently by a parallel development some characters
of the Plagiaulacide. Of this paper an abstract was published at
the time. Since then I have been fortunate in discovering some
more perfect specimens which throw much additional light on the
structure of the form. I have therefore thought it advisable, with
the permission of the Council, to withdraw the previous paper
and give a more complete description in the light of the more
recent finds.

The specimens I have obtained are all from a small calcareous
deposit in the neighbourhood of Taralga, N.8.W. This deposit is
situated on the very top of a limestone hill, and is evidently the
remains of the floor of a cave, whose roof and sides have long
since been weathered away. The stone is very hard and consists
of a brownish lime deposit in which are imbedded innumerable
small bones,’ with the remains of a few stalactites and an occa-
sional calcite rhomb. The bones are mostly those of small
marsupials, though I have also found the remains of at least one
species of rodent and the very perfect cranium of a small bird.

564 FOSSIL MARSUPIAL WITH LARGE GROOVED PREMOLARS,

e
Most of the marsupials belong either to extinct species or to
species not now living in the district.

The subject of the present paper is one of the most interesting
forms found, and as I am not aware of its having been previously
observed, and as its dentition is unlike that of any known mar-
supial, I have formed a new genus for it, called after the abori-
ginal name of the district.

BURRAMYS PARVUS, gen. et sp. nov.

The form is characterised by having above and below a large
grooved premolar followed by three well developed molars. In the
lower jaw the large premolar has six well marked grooves on each
side passing upwards and slightly backward and giving the tooth a
serrated edge. As the grooves run approximately parallel to the
anterior border of the tooth and to each other, and as the anterior
and posterior borders converge considerably above, there is left a
considerable portion of the posterior part of the tooth ungrooved.
This premolar is placed obliquely in the jaw, the line of its edge
passing considerably outwards from the line of the molars. The
first molar bears some resemblance to the corresponding tooth in
Petaurus, having two posterior and a large anterior cusp: it differs,
however, in the anterior cusp pointing more outwards. The second
molar is slightly oblong and has four well developed cusps; of these
the anterior outer cusp has a small secondary one springing from it,
while the posterior inner one is partly divided by a well marked
furrow. The third molar is less developed and apparently quadri-
tubercular. Behind this there appears to be a rudimentary single
rooted and apparently functionless fourth molar, which is generally
lost in the specimens found. In front there is a long straight
flattened and pointed incisor directed considerably upwards from
the axis of the jaw. Between the base of this incisor and the
anterior part of the large premolar are five minute tooth sockets
which have apparently been occupied by two double-rooted pre-
molars and a single-rooted anterior tooth—possibly a minute
second incisor. Behind, the jaw has a very marked inflected angle -

BY R. BROOM. 565

which passes somewhat downwards. The large depression on the
outer side is bounded in front by a well marked ridge, but does
not communicate with the dental canal. The main portion of the
jaw supporting the molars and the large premolar is very stout
proportionately. In the upper jaw only the cheek teeth are at
present known. There is a large premolar grooved and serrated
as in the lower jaw, having six well marked grooves which run
downwards and backwards. The grooves run parallel to the
anterior border and leave the posterior and upper third of the
tooth ungrooved. Behind the large premolar are three true
molars: whether there may be a rudimentary fourth as in the
lower jaw is at present unknown. The first is the largest. It
has two moderately large blunt tubercles on the outer side, and
two smaller ones on the inner, while a small fifth is situated at
the anterior and inner corner. The upper third molar is small.

The following are some of the principal measurements :—

From Ist to 3rd upper molars ......... ss ate Me tod 3°2 mm.
Hemath Gt lst upper molar.......)........c. sees ee 1:3 mm.
meth of upper premolar .............5..0...006. we 0 Ee mom.
Length (anteru-posterior) of upper premolar ... 2:0 mm.
Exomeltst to drd lower molars. <........1.......405. 3° mm.
HEM u My OLelOWET INCISOM oo... 6s cseeea en vee cee sesneeees 6°3 mm.

From point of lower incisor to front of premolar 8:2 mm.

Depth of-lower jaw. at lst molar .................. 3°D mm.
Locality.—Near Taralga, N.S.W.
Geological Formation.—Pleistocene (?).

Of this form I have discovered five or six moderately good
lower jaws, the anterior portion of another, and three fragments
of the upper. The hard matrix and the friable nature of the
bones render it very difficult to develop the more delicate
specimens, and in the case of Burramys the difficulty is enhanced
by the obliquity of the large premolar, so that it becomes almost

566 FOSSIL MARSUPIAL WITH LARGE GROOVED PREMOLARS,

impossible to split the stone without breaking either the bone or
the teeth.

Taking into consideration the various points of structure so far
as known, it will be noticed that not only does the form present
features which distinguish it from any known genus, but that in
it we have a combination of characters which render it difficult
to be certain whether it belongs to the Macropodide or to the
Phalangeride. As regards the structure of the jaw, the affinities
on the whole are with the latter, and as regards the teeth
apparently with the former. The absence of any opening between
the dental canal and the hollow on the outer side of the hinder
part of the jaw would seem to remove the form from the dMacro-
podide and point to its connection with the Phalangers. But
this point cannot be of any great value, as though the opening is
generally absent in the Phalangeride it is present in the genus
Petaurus. The large grooved premolars, though much better
developed proportionally, appear to be constructed on the same
type as those of “pyprymnus (Hypsiprymnus) and a type quite
distinct from that of the Phalangers. In 7'richosurws where there
are rudimentary indications of grooves it is on the hinder part of
the tooth, the anterior part being developed into a powerful
smooth cusp. The molars present a somewhat archaic type.
There is no indication of ridging as in most of the existing types,
nor is there the simple regularity of cusps found in Pefawrus. In
the little accessory tubercles we seem to have a feature suggestive
of the multi-tubercular molars of the Secondary Marsupials. The
minute premolars certainly recall the similar rudimentary teeth
in Pseudochirus, Petaurus, &c., but similar rudimentary teeth
must also have been present in the primitive Macropodide.

On the whole it would seem that we have in burramys one
more link in the chain binding the Kangaroos and the Phalangers.
The main links would thus be—Macropus, Zpyprymnus, Hypsi-

prymnodon, Burramys.

The types have been placed in the Australian Museum, Sydney.

BY R. BROOM. 567

REFERENCES TO FIGURES.
Plate xiv,

Burramys parvus.

Fig, 1.—Outer view of lower jaw (x 10).
Fig. 2.—Upper view of anterior part of right lower jaw (x 10).
Fig. 3.—Upper view of lower right cheek teeth (x 18).

Plate xxv,

Fig. 1,-—Inner view of left mandible (x 5),
Outline of jaw from another specimen,

Fig. 2.—Portion of left upper jaw showing the large premolar and the
origin of the zygomatic arch (x 13), (The front part of the
maxillary and the zygomatic arch are considerably fore-
shortened. )

Fig. 3.—Right upper cheek teeth (x 13), (The premolar is broken off
near the base, and only the roots of the third molar are shown ;
judging from the lower teeth the roots of m3 have evidently
been slightly displaced outwards, )

M M

568

ON A SMALL FOSSIL MARSUPIAL ALLIED TO
PETAURUS.

By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc.

(Plate xLv1.)

In the bone breccia deposit in the neighbourhood of the
Wombeyan Caves in which I discovered Burramys, I have been
fortunate in finding the remains of another small marsupial, also
new to science. Of this form I have obtained the greater part
of an upper jaw, and an almost complete and two imperfect lower
jaws, and also a most important portion of the cranium.

From the structure of the teeth the form is closely allied to
Petauvrus and to Gymnobelideus, and though further details may
lead to its being included in one or other of these genera, as it
presents features distinct from both and also affinities with each
I have provisionally placed it in a new genus.

PALHOPETAURUS ELEGANS, g. et sp.nov.

Dental Formula :—As in Petaurus and Gymnobelideus so far
as known.

Upper Jaw :—Incisors unknown; canine somewhat conical, less.
flattened than in Petaurus and somewhat shorter proportionately;
first premolar smaller than the canine, conical and rather blunt
at. the apex, single-rooted, antero-posterior length of base very
slightly greater than the height, in the unworn tooth possibly
less; second premolar (pm.*) with very low crown as in Petaurus
and considerably developed antero-posteriorly, with the main cusp
a little in front of the centre of the tooth instead of behind it as
in Petaurus, and with two well developed diverging roots; third
premolar (pm.*) large and triangular, proportionately larger than
in Petaurus and Gymnobelideus,* and appreciably higher than
the canine; first molar differing from Petawrus in having the two

* McCoy. Prodr. Zool. Vict. Decade x. Pl. xor. (1883).

BY R. BROOM. 569

inner cusps very small and brought close together, giving the
tooth more of a rounded triangular shape than the rough quad-
rangular in Petawrus—judging from the figure a similar condition
would seem to be present in Gymnobelideus; second molar appar-
ently similar to the first and thus differing from Gymnodelideus,
where it appears to be oblong and quadrangular; the fourth
molar appears to resemble that of the two allied genera.

Lower Jaw :—Incisor well developed, almost horizontal, sharp
pointed and curving slightly upwards; minute premolars unknown,
but judging from the sockets probably as in Petawrus; fourth pre-
molar about half the size of the first molar with a blunt pointed
cusp on the middle of the anterior half, and a rounded cusp on
the posterior end; the first molar similar in structure to that in
Petaurus, but with a less development of the anterior cusp; the
second molar differs from that in Petawrus in having a greater
development of the anterior and inner cusp, which from the inner
side gives it much the appearance of the first molar; third and
fourth molars unknown.

The lower jaw is much slenderer than in Petaurus, and bears
a considerable resemblance to that in Gymmnobelideus. The
external muscular depression is even shallower than in Petaurus
breviceps. In Gymnobelideus according to the figure the depression
ends in front rather sharply towards the lower part of the jaw,
as in Petaurus. In Pa/eopetaurus the depression ends, but not
abruptly, somewhat above the line of the axis of the jaw, and
thus differs from both the allied genera. The angle of the jaw
appears to be slender, and more like that of Gynwnobelideus than
of Petaurus.

Of the upper jaw little is known beyond the teeth, but sufficient
of the palate is preserved to show that though there may have
been a palatal vacuity, it must have been much smaller than in
Gymnobelideus. ;

I have discovered two perfect frontal bones, which, with little
doubt, are to be referred to this form. These present a remark-
able resemblance to those of Gymnobelideus, and differ from those
of Petaurus in the absence of the post-orbital ridges.

570 FOSSIL MARSUPIAL ALLIED TO PETAURUS.

The following are some of the principal measurements :—

Upper jaw. Lower jaw.
Canine, height about ...... l‘lmm. | Length of lower jaw from
ant. post. length about... 11 ,, front of incisor to
Ist premolar, height.. ...... iSite, cond yle. /.0.3. sarees 23°2 mm.
ant. post. length ......... sO ia Depth behind m® ........... 3° by
3rd premolar, height ...... ‘4s, Depth behind m!........ .. 3'8 ,,
ant. post. length ......... Lia Lower molars..... . 5 Lies ee
4th premolar, height ...... 12 4 Tneisor; ..u.ii occtee cee Es a Xe
ant. post. length ........ Gee Incisor t0 m* 222354. Lee we
Ist molar, ant. post. length 1°8 ,,
2nd molar, Gittoneern st bc: 1 at

Locality.—Near Taralga, N.S. W.
Formation. —Pleistocene (‘).

In taking into consideration the various points considered
above, it will be observed that the remains are those of a small
animal in many respects resembling Gymnobelideus, but with a
number of the characters of Petaurus. In many respects it
stands intermediate between the two genera, and not improbably
may be the common ancestor of both. In Gymnobelideus upper
pm? and pm® are described as ‘both triangular and single
rooted.” In Pefawrus all the upper premolars are ‘ two-rooted.”
In Palceopetaurus we have the intermediate condition in pm?
single-rooted, and pm? double-rooted. Then, again, as to the
relative sizes of these teeth, in Petaurws we have “p? nearly as
large as p*, p? much smaller, but not minute.” In Palwopetaurus
pm* is at least a half larger than pm", while pm? is but half the
height of pm!t. In Gymnobelideus the two front premolars are
much more equal.

In conclusion I must express my gratitude to Mr. J. J. Fletcher
for his kindness in furnishing me with references, dc.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.
Paleopetaurus elegans.

Fig. 1.—The right maxillary teeth with palate—viewed slightly obliquely
from below (x 8:3).

Fig. 2.—Outer view of right lower jaw (x 4).
Fig. 3.—First and second lower molars—viewed from within (x 16).

571

ON THE ORGAN OF JACOBSON IN AN AUSTRALIAN
BAT (MINIOPTERUS).

By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc.

(Plate XLVII.)

In the course of a recent investigation of certain details in the
comparative anatomy of Jacobson’s Organ, the results of which I
have embodied in a thesis recently presented to Glasgow Uni-
versity, I discovered in the common little Australian bat, besides
a number of other interesting points, a well-developed organ of
Jacobson.

Jacobson’s Organ, as is well known, is found in the large
majority of Mammals—from the Monotremata, where it is greatly
developed, to man, where it is rudimentary. In the majority of
orders it is typically present, but in the higher forms it is
frequently absent. Herzfeld,* who has examined a very con-
siderable variety of animals, found it quite absent in two Old
World Monkeys, Cercopithecus and Jnwus, though present in
the New World genus, Hapale, and also in the Lemur. Among
the Chiroptera he found the organ to be absent in the flying-fox
( Pteropus edwardsi), and also absent in a native (German) bat, of
which unfortunately the species was not determined. From these
observations it has naturally been concluded that the organ is
absent in the order Chiroptera. |

Since giving notice of the present communication, and on the
eve of sending it off, Dr. Elliott Smith, has kindly called my
attention to a paper just recently published on the Organ of
Jacobson in the Chiroptera by Mm. Duval and Garnaultt. In

*P. Herzfeld, ‘‘ Ueber das Jacobson’sche Organ des Menschen and der
Saiigethiere.” Zool. Jahrb. 1889.

+ M. Duval and P. Garnault, ‘‘ L’organe de Jacobson des Chiroptéres ”’ ;
Compt. Rend. Hebd. des Séances de la Société de Biologie, x. Ser. 28 June,
1895.

572 ORGAN OF JACOBSON IN AN AUSTRALIAN BAT,

this paper the authors call attention to the fact that the organ is
not invariably absent in the order, and comment on the curious
fact that though the organ is quite absent in Vespertilio murinars
and Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum, in another insectivorous bat,
Vesperugo prpistrellus there is a moderately developed organ.
They do not, however, appear to have made any study of the
peculiarities of the organ.

In the common Australian bat which I have studied ( Miniop-
terus schreibersir, Natt.) the organ is not only present, but is
unusually well-developed ; and furthermore it presents certain
features which distinguish it from the ordinary mammalian type.

In my recent thesis have been recognised in the Placental
Mammals and Marsupials at least three types of Jacobson’s
Organ, and of the third type two well marked varieties. In the
Marsupialia we have a simple generalised type which is moderately
closely related to Monotreme type as found in Hchidna. The
organ in Rodents, on the other hand, is peculiarly specialised in
opening into the nasal cavity and not into Stenson’s duct, though
in other respects it comes near to the Marsupial type. In all the
other orders of Mammals in which the organ has been examined,
so far as I am aware, a third type is followed. Here the organ
opens into Stenson’s canal as in Marsupials, but the canal is
greatly developed in length and passes forwards, becoming merged
with Jacobson’s duct. There is further a precurrent process of
Jacobson’s cartilage on the inside of Jacobson’s duct, and a
similar process on the outer side of Stenson’s duct. These, on
passing forward, unite above and form a common cartilage for the
common duct. This is the type of the Dog, Cat, Sheep, &e. In
the bat we have a variety of this type. The cartilages and ducts
are arranged in a somewhat similar way, but there is an absence
of the great elongation of the ducts, which in their mode of con-
nection with the nasal cavity, and with Jacobson’s Organ, present
a much nearer approach to the simple Marsupial type.

In Miniopterus, though the premaxillaries are fairly well
developed, they do not meet in the middle line, a condition

BY R. BROOM. ii

differing considerably from the normal mammalian type. In the
middle line is a well developed papilla, supported as I have else-
where* shown by a development of the prenasal cartilage. A
section through the middle of the papilla shows on either side a
wide Stenson’s duct, which at its upper part is roofed over and
protected at the sides by the anterior developments of Stenson’s
and Jacobson’s cartilages. Above this is found the curved
cartilage of the nasal floor.

A short distance behind this plane, in a manner similar to that
figured by Herzfeldj in the Lemur, the cartilage of the nasal
floor becomes divided into aninner and an outer part, as does also
the arched cartilaginous roof of Stenson’s duct. The two inner
parts unite to form Jacobson’s cartilage proper; and the outer to
form the hinder part of Stenson’s cartilage. This is the condition
shown in fig. 1. At the inner side of the upper part of Stenson’s
duct it is found receiving the duct of Jacobson.

Almost immediately behind this Stenson’s duct is found opening
into the nasal cavity (fig. 2). Here Jacobson’s duct is small, and
lined with squamous epithelium. On this plane there is no
ossification in the neighbourhood of the septum, but a very short
distance beyond brings us to a plane cutting the anterior part
of the prevomer (fig. 3, P.vo.). In a recent paper read before
this Society{ I called attention to this remarkable bone in
discussing the homologies of the palatine process of the pre-
maxillary. It is well illustrated in figs. 4 and 5—the former
representing an anterior section; the latter a section near its
posterior part.

On approaching the region of the prevomer, Jacobson’s Organ
gradually becomes greatly developed, attaining its maximum near
the posterior part of the prevomer. In this region the cartilage
of Jacobson forms an almost complete tube, only open slightly on

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 2nd Ser. Vol. x. pt. 4, 1895.
tiple?
+t Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 2nd Ser. Vol. x. pt. 3, 1895.

574 ORGAN OF JACOBSON IN AN AUSTRALIAN BAT,

the outer side. Both the upper and lower ends curve inwards
slightly and suggesting the formation of a rudimentary turbinal.
The organ itself on section is found to have the usual mammalian
shape, though here the regular kidney-shape is slightly distorted,
assuming more the Marsupial pattern. The inner wall is composed
of the usual neurepithelium, the epithelial cells apparently having
short cilia. The outer wall has epithelium with long cilia. A
single small blood vessel runs parallel to the organ along the
hollow of the outer wall—a feeble representative of the large
vascular plexuses of Hchidna and Ornithorhynchus, or even of the
rabbit. Of mucous glands there are apparently none within the
cartilaginous capsule, and no very abundant supply outside. A
number of the septal glands towards the posterior part of the
organ appear to supply it with fluid. The organ ends very
abruptly.

Stenson’s cartilage is well developed, and passes inwards beneath
the capsule of Jacobson, somewhat resembling the condition in
Echidna.

In conclusion the type of organ appears to be intermediate
between that of the Marsupial and that of the Carnivore, though
more nearly allied to the latter. As regards the relative size of .
the capsule of Jacobson, it is larger than in any other mammal I
know of, even larger than in Ornithorhynchus proportionally; in
the larger animal, however, owing to the relatively smaller size
of the cells, there must be a very much larger number of nerve
elements.

I must. acknowledge my indebtedness to Messrs. Etheridge and
Waite, of the Australian Museum, for identifying for me the bat;
and also to Dr. Elliott Smith who not only called my attention
to the paper by Duval and Garnault, but most kindly made for
me a manuscript copy of the paper, which I could not otherwise
have had an opportunity of seeing. _

BY R. BROOM. 575

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

REFERENCE LETTERS :—J.C., Jacobson’s cartilage; J.D., Jacobson’s
duct; J.O., Jacobson’s organ; 7.s., nasal septum; p.n., prenasal ;
P.vo., prevomer ; S.D., Stenson’s duct ; S.C., Stenson’s cartilage ; vv.,
veins.

Figs. 1-3.—Transverse vertical sections through anterior part of Jacobson’s
organ (x 25).

Figs. 4-5.—-Transverse vertical sections through anterior and posterior
parts of Jacobson’s organ (x 60).

Fig. 6.—Section across posterior part of Jacobson’s organ, showing its
relations and relative development (x 12).

576

NOTE ON THE PERIOD OF GESTATION IN ZCHIDWNA.
By R. Broom, M.D., B.Sc.

On 5th September I had brought me an adult male and female
Echidna, which had been found together. There was no egg or
young one about the female, and little indication of even the
pouch. Considering it probable that impregnation had taken
place, I resolved to keep the specimens alive and await develop-
ments. The two were placed together in a large box that their
behaviour might be noted; but they appeared to have no interest
in each other. The male was rather inactive, and unless dis-
turbed, for the most part remained quietly in the bottom
of the box. The female, on the other hand, was most per-
sistent in its bids for liberty, and twice succeeded in escaping;
on one occasion splitting a #2-in board and wrenching out
three nails. Fortunately, on both occasions, it was recaptured.
The male, which absolutely refused to take either food or
drink, died on the 18th of the month. The female continued
to be apparently in the best of health. Occasionally it would
take a little milk or water, but curiously enough refused
ants; and when placed on an ant bed its only desire seemed to be
burrow. In fact it was this unusually great desire to burrow that
led to its capture on the two occasions it escaped.

On the 2nd October, on taking the Hchidna out of the box, I
found that it had developed a well marked pouch, and that in it
had been placed at its most posterior part an egg. Though well
protected by the lateral folds of the pouch, the egg seemed chiefly
secured by the long hairs plastered across it. Among the straw
was found a second egg, apparently discarded. As there was no
signs of any egg on 30th September, it is probable that one egg
was laid on the Ist October and the other on the 2nd. After
protecting the pouch egg safely for three days, the mother seems
to have removed it, as the torn egg membrane or “shell” was
found on the bottom of the box, the contents having been pre-
sumably sucked.

BY R. BROOM. BSTE TL

Though the female thus disappointed me in my hope of finding
accurately the period of incubation, it enabled me to arrive at an
approximate idea of the period of gestation. The evidence on
this point would have been more conclusive had the sexes been
kept apart, but as the male died on the 18th, and was in a very
low condition for some days previously, impregnation could not well
have taken place later than the 12th, and as during the period of
captivity neither appeared to have any interest in the other
except to use the body of its companion as a stepping stone while
endeavouring to climb out of the box, it seems highly probable
that impregnation had taken place when the specimens were
captured. If this be so, the period of gestation would be about
26 or 27 days, and even if this were not so, as impregnation could
not well have taken place later than the 12th, the period of
gestation could not be less than 18 or 19 days.

The eggs of my specimen appeared considerably paler than that
figured by Semon,* being of a light cream colour. The unbroken
egg measured 14 mm. in its long axis, and about 12:5 mm. across.

I must express my thanks to Prof. Wilson for having had an
opportunity of seeing Semon’s work.

ADDENDUM (7th Feb., 1896).—I have recently had an opportunity
of seeing the person who first observed the two Echidnas referred
to above—Mr. Angus McInnis. He states that the two were
lying together on a slight hollow at the root of a tree, and so far
as he could observe front to front, but as on his near approach
the two separated and endeavoured to escape, he could not be
certain of their exact positions before being disturbed. He, how-
ever, assures me that on picking up the male its copulatory organ
was protruding about a couple of inches; so that there can be
little or no doubt but coitus had just taken place. This, he
further states, was on the day previous to my getting them, or
4th September. This additional information removes the previous
uncertainty, and enables us to fix the period of gestation at about
28 days.

* R. Semon. ‘Zool. Forschungsreisen in Australien u.d. Malay.
Archipel. Band ii.; Monotremen und Marsupialier.” Jena 1894.

On
~1
Co

PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A
PLACENTAL CONNECTION IN PHERAMELES OBE-
SULA AND ON THE FQ@TAL MEMBRANES OF
CERTAIN MACROPODS.

By Jas. P. Hitt, Demonstrator oF BioLocy, IN THE UNIVERSITY
oF SYDNEY.

(Plate xLix.)

Some little time ago there came into my hands, through the
kindness of Mr. A. M. Lea, a female short-nosed Bandicoot,
Perameles obesula, which proved, on examination, to be pregnant.
Two embryos were found in the left uterus, and one, the largest
of the three, in the right. This latter embryo measured 8°75mm.
from end to end of the curved body.

On opening the uteri it was found to be impossible to remove
the embryos without tearing the foetal membranes, and so two of
them were preserved enclosed in their membranes and attached
to portions of the uterine walls.

Recently I have had the opportunity of examining these
embryos in some detail, both macroscopically and microscopically
in serial sections, with the result that a true allantoic placenta
was discovered.

The fcetal membranes need not be specially considered in this
note, since they have essentially the same general arrangement
as those of Phascolarctus and Aepyprymnus, recently described
by Prof. R. Semon.* As in these forms the embryo is sunk into
the yolk sac, and is partially surrounded by the invaginated
upper portion of the yolk sac wall consisting of splanchnopleure
(splanchnic mesoderm and entoderm), and distinguished by Semon
as the ‘“inneres Blatt.” This inner leaf does not, however, so
completely surround the embryo in Perameles as in Macropus,

* Zoologische Forschungsreisen in Australien. Zweiter Band, Erste
Lieferung. Monotremen und Marsupialier, von R. Semon.

579 BY. JAG) Ps HILL:

Aepyprymnus or Phascolarctus, and thus the portion of the serous
membrane consisting of ectoderm and somatic mesoderm and
limiting the extra-embryonic ccelom externally forms a discoidal
area of considerable size. With this discoidal area of the serous
membrane the allantois fuses, and over it the placental connection
is established.

The allantois is well developed and large, and provided with
an abundant blood supply. It consists of a long and somewhat
flattened stalk, and a terminal expanded and much flattened
vesicular portion. The allantoic stalk leaves the embryo immed1-
ately behind the yolk stalk, bends round the right side of the
embryo, and extending through the extra-embryonic ccelom
expands at its distal end to form the flattened vesicular portion
which spreads ‘over the discoidal area of the serous membrane
above mentioned. In the stalk the allantoic cavity is reduced to
a narrow compressed canal, appearing in sections as a mere slit,
lined by greatly flattened entodermal cells. This narrow canal
opens distally into the cavity of the vesicular portion of the
allantois, which is likewise lined by a thin layer of flattened
entoderm. The cavity of the vesicular portion is greatly com-
pressed by the approximation of the allantoic walls, and in
sections appears as a long fissure of somewhat varying breadth.
One can thus readily distinguish two surfaces in this portion of
the allantois—an inner or ccelomic surface and an outer or
placental surface.

The mesoderm of the outer surface of the allantois is fused with
the mesoderm of the serous membrane so that one can no longer
distinguish between the mesenchyme of the allantois and that of
the serous membrane, and not only so, one can no longer make
out the ectoderm of the serous membrane as a distinct and inde-
pendent layer, the mesenchyme on the outer aspect of the allantoic
cavity apparently standing in direct connection with the uterine
mucosa. It seems more probable from my preparations that the
ectoderm of the serous membrane has fused with the uterine
mucosa than that it has disappeared in its entirety, However,
my observations on this point are by no means complete, and the

580 PLACENTAL CONNECTION IN PERAMELES OBESULA.

question as to the fate of the ectoderm may be left undecided for
the present, especially since I have within the last few days
received from Mr. A. G. Hamilton a pregnant uterus of P. obesula
containing an unattached blastodermic vesicle. The examination
of this material will, I trust, throw light on the point in question,
and also on certain other points in connection with the structure
of the wall of the pregnant uterus.

As a consequence of this union of feetal and maternal tissues
the uterine wall exhibits certain structural modifications. The
layer of columnar epithelium which forms the inner lining of the
non-pregnant uterus can no longer be distinguished. It has
degenerated apparently over the whole extent of the inner surface
of the uterus. Also there are present a short distance below the
surface of the mucosa, groups of large oval or rounded nuclei,
which, in the region of the placental connection are larger and
stain much deeper than in the remaining portions of the uterus.
These groups of nuclei are probably derived by proliferation from
the lning epithelium of the uterus. The uterine glands are large
and well developed, their epithelial lining showing no signs of
degeneration.

The placenta is supplied with fcetal blood by the allantoic
vessels, which consist of a large vein, on either side of which is a
small artery. These three vessels extend unbranched in the
allantoic stalk. At its distal end the arteries branch out on the
inner or ccelomic surface of the vesicular portion of the allantois,
while the allantoic vein is formed by the union of two main
factors which accompany the main arterial vessels. The latter
branch in a dichotomous manner on the inner surface of the
allantois, each arterial branch being accompanied by a venous
trunk as is characteristically found in the allantois. These vessels
ramifying on the inner surface of the vesicular portion of the
allantois can be traced round into the mesenchyme of the outer
surface, and there they break up into capillaries. The capillaries
become closely applied to the surface of the uterine mucosa and
form with it a somewhat irregular interlocking system, since they
dip down into the substance of the mucosa to form short villous

BY JAS. P. HILL. 581

processes. The uterine mucosa is very richly supplied with blood,
the maternal capillaries forming a network on and near the
surface of the mucosa, so that foetal and maternal blood are thus
brought into very close relation, readily allowing of transfusion.
The allantois of Perame/es is thus functional both as a respiratory
organ and as an organ of nutrition—a distinct advance upon the
(according to Semon) purely respiratory function of the organ in
Phascolarctus.

In view of this discovery of a true allantoic placenta of the
discoidal type in Perameles, the Marsupialia as a class can no
longer be included among the Aplacentalia and the, up to this,
universally recognised character of Marsupials ‘ no allantoic
placenta ” likewise no longer holds good.

The Macropod embryos available for examination consist of
intra-uterine embryos of Macropus parma, M. ruficollis, M. robus-
tus,and M. major. In this note it need only be mentioned that
T am able to confirm Semon’s belief that in the arrangement of
their foetal membranes Macropods would be found to conform to
his first type, as exemplified by Aepyprymnus, in which the
allantois never comes into any connection with the serous mem-
brane.

I desire to tender my sincere thanks to Prof. J. T. Wilson for
many valuable suggestions during the course of my work.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Diagram of the foetal membranes of Perameles obesula.

The ectoderm is indicated by a thin line, the mesoderm by a thick line,
and the entoderm by a dotted line.

Reference letters.

all.c., allantoic cavity; all.st., allantoic stalk; amn., amnion; c@., extra-
embryonic coelom; mes., mesenchyme of outer surface of allantois fused
with mesenchyme of serous membrane; pro., prokalymma of Semon; s. ¢.,
sinus terminalis; wt., uterine wall; y.s., yolk sac; y.s.w., invaginated
portion of yolk sac wall.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS
FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

By J. H. Marpen, F.L.S., anp R. T, Baker, F.L.S.
(Plates 1.-L11.)
LEGUMINOSS.

DAVIESIA RECURVATA, Sp.nov.

(Plate L.)

A small shrub with erect branches, hirsute, branchlets terete,
not slender.

Leaves very rigid, small, appressed, numerous, lanceolate, articu-
late, thick with recurved margins, the midrib only showing at the
base on the underside, acuminate, gradually tapering to a straight
rigid pungent point; usually about 2 lines long, rarely 4 lines,
mostly under a line in breadth, often glabrous on the underside
which has a scurfy appearance; the hairs on the upper surface
have a basal gland. :

Flowers solitary or clustered on filiform pedicels, either shorter
or longer than the leaves. Bracts prominent.

Calyx under 1 line long, the turbinate base short, teeth not
long, the two upper ones truncate and rather broader than the
others, united at the base. Standard about 14 times as long as
the calyx, dark coloured. Keel short, incurved.

Pod not seen.

Analysis showing its relation to cognate species :—

D. filpes. Branches hirsute. Leaves oblong or oval-oblong,
not reticulate, straight-pointed, under 4 in. Shortly pungent-
pointed. Bracts very small.

D. recurvata, sp.nov. Branches hirsute; leaves lanceolate, much
acuminate, recurved margins under 4 lines (mostly 2); bracts
prominent.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 583

D. squarrosa. Leaves cordate, ovate, much acuminate, usually
under 4 in. long; pedicels filiform.

This species differs from D. filipes with which it has greatest
affinity, principally in having more acuminate and smaller leaves,
with revolute margins; also in its smaller flowers, and in the upper
teeth of the calyx being scarcely if at all united, as well as in
possessing prominent bracts.

The calyx is similar to that of D. sqguarrosa, but the leaves
entirely differ from that species.

Hab.—Taloobie, Bylong Creek, Goulburn River, N.S.W.
(R.T.B.) |

We have proposed the specific name from the recurved margins

— of the leaves.

ACACIA BAEUERLENI, sp.nov.
(Pl. 11.—right division. )

A shrubby pubescent plant of about 3 to 7 ft.as seen; generally
3 to 5 ft., throwing out numerous ‘“‘switch-like” branchless stems
Srom the ground.

Branchlets few, hoary pubescent, angular, mostly subtended by
a phyllode, with very prominent decurrent lines.

Phyllodia rigid, mostly about 6 inches long, narrowed at both
ends, terminating in a straight recurved pungent point, broadest
in the middle, where they are 4 to 5 lines broad, rarely slightly
inclined to falcate, coriaceous; veins parallel, numerous, very
prominent on both sides, 3 or 4 more distinct than the others,
the finer veins occasionally anastomosing. Gland slightly removed
from the base, not prominent. Stipules small, about | line long,
deciduous.

Peduneles solitary, opposite, about 9 lines long, pubescent,
bearing a comparatively large, dense, globular head of from 30 to
40 flowers, closely packed, the calyces almost cohering, mostly
d-merous.

Calyx turbinate, lobes obtuse, ciliate, less than half as long as

the corolla, more or less hairy, eventually separating into spathu-
N WN

584 NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

late distinct sepals. Petals glabrous, often with red markings.
Stamens long and very numerous, filaments white, anthers green.

Pod straight, 34 to 4 lines long, 3 to 4 lines broad, pubescent,
the margins thickened, white and nerve-like.

Seeds oblong, longitudinal, funicle folded 3 or 5 times on itself,
and not thickened under the seed.

Hab.—New Italy, N.S.W. (W. Baeuerlen).

Analysis showing affinities to and differences from cognate
species :—

Phyllodia linear-lanceolate, 3- or more nerved. Petals smooth
or with prominent midribs.

Sepals united. Seeds longitudinal. Ped-
uncles short. Phyllodia under 3 lines.
Pod curved ssi. 50%.02 cas. or canner A. lanigera.

Peduncles long. Seed oblique and longi-
tudinal. Phyllodia 5 to 6”. Pod
straight, funicle 4 fold, not thickened
under the seed..... Mien wie hoses Sea teene ee aene A. Baeuerleni.

Peduncles short. Seed oblong, oblique,
transverse. Phyllodia 1-14" long,
funicle 4 to 5 folds, not thickened...... A. phlebocarpa.

Peduncles short (3”). Seeds compressed
globular, longitudinal, funicle | fold,
thickened under the seed ............ « A. Simsit.

We have placed this Acacia in the Pungentes series of Bentham,
and, if rightly so classified, it stands alone in the length and size
of its phyllodes, which far exceed in length and breadth that of
any other species of the group.

The pungent point of the phyllodes is not always straight, but
generally so, and as the phyllodes are certainly rigid, these two
points decided us in preferring to place it in the Pungentes to the
Plurvnerves.

It bears a general resemblance to A. Simsiz (Fig. Muell. Ie.
Aust. Acacias) and perhaps also to A. lanigera, except for the
larger phyllodes.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 585

The venation is certainly more like that of the latter species, as
is also the vestiture, but the long peduncles, phyllodes and straight
pod remove it far from that species. If there were any varietal
forms it might perhaps be made a variety of A. lanigera, but as
specimens of that species obtained from the interior of the Colony
and from many parts of the Dividing Range show no perceptible
variation, it is impossible to look upon our plant as a variety.
We may also mention that the sucker or switch-like appearance
of the stems of A. Baewerleni in no way resembles the close thickset
shrub A. lanigera. The bracteoles appear also to be wanting or
are very deciduous.

The individual flowers and head are also larger than those of
A. lanigera, while the stamens have white filaments and light
yellow anthers.

The pods also show no tendency to curve.

Had it come under the Plurinerves, then its affinities would be
with A. elongata and A. Simsw, from which species it differs
mostly in the shape of the phyllode, length of peduncle, calyx,
and shape of seed and aril.

Dedication.—This species is named after Mr. William Baeuerlen,
the painstaking botanical collector of the Technological Museum.

ALBIZZIA (PITHECOLOBIUM) MUELLERIANA, Sp.nov.
(PL Lu.)

A tree glabrous in all its parts, height about 50 to 70 feet, as
seen, diameter 2 feet, locally known as “Ash.”

Pinne one pair, rarely two pairs, the common petiole mostly
under one inch, each rhachis often short, rarely exceeding two
inches, Gland wanting. Leaflets glabrous, usually one pair sub-
tended by an odd one, exceptionally composed of three or four
leaflets irregularly placed along therhachis, ovate acuminate, obtuse,
or oblanceolate, acuminate, the cuneate base narrowing into a.
distinct hairy or pubescent petiolule, articulate with the rhachis;
1 to 5 inches long, reticulately penniveined on both sides, but
much more prominently so on the underside, paler above.

5&6 NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

Panicles in the upper axils or loosely racemose, exceeding the
leaves; peduncles flat or angular. Flowers up to about 15 in
globular umbels, sessile. Calyx glabrous, 2-3 lines long, shortly
toothed, ciliate, campanulate or cylindrical. Corolla exceedingly
short in the bud, glabrous, 2-3 lines long, equally 5-lobed.
Stamens green, united below the lobes, 9 lines long. Pistil
glabrous. Style elongated, 1 inch long. Ovary surrounded at
the base by a cup-shaped gland.

Pod thick, fleshy, terete, 2 to 4 inches long, 3 to 4 lines broad,
twisting when perfectly ripe and eventually becoming very hard,
valves dark red outside, orange-coloured inside.

Seed black, imbedded in the thick fleshy interior of the pod,
about 2 or 3 lines long.

#7ab.—Marshall Falls, Alstonville, and also Tintenbar, Rich-
mond River; also Mullumbimby, Brunswick River, N.S.W. (W.
Baeuerlen).

This species has closest affinity with Albizzia ( Prthecolobium )
Hendersoni and A. ramiflora—a specific name, by the way, which
would apply equally well to all our Pithecolobiums and Albizzias.

It is distinguished from the former species by its fewer leaflets,
which are not at all oblique and are of a much thinner texture
and of a lighter colour; the stamens also are shorter.

From A. ramiflora, with which it has closest affinity, it is not
so easily distinguished, as the description of that species is from
imperfect material. It, however, differs from it principally in the
size of leaflets and flowers and the petioles not being decurrent.

It can be recognised from A. pruinosa by its sessile flowers and
fewer and larger leaflets.

The most remarkable feature about this species is the full
development of the calyx before the appearance of the corolla,
which at its maturity about equals the calyx in length. This
fact does not appear to have been recorded in any of the published
descriptions or delineations of Australian species.

The following analysis will show its relative position :—

A. Hendersoni. Leaflets very oblique, flowers on very short
stalklets, corolla twice as large as the calyx.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 587

A. Muelleriana, sp.nov. Leaflets distinctly petiolate articu-
late, equal-sided, ovate acuminate, corolla shorter than the calyx.
Style under | inch.

A. ramiflora. Leaflets large, obovate, shortly decurrent, corolla
very long. Style 4 inches long.

Dedication.—In honour of Baron Sir Ferdinand von Mueller,
K.C.M.G., the distinguished Government Botanist of Victoria.

We have used the generic term Albizzia instead of Pthecolo-
bvwm in deference to the advice of Baron von Mueller, who writing
us on the subject, says :—

“Tf you look through the Iconography of Australian Acacias
and allied genera, you will find that the characters, on which
Pithecolobium by my celebrated friend Martius was founded, find
their counterpart in Acacia, and that accordingly also from Acacia
a number of species would on the same grounds require to be
separated. Indeed Vachellia has been distinguished by a pithy
pod for A. Farnesiana, but by common consent Vachellia became
discarded. It was not on light considerations that I overthrew
in the Journal of Bot. for 1872 Pithecolobium, at all events for
the Asiatic and Australian species, there being absolutely no
difference between these genera. Whether Pithecolobium can be
maintained for any 8. American species I cannot positively assert.
It was founded on species with somewhat succulent pods, such as
the monkeys there feed on. Hence the name. But no difference
in other respects seems to occur among the Albizzias of the eastern
and western world. Furthermore, the well known genus
Glediischia in Leguminose contains species with dry and succulent
legumens. What I said of Gleditschia applies similarly to the
still closer allied genus Prosopis.”

COMPOSITE.

PODOLEPIS RUBIDA, sp.nov.

A slender, glabrous (or slightly woolly at the base) divaricate
perennial, from 1 to 3 or more feet in height.

588 NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

Leaves linear, 2 inches long at the base and decreasing in size
on the stems on some specimens, while in others 4 inches long at
the base, decreasing to 2 inches long on the stem, the upper ones
stem-clasping and decurrent, tapering from the base upwards,
margins recurved, glabrous above, woolly underneath, but midrib
prominent, basal leaves with a loose cottony down.

Flower heads small, on filiform peduncles. Involucre hemi-
spherical, rarely exceeding 3 lines, the scarious lamine of the
bracts rugose, imbricate, ovate or acuminate, decurrent on the
whole length of the claw of the inner row of bracts; the claw of
the outer bract very short but gradually lengthening to a long
linear one on the penultimate or innermost row but one; the claws
glandular. Florets yellow, all exceeding the involucre, the outer
ones about 3 lines long, ligulate, shortly 3- or 4-lobed.

Pappus bristles fine, not thickened upwards, shortly barbellate.
Achenes glabrous.

Hab.—Bathurst, N.S.W. (W. J. C. Ross).
Analysis showing differences from cognate species : —

Involucre large, laminz very acute

acuminate, not rugose. Stem

leaves slightly decurrent, basal

leaves oblong lanceolate ......... P. acuminata, R.Br.
Involucre small, about 3 lines, outer

lamin very obtuse, inner ones

acuminate, rugose, stem leaves

decurrent, basal leaves linear... P. rubida.
Involucre 6-8 lines, laminze very

acute, not rugose; annual......... P. canescens, A. Cunn.

It is not easy to indicate the relative position of this species
in Bentham’s classification of Podolepis. It is placed between
the two above mentioned species, but it could with perhaps equal
fitness be also placed between P. Lessont and P. Siemssenta. The
large flowers and large basal leaves of P. acuminata at once
separate it from that species, as do also the acute lamine and
deep incision of the ray florets.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 589

It is easily recognised from P. canescens by its obtuse lamince
and smaller involucre as well as by the shape of the leaves, and
in being a much slender and taller plant, and almost glabrous.

Of all the species in this genus it has the greatest superficial
resemblance to P. Lessont, and could easily be mistaken for that
species, its chief characteristic difference being its much longer
and decurrent linear-lanceolate leaves, rugose scarious lamine, and
the presence of the basal bracts of the involucre.

P. Siemssenia stands apart from it principally by its decurrent,
smooth lamine; “not perceptibly barbellate pappus-bristles;”
smaller non-decurrent stem leaves; absence of scarious scales on
the peduncles and its shining bracts.

Its specific name has reference to the colour of its stems.
HELICHRYSUM TESSELATUM, Sp.nov.

(Plate LIII.).

An erect shrub of several feet, often with thick stems which
always retain the prominent decurrent lines of the leaves, the
branches closely woolly tomentose.

Leaves narrow-linear with recurved or revolute margins, about
¢ of an inch long including the decurrent part, which equals
about half its entire length, woolly tomentose underneath, smooth
and shining above, rarely with any asperities, obtuse or with a
recurved point.

Flower heads numerous, larger than those of 4. deosmifoliuwm,
in rather loose terminal corymbs, sometimes measuring 4 to 5
inches.

Flower heads straw-coloured on woolly white, stouter pedicels
than the allied species, larger and less numerous than those of
H. diosmifolvum. Involucre hemispherical or ovoid-turbinate, 3
lines in diameter, or a shade longer than broad, the bracts obtuse,
concave, compact, straw-coloured, with spreading tips, the outer
ones slightly woolly below the scarious tips. Florets about 35 to
40, a few of the outer ones females.

590 NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

Achenes hairy. Pappus-bristles slender, serrulate, not thickened
upwards.

Hab.—Bylong, Murrumbo (Goulburn River), N.S.W.

Analysis showing differences from allied species :—

Involucral bracts more or less scarious, obtuse, without any or
with scarcely conspicuous white tips.

Involucre ovoid-turbinate. Florets above 15. Achenes
glabrous or papillose.

heaves nob deeurrenty. 0 sn. cde cece oe eee eee HI. cunereum.
5. shortly decurrent ..2. 1.200). 5:0 -oe tecene H. bracteolatum.
5° amauch decurrents. "2.2... tee eee HI. tesselatwm.

(The specific name being given in allusion to the strikingly
tesselated appearance of the stem, owing to the scars of the bases
of the leaves).

This species when first seen in the field has the general facies
of H. diosmifolvwm, but its specific differences are readily
apparent.

The long, prominent persistent decurrent lines on the old
stems, its scarious yellow bracts and larger flowers at once
establish its identity.

It approaches slightly H. adnatum in having the raised decur-
rent lines persistent after the leaves have fallen, but its larger
flower heads and the more numerous florets, scarious and spread-
ing tips and also the larger and thicker leaves easily distinguish
it from that species.

Its nearest affinity is perhaps with 4. bracteolatwm, but this
species has shortly decurrent leaves and only 15 to 20 florets.

HELICHRYSUM BREVIDECURRENS, Sp.nov.

A tall, heath-like shrub, in general appearance resembling
H. diosmifolium, the branches and underside of the leaves cottony
white.

Leaves narrow linear with a recurved point, revolute margins
which are decurrent on the stem but not so much as H. decwrrens,

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 591

shining above, but with less asperity than ZH. dvosmifolium,
about 6” long, cottony white underneath.

Flower heads hemispherical or shghtly turbinate, rather larger
than those of H. diosmifolvum but less than those of 1. decurrens,
numerous in a terminal corymb.

Involucre hemispherical, under 2 lines in diameter, the bracts
obtuse, concave, all the outer ones scarious, straw-coloured, with
scarcely spreading tips, the inner circle yellow with paler tips.
Florets about 25-30. Achenes hairy. Pappus-bristles serrulate,
not thickened upwards.

Hab.-—-Murrumbo, Goulburn River, N.S. W.
Analysis to show cognate species :—

Involucral bracts with concave, erect or loose but not spreading
obtuse tips, all or the inner ones white or pink.

Leaves not decurrent Florets 20 ......... H. diosmifolium.

Involucral bracts more or less scarious, obtuse, without any or
with scarcely conspicuous white tips.

Involucre ovoid-turbinate, narrow.
Florets about 15. Leaves
shortly decurrent................ Hf. bracteolatum.

Involucre hemispherical. Florets
24) to 30." Leaves shortly
CLECUMEOM Gee ener ul u ok Hl. brevidecurrens.

Involucre hemispherical. Florets
35 to 40. Leaves very decur-
MME eee atten See Sot aa oes cack LH. tesselatum, sp.nov.

As will be seen in the analysis, it has greatest affinities with
!. bracteolatum, whilst it also approaches Z. tesselatum in the
general resemblance of the involucre, but differs from it in the
shortly decurrent and more numerous leaves and smaller flower
heads. From H. adnatum it is distinguished by the shape of the
involucre and number of florets, and the pappus-bristles being not
thickened upwards, and its larger heads.

592 = NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

BIGNONIACESA.
TECoMA BAILEYANA, sp.nov.

(Pl. t1.—left division.)

A tall woody climber, glabrous. Leaves pinnate with 7 to 9
leaflets, sometimes exceeding 2 feet, opposite or in whorls of 3 or
4, petiole 3 inches long. |

Leaflets oblique, usually 7 but sometimes 9, large, about 5 inches
long and over 2 inches broad, ovate acuminate, rounded at the base
or shortly tapering into an exceedingly short petiole, pale coloured
underneath, reticulations very prominent below but less marked
above, margins slightly recurved, articulate on the rhachis.

Flowers in axillary racemes or interrupted spikes from 3 to 15
inches long of a cream colour, but touched inside on the lobes and
throat with a delicate shade of pink. Calyx glabrous, 5-toothed,
of a purplish-brown colour. Corolla-tube incurved, 6 lines long,
not dilated upwards, but perfectly cylindrical, covered inside and
out with minute glandular hairs or processes very numerous on
the lobes; the lobes almost equal, acuminate-obtuse. Stamens 4,
in pairs included in the tube. Pistil longer than the stamens,
style with 2 short ovate stigmatic lobes.

Capsule unknown.

Hab.—Mullumbimby Creek, Tweed River, N.S.W. (W.B.)

Analysis showing the differences of this plant from cognate
species :—

Flowers in a long raceme or spike,
corolla incurved, not dilated up-
wards, 1 line in diameter. Leaf-
lets about 5 inches.......... igre sees Tecoma Baileyana.

Flowers in a loose panicle, corolla
slightly incurved and dilated up-
wards, 3 lines in diameter, leaflets
variable, not exceeding 3inches . 7’. australis.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 593

Flowers compact, corymbose, corolla
about 1 inch in diameter........... T. jasminoides.

Corymbs of 6 to 8 flowers, corolla about
Wanehes long, purplish .:..0.....:. Lf. Halla.

The small tubular cream-coloured flowers of this species give it
an appearance quite distinct from the other well-known Austra-
lian Z'ecomas, so that it is very easy to recognise in its native
habitat.

Our idea to make this a variety of 7. australis was overcome
by the fact that 7. australis with all its variations of foliage
preserves, wherever found, a very constant flower, which is very
distinct from this new species.

As T, australis is also found at Mullumbimby, it can readily
be compared on the spot with the new species.

Besides its distinctive flowers the foliage is also characteristic.
The foliage of 7. australis with all its variations of coast, table-
land and far interior specimens in no way resembles the large,
coriaceous leaflets of this new species.

The calyx of purplish-brown may also be noticed.

We regret that we have not succeeded in obtaining the fruit,
but there appears very little hope of obtaining any from the plants
from which this diagnosis is made, as they are so situated on a
vertical bank that all the fruit must inevitably fall into Mullum-
bimby Creek.

Discovered on the banks of Mullumbimby Creek by W.
Baeuerlen, and who, although collecting systematically in this
district for over four years, has only seen one plant.

Named in honour of Mr. Fred. Manson Bailey, F.L.S., the
Government Botanist of Queensland.

594 NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS FROM NEW SOUTH WALES,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Plate L.

Daviesia recurvata.

Fig. 1.—F lowering twig.
Fig. 2.—Individual flower.
Figs. 3 and 4.—-Standard.
Fig. 5.—Keel.
Fig. 6.—Wing.
Fig. 7.—Pistil.
Fig. 8.—Leaves.

All enlarged except No. 1.

Plate L1.—right division.

Acacia Baeuerlens.

Fig. 1.—Flowering twig.
Fig. 2.—Bud.
Fig. 3.—Individual flower.
Fig. 4.—Pistil.
Figs. 5, 6, 7.—Bracts.
Fig. 8.—Pod showing seed in situ.
Fig. 9.—Portion of phyllode magnified.

All enlarged except Figs. 1 and 8.

Plate LII.
Albizzia (Pithecolobium) Muelleriana.

1.— Foliage.

2.—Flowering twig.

3.—-Individual flower.

4.—Pistil and gland.
5.—Immature pod with part of valve removed to show seeds in situ.

6.—-Ripe pod—seeds removed.

BY J. H. MAIDEN AND R. T. BAKER. 595

Plate LI.

Helichrysum tesselatum.

Fig. 1.—Flowering specimen.

Fig. 2.—Floret.

Fig. 3.—Section of upper part of floret tube.

Fig. 4.—Pistil.

Fig. 5.—Bracts.

Fig. 6.—Portion of stem showing decurrent margins of the leaves on it.
All enlarged except Figs. 1 and 6.

Plate t1.—left division.

Tecoma Baileyana.

Fig. 1.—Flowering raceme.

Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5.—Individual buds and flowers.

Fig. 6.—Section of corolla, showing disposition of pistil and stamens
(enlarged).

Fig. 7.—Part of leaf showing leaflets.

596

OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF NEW
SOUTH WALES.

By Henry Deanz, M.A.,F.L.S., &c., anp J. H. Marpsn, F.L.S., &.
(THe ILLustrations BY R. T. Baker, F.L.8.)

Part a.
(Plates LIv.-LVII.)

INTRODUCTORY.

The two great works on the genus Eucalyptus are the ‘Flora
Australiensis,” (Vol. iii. pp. 185-261); and Baron von Miieller’s
Monograph ‘“Eucalyptographia,” a quarto, with illustrations of
one hundred species.

For some years past we have been giving particular attention
to those species which occur in New South Wales, and, as the
result of our investigations, both in the field and from examina.
tion of specimens, dried or otherwise, we are in a position to
submit some notes which we believe will usefully supplement the
works above referred to. The subject is a vast one, and we hope
to add to these notes on particular species from time to time.
We hope to do for the Eucalypts of New South Wales what
Howitt has done for those of Gippsland in his paper “ The
Eucalypts of Gippsland,” (Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict., Vol. ii., Part 1,
pp. 81-120).

We trust our facts and suggestions will be found useful as far
as they go; they are obviously incomplete in many directions, but
we trust that they will lead to the taking of additional observa-
tions, and the collection of additional material by botanists and
others in every district of the Colony in which Eucalypts are

found.
EUCALYPTUS STELLULATA, Sieb.

Introductory.—The name is rather happy, and refers to the
disposition of the buds, which remind one of a little star or

rosette.
5

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 5OF

Vernacular names. —‘‘ Black Sally,” Gippsland and Southern
New South Wales at least as far north as Goulburn; also New
England Ranges. “Black Gum,” Bombala.

The above names have been given on account of the rough,
hard black bark on the butt.

“Sally Butt,” between Bathurst and Orange. The name
“Sally,” without a qualifying adjective, is in use at Bombala,
Boro, Braidwood and Yass. The name is in allusion to the species
being often found on the banks of streams, like a sally (sallow or
willow). ‘Olive-green Gum” (Leichhardt). ‘Green Gum,”
County of Argyle and Blue Mountains (Macarthur,; New Eng-
land and high land near Braidwood (Dr. Woolls). ‘White
Gum,” County of Argyle and Blue Mountains(A.Cunn.). “Blue
Gum” (Forester Mecham, Tumut). ‘“ Lead Gum,” County of
Argyle and Blue Mountains; Berrima (Macarthur); Hartley and
Mudgee (Woolls).

All the above names, “ Olive-green Gum,” «&c., are attempts to
describe the appearance of the smooth portion of the bark, which
varies from white with a bluish or lead-coloured cast to even a
dirty olive-green.

The species isa stunted gum growing at high elevations, smooth-
barked (except at the butt), and looking as if it were blue or
lead-coloured with the cold. There are so many White Gums
that we think the name “ Lead-coloured Gum” is a useful one,
while “Black Sally” is better still, and the most widely spread of
existing names.

It is called “‘ Muzzle-wood” in Gippsland, but the meaning of
the name is unknown to us.

Seedling or sucker leaves.—Ovate-acuminate, larger in size
and thinner in texture than the mature leaves. The average
dimensions of some seedling leaves in our possession are 34 inches

long by a width of one half this. (PI. liv., figs. 7-9.)

Mature leaves.—The tips are often hooked like those of JF.
coriacea and of some forms of other species, ¢.g., amygdalina.
The leaves of both species when dry are smooth and usually show

598 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.,

black dots (like #. punctata), while the parenchymatous tissue is
more or less channelled. ‘These appearances are also seen in some
forms of #. amygdalina and other species, and we draw attention
to them in order that too great importance be not attached to
them. In 4. punctata these black dots were considered to
indicate a specific difference.

The shape of the leaves is lanceolate to broadly lanceolate.
The leaves are smaller than those of #. coriacea. ‘The venation
springs from the petiole, and the primary veins are prominent and
roughly parallel to the midrib.

Timber.—Pale coloured, rarely free from gum-veins, warps
seriously, a sound log of any size very rare; of little value for
purposes other than fuel. Timber that shrinks much in drying
may do so regularly or irregularly. Those of the first class
have, when dry, practically the same shape as the original piece,
but those of the second class take on irregular shapes. The
timbers of H. stellulata and EH. corivacea belong to the latter class.

Variations from type.—var. ANGUSTIFOLIA, Benth. (Syn. Z.
microphylla, A. Cunn. partly) with small, narrow leaves.

Highest parts of the Blue Mountains, e.g., Blackheath and Mt.
Victoria. Occurring with the ordinary form in the Kanimbla
Valley. See fig. 8.

Range.—T y pical form.—tThe tops of the ranges on the
N.S.W.-Victorian border, thence following the Dividing Range
and its spurs at least as far north as the New England Ranges,
and as far west as 18 miles west of Bathurst, on the Silurian; also
at Rylstone. We have specimens from these localities, but it
may be reasonably expected to be found further north and further
west, in mountainous districts.

EvucaLyprus corracea, A. Cunn.

Introductory.—This is the name given in the Flora Austra-
liensis. Sieber’s name L£. pauciflora has doubtful priority, but it
is so inappropriate (no Eucalypt flowering more freely than this),
while Cunningham’s name is remarkably appropriate, that we feel
it our duty to adopt the name #. coriacea for this species.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 599

Vernacular names.—One of the ‘White or Cabbage Gums,” but
not to be confused with E. hemastoma, var. micrantha, which
goes by the same names. Its usual name with us is ‘ White
Gum,” though it is very frequently called ‘‘ Cabbage Gum” also,
The names “ Flooded Gum” and ‘ Peppermint” under which this
_ species is known in Victoria (B. Fl.) would not appear to be in
use in this colony. As regards the latter name, we suggest that
it has arisen from the fact that a form of 4. amygdalina growing
in the south-eastern part of the colony resembles #. coriacea in
fruits and perhaps in other respects. We have evidence pointing
in this direction.

_ The species goes under the name of ‘ Weeping Gum” in Tas-
mania, owing to its scrambling habit; the name is also in use at
Uralla, N.S.W. At Glen Innes it is locally known as ‘“‘Tumble-
down Gum,” also by reason of its aspect.

“Glassy Gum” is a name in use at Guyra, on account of the
vitreous appearance of the bark.

“White Sally ” is a name in use at Queanbeyan.

Seedling leaves.—Broader than the mature leaves; more or less
ovate.

Mature leaves.—Coriaceous, yet often succulent, and hence eaten
by stock. They are comparatively large, six inches being a
common length, while five inches is perhaps under the average.
The width is usually about 1$ inch. They are usually shiny,
‘but in the coldest districts often glaucous. The venation is as
stated under ste//ulata; and in this respect not only shows affinity
‘with that species but also with Sl es particularly through
the variety /atifolia of that species.

Timber.—Pale coloured, full of gum veins; warps a good deal.

Variations from type.— Following are notes on Eucalypts which
more or less depart from the typical form of 4. cortacea :—

(a) E. coriacea becomes less glaucous in the Delegate district;
bark scribbled like 7. hemastoma. The young leaves are larger

and thinner than those of the type.
O.'.0

600 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.,

(b) Leaf about 44 inches long, straight or nearly so, 7.¢., seldom
falcate, fruit more nearly sessile. Unripe fruits nearly hemis-
pherical; ripe fruits contracted at the orifice and ovoid. Some-
times glaucous, and apparently connecting with variety alpina,
The bark is smooth, grey and striped, and is marked by scribbles
similar to those of #. hemastoma. The tree is in fact a good deal
like that of a large-fruited variety of 2. hemastoma, to which we
shall subsequently allude, but the venation and consistence of the
leaves (not to mention other points) are those of £. coriacec.

Cooma District. Cooma and Braidwood Road.

(c) Var. alpina, F.v.M. (B. Fl. iii. 201). Leaves short and
nearly straight. Flowers rather smaller and peduncles shorter.

Mountains on Macalister River, Vic. (B. F1.).

Specimens of this variety from Mt. Kosciusko, in our own

Colony, are very glaucous. Leaves 2 inches long, or a little more.
(Pl. liv., figs. 2-3.)

Range.— Usually at fairly high elevations, preferring undulat-
ing, grassy country in the ranges and high table-lands, Found
practically in the same districts as the preceding species.

E. AMYGDALINA, Labill.

The various forms have leaves which have a strong (sometimes
very strong) odour of peppermint, to which circumstance they
owe their commonest vernacular name. J. piperita, H. svebervana
and . stuartiana possess an odour of a somewhat similar
character. . piperita and £. stwartiana, especially in certain
districts, are known by the name of “peppermint,” but 4. amyg-
dalina is the tree which is most usually understood by that name.

We propose to classify the various New South Wales forms we
deal with on the present occasion as follows :—

Sucker or seedling leaves narrow.

1. The typical species, comprising a number of forms which do
not, at first sight, appear to be connected with each other.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 601

2. Var. radiata, containing the tree usually known as “ River
White Gum.”

Sucker or seedling leaves broadish.

3. Variety latifolia (nobis), comprising some of the broad-
leaved forms.

There are other forms, at present placed under amygdalina, -
but as our specimens or observations in regard to them are
incomplete, we prefer to postpone consideration of them.

1. Typical £. amygdalina.

Introductory.—In the case of such a protean species as JZ.
amyydalina, it may be useful, and it is certainly interesting, to
note what the definition of the species really was, as by different
authors the description has been modified very considerably.

The original specimen described by Labillardiere came from
Tasmania. The following is Don’s translation of the species
description given in DC. Prod. ui. 219 :—

‘Lid hemispherical, nearly mutic, shorter than the cup;
peduncles axillary and lateral, nearly terete, length of the petioles;
umbels 6-8 flowered, nearly capitate; leaves linear-lanceolate,
attenuated at the base, and acuminately mucronate at the apex.
Leaves 3 inches long, and 3 lines broad, some unequal at the base,
and some equal. Petioles and peduncles 3 lines long. Fruit
globose, size of a grain of pepper.”

Vernacular names.—Peppermint or Messmate are the most
widely used names, and they are perhaps indiscriminately
employed. .Perhaps the former name is more prevalent as far
north as Mittagong and the Blue Mountains, and the latter in
New England, but the two names are often employed in the same
district for the same tree. Some other local names will be found
under Range.

Bark.—This is the least variable characteristic; it is sub-
fibrous, although on the one hand it sometimes approaches the
character of a Stringybark, on the other hand it is often of a

602 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.8.W.,

shorter character, resembling the more friable varieties (of barks)
of H. hemiphioia. It is almost undistinguishable from the bark
of 2. piperita. It is usually of a dark, dirty grey colour. Occurs
only on the trunk, or at most on the largest branches; the branches
usually quite smooth.

Seedling or sucker leaves.—Opposite, narrow-lanceolate. Pro-
bably all the forms have the twigs more or less rusty glandular.

Mature leaves.—This species varies in the size, shape and
texture of its leaves. The usual shape is lanceolate, or even
broadly-lanceolate, but some forms are linear-lanceolate or even
nearly linear, comparatively thick, and the veins very oblique at
the base, not prominent, ¢.g., specimens from Mittagong, and also
a tree known as “‘Silver-top” at Nimitybelle in the extreme south
of the Colony. Sometimes the foliage is quite dense; in other
cases it is sparse. |

This would appear to be the form most generally employed in
the manufacture of Eucalyptus oil in this Colony. It is so chosen
because its leaves contain an unusually large percentage of oil,
which is, however, not at present a favourite in European markets
owing to the almost entire absence of cineol (eucalyptol) and the
very large percentage of phellandrene. The above remarks are
more or less applicable to ail forms of amygdalina.

Buds —The shape of the operculum of the western and northern

forms (Mt. Victoria and New England) is blunt, being nearly

hemispherical; those of the southern forms in our collection are
more pointed.

The variability in the shapes of the operculum in Z. amygdalina
is brought out in the plate (comprising two forms) in the
‘“‘ Kucalyptographia.”

Fruats.— Although in the original description of the species the
flowers are in heads of 6-8, those of some of our N.S.W. forms
have at least twice as many, and some perhaps nearly as many as
those of the variety radiata. None of our specimens have the
fruits as pear-shaped as depicted in the drawing of the left-hand

hare ae

ey

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 603

specimen of E£. amygdalina in the “ Eucalyptographia.” (See
var. latifolia). . Following is a general description of them :—
The fruits are of a pilular shape, though with some slight
tendency to pear-shape. They are wide at the mouth and almost
hemispherical, somewhat in the manner of ££. acmenoides.
Bentham’s “sub-globose truncate” applies to many of the forms.

The tips of the valves are sometimes slightly exserted.

Timber.—Pale-coloured (nearly white) when newly cut, but
drying toa pale brown. Often liable to gum veins, which tend
to form thin concentric rings. Of inferior durability and strength
as a very general rule, but we have some apparently well authen-
ticated instances of the durability of this timber for posts and
shingles in the New England District.

Range.—Extending from Victoria along the various coast
mountain ranges and their spurs at least as far north as New
England, and westerly as far as the western slopes of the Blue
Mountains.

Some specific localities in this Colony may be stated as follows:
—Mountain Top, near Nimitybelle (Silver Top). Braidwood
District. Goulburn District generally. At Marulan, Eucalyptus
oil is distilled from this form (Peppermint). Kangaloon (White-
topped Mountain Ash). Hull Top and Mittagong. Mt. Wilson.
Mt. Victoria (Narrow-leaved Peppermint). New England (Mess-
mate) The specimens from the last two localities are to all
intents and purposes identical.

2. Var. radiata (“ River White Gum”).

Introductory.—We have a fairly distinct tree which goes under
the names of ‘White Gum,” “River Gum,” “River White Gum,”

“ Ribbon Gum,” and even “ Narrow-leaved Peppermint.”

Its favourite habitat is on the sides of gullies, or on the steep
.banks of rivers, often some distance from the bed of the river or
creek, but usually (perhaps always) on a well-drained slope leadin
to a water-course. We have not observed the tree out of gullies.

604 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.,

It is often seen as a graceful sapling, but may attain the dignity
of a large tree; in this Colony we have it up to 3 feet in diameter
with a height of over 150 feet.

It has rather sparse, drooping foliage, which gives it, at times,
something of a willow-like aspect.

Burk.—The appearance of the bark of this tree is worthy of
careful record, to save confusion. It is nearly a White Gum
when very young, but afterwards the bark of the upper part falls
off in thin, long ribbons (hence the name Ribbon Gum), and the
lower part of the trunk becomes covered, to a varying height,
with fibrous bark of the character known to many as Peppermint
bark.

We have not observed a tree of this variety falling strictly
within the definition of White Gum, like £. hemastoma, for
instance; it is nearly a White Gum.

Sometimes, as observed near Mittagong, the lower part of the
trunk of the River White Gum is of a thin scaly appearance; in
trees say 12 inches in diameter, this scaliness would extend to
10 or 12 feet from the ground. This scaly appearance, which is
not easy to describe, is intermediate in character between the
scabrous bark of a Grey Gum (£. punctata or propinqua), and
the thick scaly bark of a Bloodwood (£. corymbosa). As these
trees increase in size, the scaliness changes into that of a hard,
fibrous “ peppermint-like bark” character. The branches are
quite smooth. )

We draw attention to this matter, as two observers might
possibly obtain two series of herbarium specimens agreeing in the
minutest particulars,and one observer might report his tree smooth-
barked ( Letophloie), and the other half-barked ( Hemiphloie ).

The name given by the aborigines of the County of Cumberland,
N.S.W, to the “River White Gum” used to be “ Kayer-ro,”
according to the late Sir William Macarthur. This accurate
observer writes of it—‘‘ Of no value for timber. A small, quick-
growing species, very elegant when in blossom; is found only on the
immediate sandy banks of rivers; the inner bark used for tying

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 605

grafts and for other similar common purposes.” Subsequently
Mr. Howitt points out that the aborigines of Gippsland similarly
used the bark for tying and lashing, hence their name for the tree,
“Wang-gnara,” which signifies “ bark-string.”

Vernacular names.—-Already dealt with.
Bark.— Already dealt with.

Seedling or sucker leaves—The young stems have a rusty,
glandular appearance, and the leaves are very narrow.

Mature leaves.—Dealt with below. (See page 607).

Although the leaves of this form are very thin, specimens from
Bateman’s Bay to Wagonga are especially thin. These specimens
also have unusually narrow leaves.

Buds.—See page 607.

Fruits —Large numbers (commonly 20 and more) in an umbel,
borne on rather long, often filiform pedicels. They have a very
regular, radiate appearance. Mostly pale coloured when dry.
Very uniform in size, 2 to 23 lines (barely) in diameter, and
pilular in shape. Sometimes they tend to close at the orifice.

Zimber.—It is a white, fissile timber, rather tough when
freshly cut, but afterwards of inferior strength. It is easily
worked, but not durable on exposure. It is sometimes, we
believe, fraudulently or ignorantly substituted for ‘ Mountain
Gum” (#. goniocalyx) in the Braidwood District, with disastrous
consequences to the durability of the work in which it is used, and
to the reputation of that undoubtedly valuable timber.

Range.—From Gippsland, through New South Wales, through-
- out the southern districts, at least as far north as the banks of
the Nepean in the latitude of Sydney. Subsequent inquiry will
probably find that it occurs further north. It is fond of valleys;
we have it from such localities as Kangaroo Valley (between Moss
Vale and the coast), and from Hartley Vale (near Mount Victoria).
Our specimens from the Deua (Moruya) River and Tantawanglo
Mountain connect with the Gippsland ones,

606 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.,

Botanical position.—Having described this Gum with some
detail, we now proceed to enquire into its botanical position.
There is no doubt that this “River White Gum,” Bentham’s
variety radiata of amygdalina (B. FI. ii. 203), and Howitt’s
form (e)* of #. amygdalina all come more or less satisfactorily
under Sieber’s #. radiata. A good deal of confusion has occa-
sionally arisen in regard to the reading of Sieber’s description.
We give Don’s translation of the original Latin in DC. Prod. 111.
218, Howitt’s description of the Gippsland form, and Bentham’s
definition of var. radiata.

‘EK. RADIATA, Sieb.

“Tid of calyx hemispherical, mucronate, shorter than the cupula;
peduncles axillary and lateral, rather angular, and rather shorter
than the petioles; flowers 15-20 together in an umbel, on short
pedicels; leaves linear-lanceolate, veins very fine, confluent at the
apex, and forming a nerve, which is parallel with the margin.

“Fruit globose, 3 lines in diameter. Petioles 4 lines long.
Leaves 4 inches long and 6-7 lines broad.”

Mr. Howitt describes his form (e) as having :—JLeares narrow
lanceolar falcate, attenuate at the stalk and pointed. Venation
rather indistinct, the marginal vein considerably removed, and
the lateral veins very longitudinal. Umbels on stalks as long
or longer than the bud, the lid small and depressed, with a slight
point. Buds numerous, 3 to 20. fruit ovate-truncate, with
slightly contracted orifice, compressed rather narrow rim, and
small weak valves.

As described in the “Flora Australiensis,” ii. 203, the
“variety” radiata has leaves rather broader (than the type), 3 to
4 inches long. Flowers usually more numerous, sometimes nearly
20 in the umbels. Fruit almost pear-shaped.

E. radiata, Sieb.—Leaves linear-lanceolate, 4” long, 6-7” broad,
veins very fine, confluent at apex, forming a nerve, which is

* «The Eucalypts of Gippsland.” Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic. Vol. il. Pt. :.
p. 86, and Plate 10, figs. 1-5.

. BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 607

parallel with the margin. Pedice/s short. Buds: lid hemi-
spherical, mucronate. /ruzt globose, 3 lines in diameter.

Bentham’s variety radiata of LH. amygdalina.—Leaves rather
broader than type, 3’-4” long. /’ruit almost pear-shaped.

Howitt’s form (e) of #. amygdalina.— Leaves narrow-lanceolar,
falcate. Venation rather indistinct. Marginal vein considerably
removed. Lateral veins very longitudinal. Pedicels as long or
longer than the bud. Buds: lidsmall and depressed, with a slight
point. rurt ovate-truncate, with slightly contracted orifice, com-
pressed rather narrow rim, and small weak valves. (See his
figure, op. cit.).

The “ River White Gum” of N.S.W.—Leaves. The preceding
(Howitt’s) description applies very well. Very thin leaves. Pedicels
rather long, often filiform. Buds nearly hemispherical; Howitt’s
description applies fairly well to this form. /rwet pilular (globose),
very uniform in size (2-21 lines in diameter), sometimes tending to
close at the orifice. (PI. lvi,, fig. 3.) Often pale-coloured when dry.

Above is a comparative statement showing partial and condensed
descriptions of /. radiata, Sieb., Bentham’s variety radvata,
Howitt’s form (e) (both of amyydalina), and River White Gum.

Sieber gives the breadth of the leaves at from 6-7 lines. Most
are of about that breadth, others go up to 9 lines, while we have
specimens from the Deua (Moruya) River which has leaves with
the exceptional width of 14 inches (nearly 14 lines!). Sieber
gives the length of the leaves at 4inches. These are too short as
far as our River White Gum is concerned, leaves of 6 and 7 inches
being common, while those of 5 inches at least are average ones.
Sieber says pedicels short; those of the River White Gum are
filiform and more than ordinarily long. He further gives the
diameter of the fruit as 3 lines; we have never known it in the River
White Gum to be quite 24 lines, really a difference of some impor-
tance when we note how marked a difference in the appearance of
a small fruit half a line or more in diameter makes. Nevertheless,
after careful consideration of the matter, and examination of a large
number of specimens, we are of opinion that Sieber’s original
radiata was taken from a River White Gum.

608 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.,

Then coming to Bentham’s brief definition of variety radiata,
he states that the “leaves are rather broader than type.” He has
probably followed in part Hooker (‘ Flora of Tasmania,” p. 137)
in his description of #. radiata -—‘“‘Leaves . . . rather small,
usually 3 inches long . . . narrow, sometimes very much so,
though not so narrow as £. amygdalina usually has them.” We
have already shown what is the average length of the leaves of
the River White Gum. As regards the breadth, the leaves of
the River White Gum are usually narrower (not broader) than
those of typical N.S.W. forms of amyydalina. As regards the
fruits, Bentham’s variety is “almost pear-shaped.” Here again
Hooker is probably followed. The latter states fruits ‘“‘turbinate
or obconic, rather large.” Neither in size nor shape does this
correctly describe our River White Gum. As showing the
difficulty of dealing with 2. radiuta, we may point out that
(doubtfully) Hooker (op. cit.) quotes five forms of it in Tasmania
alone. We would like to observe that Sieber’s original specimen
of #. radiuta came from N.S.W., and not from Tasmania, and it
would be well to modify Bentham’s brief description in the direc-
tions we have indicated, and not to follow a description of the
variety made from Tasmanian forms.

We have proved that our River White Gum does not entirely
agree with Sieber’s Z. radiata nor with Bentham’s var. radiata,
and our tree is so well marked that had we decided that it was
expedient to recommend the restoration of #. radiata, Sieb., to
specific rank, we should probably have defined our River White
Gum as a variety of the same. In that case, we might have
called it jil¢formis in allusion to the pedicels.

But after careful consideration we have decided to continue the
River White Gum as a variety of amygdalina, though not without
doubt. Close affinity between the type and var. radiata is shown
by the seedling or sucker leaves; the type species approaches it
sometimes in buds, mature foliage and even fruits, while we have
shown the River White Gum sometimes to have rough bark. We
may, perhaps, at some future time re-open the question.

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 609

3. Var. latifolia, nobis.

3. Leaves on suckers opposite, broad.

Introductory.—This variety has broad, mature leaves also, as
will be seen presently. We have decided to name it latzfolva for
the sake of precision. It has much in common with Howitt’s
var. (b) (op. cit.), and may prove to be so similar that it may be
desirable to associate them under the same variety.

Vernacular names.—It is usually known as “ Peppermint ”
throughout its range. It is called ‘Blue Peppermint” at Ryl-
stone, “‘Messmate ” in the Tumut, Wagga Wagga and Braidwood
- Districts, while we have received specimens from a small tree at
Bungendore under the name of “ Box Gum.”

- Bark.—Rough lke a typical Peppermint.

Seedling or sucker leaves.—Comparatively broad; stem-clasping,
more or less cordate at the base, and in some cases quite acuminate.

The shape is brought out in the figure.

Mature leaves. —Broader and thicker than the preceding. An
important characteristic is the strongly marked venation. On
drying, the principal veins stand out in relief against the vascular
tissue. Often shining, a characteristic best brought out in fully
mature leaves.

The leaves of the “‘ Blue Peppermint” (so called on account of
their glaucous cast), from Mt. Vincent are not shining, neither
are those from the “‘ Messmate” or “ Peppermint” from Delegate
and the Snowy River. The leaves of the broad-leaved form of
k. amygdalina from some other localities are nearly as dull in
appearance. Dried specimens of leaves from the Delegate
District are covered prominently with blackish dots, and the
tissue of the leaf is channelled. The tips of the leaves are also
sometimes hooked, all these points showing some affinity between
this form and #&. stellulata and E. cortacea, a subject touched
. upon under ruts.

Up to 5 or 6 inches is acommon length for the leaves, but they
are barely 3 inches in some of the Bombala and Queanbeyan

610 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.,

specimens from ill-developed (?) trees; 44 inches would appear to
be an average length.

Specimens up to nearly 2 inches in width are found in the Mt.
Vincent specimens; 1} inch is a common width; 1-14 inch may
be given as the average width.

Buds.—Operculum usually blunt, though not quite hemi-
spherical. Sometimes glaucous, as in the Wagga Wagga and
Bell’s Creek specimens.

Fruats.— With a greater tendency to pear-shape than any of the
preceding, and the rim to be domed or arched (PI. lvii., figs. 4-8).
Usually shining. The tips of the valves occasionally a little
exserted. The rims (mouths) usually red, a characteristic often
attributed to hemastoma, and the fruit itself often pale-coloured.

The fruits from Bell’s Creek, and from Mt. Vincent, Upper
Williams River, Cobark, and other high lands to the south of New
England are sometimes more truncate than usual, but the arched
or domed rim can always be traced in specimens from the same
tree. Fruits from Bombala and Wagga Wagga are small, and
have much the shape of those of #. eugenioides, but they are
distinctly “domed.” 7

There is a tree (“‘ Messmate” or “ Peppermint”) of which we
have herbarium specimens from Delegate and the Snowy River
which has shiny, comparatively thick fleshy fruits which strikingly
resemble #. coriacea fruits in miniature. From examination of
fruits alone (or even perhaps of imperfect specimens of leaves
which when mature are comparatively thick), an observer might
readily name the tree Z. coriacea, and we have suggested this as
an explanation of “ Peppermint” being given in the “Flora
Australiensis” as one of the names for £. cortacea. The tree now
under reference has the usual fibrous bark on the stem as ordinarily
observed in £. amygdalina.

E. amygdalina and E. coriacea (not to speak of other species)
are closely related species, and we express the opinion that they
are perhaps most obviously related through the fruits and the
leaves of our variety latifolia of the former species. |

BY HENRY DEANE AND J. H. MAIDEN. 611

Timber.—The acai otonl of the timber of the cee form
applies very well here.

Range.—The Dividing Range and its spurs from the Victorian
border north and north-west at least as far as Byng in the Orange
District, and Mt. Vincent (in the Rylstone-Mudgee District), also
Cobark, Upper Williams River, and other places just south of
New England.

Like other forms of amyydalina, much observation is still
required in regard to its geographical distribution.

Specific localities are as follows :—Rob Roy; Delegate and the
Snowy River; Tumut; Adelong; Wagga Wagga; Bombala
(Quiedong); Queanbeyan; Braidwood; Bungendore; Mt. Vincent
(watershed between Capertee and Turon); Byng; high lands, Upper
Williams River; Cobark (near Mount Royal Range).

REFERENCE TO PLATES.

Plate Liv.

HH. coriaces.
Fig. 1.—Normal leaf.
Fig. 2.—-An average leaf of var. alpina (Mt. Kosciusko).
Fig. 3.—Another leaf of var. alpina (Mt. Kosciusko).

Figs. 4, 5, 6.—Fruits of H. coriacea, showing variation (4, from Cooma;
5, from Southern N.S.W.; 6, from Dubbo District).

H. stellulata.

Fig. 7.—A seedling leaf (from Quiedong, near Bombala).
Fig. 8.—Leaf of var. microphylla (from Mt. Victoria, Blue Mountains).
Fig. 9.—Cluster of fruits (from Kanimbla Valley, Blue Mountains).

Plate Lv.

E. amygdalina (typica).
Figs. 1 and 2.—Twig and cluster of fruits from New England.
Fig. 3.—Seedling leaves.
Fig. 4.—Twig, with fruits.

Nox. 3and 4 from Hill Top, near Mittagong. The leaves are compara-
tively small, narrow and coriaceous.

612 OBSERVATIONS ON THE EUCALYPTS OF N.S.W.

Plate LvI.
EL. amygdalina (radiata).

Fig. 1.—Seedling leaves.
Fig. 2.—Specimens of mature leaves.
Fig. 3.—Cluster of fruits.

All from Hill Top, near Mittagong. P

Plate LVII.
EL. amygdalina (latifolia ).

Fig. 1.—Seedling leaves.
Fig. 2.—Leaf of Blue Peppermint from Mt. Vincent, Ilford, near Mudgee.
Fig. 3.—Leaf from Tumut District,

Figs. 4-8.—Fruits, showing variation in arching of rim and general contour
of fruit. No. 4 from Bell’s Creek, Braidwood District; No. 5
from Cobark; No. 6 from Cobark, Nos. 5 and 6 from same
twig, No. 7 from Mt. Vincent (Blue Peppermint); No. 8 from
Tumut District.

613

STRAY NOTES ON PAPUAN ETHNOLOGY.
By C. Heputy, F.L.S.

I. Toe Cassowary Ficure HEap.

(Plate tviit., fig. 1.)

A distinctive feature of the carving of Eastern New Guinea is
the prevalence of bird forms or their derivatives. Prof. A. C.
Haddon devotes to the discussion of this subject a considerable
section of his admirable essay on “The Decorative Art of British
New Guinea.”* Referring to the species depicted, he writes (p.
197) :—“TI have been unsuccessful in finding out what bird is
intended; presumably it is the frigate bird, but this will not
account for the frequent representation of a crest.” In some
instances he thought that a hornbill was recognisable, and quotes
Forbes’ unpublished notes that occasionally a cockatoo, and in the
Louisiades a duck, was represented.

I submit that the evidence advanced below proves that the
cassowary is sometimes figured, and suggests that it may be
symbolised by the crested bird described by Haddon. On a
priort grounds the cassowary, an important article of food, a
source of valued bone tools, and as a dangerous quarry the theme
of many a tale, would loom larger to the Papuan mind than the
frigate bird. Again, if the conjoined bird and crocodile design
be considered a scene, surely the last of all the fowls of the air to
fall a victim to that reptile’s rapacity would be the man-o-war-
hawk as sailors term the frigate bird. It is, however, within my
own experience that the crane, a crested bird, may make a meal
for crocodiles.

* Royal Irish Academy. Cunningham Memoirs. No. x.

614 STRAY NOTES ON PAPUAN ETHNOLOGY,

In July, 1890, I was visiting the ‘village of Polatona, in
Bentley Bay, near the eastern extremity of New Guinea. Outside
the travellers’ house where I lodged, there was planted in the
sand of the beach a post about six feet high, carved and painted
in red, white and black. It so attracted my attention that I
made on the spot a pencil sketch, re-drawn on Plate lvii. My
enquiries elicited that it was a canoe stem or figure-head, yeroma,
and that it had once belonged to one of the Chads Bay natives,
hanged for the murder of Capt. Ansell.* It had probably formed
a portion of one of the large native sailing vessels, whose hulls
are built of several enormous planks sewn together.

An artistically executed bird’s head surmounted the pillar.
My colleague Mr. North, Ornithologist to the Australian Museum,
kindly examined the original drawing, and in discussing it gave
me the benefit of his expert knowledge. We agree that the ball
placed under the beak and the buttress behind the neck are to
be regarded as decorations additional to the original scheme; that
the graceful and boldly modelled neck, the general shape of the
_ head, and especially the crest, identify the bird as a kind of
cassowary; further, that the line down the neck is an allusion to
the brightly coloured space bare of feathers so conspicuous on
that bird.

It was not to be expected of the savage artist that his work
should afford exact specific recognition of the cassowary he
portrayed. The only species recorded from this locality, Casua-
rius prcticollis, Sclater, differs markedly by its flattened crest,
and no known species, so Mr. North says, has a beak so pro-
nouncedly decurved. But it is possible that a bird still unknown
to science was copied by the Papuan craftsman.

The bird’s neck issues from the gaping and toothed jaws of the
conventionalised crocodile, the angle of whose mouth is carried
up ina scroll to forma large eye. In Prof. Haddon’s illustrations
the usual attitude of the bird seems vertical to the plane of the
crocodile; here, on the contrary, it is horizontal. Below, the post

* Thomson; British New Guinea, p. 34.

Seo

BY C. HEDLEY. 615

was adorned by a pattern usual in that locality, white zigzag lines
on a black ground divided the space into panels filled by a white
scroll on a red ground, such as Haddon regards as degenerate and
conjoined birds’ head. Each panel may possibly typify a croco-
dilian scute, and certain forwardly directed loops which terminate
the carving may even stand for hind limbs in a state of extreme
degeneration and reduplication.

II. THe Paum Lear CREEL.

(Plate LVIIL., fig. 2.)

From its perishable nature this useful domestic utensil is
unlikely to have reached a niche in the Ethnological Collection
of any Museum. The only mention I have noticed of it in
literature. is by Lieut. Boyle T. Somerville, who, writing on the
New Hebrides, observes* :—‘“‘The coconut palm leaf is very
ingeniously woven in all the islands by plaiting together the long
tongues of the frond, beginning at the rib and joining the tips.
A mouth is made by splitting the rib down the middle, and thus
a very capacious basket, with a mouth fitting as tightly as a purse,
is quickly made. Pigs, yams, &c., for sale are usually carried in
them.” As I have seen no published illustration of this basket,
this opportunity is embraced of submitting a sketch made in
July, 1890, in a native hut in the village of Mita on the north
shore of Milne Bay, British New Guinea. Here they were called
Porha, and were the exclusive property of the women, who easily
manufactured them by doubling the split half of a coconut frond,
threading the pinne under and over in a darning pattern, gather-
ing their ends together and knotting them; the rim being supplied
by the split rachis. So much were these associated with women’s
drudgery that the men considered it quite undignified for them
to touch one. A youth whom I commissioned to bring me a
specimen to draw, amused me by carrying the offensive article at
arm’s length and flinging it down before me with an expression

* « Journal of the Anthropological Institute, xxiii., p. 378.
PoP

616 STRAY NOTES ON PAPUAN ETHNOLOGY,

of disgust. A pretty scene every evening in an Hastern Papuan
village is a file of women wending their way by the forest path
home, each bending under a porha full of fifty or sixty pounds
weight of fire-wood or garden produce. The basket is laid across
her shoulders somewhat as a North British fisher lass carries her
creel of fish, but instead of being slung the porha is caught by the
rim in the crook of the porter’s fingers.

Postscript.—Since writing the above I have been favoured by
two veteran missionaries and accomplished ethnologists with the
following additional information.

The Rev. Dr. W. Wyatt Gill tells me :—

“This is the common food-basket throughout the South Pacific
Islands, and no doubt it is the same in the North Pacific, too.
At Mangaia, it is called ‘raurau’=‘leaflet-leaflet’ (7.e., of the
coconut palm). At Rarotonga it is the ‘kikau.”’ Now,
‘kikau’ is the name for the coconut leaf or frond. So although
a food basket is made from only a part of a frond, it bears the
same name as the whole. There are plenty of parallels to this in
our own language, 7.e., a ‘sail’ for a ‘ship,’ &c., &e. At Aitutaki,
it is called indifferently ‘tapora’ or ‘kete.’ ‘Kete’ means
basket in general. Mangaia, Rarotonga and Aitutaki are the
three chief islands of the Cook’s Group. J have seen exactly the
same food baskets at Tahiti and each of the Leeward Islands (now
French) as far back as 1852. Their name is ‘ete’ (2.¢., the
‘kete’ of the Cook’s Group) I believe.”

The Rev. 8. Ella writes to me :—“ Your drawing of it is a good
sketch, only needing the knotting together of the leaflets (pinnz)
to form the bottom. It is the commonest kind of basket used,
and is easily and quickly made, the material, the upper end of a
coconut leaf, being always at hand. It is not so remarkable that
it should be so generally used throughout Polynesia, and in almost
exactly similar form and construction, when one considers its
simplicity almost self-suggestive, and the general abundance of
the materials; women and children make them with ease. Your
description of its construction is correct. It is employed for

bie

ae

BY C. HEDLEY. 617

common purposes, carrying of taro, yams, husked coconuts, fowls,
fish, &e.

“From the coconut leaf mats for placing cooked food before the
eaters are formed, also blinds or enclosures to native houses,
thatching for outhouses and fans. The plaiting in, this case being
made a little closer.

“The name of this coconut basket in Motuan (British New
Guinea) is ‘bosea’; in Uvean (Loyalty Islands) ‘tang len-
‘nu’; in Aneityumese (New Hebrides) ‘burabura,’ or with
the article prefixed ‘naburabura’; in Samoan (Navigator
Islands) and cognate dialects ‘ato lau-niu.’

“The better class of. baskets are formed from the pandanus leaf,
or dressed fibre of the native hibiscus. These are more durable
and carefully preserved, made in various shapes and sometimes
ornamented with beads, feathers, &c. The coconut leaf basket is
thrown away after it has served its purpose for the occasion.”

ON APPARENTLY UNDESCRIBED STRUCTURES
IN THE LEAVES OF CERTAIN PLANTS.

By Atgex. G. HAMILTON.

After this paper had been read it was discovered that similar
structures had been described by Lundstrém as “ Acaro-domatia.”
(Pflanzenbiologische Studien. ii. Die Anpassungen der Pflanzen
an Thiere). By the permission of the Council the paper has been
withdrawn in order that Lundstrém’s important work may be
taken into consideration.

618

NOTES AND EXHIBITS.

Mr. Steel exhibited a vivarium containing six or eight speci-
mens of the N.S.W. Peripatus with their progeny, about thirty-
six young, born within the past fortnight, after the mothers had
been in captivity for about 10 months. The exhibitor stated
that he had had the pleasure of witnessing the natural birth of
numbers of these young. In the same vivarium was a young
Peripatus, the survivor of a number born 10 months ago in
captivity. Mr. Steel also showed the nodule from Macdonnell
tanges exhibited at last meeting, which had been identified by
Mr. Cooksey, of the Australian Museum, as an obsidian bomb;
and a little voleanic bomb from one of the small extinct volcanoes
near Auckland, N.Z., where they are common, of all sizes.

Messrs. Maiden and Baker exhibited a series of botanical
specimens in illustration of their papers. ,

Dr. Broom sent for exhibition specimens of the bone breccia
from Taralga, with the lower jaws of the fossil Marsupials
described by hin, in satu.

Mr. Hamilton sent for exhibition a series of fresh leaves of a
number of plants in illustration of his paper.

619

WEDNESDAY, MARCH 251n, 1896.

The Twenty-Second Annual General Meeting of the Society
was held in the Linnean Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth Bay, on
Wednesday evening, March 25th, 1896.

The President, Mr. Henry Deane, M.A., M. Inst. C.E., F.LS.,
&c., in the Chair. The minutes of the previous Annual General
Meeting were read and confirmed.

The President then read the Annual Address.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

It was with very great diffidence that I accepted last year the
honourable position which you thought fit to confer upon me. It
seemed to me that the man who was selected to stand at the head
of such an important Society as this should be one, who, if not
actually professionally engaged in matters connected with the
science of biology, had sufficient leisure to permit of his devoting
a large amount of his energies to the subject.

As you are, perhaps, aware I have for some years past found
my time both in and outside office hours so much engrossed in
matters pertaining to my profession, that the actual scientific
work that I am able to carry out is very small. You may there-
fore suppose that the preparation of an address of this description
is to me no light task, and Iam sure you will accord me some
leniency, if it falls below the average of the able addresses
which my predecessors in this chair have accustomed you to.

At the outset I may remind you that to-day we commemorate
the Society’s coming of age. On the 13th of January, 1875, in
a rented room in Lloyd’s Chambers, 362 George Street, the Society
held its First Annual General Meeting, and on the 25th of the
same month the First Monthly Meeting for the reading of papers
and the transaction of scientific business. In the history of a
corporation this may not be an event of such importance as it

620 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

is to the individual; still it marks the fact that infancy and
childhood so to speak are safely passed, and the difficulties
connected with the early growth of a Society successfully com-
bated.

The history of the Society has quite recently been so fully dealt
with in the Introduction to the Macleay Memorial Volume, that I
need not go into it on the present occasion, but there are a few
matters connected with the work of the Society to which I will
briefly refer.

There is the increasing responsibility which, more especially in
respect to financial matters, ever since Sir Wiliam Macleay’s
retirement from active work, has devolved upon the Council.
Up to the time mentioned Sir William Macleay relieved
the Council of such burdens. Nevertheless the harmony which
characterised the meetings of those days continues undis-
turbed, and the desire of the members to cope fairly with the
greater responsibilities is evidenced by the high average
attendance of members at the meetings. This development in
the financial aspect of the Council’s work is one which should be
allowed due weight in the selection of members to sit on the
Council. The claims of the scientific aims of the Society to be
represented are not in danger, as we have many active members
ready to look after its interests in this respect. The endowment
fund, lately increased by the addition of the Bacteriology Bequest,
amounts to over £30,000. To invest wisely and to keep wisely
invested so large a sum, the duty of which devolves on the
Council, requires the selection of a fair proportion of members
skilled and experienced in financial matters.

The Proceedings of the first two years of the Society's work
were issued as Volume I. In the course of the next few
weeks the publication of our twentieth volume will be completed.
While a high average of value has been maintained we have,
in amount of matter published annually, outstripped most of our
sister Societies in Australasia, and our ability to do this we owe to
the beneficence of Sir William Macleay.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 62]

In his address last year my predecessor, Professor David, fur-
nished full particulars of what, it was supposed, was the final
settlement—so far at least as this Society was concerned—of
matters relating to the late Sir William Macleay’s bequest for the
endowment of a lectureship in Bacteriology. It was with some
surprise, therefore, that in July last the Council received from the
Senate of the Sydney University an intimation of its intention
to relinquish the bequest, and to return the money to the
executors. This was subsequently done, and the money paid by
the executors into Court. On October 15th, 1895, on the petition
of the Society, the Chief Judge in Equity made an order for the
payment to the Society of the sum in question, less costs, namely,
£12,704. This amount represents Sir William’s original bequest
of £12,000, less legacy duty and law costs, plus interest accruing
on fixed deposit from the time of the receipt of the money by the
University until that of its repayment to the executors.

It devolves upon the Council, as the managers of the Society’s
affairs to provide for the investmentand to keep invested the money
to the best advantage; and out of the income to pay a competent
Bacteriologist, and provide and maintain a suitable laboratory
and appliances.

The clause of the Memorandum attached to Sir William
Macleay’s will is as follows:—‘“ Should the Senate decline all
or any of these conditions I empower my executors to hand over
the aforesaid sum of twelve thousand pounds to the Linnean
Society of New South Wales to provide a sufficient salary by the
year to a competent Bacteriologist who shall be called the
Bacteriologist to the Linnean Society and whose duties shall be to
conduct original research in the Laboratory of the Society and to
give instruction to one or two pupils at the discretion and under
the orders and control of the Council of the Society any surplus
to be applied to laboratory requirements.”

Thus it will be seen that the Council is left with discretionary
powers in fixing both the amount of the Bacteriologist’s salary,
and the date of his appointment. In determining the first
of these points, the Council has had to be guided by the

622 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

amount of the annual income which the principal may be
expected to yield. Now this, in consequence of the serious
depreciation in value of all sound income-producing investments.
which has become so marked a feature in our commercial life
since Sir William made his will (in December, 1890}, is, I regret
to say, likely to be for some years to come a sum considerably
smaller in amount than Sir Willam contemplated would be
available for the purpose.

Then as regards the date of the appointment. Since without
a suitably equipped laboratory the Bacteriologist cannot carry on
the work he is specially to be appointed to do, it is evident that
the arrangements for providing the former must progress something
like part passw with any scheme for filling the post of Bacterio-
logist. Before any research can be entered upon, provision must
therefore be made for an initial expenditure of something like
£700 for equipment and incidental preliminary expenses—or
more than one year’s income. The necessity for proceeding
slowly and with caution led to the Council’s appointing a sub-
committee to consider generally and report on the best
way to give effect to Sir William Macleay’s wishes. On
presentation of this report it was carefully considered by the
Council, and with some slight modifications it was adopted. The
result is that the Council has decided that, provided a suitable
investment can be met with at a rate of interest not lower than
the then current rates, the appointment might be made so as to
take effect at the close of the hot season of 1896-97, provided also
that a competent Bacteriologist can be engaged on what are
practically the terms and emoluments offered to University
Demonstrators.

Besides a further postponement of say one year, two, or even
three years should circumstances seem to demand it, there is yet
another alternative, namely, to make an indefinite postponement
with a view to a very substantial accumulation of interest to be
added to principal. Against this course it may be urged that on
general grounds it is desirable that as soon as circumstances per-

mit the appointment of a Bacteriologist should be proceeded with; .

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 623

and that already nearly four years have elapsed since the principal
became available. And while on the one hand the Council does
not expect to attract an eminent European Bacteriologist to the
Colonies—nor could Sir William have contemplated such a con-
tingency; yet on the other hand the Council is not altogether
without hope that it as possible to find a thoroughly competent
and enthusiastic Bacteriologist, animated with the true scientific
spirit, who will appreciate the prospect of carrying on original
investigations under very favourable circumstances.

With satisfaction may be noted the pleasing evolutionary
development in the scope of the Society’s scientific work. <At
the outset this was exclusively zoological. In the Second Annual
Address of the first President (Sir William Macleay) the hope
was expressed that at no distant date contributions from botanists
and geologists would find a place in the Proceedings. Sir William
lived to see that hope amply fulfilled. Animal morphology also
has become an important feature of the Proceedings. One would
be glad to see the morphology of plants commanding a portion of
the attention it deserves, but the outlook is not a promising one
in that direction anywhere in Australia. The subject apart from
that of Bacteriology, languishes at present for want of students
for the conditions for their encouragement here are wanting. It
would be well if we had even a small edition of such a botanical
laboratory as that at the Botanical Gardens at Buitenzorg, Java,
so ably presided over by Dr. Treub, and so eign provided for
by the Dutch Government.

Since the last Annual Meeting our numbers have been dimin-
ished by the deaths of one Honorary and three Ordinary Members.
Professor Sven Lovén, the eminent Swedish naturalist, died on
September 6th last at the advanced age of 87. Since 1841 he
had filled the appointments of Professor and Conservator of the
royal’ Museum of Natural History, Stockholm. He devoted
much study to the marine fauna of the Baltic and the North
Seas, special attention being given to Echinoderms. Professor
_ Lovén was elected an Honorary Member of this Society in 1891.

624 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Of the Ordinary Members, two—Dr. Paul Howard MacGillivray
and Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson—were resident in Victoria. They
have strong claims to be held in grateful remembrance by
Australian naturalists Dr. MacGillivray belonged to a family of
naturalists. His father was Professor of Natural History at
King’s College, Aberdeen, and his bréther, the late John
MacGillivray, was author of the “‘ Voyage of the Rattlesnake.”
Since 1857 Dr. MacGillivray had followed the practice of his
profession in Victoria, at the same time showing himself a public-
spirited citizen much interested in the spread of knowledge and
culture. Much of his leisure for many years was devoted to the
study of Australian Polyzoa, and he was the author of an
important series of papers thereon, contributed to the Proceedings
and Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria, or to Professor
McCoy’s Decades. These date from the year 1859. His important
“Monograph on the Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria” was passing
through the press at the time of his death, and has since been
published.

Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., F.L.8., who died on October
22, aged 67, was for many years Head Master of the Church of
England Grammar School, Geelong. Like Dr. MacGillivray, he was
a busy professional man, whose leisure was given up to Natural
Science, out of pure love forit. In utilising his yacht in dredging
and trawling he found his hobby. This was done in a scientific
systematic way, with the object of accumulating stores of well-
preserved material for the elucidation of the marine fauna of
Port Phillip by specialists, he himself sharing in this part of the
work as far as opportunity served.

Nearer home we have lost, at the early age of 30, one of
the younger school of naturalists—Arthur Sidney Olliff, who
died December 29th last. Mr. Olliff came to New South
Wales in February, 1885, to take up the work of Assistant
Zoologist, in the Division of Entomology, at the Australian
Museum, where he remained until his appointment as Entomologist
to the Department of Agriculture, Sydney in 1890. He had
been for some time in enfeebled health, and shortly before his

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 625
death he had in contemplation a visit to England in the hope of
benefiting by the change: Many of his papers on Lepidoptera
and Coleoptera will be found in our Proceedings. An appreciative
notice by one of his colleagues, together with a complete list of
Mr. Olliff’s papers, has appeared in the Agricultural Gazette, Vol.
vii. Part 1 (Jan. 1896).

The year 1895 is especially memorable by the deaths of Huxley
and Pasteur, two of the foremost leaders in Science. They
occupied so prominent a position in the scientific world that their
loss has been truly felt to be of world-wide importance. In the
Journals and Magazines of the countries on both sides of the
Atlantic have been published numerous well-merited eulogies of
their lives and work, written from very varied standpoints, and in
many cases based upon special or personal knowledge. As they
are within reach, and have probably already come under your
notice, I should be at a disadvantage in any attempt to touch
_ further upon themes which have already evoked sympathetic and
appreciative treatment from those best qualified to speak.

I propose now to say a few words on the subject of Forestry—
the importance of which is much underrated.

Our forests have been left hitherto very much to themselves,
the idea being that as Nature has looked after them in the past
so a kind providence will continue to do so in the future. The
fact is overlooked, however, that with new conditions of settlement
the chances of shapely young trees growing up to replace those
‘removed are reduced to a minimum ; and so, as has occurred in
other countries, the depletion will go on till sooner or later a
feeling of alarm arises and the necessity for commencing the work
of afforestation is recognised, and the task has to be undertaken
at a much greater cost than if time had not been lost.

The ignorance of the benefits to be derived from proper manage-
ment of the forests is very remarkable. We are possessed of
timber which in strength and durability can vie with the products
of all the world, and a large revenue could be made out of it.
Forestry is, as has been happily said by Professor Bailey Balfour,

626 . PRESIDENTS ADDRESS.

a division of rural economy which ought to be the basis of a
large national industry.

It is under this aspect that we have chiefly to consider it, and
though we may look upon the conservation of our forests with
respect to their influence upon health and climate, and upon the
soil itself, we are perhaps still more interested in them as a
possible source of direct commercial profit on account of the
valuable material they furnish.

On the other hand we must not forget that they confer an
indirect benefit by protecting the soil and altering the conditions
of temperature.

Much lasting injury is done to forests by allowing the pasturing
of sheep and cattle in them. Young seedlings which should take
the place of those cut down are trampled, browsed down or
otherwise so bruised and injured as to be worthless.

Firing of the undergrowth is an evil which is much misunder-
stood. It is often done by settlers to promote the growth of
grass; the fire spreads outside the limits of. their land, and much
devastation follows. The immediate effect is not only to destroy
the promising young growth, but also to char the humus and
spoil the fertility of the soil. |

It will be well to consider shortly the climatic and hygienic
influence of forests. For those who wish to investigate the
matter in some detail, I would recommend the perusal of a
pamphlet published by the Forestry Division of the United States
Department of Agriculture in 1893, entitled “ Forest Influences.”
We have here a series of reports on the different branches of the
subject, and there is an able summary of the whole case by Mr.
B. E. Fernow, Director of Forestry. As the results are undoubt-
edly applicable to a considerable portion of this colony, I will
refer to them in some detail.

Two classes of effects are to be noticed—namely, those on the
general climate and those on the local climate. "When we build
a house we alter the temperature and humidity conditions of
the space covered, and so it is with forest cover, but the question

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 627

arises can we alter the conditions on a larger scale by alternating
forest and field, or by preserving intact large areas of forest ?

In reply to this query, it seems to have been shown by the
forest planting at Lintzel that a considerable change in the
meteorological conditions resulted.

Forest cover causes obstruction to the winds and hinders the
action of the sun’s rays upon the soil. A difference in temperature
and evaporation outside and inside the forest area then arises.
When the areas of the different kinds are large enough, local
currents of air will be set. up, which will cause the interchange
of conditions between the two areas. ‘The size and character of
the forest growth, density, height, situation and composition are
the factors which determine its influence. It is not trees but
masses of foliage that do the work.

On water supply the effect of forest is undoubted. The soil
acts as a sponge from which the water runs off gradually; remove
the forest wholesale, and the water rushes along, tearing away soil
and flooding and injuring growing crops.

Irrigation is generally advocated for arid regions alone, but it
is also particularly serviceable in well watered regions, and here,
as above shown, forest cover materially assists.

The following observations are of interest :—

First, as to the difference of conditions within and without the
forest. On the average the forest is cooler than the open country
in summer, but about the same in winter, with a warming effect
in spring, and the evaporation is only one-half that in the open.

The percentage of rainfall evaporated is about 407 in the open
and about 12°/ in the forest, taking the whole year.

The total quantity of moisture returned into the atmosphere
from a forest by transpiration and evaporation from the trees and
the soil is about 757 of the precipitation; other forms of vegeta-
tion give from 70 to 907; bare soil gives only 307%. Gauges in
European forests catch 75 to 85° of the rainfall, the rest runs
down the trees, is intercepted or evaporated.

628 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

The experience of increased rainfall over the station at Lintzel
with increase of forest area points strongly towards interdepen-
dence.

Secondly, as to the influence of forests upon the climate of the
surrounding country.

Any effects that arise must either take place by diffusion or by
means of local air currents, or from the fact of the forest acting
as a windbreak.

Deforestation allows of the uninterrupted sweep of winds over
the country, the evaporating and parching effects being much
more intense than those resulting from mere dryness of the air.
This class of effect is, of course, worse in flat country and on the
seashore.

When moisture-laden winds pass over cool areas of forest the
possibility of condensation is at least not reduced, whereas heated
plains certainly do reduce it. The presence of large forests in
Asiatic and European Russia has been shown to produce a
sensible effect in lowering temperature.

In general we may expect that an alternation of large forested
and unforested areas in regions which on account of their
geographical situation have a dry and rigorous climate is more
beneficial than large uninterrupted forest areas which would fail
to set up that local circulation which is brought about by differ-
ence of temperature and permits an exchange of the forest climate
to the neighbourhood.

The results of systematic observations in forest meteorology
made in France, Germany, Sweden, Austria and elsewhere, and
extensive observations on temperature and rainfall extending to
Russia and India are given in the Report.

It seems scarcely necessary to mention the sanitary effect of
forests. As is well known, trees have been planted with success
to absorb the moisture of swamps, and the exhalations of eucalypt
trees are particularly beneficial in counteracting malaria.

The idea that our forests may get exhausted is often jeered at,
and figures have been brought forward to show what an enormous
and practically inexhaustible supply of timber exists; yet in other

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 629

countries with still larger supplies a panic has arisen. The more
rapid depletion of our forests for purposes of export is constantly
being urged as if we had there, without any trouble on our part,
an unfailing source of revenue. By all means let us export, but
let us first take steps to replace what is taken away and insure
the future.

Some months ago, as the result of a communication which I
addressed to the Minister for Works protesting against the
exportation of ironbark, a return was prepared by the Forest
Branch purporting to show that the forests of this colony would
supply over 1674 millions of sleepers, which sounds like an
enormous quantity. An examination of the return shows that
two-thirds of this quantity is to be obtained from the forest
reserves in the Casino and Glen Innes districts, that of the
former being reported to cover about 4000 square miles and the
other 2000 square miles. Those estimates seem large, and it is
curious to note that when the Glen Innes-Tenterfield railway was
being constructed the prices paid for stringy bark sleepers was
6s. 6d., while 7s. each was paid for ironbark. This does not look
like an abundant supply. It is one thing to have trees scattered
through a forest, and another to get them out at reasonable cost.

Assume, however, for the moment that the above quantity of
sleepers is obtainable, and that instead of many of them being
locked up in almost impenetrable gullies they are obtainable at a
small cost, what is likely to be the future demand? Our own
requirements for sleepers are at the rate of 2400 per mile, and
1000 miles would only require. about 2,400,000 sleepers, but all
Australians must hope that with the development of the country,
many thousand miles of new lines will be required, and then
we have to provide for renewals. Now suppose in addition to
our own requirements we foster trade with other countries. In
the United States of America there are 180,000 miles of railway.
They put their sleepers much closer together than we do, so that
they require 3000 to the mile at least. The timber used at
present is pine or white oak, the best of which only lasts ten or
twelve years. What, if our American friends were really to take

630 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

a fancy to ironbark, could we supply their wants? The number
required to fit up all the lines would be—say, 540 millions, so that
we should only have a third of that quantity, neglecting our own
requirements. England and Europe, too, possess an enormous
mileage, and might come upon us for supplies ; but, as is seen, we
simply could not meet them. Then what right have we to talk
about encouraging a large export trade until we take steps to
increase the natural productiveness of our forests ?

In another State Report of the United States Department of
Agriculture—namely, that on the “Forest Conditions of the
Rocky Mountains, 1889 ”—there is a paper by Dr. E J. Janus,
which is remarkable as bearing upon the question of the value of
forest culture which is so much neglected or ignored. It is
scarcely necessary to remark that the Rocky Mountains are the
home of some of the principal mining industries in the United
States, and are in the centre of an arid region which, except for
the streams arising from the melting of the snow on the heights,
has little water to depend upon. Therefore, Dr. Janus’ observa-
tions, which are made with special reference to this region, are
particularly worth attention :—

‘The forests of any large country bear a peculiar relation to
material prosperity. They not only constitute a large proportion
of the national wealth of a-nation, but they form the independent
basis of a flourishing agricultural, manufacturing and commercial
industry. They are, moreover, one of the most important elements
in determining the climatic condition of any given region, and
through these the distribution of population, of industrial pursuits
and of disease and health.” He goes on to say that “the value
of the forests is greater than all the metals, coal, petroleum, stone,
and all the steamboats, vessels, &c., plying in American waters
and belonging to citizens of the United States.” He complains
that practically nothing is done to protect or to cultivate, a
statement which equally applies to this country, and yet three-
quarters of the population use wood as a fuel. In the Australian
bush there is at present an apparently unlimited supply of fuel,
yet the scarcity of it in the neighbourhood of the larger towns

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 631

and centres of industry like Cobar and other mining districts is
already painfully felt.

There is an impression that forestry does not pay. There is
certainly no greater mistake. The experiences of other countries
prove it. I find that in 1884 in Baden the area of the State
forests was 234,000 acres, producing a net return of £120,000
annually; in Wiirttemburg the area was 476,000 acres, and the profit
derived was £237,400; while in Saxony, with a forest area of
408,000 acres, the net return was as high as £330,000. Perhaps
some might argue that although forests would pay in Europe,
under the different conditions prevailing here they would not;
but a little consideration will show that the conclusion is not
warranted. If our hardwood trees grow more slowly—which is,
however, not the case, at least on the coast—the produce is of
higher value; and in the interior, where from lack of moisture
they do grow slowly, the rental value of land is much lower. It
can, I think, be easily shown that forest cultivation on areas
which do not furnish abundant grass or herbage would produce
at least five times as much income from timber as from grazing.
Of course the Government would have to keep control of the
timber, and not merely for a small fee give a man a license to
destroy or cart away as much as he likes.

Professor Bailey Balfour, in his Address to the Biological
Section of the British Association in 1894, gives an interesting
example of a piece of ground at Nover in Rossshire, which was
worth from one to two shillings grazing rent. This land was
planted with trees, and after 61 years of growth was clean cut in
1883. The net yield of the land over this period was equal to an
annual revenue of nine shillings per acre per annum.

There are cases given in the United States Reports of worn-
out sandy land being planted with trees and yielding a profit of
twelve shillings and sixpence per acre per annum when cut for
fencing posts.

Forest conservation means not that no trees shall be cut down,
but that the forests shall be cultivated as any other crop, and

not wasted. Steps should be taken to prevent the spread of fire
Q @

632 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

and the browsing of animals of all sorts on growing forests,
This is of the utmost importance.

The matter is one generally for the State to take up, yet there
are immense tracts under private control which would pay better
as forest than as grazing land, and if proper instructions could
be given, suitable schools of forestry instituted, men could be
trained both for the employment of the State and to assist private
owners. Land owners would be taught to see that it is in the
interests of their property to plant and conserve, for the existence
of young plantations even, which only their followers will reap
the full benefit of, will mark the growth of, to them, an important
asset.

In many parts of Europe the organisation for the control of
the forests is most excellent. Perhaps of all countries Switzer-
land is the most advanced. The Reports of United States
Consuls, 1887, give some most valuable and interesting infor-
mation under this head.

Forestry is not only a matter of vital interest as to poor lands,
but the reclamation of waste lands can be made profitable. I
find it mentioned in another United States Report that in 1885
there were 10,000 acres of thriving forest on Cape Cod planted
30 years before on sterile sands, and extensive woodlands similarly
planted at Wood’s Hill; on the other hand, other places that have
been denuded have become barren.

On the shores of the Bay of Biscay dunes once stretched over a
hundred miles in extent. Sands were driven up the slopes,
forming dunes from 100 to 300 feet above the limit of the sea,
and moving inland they carried great desolation. Bremontier, a
century ago, persuaded the French Government to allow him to
experiment, and now there are over 100,000 acres planted with
maritime pine, blocking the sea out. The land at the back which
was formerly useless is now cultivated, and not only are the
hygienic results most remarkable, but the French Government
derives a revenue of 180,000 francs from the timber.

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 633

In connection with this subject I have endeavoured to obtain
some data as to the rate of growth of trees, and the period at
which maturity is reached in Australia as compared with Europe,
In Europe numerous observations have been made which are
given in the above-mentioned Consular Reports. It is stated that
trees are allowed to grow as follows :—

Red beech ant ie Le snl 120 years
Ol os. ee, au ane Meh OO Mates
Elm, ash and maple... se Lahn WOO as
Birches and alders _... dai eesctl ig OI 4
Otherspecies -.. is Nat a cee ON
White fir | tk ie tee ALOE ves
Pineand fr... Ae Ne seas Oh wis
Mareh’. ..... 60

Growth in height and girth is most rapid up to 40 or 50 years,
after which the rate declines. The increase in bulk, however,
proceeds at an increasing rate, as might be expected, seeing that
the roots are constantly spreading.

It is much to be wished that systematic observations on the
growth of trees, native and exotic, should be made in Australia;
but it would appear from the information obtainable that it is,
under fairly favourable circumstances, at least equal to that in
Europe.

The late Rev. J. E. Tenison-Woods* thought ‘that the tallest
trees of the forest, the giant timber of Tasmania, range from
fifty to seventy-five years old.”

The late Rev. Dr. Woolls} says ‘“ whatever may be the ages of
the Tasmanian Eucalypts, I believe that the harder woods in the
County of Cumberland are slow in growth, and that centuries
elapse before they reach their full proportions.”

* “«Tasmanian Forests.” Journ. and Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 1878.
Ri Dee.

+ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1880. v. pp. 508-509. See also the same
author’s ‘‘ Contribution to the Flora of Austialia” (1867), pp. 220-221; and
“* Lectures on the Vegetable Kingdom ” (1879), p. 93.

634 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

This does not quite agree with my own observations.

Both in the “ Kucalyptographia” and in the “Select Extra-
Tropical Plants” (Ninth Edition, 1895), Baron von Mueller has
supplemented his own experiences with a considerable amount of
information from other sources. The Baron considers that 7.
globulus “is, among evergreen trees, of unparalleled rapid growth.”
And of #. amygdalina he says that “plants grown on rather
barren ground near Melbourne have shown nearly the same
amazing rapidity of growth as those of £. globulus.” The follow-
ing instances relating to extra-Australian localities are selected
from a large number quoted by the Baron :—In eight years in
the south of France #. amygdalina attained a height of 50 feet.
fi. globulus in Jamaica attained a height of 60 feet in seven
years; in California 60 feet in eleven years; in Florida 40 feet in
four years (stem-diameter 1 foot); in the Neilgherry Hills 30 feet
in four years (one tree, twelve years old, being 100 feet high, and
6 feet in girth, at 3 feet from the ground). Near Pretoria the
same species “attained a stem-circumference of 94 feet in 22
years”; and “in Algeria and Portugal it has furnished railway
sleepers in eight years, and telegraph-poles in ten years.”

Mr. H. C. Russell, F.R.S., the Government Astronomer,
supplied some particulars in some notes read before the Royal
Society of N.S. Wales in 1891, and these he has kindly supple-
mented with later information.

The trees measured were Hucalypts, growing at Mt. Victoria,
and Lake George, and others planted in Observatory Park.

At Lake George one of four young trees was selected for
measurement in January, 1885, when its girth three feet from
the ground was found to be 23 inches. On 10th November,
1891, its girth was 521 inches; on 22nd November, 1892, it was
541 inches; on Ist January, 1894, 60} inches; and in January,
1895, 634 inches.

Other trees have been marked since the notes above-mentioned
were made, and the results will be watched with interest. At
Mt. Victoria on barren ground, about fifty years after Sir T.
Mitchell had cleared one of the hills for survey purposes, the trees

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 635

were found to have grown up again, attaining a diameter of 15-20
inches; after fifty years’ growth the girth was about 63 inches. In
Observatory Park specimens of Hucalyptus globulus grew to
414-46 inches in circumference in 16 years. Some examples of
Pinus insignis of the same age were measured in November,
1891, and were found to be from 314 to 35} inches in circumfer-
ence 3 feet from the ground. The situation, however, Mr.
Russell says, does not suit this species of tree, so that of course
under favourable circumstances the growth would have been
much greater.

I have obtained from Mr. Bray, Police Magistrate of Murwill-
umbah, who has had long and valuable experience in the “bush,”
some particulars as to the growth of red cedar, Cedrela australis,
and other trees. He says, writing to Mr. Caswell:—‘“T have seen
a cedar sapling about one foot in diameter and, I should say, 3 or 4
years old, grow into a tree 3 feet indiameter (20 feet from the ground)
in 17 years.” ‘“‘Itis very hard to tell when a tree has matured, but
from what I have seen of different trees, I should say that most
of the ‘scrub’ trees would grow into good timber and to full size
in 25 years.” As to the number growing per acre, he adds, “I
once felled 38 cedar trees on one acre of land; all these were large
trees, none less than 3 feet in diameter, 20 feet from the ground.
This was up near Tyalgum.” ‘Some of the very large cedar trees
that I have seen here must have been very old-——perhaps 100
years.”

Mr. Gill, Conservator of Forests at Adelaide, found poplar,
pine and oak grown at the Botanic Gardens, Adelaide, to be of
good convertible size after 30 years. At Mount Gambier Pinws
insiynis, after 30 years, fetched fifty shillings. Mr. Gill is of
opinion that whereas trees in Europe take 60 to 120 years to
mature, they will take only half that time in Australia. Speci-
mens of Hucalypius globulus, after 17 and 18 years, produced
telegraph poles 25 feet long, each from 8 to 10 cubic feet
in measurement. The trees were from 50 to 60 feet high.
#. corynocalyx (sugar gum) grew after 14 years to a height of 68
feet —a bottom log 12 feet long, containing 11 cubic feet, was cut

636 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

out. The timber of this species is now accepted as teredo-resisting,
and is being largely planted under Mr. Gill’s directions. Mr.
Gill says :—‘ To give you some little idea as to size of timber
grown within 20 years, I may state that poles lately cut by me
for telegraph purposes, and disposed of to the Telegraph Depart-
ment, measured 26 feet 6 inches long, and were 7 in. to 8 in.
top diameter, and 11 in. to 14 in. bottom diameter. They
contained from 8 and 9 to 17 and 18 cubic feet of timber, and this
is irrespective of other parts of the tree, which generally totalled
from 60 to 70 (or even over) feet in length.”

It is apparent from the above that where the climate is favour-
able the growth of trees is quite sufficiently rapid to justify large
expectation of profit. In the interior growth is necessarily much
slower, but must still be noticeable. The comparative rate of
growth, as compared with trees on the coast, may be assumed to
be roughly proportioned to the moisture of the ground, all other
things being equal; and it is, therefore, probable that an ironbark
in the climate of Dubbo (250 miles from the coast) will take twice
~ as long to grow as the same species where the rainfall is twice as
great. Of course this is only surmise, and accurate observations
are required.

It is, however, perfectly clear that if on the forest land of the
eastern slopes of the main range, where such land might be worth
one shilling per acre for grazing purposes, it will pay to grow
timber; then in the interior, near the railways, the poor ridges,
which are not worth one penny per acre, would if put under
cultivation for trees yield a very handsome profit indeed ; but it
must be understood that this expectation can only be realised if
care is taken in growing the trees. They must be started in
nurseries, planted out, and, until they have grown to a consider-
able size, must be properly fenced off and protected from the
browsing and ravages of animals and man. Strict measures must
also be taken to preserve them from injury or destruction by bush
fires.

It is certain that if proper measures were taken a profitable
industry could be carried on, giving employment to large numbers

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 637

of men. I find that some years ago in Switzerland, where, as
above stated, the State management yields a large revenue, there
were employed on the forests 5,851 persons, including 150 trained
forestry officials and from 1,500 to 2,000 foresters and overseers,
the area of forest being 1,940,659 acres.

It is impossible to exaggerate the importance of this subject,
and it is to be hoped that with the assistance of the able officers
which the Government have at their service some really energetic
steps may be taken. |

I gather from reports kindly furnished to me from Mr. Gill
that in South Australia the area inclosed for planting operations
was, on the 30th June, 1894, 11,425 acres, and that during the
year following that date an additional area of 320 acres was
added. This is a good start for a colony where indigenous timber
of value is scarce, and I sincerely wish success to Mr. Gill’s efforts.

In order to prove what a hold this question has already
obtained upon the practical commercial mind in America, I quote
the following from the Century Magazine of September last :—

“During the present year the advocates of a modern forest
policy have received the important support of the two leading
mercantile organisations of New York City. On January 3rd,
1895, the New York Chamber of Commerce, after special con-
sideration of the subject, adopted unanimously the following
resolutions :—-

Whereas, A thorough inquiry into the question of the preservation of our
forest lands is of permanent importance to .agricultural and other
interests, thereupon be it

Resolved, That this Chamber recommend to the United States Senate and
House of Representatives in Congress assembled, to pass a Bill which
authorises the President of the United States to appoint a Commission
of three experts and make the necessary appropriation for the purpose

-or a thorough study of our public timber lands, so as to determine
what portions ought to be preserved in the interest of the people, to
prepare a plan for their management, and report the same within a
year of their appointment. The Commission to have access to all
public documents bearing on the subject.

638 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

On June 12th, 1895, a similar meeting was held by the New
York Board of Trade and Transportation, and after discussion of
the larger aspects of the subject the following’ resolutions were
unanimously adopted :—

Whereas, The welfare and the commercial interests of the entire country
are closely related to the preservation and proper management of the
pubhe forests.

Resolved, That us a first step to a permanent and scientific forest policy, we
heartily favour the creation by Cougress of a National Forest Com-
mission with the following objects :—-

1. To study the public timber Jands, reserves and parks, on the ground.

2. To ascertain their condition and extert.

3. To ascertain their relation to the ,ublic welfare and to existing local

needs of the people as regards agricultural and the supply of wood for
mining, transportation and other purposes.

4. To ascertain what portions of the public timber lands should remain as
such in view of the agricultural, mining, lumbering and other interests
of the people.

5. To prepare a plan for the general management of the public timber
Jands in accordance with the principles of forestry.

6. To recommend the necessary legislation ; and

Resolved, That the Special Committee on Forestry be directed to communi-

cate with other commercial bodies and with Congress in furtherance
of concerted action on this important question at the next session.”

The study of the fossil remains of plant life of past ages in this
country has of late years received some attention. Professor
Ettingshausen, of Graz, has had the lion’s share in this work, and
as he has expressed views as to the origin of the vegetation of
Australia, and of the rest of the world, which appear to be
entirely erroneous, and as they appear to be tacitly accepted by
Professor Tate in his Inaugural Address to the Adelaide meeting
of the Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science,
I desire to say some words on the subject, in the hope that some
of our New South Wales Botanists and Paleontologists may take
the matter up and corroborate or disprove the deductions which,
in my opinion, can be made.

le

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 639

Generally speaking, Professor Ettingshausen’s theories amount
to this, that in Tertiary times, or earlier, there was a universal
flora of mixed types, which later on, through the influence of
floral climates, became sorted out, so that at the present day
distinct regions present distinct peculiarities which at first did not
exist.

That the Australian region has now a flora of its own more
marked and peculiar than perhaps that of any other region of the
earth’s surface will be disputed by none. At first sight this
circumstance seems to have a parallel in the existence of types of
land mammals, stragglers only of which are to be found elsewhere,
and this view is apparently strengthened by the fact that in past
ages monotremata and marsupials lived in Europe, while,
according to Unger, Heer, Ettingshausen, and a few others,
Australian types of plants, Hucalypts, Proteacez, Casuarine, and
many others also flourished.

The subject is one well worth careful investigation.

The monotremata we know first made their appearance in the
Northern Hemisphere in the Triassic Age, and marsupials of low
type are first found in the beds of the Oolitic (Jurassic) Series.
In the rest of the Mesozoic series no animals of higher develop-
ment than marsupials have been discovered, but no sooner do
we reach the EKocene than it is evident that an enormous
advance has been made, for we find ourselves surrounded
with animals of much higher type, including the reputed
ancestors of the horse, deer, antelope, squirrel, hedgehog,
bear and others. Many remarkable animals existed also of
types that have long died out. Searching upwards through the
Oligocene, Miocene, and Pliocene, and continuing into the
Pleistocene we find, as the meaning of those names implies, more
and more resemblance tothe animals now living outside the Austra-
lian region, while at the same time we still keep sight of a few
marsupials having affinities to the American opossum. This
progression of types is utterly wanting so far as has been
discovered in Australian strata, and it is only in the Pliocene beds
that we first come upon undoubted proof of the existence of

640 - PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

mammals, and then we find all at once an abundance of highly
differentiated marsupials with monotremes whose descendants com-
paratively little changed in type we have around us at the present
day. That these highly differentiated Australian types had no
representation, so far as is known, outside Australia, except in the
extreme south of the American continent, is a fact full of signifi-
cance.

It would appear then as if at the end of the Mesozoic period
before the evolution of the higher orders of mammals took
place there must have existed a territory already inhabited by »
marsupials, which then became cut off from the rest of the land to
the north, and that in this land—a portion of the pre-existing
Gondwana Land of Suess, or Antarctica of Forbes—the differen-
tiation of the marsupials occurred, and that further this land,
which may have been shifting in character, was at the end of the
Miocene or beginning of the Pliocene, connected with Tasmania.
Mr. C. Hedley’s paper on the “Surviving Refugees of Antarctic
Lands,” read before the Royal Society of New South Wales last
year, deserves thoughtful consideration.

I have devoted some space to the above matter Ravan it bears
on the question of the origin of Australian Vegetation. It is
clear that the peculiar Australian types could not have been immi-
grants by the same route as the marsupials, or, indeed, immigrants
at all, but the above considerations show the great probability of
the existence of extensive land surfaces in the Antarctic regions
at the end of the Mesozoic and in the earlier Tertiary times; that
the connection with more northern lands was of a somewhat
fleeting character, and that while it permitted of the passage of
one element of the Australia Flora from South America to Tas-
mania, the succession of these fluctuating land surfaces did not
allow of any large migration of. Australian types in the opposite
direction.

In his “Introduction to the Flora of Tasmania,” published in
1860, Hooker sets forth the facts connected with the distribution
of plant life in Australia and Antarctic lands. This able work
is still the best complete treatise on the subject, and only requires

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 641

to be brought up to date by utilising the results of the investiga-
tions of Baron F. von Mueller and others to make it of full value
at the present day.

Hooker points out that what appears to be the indigenous
vegetation, and which is, taking the whole continent together, by
far the most important both in numbers and characteristics, has
been added to in different ways. The coast strip of the north
and east has been subject to an invasion of Indian and Malayan
forms. These are quite distinct in character from the true
Australian ones, which seem to have had their centre of distri-
bution in the south-west portion of the continent.

Mixed up with the flora of the eastern part of Australia, and
especially in the south, is a group of plants from the northern
temperate regions, which seem to have forced their march upon
Antarctic lands by following down the Andes chain to the
extreme point of South America, leaving traces on the way, and
thence stepping across by land links, which once existed but have
now disappeared, the gaps between that continent and New
Zealand and Tasmania. This element of the flora is most largely
represented in New Zealand and Tasmania, but has also pushed
its way up Eastern Australia, particularly affecting the higher
mountain tops as they proceed northward, and we even find
representatives on mountains of great elevation in New Guinea,
and Borneo*

Tt is remarkable that among the plants thus introduced into
Australia there are 17 European species, most of which occur in
Britain.

It is almost needless to remark that the typical Australian
types are with few exceptions absent from New Zealand.

Hooker further draws attention to the remarkable similarity
in character existing between the vegetation of South Africa and

“ Trans. Roy. Soc. Vic. Vol. II. Mueller, ‘‘ Plants of Owen Stanley
Range it British New Guinea.”

Trans. Linn. Soc. Botany, Vol. II. Part 2. Dr. Stapf, “ Flora of
Mt. Kinabalu in North Borneo.”

642 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Australia. The principal natural orders and groups, which by
their abundance produce this result, are the following :—

Proteacece, Composite, Iridee, Heamodoree, Polygalecee, Resti-
acecee, Hricacee (corresponding in South Africa to Hpacridee in
Australia), Papilionacee, Rutacee, Thymelee, Santalacee, and
some others.

This looks like parallelism of development from a common
origin. , |

Below is a list of the more important groups, natural orders,
tribes, genera or parts of genera, as the case may be, which serve
to make up the peculiar and predominant element of the Aus-
tralian Flora. The orders Proteacee, Ficoidew and Restiacew are
markedly South African as well. Outside the Australian region
and South Africa some scattered representatives of the groups
mentioned are to be found. These have the character of escapees;
compared with the allied Australian species, their number is
insignificant, and one cannot avoid the conclusion that Australia,
or some southern land of which Australia is a remnant, was the
origin and home of the various races. It is true that some of
the outside representatives of Australian types are now separated
by wide gaps of ocean from their congeners, but Wallace, in his
“Tsland Life,” has shown how plants can thus cross serious
obstacles without the existence of actual land connexion. Some
of the wanderers are dwellers near the seashore, and thus always
ready, as it were, when the means presents itself, for transport
by sea. Some have travelled in the reverse direction to the
Indian and Malayan immigrants, while others have reversed the
order of march of the European invaders already referred to, and
have passed up the Andes.

TypPIcAL AUSTRALIAN GROUPS.

DILLENIACES%.—Tribe Hibbertiece.
PirrosporE#.—All genera except Pattosporum.
TREMANDRE.

Rutacex.—Tribes Boroniece and Zanthoxylee.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 643

STACKHOUSIE.

Lecuminos®.—Tribe Podalyriec, &c. Phyllodineous section of
genus Acacia.

Hartorace®.—Genus Haloragis.
Myrracem.—Capsular Group.
Ficoipem.—Genus Mesembryanthemum and Aizoon.
STYLIDIEX.

GOODENOVIES.

EPACRIDES.

MYoporiInEe®.

Lasrat#.—Tribe Prostantherec.

PROTEACES.

THYMELES.

CASUARINES.,

ORCHIDES.

J UNCACEH.—Tribes Xeroteew and Xanthorrhee.

RESTIACEZ.

Wallace in his “Island Life,” the first edition of which appeared
in 1880, gives his views as to the point of origin of the Australian
types. He places this in the south-west of Australia and
assumes the possibility of extension of the land outside its present
limits. The western half of Australia was cut off, he says, from
the eastern half by the Lower Cretaceous Sea which ran right
through the centre of what is now Australia, from north to south.
He accounts for the existence of Eastern Australian forms of the
typical vegetation by the assumption that they crossed this
barrier in the same way as it is known that plants in course of
time find means of leaping gaps of great width. This eastern
portion is stated to have been in Cretaceous times of limited extent
and to have derived most of its vegetation from the land surfaces
to its north and north-west, in fact from the Indo-Malayan region.

644 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Professor Tate in his address to Section D. of the Aust. Assoc. for
the Advancement of Science in Sydney, 1887, divides the flora of
Australia, as follows :—

I. Immigrant.

a. Oriental.
b. Andean.

II. Endemic.

1. Euronotian or eastern.
9. Autochthonous or western.

3. Eremian or central.

He says that between the Euronotian and Autochthonian a
barrier always existed ; in Cretaceous times it was to a large extent
lacustrine, later on the lakes dried up and the present desert barrier
formed.

His conclusions are: (1) that the Australian flora is of high
antiquity; (2) that the Autochthonian constituent was dis-
membered in Cretaceous times and, (3) that the Euronotian con-
stituent was modified during very early Tertiary times by a
primitive cosmopolitan flora.

I do not see much to dispute in the above except the supposed
existence of a cosmopolitan flora, which is a mere assumption.

Now let’ us see what is to be learnt from the study of fossil
plants as to the former land surfaces of the southern hemisphere.

In the Australian Coal Measures, which are now acknowledged -
to be of Permo-Carboniferous age, there is a remarkable absence
of the plants which abound in contemporaneous beds of the
northern hemisphere, but instead of this we meet with an
enormous development of Glossopteris, Gangamopteris, and other
genera of ferns which do not occur in the northern hemisphere
till a much later epoch. These forms are found over a very large
area of the earth’s surface, not only in Australia, but also in
India and South Africa, and it has been recently announced that
a remarkable affinity with the Australian and Indian Carboni-
ferous fern flora has been traced in Argentina in South America.

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 645

Judging from these facts, there is little doubt that in Permo-
Carboniferous times an isolated Austral region of vast extent
existed.

The discovery just referred to can be best described by quoting
from a Note in “ Nature,” Vol. tir, p. 523 ; and its importance
is expressed in an extract from a letter of Mr. W. T. Blandford
to the same journal, Vol. Lu., p. 595:—‘“ The latest number of
the Records of the Geological Survey of India contains a trans-
lation of a paper by Dr. F. Kurtz on the Lower Gondwana beds
of Argentina (from Levista del Mus. de la Plata). In this is
recorded an important discovery of plant remains in shales at
Bajo de Velis. These fossils are well preserved, and while being
quite different from the Argentine plant-remains already found,
show a close affinity to the plants of the Kaharbari beds of the
Lower Gondwanas of India, as well as to those of the EKkka-
Kimberley beds of South Africa, the Newcastle and Bacchus-Marsh
beds of Australia and the Mersey beds of Tasmania. The
previously known plant-bearing beds of Argentina consisted of
two series—one containing a Rhaetic flora, resembling that of
the Stormberg (Upper Karoo) beds of South Africa, the Hawkes-
bury beds of Australia, and the Rajmahal (Upper Gondwana)
series of India; the other containing a flora of Lower Carboni-
ferous character. The newly discovered flora must be intermediate
in age between those two—that is to say, it cannot be older than
Upper Carboniferous, nor younger than Triassic; and with it
must go the flora of the important coal-bearing Upper Gondwana
beds of India. These have already been assigned to the Upper
Carboniferous (at lowest) by Messrs. Medlicott and Blandford,
and the Indian Survey, and the new discoveries in Argentina give
a satisfactory confirmation of their views.”

Writing on this discovery Mr. W.T. Blandford says (see ‘““Nature,”
Lu., p. 995) :—“It is difficult to understand how two floras, differ-
ing from each other far more widely than do any two con-
tinental floras living on the earth’s surface at the present day,
can have co-existed, unless there was for a long period of geological
time a great southern continent—the Gondwana-land of Suess —

646 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

isolated by a wide sea, probably an ocean, from the land. that
occupied in Carboniferous and Permian days so wide an area in
the northern hemisphere. The importance of the new discovery
is the immense extension that is given to Gondwana land and the
proof it affords that the region with its flora extended to the
western hemisphere and included a part at all events of South
America. This appears to indicate that a considerable area now
occupied by ocean in the southern hemisphere was land in the
Carboniferous period. Further research is needed to show whether
the various tracts of Gondwana land were connected by a South
Polar land area.”

A region like the above if of long continuance would form a
favourable centre of development for the higher forms of vegeta-
tion. We have already indications that Dicotyledons existed in
the southern hemisphere at an earlier age than in the northern.
Is it not therefore possible that the Proteacec, at least, which, as
Bentham has shown, represent—especially the Tribe Vucamen-
tacee—a very ancient type, may have here originated? While
the connection of this land with South Africa and Australia
continued, opportunity would be afforded for the colonisation by
Proteacee of both countries, and the subsequent subsidence of the
connecting links would result in the present separation into two
divisions of one group of plants. The close alliance of. other
groups of phanerogams in South Africa and Australia has been
already referred to, and there are not wanting botanists who
consider that it was in the southern hemisphere that the evolu-
tion of the higher orders of plants commenced.

The Conifer are a very ancient group, and they do not appear
to furnish reliable data from which the distribution of land and
water in past ages can be deduced. Conifere make their
appearance in Carboniferous times both in the northern and
southern hemispheres. Arawcarza comes into view in the Jurassic
Period in the northern hemisphere. The genus is a remarkable
instance of persistence of type, a character which also applies to
the species. In China remains closely allied to our Araucaria
Cunninghamw have been found, and in the Bagshot Sands at

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 647

Bournemouth in England branchlets and scales have been dis-
covered which are scarcely distinguishable from those of our
species abovenamed. Fossil remains of the genus have been
found in Europe, North America, China, the extreme south of
South America, Tasmania, E. Australia, and even the Island of
Kerguelen. Living species occur in North-east Australia and
adjacent islands, Chili and Peru.

The genus Dammara, the best known example of which is the
New Zealand Kauri, now exists in Queensland, New Zealand,
Borneo, Celebes and the Philippines. Remains obtained from
the Cretaceous rocks of Greenland have been referred to this
genus, but the identification is somewhat uncertain.

Araucaria is not typical of any country; and the same may be
said of that other ancient group the Cycadew, which have had a
world-wide distribution. It is necessary to draw attention to
this, as the fact of their existence in certain strata in the northern
hemisphere has assisted in the drawing of false comparisons
between the tertiary vegetation and climate of Southern England
and those of Australia of the present day.

The first undoubted appearance of Dicotyledons in Europe is
in the Upper Cretaceous Beds, and there they are found in large
numbers, as if an invasion of those forms after collecting strength
elsewhere had just taken place.

‘The oldest examples of dicotyledonous plant remains in Australia
hitherto brought to light are some obtained by Mr. H. C. Stokes
about three years ago in some railway cuttings near Brisbane.
These fossils were sent by Mr. Etheridge to Baron Ettingshausen,
who pronounced them to be of Upper Cretaceous age from a con-
sideration of their character which resembled European specimens
from strata of thatage. Mr. Etheridge informs me, however, that
the beds in question are considered by Mr. R. L. Jack, Govern-
ment Geologist of Queensland, to form part of the Ipswich Coal
Measures, and as such are of Early or Middle Mesozoic age.*

The whole of the facts having reference to the distribution of
plants and animals in the southern hemisphere seem to point to

* Geol. & Pal. of Queensland and New Guinea, p. 597.
R R

648 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

the existence through long periods of geological time of large areas
of land surface, and the discovery of dicotyledonous plant remains
in the Ipswich Coal Measures containing types similar to those
existing in Australia at the present day and the absence of any
such fossils of corresponding age in the northern hemisphere point
to the same conclusion. It seems highly probable that we have
in store for us a series of most interesting discoveries whereby we
may have revealed the primitive types of the Angiosperms and be
able to trace at any rate their ancestry some considerable way
back. |
In the Journal of Botany, 1865, there is a translation by Seemann
of a remarkable and sensational address delivered in 1861 by
Professor Unger of the University of Vienna to his students,
entitled ‘“New Holland in Europe.” In this address Unger gives
an account of the supposed identity of a portion of the European
Eocene flora with the existing flora of Australia. This was the
first clear exposition of a theory which has found favour with
certain European Botanists, although strongly contested by others.
Wesel and Weber had some years before this written a paper
on the vegetable remains from the brown coal of the Rhine, and
an abstract will be found in the Quarterly Journal of the Geo-
logical Society, Vol. XV. Hooker in a note on this subject in the
Introduction to the “Flora of Tasmania” says:—“The Australian
genera include Hucalyptus, Casuarina, Templetonia, Banksia,
Dryandra and Hakea. I am not prepared to assert that these
identifications or the Australian ones of the Mollasse are all so
unsatisfactory that the evidence of Australian types in the brown
coal and Mollasse should be altogether set aside; but I do consider
that not one of the above-named genera is identified at all satis-
factorily, and that many of them are not even problematically
decided.” :
Unger begins his address by contrasting life at the present day
in Australia with that of Europe, pointing out that in the one you
have the lowest types of mammals and the lowest types of man
as compared with the highest orders of mammals and the highest
civilized man in the other, and then enters into a diatribe against

PRESIDENTS ADDRESS. 649

this “despised, decrepit, or scarcely born fifth quarter of the world”
showing I venture to say much ignorance in so doing. He after-
wards states that what was begun in Australia was transported
to Europe by some supposed land bridge and there destroyed
while Australia stood still, and the latter is now being threatened
with almost total extinction, like the Pacific Islands. The
Australian types represented in Europe were, according to him,
Proteacez, Epacridez (through one leaf), Santalacez, Coniferee
and other orders. Araucaria is especially mentioned as abundant in
some of the beds of Hurope, and then he argues that the conditions
which allow of these types now in Australia must have existed in
Kurope in Eocene times, and concludes that the climates were
similar. He seems ignorant of the fact that Araucarva
Cunninghanie grows in the humid brushes of the coast region,
while Banksta and other genera are adapted to flourish under
drier continental conditions and poor soil.

Unger requires other bridges for the explanation of his theories
and one of them is that by which he supposes the European flora
obtained a contingent from America, namely Atlantis.

The opinion that there was an identity of forms in Europe in
Tertiary times and Australia of the present day took deep root,
and was still held by Heer, and is now by EHttingshausen and

others in spite of the fact that other botanists equally distin-
guished have proved the fallacy of the idea.

Among these latter is Bentham, whose work on the Australian
Flora specially entitles him to authority. All Bentham’s Presi-
dential Addresses to the Linnean Society are of the highest value,
and the one delivered in 1870 in which he specially devotes him-
self to the subject in hand, should be read by all interested in
this subject. Init he ably contests the new views, and referring
to Unger’s tabular pedigrees of European forest races, he says that
his speculations have been deduced much more freely from con-
jectures than from facts, aud he mentions that the great majority
of fossil species are established on the authority of detached leaves
or fragments of leaves alone. He then points out the unreliability
of determination by leaves alone, and how even DeCandolle had

650 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

been in error even as to natural orders of specimens of which he
possessed leaves alone, and he refers to Professor Flower who had
pointed out that leaves belong to a class of structures that are
aptly designated adaptive as opposed to essential. He next
points out that some of Heer’s determinations of Podogoniwm of
the Caesalpineae where specimens of leaves, fruits, and even
flowers, some of them still attached are conclusive, and that from
their relation to existing plants point to certain conclusions as to
climate ; but in dealing with the reputed Australian groups he is
strongly adverse. Speaking of Proteacez, he says “I have no
hesitation in stating that I do not believe that a single specimen
has been found that a modern systematic botanist would admit to
be Proteaceous unless it had been received from a country where
Proteacee were otherwise known to exist.” As Mr. Bentham was
especially engaged at the time in the examination of Proteacee, I
cannot do better than make one or two short quotations in order
to give his own words. ‘The analysis and detailed descriptions
I have had to make within the last few months of between four
and six hundred Proteacew, and consequent investigation of their
affinities and distribution have shown that the Order, as a whole
is one of the most distinct and most clearly defined amongst
Phanerogams. Ido not know of a single plant intermediate in
structure between that and the nearest allied‘Orders which I can-
not say of any other of the large Orders I have worked upon.
There is, moreover, especially amongst the Mucamentacece a re-
markable definiteness in the majority of genera without inter-
mediate species, whilst the whole Order exhibits the greatest
uniformity in some of its most essential characters, derived from
the arrangement of the floral organs and the structure of the ovary
and embryo, accompanied by a truly protean foliage. All this
points in my mind to unity of origin, very great antiquity aud
long isolation in early times.” Speaking of the so-called fruits of
Hakea and Embothria as determined and figured by Httingshausen
but of which the internal structure is not visible, he says that some
are ‘quite as much like those of several Conifere, or of certain
genera of Meliacee, Sapindacee and various other Dicotyledonous

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 651

orders” and others “have a venation of the wing very different
from that of any Proteacee I have seen, and much more like that
of a real samara of an ash.” After discussing many examples
he says, “From the above; considerations I cannot resist the
opinion that all presumptive evidence is against HKuropean
Proteacec, and that all direct evidence adduced in their favour
has broken down on cross-examination ; and however much these
Eocene leaves many assume a general character which may be
more frequent in Australia, (in Proteacez and other orders) than
elsewhere, all that this would prove would be, not any genetic
affinity with Australian races, but some similarity of causes pro-
ducing similarity of adaptive characters.”

The above remarks from a botanist so eminent and experienced
in questions of the Australian flora as Bentham might well have
been thought conclusive, but we find that Ettingshausen in 1890
brought out a work entitled “ Das Australische Florenelement in
Europa” in which he reasserts the existence of Leptomeria,
Casuarina, Hxocarpus, Baxksia, Dryandra, and Hucalyptus.

The subject of fossil plants and their identification is ably
treated in the “ Handbuch der Paleontologie,” Part II entitled
“ Paleeophytologie.” This work as stated on the title page was
begun by Herr Schimper, formerly Professor at the University of
Strassburg, continued and concluded by Herr Schenk, Professor of
Botany at the University of Leipzig, and edited by Professor
Zittel of the University of Munich. It was published in 1890.

Doubt is thrown on the identification of Casuarina, Bursaria,
Hibbertia, and Callicoma. Speaking of the remains attributed
to the capsular Myrtacee, Zittel says there is no necessity to fly
to that explanation. As to Proteacec the conclusion appears to
be the same as that of Bentham. The identification of Leptomeria
is spoken of as being due to superficial resemblance to which
weight is given without critical inquiry. I have looked carefully
through Zittel’s work and I cannot find that the correctness of
the identification of any Australian forms is acknowledged except
some fossils of the Upper Cretaceous which have been classed and
named HLucalyptus Geinitart.

652 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

It is to be observed therefore that all resemblances to Austra-
lian existing vegetation in the Tertiary flora is looked upon by
Hooker, Bentham, Zittel and many others as fanciful and
unproved. As regards the supposed Mucalyptus Geinitaw it will
be noticed that the figure in Zittel’s book reminds one of the
style of growth of a Eucalypt, but the fruits are by no means like
what exist at the present day. It is, however, just possible that
here we have something like an ancestral example of the capsu-
lar Myrtacew, or indeed of the whole group of the A/yrtacece, for
it may be assumed that the fleshy-fruited section of the order
developed by natural selection out of the hard-fruited one—com-
munity of type no doubt implies community of origin. There is,
however, an element of doubt about the whole matter, as it is
strongly to be suspected that the immediate ancestors of Huca-
lyptws in Australia had opposite leaves. N

Be that as it may, however, there is nothing to prove that in
Tertiary times any of the typical Australian groups existed ou tside
Australia.

Pliocene fossil remains from Victoria have been investigated
by Professor McCoy and Baron von Mueller; also specimens
from Orange in this colony. The parts described consist of fruits
and a few leaves. But Baron von Mueller has, I believe, steadily
refused to classify leaves or fragments of leaves, and condemns
the practice.

Some fossil plants from Dalton, near Gunning, and Vegetable
Creek, in New South Wales, were sent by the late Mr. C. 8.
Wilkinson, Government Geologist, to Professor Ettingshausen, and |
they have been examined and reported upon by him. Professor
Ettingshausen’s two memoirs on the subject have been published
in English by the Mines Department of Sydney in one volume,
the book being edited by Mr. Robert Etheridge, Junr., now
Curator of the Australian Museum.

The fossils consist almost entirely of leaves, and the strata are
according to Mr. Wilkinson of Upper Eocene or Lower Miocene
age, while those examined by Baron F. von Mueller are of Pliocene
age. Mr. Etheridge does not accept any responsibility as to

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 653)

identification from leaves. Baron Ettingshausen’s conclusions are
as follows :—He finds 98 species representing Cryptogams, Mono-
cotyledons, Gymnosperms and Dicotyledons; and as he says the
most important general result is this :—

“The Tertiary Flora of extra-tropical Australia is, as regards
character, essentially different from the present living flora of
Australia ; nor does it closely resemble, in general, any other
living flora. On the other hand, it shows the mixed character of
the Tertiary Floras of Europe, the Arctic Regions, North America,
and probably all the Tertiary Floras. It has also much more
similarity to the Tertiary Floras at present known than to the
existing flora of Australia. The characteristic plants of Australia
are but feebly represented.”

He finds such genera of the northern hemisphere as Myrica,
Beiula, Alnus, Quercus, Fagus and Salix represented. Of these
we have at the present day Fagus only. There aré other genera of
East Indian origin, which is not to be wondered at, as we have
such at the present day; but he also finds species of Vagnolia
allied to North American forms; Bo nbax of tropical America and
some Oceanic genera which I think are much more doubtful.

These and other conditions seem to indicate to him an original
universal flora in Tertiary times to which all the present existing
floras of the earth may be traced back, and the evolution of the
present flora from the Tertiary flora took place through the
differentiation of the ‘floral climate ”—whatever that may mean
-—which, however, was effected differently in different parts of
the globe. (See History of the Development of the Vegetation
of the Earth. Sitzungsb. der Acad. der Wiss. Wien).

As already referred to, further investigation has been made by
Baron Ettingshausen as to some fossil plant remains found when
excavating some railway cuttings near Brisbane rather more than
three years ago. This gentleman made a preliminary investiga-
tion of them and submitted a report to the Imperial Academy
of Sciences at Vienna on the 13th April, 1893. The presence
of many of the Tertiary forms is apparent, and among them

654 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Myrica, Quercus, Fagus, Cinnamomum, Banksia and Hucalyptus
are found to be well represented.

I have not seen these, but I have carefully looked into the
matter of the Dalton and Vegetable Creek fossils, and I cannot
agree with the crucial determinations of Professor Ettingshausen,
and I believe that his conclusions as to the character of the flora
and its resemblance to the flora of other parts of the world are
utterly wrong.

With the aid of Mr. R. Baker, F.L.S., of the Technological
Museum, I have made comparisons between the fossil leaves and
living ones, and so far as I have gone I find that the various types
of fossil leaves are represented among existing plants and that
there is no reason to go outside Australia to look for them. But
even supposing the existence of the northern genera in Australian
strata could be undoubtedly shown, Ettinghausen’s deductions are
still not valid, for Alnus, Acer, Quercus, Myrica, and others have
to-day a wide range which brings them almost into close proximity
to the Australian region, while species of Quercus have been
actually proved to exist to-day in New Guinea, which is in the
Australian region.

This portion of my Address has taken up so much time that I
cannot on the present occasion do more than refer to one or two
instances of what I consider faulty identifications, but I hope that
during the ensuing year I may be able to present to the Society
some further notes on the subject.

Fig. 1, Plate 11., in Ettingshausen’s work is named Cinna-
momum Leichhardti, but the leaf represented is much more like
that of Smilax australis or a species of Ahipogonum. It is
not safe to conclude that all leaves with the Cinnamomum
venation belong to that genus. Litsuea dealbata, which grows as
far south as latitude 34°, and on Mt. Wilson at an elevation of
3,600 feet, and is not indicative therefore of tropical conditions,
has the same venation. Baron Ettingshausen’s specimens of Acer
are much more likely to belong to Sterculza. The Alnus fruit it
has been shown is probably a fragment of an Araucaria branchlet,

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 655

and the leaves attributed to Betwla might equally well belong to
say Pomaderris betulona.

There are many other examples which I have not time to give
in detail now, but I have little doubt that all or nearly all the
fossil leaves can be shown to possess the form and character of
existing ones in the brush forests at the same latitude on the
coast, and there is no necessity to search the world over for
resemblances.

As to the statement that the Australian types are not propor-
tionately represented, it is only a pity that Baron Ettingshausen
is not better acquainted with the Australian flora of the east
coast. He would find that in the dense brush forests of the coast
Eucalypts and Proteacee become choked out and their place is
taken by other types from the north. It is only necessary to
suppose that the vegetation of the coast extended inland as far as
Gunning or Vegetable Creek, a circumstance very likely to happen
in the moister Miocene times, and one might have leaves pre-
served not of the open forest or scrub where the Australian types
abound, but that of the brushes where the same are rare.

It is clear from the above considerations that the existence of
the universal flora of mixed types assumed by Heer and Ettings-
hausen is not proved and that the extraordinary sorting opera-
tion which the “floral climate” was supposed to effect is
grossly exaggerated. The absurdity of the supposition with
regard to Australia seems to me extreme when it is remem-
bered how many climates (not one alone) varying between hot
and cold, moist and dry, Australia possesses. Eucalypts and
other trees grow from east to west and from north to south of the
country under the most variable conditions, and they will grow
in other countries in the greatest luxuriance. /

Further investigation of this subject should be persisted in,
and the Tertiary and earlier beds of Western Australia may be
looked to to throw light on the subject.

At present the facts seem to afford grounds for concluding—

(1) That many, if not all, the typical Australian floral types
originated in Australia or in some land connected with it, but
now submerged.

656 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

(2) That the assumption of the existence of a universal flora
of mixed types at any epoch is unfounded.

(3) That the fossil plant remains of Tertiary age in Eastern
Australia indicate a vegetation in all respects similar to that
existing on the coast in the same latitude at the presen# day.

To them might perhaps be added a fourth conclusion of less
certain character, but of high probability, that the Proteacee
represent a most ancient type which had their origin at a time
when not only extensive areas of land existed in the southern
hemisphere but when some kind of connection more or less lasting
existed between Australia and South Africa.

I take this opportunity of pointing out the danger of form-
ing conclusions as to former climates from the character of
vegetable remains. It has been not infrequently assumed that
because leaves of Cinwamomum or other tropical types are found’
the climate must have been tropical, although the value of
the argument is at the same time nullified by the acknowledged
presence of leaves such as Alnus and Betu/a, belonging to the
cooler temperate regions. The European temperate flora of the
present day is very distinct from the tropical—it is cut off from
the tropical flora of the same longitude by transverse mountain
barriers and the Sahara desert, but on other parts of the earth’s
surface there does not exist this marked division. On the Pacific
Coast of Asia tropical types reach Japan, while temperate types
have advanced south into the tropics. Tropical types invade the
valleys of the Himalayas, and on our east coast the same inter-
mingling of types occurs. In Tertiary times probably these
barriers to the spread of the different types did not exist in
Europe and the tropical vegetation of the south or south-east
was enabled to invade temperate latitudes as is the case on the
eastern coast of Asia at the present day

I should like to induce Members of our Society to urge upon
their friends scattered throughout the country to report any
geological or paleontological discoveries which may come under
their notice. There are so many interesting facts to be elicited,
and the geological record in this country of ours is so broken up

; &
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 657

and detached that when information can be obtained it is very
precious. It often happens that fossils are found by those who
are entirely ignorant of their value, and they are looked upon as
fossils and nothing more, as if they were not each of them bits of
history to be carefully treasured. If they are carried home they
lie about for some time and. are eventually lost. Such relics
should be carefully preserved, the circumstances and manner of
the find in each case noted and reported to the Departmentof Mines.
IT am certain that many interesting discoveries are lost to science
through negiect or ignorance.

Another work that requires carrying out more fully and over a
larger field than at present is the formation of local herbaria,
including the forwarding of duplicate specimens to Sydney for
identification. The knowledge of the distribution of plants in
this country is far from complete, but it is a most interesting and
important subject. Ladies residing in the interior, many of
whom I know find their time hang heavily on their hands, would
earn the gratitude of the scientific world if they would undertake
to carry out this object, which would be more an amusement
than a toil. Many districts are out of reach of ladies, and must
be explored by the sterner sex. Local officers of the Government
service should also be expected to assist. The great army of
forest rangers, surveyors, road superintendents and others might
have this work made part of their duties. Whenever an import-
ant commission is sent by the British Government for geographical
research into a little known country, for the delimitation of
frontiers or other serious work, a man of science is invariably
sent to assist in the expedition. In this case as it were we have
the new and undiscovered country close at hand. Why should we
neglect our opportunities !

The additions to our knowledge of the natural history of
Australia directly resulting from the operations of the “ Horn
Scientific Expedition to Central Australia” promise to be of the
greatest interest and importance. Captain Sturt, the pioneer
explorer in this region and its outskirts (1844-46), was also the
first to furnish some insight into its natural history. In an

6658 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

appendix to his “ Narrative of an Excursion into Central
Australia” he enumerates 10 species of Mammals, and 141 species
of Birds met with during the course of the expedition. In the
botanical appendix in the same work, R. Brown states that the
collection of plants comprised about 100 species, though he enume-
rates but 26, chiefly the new genera and species represented. The
discovery of the Alexandrine Parrakeet, and especiallyof Votoryctes,
may certainly be allowed to count for a good deal; but otherwise
it must be confessed that the supplementary zoological knowledge
gained during the half-century which has since elapsed has not
amounted to very much; and the progress made compares
unfavourably with the advance in other branches, particularly in
botany. Not many explorers in later days have failed to come
within range of the persuasive influence of Baron von Mueller;
and Professor Tate has been indefatigable in his efforts to accumu-
late natural history data in respect of both Tropical and Extra-
Tropical South Australia. Consequently lists of plants with
other botanical information will be found in almost every explorer’s
account of his travels, or in the Transactions of the Royal Society
of South Australia. | But we may look almost in vain for cor-
responding contributions to zoological knowledge. This, however,
is not altogether a matter for surprise when allowance is made
both for the natural advantage which the botanical collector has
over his zoological confrere, and for the special difficulties—of
collecting and preserving, as well as of transport—which have
usually attended the steps of travellers in this part of the Conti-
nent, especially before the introduction of camels. Hence beyond
the descriptions of a few miscellaneous species, which from time to
time have come into the hands of zoologists, almost the only
contributions supplementary to the information supplied by Sturt
are (1) the lists of the incomplete collections of birds and molluscs
obtained by Mr. F. G. Waterhouse; (2) Mr. Sanger’s notes on
the mammals and a few other forms, specifically undetermined,
observed during two years’ residence at Cooper’s Creek; (3) Dr.
Stirling’s paper on Notoryctes; and (4) the important Reports of
the Elder Expedition. This expedition, however, was persistently

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 659°

attended by dry weather; its circuit took in West Australia, and
its single naturalist had to divide his attention between botany
and zoology.

There was, therefore, ample scope for a well-organised attempt
to throw more light on the natural history of this remarkable
tract of Australia. At the Adelaide Meeting of the Australasian
Association, Prof. Tate, in his Presidential Address, expressed
the earnest hope that “a systematic exploration of some well-
known area, such as the MacDonnell Ranges,” might become
possible on the part of a well-known South Australian patron of
exploration ‘as a crowning effort to unfold some of the mysteries
of our dry interior.” Not quite in the way Professor Tate had in
his mind, but for practical purposes in an equally satisfactory
way, through the liberality of Mr. Horn, the attempt was shortly
afterwards made. And with what conspicuous success we may
judge from the first instalment of the Report of the Expedition—
Part ii. Zoology (4to. pp. 1-431, with 22 plates), edited by Professor
Baldwin Spencer, recently issued. To this important work some
little attention may worthily be devoted.

Leaving out of consideration the Hymenoptera (other than the
Honey Ants) and the Hemiptera, the returns for which are not
completed, we find that the Horn Expedition has added some 164
new species (Vertebrates 30, Invertebrates 134) to the general
fauna of Australia. Taking all things into consideration this is
a very substantial gain. Central Australia is not a region which
could be expected to yield a varied fauna very rich in species.
Some groups, well represented in other parts of Australia, but
requiring a more or less humid environment, seem here to be
wholly wanting, or but feebly represented.

‘As a contribution to the fauna of a particular circumscribed
area of the Continent—the central portion of the Eremian Region,
Larapintine Region as Prof. Tate now proposes to call it—
the results are even more important. Again, leaving out. of
consideration the Hymenoptera (other than the Honey Ants) and
the Hemiptera, we find a total of between five aud six hundred
species (Vertebrates 177, Invertebrates 358) assigned to it. This

660 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

at first sight seems a not very large census; and no doubt in time
and under very favourable circumstances it will be to some extent
increased. very naturalist who resides for some time even in a
good collecting district knows how long a time it takes to arrive
at a complete census of the groups of its fauna in which he is
especially interested; and how his experiences vary from year to
year and from season to season. Still less is it likely that the
zoological resources of an enormous area like Central Australia
should be exhausted at a single attempt by visiting naturalists
almost constantly on the move, however enthusiastic and assiduous
they might be. From the experiences of Prof. Spencer we gather
that if a zoological collector in Central Australia is to be success-
ful in getting together a collection—not merely of skins of beasts
and birds—but one at all representative of the general fauna,
questions of time and patience must be of quite secondary import-
ance. First of all he has to catch his animals—but in some
seasons, and in the case of some of the most interesting members |
of the fauna, this is an unusually difficult task, and may entail
long and patient waiting upon the rains, as well as securing the
cooperation of the Aborigines. Should he arrive in a dry season
he might without previous experience even wonder whether,
except ants, there were any animals to be caught. The visit of
the Horn Expedition was made during the winter months (May-
Aug.) after good rains. But during the course of the expedition
the rain kept off, the result being that a number of forms were
overlooked, and many experiences were missed, and would have
been missed altogether, had not Professor Spencer on his own
account subsequently made a rapid supplementary journey to
Charlotte Waters in time to see some of the more important but
transient aspects of the transformation scene which the advent of
good rains brings about.

Looking at the Larapintine fauna as a whole, we fia it
characterised by both negative and positive features. The
negative characteristics are shown by the absence of many widely
distributed Australian forms, or among the higher groups by the
limited number of species of the types which do occur, or by the

.PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS, 661

complete or almost complete absence of representatives of orders
which are abundant in other parts of the continent. This state
of things is sufficiently accounted for by the arid nature of the
country and its unsuitability for their maintenance, or by the
effectual climatic barrier which keeps them out. Thus, it would
seem that with the want of suitable perennial rivers and creeks
may be correlated the absence of Platypus, just as the absence of
forests accords with a dearth of arboreal Phalangers. Land
Planarians, Peripatus, Terrestrial Amphipods and Isopods, and
‘Slugs are among the other notable absentees (as well as Myrio-
pods—possibly an unintentional omission). |

Karthworms are poorly represented, only one species having
been found. This—a species of Acanthodrilus—is a treasure
which in quality compensates for some of the deficiency in
quantity. It is a good instance of discontinuous distribution,
and furnishes Professor Spencer with an opening for some
interesting speculations. The genus is one which in Australia
has lost ground, being at present but feebly represented in a few
widely separated localities. Formerly when the rainfall was
greater it was probably the dominant genus in the northern
portion of the Continent, as it still is in New Zealand and
elsewhere in the Southern Hemisphere.

Butterflies and Lepidoptera generally are not numerously
represented. But the collection was made during the winter
months, or rather during a dry spell, which will perhaps to
some extent account for the scarcity.

The positive characters are shown chiefly in this—that the
Larapintine fauna is a select assemblage of species which may
perhaps be roughly classified as very hardy species, and as species
which in habit or in structure have become specially adapted to
live in an arid region, or which have been able to take advantage
of some favourable external circumstances.

Some of them doubtless are the lineal descendants of forms
which have uninterruptedly inhabited the region from a time
antecedent to the setting in of the Dry Period, which proved so
disastrous a change to forms like the Diprotodon. Others are

662 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

immigrants from very various directions. The new light thrown
upon these matters by the naturalists of the Horn Expedition is
one of the distinctive features of the Report. We get as it were
hints and glimpses of adaptive relations to special surroundings in
studying the fauna of the inland portions of the eastern colonies,
but in Central Australia they reach a maximum. Here the
struggle for existence takes on a new aspect. It is on the whole
perhaps not so much a struggle among individuals as a struggle
against climate, and all that that involves. As Darwin says:
‘‘ When we reach the Arctic regions, or snow-capped summits, or
absolute deserts the struggle for life is almost exclusively with
the elements” (Origin, Ist Ed. p. 69). In Central Australia
when a really good time comes, though some species have their
numbers kept down by predaceous enemies or by a percentage of
their progeny failing to complete their development in time, it
must, though short, still on the whole be a very good time for a
considerable proportion of the fauna.

When the drying-up process sets in again, then once more
begins the struggle against the elements, and the need for special
adaptation comes into play. The larger mammals endowed with
great vitality, such as the kangaroo and the dingo, must weather
it out or travel. The smaller mammals are nocturnal in their
habits, often burrowers, able to put up with a minimum water
supply, and a diet of ants or of dry herbage. The frogs are
especially interesting as having in most cases superadded to a
strongly marked burrowing habit a remarkable capacity for
storing water within their bodies. The fishes are favoured in.
another way. In South Australia, Victoria, and Tasmania is
found the pouched lamprey (Geotria) which in dry seasons is said
to fill its remarkably developed throat-pouch with water, and then
to estivate buried in the mud. Of the Central Australian fishes
Mr. Zietz is unable to report anything so striking as this. The
piscine inhabitants of isolated shallow pools become extinct in dry
periods, but others survive in the deeper permanent holes whence
they may be afterwards again distributed by floods. Like the
Batrachia, too, they have another string to their bow in the

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 663

possible dispersion of their ova through the agency of aquatic
birds. Of the fluviatile Mollusca Mr. Sanger says that the
Unios ezstivate in the mud; that the gasteropods (five species) die
when the creeks dry up, but that each flood stocks the creeks again,
young ones in all stages of growth being met with in the flood
waters. Some of the land mollusca are remnants which have
found a haven of refuge of restricted area “on the southern escarp-
ments of the elevated land or in the deeply shadowed gorges of
the same,” forming single colonies, or if more then widely
separated. The Crustaceans are either burrowers like Astacopsis
or Telphusa, or they are Entomostracans which like Apus develop
only after their eggs have been dried up. The Honey Ants have
learned to store up honey in a remarkable way, certain workers
being set apart as receptacles for the honey collected by the
other workers of the community.

An elaborate series of observations extending over several
successive meterological cycles—if such were possible—would
probably show a considerable corresponding ebb and fiow both in
regard to species and to individuals. In times of unusually pro-
longed and trying drought, the fauna in spite of the assumption
_ of adaptive characters must still suffer severely; and recovery
only become possible by a succession of very good seasons leading
to increased fertility on the part of the survivors, or providing
for the influx and establishment of immigrants.

Thus the Larapintine region furnishes an Australian phase of
a state of things analogous to what obtains in arid regions
in other parts of the world. In keeping with the characteristic
and paramount claims of humidity, the call is for animals
pre-eminently endowed with estivating capabilities. In Central
Australia in winter the winds are cold, and the nights
frosty; but allowing for all this it is still a land of sunshine.
It may even be called a land of perpetual summer by contrast
with some parts of North America, of which Merriam says that
the cold in winter is so intense that it is quite a common
occurrence for trees five or six feet in diameter to be frozen to the

heart. In so far as hibernation is due to the influence of intense
SS

664 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

and prolonged cold, Central Australia makes but trivial demands
upon its inhabitants in this direction. The power to withstand
the effects of prolonged droughts --not merely to enter upon a
“summer sleep” induced by high temperatures —in a high degree
seems to be the all-important thing.

Respecting the most characteristic Eremian species a few
points may be noted. Among the Mammals, Wotoryctes,
that curious marsupial modified for a burrowing habit, is pre-
eminent. Chcetocercus hitherto known only from a unique made-
up skin, and from a locality not entirely above suspicion, now
appears as a new creature. The new genus Dasyuroides is an
important addition to the fauna. Very important are Professor
Spencer’s interesting observations on the indications presented by
some of the smaller marsupials of a diminution in the number of
young produced at a birth; and also of the irregularity in their
attainment of full growth due to the effect of continued adverse
seasons. Among the Rodents, Mr. Waite reports a species of
Mastacomys, a Tasmanian genus with previously only a fossil
continental representative.

The Birds include the rare Spathopterus Alecandre, which, with
the new species, five in number, is beautifully figured. Mr.
Keartland’s valuable ornithological field notes are a most import-
ant feature in this section of the Report.

From the Lizards may be selected two species referable to the
genera Ceramodactylus and Hbenavia—the former previously
known only from India and Persia, the latter only from Mada-
gascar. This group seems to furnish the most striking instances
of colour-adaptation—if, without any knowledge of the actual
surroundings, we may so interpret the unfamiliar and startling
brilliance and variety of tint displayed by. some of the species
figured from Professor Spencer’s drawings from nature. Doubt-
less in this, as in other cases, the narrative portion of the Report
will prove to be a source of much interesting information.

From the Mollusca may be singled out a species of Microphyura,
a genus otherwise known only from New Caledonia; which pro-
vides an attractive speculative morsel for Mr. Hedley. _

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 665

- Viewing the results in their relation to geographical distribution
some important considerations present themselves. The range of
many known species iss now for the first time considerably
extended. Examples are the Echidna, Sminthopsis murin« and
S. crassicaudata, Antechinonys, five out of the six frogs, some of
the birds and reptiles; among invertebrates the crayfish
(Astacopsis), the freshwater crab (Telphusa), Apus, and others of
the Entomostraca; and certain molluscs and insects.

Taking the different orders separately, some curious relations
manifest themselves. Among the mammals along with character-
istic and ubiquitous forms there occur also species found likewise in
the inland portions of one or more of each of the mainland
colonies. The birds, with the exception of five new species, Mr.
North reports to be chiefly species ranging over the southern half
of the continent, with a slight preponderance of western forms
a slight admixture of north-western species, and an absence of
northern species. Among the lizards, together with Eremian
and widely dispersed species, there are northern and western forms.
Of the frogs, one species is new: the remaining five occur also in
the interior of New South Wales or Queensland only one of them
(Hyla rubella) extending also to West Australia. The land
Mollusca, of all the Orders represented, present the largest per-
centage of endemic forms; their general facies approximating more
to that of subtropical West Australia than to any other part of
the Continent. From the limited number of genera and their
peculiar distribution Prof. Tate regards them as indicating a
primitive group whose insularity has long been maintained. The
fluviatile Mollusca, however, present species belonging for the
most part to Queensland and the Northern Territory.

Considering the fauna of Central Australia as a whole, it
will be seen that the regions into which Prof. Tate has proposed
to subdivide Australia from botanical considerations are not
equally satisfactory from a zoological point of view. Probably
no one set of regional subdivisions would entirely suit the views
of all specialists.

666 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

Another interesting point is strongly brought out. Central
Australia furnishes the most striking Australian instance known

of the “potency of climate compared with the inefficiency of

physical barriers” in regulating geographical distribution. In
an interesting address “On the Geographic Distribution of Life
in North America,” by Dr. Merriam, this author points out that
Wallace* greatly underrates the importance of temperature as a
factor in determining the distribution of animal life; and he adds:
—‘‘Tt is now pretty generally conceded that temperature and
humidity are the chief factors governing the distribution of life,
and that temperature is more potent than humidity.” Australia
is a continental tract, completely isolated, not reaching into very
high or very low latitudes, without mountain ranges sufficiently
high to reach the snow line, and its shores are washed wholly by
tropical or temperate seas. It would seem that Merriam’s
dictum will not apply to the Eremian Region. In his important
Presidential Address at the Sydney Meeting of the Australian
Association for the Advancement of Science, Professor Tate
said: — ‘The chief factors influencing the geographic dis-
tribution of plants are those of temperature and moisture,
because they are indispensable; of the two, so far as Australia is
concerned, the latter is by very far the more important.” This
generalization is now shown to apply equally well to animal life.
Finally, the Report furnishes confirmatory evidence as to the
past history of Central Australia, as previously sketched by Prof.
Tate and others. The elevated portions of the Larapintine
region have continued to be land-surfaces since pre-Cretaceous
times. They were insular members of the Archipelago whose
shores were washed by the Lower Cretaceous Sea during the
period of deposition of the Rolling Downs formation. During
the deposition of the Desert Sandstone formation in Upper
Cretaceous times they remained to some extent in the condition
of islands, but the marine conditions had given place, to a lacus-
trine order of things. With a favourable climate and abundant

* Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. vii. (1892).

a

PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS. 667

rainfall the partially reclaimed lacustrine area in Pliocene times
was gradually opened up to immigration, until the central region
must have supported a wonderful fauna including Diprotodon)
Nototherium, large kangaroos, wombats, and crocodiles, &c. Of the
remarkable flora which must have coexisted for the support of the
gigantic herbivores, we know even less than of the extraordinary
fauna. In Post Pliocene times set in the dry period which still
continues. Such members of the fauna as could not adapt them-
selves to the new conditions were driven out.

The Botanical, Geological, and Anthropological Parts of the
Report, as well as the Narrative, are still to come. In its com-
plete form therefore this fine work bids fair to be the most com-
prehensive and complete account of the natural history of any
part of Australia ever issued in a self-contained form.

In conclusion it would seem not out of place to tender the
hearty congratulations of this Society to Mr. Horn, and to the
accomplished naturalists who took part in the expedition, as well
as to the various specialists who, in the more prosaic share of
working up the material, have still done what they could to crown
the work of the expedition with success. The amount of zeal
and hard work which Professor Spencer in a three or four-fold
capacity has expended on his share of the undertaking is evident
enough from a mere inspection of the Report. The style and
finish of Mr. Wendel’s plates, mostly reproduced from drawings
by Professor Spencer, as well as the letter-press, are as much a
source of satisfaction as the contemplation of the fact that except
in two groups it has not been necessary to go outside the limits of
Australia to find specialists able and willing to undertake the
necessary systematic work.

On the motion of Mr. R. Etheridge, Junr., seconded by Mr.
J. H. Maiden, a very hearty vote of thanks was accorded to the
President for his interesting Address.

The Hon. Treasurer read the financial statement of the Society’s
accounts. The report of the Auditors could not be presented, as
one of them was still unavoidably absent from Sydney on official
business.

668 PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
The following gentlemen were elected
OFFICE-BEARERS AND COUNCIL FOR 1896.

PRESIDENT :
Henry Deans, M.A., F.L.S.

VicEe-PRESIDENTS :
James C. Cox, M.D., F.L.S.
Prorsessor W. A. Haswett, M.A., D.Sc.
Proressor T. W. E. Davin, B.A., F.G.S.

HONORARY TREASURER :
THE Hon. James Norton, LL.D., M.L.C.

CouNCIL :
JoHN Brazisr, F.LS. J. H. Marpsn, F.L.S., F.C.S.
Creciz W. Dartey, C.E. C. J. Martin, M.B., B.Sc.
THomas Drixson, M.B., Co.M. Prrcevat R. PEDLEY.
J. R. Garwanp, M.A. P. N. Trepeck, J.P.
ArNnotp U. Henn, F.E.S. THomas WuHitTELeaGs, F.R.M.S.
A. H. 8S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc. Prorzssor J. T. Wizson, M.B.,

Cu.M.

AUDITORS:

Hvueu Drixson, J.P. E. G. W. Paumer.

The Meeting was then adjourned to April 29th at 8 o’clock
p.m.

NI R xS EOV OL. x.

(SECOND SERIES.)

Names wn Ltalics are Synonyms.

PAGE PAGE

Acacia < . 587 | Aleurites trilobata . 210
aulacocarpa .. 513 | Amblystoma 53, 54
Baeuerleni 583, 584, 585, 594 | Amphibolurus maculatus wai
Baileyana 549 pictus 472
Bakeri 387, 339, 340 reticulatus 472
binervata 338, 339 | Anastomus oscitans 219
decurrens .. 330 | Angophora lanceolata ... 530
discolor .. 649 | Anolis 53
elongata ... 085 | Antherea eucalypti 209
excelsa 338, 339 | Anthicus bembidioides .. 278
flavescens se Soe brevicollis 271, 272, 273, 274
Jonesii ... 513 cancellatus ... 2o
lanigera 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, delicatulus .. 280
[584, 585 exiguus 279

laurifolia 309 geminatus 278
longifolia 332, 333, 334 inglorius 272
Oswaldi ; 383 inornatus m7
ovaria me _ 340 lemodioides ... 274
phlebocarpa . O84 luridus 272
pumila 385, 386 Ovipennis . 279
Simsii 584, 585 pignerator .. 276
trinervata 385, 386 rectifasciatus moi
venulosa A383 scutellatus ... 271, 273

W hanii ee OOS simulator each
Acaste : so 407, 004 strictus 278
Adiantum sethiopicum FY .. 037 triangularis ... 273
Adriana acerifolia ... Bd4l Wollastoni . 274.
Aecidium compositarum .. 464 | Anthotium . 061
senecionis 464, 465 | Anthrenus socius . 228
Aipyprymuus (Hypsiprymnus) 566, | Aphanasium australe . 325
[578, 579, 581 | Ardetta pusilla 219

Agrotis spina : ... 407 | Armeniaca vulgaris 456
Albizzia Ae .. 587 | Arses kaupi Al
Farnesiana ... . 087 lorealis 17]
Hendersoni ... ..- 586 | Arthropterus brevis 519
Muelleriana... . 587 | Asaphus caudatus 504.
pruinosa ... 086 selenurus . 503
ramifiora — . ... 586, 587 | Ascelis me ZO
Albizzia (Pithecolobium) Hen- Aspidium aculeatum 517
[dersoni 586 acuminatum.. 517

Muelleriana... 585, 594 tenerum 537

INDEX.

ll.
PAGE
Asplenium ; Ole
Astrotricha floccosa mao 45)
Aterpus cultratus sel ood
Axides dorsalis ... ... 329
Baleena australis... ralas
Balenoptera musculus .. 158
Sibbaldii os Ho LOS
Balanoglossus canadensis 17, 19
kupfferi 19; 21
Balanophorus janthinipennis ... 262
Macleayi ree Ol
Mastersi 261, 262
Banksia sp. : 507
Barringtonia speciosa . 210
Boronia mollis ode
Brachychiton i) 390
Brachyscelis . 201
dipsaciformis 202, 205
roseformis 204, 205
sessilis 203, 205
Thorntoni 204, 205
Brunonia ... che A WOOL TE
Burramys 565, 566, 568

parvus 563, 564, 567
Bursaria spinosa... 286, 296
Cadmus flavocinctus . 334
Caiman ... = .-. 485
Calymene odontocephala ... 003
Camponotus inflatus . 472
Cardium flavum ... 409

vertebratum... cei Ws
Carphurus 261

alterniventris 251, 252, 260

angustatus ... 250, 260

apicalis 259, 260

apiciventris ... . 257, 261

var. dubius 257
armipennis ... 1 ZO)

basipennis 259, 260

basiventris ... 251, 260

bifoveatus 258, 261

Blackburni ... 247, 259

carinaticeps... 248, 260

cervicalis : oes, 400)

cristatifrons... son) 24259

cyanipennis ... 255, 258, 260

cyanopterus ... 251, 259, 260

elongatus 259, 260

facialis 259, 260

fasciipennis ... 250, 260

impunctatus.. 249, 260

latipennis 253, 260

lepidus 255, 261

PAGE

Carphurus longicollis 252, 260
marginiventris 259, 260
pallidipennis 299, 260
pictipes fe 256, 261
rhagonychinus O57, 259, 261
scapulatus 256, 259, 261
testaceipes .. 254, 260
Casuarius picticollis ... re O14
Centropercis Gi i ... 320
nudivittis ... i ... 320
Ceratopetalum gummiferum psy ke
Cercopithecus... Sats a eo |
Chalcis sp. we wis . 841
Chasmops... .. 487, 504
Chilocarpus australis... .. O14
Cicada septemdecim _... ie D2O,
Cinnamomum Leichhardtii ... 550
Cisseis maculata ... Lae o.s Boo
semi-scabrosa sp .. 334
Clypeaster Andersoni ... 315, 319
Blackmorei ... ists i ees
collaris ae il SSO ey
dorsalis a san ... 316
elliptica re id miata 4,
fasciatus... ae w. 31d
nitida As BA a Wy,
Ollithi ae si ... 318
pulchella ... cn oD
squalida Hs ee, OLS
Coleosporium senecionis ». 464
Conus Waterhouse... i AIT
Coprinus comatus ae a Ney,
Coronura ... oe a jou OT
Corycephalus _... bee ee Se
Crypheus... a ws 487, 503
Cryptocarya glaucescens 515, 516
var. reticulata... .. O15
microneura 515, 516, 518
obovata st see LG
Cryptochaeton icerye ... ... 549
Cucullea ae ees Lee
Cyclochila australasiz ... . 528
Cyclophorus .. O8l
Kubaryi 380, 381
Cyclotus .. eo
Soembaenensis ay sil)
Cylindrococcus 201
Cypreea annulus ... 520
arabica 520
assellus 520
caput-anguis 520
caput-serpentis ... 520
clandestina ... . 520

lil.

INDEX.
PAGE PAGE
Cyprzea comptoni ... 520 | Dircoea lignivora... 314 200
errones ... 520 4-maculata .. . 266
errosa ... 520 | Doticus pestilens 330, 331
felina... .. 520 | Dysoxylon rufum 338, 439
fimbriata . 520 | Ecatomma metallicum ... ... O19
flaveola .. 520] Echidna 483, 556, 562, 572, 574, 576
helvola og eral aculeata ... 483, 559
hirundo ... 520 | Egernia depressa . 472
interpunctata .. 520 stokesii ... 492
lutea .. ... 520 | Eleocarpus me ... 472
macula n eas () Baeuerleni ... 469, 470
var. interpunctata. . 520 eumundi .. O12
moneta ee 320 grandis . 537
tabescens ... 520 ruminatus .. 470
vitellus ... 520 sericopetalus . 470
Cytherea ... .. 152 | Epeira sp.. . 304
Dacnis westernensis , 473 | Epilachna corrupts , 336
Dalmania ... 487, 502, 503 hirta ... . 336
Dalmanites 487, 502, 503, 504, 508 26-punctata .. . 335
caudatus : 504, 508 | Erechtites.. . 461
Hausmann ... 504, 508 quadridentata 466
meridianus ... .. 508 | Erinaceus.. ; 479, 480, 484
Dalmanites (Hausmannia) —... 502 Eucalyptus ee . 596
Dampiera 361, 363, 365, 370, 371, acinenoides ... . 603
372 amygdalina 597, 598, 599, 600,
adpressa 369, 370 601, 602, 603, 606, 607, 608,

Brownii 363, 365, 366, 368, 369,
(370, 371, 372

diversifolia ... . 362
eriocephala 366, 368, 370, ae
juncea ‘ 369, 370
lanceolata 369, 370, 372
linearis 364, 366, 367, 368, 370,
[373

Linschotenii 368, 370, 573
loranthifolia... A OOS, O10
luteiflora 365, 367, 368, 370, 373
rosmarinifolia Kon 362

sp. Let 367, 370, 373
stricta 366, 367, 368, 369, 370,
[371, 372

Dasyurus ... a 560
Datura stramonium . 336
Daviesia filipes 582
recurvata 582, 583, 594
squarrosa ..,. 583
Dendrolagus bennettianus 144, 521
lumholtzi a LO
Didelphys... - Re Bae) pea
Diploccelus fasciatus 227
latus ... 228
punctatus 227

609, 610, 61]
var. latifolia 599, 601, 603,
(609, 610, 612
601, 602, 603,
[606, 607, 608, 612

var. radiata

coriacea 597, 598, 599, 600,

[609, 610, 611

var. alpina .. 600, 610

corymbosa ...328, 514, ose 604.

eugenioides ... . . 610

goniocalyx .. . 605
heemastoma .

529, 599, 600, 604,
61 6

var. micrantha ... . 099
hemiphloia ... . 602
marginata ... ... 436
microphylla ... 598, 611
pauciflora e OUS
piperita ss ... 600, 602
propinqua ...541, 542, 543, 604

punctata 541, 542, 543, 598, 604

radiata 606, 607, 608
resinifera ... 828, 542
robusta 216, 331, 528
saligna 41, 542, 543
siderophloia... ... 542
sieberiana 529, 600

iv. INDEX.
PAGE PAGK
Eucalyptus sp. . . 203 | Halmaturus thetidis 76, 77, 78, 79
stellulata 596, 598, 599, 609, thor) : 99, 102, 131
[6lt ualabatus 76, ae 78, 79, 85, 115,
var. angustifolia... 598, 611 . F118, 119
stuartiana .. 600 vinceus 99, 100;. 131
trachyphloia . ol4 vishnu os 100, 114, 132
viminalis .. naa y: Wt wilcoxi 16, dy) 10, Fe OD
Eudynamis cyanocephala 215, 216, | Hapale... 571
[217 Te tetneasis 487, 502, 503, 504, 508
Eurhynchus leevior . 328 Angelini a . 508
Euryischia lestophoni ... .. 549 auriculata .. 508
Eutermes 417, 423, 424, 4382, 433, caudatus ate 508
ee 435 Hausmanni ... . 908
destructor a 422 longicaudatus 507
rippertil . 422 meridianus 504, 507, 508, 509,
tenuis Sa vAl) [510
Formicomus australis ae! rugosa ... 008
elegans ... 270 | Helcogaster nae Oe
Frenchia ... a . 201 brachypterus .., 244
Frenella robusta .. .. 34] canaliculatus . 2o9
Gehyra vorax . . 037 concaviceps ... ,.. 242
Geonemertes australiensis ee B42 foveiceps at
Geoplana sanguinea .. B42 fuscitarsis 1. 244
Gleditschia OST gagatinus .. 298
Gleichenia dichotoma aon impressifrons ine 200
Glochinorrhinus hmong w»-, OJ major « 243
evanidus ... 306 marginicollis ... 240
Glossopteris ae OLS parallelus ... 241
Goodenia .. 361, 367, 371 ruficornis sie 2B9
geniculata hab ... 466 tuberculatus... - 246
ovata : . 342 varius Py x.
Gracilia pygmea... 209 var. pallidipennis .-. 246
Gymnobelideus .. 568, 569, 570 | Helichrysum adnatum ... 590, 591
Hakea acicularis... : 325 bracteolatum 590, 591
Halmaturus a 80, 84, 88, 99 brevidecurrens 590, 591
agilis 76, 77,°78, 79, 82, 85, 90, cinereum 590
[163, 114, 115, 118, 119 decurrens 590, 591
anak 99, 104, 109, 110, 132 diosmifoiium 589, 590, 591
browni 76, 78 tesselatum 589, 590, 591, 595
cooperi 100, ‘112, 116, Iie 132 | Helicina suprafasciata ra . 376
coxeni 76, we 78, 79 | Helix Canefriana ence:
dorsalis 76, ie 78. 79, 85, 118, Gorenduensis enone
[119, 120, 123 (Geotrochus ) Hedteyi ww. O14
dryas 99, 109, 132 Kubaryi Es isa
indra 99, 112, 132 mamilla :, 380
minor... 100, 118, 132 Quoyi ee gO)
odins 99; TN 132 Tuomensis sve OTD
parryi 2° 76, 77,78, 79 | Helodes sealarisic: Beis:
ruficollis 76, 77, 78, 79, 82, 90, | Hemiopsida Mastersi ... vo Zao
(106, 118, 119 | Hemiplecta Blainvilleana Mey
siva 99, 113, 132 | Fouilloyi 379
SPppo ss a 118, 119, 120 granigera 378, 381
stigmaticus 76, 77, 78, 79, 85 Humphreysiana

. 379

INDEX. Yv.

PAGE PAGE

Hemipuccinia ... 450 | Macropus mimas .. 104
Heteromastix bicolor He) 238 Manor’ a ae sels
crassicornis ... . 236 pan sLOowh24, 128, 133
dilaticollis ... 234 parma a Mee tijol|
gagaticeps . ... 233 parryi 118, 119
McDonaldi ... ... 234 rapha 89
mirabilis se EBD rhecus pie 104, 106
Hodotermes : wv 417 robustus 76, Gi 185 19 123) 581
Hymenosporum flavum... a O12 ruficollis ; 58]
Hypnos subnigrum 5. 1207 rufus ... 76: te Te 79, 123
Hypsiprymnodon “x ... 566 titan . a 121, 124
Hypsiprymnus 373, 563, 566 titan . ae . 120
Tanthina cerulata 209, 210 | Macrouistria angularis ah Ole,
fragilis ... 210 | Meechidius rugosus . 331
Ibacus peronii nee, O00 tibialis aoe
Icerya ee aoe .. 549 | Malurus amabilis . 305
rosee.. .. 049 brownii a . B55
Inuus y ... 571 | Megalurus galactotes ee’) Let
Iridomyrmex purpurens . 428 gramineus OMS
Ives He 7 | Megaptera aul a LOS
balanoglossi. an -«. | 7\-Melaleuca.. ... 436
Kochia pyramidata .. 409 stellatum 7 328
Lancestes lanceolatus . 225 | Melampsalta encaustica oi, SOOM
ocularis Ba 224. melanopygia 526, 53]
Lastrea acuminata ... 517 | Melia composita es) a7)
Lemodes coccinea 283, 284 | Meliola amphitricha . 439
corticalis ... 284 | Melobasis cupriceps _... 1 BOO
elongata ae Om iridescens 332, 333, 334
Mastersi .« 280 splendida «+ doo
Lepas Hilli ... 210 | Micromelo guamensis .. 920
pectinata ... 210 | Mimeta viridis ... San 4 vse 7)
Leschenaultia 366, 371 | Miniopterus 479, 481, 484, 556,
Lycaon Mastersi.. . 230 [571, 572
novus ... 230 Schreibersii oe 559, 562, 572

. Lycopodium eutbieri * ... 519 | Mixotermes - poe ily
macrophyllum ... 619 | Moloch horridus . . 472

5 Sie ae gee as . 519 | Mordella semula .. 293
Macratria aberrans 1. 269 albo-scutellata 295
analis... 4269 aterrima 296, 297, 304
australis .. 269 australis 288, 289
intermedia ace tee Pes: baldiensis 297, 304
Macropus... 80, 84, 88, 126 bella 289, 290
[560, 566, 578 Cara .. B04

anak ... ... 104, 106 communis 289, 291
GOs... Pe Oi; cuspidata .. 304
brehus 104, 106 distincta i. 302
faunus fe LZ 138 Dumbrelli ... 285
giganteus 76, 77, 78. 79, 82, 90, elongatula O04
[96, 123, 124 felix ue 20

goliah . 89 festiva Bes het!)
magister 120, 121, 123, 125, 126, fugitiva 292, 293
[127, 128, 133 fusca ... ei) BOO

major... Ae . 581 H-fasciata = 200)

vi. INDEX.

PAGE PAGE
Mordella humeralis __... ... 299 | Onyehogale trenata 76, 77, 78, 79, 85
ignota nob a .., 294 | Ophelosia crawfordi ... SL: 35)
inconspicua ... wt ... 296 | Opisthoscelis _... ed Pa 5)
IMUSTbe bale eee a. , 294, 304 |: subrotunda ... a a 201
laticeps a a ... 287 | Orchesia Macleayi Ly, Js. BBS
leucosticta ... ip A28o U4: Saltatoria, 9 ee . 265
limbata ae ... 290, 291 | Ornithorhynchus 479, 482, 483, 484,
longipes aE et i Oe 485, 556, 557, 558,
Mastersi _.... tn sean 485} 559, 560, 562, 574
multiguttata 285, 286, 304 | Pachysiagon otuel fie 93
nigrans Mae ee ... 303 | Paleopetaurus .. a 569, 570
obliqua rs ote .. 304 elegans 568, 570
18-maculata ... ae ... 286 | Palorchestes Be 84, 88, 103, 126
pallida = ee: are) azael .., ee 81, 84, 85, 130
pulchra ae we ae 299 CYASSUS a AAEM? 5
Raymondi ... it 292, 293 parvus ak 81, “84, 85, 130
TUnCOMIS! \e.. mie .. 304] Papuina ... a 378
rufipes its Bp oT Hedleyi wu a Br 381
setipes PAs ee O95 208 Kubaryi a, 377, 378, 381
6-lineata ie ... 294 var. albida rhe BSCS e |
Sydneyana ... Be . 3804 Millicent ... mn .. 376
tristis i aos 520 206 Tayloriana ... et ... 376
trivialis oF wee BO1 293 Tuomensis ... 375, 381
uniformis ... an sy DOF var. heterechvony| 375, 381
_ V-fasciata * ... a) 3. o0l var. violaceo- flava rest
var. modesta ... ... 302 | Parotermes a ss 417
var. venusta se ... 301 | Patella cochlear ... 221
Waterhousei fe: ... 800 kermadecensis 221, 229, 223
Wiaiburdir te 2. we ',.. 302 | Patella (Scutellastra) kermade-
Mutilla sp. i ae . d4] censis .. 221
Natica’\ <i, ee Ae ... 152 | Perameles... 479, 560, 578, 581
Nautilus ... we .. 044, 547 nasuta ee .. O61, 562
pompilius .. ... 644, 548 obesula Boe 578, 580, 581
Nectris brevicaudus _... 550 | Peripatus ... ae L723 176, 195
Nephila 347, 354, 355, 356, 357, 358 brevis 172, 177, 179, 180, 181
aurosa . 360 capensis 173, 174, 176, 177, 178,
Cunninghamii 360 [181, 182, 183,7190
Edwardsii 349, 352, 353, 359, 360 edwardsii_ ... <e) OLE oO
flagellans .. 360 insignis ..176, 177, 182, 185
Fletcheri 347, 349, 352, 353, 360 juliformis <.- ... 180
fuscipes oe . 360 leuckarti 172, 173, 174, 176,
imperatrix ... se Bas) [177, 182, 183, 185, 186, 196
nigritarsis ... a in BOO vai. occidentalis... oe bOD
plumipes _... Ay eh Bias) var. orientalis 186, 550, 615
procera Wie aN ee oO. var. typica a 1-0) 185
sulphurosa ... eae ... 360 ' novee-zealandiz 173, 176, 182,
tenuipes he ca ... 060 [183, 184, 189, 190
venosa ea a 360 Oviparus) © <5 195, 196, 200
ventricosa ... A 351, 360 peruanus.. oA me WL 0
victorialis .... Sf 360 | Persoonia lanceolata... 5. 829
Odontocephalus .. ti 487, 503 | Petaurus ... 564, 566, 568, 569, 570
Odontochile wa a ... 502 breviceps... 569

caudatus ... ie ... 486 | Petrogale penicillata 76, ae 78, 79, 85

INDEX. Vil.

PAGE | PAGE
Petropbila pedunculata ... 516 | Protemnodon og ... ie .. 104
Phacops ... ot 488, ae 504 rheecus re ee .. 104
caudatus _... Pe OU | elerMumus 9 os: as aN ... 450
cephalotes ... . 488 americana ... ... 447, 456
Crossleii 488, 489, 492, 495, 497, amygdalus ... ... 455, 456
(500, 510 armeniaca ... .. 455, 456
fecundus 488, 491, 492, 495, 497, domestica... 455, 456, 457
[499, 500 insititia eo ... 455, 456
latifrons a .. 488, 495 persica a ... 455, 456
latigenalis 488, 492, 493, 495, serotina ae ... 455, 456
(500, 510, 51] S) Osan ... 459
mansfieldensis 488, 501, 510 Spinosa AAI, 445, 456, 457
rana ... ... 492, 495 virginiana . a . 456
serratus 486, 488, 495, 497, | Psaltoda flavescens oF ... 530
[510, 511 mcerevs ie me ne O29
Sweeti ..488, 495, 497, 500, Spier: be? ae ... 582
ee 511 | Pseudochirus _... “ ... 066
Phacops (Daimania) ... 502 | Pteris tremula... ee ae DON
Phacops ( Odontochile) ... ... 502 | Pteropus .:. Bais bei ... 482
Phacops (O.) caudatus .... 504, 507 edwardsi__... ae ae 571
Secundus Bes rie ven A907 poliocephalus ad . 481
Phascolarctus ...477, 578, 579, 581 | Pterygometopus... 487
Phragmidium _... a ... 467 | Ptychodera 1, 2, 16, 19, 20, 25, 26
obtusum oa i ... 466 [28, 29, 30, 31, 36
Pimelia sp. : a ou aperta va ... 4, 20, 24
Piptocalyx Moorei . O14, 517 aurantiaca ... ae 4,15
Pithecolobium ... i OST australiensis 1, 2, 4, Tks 36, 4]
Pittosporum revolutum.. see 20 bahamensis .. vas § 24
undulatum ... a nc e20 clavigera 4, 15, 16, 24, 27,28, 29
Platalea leucorodia ae A gigas .. Me 4, AR
melanorhyncha ... 218, 219 minuta me Hc) Ost Oy
Pleuracanthus_ ... bs} Pos Le L216; 7. 18, 19, be
Podolepis... ore ae .. 4 588 P1622) 04 9612 7 oo oO
acuminata ... ss ... 588 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 38
canescens... ... 688, 589 sarniensis 3, 9, 20, 31, 32, 35, 39
Lessoni ae .. 988, 589} Puccinia ... 442, 461, 463, ae 468
rubida pe 2 OO71 4068 betonicse ... ae . 466
Siemssenia ... . §88, 589 burchardie ... 448
Polypodium aspidioides Baio ly conglomerata 464, 465, 466
Portlockia.. i ... 487 erechtitis .. 465
fecundus re .. 486, 488 expansa ie 464, 465, 466
Priocnemus bicolor _... avec i glomerata ... ioe 464
Procoptodon tet ue SBR oho, graminis ~~... ne 463, 466
goliah es He OO pruni... : ... 440, 441,
goliath en Se sedaune) 442, 443, 447, 448, 450,
otuel ... es te a Oo 451, 453, 454, 456, 457,
pusio ... ek ie 89, 93 458, 459, 463, 467
rapha a haley reo pruni-spinosee 441, 453, 454,
Prosopis ... Mis sa 587 [456, 457, 458, 459
Protemnodon ... Wee 88, 106 prunorum 441, 454, 455, 457
anak ... ae ... 88, 97, 104 Saccardol %... if . 466
antes ea an ... 104 schoeleriana.. 464

mamas a: wee Oe senecionis 463, 464, 465, 466

vill. INDEX
PAGE PAGE
Puccinia tranzschelii 466 | Sthenurus goliah 85, 88, 89, 90, 93,
uralensis 466 (95, 97, I8; 131
Pupina Beddomei 19 minor PaaS
complanata .. 379 oreas ... a 89, 96, 131
difficilis 379 otuel . 85, 89, 93, 97,
speculum 319 [98, 131
Raia asterias 207 pales ... ... 89). 94,°96,
batis ... Dae eA UF (98, 131
clavata 206, 207 rapha... if tay bse s+ (
Ratonia anodonta ... 512 | Stipiturus malachurus ... .. 800
Rhamnus catharticus ... 457 | Strongylurus thoracicus 326, 327
Rhina me 208 | Swainsona phacifolia ioe
squatina , 207 stipularis sa)! a
Rhinolophus ferrum- equinum.. . 572 | Symphyletes nigro-virens her
Rhynchosia Cunninghamii 513 | Synaptodon ea)
Khysota ... 375 eevorum ‘ rao; ae
Achilles Ag ... 379 | Syzetoninus basicornis . sid ZOU
Scevola 364, 367, 371 inconspicuus Rear cs |
ovalifolia xis oe BOT parallelus ys c i!
Selenurus granulatus 231 | Tantalus leucocephalus. .. 219
tricolor 232 | Tatusia 479, 480
variegatus ... 233 | Tauroglossus ott
Selliera : 364, 371 | Tecoma australis 592, 593
Seuecio ..461, 464, 465, 466 Baileyana 592, 595
vulgaris .462, 463, 464, 466 Hilli ... 093
Sepia apama 209, 210 jasminoides ... ... 593
australis 209 | Teredo sp. ay Oe
capensis 209, 210 | Termes bellicosus- 419, 430
elongata i, 209 dives .., 420
Seyuoia gigantea . ol flavicollis... we ic AS
Sericoderus apicalis . 313 flavipes ..418, 420, 422, 435
basipennis re .«. 312 grandevus .. i Rdieg: o)
Coatesi SLOVO Ms ol? lucifugus... ahs ... 418
compactus 1 ... B09 taprobanes .. 420, 421, 438
concolor (20.4; . 313 | Termopis occidentalis .. .. 423
Hardcastlei .. .. 812 | Thopha saccata. ... . 528
inconspicuus ... 38ll | Threskiornis strictipennis he 4) ies
lateralis ... 3ll | Tibicina sp. v1 O82
minutus ... 809 | Trichosalpingus lateralis ... 264
obesus 2 BLO ornatus * . 262
piceus sole pallipes ee Lh ab 200
politus ... 314 | Trichosurus--~ ...477; 482: 5607 566
Sosytelus rugicollis ... 305 vulpecula 479, 561, 5€2
Sphreerio dactylus ... 856 | Trimerocephalus . ... 487
Spheer coccus ... 201 | Triphragmium .. 467
Sphecius speciosus ... 527 | Triphy]lus intricatus . 226
Spirula peroni Bean Pall) minor s 226
Siyualus acanthias we 54 multiguttatus . 225
Stephanopis hirsuta ... 360 Tropidorhynchus corniculatus.. . DAG
hispida th ... 360 | Tropidostethus . O22
Sthenurus ..: 98, 98,112, 124 rhothophilus 323
atlas ... 88, 89, 97, 104, 131 | Trygonorhina 207, 208
brehus . 104 fasciata 206, 208

INDEX.
PAGE
Turnix leucogaster sr ... 519 | Vachellia ...
Tychreus fasciculatus ... .. 3807 | Velleya
Uredo prunastre ... tae 454 | Vermicella annulata
Urolophus testaceus __... ... 208 | Vespertilio murinus __..
Uromyces.. ...450, 451, 453, 467 | Vesperugo pipistrellus ...

440, 441, 453, 454,
[455, 456, 457,
[458, 459, 467

pruni-spinosee tak ... 458

prunorum 441, 455

var. amygdali 441, 455

amygdali

Viminaria denudata

Xanthorrhea

Zosterops ... eu
cerulescens ...
dorsalis
westernensis ...

1X.

PAGE
587
361, 371
Ae
aenay 7
Veet 4
Poo

. 396
356
472, 473
. 472
Ai3

Pu

PLS.NSW (2% Sep) VOLX.

+

en
z

@:
<
be

oe meaeeenh

4 Ve Seem

4 PHill, del.

PL.S.N.S.W (29d Ser) VOL-X, PL Il,

SJ. PH1l1, del.

PLS.N.S.W. (229 Ser) VOL.X. PL. Il
cm, av

Sema tilh del,

=

J.PHI/, de/.

Rue i

PLS.N.S.W. (224 Ser) VOLX.

JP Hill, del.

Ae AIEI IRS
v bs

x Lae
wD,

4 PHill del.

: toe

: ‘ »
— 3 7
1% Mie a 5 a
: oy 2 7 ae : :,
; ’ \/ ; 4 ; 2
= 4 g - ’ Ii : : ; ¢ ‘
: ' / \ i) ae hae Pa = *4 3 Ty
: : ; ¥ 2 : ‘
\ / 7 P j a ;
‘ » - « 5 .
y oe ora 3 2
F : 2b t 3
4 ig . 2 f < Me .
ag 2 ‘ ’ i ya
i * : Q
I oo 4 : ’
; i -
ware : ? 5;
. 2 4 x ih . tee .
5 { tan i c
fe ( uf - i
¥ f i . 2
é j .
é & i ps :
: ? ;
. Po a ‘
3 ;
i]
i ‘ F chem 4
“
(os - : 2
nee i MG A = : a : :
. . f : | S
4 —_— ”“ ‘ = “ if
om . ; \ sire Wes!
} a 4
A —s
“ a
f F ) r
.
i 7 ~
, p

euavill:

PLS.N.SW (224 Ser) VOL. X.

} te
2

: ©
Racor rn) anys 5 ~ AN x

2 ores ae ree

SP Hill del.

’

ees WANT

ad

‘ef
=

“ah,

oe

ts
s
¥,
zi

weg BT 4 Sad
Bane SOA ee

PL.S.N.S.W. (2 nd Sep.) VOL.X.

uP Hill, de/,

PL. IX. (bis)

PLSN.S.W. (2% Ser) VOL.X.

mda. £

AD. INES.

aud.

\
\
8
SN
=)

Ol Se Se
PE Se

P.L.S.N.S.W. (29 Ser) VOLX. PL.Ix

Mito RINE EMBRYO OF THE PLANYPUS

: +

a a te ee etc —s =
oe ret ge tl ee
ree
See
, 5
( ‘

PLS.N.S.W. (274 Ser) Vol.X.
PL.X.

CJM de/
=

PU XI

PLS. NS.W. (22% Ser) Vol X.

@
GO GOO,

y Of)

a

CJ.Mde/,

PLSNSW. (2% Ser) Vol. X. Pc. XI

aps ew Os mi a (P® Pian

ee fee 5 asl meta emanate

Gh aed

"Dg? 0060... as
Ole @ Mase rotion e664, Bo Mes
“ge? i pps “esx4
Sowers VOR ° BS

(2)

(3)

on

{ ‘ arb é
= ces L.Op.
(5) a fe am
, aio?

CUM. del.

PL.S.N.S.W.(222 Ser) Vel'X.

e
5

a

4 e% A]
w.t ) } ® is’ LAAN
Ss See!
® ie i) ro ABV
bs ong We ap ED nx
=e wel) iG ‘S ay i oes
ay 1 i) ‘e/

CIM del.

PUX IN.

mln
\
‘

ie ey Z ), Bn.
oe
REO ies
iS,

“A #)

ea
»
ee

; onl
"py EY eyi®
» Ci

163 ape Se aD ‘yO VQS.C
@) 2 LS <a PG r Ww — a 3 / aoe, oH
NS) Pog) ee Py © Be ae. @&
Sey OCB ¢ A) iGo @ LE : 3 ()
: GK eS
— 4;

ect,
am ROME) (RY oe,
RED fee eo ee.)
a td Ss aE aa

SH,

PALORCHESTES PARVUS

PALORCHESTES AZAEL,* OW.

AeA
pur

PL XN.

ay {N

rece onan fal \

‘ “Tne Lay eee
Wi egies depen ain

71 3

STHENURUS PALES - % 2

STHENURUS GOLIAH, OW.

CW ee Vidal

PL.S.N.S.W.(2"¢ Ser) VOL.X. PL. XVI

oe
Ss

Pe gap eo a iss Nee T IIE oa,

CWODV del

VOL. A. PL. XVII

De
te Lor. x2

_ aia
ie gps

oy oe

ie
OGLE

. ay
Ll, COOPEPL, Ow.

| PLS. NSW. (24 Ser) Vol.X. | Pu XVIII,

MACROPUS FAUNUS

MemeMeAGilo lari

LCWdeVdel.

§ ,
-
7 ‘
* >
Ave I te
r eo)
\ :
: ” .
: P
‘
Baa : :
i m .
‘ co si
oh 3
ye
“ a
*
= ‘
.
. . :
- |
te |
2 a °
ui; :
{ -
.
| Ei
.
.
: A - —
- es
; 2 :
, a
; t
< - ¢ =
s
‘ ‘ :
‘ : F :
: ‘ -
-
9 a 8
bi MP
. \ as
rR .

PLS.N.S.W.(2°7 Ser) VOL.X.

WW.F. del. .
Bra chys Celia Gals.

tee

9.0 nex Ws %
Se

; ” : } oe ’ =
7 - wea i hee ; a

: ‘ at el AL t "oO an SY it

4 , ;

; - =~ , md i }

PL. XX.

PLS.N.S.W.(2"4 Ser) VOL.X.

jroencce

ooh

PESTS

SRA

;
Melee!

Trygonorhina Fasciata, MaeH

PL XXI,

PLS. NSW.(2% Ser) VOL.X.

ee we

PROP tn ott

RT. Baker-ae/.

SH. Maiden.

ACACIA BAKERI

PL XXII

PLS N.SW.(2"¢ Ser) VOL. X.

r

- . — a =
S SS ee ee
See, Lo g

|. BS SEL o

ae

Z

Wi Rainbow, del.

PLS.N.S.W (279 Ser) VOL.X. PL. XXIII

Ni ies q!
f Y,

A

WdRainhaw a al.

PL. XXIV.

ratte’

}

SONG

A.GH. del ad nat

FERTILISATION OF DAMPIERA, Spp.

if
k
1
i
i
j
7
7
OF hes
om
v
i
"
ie
r
+
7
’

R.B. del ad net

CfAncey del ad nat.

PAPUAN

LAND

Sie EES

PL.XXVI.

PL. XXVII

de Bere

7

aa a
eet rer

KT. Baker-del.

A.Cunn.

ACACIA LANIGERA,

PL. XXVIL

“iS OAbWeitnrnconcobewnsbne tk,

R.T. Baker del.

ACACIA PUMILA Maiden et Baker

PLS. NSW.2™4SenVOLY.

PL.S.NSW.(2%4 Ser) VoOL.X. Dk A
Ne Stipa
les, i ot =
at,

LS Mi 1

C. Fuller del.
ABORIGINAL GRAVE.

PL. XXX.

4

fic

y
rT} 4-Spu long
\ 28x 194i

29*20u

CO lod

LMA de/ NE el,

PL XXXII

; PLS. N.S.W(299 Ser)VOL.X.

Su long

32 x Dy.

34~ 18u

eI*20 ur:

5x I 7M

5

Pom OlN ie jeder sal

XXXII,

1Bxelu

718

Be (F Sitong,

we ee me ee we ce ee wee eee

Rig e e a oe

4

PL.S.N.SW.(27¢ SerJVOL.X. . PLIAAXIV,

ow, deg eee
I7elexSu IP itu 715-5
4

20%22-5

ae
Ce eee
No
cs

Lupe Y ‘ie

RLS. NSW (224 Ser) VOL.X, PL. XXXV.

:
4

34:5x Zu fd 204 29x14

12x55 ww.

63x IDu

\ 20% One } CON AO
f

, Wj Bee

Group of Telentospores

(x 600)

j pe cf a J :
ee CELL 25-20 27x19 21-204
LOWER»

SONAL 32xlae 38x14
PEDICEL» = 4.55.5 BS*SL

T3X25

PL. XXXVII

tals a, a
Sas setae!
Pg Ay,

A
fet of

ett tas oe

jerome MOA C IEE

eet RGR RORY

ELEZOCARPUS BAEUVERLENI, JHMet RIB.

Zs
©
=
=
iY)
wy
ov:
c-
&
3
vy)
Zz
ND
—
a

RTB.del. ad nat.

PLS.NSW. (22d Ser) Vol.X.

PT Hammond del.

SMH
1 Wie? NK. Nt

iW
uy
Ow

([e,

ip uf V
JEN :
NY

We

PL. XXXVIU.

PL.SN.SW (279 Sen) VoL.X. PL. XXXIX.

oP. T Hammond ef J Mitchell del.

me : ;
4
is
,
; : \
a \
o ‘
,
> .
i
\ bs
” - ,
; ‘ ;
- ‘ td
z '
‘
' Mu
'
‘
'
.
|
‘ is
b {
\
rn |
7
t
~
ni
1 —— = :
i
x \
,’ -
Y 1 “
i
: Lh
| ; 5
‘
¢ 0 :
Z iy
i
-
|

P.L.S.N.S.W. (204 Ser) VoLX. PUOXIs

sae ieee a7 ond ded

PL. XLI

PLS.N.SW.(2"Ser) Vol. x

RIB del. ad nat

Out.

PIPTOCALYX Moore!

PLS.N.S.W.(2%9 Ser) Vol.X

RT.B.del. ad nat

CRYPTOCARYA MICRONEURA, MEISSN.

PLS.N.SW. (2% Sen)Vol.X PL. XLiil

Spat

nyt 2 Ost as,
aM OY ts Cu 77 By,
ed th Wark 9 aera dr Ye po
RTO

Pot ae

RTB. del ad nat

EUCALYPTUS PROPINQUA, H.DetJ.H.M.

———— eg i tS rt a cee lt ge ts
F ¢ ar
é
‘ =
é a \ :
rs gi 'Sk
1
Bae J
, ‘ n
. u ‘
¥
J
}
I
! ¢
: x
. = ‘ = \
2 eS
\ : ,
‘ a
\ . ‘
* is :
2 ,
‘ | ss
i : \ :
* 7 ; fl
i . j \
: \ a 7 if
\ A : és
\ 5 a f

cls “cehcasinds eat aalinuer eiea eae eee

=e

Sel Se PO Jes
; = i

\

PLSNSW. (229 Sex.) Vor.X.
PLXLIV.

4. x45.

R.B det

PibeX LN.

PLSNSW 219 Ser) Vou. X..

1. X10.

annneamen nt ROEM MICELLE
onnnione 0

R.B. det. ad nat.

BURRAMYS FARYUS.

:
f 7 s
wa
,
+ rr ?

1

be .
;

bi

PLSNSW.(2" Ser) VouX.

PL. XLVI.

R.B. del.ad nat.

PALEOPETAURUS ELEGANS.

PLIS.N.SW.(2 29 Ser) Vou.X. : PL.XLVil.

4. x 60, OK 60:

R.B. del.

JACOBSONS ORGAN IN MINIOPTERUS,

\

wt

PLXLVil!.

W.A.H. det.

‘
we
‘ ‘se
af .
‘
a ‘
i
A
\
Sy ;
‘
; ‘
S
.
y
\
“
ay re
i '

'

PL. XLIX,

P.L.S.N.S W. (2290 Ser,) Vow. X.

\

i}
'
\
!
1
'
'
’

re : im WA
wy ae bay : aie q
tr” cs ’ : our - _ oe ’ pe H :
i? ho : is ha ; ae
~ Hi 4 / ; 7 som it
‘ i ‘ im
4 \ my
t ,
- .
e t Ase P
‘
*.
»®
Pe 7 .
» q ‘ \
; B
4
, s—

PLSNSW. 209 Ser) VouX.

DAVIESIA “RECURVATA, JAM et RT:

x
a
=
>
°
w
=
a
>.
2)
Zz
7)
a)
a!

el.

ar Baker. a.

ACACIA BAUERLENI,

ifeh

TECOMA BAILEYANA,JHM.et R

PLL.

PLS.N.SW. (2 24 Ser) Vou.x,

lo

B eeanecasipicenineeneesire Sirs mitmmnre tina tt
Pie R Dehn NORE EIA AA Mg

n'a Son

eur Lanhnelangperaat rane

R.TBaker, det.

JHM et RTB.

J

ALBIZZIA (PITHECOLOBIUM) MUELLERIANUM

‘ : : : . « c
- ’ ¢
P eA
\ \ ‘ 7
\
= :
%» .
*
i
H '
— |
es oa \
-
. .

PL. LIN,

PLSNSW. 299 Ser) VoL.X,

; ‘inact ieel NSCOR eco arn

i
‘t

eae, % see
oo ERNST

Cro coat

R.T.Baker, del

UHI Cb Tab..

HELICHRYSUM TESSELATUM,

PLS.NSW.@N"d Ser) Vor.X. } PL. LIV,

R.T.Baker, del.

fe comet CALYP FURS ICOIRIACEA, 1 /1e0 9r Ey STEELULATA,

(2 ne: Ser) Vou.

fi
{

PLSNSW.

(WOIdAL)
‘YNIIWGDANY

Ode Ad Va) is

PL.Lvi,

PL.S.NSW. (209 Ser) Voi. X.

RT. B, del.

AMYGDALINA
LABILL. VAR. RADIATA.

EUCALYPTUS

Pt. LVul,

PLSNW. 222 Ser) Vor-X

RT.B. del.

EUCALYPTUS AMYGDALINA, \\ LABILL. VAR, CATIFOLIA,

PL. LVI.

; SEP A
de I 5 a fo
ea) anata
- ARS

4 y 3% Sa

SSSR C{ \
hi ! \ \ TA ¥ : e
jy : | ST
Wha y eT ry WW NHS
He fale See U !

bard fe Y tal)
van .

= rr
<

WH /
. Al WY
Oa

P.LSNSW. (229 Ser) Vor.X,

CHa,

eh OF en. a Ny Pat Pad Wnty re. | Bs Rah eee Pe by! ¥
Pe ey $i Wh Re Tits hy “fi i fe ‘
\ : ‘ rt a \ ¢

Issued September 9, 1895.

i PROCEEDINGS
LINNEAN SOCIETY

meg SOUTH WwaAlee

eee CIN, 1. ea be Las.

AO Di
PART THE PIRST:

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings

HELD IN

NOVEMBER, 1894 (in part); MARCH and APRIL, 1898.

WITH TWENTY PLATES. :
SYDNEY :
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREBRT,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

(Price, 15/-]

AGENTS IN BHUROPE:
Messrs. Dutau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.

“Towing prices oo

wie

Proceedings for 1891,

HIRST SERIES. cing

proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Part Pies
Part Qe5:

Part 3 Al
eS aes Part 4...

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1...
Part 2

PATice F285
Part 4°:
—Partl ...
Part 2: eo
Part.3. te
Hatt 4) 7558

L Partai =
Patt 7x

‘5 Part 3

Part 4

” ye ”

22 oP) 29

29 23 DB)
me) 29 ”
” BS rege i, 99

Pe aeadinns for 1884, Vol. IX.

” 29 oe)
29 ” 29.
9 7) Bie, oy)

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.

oe) ay)
ye) hh 98

2? 99

SERIES.

—Part t
Part 2
Part. 3°
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
ass BETS nS Ati i oF) Part 3
. ) ~) \Part.4

99 29 99

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III. —Part 1
99 ; 39 8A Part 2

Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part3 .
Part 4

—Part 1
Tarbes
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1.
Part 2

~ Part 3
Part 4

SECOND
es for 1886, Vol. I.

ey Menten 2)
29 oy) 29

Pocecdines for 1887, Vol. II.

be) 9? 29

29 : 29 oe

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.

( 99 ” 99
eS ; Ds) 29
eye) ne Ger Te) ”»
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.
29 29 ow)
29 ; ‘ ” 9
Ch ey 29 oe)

Vol. VI.

=) ae OST 193
oy) 9 ”9
” 29 29

(Continued on page 3 of hoeed y)

CSSoKHSO COSCO CoO

aie ce ee ee a
eco [C9800 COSCO COKFOrHOCSCOS |

Pek aed SO
ic
oS

a
oS,

1.$

a

t

—)

+0,

~

5

SISIATRS or ert9.00 coms

TINH NwwS ~

ft NE Ay

2] Stipes

ee

: “INOS OOOr OCH nop

werd

(2OaS CooO

—

|

°

eS =

coo ooo

NS

—RORS SOSS

ecos coco

THE

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

MEW SOUTH WALES

Se COMw DD Shri &.

MOT. X.
PART THE SECOND.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings

HELD IN

MAY and JUNE (im part), 1896.

WITH SEVEN PLATES.

SYDNEY :

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

F. CUNNINGHAME & CO., 146 PITT STREBSKT,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 8/6]

US 9 AGENTS IN HUROP#E:-
Messrs. Dutav & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. CR

Messrs. R. FRIEDLZNDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W. SYS

AL §

Cc

ZL.

NOTICE.

FIRST SEHRIES.

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Part 1

” ) 9
ye) ” 99 |

39 99

Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIIL.—Part 1

23 3? 99
33 3° 99

32 9? 99

Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.

7 29 29
me) ry) ey)
ae) 29

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.

SECOND
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.

39 29- 99

99 99 99

39 3? 32
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.

99 Es} 99

“9 329 be)

93 99

Protests for 1888, Vol. IIT.

29 py) 99
29 3) 29
9 99

Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.

39 2) 39

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.

93 99 99

99 22” 39

Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.

99 99 a9

(Continued on page 3 of wrapper. )

Part]
Part: 3

Part 4 aa

—Part 1
Part’?
Part:3
Part 4

= Part
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

SHRIEsS.

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1

iPartue
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part !
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

. . .
. . . .

COSOHHSOS OSoSCS coos

car)
o

eocoeo eceoco coco OFF O rH OCoO ooo

POPS SSSTSO COSCS CoScSoSe

POMS SOSSS SSOOS SSCS SoCo OCSoe

WitH the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the PRoceepincs—of
which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden
Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W.
may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at the, fol:

lowing prices :—

THE

PROCHKEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

mee DOUTH WALES

Sao ON D See les.

VOL: X.
PART THE) THIRD.

Containing the Papers read at the Meetings

HELD IN

JUNE (im part), JULY and AUGUST, 1898.

WITH FOURTEEN PLATES.

SYDNEY :

PRINTZD AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY
BY

F, CUNNINGHAME & OO., 146 PITT STREET,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 10/-]

See ais: IN HUROPE :

% % See a
Sp ee gee eee, ee fle tae eee

Oy 3 PRE ON 2 Otek as aaa oe re ae go ae Cae Any
¥ od nh a . 3 r? ' bly

~

Wir the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of aye Proceepines—of Ae

which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the Garden as
Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society of N.S.W. :
may be obtained at the Society's Hall, Ithaca Road, Elizabeth
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W., or
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W's at a fol- :

lowing prices :—

FIRST SERIES.

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.

99 99 39
29 99 ye ea

bi) 99 9?

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.

99 99 29
39 ” 39

be) 39 39
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.

be +] 99

>] +h) 93

me) ” 99

Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.

99 399 99
99 99 a9

re) ” pd

SECOND
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.

b Je) 9? 99
bie) 39 3)

Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.

oy) : ” 29
or) 99 eae}
Oe) 29 oe)

Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.

99 be) 399

99 39 99

99 99 ’ 39
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.

33 9 39

39 39 99

oy) 99 APE SP)

Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.

39 39 99

be) 39 99

be) be) 33
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.

” 29 9

>i) 3? bP)

9% 93 99

iii (Continued on page 3 of wrapper. )

=o ar ie
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

Part
Part’ 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1,

. Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

~=Part
Part 2
Part-3
Part 4

SERIES.
—Part 1 2

Part 2
Part 3
Part 4
—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part?
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

—Part 1
Part 2
Part 3
Part 4

one

wh <

CSSS HHS OSOS SooS

th
So

ail
ounce -

ig ae
CAIN @ OUIMS

p—_ jot famed
SJ Ors bo

re.

As ee Issued April 29, 1896. be

LINNEAN SOCIETY |

OF

| NEW SOUTH WALES. |] ~

SECOND SERIES.

PAR? THE FOURTH. 0

- .Containing the Papers read at the Meeting

HELD IN

.

| SEPTEMBER, OCTOBER and NOVEMBER, 1895.

_ Weir SEVENTESN PLATES. ig

SYDNEY : | ie eae
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY AR ee
| BY

| F CUNNINGHAME & O., 146 PITT STREET, 2
a : aaa AND aire a,

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 12/-]

a5

ea

AGENTS IN HUROPE: Ue Ate
o> Messrs. Dozav & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. | ie ee
(| Riv Messrs. R. FrrepL=NDER & Sou, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W.

lowing prices :—~

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.

39 99 ; 99
99 IIe 39?
33 99 9?

39 39 39>
: 39 3° be)
+] : + 29
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.
a2 > ) ye
39 } be) be)
99 29) Dh
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.
39> 99 39
” 995 >i)

9? 9) ‘ 39

SECOND
Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I.
99 2 29 : 99
93 29 399
- 39 ; —9:9) 99
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II.
99 39 ‘ 39
oe) 99 99
A 99 93 99
Prodecdings for 1888, Vol. ITI.
9 33 33
29 sy Vier apps
Te | aL) 29
Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.
” ” Ree, «199
39: x Is 39
29 99 Q 33
. Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.
7, Ay : 9 : Ue) Le)
99 +) 33
Shem ie | 43 ee
One bladectines for 1891, Vol. VI.
Bay, is oN 29 Rasen wh 1, .
PAARL Na 39 ” ry)
ra 99 ; 95 29

Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1

R. Friedlinder & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N. W.,

FIRST SERIES. a ae a

—Partl ...
Part. 2.4 aN
Part.o. ur
Part 4.3.
Part 2 a

Oh Pah Sh ore

. Part 4 is
—Partl ...
Part Lot ae
Part oie.
Part ae

Be Wig ce belt 8
Parti 2 ove
Pattee a onc
Partha to

SERIES.

—Partl ...
Part 25:
Pave 313%
Part 4...

——Parhil> os
Part 23.
PartS 433
Part 4s. 4

—Partl ...

Parhi2 ss
Part3 ...

*Rart 4°.
~—Partl ...
Ge 0 Oy Dae et

Part Oates
Part4 ...

—Partl ...

‘Parke ke

Part-o: &..

Part 4 ...

Part oe
Park 2 it
Peart 8.
Gi PB ae eee

(Continued on page 3 oF ie eh ed)

&
o \.
= ae ee ae Fs 2

OxIas Sa

SS Pha

z

=2

STOTATND CLOTS 00

-~ SSCS HKHSOS OSSOo oso

ing

pet ai
te

ooo

J et et =

Rost

St RD Oo 00'S WS rt

ee

Sak eg

ie

°

oe dll el See

§ eeoco 6900S OFKHO HOSO Sooo
- : ie a * ee > ees

NOS CO

Soo

Issued January 31, 1896.

—_

THE

PROCHEDINGS

OF THE

LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

Mey SOUTH WALES

SUPPLEMENT [TO VOL. X.

Pao DD Ohler eS... 1See.

a
‘
‘
c CATALOGUE OF THE DESCRIBED COLEOPTERA OF
3 AUSTRALIA. SUPPLEMENT, PARE I. CICIVDE-
3 LIDH AND CARABIDA.
s By Grorce Masters.
: SYDNEY:
1 PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SUCIE'TY
A BY
F. CUNNINGHAME & CO, 146 PITT STREET,
AND

SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.
[Price, 1/6]

AGENTS IN HUROPHE: 5)
Messrs. Dutav & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W. bE SNe
ey

ts Sete Ce | ere ea Re Re ie

Ky Messrs. pe Warnes & Soun, Carlstrasse 1], Berlin, N.W.

Palace Fire—the Publications of the Linnean Society Ore

Witn the exception of Volumes I.-VI. of the ‘Proceep
which the Society’s stock was totally destroyed in the

may be obtained at the Society’s Hall, Ithaca Road, Eliz b
Bay, Sydney, from Dulau & Co., 37 Soho Square, London, W.
R. Friedlander & Sohn, Carlstrasse 11, Berlin, N.W., at hee fol- |

lowing prices :—

FIRST SERIES. Sas

Slgueai eo

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII. —Partl ... ~... £0 6

i 5S “fe Part2 ... 2 OOo

ae F Qo. Part 32 eee 0 SES

om) 99 A) Part 4 A O01 0 3
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1... S20 FOUsOsss

is ee = Part,2:% & .. Same eee z

> ; 9 ‘: Part oe-y oon OO ae eee

29 ” 93 PartA a . 0 8 0 ass = at
Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX. —Part1 ... SOROS 8 Ae ee a.

eee “ Parti 2c. wee? OZ Ones

Re S 5 ‘Part 3a ee ee ee .

a Ne = Part 4... ek, de ORD eae |
Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X. —Partl ... vi On LZ oh

=f ae Pap bee ea 6220s 3

234 s Part3 ... na OER

ee ‘ is Part 4 ee Ole Oa ees

SECOND SHRIES- us

Proceedings for 1886, Vol. I. —Part 1 £0 10° 6.4 i

7 55 * Part 2 012 0. cay

» os + Part 3 013 0. oe

ite : 5) i) Part 4 012 6. : eS
Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II. —Part 1 UM GM ee ce

- 5 s Part 2 0 SG a ae

3 xf age Part 3 O- T2330: =

99 ” ee nr) Part 4 1 Fae m0) i
Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III. —Part 1 0.1630) aa

99 23 99 Part 2 l 4 0. id “f

an 33 ” Part 3 1 0 0 axe

ie ae ts Part 4 O18; Dee a
Vacating for 1889, Vol. IV. —Part1 O-1l OF ‘

29 9 “A Part 2 016 0 - 4

IK oy) ) Part 3 0 19 0.

99 99 oy) Part 4 011 0
Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V. —Part 1 O11 ae

i a = ova 4 0: 920.3

” 29 ie) Part 3 0 9 O

be) by) 99 Part 4 CG 9 = 0) ak
Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI. —Part 1 £0 10 0.

09 > 09 Part 2 O 9.6%

99 9 9 Part 3 0 17 : Oo

29 29 : ” Part 4 0 7 6

iy Wat ie pee on page 3 of

“R86 3 (sh)

3 9088 0122

Way